Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2014

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6199   42-1709682

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(888) 269-4246

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Noah Breslow

Chief Executive Officer

1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(888) 269-4246

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Larry W. Sonsini

Tony Jeffries

Damien Weiss

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Cory Kampfer

General Counsel

1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(888) 269-4246

 

Christopher J. Austin

Andrew D. Thorpe

Stephen C. Ashley

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP

51 West 52 nd Street

New York, New York 10019

(212) 506-5000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $150,000,000   $17,430

 

 

(1) Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued                         , 2014

             Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

On Deck Capital, Inc. is offering                  shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ONDK.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14.

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts
and
Commissions

      

Proceeds to
On Deck
Capital, Inc.

 

Per Share

       $                              $                              $                      

Total

       $                              $                              $                      

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                 , 2014.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY  

BofA MERRILL LYNCH

  J.P. MORGAN   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES   JEFFERIES
RAYMOND JAMES   STIFEL   NEEDHAM & COMPANY

                , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     9   

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

     11   

Risk Factors

     14   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

     36   

Industry and Market Data

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     39   

Dividend Policy

     39   

Capitalization

     40   

Dilution

     42   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     44   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46   

Business

     87   
     Page  

Management

     105   

Executive Compensation

     114   

Certain Relationships and Related Party and Other Transactions

     125   

Principal Stockholders

     129   

Description of Indebtedness

     132   

Description of Capital Stock

     136   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     141   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     144   

Underwriters

     148   

Legal Matters

     155   

Experts

     155   

Where You Can Find More Information

     155   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its delivery. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary overview of the key aspects of the offering identifies those aspects of the offering that are the most significant. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our common stock, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

Our Company

We are a leading online platform for small business lending. We are seeking to transform small business lending by making it efficient and convenient for small businesses to access capital. Enabled by our proprietary technology and analytics, we aggregate and analyze thousands of data points from dynamic, disparate data sources to assess the creditworthiness of small businesses rapidly and accurately. Small businesses can apply for a term loan or line of credit on our website in minutes and, using our proprietary OnDeck Score, we can make a funding decision immediately and transfer funds as fast as the same day. We have originated more than $1.7 billion in loans and collected more than 4.4 million customer payments since we made our first loan in 2007. Our loan originations have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 127% from 2011 to 2013 and had a year-over-year growth rate of 171% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The 28 million small businesses in the United States are integral to the U.S. economy and the vibrancy of local communities, employing approximately 50% of the private workforce. Small business growth depends on efficient and frictionless access to capital, yet small businesses face numerous challenges that make it difficult to secure such capital. Small business owners are time and resource constrained, but the traditional borrowing process is time consuming and burdensome. Small businesses surveyed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York indicated that the traditional funding process required them, on average, to dedicate 26 hours, contact 2.6 financial institutions and submit 2.7 loan applications. These challenges exist in part because it is inherently difficult to assess the creditworthiness of small businesses. Small businesses are a diverse group spanning many different industries, stages in development, geographies, financial profiles and operating histories, historically making it difficult to assess their creditworthiness in a uniform manner, and there is no widely-accepted credit score for small businesses. In addition, small businesses often seek small, short-term loans to fund short-term projects and investments, but traditional lenders may only offer loan products that feature large loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements that are not well suited to their needs.

The small business lending market is vast and underserved. According to the FDIC, there were $178 billion in business loan balances under $250,000 in the United States in the second quarter of 2014, across 21.7 million loans. Oliver Wyman, a management consulting firm and business unit of Marsh & McLennan, estimates that there is a potential $80 to $120 billion in unmet demand for small business lines of credit, and we believe that there is also substantial unmet demand for other credit-related products, including term loans. We also believe that the application of our technology to credit assessment can stimulate additional demand for our products and expand the total addressable market for small business credit.

To better meet the capital needs of small businesses, we are seeking to use technology to transform the way this capital is accessed. We built our integrated platform specifically to meet their financing needs. Our platform touches every aspect of the customer lifecycle and a potential customer can complete an online application 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Our proprietary data and analytics engine aggregates and analyzes thousands of

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

online and offline data attributes and the relationships among those attributes to assess the creditworthiness of a small business in real time. The data points include customer bank activity shown on bank statements, government filings, tax and census data. In addition, in certain instances we also analyze reputation and social data. We look at both individual data points and relationships among the data, with each transaction or action being a separate data point that we take into account. A key differentiator of our solution is the OnDeck Score, the product of our proprietary small business credit scoring system. Both our data and analytics engine and the algorithms powering the OnDeck Score undergo continuous improvement to automate and optimize the credit assessment process, enabling more rapid and predictive credit decisions. Each loan that we make involves our proprietary automated underwriting process, and approximately two-thirds of our loans are underwritten using a fully-automated underwriting process that does not require manual review. Our platform supports same-day funding and automated loan repayment. This technology-enabled approach provides small businesses with efficient, frictionless access to capital.

We believe that the differences between our approach and the approach adopted by traditional lenders are what have allowed us to better address the challenges of small business lending. In our approach, manual underwriting has largely been replaced by an automated, data-driven approach to credit assessment. Expensive branch networks have been replaced by an online website for applications and account management. Service of consumers and businesses of all sizes has been replaced by a singular focus on small business. In addition, we are subject to less regulation than traditional lenders because we do not make loans to consumers nor do we take deposits. We believe that differences in our loan products allow us to better meet the needs of small businesses. Small business owners typically seek small, short-term loans so we offer term loan products that range in size from $5,000 to $250,000 and feature terms of 3 to 24 months versus traditional lenders that offer larger and longer term loans. At September 30, 2014, our outstanding loans had original loan balances ranging from $5,000 to $250,000. We also offer a line of credit product that can be approved more quickly than comparable products offered by traditional lenders. We believe that small business owners prefer predictability so we offer fixed interest amounts and automated daily or weekly repayments compared to traditional lenders that offer both fixed and variable rate loans with monthly repayments. We also believe that small business owners value flexibility so we don’t have the rigid collateral requirements that are typical of traditional lenders. All or substantially all of our term loans and lines of credit are currently collateralized through a security interest in our customers’ assets, but we do not require a minimum amount of collateral to make a loan. We intend to transition to unsecured lines of credit in the near future.

We lend to a wide variety of small businesses across more than 700 industries and in all 50 U.S. states and have recently begun lending in Canada. The top five states in which we originated loans in 2013 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were California, Florida, New York, Texas and New Jersey, representing approximately 14%, 10%, 8%, 8% and 4% of our total loan originations for the year ended December 31, 2013 and approximately 15%, 9%, 8%, 8% and 4% of our total loan originations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. Our most frequent customers are professional services firms, retailers, restaurants and food service companies, healthcare specialists and wholesalers. We also lend to customers with a range of financial and operating histories: our customers have a median of $568,000 in annual revenue, with 90% of our customers having between $150,000 and $3.2 million in annual revenue, and have been in business for a median of 7.5 years, with 90% in business between 2 and 31 years.

We have a diverse and scalable set of funding sources. These include debt facilities, securitization of small business loans generated by OnDeck and the OnDeck Marketplace, a proprietary whole loan sale marketplace that allows institutional investors to directly purchase small business loans from us. We believe that having diverse sources of capital enables us to reduce our average cost of capital, provides multiple sources of capital in a variety of economic climates and provides increased flexibility as we seek to increase our loan originations. Affiliates of certain of our underwriters in this offering are participants in our various financing facilities and have acted in various administrative roles in connection with such facilities. For further information, see the section titled “Underwriters.”

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

Our business has grown rapidly. In 2013, we originated $458.9 million of loans, representing year-over-year growth of 165%, and in the first nine months of 2014, we originated $788.3 million of loans, representing year-over-year growth of 171%, all while maintaining consistent credit quality. In 2013, we recorded gross revenue of $65.2 million, representing year-over-year growth of 155%, and in the first nine months of 2014, we recorded gross revenue of $107.6 million, representing year-over-year growth of 156%. During 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA was $(16.3) million and $2.6 million, respectively, our (loss) income from operations was $(19.3) million and $0.7 million, respectively and our net (loss) income was $(24.4) million and $0.4 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, our total assets were $235.5 million and $466.0 million, respectively and the unpaid principal balance on loans outstanding was $216.0 million and $422.1 million, respectively.

Industry Background and Trends

 

    Small Businesses are an Enormous Driver of the U.S. Economy . According to the U.S. Small Business Administration, there are 28 million small businesses in the United States, contributing approximately 45% of U.S. non-agricultural gross domestic product and employing approximately 50% of the private workforce. These small businesses help build vibrant communities with local character.

 

    Small Businesses Need Capital to Survive and Thrive . We believe that small businesses depend on efficient and frictionless access to capital to purchase supplies and inventory, hire employees, market their businesses and invest in new potential growth opportunities.

 

    Small Businesses are Unique and Difficult to Assess . Credit assessment is inherently difficult because small business data is constantly changing as the business evolves and is scattered across a myriad of online and offline sources, unlike consumer credit assessment where a lender can generally look to scores provided by consumer credit bureaus.

 

    Small Businesses are not Adequately Served by Traditional Lenders . We believe traditional lenders face a number of challenges and limitations that make it difficult to address the capital needs of small businesses, such as:

 

    Organizational and Structural Challenges . The costly combination of physical branches and manually intensive underwriting procedures makes it difficult for traditional lenders to efficiently serve small businesses.

 

    Technology Limitations . Many traditional lenders use legacy or third-party systems that are difficult to integrate or adapt to the shifting needs of small businesses.

 

    Products not Designed for Small Businesses . Small businesses are not well served by traditional loan products. We believe that traditional lenders often offer products characterized by larger loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements. By contrast, small businesses often seek small loans for short-term investments.

As a result, we believe that small businesses feel underserved by traditional lenders. According to the FDIC, the percentage of commercial and industrial loans with a balance less than $250,000 has declined from 20% of total dollars borrowed in 2004 to 13% in the second quarter of 2014. According to Oliver Wyman, 75% of small businesses are looking to borrow less than $50,000. In addition, according to the second quarter 2014 Wells Fargo-Gallup Small Business Index, only 25% of small businesses reported that obtaining credit was easy.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Challenges for Small Business Owners

 

    Small Business Owners are Time and Resource Constrained . We believe that small business owners lack many of the resources available to larger businesses and have fewer staff on which to rely for critical business issues. Time spent inefficiently may mean lost sales, extra expenses and personal sacrifices.

 

    Traditional Lending is not Geared Towards Small Businesses . Traditional lenders do not meet the needs of small businesses for a number of reasons, including the following:

 

    Time-Consuming Process . According to a Harvard Business School study, the traditional borrowing process includes application forms which are time consuming to assemble and complete, long in-person meetings during business hours and manual underwriting procedures that delay decisions.

 

    Non-Tailored Credit Assessment . There is no widely-accepted credit score for small businesses. Traditional lenders frequently rely upon the small business owner’s personal credit as a primary indicator of the business’s creditworthiness, even though it is not necessarily indicative of the business’s credit profile.

 

    Product Mismatch . Small businesses are not well served by traditional loan products. We believe that they often seek small loans for short-term investments, but traditional lenders may only offer loan products characterized by larger loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements.

 

    Alternatives to Traditional Bank Loans are Inadequate . Small businesses whose lending needs are not being met by traditional bank loans have historically resorted to a fragmented landscape of products, including merchant cash advances, credit cards, receivables factoring, equipment leases and home equity lines, each of which comes with its own challenges and limitations.

Modernization of Small Businesses

 

    Small Businesses are Embracing Technology . Small businesses are increasingly using online services to manage their operations. According to a survey by the National Small Business Association, 85% of small businesses purchase supplies online, 83% manage bank accounts online, 82% maintain their own website, 72% pay bills online and 41% use tablets for their business. We believe small business owners expect a user-friendly online borrowing experience.

 

    The Digital Footprint of Small Businesses is Expanding . There is a vast amount of real-time digital data about small businesses that can be used to generate valuable insights that help better assess the creditworthiness of a small business.

Our Solution

Our mission is to power the growth of small business through lending technology and innovation. We are combining our passion for small business with technology and analytics to transform the way small businesses access capital. Our solution was built specifically to address small businesses’ capital needs and consists of our loan products, our end-to-end integrated platform and the OnDeck Score. We offer two products to small businesses to enable them to access capital: term loans and lines of credit. Our proprietary, end-to-end integrated platform includes: our website, which allows small businesses to apply for a loan in minutes, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week; our proprietary data and analytics engine that analyzes thousands of data attributes from disparate sources to assess the real-time creditworthiness of a small business; the technology that enables seamless funding of our loans; and our daily and weekly collections and ongoing servicing systems. A key differentiator of our solution is the OnDeck Score, the product of our proprietary small business credit-scoring system. The OnDeck

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

Score aggregates and analyzes thousands of data elements and attributes related to a business and its owners that are reflective of the creditworthiness of the business as well as predictive of its credit performance. Our proprietary data and analytics engine and the algorithms powering the OnDeck Score undergo continuous improvement through machine learning to automate and optimize the credit assessment process.

Our customers choose us because we provide the following key benefits:

 

    Access . By combining technology with comprehensive and relevant data that captures the unique aspects of small businesses, we are able to better assess the creditworthiness of small businesses and approve more loans.

 

    Speed . Small businesses can submit an application online in as little as minutes. We are able to provide most loan applicants with a simple application process and an immediate approval decision and transfer funds as fast as the same day.

 

    Customer Experience. Our U.S.-based internal salesforce and customer service representatives provide high tech, high touch, personalized support to our applicants and customers. Our team answers questions and provides assistance throughout the application process and the life of the loan. Our representatives are available Monday through Saturday before, during and after regular business hours to accommodate the busy schedules of small business owners. We also offer our customers credit education and consulting services and other value added services. Our commitment to provide a great customer experience has helped us earn a 71 Net Promoter Score, a widely used system of measuring customer loyalty, and consistently achieve A+ rating from the Better Business Bureau.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us and serve as barriers for others seeking to enter our market:

 

    Significant Scale . Since we made our first loan in 2007, we have funded more than $1.7 billion in loans across more than 700 industries in all 50 U.S. states and have recently begun lending in Canada.

 

    Proprietary Data and Analytics Engine . Our proprietary data and analytics engine and the OnDeck Score provide us with significant visibility and predictability in assessing the creditworthiness of small businesses and allow us to better serve more customers across more industries. With each loan application, each funded loan and each daily or weekly payment, our data set expands and our OnDeck Score improves.

 

    End-to-End Integrated Technology Platform . We built our integrated platform specifically to meet the financing needs of small businesses. Our platform touches every aspect of the customer lifecycle, including customer acquisition, sales, scoring and underwriting, funding, and servicing and collections. We use our platform to underwrite, process and service all of our small business loans, regardless of distribution channel.

 

    Diversified Distribution Channels . We are building brand awareness and enhancing distribution capabilities through diversified distribution channels, including direct marketing, strategic partnerships and funding advisors. Our direct marketing, strategic partner and funding advisor channels constituted 56.2%, 14.9% and 28.9% of our total number of loans, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2014, 54.4%, 13.4% and 32.3% of our total number of loans, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 44.1%, 10.3% and 45.6% of our total number of loans, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our internal salesforce contacts potential customers, responds to inbound inquiries from potential customers, and is available to assist all customers throughout the application process.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents
    High Customer Satisfaction and Repeat Customer Base . Our strong value proposition has been validated by our customers. We had a Net Promoter Score, a widely used system of measuring customer loyalty, of 71 in 2013, and we believe that strong customer satisfaction has played an important role in repeat borrowing by our customers. In 2013, 43.5% of loan originations were by repeat customers, who either replaced their existing loan with a new, usually larger, loan or took out a new loan after paying off their existing OnDeck loan in full. Thirty percent of our origination volume from repeat customers in 2013 was due to unpaid principal balances rolled from existing loans directly into such repeat originations.

 

    Durable Business Model . Since we began lending in 2007, we have successfully operated our business through both strong and weak economic environments. Our real-time data, short duration loans, automated daily and weekly collection, risk management capabilities and unit economics enable us to react rapidly to changing market conditions and generate attractive financial results.

 

    Differentiated Funding Platform . We source capital through multiple channels, including debt facilities, securitization and the OnDeck Marketplace, our proprietary whole loan sale platform for institutional investors. This diversity provides us with multiple, scalable funding sources, long-term capital commitments and access to flexible funding for growth.

 

    100% Small Business-Focused . We are passionate about small businesses. We have developed significant expertise over our seven-year operating history exclusively focused on assessing and delivering credit to small businesses. We believe this passion, focus and small business credit expertise provides us with significant competitive advantages.

Our Strategy for Growth

Our vision is to become the most trusted lender to small businesses, and to accomplish this, we intend to:

 

    Continue to Acquire Customers Through Direct Marketing and Sales . We plan to continue investing in direct marketing and sales to add new customers and increase our brand awareness.

 

    Broaden Distribution Capabilities Through Partners . We plan to expand our network of partners, including banks, payment processors, funding advisors and small business-focused service providers, and leverage their relationships with small businesses to acquire new customers.

 

    Enhance Data and Analytics Capabilities . We plan to make substantial investments in our data and analytics capabilities. Our data science team continually uncovers new insights about small businesses and their credit performance and considers new data sources for inclusion in our models, allowing us to evaluate and lend to more customers.

 

    Expand Product Offerings . Following the successful recent introduction of our line of credit and 24-month term loan products, over time we plan to expand our offerings by introducing new credit-related products for small businesses. We may fund the expansion of our product offerings in part from the proceeds we receive from our initial public offering, or IPO, but we have not yet finalized the specific products we will introduce or established a particular timeline to expand our product offerings.

 

    Extend Customer Lifetime Value . We believe we have an opportunity to increase revenue and loyalty from new and existing customers. We plan to introduce new features and product cross-sell capabilities to continue driving the increased use of our platform.

 

    Targeted International Expansion . We believe there are opportunities to expand our small business lending in select countries outside of the United States and Canada. We may fund our international expansion in part from the proceeds we receive from our IPO, but we have not yet committed to any specified location or established a particular timeline to pursue this opportunity.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

 

    Our recent, rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and, if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

 

    We have a history of losses and may not achieve consistent profitability in the future.

 

    Worsening economic conditions may result in decreased demand for our loans, cause our customers’ default rates to increase and harm our operating results.

 

    Our business may be adversely affected by disruptions in the credit markets, including reduced access to credit.

 

    If the information provided by customers to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualifications to receive a loan and our operating results may be harmed.

 

    Our current level of interest rate spread may decline in the future. Any material reduction in our interest rate spread could reduce our profitability.

 

    An increase in customer default rates may reduce our overall profitability and could also affect our ability to attract institutional funding. Further, historical default rates may not be indicative of future results.

 

    Our risk management efforts may not be effective.

 

    We rely on our proprietary credit-scoring model in the forecasting of loss rates. If we are unable to effectively forecast loss rates, it may negatively impact our operating results.

 

    Our allowance for loan losses is determined based upon both objective and subjective factors and may not be adequate to absorb loan losses.

 

    We face increasing competition and, if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

 

    The lending industry is highly regulated. Changes in regulations or in the way regulations are applied to our business could adversely affect our business.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor, New York, New York 10018, and our telephone number is (888) 269-4246. Our website is www.ondeck.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. We were incorporated in Delaware in May 2006.

OnDeck, the OnDeck logo, OnDeck Score, OnDeck Marketplace and other trademarks or service marks of OnDeck appearing in this prospectus are the property of OnDeck. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. We will remain an emerging growth

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

Offering Related Conversion

Upon the completion of this offering, we will no longer have any shares of preferred stock or preferred stock warrants outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, 23,725,822 shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. Also at such time, all outstanding preferred stock warrants will automatically convert into common stock warrants and the related liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The consideration we received in respect of the preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2014 ranged from $0.73 to $29.42 per share and averaged $7.68 per share. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. In addition, certain shares of preferred stock were already repurchased and retired in 2013, when we voluntarily redeemed certain shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock for an aggregate price that was approximately $5.3 million in excess of the carrying amount. The portion of the redemption in excess of the carrying amount was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital and added to net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common stockholders in the calculation of loss per common share.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

                         shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

                         shares

Option to purchase additional shares to be offered by us

  

                         shares

Use of proceeds

  

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, data and analytics enhancements, product development, capital expenditures and to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to invest in or acquire complementary technologies, solutions or businesses and for targeted international expansion. However, we have no present agreements or commitments for any such investments, acquisitions or expansion. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Concentration of ownership

  

Upon completion of this offering, the executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders of our company and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding capital stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

  

“ONDK”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 28,080,318 shares of our common stock outstanding on an as-converted basis as of September 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

    4,985,401 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted average exercise price of $7.51 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $0.53 to $21.32;

 

    149,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of November 6, 2014, which were granted after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $24.76 per share;

 

                     shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

                     shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

    1,806,263 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted average exercise price of $13.89 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $0.65 to $29.42; and

 

    1,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of one warrant issued after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $24.76 per share.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    a             -for-1 forward stock split of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 23,725,822 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents
    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and as of September 30, 2014 includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, that are necessary in the opinion of our management for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Interest income

   $ 25,273      $ 62,941      $ 41,073      $ 99,873   

Gain on sales of loans

            788               4,569   

Other revenue

     370        1,520        1,004        3,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     25,643        65,249        42,077        107,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Provision for loan losses

     12,469        26,570        16,300        47,011   

Funding costs

     8,294        13,419        9,400        12,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     20,763        39,989        25,700        59,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     4,880        25,260        16,377        48,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     6,633        18,095        13,566        21,799   

Technology and analytics

     5,001        8,760        6,090        11,357   

Processing and servicing

     2,919        5,577        3,746        5,928   

General and administrative

     6,935        12,169        9,158        13,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,488        44,601        32,560        53,052   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,608     (19,341     (16,183     (5,021
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest expense

     (88     (1,276     (1,070     (274

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (148     (3,739     (1,496     (9,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (236     (5,015     (2,566     (9,396
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,844     (24,356     (18,749     (14,417

Provision for income taxes

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (16,844     (24,356     (18,749     (14,417 )  

Series A and Series B preferred stock redemptions

            (5,254     (5,254       

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,440     (7,470     (5,414     (9,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (20,284   $ (37,080   $ (29,417   $ (24,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted

   $ (8.54   $ (17.28   $ (13.73   $ (8.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted (1)

     $ (0.96     $ (0.21
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

     2,375,220        2,146,013        2,142,568        2,857,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (1)

       21,544,497          25,583,884   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Stock-based compensation expense included above:

        

Sales and marketing

   $ 47      $ 118      $ 71      $ 325   

Technology and analytics

     7        47        20        290   

Processing and servicing

     9        30        15        126   

General and administrative

     166        243        161        706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 229      $ 438      $ 267      $ 1,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial data:

        

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ (14,834   $ (16,258   $ (14,152   $ (726

Adjusted net loss (3)

   $ (16,467   $ (20,179   $ (16,986   $ (3,848

 

(1) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock have been calculated assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 20,549,165 and 23,725,822 shares of common stock, respectively, as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later, (ii) the redemption of Series A and Series B preferred stock as of the beginning of the applicable period, and (iii) the reclassification of outstanding preferred stock warrants from liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the applicable period.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss, adjusted to exclude interest expense associated with debt used for corporate purposes, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and warrant liability fair value adjustment. Adjusted EBITDA does not adjust for funding costs, which represent the interest expense associated with debt used for lending purposes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(3) Adjusted net loss is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted net loss as net loss adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense and warrant liability fair value adjustment. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted net loss to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro forma (1)      Pro forma as
adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,642      $ 22,642       $                

Restricted cash

     22,615        22,615      

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     393,635        393,635      

Loans held for sale

     2,653        2,653      

Total assets

     466,007        466,007      

Funding debt (3)

     347,204        347,204      

Corporate debt (4)

     3,000        3,000      

Total liabilities

     368,077        365,275      

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     218,363             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (120,433     100,732      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2014 into 23,725,822 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The consideration paid for each share of convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2014 ranged from $0.73 to $29.42 and averaged $7.68. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. The conversion of the convertible preferred stock and the warrant liability reduces total redeemable convertible preferred stock and total liabilities by $218.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

 

 

-12-


Table of Contents
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $             and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $            , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(3) Funding debt is used to fund loan originations and is non-recourse to On Deck Capital, Inc.
(4) Corporate debt is used to fund general corporate operations.

 

 

-13-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face, but include the most significant factors currently known by us that make the offering speculative or risky. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry that may not develop as expected. Assessing our business and future prospects is challenging in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter. These risks and difficulties include our ability to:

 

    increase the number and total volume of term loans and lines of credit we extend to our customers;

 

    improve the terms on which we lend to our customers as our business becomes more efficient;

 

    increase the effectiveness of our direct marketing, as well as our strategic partner and funding advisor program customer acquisition channels;

 

    increase repeat borrowing by existing customers;

 

    successfully develop and deploy new products;

 

    successfully maintain our diversified funding strategy, including through the OnDeck Marketplace and future securitization transactions;

 

    favorably compete with other companies that are currently in, or may in the future enter, the business of lending to small businesses;

 

    successfully navigate economic conditions and fluctuations in the credit market;

 

    effectively manage the growth of our business;

 

    successfully expand our business into adjacent markets; and

 

    successfully expand internationally.

We may not be able to successfully address these risks and difficulties, which could harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer.

Our recent, rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and, if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

Our gross revenue grew from $25.6 million in 2012 to $65.2 million in 2013 and from $42.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $107.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. We expect that, in the future, even if our revenue continues to increase, our rate of revenue growth will decline.

In addition, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

    personnel, including significant increases to the total compensation we pay our employees as we grow our employee headcount;

 

    marketing, including expenses relating to increased direct marketing efforts;

 

-14-


Table of Contents
    product development, including the continued development of our platform and OnDeck Score;

 

    diversification of funding sources, including through OnDeck Marketplace;

 

    office space, as we increase the space we need for our growing employee base; and

 

    general administration, including legal, accounting and other compliance expenses related to being a public company.

In addition, our historical rapid growth has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we add additional staff, and we will need to improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. If we cannot manage our growth effectively our financial results will suffer.

We have a history of losses and may not achieve consistent profitability in the future.

We generated net losses of $16.8 million, $24.4 million, $18.7 million and $14.4 million in 2012, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $119.7 million. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods in order to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We intend to continue to expend significant funds to expand our marketing and sales operations, increase our customer service and general loan servicing capabilities, meet the increased compliance requirements associated with our transition to and operation as a public company, lease additional space for our growing employee base, upgrade our data center infrastructure and expand into new markets. In addition, we record our loan loss provision as an expense to account for the possibility that all loans may not be repaid in full. Because we incur a given loan loss expense at the time that we issue the loan, we expect the aggregate amount of this expense to grow as we increase the number and total amount of loans we make to our customers.

Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays, and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock may significantly decrease.

Worsening economic conditions may result in decreased demand for our loans, cause our customers’ default rates to increase and harm our operating results.

Uncertainty and negative trends in general economic conditions in the United States and abroad, including significant tightening of credit markets, historically have created a difficult environment for companies in the lending industry. Many factors, including factors that are beyond our control, may have a detrimental impact on our operating performance. These factors include general economic conditions, unemployment levels, energy costs and interest rates, as well as events such as natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism and catastrophes.

Our customers are small businesses. Accordingly, our customers have historically been, and may in the future remain, more likely to be affected or more severely affected than large enterprises by adverse economic conditions. These conditions may result in a decline in the demand for our loans by potential customers or higher default rates by our existing customers. If a customer defaults on a loan payable to us, the loan enters a collections process where our systems and collections teams initiate contact with the borrower for payments owed. If a loan is subsequently charged off, we generally sell the loan to a third-party collection agency and receive only a small fraction of the remaining amount payable to us in exchange for this sale.

There can be no assurance that economic conditions will remain favorable for our business or that demand for our loans or default rates by our customers will remain at current levels. Reduced demand for our loans would

 

-15-


Table of Contents

negatively impact our growth and revenue, while increased default rates by our customers may inhibit our access to capital, hinder the growth of our OnDeck Marketplace and negatively impact our profitability. Furthermore, we have received a large number of applications from potential customers who do not satisfy the requirements for an OnDeck loan. If an insufficient number of qualified small businesses apply for our loans, our growth and revenue could decline.

Our business may be adversely affected by disruptions in the credit markets, including reduced access to credit.

We depend on debt facilities and other forms of debt in order to finance most of the loans we make to our customers. However, we cannot guarantee that these financing sources will continue to be available beyond the current maturity date of each debt facility, on reasonable terms or at all. As the volume of loans that we make to customers on our platform increases, we may require the expansion of our borrowing capacity on our existing debt facilities and other debt arrangements or the addition of new sources of capital. The availability of these financing sources depends on many factors, some of which are outside of our control. We may also experience the occurrence of events of default or breaches of financial or performance covenants under our debt agreements, which could reduce or terminate our access to institutional funding. In addition, we began selling loans to third parties via our OnDeck Marketplace in October 2013 and completed our first securitization transaction in May 2014. There can be no assurance that investors will continue to purchase our loans via our OnDeck Marketplace or that we will be able to successfully access the securitization markets again. Furthermore, because we only recently began accessing these sources of capital, there is a greater possibility that these sources of capital may not be available in the future. In the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we cannot be sure that we will be able to maintain necessary levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments or the liquidation of certain assets. If we were to be unable to arrange new or alternative methods of financing on favorable terms, we may have to curtail our origination of loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

If the information provided by customers to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualification to receive a loan and our operating results may be harmed.

Our lending decisions are based partly on information provided to us by loan applicants. To the extent that these applicants provide information to us in a manner that we are unable to verify, the OnDeck Score may not accurately reflect the associated risk. In addition, data provided by third-party sources is a significant component of the OnDeck Score and this data may contain inaccuracies. Inaccurate analysis of credit data that could result from false loan application information could harm our reputation, business and operating results.

In addition, we use identity and fraud checks analyzing data provided by external databases to authenticate each customer’s identity. There is a risk, however, that these checks could fail, and fraud may occur. We may not be able to recoup funds underlying loans made in connection with inaccurate statements, omissions of fact or fraud, in which case our revenue, operating results and profitability will be harmed. Fraudulent activity or significant increases in fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and require us to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.

Our current level of interest rate spread may decline in the future. Any material reduction in our interest rate spread could reduce our profitability.

We earn a substantial majority of our revenues from interest payments on the loans we make to our customers. Financial institutions and other funding sources provide us with the capital to fund these term loans and lines of credit and charge us interest on funds that we draw down. In the event that the spread between the rate at which we lend to our customers and the rate at which we borrow from our lenders decreases, our financial results and operating performance will be harmed. The interest rates we charge to our customers and pay to our lenders could each be affected by a variety of factors, including access to capital based on our business performance, the volume of loans we make to our customers, competition and regulatory requirements. These

 

-16-


Table of Contents

interest rates may also be affected by a change over time in the mix of the types of products we sell to our customers and investors and a shift among our channels of customer acquisition. Interest rate changes may adversely affect our business forecasts and expectations and are highly sensitive to many macroeconomic factors beyond our control, such as inflation, recession, the state of the credit markets, changes in market interest rates, global economic disruptions, unemployment and the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. Any material reduction in our interest rate spread could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If the choice of law provisions in our loan agreements are found to be unenforceable, we may be found to be in violation of state interest rate limit laws.

Although the federal government does not currently regulate the maximum interest rates that may be charged on private loan transactions, many states have enacted interest rate limit laws specifying the maximum legal interest rate at which loans can be made in the state. We apply Virginia law to the underlying agreement for loans that we originate because our loans are underwritten and entered into in the state of Virginia, where our underwriting, servicing, operations and collections teams are headquartered.

Virginia does not have an interest rate limit law applicable to loans extended to corporations or certain other entities. Assuming a court were to recognize this choice of law provision, Virginia law would be applied to a dispute between the customer and us regardless of where the customer is located. We intend for Virginia law to control over state interest rate limit laws that would otherwise be applicable to these loans. We are not aware of any broad-based legal challenges to date to the applicability of Virginia law to these loans or the loans of other companies. However, many laws to which we are subject were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and related technologies and, as a result, do not expressly contemplate or address the unique issues of the internet such as the applicability of laws to online transactions, including in our case, the origination of loans. In addition, many laws that do reference the internet are being interpreted by the courts, but their applicability and scope remain uncertain. As a result, we cannot predict whether a court may seek to apply a different choice of law to our loans or to otherwise invalidate the applicability of Virginia law to our loans. If the applicability of Virginia law to these loans were challenged, and these loans were found to be governed by the laws of another state, and such other state has an interest rate limit law that prohibits the interest rate in effect with respect to such loans, the obligations of our customers to pay all or a portion of the interest on these loans could be found unenforceable or recoverable by such customer. A judgment that the choice of law provisions in our loan agreements is unenforceable could result in costly and time-consuming litigation, damage our reputation, trigger repurchase obligations, negatively impact the terms of our future loans and harm our operating results. Likewise, a judgment that the choice of law provision in other commercial loan agreements is unenforceable could result in challenges to our choice of law provision and that could result in costly and time-consuming litigation. In addition, it could cause us to incur substantial additional expense to comply with the laws of various states, including either our registration as a lender in the various states, or requiring us to place more loans through our issuing bank partners.

Issuing bank partners with whom we have agreements lend to customers in certain states. If our relationships with issuing bank partners were to end, then we may have to comply with additional restrictions, and certain states may require us to obtain a lending license.

In most states, we make loans directly to customers pursuant to Virginia law, which is the governing law we require in the underlying loan agreements with our customers. However, 11 states and jurisdictions, namely Alaska, California, Kentucky, Maryland, Nebraska, Nevada, North Dakota, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Vermont, and Washington, D.C., may not honor a Virginia choice of law. They assert either that their own laws and requirements should generally apply to commercial loans made by nonbanks or apply to commercial loans made by nonbanks if certain principal amounts are outside a range of interest rates. In such states and jurisdictions and in some other circumstances, loans are made by an issuing bank partner, primarily BofI Federal Bank (a federally chartered bank), and may be sold to us. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, loans made by issuing bank partners constituted 21.1%,

 

-17-


Table of Contents

16.1%, 16.2% and 16.7%, respectively, of our total loan originations. These loans are not governed by Virginia law, but rather the laws of the issuing bank partner’s home state, California law in the case of BofI Federal Bank. The remainder of our loans provide that they are to be governed by Virginia law. Our issuing bank partner currently originates all of our loans in California, Nevada, North Dakota, South Dakota and Vermont as well as some loans in other states and jurisdictions in addition to those listed above. Although such states and jurisdictions may have interest rate caps, either generally or subject to certain licensing and loan size requirements, all such caps that would otherwise be applicable are federally preempted when these loans are originated by our federally chartered issuing bank partner. As a result, loans originated by our issuing bank partner are generally priced the same as loans originated by us under Virginia law. While the other 40 U.S. states where we originate loans currently honor our Virginia choice of law, future legal changes could result in any one or more of those states no longer honoring our Virginia choice of law. In that case, we could address the legal change in a manner similar to how we approach the 11 states and jurisdictions that currently may not honor a Virginia choice of law, or we could consider other approaches, including licensing.

If we were to seek to make loans directly in those states referenced in the paragraph above or if we were otherwise not able to work with an issuing bank partner, we would have to attempt to comply with the laws of these states in other ways, including through obtaining lending licenses. Compliance with the laws of such states could be costly, and if we are unable to obtain such licenses, our loan volume could substantially decrease and our revenues, growth and profitability would be harmed. In addition, if our activities under the current arrangement with issuing bank partners were deemed to constitute lending within any such jurisdiction, we could be found to have engaged in impermissible lending within such jurisdictions. As a result, we could be subjected to fines and other penalties, all or a portion of the interest charged on the applicable loans could be found to be unenforceable or recoverable by customers and, to the extent it is determined that such loans were not originated in accordance with all applicable laws, we could be obligated to repurchase any loans from our debt facilities and OnDeck Marketplace participants that failed to comply with such legal requirements. Any finding that we engaged in lending in states in which we are unlicensed to do so could lead to litigation, harm our reputation and negatively impact our operating expenses and profitability.

An increase in customer default rates may reduce our overall profitability and could also affect our ability to attract institutional funding. Further, historical default rates may not be indicative of future results.

Customer default rates may be significantly affected by economic downturns or general economic conditions beyond our control and beyond the control of individual customers. In particular, loss rates on customer loans may increase due to factors such as prevailing interest rates, the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer and business confidence, commercial real estate values, the value of the U.S. dollar, energy prices, changes in consumer and business spending, the number of personal bankruptcies, disruptions in the credit markets and other factors. In addition, as of September 30, 2014, approximately 28.3% of our total loans outstanding related to customers with fewer than five years of operating history. While our OnDeck Score is designed to establish that, notwithstanding such limited operating and financial history, customers would be a reasonable credit risk, our loans may nevertheless be expected to have a higher default rate than loans made to customers with more established operating and financial histories. In addition, if default rates reach certain levels, the principal of our securitized notes may be required to be paid down, and we may no longer be able to borrow from our debt facilities to fund future loans. In addition, if customer default rates increase beyond forecast levels, returns for investors in our OnDeck Marketplace program will decline and demand by investors to participate in this program will decrease, each of which will harm our reputation, operating results and profitability.

Our risk management efforts may not be effective.

We could incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate financial risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other market-related risk, as well as operational risks related to our business, assets and liabilities. To the extent our models used to assess the creditworthiness of potential customers do not adequately identify

 

-18-


Table of Contents

potential risks, the OnDeck Scores produced would not adequately represent the risk profile of such customers and could result in higher risk than anticipated. Our risk management policies, procedures, and techniques, including our use of our proprietary OnDeck Score technology, may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks we are exposed to, mitigate the risks that we have identified or identify concentrations of risk or additional risks to which we may become subject in the future.

We rely on our proprietary credit-scoring model in the forecasting of loss rates. If we are unable to effectively forecast loss rates, it may negatively impact our operating results .

In making a decision whether to extend credit to prospective customers, we rely heavily on our OnDeck Score, the credit score generated by our proprietary credit-scoring model and decisioning system, an empirically derived suite of statistical models built using third-party data, data from our customers and our credit experience gained through monitoring the performance of our customers over time. If our proprietary credit-scoring model and decisioning system fails to adequately predict the creditworthiness of our customers, or if our proprietary cash flow analytics system fails to assess prospective customers’ financial ability to repay their loans, or if any portion of the information pertaining to the prospective customer is false, inaccurate or incomplete, and our systems did not detect such falsities, inaccuracies or incompleteness, or any or all of the other components of the credit decision process described herein fails, we may experience higher than forecasted losses. Furthermore, if we are unable to access the third-party data used in our OnDeck Score, or our access to such data is limited, our ability to accurately evaluate potential customers will be compromised, and we may be unable to effectively predict probable credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would negatively impact our results of operations.

Additionally, if we make errors in the development and validation of any of the models or tools we use to underwrite the loans that we securitize or sell to investors, these investors may experience higher delinquencies and losses and we may be subject to liability. Moreover, if future performance of our customers’ loans differs from past experience (driven by factors, including but not limited to, macroeconomic factors, policy actions by regulators, lending by other institutions and reliability of data used in the underwriting process), which experience has informed the development of the underwriting procedures employed by us, delinquency rates and losses to investors of our securitized debt from our customers’ loans could increase, thereby potentially subjecting us to liability. This inability to effectively forecast loss rates could also inhibit our ability to borrow from our debt facilities, which could further hinder our growth and harm our financial performance.

Our allowance for loan losses is determined based upon both objective and subjective factors and may not be adequate to absorb loan losses.

We face the risk that our customers will fail to repay their loans in full. We reserve for such losses by establishing an allowance for loan losses, the increase of which results in a charge to our earnings as a provision for loan losses. We have established an evaluation process designed to determine the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. While this evaluation process uses historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the forecasts and establishment of loan losses are also dependent on our subjective assessment based upon our experience and judgment. Actual losses are difficult to forecast, especially if such losses stem from factors beyond our historical experience, and unlike traditional banks, we are not subject to periodic review by bank regulatory agencies of our allowance for loan losses. As a result, there can be no assurance that our allowance for loan losses will be comparable to that of traditional banks subject to regulatory oversight or sufficient to absorb losses or prevent a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face increasing competition and, if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

We compete with other companies that lend to small businesses. These companies include traditional banks, merchant cash advance providers and newer, technology-enabled lenders. In addition, other technology companies that primarily lend to individual consumers have already begun to focus, or may in the future focus, their efforts on lending to small businesses.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

In some cases, our competitors focus their marketing on our industry sectors and seek to increase their lending and other financial relationships with specific industries such as restaurants. In other cases, some competitors may offer a broader range of financial products to our clients, and some competitors may offer a specialized set of specific products or services. Many of these competitors have significantly more resources and greater brand recognition than we do and may be able to attract customers more effectively than we do.

When new competitors seek to enter one of our markets, or when existing market participants seek to increase their market share, they sometimes undercut the pricing and/or credit terms prevalent in that market, which could adversely affect our market share or ability to exploit new market opportunities. Our pricing and credit terms could deteriorate if we act to meet these competitive challenges, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and future growth.

To date, we have derived our revenue from a limited number of products and markets. Our efforts to expand our market reach and product portfolio may not succeed and may reduce our revenue growth.

We offer term loans and lines of credit to our customers in the United States and term loans to our customers in Canada. Many of our competitors offer a more diverse set of products to small businesses and in additional international markets. While we intend to eventually broaden the scope of products that we offer to our customers, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such efforts. Failure to broaden the scope of products we offer to potential customers may inhibit the growth of repeat business from our customers and harm our operating results. There also can be no guarantee that we will be successful with respect to our current efforts in Canada, as well as any further expansion beyond the United States and Canada, if we decide to attempt such expansion at all, which may also inhibit the growth of our business.

In connection with our sale of loans to our subsidiaries and through OnDeck Marketplace, we make representations and warranties concerning the loans we sell. If those representations and warranties are not correct, we could be required to repurchase the loans. Any significant required repurchases could have an adverse effect upon our ability to operate and fund our business.

In our asset-backed securitization facility and our other asset-backed revolving debt facilities, we transfer loans to our subsidiaries and make numerous representations and warranties concerning the loans we transfer including representations and warranties that the loans meet the eligibility requirements. We also make representations and warranties in connection with the loans we sell through OnDeck Marketplace. If those representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to repurchase the loans. We have not been required to repurchase any loans in connection with our asset-backed securitization facility. In connection with OnDeck Marketplace and our asset-backed revolving debt facilities, we have been required to repurchase an immaterial amount of loans. Failure to repurchase such loans when required would constitute an event of default under the securitization and other asset-backed facilities and may constitute a termination event under the applicable OnDeck Marketplace agreement. There is no assurance, however, that we would have adequate resources to make such repurchases or, if we did make the repurchases, that such event might not have a material adverse effect on our business.

Many of our strategic partnerships are nonexclusive and subject to termination options that, if terminated, could harm the growth of our customer base and negatively affect our financial performance. Additionally, these partners are concentrated and the departure of a significant partner could have a negative impact on our operating results.

We rely on strategic partners for referrals of an increasing portion of the customers, to whom we issue loans and our growth depends in part on the growth of these referrals. In 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, loans issued to customers referred to us by our strategic partners constituted 5.5%, 9.2%, 9.5% and 12.7% of our total loan originations, respectively. Many of our strategic partnerships do not contain exclusivity provisions that would prevent such partners from providing leads to competing companies. In addition, the agreements governing these partnerships contain termination provisions that, if exercised, would

 

-20-


Table of Contents

terminate our relationship with these partners. These agreements also contain no requirement that a partner refer us any minimum number of leads. There can be no assurance that these partners will not terminate our relationship with them or continue referring business to us in the future, and a termination of the relationship or reduction in leads referred to us would have a negative impact on our revenue and operating results.

In addition, a small number of strategic partners refer to us a significant portion of the loans made within this channel. In 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, loans issued to customers referred to us by our top 4 strategic partners constituted 4.7%, 7.0%, 6.8% and 9.4% of our total loan originations, respectively. In the event that one or multiple of these significant strategic partners terminated our relationship or reduced the number of leads provided to us, our business would be harmed.

To the extent that Funding Advisor Program partners or direct sales agents mislead loan applicants or are engaged in disreputable behavior, our reputation may be harmed and we may face liability.

We rely on third-party independent advisors, including business loan brokers, which we call Funding Advisor Program partners, or FAPs, for referrals of a substantial portion of the customers to whom we issue loans. In 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, loans issued to customers whose applications were submitted to us via the FAP channel constituted 68.5%, 45.6%, 46.8% and 32.3% of our total number of loans, respectively. Because FAPs earn fees on a commission basis, FAPs may have incentive to mislead loan applicants, facilitate the submission by loan applicants of false application data or engage in other disreputable behavior so as to earn additional commissions on those inaccurate loan applications. We also rely on our direct sales agents for customer acquisition in our direct marketing channel, and these sales agents may also engage in disreputable behavior to increase our customer base. If FAPs or our direct sales agents mislead our customers, our customers are less likely to be satisfied with their experience and to become repeat customers, and we may be subject to costly and time-consuming litigation, each of which could harm our reputation and operating performance.

We may not have adequate funding capacity in the event that an unforeseen number of customers to whom we have extended a line of credit decide to draw their lines at the same time.

Our current capacity to fund our customers’ line of credit through existing debt facilities is limited. Accordingly, we maintain cash available to fund our customers’ lines of credit based on the amount that we foresee these customers drawing down. For example, if we make available a line of credit for $15,000 to a small business, we may only reserve a portion of this amount at any given time for immediate drawdown. We base the amount that we reserve on our analysis of aggregate portfolio demand and the historical activity of customers using the line of credit product. However, if we inaccurately predict the number of customers that draw down on their lines of credit at a certain time, or if these customers draw down in greater amounts than we forecast, we may not have enough funds available to lend to them. Failure to provide funds drawn down by our customers on their lines of credit may expose us to liability, damage our reputation and inhibit our growth.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal controls over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Following this offering, we will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on our management’s assessment of our internal controls.

We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

In connection with our preparation of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, which were issued on September 29, 2014, we identified four control deficiencies that did not rise to the level of a material weakness, on an individual basis or in the aggregate, but did represent significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. A control deficiency is considered a significant deficiency if it represents a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a company’s financial reporting. The particular deficiencies related to the effectiveness of our information technology controls, the formalization of key controls in certain operations and finance processes relating to the retention, documentation and evidence of reviews and approvals, the timely reconciliation of certain sub-ledgers and ledgers, and the financial statement close process, specifically the process of recording prepaid assets and expenses accurately. We have taken steps to address these deficiencies, and the actions we plan to take are subject to ongoing senior management review and audit committee oversight.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken, or will take, to remediate these significant deficiencies will be effective or that we will be successful in implementing them. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we have identified all significant deficiencies or that we will not in the future have additional significant deficiencies or identify material weaknesses. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not evaluated any of the measures we have taken, or that we propose to take, to address these significant deficiencies discussed above.

In addition, because our business has grown and we are becoming a public company, we are seeking to transition to a more developed internal control environment that incorporates increased automation. In the course of preparing our third quarter 2014 financial statements, we identified additional control deficiencies that we are in the process of remediating. While we are taking steps to update our processes and remediate these control deficiencies, our independent registered public accounting firm has not evaluated these control deficiencies or any of the actions we have taken or propose to take to address them. We may continue to identify additional control deficiencies in the future.

We also may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified or if we are otherwise unable to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our results of operations and our ability to attract and retain qualified executives and board members.

As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company and these expenses will increase after we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange impose various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate

 

-22-


Table of Contents

governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased, and will continue to increase, our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made, and will continue to make, some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2015, we will need to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404. As an “emerging growth company” we may elect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an “emerging growth company” and, when our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on internal control from our independent registered public accounting firm.

Competition for our employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled employees whom we need to support our business.

Competition for highly skilled engineering and data analytics personnel is extremely intense, and we continue to face difficulty identifying and hiring qualified personnel in many areas of our business. We may not be able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In particular, candidates making employment decisions, specifically in high-technology industries, often consider the value of any equity they may receive in connection with their employment. Any significant volatility in the price of our stock after this offering may adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled technical, financial and marketing personnel.

In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring and training their replacements and the quality of our services and our ability to serve our customers could diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

We rely on our management team and need additional key personnel to grow our business, and the loss of key employees or inability to hire key personnel could harm our business.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our executives and employees, including Noah Breslow, our Chief Executive Officer. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. Our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances. If capital is not available to us, our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.

Since our founding, we have raised substantial equity and debt financing to support the growth of our business. Because we intend to continue to make investments to support the growth of our business, we may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, including increasing our marketing expenditures to improve our brand awareness, developing new products or services or further improving existing products and services, enhancing our operating infrastructure and acquiring complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. However, additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, our agreements with our lenders contain restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, and any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve further restrictive covenants which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. Volatility in the credit markets may also have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing.

If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

Our agreements with our lenders contain a number of early payment triggers and covenants. A breach of such triggers or covenants or other terms of such agreements could result in an early amortization, default, and/or acceleration of the related funding facilities which could materially impact our operations.

Primary funding sources available to support the maintenance and growth of our business include, among others, an asset-backed securitization facility, other asset-backed revolving debt facilities and corporate debt. Our liquidity would be materially adversely affected by our inability to comply with various covenants and other specified requirements set forth in our agreements with our lenders which could result in the early amortization, default and/or acceleration of our existing facilities. Such covenants and requirements include financial covenants, portfolio performance covenants and other events. For a description of these covenants, requirements and events, see the section titled “Description of Indebtedness – Covenants and Events of Default for Debt Facilities.”

During an early amortization period or occurrence of an event of default, principal collections from the loans in our asset-backed facilities would be applied to repay principal under such facilities rather than being

 

-24-


Table of Contents

available on a revolving basis to fund purchases of newly originated loans. During the occurrence of an event of default under any of our facilities, the applicable lenders could accelerate the related debt and such lenders’ commitments to extend further credit under the related facility would terminate. Our asset-backed securitization trust would not be able to issue future series out of such securitization. If we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under such facilities, the applicable lenders could seek remedies, including against the collateral pledged under such facilities. A default under one facility could also lead to default under other facilities due to cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

An early amortization event or event of default would negatively impact our liquidity, including our ability to originate new loans, and require us to rely on alternative funding sources, which might increase our funding costs or which might not be available when needed. If we were unable to arrange new or alternative methods of financing on favorable terms, we might have to curtail the origination of loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our obligations under our facilities.

We act as servicer with respect to our facilities. If we default in our servicing obligations, an early amortization event of default could occur with respect to the applicable facility and we could be replaced as servicer.

The lending industry is highly regulated. Changes in regulations or in the way regulations are applied to our business could adversely affect our business.

The regulatory environment in which lending institutions operate has become increasingly complex, and following the financial crisis of 2008, supervisory efforts to enact and apply relevant laws, regulations and policies have become more intense. Changes in laws or regulations or the regulatory application or judicial interpretation of the laws and regulations applicable to us could adversely affect our ability to operate in the manner in which we currently conduct business or make it more difficult or costly for us to originate or otherwise make additional loans, or for us to collect payments on loans by subjecting us to additional licensing, registration and other regulatory requirements in the future or otherwise. For example, if our loans were determined for any reason not to be commercial loans, we would be subject to many additional requirements, and our fees and interest arrangements could be challenged by regulators or our borrowers. A material failure to comply with any such laws or regulations could result in regulatory actions, lawsuits and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition and our ability to originate and service loans and perform our obligations to investors and other constituents.

A proceeding relating to one or more allegations or findings of our violation of such laws could result in modifications in our methods of doing business that could impair our ability to collect payments on our loans or to acquire additional loans or could result in the requirement that we pay damages and/or cancel the balance or other amounts owing under loans associated with such violation. We cannot assure you that such claims will not be asserted against us in the future. To the extent it is determined that the loans we make to our customers were not originated in accordance with all applicable laws, we would be obligated to repurchase from the entity holding the applicable loan any such loan that fails to comply with legal requirements. We may not have adequate resources to make such repurchases.

Financial regulatory reform relating to asset-backed securities has not been fully implemented and could have a significant impact on our ability to access the asset-backed market.

We rely upon asset-backed financing for a significant portion of our funds with which to carry on our business. Asset-backed securities and the securitization markets were heavily affected by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law in 2010 and have also been a focus of increased regulation by the SEC. However, some of the regulations to be implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act have not yet been finalized and other asset-backed regulations that have been adopted by the SEC have delayed effective dates. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates the implementation of rules requiring securitizers or originators to retain an economic interest in a portion of the credit risk for any asset that

 

-25-


Table of Contents

they securitize or originate. In October of this year, the SEC adopted final rules in relation to such risk retention, but such rules will not be effective with respect to our transactions until late in 2016. In addition, the SEC previously proposed separate rules which would affect the disclosure requirements for registered as well as unregistered issuances of asset-backed securities. The SEC has recently adopted final rules which affect the disclosure requirements for registered issuances of asset-backed securities backed by residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, auto loans, auto leases and debt securities. However, final rules that would affect the disclosure requirements for registered issuances of asset-backed securities backed by other types of collateral or for unregistered issuances of asset-backed securities have not been adopted. Any of such rules if implemented could adversely affect our ability to access the asset-backed market or our cost of accessing that market.

Our success and future growth depend in part on our successful marketing efforts and increased brand awareness. Failure to effectively use our brand to convert sales may negatively affect our growth and our financial performance.

We believe that an important component of our growth will be continued market penetration through our direct marketing channel. To achieve this growth, we anticipate relying heavily on marketing and advertising to increase the visibility of the OnDeck brand with potential customers. The goal of this marketing and advertising is to increase the strength, recognition and trust in the OnDeck brand, drive more unique visitors to submit loan applications on our website, and ultimately increase the number of loans made to our customers. We incurred expenses of $18.1 million and $21.8 million on sales and marketing in the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.

Our business model relies on our ability to scale rapidly and to decrease incremental customer acquisition costs as we grow. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in website traffic and in the number of loans made by visitors to our platform, or if we discontinue our broad marketing campaigns, it could have a material adverse effect on our growth, results of operations and financial condition.

Customer complaints or negative publicity could result in a decline in our customer growth and our business could suffer.

Our reputation is very important to attracting new customers to our platform as well as securing repeat lending to existing customers. While we believe that we have a good reputation and that we provide our customers with a superior experience, there can be no assurance that we will continue to maintain a good relationship with our customers or avoid negative publicity. Any damage to our reputation, whether arising from our conduct of business, negative publicity, regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions, matters affecting our financial reporting or compliance with SEC and New York Stock Exchange listing requirements, security breaches or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Security breaches of customers’ confidential information that we store may harm our reputation and expose us to liability.

We store our customers’ bank information, credit information and other sensitive data. Any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access could cause the theft and criminal use of this data. Security breaches or unauthorized access to confidential information could also expose us to liability related to the loss of the information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and negative publicity. If security measures are breached because of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, or if design flaws in our software are exposed and exploited, and, as a result, a third party obtains unauthorized access to any of our customers’ data, our relationships with our customers will be severely damaged, and we could incur significant liability.

Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, we and our third-party hosting facilities may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, many states have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving their personal data. These

 

-26-


Table of Contents

mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach are costly to implement and often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether actual or perceived, would harm our reputation and we could lose customers.

The collection, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements or differing views of personal privacy rights.

We receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other sensitive data from customers and potential customers. There are federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and sensitive data. Specifically, personally identifiable information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations including, but not limited to, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, intended to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected, processed and transmitted. Any violations of these laws and regulations may require us to change our business practices or operational structure, address legal claims and sustain monetary penalties and/or other harms to our business.

The regulatory framework for privacy issues in the United States and internationally is constantly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. The interpretation and application of such laws is often uncertain, and such laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner inconsistent with our current policies and practices or require changes to the features of our platform. If either we or our third party service providers are unable to address any privacy concerns, even if unfounded, or to comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could result in additional costs and liability, damage our reputation and harm our business.

Our ability to collect payment on loans and maintain accurate accounts may be adversely affected by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, technical errors and similar disruptions.

The automated nature of our platform may make it an attractive target for hacking and potentially vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of our platform, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, in which case there would be an increased risk of fraud or identity theft, and we may experience losses on, or delays in the collection of amounts owed on, a fraudulently induced loan. In addition, the software that we have developed to use in our daily operations is highly complex and may contain undetected technical errors that could cause our computer systems to fail. Because each loan that we make involves our proprietary automated underwriting process, and approximately two-thirds of our loans are underwritten using a fully-automated underwriting process that does not require manual review, any failure of our computer systems involving our automated underwriting process and any technical or other errors contained in the software pertaining to our automated underwriting process could compromise our ability to accurately evaluate potential customers, which would negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, any failure of our computer systems could cause an interruption in operations and result in disruptions in, or reductions in the amount of, collections from the loans we make to our customers.

Additionally, if a hacker were able to access our secure files, he or she might be able to gain access to the personal information of our customers. While we have taken steps to prevent such activity from affecting our platform, if we are unable to prevent such activity, we may be subject to significant liability, negative publicity and a material loss of customers, all of which may negatively affect our business.

Our business depends on our ability to collect payment on and service the loans we make to our customers.

We rely on unaffiliated banks for the Automated Clearing House, or ACH, transaction process used to disburse the proceeds of newly originated loans to our customers and to automatically collect scheduled payments on the loans. As we are not a bank, we do not have the ability to directly access the ACH payment network, and must therefore rely on an FDIC-insured depository institution to process our transactions, including loan payments. Although we have built redundancy between these banks’ services, if we cannot continue to obtain such services from our current institutions or elsewhere, or if we cannot transition to another processor

 

-27-


Table of Contents

quickly, our ability to process payments will suffer. If we fail to adequately collect amounts owing in respect of the loans, as a result of the loss of direct debiting or otherwise, then payments to us may be delayed or reduced and our revenue and operating results will be harmed.

We rely on data centers to deliver our services. Any disruption of service at these data centers could interrupt or delay our ability to deliver our service to our customers.

We currently serve our customers from two third-party data center hosting facilities in Piscataway, New Jersey and Denver, Colorado. The continuous availability of our service depends on the operations of these facilities, on a variety of network service providers, on third-party vendors and on data center operations staff. In addition, we depend on the ability of our third-party facility providers to protect the facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. If there are any lapses of service or damage to the facilities, we could experience lengthy interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed.

We designed our system infrastructure and procure and own or lease the computer hardware used for our services. Design and mechanical errors, failure to follow operations protocols and procedures could cause our systems to fail, resulting in interruptions in our platform. Any such interruptions or delays, whether as a result of third-party error, our own error, natural disasters or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with customers and cause our revenue to decrease and/or our expenses to increase. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue and subject us to liability, which could materially adversely affect our business.

Demand for our loans may decline if we do not continue to innovate or respond to evolving technological changes.

We operate in a nascent industry characterized by rapidly evolving technology and frequent product introductions. We rely on our proprietary technology to make our platform available to customers, determine the creditworthiness of loan applicants, and service the loans we make to customers. In addition, we may increasingly rely on technological innovation as we introduce new products, expand our current products into new markets, and continue to streamline the lending process. The process of developing new technologies and products is complex, and if we are unable to successfully innovate and continue to deliver a superior customer experience, customers’ demand for our loans may decrease and our growth and operations may be harmed.

It may be difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property rights, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

Our ability to lend to our customers depends, in part, upon our proprietary technology, including our use of the OnDeck Score. We may be unable to protect our proprietary technology effectively which would allow competitors to duplicate our products and adversely affect our ability to compete with them. A third party may attempt to reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology without our consent. The pursuit of a claim against a third party for infringement of our intellectual property could be costly, and there can be no guarantee that any such efforts would be successful.

In addition, our platform may infringe upon claims of third-party intellectual property, and we may face intellectual property challenges from such other parties. We may not be successful in defending against any such challenges or in obtaining licenses to avoid or resolve any intellectual property disputes. The costs of defending any such claims or litigation could be significant and, if we are unsuccessful, could result in a requirement that we pay significant damages or licensing fees, which would negatively impact our financial performance. Furthermore, our technology may become obsolete, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to successfully develop, obtain or use new technologies to adapt our platform to compete with other lending platforms as they develop. If we cannot protect our proprietary technology from intellectual property challenges, or if the platform becomes obsolete, our ability to maintain our platform, make loans or perform our servicing obligations on the loans could be adversely affected.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

Some aspects of our platform include open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.

We incorporate open source software into our proprietary platform and into other processes supporting our business. Such open source software may include software covered by licenses like the GNU General Public License and the Apache License. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that limits our use of the software, inhibits certain aspects of the platform and negatively affects our business operations.

Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If portions of our proprietary platform are determined to be subject to an open source license, or if the license terms for the open source software that we incorporate change, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our platform or change our business activities. In addition to risks related to license requirements, the use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with the use of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could adversely affect our business.

We may evaluate, and potentially consummate, acquisitions, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, and adversely affect our financial results.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our business. In some circumstances, we may determine to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. We also have never acquired a business before and therefore lack experience in integrating new technology and personnel. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:

 

    diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to addressing acquisition integration challenges;

 

    coordination of technology, product development and sales and marketing functions;

 

    transition of the acquired company’s customers to our platform;

 

    retention of employees from the acquired company;

 

    cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

    integration of the acquired company’s accounting, management information, human resources and other administrative systems;

 

    the need to implement or improve controls, procedures and policies at a business that prior to the acquisition may have lacked effective controls, procedures and policies;

 

    potential write-offs of loans or intangibles or other assets acquired in such transactions that may have an adverse effect our operating results in a given period;

 

    liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including patent and trademark infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities; and

 

    litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments,

 

-29-


Table of Contents

cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities and harm our business generally. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or the write-off of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Also, the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions may not materialize.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could harm our results of operations.

We had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $47.5 million as of December 31, 2013. These net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire at various dates beginning in 2027. As of December 31, 2013, we recorded a full valuation allowance of $26.2 million against our net deferred tax asset.

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and other tax attributes in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the net operating losses and other tax attributes that are able to be utilized in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period, which has occurred as a result of historical ownership changes. Accordingly, our ability to use pre-change net operating loss and certain other attributes are limited as prescribed under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Therefore, if we earn net taxable income in the future, our ability to reduce our federal income tax liability with our existing net operating losses is subject to limitation. Although we believe that this offering may result in another cumulative ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, we do not believe that any resulting limitation will further limit our ability to ultimately utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes in a material way. Future offerings, as well as other future ownership changes that may be outside our control could potentially result in further limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and tax attributes. Accordingly, achieving profitability may not result in a full release of the valuation allowance.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, flood, and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as terrorism.

Events beyond our control may damage our ability to accept our customers’ applications, underwrite loans, maintain our platform or perform our servicing obligations. In addition, these catastrophic events may negatively affect customers’ demand for our loans. Such events include, but are not limited to, fires, earthquakes, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, computer viruses and telecommunications failures. Despite any precautions we may take, system interruptions and delays could occur if there is a natural disaster, if a third-party provider closes a facility we use without adequate notice for financial or other reasons, or if there are other unanticipated problems at our leased facilities. As we rely heavily on our servers, computer and communications systems and the Internet to conduct our business and provide high-quality customer service, such disruptions could harm our ability to run our business and cause lengthy delays which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. We currently are not able to switch instantly to our backup center in the event of failure of the main server site. This means that an outage at one facility could result in our system being unavailable for a significant period of time. Our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures. A system outage or data loss could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may be volatile and the value of your investment could decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could

 

-30-


Table of Contents

cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

    announcements of new products, services or technologies, relationships with strategic partners, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in economic conditions;

 

    changes in prevailing interest rates;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in our industry;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    quarterly fluctuations in demand for our loans;

 

    whether our operating results meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;

 

    major catastrophic events;

 

    sales of large blocks of our stock; or

 

    departures of key personnel.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described under the section titled “Underwriters,” we and all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our equity holders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When the

 

-31-


Table of Contents

lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up security holders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our share price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 28,431,830 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock), or their permitted transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

We may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and after giving effect to the exercise of options in connection with this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

Although we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We have not yet determined the specific allocation of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering. Rather, we intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, including the use of our own capital to finance new product originations, investment in our technology and analytics, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to fund continued originations growth or to acquire

 

-32-


Table of Contents

complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the recently enacted Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

However, for so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

 

-33-


Table of Contents

We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Risk Management Committee and as qualified executive officers.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering. See the section titled “Dilution” for more information.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

    the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our secretary or a majority vote of our board of directors, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

    the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to the issuance of preferred stock and management of our business or our amended and restated bylaws, which may inhibit the ability of an acquiror to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

    the ability of our board of directors, by majority vote, to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquiror to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

 

    advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected expenses, prospects and plans and objectives of management. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “seek,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict, “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our ability to attract potential customers to our platform;

 

    the degree to which potential customers apply for, are approved for and actually borrow via a loan;

 

    our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate cash flow, and ability to achieve, and maintain, future profitability;

 

    anticipated trends, growth rates and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

    the status of customers and the ability of customers to repay loans;

 

    our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced products and services to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them;

 

    interest rates and origination fees on loans;

 

    maintaining and expanding our customer base;

 

    the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

    our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth;

 

    our ability to sell our products and expand;

 

    our failure to anticipate or adapt to future changes in our industry;

 

    our ability to hire and retain necessary qualified employees to expand our operations;

 

    the impact of any failure of our solutions;

 

    our reliance on our third-party service providers;

 

    the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and markets;

 

    our compliance with applicable local, state and federal laws;

 

    our compliance with applicable regulatory developments and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business;

 

    our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

 

    the anticipated effect on our business of litigation to which we are a party;

 

    our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws;

 

    the increased expenses and administrative workload associated with being a public company;

 

    failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent fraud;

 

    our liquidity and working capital requirements and our plans for the net proceeds from this offering;

 

    the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements;

 

    the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices; and

 

-36-


Table of Contents
    our ability to prevent security breaks, disruption in service and comparable events that could compromise the personal and confidential information held in our data systems, reduce the attractiveness of the platform or adversely impact our ability to service the loans.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, statistical data, and other information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates, that are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including those by Civic Economics, Oliver Wyman, Gallup, National Small Business Association and other publicly available sources. The industry and market information included in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information.

The sources of industry and market data contained in this prospectus are listed below:

 

    Civic Economics, Indie Impact Study Series: A National Comparative Survey with the American Booksellers Association , October 2012.

 

    eVoice, 25 Hour Day Survey , March 2012.

 

    FDIC, Loans to Small Businesses and Farms, FDIC-Insured Institutions 1995-2014 , Q2 2014.

 

    Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Small Business Credit Survey Q4 2013 , February 2014.

 

    Gallup, Wells Fargo Small Business Survey Topline, Quarter 2 2014 , 2014.

 

    National Small Business Association, 2013 Small Business Technology Survey , September 2013.

 

    Karen Gordon Mills and Brayden McCarthy, The State of Small Business Lending: Credit Access during the Recovery and How Technology May Change the Game , Harvard Business School, July 22, 2014.

 

    Oliver Wyman, Financing Small Businesses , 2013.

 

    Oliver Wyman, Small Business Banking , 2013.

 

    U.S. Small Business Administration, Small Business GDP: Update 2002-2010 , January 2012.

 

    U.S. Small Business Administration, United States Small Business Profile , 2014.

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, data and analytics enhancements, product development, capital expenditures and to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to invest in or acquire technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business and for targeted international expansion. However, we have no present agreements or commitments for any such investments, acquisitions or expansion. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds in this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2014 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 23,725,822 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering; and

 

    the reclassification of the remaining preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid in capital upon the automatic conversion of our preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants upon the completion of this offering.

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2014
         Actual              Pro forma              Pro forma as    
adjusted (1)
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,642       $ 22,642      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Corporate debt (2)

     3,000         3,000      

Warrant liability

     2,802              

Capital lease obligations

     436         436      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Capital liabilities

     6,238         3,436      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        

Series A preferred stock, par value $.01, 2,219,331 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

     2,657              

Series B preferred stock, par value $.01, 5,631,851 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

     29,860              

Series C preferred stock, par value $.01, 4,867,769 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

     25,975              

Series C-1 preferred stock, par value $.01, 1,293,220 shares authorized, 1,155,720 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

     12,932              

Series D preferred stock, par value $.01, 7,233,878 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

     66,326              

Series E preferred stock, par value $.01, 2,700,000 shares authorized, 2,617,273 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

     80,613              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     218,363              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

-40-


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2014  
         Actual             Pro forma             Pro forma as    
adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, par value $0.01, 40,000,000 shares authorized and 4,354,496 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 40,000,000 shares authorized and 28,080,318 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     59        296     

Treasury stock—at cost

     (5,656     (5,656  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,885        225,813     

Accumulated deficit

     (119,721     (119,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (120,433     100,732     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 104,168      $ 104,168      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
(2) Corporate debt is used to fund general corporate operations and excludes $347,204 of funding debt, which is used to fund loan originations and is non-recourse to On Deck Capital, Inc.

The number of shares of our common stock set forth in the table above excludes:

 

    4,985,401 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted average exercise price of $7.51 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $0.53 to $21.32;

 

    186,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of November 6, 2014, which were granted after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $24.76 per share;

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

    1,806,263 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted average exercise price of $13.89 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $0.65 to $29.42; and

 

    1,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of one warrant issued after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $24.76 per share.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $100.7 million, or $3.34 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock and the exercise of all vested options and warrants.

After giving effect to our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2014 would have been $         , or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014

     3.34      

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     —        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 
     

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per         share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the following will occur:

 

    the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

    the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of pro forma as adjusted shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the pro forma as-adjusted number of shares of our common stock held by investors participating in this offering will increase to         , or approximately     % of the total pro forma as-adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock and the exercise of all vested options and warrants, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the

 

-42-


Table of Contents

total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent     Per Share  

Existing stockholders

     28,080,318                $ 183,260,799                $ 6.53   

Exercised options and warrants

     2,097,931           3,385,868         $ 1.61   

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $                      100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $         million, $         million and $        , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The foregoing discussion and tables exclude:

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables assume the following:

 

    a         -for-1 forward stock split of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,725,822 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering with original issuance prices ranging from $0.73 to $29.42 and averaging $7.68;

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

    an IPO price per share in excess of our highest option and warrant exercise prices;

 

    the exercise of vested options to purchase 1,397,416 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014 with exercise prices ranging from $0.53 to $21.32 and averaging $1.36 per share;

 

    the exercise of vested warrants to purchase 700,515 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014 (including warrants to purchase our redeemable convertible preferred stock that will automatically convert to warrants to purchase common stock upon the completion of this offering) with exercise prices ranging from $0.65 to $29.42 and averaging $2.12 per share; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

To the extent that any options and warrants become exercisable, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may grant more options and warrants in the future.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and as of September 30, 2014 includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, that are necessary in the opinion of our management for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

   

Revenue:

   

Interest income

  $ 25,273      $ 62,941      $ 41,073      $ 99,873   

Gain on sales of loans

           788               4,569   

Other revenue

    370        1,520        1,004        3,131   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

    25,643        65,249        42,077        107,573   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

   

Provision for loan losses

    12,469        26,570        16,300        47,011   

Funding costs

    8,294        13,419        9,400        12,531   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    20,763        39,989        25,700        59,542   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

    4,880        25,260        16,377        48,031   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

   

Sales and marketing

    6,633        18,095        13,566        21,799   

Technology and analytics

    5,001        8,760        6,090        11,357   

Processing and servicing

    2,919        5,577        3,746        5,928   

General and administrative

    6,935        12,169        9,158        13,968   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    21,488        44,601        32,560        53,052   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (16,608     (19,341     (16,183     (5,021
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

   

Interest expense

    (88     (1,276     (1,070     (274

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

    (148     (3,739     (1,496     (9,122
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (236     (5,015     (2,566     (9,396
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (16,844     (24,356     (18,749     (14,417

Provision for income taxes

                           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (16,844     (24,356     (18,749     (14,417

Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock redemptions

           (5,254     (5,254       

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3,440     (7,470     (5,414     (9,828
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (20,284   $ (37,080   $ (29,417   $ (24,245
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted

  $ (8.54   $ (17.28   $ (13.73   $ (8.48
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted (1)

    $ (0.96     $ (0.21
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    2,375,220        2,146,013        2,142,568        2,857,871   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (1)

      21,544,497          25,583,884   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense included above:

       

Sales and marketing

  $ 47      $ 118      $ 71      $ 325   

Technology and analytics

    7        47        20        290   

Processing and servicing

    9        30        15        126   

General and administrative

    166        243        161        706   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 229      $ 438      $ 267      $ 1,447   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial data:

       

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  $ (14,834   $ (16,258   $ (14,152   $ (726

Adjusted net loss (3)

  $ (16,467   $ (20,179   $ (16,986   $ (3,848

 

-44-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock have been calculated assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 20,549,165 and 23,725,822 shares of common stock, respectively, as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later, (ii) the redemption of Series A and Series B preferred stock as of the beginning of the applicable period, and (iii) the reclassification of outstanding preferred stock warrants from liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the applicable period.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss, adjusted to exclude interest expense associated with debt used for corporate purposes, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and warrant liability fair value adjustment. Adjusted EBITDA does not adjust for funding costs, which represent the interest expense associated with debt used for lending purposes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(3) Adjusted net loss is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted net loss as net loss adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense and warrant liability fair value adjustment. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted net loss to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of December 31,     As of September 30, 2014  
     2012     2013     Actual     Pro forma (1)      Pro forma as
adjusted (2)
 
                 (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,386      $ 4,670      $ 22,642      $ 22,642       $                

Restricted cash

     9,195        14,842        22,615        22,615      

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     81,687        203,078        393,635        393,635      

Loans held for sale

            1,423        2,653        2,653      

Total assets

     106,510        235,450        466,007        466,007      

Funding debt (3)

     96,297        188,297        347,204        347,204      

Corporate debt (4)

     8,000        15,000        3,000        3,000      

Total liabilities

     110,443        216,587        368,077        365,275      

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     53,226        118,343        218,363             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (57,159     (99,480     (120,433     100,732      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2014 into 23,725,822 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The consideration paid for each share of convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2014 ranged from $0.73 to $29.42 and averaged $7.68. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. The conversion of the convertible preferred stock and the warrant liability reduces total redeemable convertible preferred stock and total liabilities by $218.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(3) Funding debt is used to fund loan originations and is non-recourse to On Deck Capital, Inc.
(4) Corporate debt is used to fund general corporate operations.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading online platform for small business lending. We are seeking to transform small business lending by making it efficient and convenient for small businesses to access capital. Enabled by our proprietary technology and analytics, we aggregate and analyze thousands of data points from dynamic, disparate data sources to assess the creditworthiness of small businesses rapidly and accurately. Small businesses can apply for a term loan or line of credit on our website in minutes and, using our proprietary OnDeck Score, we can make a funding decision immediately and transfer funds as fast as the same day. We have originated more than $1.7 billion in loans and collected more than 4.4 million customer payments since we made our first loan in 2007. Our loan originations have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 127% from 2011 to 2013 and had a year-over-year growth rate of 171% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

We generate the majority of our revenue through interest income and fees earned on the term loans we retain. Our term loans are obligations of small businesses with fixed dollar repayments, in principal amounts ranging from $5,000 to $250,000 and with maturities of 3 to 24 months. In September 2013, we expanded our product offerings by launching a line of credit product with a maximum line size of $25,000, repayable within six months of the date of the latest funds draw. We earn interest on the balance outstanding and charge a monthly fee as long as the line of credit is available. In October 2013, we also began generating revenue by selling some of our term loans to third-party institutional investors through our OnDeck Marketplace. The balance of our revenue comes from our servicing and other fee income, which primarily consists of fees we receive for servicing loans we have sold to third-party institutional investors and marketing fees from issuing bank partners. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, loans originated via issuing bank partners constituted 21.1%, 16.1%, 16.2% and 16.7% of our total loan originations, respectively.

We rely on a diversified set of funding sources for the capital we lend to our customers. Our primary source of this capital has historically been debt facilities with various financial institutions. As of September 30, 2014, we had $172.2 million outstanding and $312.6 million total borrowing capacity under such debt facilities. In October 2013, we began selling term loans to third-party institutional investors through our OnDeck Marketplace. We have sold approximately $92.5 million in loans to OnDeck Marketplace investors through September 30, 2014. In addition, we completed our first securitization transaction in May 2014, pursuant to which we issued debt that is secured by a revolving pool of OnDeck small business loans. We raised approximately $175.0 million from this securitization transaction. We have also used proceeds from our preferred stock financings and operating cash flow to fund loans in the past and continue to finance a portion of our outstanding loans with these funds. As of September 30, 2014, 44% of total principal outstanding under our term loan and line of credit products that are subject to external funding or sale to OnDeck Marketplace investors were financed via proceeds raised from our securitization transaction, while 46% were funded via our debt facilities and 10% were funded via OnDeck Marketplace.

We originate loans through direct marketing, including direct mail, social media, and other online marketing channels. We also originate loans through referrals from our strategic partners, including banks, payment processors and small business-focused service providers, and through funding advisors who advise small businesses on available funding options.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the percentage of loans originated by our three distribution channels for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    9 Months Ended
September 30,
2014
    3 Months Ended
September 30,
2014
 
Percentage of Originations (Number of Loans)         

Direct

     23.4     44.1     54.3     56.2

Strategic Partner

     8.0     10.3     13.4     14.9

Funding Advisor

     68.6     45.6     32.3     28.9

Percentage of Originations (Dollars)

        

Direct

     19.4     34.4     43.0     46.8

Strategic Partner

     5.5     9.2     12.7     13.8

Funding Advisor

     75.1     56.4     44.3     39.4

We have achieved the following significant milestones:

 

    We made our first small business loan in August 2007, which we believe was one of the first commercial loans requiring automatic daily payback from customers’ bank accounts via Automated Clearing House, or ACH.

 

    We have maintained an A+ rating from the Better Business Bureau since May 2008.

 

    We introduced the first generation of the OnDeck Score in February 2009, which analyzed over 200 data attributes relevant to a small business’s creditworthiness.

 

    In September 2009, we began automatic collection of external bank data to accelerate our loan application and underwriting processes.

 

    We introduced the third generation of the OnDeck Score in February 2012, which analyzed over 800 data attributes.

 

    Google Ventures invested in our Series D Preferred Stock financing in April 2013.

 

    We introduced the fourth generation of the OnDeck Score in August 2013, which analyzed over 2,000 data attributes.

 

    In September 2013, we introduced a line of credit product.

 

    In October 2013, we launched the OnDeck Marketplace.

 

    Tiger Global invested in our Series E Preferred Stock financing in February 2014.

 

    We surpassed $1 billion in cumulative loan originations in March 2014.

 

    In May 2014, we completed our first securitization transaction.

 

    We made our first loan in Canada in May 2014.

We generated gross revenue of $25.6 million and $65.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing an increase of 155%. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, we generated gross revenue of $42.1 million and $107.6 million, respectively, representing an increase of 156%. To date, substantially all of our revenue has been generated in the United States, although we have recently begun offering our products in Canada.

Our Adjusted EBITDA, which is described in further detail in the section below titled “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics,” was $(14.8) million, $(16.3) million, $(14.2) million and $(0.7) million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We incurred net losses of $16.8 million, $24.4 million, $18.7 million and $14.4 million for the years ended

 

-47-


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. In the three months ended September 30, 2014, we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $2.6 million, income from operations of $0.7 million and net income of $0.4 million.

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

We regularly monitor a number of metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and making strategic decisions.

 

     As of or for the
Year Ended
December 31,
    As of or for the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Originations

   $ 173,246      $ 458,917      $ 290,932      $ 788,306   

Unpaid Principal Balance

   $ 90,276      $ 215,966      $ 173,805      $ 422,050   

Average Loans

   $ 61,352      $ 147,398      $ 128,618      $ 323,539   

Effective Interest Yield

     41.2     42.7     42.6     41.2

Average Funding Debt Outstanding

   $ 62,043      $ 124,238      $ 108,223      $ 252,152   

Cost of Funds Rate

     13.4     10.8     11.6     6.6

Provision Rate

     7.2     6.0     5.6     6.6

Reserve Ratio

     10.3     9.0     8.5     9.4

15+ Day Delinquency Ratio

     8.9     7.6     6.9     5.4

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (14,834   $ (16,258   $ (14,152   $ (726

Adjusted Net Loss

   $ (16,467   $ (20,179   $ (16,986   $ (3,848

Originations

Originations represent the total principal amount of the term loans we made during the period, plus the total amount drawn on lines of credit during the period. Originations exclude any fees paid to us by the customer in connection with the origination of a term loan or maintenance of a line of credit. Many of our repeat customers renew their loans before their existing loan is fully repaid. For originations, such repeat loans are calculated as the full renewal loan principal, rather than the net funded amount, which is the renewal loan’s principal net of the unpaid principal balance on the existing loan. We treat loans referred to, and funded by, our issuing bank partners and later purchased by us as part of our originations. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the rate of originations from repeat customers as a percentage of total originations during the period was 43.8%, 43.5%, 43.6% and 49.2%, respectively. The number of weekends and holidays in a period can impact our business. Many small businesses tend to apply for loans on weekdays, and their businesses may be closed at least part of a weekend and on holidays. In addition, our loan fundings and automated loan paybacks only occur on weekdays (other than bank holidays).

Unpaid Principal Balance

Unpaid Principal Balance represents the total amount of principal outstanding for term loans held for investment and amounts outstanding under lines of credit at the end of the period. It excludes net deferred origination costs, allowance for loan losses and any loans sold or held for sale at the end of the period.

Average Loans

Average Loans for the period is the simple average of Total Loans outstanding as of the beginning of the period and as of the end of each quarter in the period. Total Loans represents the Unpaid Principal Balance, plus net deferred origination costs.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

Effective Interest Yield

Effective Interest Yield is the rate of return we achieve on loans outstanding during a period, which is our annualized interest income divided by Average Loans.

Net deferred origination costs in Total Loans consist of deferred origination fees and costs. Deferred origination fees include fees paid up front by customers when loans are funded and decrease the carrying value of loans, thereby increasing the Effective Interest Yield earned. Deferred origination costs are limited to costs directly attributable to originating loans such as commissions, vendor costs and personnel costs directly related to the time spent by the personnel performing activities related to loan origination and increase the carrying value of loans, thereby decreasing the Effective Interest Yield earned.

Average Funding Debt Outstanding

Funding debt outstanding is the debt that we use for our lending activities and does not include our corporate operating debt. Average Funding Debt Outstanding for the period is the simple average of the funding debt outstanding as of the beginning of the period and as of the end of each quarter in the period.

Cost of Funds Rate

Cost of Funds Rate is our funding cost, which is the interest expense, fees, and amortization of deferred issuance costs we incur in connection with our lending activities across all of our debt facilities, divided by the Average Funding Debt Outstanding, then annualized.

Provision Rate

Provision Rate equals the provision for loan losses divided by the new originations volume of loans held for investment in a period. Because we reserve for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio upon origination, this rate is significantly impacted by the period’s originations volume. This rate may also be impacted by changes in loss expectations for loans originated prior to the commencement of the period.

Reserve Ratio

Reserve Ratio is our allowance for loan losses as of the end of the period divided by the Unpaid Principal Balance as of the end of the period.

15+ Day Delinquency Ratio

15+ Day Delinquency Ratio equals the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance for our loans that are 15 or more calendar days past due as of the end of the period as a percentage of the Unpaid Principal Balance for such period. The majority of our loans require daily repayments, excluding weekends and holidays, and therefore may be deemed delinquent more quickly than loans from traditional lenders that require only monthly payments.

15+ Day Delinquency Ratio is not annualized, but reflects balances as of the end of the period.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the provision of non-GAAP metrics in this prospectus can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business and useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, non-GAAP metrics are not a measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered an alternative to any measures of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Other companies may calculate these non-GAAP metrics differently than we do.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our net (loss) income, adjusted to exclude interest expense associated with debt used for corporate purposes (rather than funding costs associated with lending activities), income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and warrant liability fair value adjustment.

EBITDA is impacted by changes from period to period in the fair value of the liability related to preferred stock warrants. Management believes that adjusting EBITDA to eliminate the impact of the changes in fair value of these warrants is useful to analyze the operating performance of the business, unaffected by changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants which are not relevant to the ongoing operations of the business. All such preferred stock warrants will convert to common stock warrants upon our public offering.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest associated with debt used for corporate purposes or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potential costs we would incur if certain of our warrants were settled in cash.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,844   $ (24,356   $ (18,749   $ (14,417   $ 354   

Adjustments:

          

Corporate interest expense

     88        1,276        1,070        274        55   

Income tax expense

                                   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,545        2,645        1,764        2,848        1,093   

Stock-based compensation expense

     229        438        267        1,447        809   

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     148        3,739        1,496        9,122        300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (14,834   $ (16,258   $ (14,152   $ (726   $ 2,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income

Adjusted net (loss) income represents our net loss adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense and warrant liability fair value adjustment, each on the same basis and with the same limitations as described above for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted Net (Loss) Income for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
           2012                 2013                 2013                 2014           2014  
     (in thousands)        

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income:

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,844   $ (24,356   $ (18,749   $ (14,417   $ 354   

Adjustments:

          

Stock-based compensation expense

     229        438        267        1,447        809   

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     148        3,739        1,496        9,122        300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net (loss) income

   $ (16,467   $ (20,179   $ (16,986   $ (3,848   $ 1,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Understanding an OnDeck Term Loan and Line of Credit

The following examples illustrate the key terms of our term loans and lines of credit, including how interest rates are calculated, and how we believe our customers evaluate the costs of our loans.

We constructed the following term loan example based on a hypothetical term loan with principal amount of $50,000, term of nine months, loan origination fees assessed by us of $1,250 and direct costs for us to originate of $1,750.

 

Term Loan Example:       

Loan Principal

   $ 50,000   

Origination Fee (2.5% of principal)

   $ 1,250   

“Cents on Dollar” Payback Rate

   $ 1.17   

Total Payback

   $ 58,500   

Term (months)

     9   

# of Daily Payments (based on 252 payments in a calendar year)

     189   

Daily Payment

   $ 309.52   

OnDeck Costs:

  

Direct Origination Costs

   $ 1,750   

Interest Rate Metrics:

  

Effective Interest Yield

     40.0%   

Annualized Percentage Rate (APR)

     50.0%   

From our perspective, the amount of this loan is reflected as an asset on our balance sheet of $50,500. This reflects the $50,000 principal amount of the loan, plus the $1,750 direct origination costs we incurred on the loan, less the $1,250 origination fees paid to us by the customer in connection with the loan. Direct origination costs are costs directly attributable to originating loans such as commissions paid to our internal salesforce, strategic partners and funding advisors, vendor costs and personnel costs directly related to the time spent by the personnel performing activities related to loan origination. Our effective interest yield, which takes into account the $50,500 asset on our books and the loan’s total payback of $58,500 over 9 months, equals 40.0%. The annual percentage rate, or APR, on the loan is calculated in a similar manner but does not take into account the impact of the direct origination costs. As such, the APR on the example loan equals 50.0%. Small business customers are permitted to repay their term loan at any time; however, they are responsible for the full payback amount on the term loan regardless of when it is repaid.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

In this example, APR information is included to provide supplemental information to investors for illustrative purposes only. Because many of our loans are short term in nature and APR is calculated on an annualized basis, we do not believe that APR as applied to our loans is meaningful for measuring the expected returns to us or costs to our customer. We do not use APR as an internal metric to evaluate the performance of our business or as a basis to compensate our employees or to measure their performance.

We believe that a customer would likely evaluate this term loan primarily on a “Cents on Dollar” Payback Rate basis, meaning that the customer would view the loan as an obligation to repay $1.17 for every $1.00 it receives from us (or, in aggregate, a repayment of $58,500 for the $50,000 loaned to the customer). The customer would analyze this cost against the potential return on investment from the loan or other benefits of the loan to its business.

The interest on commercial business loans is also tax deductible as permitted by law, as compared to typical personal loans which do not provide a tax deduction. APR does not give effect to the small business borrower’s possible tax deductions and cash savings associated with business related interest expenses.

APR and, for purposes of this example, Effective Interest Yield, are annualized based on 252 periods per year, which reflects the typical number of payment days for our loans over a calendar year.

We constructed the following line of credit example based on a hypothetical credit limit of $15,000 of which the customer drew $8,000 and then repaid the principal and interest over a six-month period, with no additional draws, assuming a 36% annual interest rate, $20 per month in monthly fees and $150 of direct costs for us to originate this line of credit.

 

Line of Credit Example:       

Credit Limit

   $ 15,000   

Balance Drawn

   $ 8,000   

Annual Interest Rate

     36%   

Monthly Fee

   $ 20   

Total Interest + Principal

   $ 8,769   

Total Monthly Fees

   $ 120   

Total Payback

   $ 8,889   

Repayment Period (months)

     6   

# of Weekly Payments

     26   

Weekly Payment

   $ 337.28   

OnDeck Costs:

  

Direct Origination Costs

   $ 150   

Interest Rate Metrics:

  

Effective Interest Yield

     28.6%   

Annualized Percentage Rate (APR)

     36.0%   

From our perspective, the amount of this line of credit is reflected as an asset on our balance sheet of $8,150. This reflects the $8,000 drawn from the line of credit, plus the $150 of direct origination costs we incurred on the line of credit. Direct origination costs are costs directly attributable to originating loans such as commissions paid to our internal salesforce, strategic partners and funding advisors, vendor costs and personnel costs directly related to the time spent by the personnel performing activities related to loan origination. Our effective interest yield, which takes into account the $8,150 asset on our books and the line of credit’s total interest and principal payback of $8,769 repaid in 26 weekly payments, equals 28.6%. The APR on the loan is calculated in a similar manner except it does not take into account the impact of the direct origination costs. APR does not include the $20 monthly fee. As such, the APR on the example line of credit is 36.0%. Customers

 

-52-


Table of Contents

are able to repay and draw from their lines of credit as required by their business needs, and as such may pay a lower payback than illustrated in this example.

As with term loans, the interest on the line of credit is tax deductible, as permitted by law, as compared to typical personal loans which do not provide a tax deduction. APR does not give effect to the small business borrower’s possible tax deductions and cash savings associated with business related interest expenses.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Investment in Long-Term Growth

The core elements of our growth strategy include acquiring new customers, broadening our distribution capabilities through strategic partners, enhancing our data and analytics capabilities, expanding our product offerings, extending customer lifetime value and expanding internationally. We plan to continue to invest significant resources to accomplish these goals, and we anticipate that our operating expenses will continue to increase for the foreseeable future, particularly our sales and marketing and technology and analytics expenses. These investments are intended to contribute to our long-term growth, but they may affect our near term profitability.

Originations

Our revenues have grown since 2012 primarily as a result of growth in originations. Growth in originations has been driven by the addition of new customers, increasing business from existing and previous customers, and increasing average loan size, as other factors such as effective interest yields and annual loan loss rates have remained relatively constant over this time.

We anticipate that our future growth will continue to depend in part on attracting new customers. We plan to increase our sales and marketing spending to attract these customers as well as continuing to increase our analytics spending to better identify potential customers. We have historically relied on all three of our channels for customer acquisition but have become increasingly focused on growing our direct and strategic partner channels. Originations through our direct and strategic partner channels increased as a percentage of total originations from 24.9% in 2012 to 43.6% in 2013 and from 43.2% during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 55.7% during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

We believe the behavior of our repeat customers will be important to our future growth. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, total originations from our repeat customers was 43.5% and 49.2%. We believe our significant number of repeat customers is primarily due to our high levels of customer service and continued improvement in products and services. The extent to which we generate repeat business from our customers will be an important factor in our continued revenue growth and our visibility into future revenue. In conjunction with repeat borrowing activity, our customers also tend to increase their subsequent loan size compared to their initial loan size. Customers who took out an initial loan between 2011 and 2013, on average increased their second loan size by 24.5% and increased their third loan size by 48.8% when compared to their initial loan size.

Customer Acquisition Costs

Our customer acquisition costs, or CACs, differ depending upon the acquisition channel. CACs in our direct channel include the commissions paid to our internal salesforce and expenses associated with items such as direct mail, social media, and other online marketing activities. CACs in our strategic partner channel include commissions paid to our internal salesforce and strategic partners. CACs in our funding advisor channel include commissions paid to our internal salesforce and funding advisors. Since 2012, our CACs in the strategic partner channel have declined slightly as a percentage of originations from that channel, while our CACs in our funding advisor channel have remained stable as a percentage of originations from that channel. Our direct channel CACs have declined as a percentage of originations as a result of the increasing scale of our operations, improvements

 

-53-


Table of Contents

in customer targeting, our introduction of our line of credit product and the addition of pre-approvals to our marketing outreach and underwriting process, which has increased our conversion rate. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and nine months ended September 30, 2014, the average customer acquisition cost as a percentage of principal from all initial and repeat loan originations in each respective channel was 8.3% and 3.9% in our direct marketing channel, 4.4% and 3.4% in our strategic partner channel and 8.6% and 8.2% in our funding advisor channel.

Customer Lifetime Value

The ongoing lifetime value of our customers will be an important component of our future performance. We analyze customer lifetime value not only by tracking the total economic value (contribution) of customers over their lifetime with us, but also by comparing this contribution to the acquisition costs incurred in connection with originating such customers’ initial loans.

For illustration, we consider customers that took their first ever loan from us during the first quarter of 2013, which we refer to as our Q1 2013 cohort, and look at all of their borrowing and transaction history from that date through September 30, 2014. We selected this cohort because it contains sufficient periods to demonstrate contribution after initial acquisition, and we believe that the trends reflected by this cohort are representative of the value of our other customers proximate in time. The borrowing characteristics of the Q1 2013 cohort through September 30, 2014 include:

 

    Average number of loans per customer during the measurement period: 2.2

 

    Average initial loan size: $30,818

 

    Average repeat loan size: $45,390

 

    Total borrowings: $116.5 million

Below, for customers in the Q1 2013 cohort, we compare the contribution generated through September 30, 2014 with their initial customer acquisition costs.

Q1 2013 Cohort Acquisition Cost and Customer Lifetime Value

 

LOGO

 

-54-


Table of Contents

For the Q1 2013 cohort, we estimate the initial customer acquisition cost was $5.0 million.

We define the contribution to include the interest income and fees collected on a cohort of customers’ initial and repeat loans less acquisition costs for their repeat loans, estimated third party processing and servicing expenses for their initial and repeat loans, estimated funding costs (excluding any cost of equity capital) for their initial and repeat loans, and charge-offs of their initial and repeat loans. For the Q1 2013 cohort, the contribution was $2.8 million during the quarter of acquisition and an aggregate of $13.9 million through September 30, 2014. This $13.9 million aggregate contribution represents a return of approximately 2.8 times on the initial $5.0 million acquisition investment.

We expect the customer value of our Q1 2013 cohort and the return on our initial acquisition cost for this cohort to continue to increase as $4.1 million of interest payments remain due in future months, primarily on loans made to repeat customers who are in this cohort, and we believe customers from this cohort will continue to take additional repeat loans from us in the future.

In the future, we may incur greater marketing expenses to acquire new customers, we may decide to offer term loans with lower interest rates, our charge-offs may increase and our customers’ repeat purchase behavior may change, any of which could adversely impact our customers’ lifetime values to us and our operating results.

Economic Conditions

Changes in the overall economy may impact our business in several ways, including demand for our products, credit performance, and funding costs.

 

    Demand for Our Products . In a strong economic climate, demand for our products may increase as consumer spending increases and small businesses seek to expand. In addition, more potential customers may meet our underwriting requirements to qualify for a loan. At the same time, small businesses may experience improved cash flow and liquidity resulting in fewer customers requiring loans to manage their cash flows. Traditional lenders may also approve loans for a higher percentage of our potential customers. In a weakening economic climate or recession, the opposite may occur.

 

    Credit Performance . In a strong economic climate, our customers may experience improved cash flow and liquidity, which may result in lower loan losses. In a weakening economic climate or recession, the opposite may occur. We factor economic conditions into our loan underwriting analysis and reserves for loan losses, but changes in economic conditions, particularly sudden changes, may affect our actual loan losses. These effects may be partly mitigated by the short-term nature of our loans, which should allow us to react more quickly than if the terms of our loans were longer.

 

    Loan Losses . Our underwriting process is designed to limit our loan losses to levels compatible with our business strategy and financial model. Our aggregate loan loss rates since 2012 have been consistent with our financial targets. Our overall loan losses are affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as prevailing economic conditions, general small business sentiment and unusual events such as natural disasters, as well as internal factors such as the accuracy of the OnDeck Score, the effectiveness of our underwriting process and the introduction of new products, such as our line of credit, with which we have less experience to draw upon when forecasting their loss rates. Our loan loss rates may vary in the future.

Historical Charge-Offs

We illustrate below our historical loan losses by providing information regarding our net lifetime charge-off ratios by cohort. Net lifetime charge-offs are gross loans charged off less recoveries of loans previously charged off, and a given cohort’s net lifetime charge-off ratio equals the cohort’s net lifetime charge-offs through September 30, 2014 divided by the cohort’s total original loan volume. Loans are typically charged off after 90 days of nonpayment. Loans originated and charged off between January 1, 2012 and September 30, 2014 were

 

-55-


Table of Contents

on average charged off near the end of their loan term. The chart immediately below includes all term loan originations, regardless of funding source, including loans sold through our OnDeck Marketplace or held for sale on our balance sheet.

Net Charge-off Ratios by Cohort Through September 30, 2014

 

LOGO

The following charts display the historical lifetime cumulative net charge-off ratios, by origination year. The charts reflect all term loan originations, regardless of funding source, including loans sold through our OnDeck Marketplace or held for sale on our balance sheet. The data is shown as a static pool for annual cohorts, illustrating how the cohort has performed given equivalent months of seasoning.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

The 2014 cohort reflects originations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Given the most recent originations in this cohort were not yet one month seasoned as of September 30, 2014, the 2014 cohort reflects a lifetime charge-off ratio of approximately 0% in each of the new customer, repeat customer and total loans charts below. This differs from the net charge-off ratios by cohort chart above, which reflects aggregate charge-offs as of September 30, 2014 regardless of how many months have elapsed since each loan was originated. Further, given our loans are typically charged off after 90 days of nonpayment, all cohorts reflect approximately 0% for the first four months in the below charts.

Net Cumulative Lifetime Charge-off Ratios

New Loans

LOGO

 

Originations (in thousands)

     2012        2013        2014  

New term loans

     $ 97,367         $ 256,343         $ 367,807   

Net Cumulative Lifetime Charge-off Ratios

Repeat Loans

 

LOGO

 

Originations (in thousands)

     2012        2013        2014  

Repeat term loans

     $ 75,880         $ 199,587         $ 388,147   

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Net Cumulative Lifetime Charge-off Ratios

All Loans

LOGO

 

Originations (in thousands)

     2012        2013        2014  

All term loans

     $ 173,246         $ 455,931         $ 755,953   

 

    Funding Costs . Changes in macroeconomic conditions may affect generally prevailing interest rates, and such effects may be amplified or reduced by other factors such as fiscal and monetary policies, economic conditions in other markets and other factors. Interest rates may also change for reasons unrelated to economic conditions. To the extent that interest rates rise, our funding costs will increase and the spread between our effective interest yield and our funding costs may narrow to the extent we cannot correspondingly increase the payback rates we charge our customers. As we have grown, we have been able to lower our funding costs by negotiating more favorable interest rates on our debt and accessing new sources of funding, such as the OnDeck Marketplace and the securitization markets. While we will continue to seek to lower our funding costs, we do not expect that our funding costs will decline meaningfully in the foreseeable future.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

Interest Income . We generate revenue primarily through interest and origination fees earned on the term loans we originate and hold to maturity, and to a lesser extent, interest earned on lines of credit. Our interest and origination fee revenue is amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. Origination fees collected but not yet recognized as revenue are netted with direct origination costs and recorded as a component of loans on our consolidated balance sheet and recognized over the term of the loan. Direct origination costs include costs directly attributable to originating a loan, including commissions, vendor costs and personnel costs directly related to the time spent by those individuals performing activities related to loan origination.

Gain on Sales of Loans . In October 2013, we began selling term loans to third-party institutional investors through our OnDeck Marketplace. We recognize a gain or loss on the sale of such loans as the difference between the proceeds received from the purchaser and the carrying value of the loan on our books.

Other Revenue . Our other revenue consists of servicing income from loans sold to third-party institutional investors, the monthly fees we charge for our line of credit product, and marketing fees earned from our issuing bank partners. We treat loans referred to, and funded by, our issuing bank partners and later purchased by us as part of our originations.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Provision for Loan Losses . Provision for loan losses consists of amounts charged to income during the period to maintain an allowance for loan losses, or ALLL, estimated to be adequate to provide for probable credit losses inherent in our existing loan portfolio. Our ALLL represents our estimate of the expected credit losses inherent in our portfolio of term loans and lines of credit and is based on a variety of factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio, loan specific information gathered through our collection efforts, delinquency levels, our historical charge-off and loss experience, and general economic conditions. We expect our aggregate provision for loan losses to increase in absolute dollars as the amount of term loans and lines of credit we originate increases. The reserve ratio at September 30, 2014 was 9.4%. We define reserve ratio as our ALLL as of the end of the period divided by the Unpaid Principal Balance as of the end of the period.

Funding Costs . Funding costs consist of the interest expense we pay on the debt we incur to fund our lending activities, certain fees and the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs incurred in connection with obtaining this debt, such as banker fees, origination fees and legal fees. Such costs are expensed immediately upon early extinguishment of the related debt. We expect funding costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars in the near future as we incur additional debt to support future term loan and line of credit originations. In addition, funding costs as a percentage of gross revenue will fluctuate based on the applicable interest rates payable on the debt we incur to fund our lending activities, our effective interest yield and our OnDeck Marketplace revenue mix. We do not expect that the interest rates at which we borrow will decline meaningfully in the foreseeable future.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, technology, processing and servicing, and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation expense, comprise a significant component of each of these expense categories. We expect our stock-based compensation expense to increase in the future to the extent the fair market value of our common stock increases relative to prior periods. The number of employees related to these operating expense categories grew from 155 at December 31, 2012 to 251 at December 31, 2013, and from 220 at September 30, 2013 to 369 at September 30, 2014. We expect to continue to hire new employees in order to support our growth strategy. All operating expense categories also include an allocation of overhead, such as rent and other overhead, which is based on employee headcount.

Sales and Marketing . Sales and marketing expense consists of salaries and personnel-related costs of our sales and marketing and business development employees, as well as direct marketing and advertising costs, online and offline customer acquisition costs (such as direct mail, paid search and search engine optimization costs), public relations, radio and television advertising, promotional event programs, corporate communications and allocated overhead. The number of employees in our sales and marketing functions grew from 68 at December 31, 2012 to 160 at September 30, 2014, and we expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of gross revenue in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of sales and marketing professionals and increase our marketing activities in order to continue to expand our direct customer acquisition efforts and build our brand. Future sales and marketing expense may include the expense associated with warrants issued to a strategic partner if performance conditions are met as described in Note 6 of Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere in this prospectus.

Technology and Analytics . Technology and analytics expense consists primarily of the salaries and personnel-related costs of our engineering and product employees as well as our credit and analytics employees who develop our proprietary credit-scoring models. Additional expenses include third-party data acquisition expenses, professional services, consulting costs, expenses related to the development of new products and technologies and maintenance of existing technology assets, amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs related to our technology platform, and allocated overhead. The number of employees in technology and analytics functions increased from 35 at December 31, 2012 to 94 at September 30, 2014. We believe continuing to invest in technology is essential to maintaining our competitive position, and we expect these costs to rise in the near term on an absolute basis and as a percentage of gross revenue.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Processing and Servicing . Processing and servicing expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs of our credit analysis, underwriting, funding, fraud detection, customer service and collections employees. Additional expenses include vendor costs associated with third-party credit checks, lien filing fees and other costs to evaluate, close, and fund loans and overhead costs. The number of employees in processing and servicing functions increased from 36 at December 31, 2012 to 74 at September 30, 2014. We anticipate that our processing and servicing expense will rise in absolute dollars as we grow originations.

General and Administrative . General and administrative expense consists primarily of salary and personnel-related costs for our executive, finance and accounting, legal and people operations employees. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, insurance, legal, occupancy, other corporate expenses and travel. The number of employees in general and administrative functions increased from 16 at December 31, 2012 to 41 at September 30, 2014, and we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company. After the completion of this offering, these expenses will also include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, increased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, increased accounting, legal and other professional services fees and an enhanced investor relations function.

Other (Expense) Income

Interest Expense . Interest expense consists of interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs incurred on debt associated with our corporate activities. It does not include interest expense incurred on debt associated with our lending activities. Interest expense decreased by $0.8 million, from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Interest expense increased by $1.2 million, from $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In February 2013, we recognized $1.0 million of non-cash interest expense related to a beneficial conversion feature associated with the conversion of an outstanding convertible note into preferred stock.

Warrant Liability Fair Value Adjustment . We issued warrants to purchase shares of our Series B and C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the Loan and Security Agreements entered into with Lighthouse Capital and SF Capital in 2010 and 2012, respectively. Additionally, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with certain consulting and commercial agreements in 2014. As the warrant holders have the right to demand that their redeemable convertible preferred stock be settled in cash after the passage of time, we recorded the warrants as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. The fair values of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities are re-measured at the end of each reporting period and any changes in fair values are recognized in other (expense) income. During July, August, and September 2014, a majority of these warrants were exercised, eliminating the associated warrant liabilities. Upon completion of this offering, the remaining outstanding warrants will automatically, in accordance with their terms, become warrants to purchase common stock, which will result in the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital, and no further changes in fair value will be recognized in other (expense) income. Future warrant liability fair value adjustment may include adjustments associated with warrants issued to a strategic partner as described in Note 6 of Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere in this prospectus.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes, if any. To date, we have not been required to pay U.S. federal or state income taxes because of our current and accumulated net operating losses. As of December 31, 2013, we had $47.5 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $47.2 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, unless limited due to historical or future ownership changes. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire at various dates beginning in 2027.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and other tax attributes in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the net operating losses and other tax attributes that are able to be utilized in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period, which has occurred as a result of historical ownership changes. Accordingly, our ability to use pre-change net operating loss and certain other attributes are limited as prescribed under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Therefore, if we earn net taxable income in the future, our ability to reduce our federal income tax liability with our existing net operating losses is subject to limitation. Although we believe that this offering may result in another cumulative ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, we do not believe that any resulting limitation will further limit our ability to ultimately utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes in a material way. Future offerings, as well as other future ownership changes that may be outside our control could potentially result in further limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and tax attributes. Accordingly, achieving profitability may not result in a full release of the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2013, a full valuation allowance of $26.2 million was recorded against our net deferred tax assets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

        

Interest income

   $ 25,273      $ 62,941      $ 41,073      $ 99,873   

Gain on sales of loans

            788               4,569   

Other revenue

     370        1,520        1,004        3,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     25,643        65,249        42,077        107,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Provision for loan losses

     12,469        26,570        16,300        47,011   

Funding costs

     8,294        13,419        9,400        12,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     20,763        39,989        25,700        59,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     4,880        25,260        16,377        48,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     6,633        18,095        13,566        21,799   

Technology and analytics

     5,001        8,760        6,090        11,357   

Processing and servicing

     2,919        5,577        3,746        5,928   

General and administrative

     6,935        12,169        9,158        13,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,488        44,601        32,560        53,052   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,608     (19,341     (16,183     (5,021
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest expense

     (88     (1,276     (1,070     (274

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (148     (3,739     (1,496     (9,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (236     (5,015     (2,566     (9,396
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,844     (24,356     (18,749     (14,417

Provision for income taxes

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,844   $ (24,356   $ (18,749   $ (14,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-61-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of gross revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2012         2013         2013         2014    
     (as a percentage of gross revenue)  

Revenue:

        

Interest income

     98.6     96.5     97.6     92.9

Gain on sales of loans

            1.2               4.2   

Other revenue

     1.4        2.3        2.4        2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Provision for loan losses

     48.6        40.7        38.7        43.7   

Funding costs

     32.3        20.6        22.3        11.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     81.0        61.3        61.1        55.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     19.0        38.7        38.9        44.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     25.9        27.7        32.2        20.3   

Technology and analytics

     19.5        13.4        14.5        10.6   

Processing and servicing

     11.4        8.5        8.9        5.5   

General and administrative

     27.0        18.7        21.8        13.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     83.8        68.4        77.4        49.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (64.8     (29.6     (38.5     (4.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest expense

     (0.3     (2.0     (2.5     (0.3

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (0.6     (5.7     (3.6     (8.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (0.9     (7.7     (6.1     (8.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (65.7     (37.3     (44.6     (13.4

Provision for income taxes

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (65.7 )%      (37.3 )%      (44.6 )%      (13.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2014

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

            

Interest income

   $ 41,073        97.6   $ 99,873        92.9   $ 58,800        143.2

Gain on sales of loans

                   4,569        4.2        4,569        *   

Other revenue

     1,004        2.4        3,131        2.9        2,127        211.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     42,077        100.0        107,573        100.0        65,496        155.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Provision for loan losses

     16,300        38.7        47,011        43.7        30,711        188.4   

Funding costs

     9,400        22.3        12,531        11.6        3,131        33.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     25,700        61.1        59,542        55.4        33,842        131.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     16,377        38.9        48,031        44.6        31,654        193.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     13,566        32.2        21,799        20.3        8,233        60.7   

Technology and analytics

     6,090        14.5        11,357        10.6        5,267        86.5   

Processing and servicing

     3,746        8.9        5,928        5.5        2,182        58.2   

General and administrative

     9,158        21.8        13,968        13.0        4,810        52.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     32,560        77.4        53,052        49.3        20,492        62.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,183     (38.5     (5,021     (4.7     11,162        (69.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

            

Interest expense

     (1,070     (2.5     (274     (0.3     796        (74.4

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (1,496     (3.6     (9,122     (8.5     (7,626     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (2,566     (6.1     (9,396     (8.7     (6,830     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (18,749     (44.6     (14,417     (13.4     4,332        (23.1

Provision for income taxes

                                          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (18,749     (44.6 )%    $ (14,417     (13.4 )%    $ 4,332        (23.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* not meaningful

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

               

Interest income

   $ 41,073         97.6   $ 99,873         92.9   $ 58,800         143.2

Gain on sales of loans

                    4,569         4.2        4,569         *   

Other revenue

     1,004         2.4        3,131         2.9        2,127         211.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross revenue

   $ 42,077         100.0   $ 107,573         100.0   $ 65,496         155.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* not meaningful

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Gross revenue increased by $65.5 million, or 156%, from $42.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $107.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. This growth in gross revenue was primarily attributable to a $58.8 million, or 143%, increase in interest income, which was primarily driven by increases in the average total loans outstanding in the later period and the addition of line of credit originations in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, our average total loans outstanding increased 152% to $323.5 million from $128.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We began offering lines of credit in September 2013, and $32.4 million was drawn thereunder for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in originations was partially offset by a decline in our effective interest yield on loans outstanding from 42.6% to 41.2% in the later period.

In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we realized gains of $4.6 million through the sale of $75.0 million of term loans through our OnDeck Marketplace. We launched OnDeck Marketplace in October 2013.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

               

Provision for loan losses

   $ 16,300         38.7   $ 47,011         43.7   $ 30,711         188.4

Funding costs

     9,400         22.3        12,531         11.6        3,131         33.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 25,700         61.1   $ 59,542         55.4   $ 33,842         131.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses . Provision for loan losses increased by $30.7 million, or 188%, from $16.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $47.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to the increase in originations of term loans and lines of credit. Under GAAP, we recognize revenue on loans over their term, but provide for probable credit losses on the loans at the time they are originated and then adjust periodically based on actual performance and changes in loss expectations. As a result, we believe that analyzing provision for loan losses as a percentage of originations, rather than as a percentage of gross revenue, provides more useful insight into our operating performance. The Provision Rate increased from 5.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 7.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to the longer average term of loan originations and the increase of originations of our line of credit product.

Funding Costs . Funding costs increased by $3.1 million, or 33.3%, from $9.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $12.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in funding costs was primarily attributable to the increases in our aggregate outstanding borrowings. The average balance of our funding debt facilities during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $252.2 million as compared to the average balance of $108.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, an increase of 133%. In addition, we experienced a $0.5 million increase in amortization of debt issuance costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily related to our securitization transaction in May 2014. As a percentage of gross revenue, funding costs decreased from 22.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 11.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease in funding costs as a percentage of gross revenue was primarily the result of more favorable interest rates on our debt facilities associated with our lending activities and the creation of the OnDeck Marketplace, as loans sold to the OnDeck Marketplace do not incur funding costs from our debt facilities used to fund our loans.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Sales and Marketing

   $ 13,566         32.2   $ 21,799         20.3   $ 8,233         60.7

Sales and marketing expense increased by $8.2 million, or 60.7%, from $13.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $21.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in sales and marketing expense was in part attributable to a $3.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs and consultant expenses. The number of sales and marketing employees increased from 96 at September 30, 2013 to 160 at September 30, 2014 to support our business growth. In addition, we experienced a $4.3 million increase in direct marketing, general marketing and advertising costs as we expanded our marketing programs to drive increased customer acquisition and brand awareness. As a percentage of gross revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased from 32.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 20.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Technology and Analytics

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Technology and analytics

   $ 6,090         14.5   $ 11,357         10.6   $ 5,267         86.5

Technology and analytics expense increased by $5.3 million, or 86.5%, from $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $11.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in technology expense was primarily attributable to a $3.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of technology personnel developing our platform, as well as analytics personnel to further improve upon algorithms underlying the OnDeck Score. The number of technology and analytics employees increased from 44 at September 30, 2013 to 94 at September 30, 2014. In addition, we experienced a $1.4 million increase in amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs related to our technology platform, expenses related to our new data center facility, technology licenses and other costs to support our larger employee base. As a percentage of gross revenue, technology and analytics expense decreased from 14.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 10.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Processing and Servicing

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Processing and Servicing

   $ 3,746         8.9   $ 5,928         5.5   $ 2,182         58.2

Processing and servicing expense increased by $2.2 million, or 58.2%, from $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase

 

-65-


Table of Contents

in processing and servicing expense was primarily attributable to a $1.3 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of processing and servicing personnel to support the increased volume of loan applications and approvals and increased loan servicing requirements. The number of processing and servicing employees increased from 58 at September 30, 2013 to 74 at September 30, 2014. In addition, we experienced a $0.9 million increase in third-party processing costs, credit information and filing fees as a result of the increased volume of loan applications and originations. As a percentage of gross revenue, processing and servicing expense decreased from 8.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 5.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2014    
     Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

General and Administrative

   $ 9,158         21.8   $ 13,968         13.0   $ 4,810         52.5

General and administrative expense increased by $4.8 million, or 52.5%, from $9.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $14.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $4.6 million increase in consulting, legal, recruiting, accounting and other miscellaneous expenses. This increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in salaries and personnel-related costs. While we increased the number of general and administrative personnel during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to support the growth of our business, the overall decrease in personnel-related costs reflects a $1.0 million severance expense incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 in connection with the departure of an executive, which did not recur in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The number of general and administrative employees increased from 22 at September 30, 2013 to 41 at September 30, 2014. As a percentage of gross revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 21.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to 13.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount     Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

            

Interest income

   $ 25,273        98.6   $ 62,941        96.5   $ 37,668        149.0

Gain on sales of loans

                   788        1.2        788        *   

Other revenue

     370        1.4        1,520        2.3        1,150        310.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     25,643        100.0        65,249        100.0        39,606        154.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

            

Provision for loan losses

     12,469        48.6        26,570        40.7        14,101        113.1   

Funding costs

     8,294        32.3        13,419        20.6        5,125        61.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     20,763        81.0        39,989        61.3        19,226        92.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     4,880        19.0        25,260        38.7        20,380        417.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     6,633        25.9        18,095        27.7        11,462        172.8   

Technology and analytics

     5,001        19.5        8,760        13.4        3,759        75.2   

Processing and servicing

     2,919        11.4        5,577        8.5        2,658        91.1   

General and administrative

     6,935        27.0        12,169        18.7        5,234        75.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,488        83.8        44,601        68.4        23,113        107.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,608     (64.8     (19,341     (29.6     (2,733     16.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

            

Interest expense

     (88     (0.3     (1,276     (2.0     (1,188     *   

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (148     (0.6     (3,739     (5.7     (3,591     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (236     (0.9     (5,015     (7.7     (4,779     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,844     (65.7     (24,356     (37.3     (7,512     44.6   

Provision for income taxes

                                          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,844     (65.7 )%    $ (24,356     (37.3 )%    $ (7,512     44.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* not meaningful

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

               

Interest income

   $ 25,273         98.6   $ 62,941         96.5   $ 37,668         149.0

Gain on sales of loans

                    788         1.2        788         *   

Other revenue

     370         1.4        1,520         2.3        1,150         310.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross revenue

   $ 25,643         100.0   $ 65,249         100.0   $ 39,606         154.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* not meaningful

Revenue . Gross revenue increased by $39.6 million, or 155%, from $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $65.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This growth was primarily attributable to a $37.7 million, or 149%, increase in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was driven primarily by increases in the average loans outstanding between these years. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had average loans outstanding of $147.4 million, compared to $61.4 million of average loans outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2012, representing an increase of 140%. There was also a slight increase in our effective interest yield from 41.2% to 42.7% between these periods.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we sold $17.5 million of loans to third-party institutional investors through our OnDeck Marketplace, resulting in gains of $0.8 million during the period. We launched OnDeck Marketplace in October 2013.

We also experienced an increase of $1.2 million, or 311%, in other revenue during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in marketing fees from our issuing bank partners.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

               

Provision for loan losses

   $ 12,469         48.6   $ 26,570         40.7   $ 14,101         113.1

Funding costs

     8,294         32.3        13,419         20.6        5,125         61.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 20,763         81.0   $ 39,989         61.3   $ 19,226         92.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses . Provision for loan losses increased by $14.1 million, or 113%, from $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to the increase in origination volume of term loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Under GAAP, we recognize revenue on loans over their term, but provide for probable credit losses on the loans at the time they are originated and then adjust periodically based on actual performance and changes in loss expectations. As a

 

-68-


Table of Contents

result, we believe that analyzing the provision for loan losses as a percentage of originations, rather than as a percentage of gross revenue, provides more useful insight into our operating performance. The Provision Rate decreased from 7.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013, attributable to an improvement in credit quality of our loan originations and a $0.9 million reduction in the provision resulting from our first sale of charged-off receivables to a third-party purchaser.

Funding Costs . Funding costs increased by $5.1 million, or 61.8%, from $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in funding costs was primarily attributable to an increase in our aggregate outstanding borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The average balance of our funding debt facilities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $124.2 million as compared to the average balance of $62.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 100%. In addition, we experienced a $1.1 million increase in amortization of debt issuance costs during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of issuance fees incurred in July 2012 related to a debt facility, as well as the addition of two additional debt facilities in August 2013 and October 2013, respectively. As a percentage of gross revenue, funding costs decreased from 32.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 20.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in funding costs as a percentage of gross revenue was primarily the result of more favorable interest rates on our new debt facilities.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,633         25.9   $ 18,095         27.7   $ 11,462         172.8

Sales and marketing expense increased by $11.5 million, or 173%, from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $7.4 million increase in direct marketing and advertising as we expanded our marketing programs to drive increased customer acquisition. In addition, salaries and personnel-related costs increased by $3.9 million, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to support the growth of our business. The number of sales and marketing employees increased from 68 at December 31, 2012 to 110 at December 31, 2013. As a percentage of gross revenue, sales and marketing expense increased from 25.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 27.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Technology and Analytics

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Technology and analytics

   $ 5,001         19.5   $ 8,760         13.4   $ 3,759         75.2

Technology and analytics expense increased by $3.8 million, or 75.2%, from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in expense was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs. During 2013, we increased the

 

-69-


Table of Contents

number of technology and analytics personnel to continue developing our technology platform and improve upon the algorithms underlying the OnDeck Score. The number of technology and analytics employees increased from 35 at December 31, 2012 to 54 at December 31, 2013. In addition, we experienced a $0.9 million increase in amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs related to our technology platform, and a $0.7 million increase in hardware, software, technology licenses and other costs to support our growth in loan originations and employees. As a percentage of gross revenue, technology and analytics expense decreased from 19.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 13.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Processing and Servicing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Processing and servicing

   $ 2,919         11.4   $ 5,577         8.5   $ 2,658         91.1

Processing and servicing expense increased by $2.7 million, or 91.1%, from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in processing and servicing expense was primarily attributable to a $1.3 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of processing and servicing personnel to support the increased volume of loan applications and loan servicing requirements. The number of processing and servicing employees increased from 36 at December 31, 2012 to 64 at December 31, 2013. In addition, we experienced a $1.5 million increase in third-party processing costs, credit information and filing fees during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the higher volume of term loan and line of credit applications and originations processed. As a percentage of gross revenue, processing and servicing expense decreased from 11.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2012     2013    
     Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage of
Gross
Revenue
    Amount      Percentage  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 6,935         27.0   $ 12,169         18.7   $ 5,234         75.5

General and administrative expense increased by $5.2 million, or 75.5%, from $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $2.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The number of general and administrative employees increased from 16 at December 31, 2012 to 23 at December 31, 2013. These 2013 personnel-related costs also included a $1.0 million severance expense incurred in connection with the departure of an executive. Furthermore, we experienced a $2.2 million increase in consulting, legal and other general and administrative expenses during the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of gross revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 27.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 18.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited consolidated quarterly statement of operations data for each of our eight most recently completed quarters, as well as the percentage of revenue for each line item shown. This

 

-70-


Table of Contents

information has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods, and operating results for a quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

               

Interest income

  $ 8,553      $ 10,434      $ 13,251      $ 17,388      $ 21,868      $ 26,348      $ 32,864      $ 40,661   

Gain on sales of loans

                                788        1,343        1,584        1,642   

Other revenue

    191        237        358        409        516        871        1,054        1,206   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

    8,744        10,671        13,609        17,797        23,172        28,562        35,502        43,509   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

               

Provision for loan losses

    6,681        5,131        5,468        5,701        10,270        16,579        13,073        17,359   

Funding costs

    2,693        2,868        2,867        3,665        4,019        4,640        3,801        4,090   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    9,374        7,999        8,335        9,366        14,289        21,219        16,874        21,449   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (cost of revenue) revenue

    (630     2,672        5,274        8,431        8,883        7,343        18,628        22,060   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    2,210        3,778        4,625        5,163        4,529        6,361        7,113        8,325   

Technology and analytics

    1,535        1,825        1,904        2,361        2,670        2,909        3,799        4,649   

Processing and servicing

    800        1,113        1,264        1,369        1,831        1,609        2,084        2,235   

General and administrative

    2,744        2,368        3,910        2,880        3,011        3,392        4,434        6,142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,289        9,084        11,703        11,773        12,041        14,271        17,430        21,351   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (7,919     (6,412     (6,429     (3,342     (3,158     (6,928     1,198        709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

               

Interest expense

    (16     (948     (2     (120     (206     (157     (62     (55

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

           71        34        (1,601     (2,243     (6,632     (2,190     (300
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (16     (877     32        (1,721     (2,449     (6,789     (2,252     (355
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (7,935     (7,289     (6,397     (5,063     (5,607     (13,717     (1,054     354   

Provision for income taxes

                                                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (7,935   $ (7,289   $ (6,397   $ (5,063   $ (5,607   $ (13,717   $ (1,054   $ 354   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originations

  $ 61,203      $ 75,220      $ 93,441      $ 122,271      $ 167,985      $ 227,350      $ 248,067      $ 312,889   

Unpaid Principal Balance

  $ 90,276      $ 112,850      $ 136,994      $ 173,805      $ 215,966      $ 280,117      $ 338,815      $ 422,050   

Average Loans

  $ 80,626      $ 101,551      $ 123,604      $ 155,684      $ 199,404      $ 256,044      $ 319,122      $ 391,034   

Effective Interest Yield

    42.4     41.1     42.9     44.7     43.9     41.2     41.2     41.6

Average Funding Debt Outstanding

  $ 83,457      $ 94,690      $ 100,112      $ 121,756      $ 162,334      $ 199,545      $ 236,553      $ 304,758   

Cost of Funds Rate

    12.9     12.1     11.5     12.0     9.9     9.3     6.4     5.4

Provision Rate

    10.9     6.8     5.9     4.7     6.9     8.4     5.8     6.0

Reserve Ratio

    10.3     9.2     8.7     8.5     9.0     9.9     9.4     9.4

15+ Day Delinquency Ratio

    8.9     7.8     6.9     6.9     7.6     7.2     6.1     5.4

Adjusted EBITDA

    (7,431     (5,921     (5,702     (2,529     (2,106     (5,817   $ 2,480      $ 2,611   

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income

    (7,858     (7,297     (6,336     (3,353     (3,193     (6,852   $ 1,541      $ 1,463   

 

-71-


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
 
   

(as a percentage of gross revenue)

 

Revenue:

               

Interest income

    97.8     97.8     97.4     97.7     94.4     92.3     92.5     93.4

Gain on sales of loans

                                3.4        4.7        4.5        3.8   

Other revenue

    2.2        2.2        2.6        2.3        2.2        3.0        3.0        2.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

    100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

               

Provision for loan losses

    76.4        48.1        40.2        32.0        44.3        58.0        36.8        39.9   

Funding costs

    30.8        26.9        21.1        20.6        17.3        16.2        10.7        9.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    107.2        75.0        61.3        52.6        61.6        74.2        47.5        49.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (cost of revenue) revenue

    (7.2     25.0        38.7        47.4        38.4        25.8        52.5        50.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    25.3        35.4        34.0        29.0        19.5        22.3        20.0        19.1   

Technology and analytics

    17.6        17.1        14.0        13.3        11.5        10.2        10.7        10.7   

Processing and servicing

    9.1        10.4        9.3        7.7        7.9        5.6        5.9        5.1   

General and administrative

    31.4        22.2        28.7        16.2        13.0        11.9        12.5        14.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    83.4        85.1        86.0        66.2        51.9        50.0        49.1        49.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (90.6     (60.1     (47.3     (18.8     (13.5     (24.2     3.4        1.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

               

Interest expense

    (0.2     (8.9            (0.7     (0.9     (0.5     (0.2     (0.1

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

           0.7        0.2        (9.0     (9.7     (23.2     (6.2     (0.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (0.2     (8.2     0.2        (9.7     (10.6     (23.7     (6.4     (0.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (90.8     (68.3     (47.1     (28.5     (24.1     (47.9     (3.0     0.8   

Provision for income taxes

                                                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (90.8 )%      (68.3 )%      (47.1 )%      (28.5 )%      (24.1 )%      (47.9 )%      (3.0 )%      0.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Our gross revenue has increased each quarter over the eight quarters ended September 30, 2014. This growth has been primarily attributable to an increase in interest income, driven by increases in both loan originations and the loan balances during the respective quarters. Our net revenue represents gross revenue less provision for loan losses and funding costs. As expected, the provision for loan losses has generally increased quarter-to-quarter in absolute dollars as our loan originations have increased. The provision for loan losses as a percentage of gross revenue declined in the third quarter of 2013 due to our shift toward selling historically-charged off loans to a third party, which resulted in a reversal in a modest amount of these charge-offs during this period. Funding costs as a percentage of gross revenue have declined quarter-to-quarter for all quarters included in the table above. As we have grown, we have been able to lower our funding costs by negotiating more favorable interest rates on our debt and accessing new sources of funding, including our securitization facility beginning in the second quarter of 2014.

Generally, our total operating expenses have increased quarter-to-quarter for the eight quarters ended September 30, 2014, primarily due to increased personnel-related costs reflecting the increase in our headcount to support our growth. In addition, there were other significant increases in operating expenses such as direct marketing and advertising, third-party data acquisition expenses, development of new products and technologies (including amortization of capitalized internal-use software) and costs to evaluate, close, and fund loans. Despite the increases in absolute dollar amounts, total operating expenses as a percentage of gross revenue has generally decreased for each quarter since the second quarter of 2013 as we have achieved greater economies of scale.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

Other (expense) income is comprised of interest expense on corporate debt and the warrant liability fair value adjustment. Interest expense on corporate debt was a relatively small percentage of revenue for all periods except the third quarter of 2013, during which period significant interest expense was recognized upon a conversion of certain notes payable into preferred stock at a discounted rate. The warrant liability fair value adjustment has become a more significant expense as a percentage of revenue in recent quarters as the expense is driven by the increased fair value of certain preferred stock warrants, which reflects the increase in our enterprise value over these periods. Upon completion of this offering, these warrants, to the extent that they remain outstanding, will automatically, in accordance with their terms, become warrants to purchase common stock, which will result in the reclassification of the related warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital, and no further changes in fair value will be recognized in other (expense) income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

To date, we have funded our lending activities and operations primarily through private placements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, issuances of debt facilities, cash from operating activities and, beginning in October 2013, the sale of term loans to third-party institutional investors through our OnDeck Marketplace.

Equity Financings

Since inception, we have raised $182.9 million from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock to third parties, including $77 million in our Series E financing in February 2014. The funds received from the issuance of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are currently our primary source of capital for operating expenditures. We also use a portion of this capital to finance a small percentage of the loan volume we originate.

Current Debt Facilities

The following table summarizes our current debt facilities available for funding our lending activities and our operating expenditures as of September 30, 2014:

 

Subsidiary

   Maturity
Date
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
    Borrowing
Capacity
     Principal
Outstanding
 
                  (in millions)  

Funding debt:

          

OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC

     5/17/2018         3.4   $ 175.0       $ 175.0   

On Deck Asset Pool, LLC

     8/15/2016         5.0     75.0         40.5   

OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC

     9/15/2016         3.7     167.6         84.6   

On Deck Asset Company, LLC

     10/23/2015         8.3     50.0         28.3   

Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC

     Ongoing         8.1     20.0         18.8   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total funding debt

        $ 487.6       $ 347.2   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate debt:

          

On Deck Capital, Inc.

     9/7/2015         5.0   $ 15.0       $ 3.0   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

In November 2014, we amended our corporate debt facility to (i) extend its maturity date to October 30, 2015; (ii) decrease the interest rate to prime plus 1.25%, with a floor of 4.5% per annum; and (iii) increase our borrowing capacity to $20 million.

The outstanding amounts set forth in the table above are consolidated on our balance sheet whereas loans sold pursuant to the OnDeck Marketplace are not on our balance sheet once sold. We currently act as servicer in exchange for a servicing fee with respect to the loans held by our subsidiaries and the loans purchased by the applicable OnDeck Marketplace participant.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

While the lenders under our corporate debt facility have direct recourse to us as the borrower thereunder, lenders to our subsidiaries do not have direct recourse to us.

Funding Debt

Asset-Backed Securitization Facility . A significant portion of our loans at September 30, 2014 were funded through the securitization of small business loans we generated. In May 2014, we accessed the asset-backed securitization market using OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC, or ODAST, a wholly-owned subsidiary, which issued our inaugural series of Fixed-Rate Asset Backed notes, the Series 2014-1 Notes, in a $175 million rated transaction to over 15 third-party institutional investors. The Series 2014-1 Notes were issued in two classes: Class A, rated BBB(sf) by DBRS, Inc., in the initial principal amount of $156.7 million and Class B, rated BB(sf) by DBRS, Inc., in the initial principal amount of $18.3 million. The Series 2014-1 Notes and any other series issued under the same indenture are secured by and payable from a revolving pool of small business loans transferred from us to ODAST. Loans transferred to ODAST are accounted for and included in our consolidated financial statements as if owned by us. At the time of issuance of the Series 2014-1 Notes, the portfolio of loans held by ODAST and pledged to secure the Series 2014-1 Notes was approximately $183.2 million. The Class A notes and Class B notes bear interest at 3.15% and 5.68%, respectively, and provide us with a blended cost of capital fixed at 3.41%. The Series 2014-1 Notes contain a two-year revolving period, after which principal on the asset-backed securities will be paid sequentially to the Class A and Class B Notes monthly from collections on the loans. The final maturity date of the Series 2014-1 is in May 2018. Monthly payments of interest on the Series 2014-1 Notes began June 17, 2014. As of September 30, 2014, the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2014-1 Notes was $175.0 million and the principal amount of loans pledged to secure the Series 2014-1 Notes was $184.5 million. Additional series of asset-backed securities are expected to be issued through ODAST in the future. Lenders under our asset backed securitization facility do not have direct recourse to us.

Our ability to utilize our asset-backed securitization facility as described herein is subject to compliance with various requirements. Such requirements include:

 

    Eligibility Criteria . In order for our loans to be eligible for purchase by ODAST, they must meet all applicable eligibility criteria.

 

    Concentration Limits . The ODAST collateral pool is subject to certain concentration limits that, if exceeded, would require the applicable subsidiary borrower to add additional collateral.

 

    Covenants and Other Requirements . ODAST contains several financial covenants, portfolio performance covenants and other covenants or requirements that, if not complied with, may result in events of default, the accelerated repayment of amounts owed, often referred to as an early amortization event, and/or the termination of the facility.

We act as servicer in exchange for a servicing fee with respect to the loans held by our asset-backed securitization facility. These servicing fees are eliminated in consolidation.

For more information regarding our asset-backed securitization facility, including information regarding requirements that must be met in order to utilize such facility, please see the section titled “Description of Indebtedness.”

Asset-Backed Revolving Debt Facilities . We also fund loans through asset-backed revolving debt facilities. With respect to each such facility, the lenders commit to make loans to one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are used to finance the subsidiary’s purchase of small business loans from us in a bankruptcy remote transaction. The revolving pool of small business loans transferred to each such wholly-owned subsidiary serves as collateral for the loans made to the subsidiary borrower under the debt facility. Such transferred loans are accounted for and included in our consolidated financial statements as if owned by us. The subsidiaries repay the borrowings from collections received on the loans. We currently utilize four such asset-backed revolving debt

 

-74-


Table of Contents

facility structures through four separate subsidiaries: OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC, or ODART; On Deck Asset Company, LLC, or ODAC; Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, or SBAF; and OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC, or ODAP. As of September 30, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal balance under these revolving debt facilities was $172.2 million and the principal amount of loans pledged to secure these revolving debt facilities was $193.4 million. Additional asset-backed debt facilities are expected to be used by us in the future. Lenders under our asset-backed revolving debt facilities do not have direct recourse to us.

Our ability to utilize our asset-backed revolving debt facilities as described herein is subject to compliance with various requirements. Such requirements include:

 

    Eligibility Criteria . In order for our loans to be eligible for purchase by the applicable subsidiary, they must meet all applicable eligibility criteria.

 

    Concentration Limits . The subsidiary collateral pools are subject to certain concentration limits that, if exceeded, would require the applicable subsidiary borrower to add additional collateral.

 

    Covenants and Other Requirements . The subsidiary facilities contain several financial covenants, portfolio performance covenants and other covenants or requirements that, if not complied with, may result in events of default, the accelerated repayment of amounts owed, often referred to as an early amortization event, and/or the termination of the facility.

As of September 30, 2014, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required per the debt agreements.

We act as servicer in exchange for a servicing fee with respect to the loans held by our asset-backed revolving debt facilities. These servicing fees are eliminated in consolidation.

For more information regarding our asset-backed revolving debt facilities, including information regarding requirements that must be met in order to utilize such facilities, please see the section titled “Description of Indebtedness.”

Corporate Debt

During 2013, we entered into a revolving debt facility with Square 1 Bank to finance our corporate investments in technology, sales and marketing, processing and servicing and other general corporate expenditures. We amended and restated this revolving debt facility in November 2014 to (i) extend its maturity date to October 30, 2015; (ii) decrease the interest rate to prime plus 1.25%, with a floor of 4.5% per annum; and (iii) increase our borrowing capacity to $20 million. This borrowing arrangement is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. As of September 30, 2014, the outstanding principal balance under this revolving debt facility was $3.0 million.

Our ability to utilize our corporate debt facility as described herein is subject to compliance with various requirements. The corporate debt facility contains financial covenants, portfolio performance covenants and other covenants or requirements that, if not complied with, may result in events of default, the accelerated repayment of amounts owed, and/or the termination of the facility.

For more information regarding our corporate debt facility, including information regarding requirements that must be met in order to utilize such facility, please see the section titled “Description of Indebtedness.”

OnDeck Marketplace

Our OnDeck Marketplace is a proprietary whole loan sale platform that allows participating third-party investors to directly purchase small business loans from us. Pursuant to a whole loan purchase agreement, each

 

-75-


Table of Contents

OnDeck Marketplace participant commits to purchase, on what is known as a forward flow basis, a pre-determined dollar amount of loans that satisfy certain eligibility criteria. The loans are sold to the participant at a pre-determined purchase price above par. We recognize a gain or loss from OnDeck Marketplace loans when sold as opposed to the loans held in our asset-backed securitization facility and asset-backed revolving debt facilities from which we recognize revenue over the term of the loan. The loan sales occur shortly after loan origination and are conducted as frequently as three times per week. We currently act as servicer in exchange for a servicing fee with respect to the loans purchased by the applicable OnDeck Marketplace participant. As of September 30, 2014, there were eight institutional investors with commitments to purchase loans through our OnDeck Marketplace.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Loans (Net of Allowance for Loan Losses), and Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, loans (net of ALLL) and cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
    As of and for the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,386      $ 4,670      $ 3,595      $ 22,642   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

   $ 81,687      $ 203,078      $ 161,541      $ 393,635   

Cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ 1,682      $ 14,063      $ 6,853      $ 49,874   

Investing activities

   $ (59,133   $ (159,407   $ (101,442   $ (254,888

Financing activities

   $ 62,012      $ 142,628      $ 90,798      $ 222,986   

Our cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2014 were held primarily for working capital purposes. We may, from time to time, use excess cash and cash equivalents to fund our lending activities. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate working capital requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our excess cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities primarily includes net losses adjusted for (i) non-cash items included in net losses, including provisions for loan losses, depreciation and amortization expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, stock-based compensation expense, proceeds from the sale of term loans through our OnDeck Marketplace and warrant liability fair value adjustment and (ii) changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities, which can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of various payments.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, our net cash provided by operating activities of $49.9 million consisted of a net loss of $14.4 million offset by $63.3 million of non-cash items, $2.2 million of cash provided by changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities and $1.2 million of cash from sales of loans held for sale in excess of proceeds from loans held for sale. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted of provision for loan losses of $47.0 million, warrant liability fair value adjustment of $9.1 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $2.8 million, amortization of debt issuance costs of $2.0 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.4 million. The warrant liability fair value adjustment is associated with the convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants, which have been accounted for as liabilities and are remeasured at fair value at the end of each reporting period.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our net cash provided by operating activities of $6.9 million consisted of a net loss of $18.7 million offset by $22.3 million of non-cash items and $3.3 million of cash provided by changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted primarily of provision for loan losses of $16.3 million preferred stock warrant issuance and warrant liability fair value adjustment of $1.5 million, depreciation and amortization of $1.8 million, debt discount of $1.0 million and amortization of debt issuance costs of $1.5 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities resulting from new lease agreements with corresponding leasehold liabilities of $3.6 million, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $1.2 million due to the timing of vendors’ invoices received and payments made.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net cash provided by operating activities of $14.1 million consisted of a net loss of $24.4 million and originations of loans held for sale in excess of sales of loans held for sale of $1.4 million, offset by $36.6 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $3.3 million of cash provided changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted primarily of provision for loan losses of $26.6 million, warrant liability fair value adjustment of $3.7 million, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets of $2.6 million and amortization of debt issuance costs of $2.2 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $4.0 million, primarily driven by an increase in payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increased number of employees, an increase in commissions payable to third parties that originated loans on our behalf, and an increase in accrued sales and marketing expense for invoices not yet received. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $0.6 million due to the timing of vendors’ invoices received and payments made.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities of $1.7 million consisted of a net loss of $16.8 million offset by $15.8 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $2.7 million of cash provided by changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities. Adjustments for non-cash items consisted primarily of provision for loan losses of $12.5 million, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets of $1.5 million and amortization of debt issuance costs of $1.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $2.2 million, primarily driven by increases in deferred rent from our new long-term facility lease agreement and payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increased number of employees. In addition, we experienced a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to a $1.3 million increase in other assets, primarily driven by the security deposit and construction receivable related to our new operating lease agreement.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of funding our term loan and line of credit originations, offset by repayments of term loans and lines of credit, changes in the net deferred origination costs balance of loans outstanding, purchases of property, equipment and software, capitalized internal-use software development costs, and changes in restricted cash. Our net deferred origination costs may vary from period to period based primarily on the volume of loan originations and the amount of direct costs incurred to originate our loans, offset by the amount of loan origination fees received. Purchases of property, equipment and software and capitalized internal-use software development costs may vary from period to period due to the timing of the expansion of our operations, the addition of employee headcount and the development cycles of our internal-use technology.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, net cash used to fund our investing activities was $254.9 million, and consisted primarily of $232.8 million of loan originations in excess of loan repayments received, $9.5 million for the purchase of property, equipment and software and capitalized internal-use software development costs and a $4.8 million increase in the net deferred origination costs balance. The growth in our loan originations was consistent with the overall increase in revenue during the period. We also restricted more cash as collateral for financing agreements during the period, resulting in a $7.8 million decrease in unrestricted cash.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, net cash used to fund our investing activities was $101.4 million, and consisted primarily of $94.4 million of loan originations in excess of loan repayments received and $5.0 million for the purchase of property, equipment and software and capitalized internal-use software development costs. The growth in our loan originations was consistent with the overall increase in revenue during the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used to fund our investing activities was $159.4 million, and consisted primarily of $142.1 million of loan originations in excess of loan repayments received, a $5.9 million increase in the net deferred origination costs balance and $5.8 million for the purchase of property, equipment and software and capitalized internal-use software development costs. The growth in our loan originations was consistent with the overall increase in revenue during the year. We also restricted more cash as collateral for financing arrangements, resulting in a $5.6 million decrease in unrestricted cash during the year.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used to fund our investing activities was $59.1 million, and consisted primarily of $53.7 million of loan originations in excess of loan repayments received and $3.2 million for the purchase of property, equipment and software and capitalized internal-use software development costs. The growth in our loan originations was consistent with the overall increase in revenue during the year. We also restricted more cash as collateral for financing arrangements, resulting in a $2.5 million decrease in unrestricted cash during the year.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and net borrowings from our securitization facility and our revolving debt facilities.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $223.0 million and consisted primarily of $77.0 million in net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $146.9 million in net borrowings from our securitization facility and revolving debt facilities, primarily associated with the increase in loan originations during the period.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $90.8 million and consisted primarily of $49.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $55.1 million in net borrowings from our revolving debt facilities, primarily associated with the increase in loan originations during the period. These amounts were partially offset by $6.3 million used to repurchase redeemable convertible preferred stock from investors and $6.1 million used to repurchase common stock and warrants and retire stock options from current and former employees.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $142.6 million and consisted primarily of $107.0 million in net borrowings from our revolving debt facilities, primarily associated with the increase in loan originations during the year, and $49.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock. These amounts were partially offset by $6.3 million used to repurchase redeemable convertible preferred stock from investors and $6.1 million used to repurchase common stock warrants and retire stock options from current and former employees.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $62.0 million and consisted primarily of $60.0 million in net borrowings from our revolving debt facilities, primarily associated with the increase in loan originations during the year, and $4.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe that our existing cash balances, together with the available borrowing capacity under our revolving lines of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash operating expense and capital expenditure

 

-78-


Table of Contents

requirements through at least the next 12 months. If our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we will seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of equity may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt, the agreements governing such debt could contain covenants that would restrict our operations and such debt would rank senior to shares of our common stock. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts and additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities and securitization facility and non-cancelable leases for our office space and computer equipment. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at September 30, 2014. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Contractual Obligations:

              

Long-term debt:

              

Funding debt

   $ 347,234       $ 11,806       $ 277,095       $ 58,333       $   

Corporate debt

     3,000         3,000                           

Interest payments (1)

     29,487         14,325         14,415         747           

Capital leases, including interest

     479         232         247                   

Operating leases

     23,638         2,553         6,070         5,986         9,029   

Purchase obligations

     2,385         1,007         1,378                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 406,223       $ 32,923       $ 299,205       $ 65,066       $ 9,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest payments on our debt facilities with variable interest rates is calculated using the interest rate as of September 30, 2014.

The obligations of our subsidiaries for the funding debt described above and related interest payment obligations are structured to be non-recourse to On Deck Capital, Inc.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2014, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALLL)

Our ALLL is established through periodic charges to the provision for loans losses. Loan losses are charged against the ALLL when we determine it is probable that we will be unable to collect all of the remaining principal amount due on a loan. Generally this happens on the 90th day of delinquency. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALLL.

We evaluate our loan portfolio on a pooled basis, due to its composition of small balance, homogenous loans with similar general credit risk characteristics and diversification among variables including industry and geography. We use a proprietary forecast loss rate at origination for new loans that have not had the opportunity to make payments when they are first funded. The allowance is subjective as it requires material estimates including such factors as historical trends, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect customers’ ability to repay and current economic conditions. Other qualitative factors considered may include items such as uncertainties in forecasting and modeling techniques, changes in portfolio composition, seasonality, business conditions and emerging trends. Recovery of the carrying value of loans is dependent to a great extent on conditions that may be beyond management’s control. Any combination of these factors may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies and loan losses and could require additional provisions for credit losses which could impact future periods.

Accrual for Unfunded Loan Commitments

In September 2013, we introduced a line of credit product. Customers may draw on their lines of credit up to defined maximum amounts. As of September 30, 2014, our off-balance sheet credit exposure related to the undrawn line of credit balances was $17.6 million, and the accrual for unfunded loan commitments was $0.2 million. We determined the accrual with consideration of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors for lines of credit outstanding to these customers, and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded debt facilities. We have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to provide funding for the undrawn lines of credit and do not believe the existence of the open credit balances negatively impacts our liquidity.

Accrual for Representations Made in Connection with Sale of Loans

As a component of our loan sale agreements, we have made certain representations to third-party institutional investors that purchase loans. Any significant estimated post-sale obligations or contingent obligations to the purchaser of the loans, such as delinquent or fraudulent loan repurchase obligations or excess loss indemnification obligations, would be accrued. There are no restricted assets related to these agreements. As of September 30, 2014, we had not incurred any significant losses to date related to such post-sale obligations, and we have no estimable and probable obligations requiring accrual.

Nonaccrual Loans and Charged Off Loans

We consider a loan to be delinquent when the daily or weekly payments are one day past due. We do not recognize interest income on loans that are delinquent and non-paying. We only begin recognizing revenue again once customers resume making payments. The remaining unpaid principal balance is charged off when we determine it is probable that we will be unable to collect additional principal amounts on the loan. Generally, charge offs occur after the 90th day of delinquency.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of our annualized net charge-off rate, defined as loans charged off, net of recoveries divided by average Unpaid Principal Balance, then annualized, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. Average Unpaid Principal Balance for the period is the simple average of the Unpaid Principal Balance as of the beginning of the period and as of the end of each quarter in the period.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loans charged-off, net of recoveries

   $ 6,844      $ 16,415      $ 10,842      $ 26,697   

Average Unpaid Principal Balance

   $ 60,508      $ 145,978      $ 128,481      $ 314,237   

Annualized net charge-off rate

     11.3     11.2     11.3     11.3

Internal-Use Software Development Costs

We capitalize certain costs related to software developed for internal-use, primarily associated with the ongoing development and enhancement of our technology platform and other internal uses. We begin to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function as intended. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in technology and analytics expense on our consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We incur stock-based compensation expense in connection with the issuance of stock options and warrants to employees, directors and consultants. We recognize compensation expense ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Option awards generally vest 25% one year from the grant date and then monthly in equal installments over the subsequent three-year period.

Stock-based compensation cost is measured on the grant date, based on the estimated grant date fair value of the award using a Black-Scholes pricing model, and recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period on a straight-line basis. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million and $0.4 million for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and $0.3 million and $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. At September 30, 2014, we had $15.8 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.7 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with directors and consultants using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. For director and consultant options subject to vesting, the compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting period.

Key Assumptions

Our Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These

 

-81-


Table of Contents

estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

In determining the fair value of stock options granted, the following weighted-average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for awards granted in the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2012    2013    2013    2014

Assumptions :

           

Risk-free interest rate

   0.83% - 0.96%    0.88% - 2.29%    0.88% - 1.29%    1.02% - 2.08%

Expected life (years)

   5.86 - 6.13    5.76 - 8.52    5.76 - 6.08    3.22 - 6.13

Expected volatility

   59% - 60%    54% - 60%    59% - 60%    35% - 59%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    0%

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of our common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors, with assistance from management, based upon information available at the time of grant. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid, our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors included:

 

    contemporaneous and retrospective third-party valuations of our common stock

 

    the prices of shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock (preferred stock) sold to investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to our common stock

 

    our operating and financial performance

 

    current business conditions and projections

 

    our stage of development and business strategy

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our Company, given prevailing market conditions

 

    any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions

The estimated fair value per share of our common stock in the table below represents the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant, taking into consideration the various objective and subjective factors described above, including the valuations of our common stock. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in the spring of 2014 we undertook retrospective valuations of the fair value of our common stock as of June 30, 2013, September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 for financial reporting purposes. In certain instances, the estimated fair value per share used for financial reporting purposes, as determined by these retrospective valuations, exceeded the exercise price assigned to the respective option grants. The estimated fair values of common stock as determined by these retrospective valuations were used to measure the stock-based compensation expense for options granted during these periods. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and, if we had made different assumptions than those described, the fair value of

 

-82-


Table of Contents

the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share amounts would have differed. Following the closing of this initial public offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

The following table summarizes by grant month the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2013 through November 6, 2014, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date:

 

Grant Date:    Number of Shares
Underlying Options
Granted
     Exercise Price
per Share
     Estimated Fair Value
per Share
 

March 2013

     266,500       $ 1.53       $ 1.53   

April 2013

     240,000       $ 1.36       $ 1.36   

May 2013

     49,500       $ 1.36       $ 1.36   

June 2013

     97,500       $ 1.36       $ 1.36   

July 2013

     100,000       $ 1.36       $ 1.48   

August 2013

     475,000       $ 1.36       $ 1.48   

September 2013

     247,500       $ 1.36       $ 1.48   

October 2013

     324,000       $ 1.36       $ 4.08   

December 2013

     56,500       $ 1.36       $ 4.08   

January 2014

     4,813       $ 1.36       $ 7.42   

January 2014

     68,000       $ 7.42       $ 7.42   

February 2014

     109,000       $ 7.42       $ 7.42   

May 2014

     348,000       $ 18.95       $ 18.95   

June 2014 (1)

     19,470       $ 7.42       $ 18.95   

June 2014

     128,500       $ 18.95       $ 18.95   

August 2014

     1,028,000       $ 21.32       $ 21.32   

September 2014

     84,500       $ 21.32       $ 21.32   

October 2014

     149,000       $ 24.76       $ 24.76   

 

(1) Represents stock options granted to option holders impacted by an exercise price modification of previously granted and unvested options. These stock options were granted with an exercise price equivalent to the modified exercise price of the original grants and are exercisable for a short period after vesting.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at September 30, 2014 was $             million, of which $             million and $             million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

In valuing our common stock, the board of directors has historically determined the equity value using either the market approach or the pricing of recent transactions involving our equity securities, which we view as a strong indicator of the value of illiquid securities such as our common stock.

The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business. The market multiples are based on key metrics implied by the price investors have paid for publicly traded companies. Given our significant focus on investing in and growing our business, we primarily utilized a revenue multiple when performing valuation assessments under the market approach. When considering which companies to include in our comparable industry peer companies, we focused on U.S.-based publicly traded companies with businesses similar to ours. The selection of our comparable industry peer companies requires us to make judgments as to the comparability of these companies to us. We considered a number of factors including business description, business size, market share, revenue model, development stage and historical results of operations. We then analyzed the

 

-83-


Table of Contents

business and financial profiles of the selected companies for relative similarities to us and, based on this assessment, we selected our comparable industry peer companies.

For the December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 valuations, we used the pricing of our private placement of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock as the baseline for determining our equity value due to the close proximity in time of the equity issuances in February and April 2013 to the valuation dates. For the June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013 retrospective valuations, we used the market approach to determine our equity value. For the December 31, 2013 retrospective valuation, we used the pricing of our private placement of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock as the baseline for determining our equity value due to the close proximity in time of the equity issuance in February 2014 to the valuation date. For each of these valuations obtained through December 31, 2013, the equity value determined was then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the redeemable convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call options. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

For the March 31, 2014 valuation, we determined that the most reasonable approach to valuing our common stock was based on the pricing of our recently completed private placement of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, as well as the price of our common and redeemable convertible preferred stock sold in a tender offer. The tender offer allowed current investors and current and former employees to sell defined amounts of outstanding common and preferred stock and preferred stock warrants at the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock issue price to third-party investors, within a defined timeframe. We assigned a 50% weighting to the OPM approach using the equity value based on the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock offering price, and a 50% weighting to the price paid for common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants sold through the tender offer. This valuation approach was deemed most appropriate as the secondary transactions were a unique set of sales of our equity securities with the majority occurring in a defined timeframe and reliant on the availability and interest of third-party institutions to purchase the securities, thus justifying an equal weighting to the OPM approach.

For the June 30 and September 30, 2014 valuations, we determined the most reasonable approach to valuing our common stock to be a combination of the OPM, the probability weighted expected return method, or the PWERM, and recent sales of our common and redeemable convertible preferred stock through a tender offer. We introduced the PWERM method at June 30, 2014 as greater certainty developed regarding a possible liquidity event, specifically an IPO. The PWERM relies on a forward-looking analysis to predict the possible future value of our company. Under this method, discrete future outcomes, including an IPO, non-IPO scenarios, and a strategic merger or sale are weighted based on our estimate of the probability of each scenario. At both June 30 and September 30, 2014, we assigned 100% of the liquidity event weighting in the PWERM method to the IPO scenario as we had recently initiated the process to pursue an IPO and our Board of Directors deemed this to be the most likely future outcome for purposes of the PWERM calculation.

In valuing our common stock as of June 30, 2014, we assigned a 37.5% weighting to the OPM using the equity value based on the market approach, a 37.5% weighting to the PWERM (IPO scenario) using the equity value based on the market approach, and a 25% weighting to the price paid for common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants sold through the tender offer completed during the quarter ended June 30, 2014.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2014, we valued our common stock by assigning a 30% weighting to the OPM using the equity values based on the market approach, a 50% weighting to the PWERM (IPO scenario) using the equity value based on the market approach, and a 20% weighting to the price paid for common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants sold through the tender offer completed during the quarter ended June 30, 2014. The increased weighting of the PWERM (IPO) scenario at September 30, 2014 compared to June 30, 2014 was due to increased likelihood of an IPO as a result of the submission of a preliminary draft registration statement with the SEC on August 21, 2014, followed by the submission of an amendment on September 29, 2014.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when we believe it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld upon examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized income tax uncertainties in income tax expense. We did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions in any of the reporting periods included in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into interest rate or exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2014 consisted of cash maintained in several FDIC insured operating accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk for our cash and cash equivalents is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Given the currently low U.S. interest rates, we generate only a de minimis amount of interest income from these deposits.

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our debt agreements which are subject to variable interest rates. As of September 30, 2014, we had $156.4 million of outstanding borrowings under debt agreements with variable interest rates. As a result, each change of one percentage point in interest rates would result in an approximate $2.5 million change in our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings at September 30, 2014. Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at variable rates. Any increase in interest rates in the future will likely affect our borrowing costs under all of our sources of capital for our lending activities.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Substantially all of our revenue and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we do not believe that our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk is material to our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If a significant portion of our revenue and operating expenses were to become denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, we may not be able to effectively manage this risk, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by translation and by transactional foreign currency.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements and JOBS Act Election

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued ASU 2013-11, “ Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists ”, which amends ASC 740, “ Income Taxes ”. ASU 2013-11 requires entities to present unrecognized tax benefits as a liability and not combine it with deferred tax assets to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date. We adopted this pronouncement effective January 1, 2014 but, due to the nature and amounts of our unrecognized tax benefits and net operating loss carryforward, it has not had a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue Recognition ” which creates ASC 606, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers ”, and supersedes ASC 605, “ Revenue Recognition ”. ASU 2014-09 requires revenue to be recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. This accounting standard is effective for us beginning January 1, 2017. We are currently assessing the impact this accounting standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), we meet the definition of an emerging growth company. We have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading online platform for small business lending. We are seeking to transform small business lending by making it efficient and convenient for small businesses to access capital. Enabled by our proprietary technology and analytics, we aggregate and analyze thousands of data points from dynamic, disparate data sources to assess the creditworthiness of small businesses rapidly and accurately. Small businesses can apply for a term loan or line of credit on our website in minutes and, using our proprietary OnDeck Score, we can make a funding decision immediately and transfer funds as fast as the same day. We have originated more than $1.7 billion in loans and collected more than 4.4 million customer payments since we made our first loan in 2007. Our loan originations have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 127% from 2011 to 2013 and had a year-over-year growth rate of 171% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The 28 million small businesses in the United States are integral to the U.S. economy and the vibrancy of local communities, employing approximately 50% of the private workforce. According to Civic Economics, spending at local retailers and restaurants returns to the local community on average more than double the amount per dollar spent as compared to spending at national chains.

Small business growth depends on efficient and frictionless access to capital, yet small businesses face numerous challenges that make it difficult to secure such capital. Small business owners are time and resource constrained, but the traditional borrowing process is time consuming and burdensome. Small businesses surveyed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York indicated that the traditional funding process required them, on average, to dedicate 26 hours, contact 2.6 financial institutions and submit 2.7 loan applications. These challenges exist in part because it is inherently difficult to assess the creditworthiness of small businesses. Small businesses are a diverse group spanning many different industries, stages in development, geographies, financial profiles and operating histories, historically making it difficult to assess creditworthiness in a uniform manner. Small business data is scattered across dynamic online and offline sources, making it difficult to aggregate, analyze and monitor. There is no widely-accepted credit score for a small business, and frequently a small business owner’s personal credit score is used to assess creditworthiness even though it may not be indicative of the business’s credit profile. Furthermore, small businesses are not well served by traditional loan products. In addition, small businesses often seek small, short-term loans to fund short-term projects and investments, but traditional lenders may only offer products that feature large loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements that are not well suited to their needs.

The small business lending market is vast and underserved. According to the FDIC, there were $178 billion in business loan balances under $250,000 in the United States in the second quarter of 2014 across 21.7 million loans. Oliver Wyman, a management consulting firm and business unit of Marsh & McLennan, estimates that there is a potential $80 to $120 billion in unmet demand for small business lines of credit, and we believe that there is also substantial unmet demand for other credit-related products, including term loans. We also believe that the application of our technology to credit assessment can stimulate additional demand for our products and expand the total addressable market for small business credit.

To better meet the capital needs of small businesses, we are seeking to use technology to transform the way this capital is accessed. We built our integrated platform specifically to meet their financing needs. Our platform touches every aspect of the customer lifecycle, including customer acquisition, sales, scoring and underwriting, funding, and servicing and collections. A small business can complete an online application 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Our proprietary data and analytics engine aggregates and analyzes thousands of online and offline data attributes and the relationships among those attributes to assess the creditworthiness of a small business in real time. The data points include customer bank activity shown on their bank statements, government filings, tax and census data. In addition, in certain instances we also analyze reputation and social data. We look at both individual data points and relationships among the data, with each transaction or action being a separate data

 

-87-


Table of Contents

point that we take into account. A key differentiator of our solution is the OnDeck Score, the product of our proprietary small business credit scoring system. Both our data and analytics engine and the algorithms powering the OnDeck Score undergo continuous improvement to automate and optimize the credit assessment process, enabling more rapid and predictive credit decisions. Each loan that we make involves our proprietary automated underwriting process, and approximately two-thirds of our loans are underwritten using a fully-automated underwriting process, without requiring manual review. Our platform supports same-day funding and automated loan repayment. This technology-enabled approach provides small businesses with efficient, frictionless access to capital.

Our business has grown rapidly. In 2013, we originated $458.9 million of loans, representing year-over-year growth of 165%, and in the first nine months of 2014, we originated $788.3 million of loans, representing year-over-year growth of 171%, all while maintaining consistent credit quality. Our growth in originations has been supported by a diverse and scalable set of funding sources, including committed debt facilities, a securitization facility and our OnDeck Marketplace, our proprietary whole loan sale platform for institutional investors. In 2013, we recorded gross revenue of $65.2 million, representing year-over-year growth of 155%, and in the first nine months of 2014, we recorded gross revenue of $107.6 million, representing year-over-year growth of 156%. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA was $(16.3) million and $2.6 million, respectively, our (loss) income from operations was $(19.3) million and $0.7 million, respectively, and our net (loss) income was $(24.4) million and $0.4 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, our total assets were $235.5 million and $466.0 million, respectively, and the unpaid principal balance on loans outstanding was $216.0 million and $422.1 million, respectively.

Industry Background and Trends

Small Businesses are an Enormous Driver of the U.S. Economy

The growth and prosperity of small businesses are vital to the success of the U.S. economy and essential to the strength of local communities. According to the most recent data available from the U.S. Small Business Administration, there are 28 million small businesses in the United States. These small businesses contribute approximately 45% of U.S. non-agricultural gross domestic product and employ approximately 50% of the private workforce. Small businesses help build vibrant communities with local character and help support the growth of local economies. According to Civic Economics, spending at local retailers and restaurants returns to the local community on average more than double the amount per dollar spent as compared to spending at national chains.

Small Businesses Need Capital to Survive and Thrive

We believe that small businesses depend on efficient and frictionless access to capital to purchase supplies and inventory, hire employees, market their businesses and invest in new potential growth opportunities. The need for capital may be seasonal, such as an ice cream vendor hiring for the summer months or a retailer buying inventory in anticipation of the holiday season. It may also be sudden and unexpected, such as a restaurant responding to a last minute catering request or a manufacturer winning a valuable new contract that requires more raw materials. According to a survey by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, ability to manage uneven cash flow was cited as the most frequent concern of small businesses. The payback period on these investments can be short while the return on investment may benefit the small business for years.

Small Businesses are Unique and Difficult to Assess

Small businesses are a diverse group spanning many different industries, stages in development, geographies, financial profiles and operating histories, historically making it difficult to assess creditworthiness

 

-88-


Table of Contents

in a uniform manner, and there is no widely-accepted credit score for small businesses. For example, a restaurant has a very different operating and financial profile from a retail store and both are very different from a doctor’s office. Credit assessment is inherently difficult because small business data is constantly changing as the business evolves and is scattered across a myriad of online and offline sources, unlike consumer credit assessment where a lender can generally look to scores provided by consumer credit bureaus. This data includes financial data, credit data, government and public records, transactional data, online social data, accounting data and behavioral data. While much of this data is rapidly moving online, certain data remains predominantly offline. In addition, small businesses are not consistently covered by traditional credit bureaus. Once obtained, the data needs to be cleansed, normalized, weighted and analyzed to be useful in the credit scoring decision.

Small Businesses are not Adequately Served by Traditional Lenders

We believe traditional lenders face a number of challenges and limitations that make it difficult to address the capital needs of small businesses, such as:

 

    Organizational and Structural Challenges . The costly combination of physical branches and manually intensive underwriting procedures makes it difficult for traditional lenders to efficiently serve small businesses. They also serve a broad set of customers, including both consumers and enterprises, and are not solely focused on addressing the needs of small businesses.

 

    Technology Limitations . Many traditional lenders use legacy or third-party systems that are difficult to integrate or adapt to the shifting needs of small businesses. These technology limitations make it challenging for traditional lenders to aggregate new data sources, leverage advanced analytics and streamline and automate credit decisions and funding.

 

    Products not Designed for Small Businesses . Small businesses are not well served by traditional loan products. We believe that traditional lenders often offer products characterized by larger loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements. By contrast, small businesses often seek small loans for short-term investments.

As a result, we believe that small businesses feel underserved by traditional lenders. According to the FDIC, the percentage of commercial and industrial loans with a balance less than $250,000 has declined from 20% of total dollars borrowed in 2004 to 13% in the second quarter of 2014. According to Oliver Wyman, 75% of small businesses are looking to borrow less than $50,000. In addition, according to the second quarter 2014 Wells Fargo-Gallup Small Business Index, only 25% of small businesses reported that obtaining credit was easy.

Challenges for Small Businesses

Small Business Owners are Time and Resource Constrained

We believe that small business owners lack many of the resources available to larger businesses and have fewer staff on which to rely for critical business issues. According to a survey by eVoice, time is viewed as the most valuable asset to small business owners. Small businesses typically do not employ a financial staff or internal advisors, and small business owners often act as both manager and employee. According to the same survey, 91% of small business owners perform three or more employee roles in any given day. Time spent inefficiently may mean lost sales, extra expenses and personal sacrifices.

Traditional Lending is not Geared Towards Small Businesses

Traditional lenders do not meet the needs of small businesses for a number of reasons, including the following:

 

   

Time Consuming Process . According to a Harvard Business School study, the traditional borrowing process includes application forms which are time consuming to assemble and complete, long

 

-89-


Table of Contents
 

in-person meetings during business hours and manual procedures that delay decisions. Small businesses surveyed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York indicated that the traditional funding process required them, on average, to dedicate 26 hours, contact 2.6 financial institutions and submit 2.7 loan applications.

 

    Non-Tailored Credit Assessment . There is no widely-accepted credit score for small businesses. Traditional lenders frequently rely upon the small business owner’s personal credit as a primary indicator of the business’s creditworthiness, even though it is not necessarily indicative of the business’s credit profile. As a result, a creditworthy business may be denied funding or offered a product that fits poorly with its needs.

 

    Product Mismatch . According to Oliver Wyman, small businesses often seek small loans and evaluate their investment opportunities on a “dollars in, dollars out” basis, since the payback period is short. According to survey data reported by Oliver Wyman, 75% of small businesses are looking to borrow less than $50,000. Small businesses often seek small, short-term loans to fund short-term projects and investments, but are met with traditional loan products that feature large loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements that are not well suited to their needs.

Alternatives to Traditional Bank Loans are Inadequate

Small businesses whose lending needs are not met by traditional bank loans have historically resorted to a fragmented landscape of products, including merchant cash advances, credit cards, receivables factoring, equipment leases and home equity lines, each of which comes with its own challenges and limitations. Merchant cash advances are expensive and limited to certain industries. Credit cards are pervasive but cannot be used for certain types of expenses and face limitations on size. Equipment leasing and receivables factoring both have a cumbersome application process and are only appropriate for specific use cases. Home equity lines have strict collateral requirements, are unappealing to business owners on a personal level and are challenging for businesses with multiple owners.

Modernization of Small Businesses

Small Businesses are Embracing Technology

The proliferation of technology is changing the way small business owners manage their operations. According to a National Small Business Association survey, 70% of small businesses view technology as very important to the success of a business. Small businesses are increasingly using technology to purchase inventory, pay bills, manage accounting and conduct digital marketing. According to the survey, 85% of small businesses purchase supplies online, 83% manage bank accounts online, 82% maintain their own website, 72% pay bills online and 41% use tablets for their business. We believe small business owners expect a user-friendly online borrowing experience.

The Digital Footprint of Small Businesses is Expanding

An increasing amount of information about small businesses is available electronically. Traditional data sources used to assess business creditworthiness, including government data, transactional information, bank accounts, public records and credit bureau data, are all transitioning online. In addition, many small businesses use social media such as Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn to interact with customers, partners and stakeholders and manage their online business listings on review sites such as Yelp. A National Small Business Association survey reports that 73% of small businesses use a social media platform for their online strategies. This vast amount of real-time digital data about small businesses can be used to generate valuable insights that help better assess the creditworthiness of a small business.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

The Opportunity

The small business lending market is vast and underserved. According to the FDIC, there were $178 billion in business loan balances under $250,000 in the United States in the second quarter of 2014, across 21.7 million loans. Oliver Wyman estimates that there is a potential $80 to $120 billion in unmet demand for small business lines of credit, and we believe that there is also substantial unmet demand for other credit-related products, including term loans. We also believe that the application of our technology to credit assessment can stimulate additional demand for our products and expand the total addressable market for small business credit.

Our Solution

Our mission is to power the growth of small business through lending technology and innovation. We are combining our passion for small business with technology and analytics to transform the way small businesses access capital. Our solution was built specifically to address small businesses’ capital needs and consists of our loan products, our end-to-end integrated platform and the OnDeck Score. We offer two products to small businesses to enable them to access capital: term loans and lines of credit. Our proprietary, end-to-end integrated platform includes: our website, which allows small businesses to apply for a loan in minutes, 24 hours a day 7 days a week; our proprietary data and analytics engine that analyzes thousands of data attributes from disparate sources to assess the real-time creditworthiness of a small business; the technology that enables for seamless funding of our loans; our daily and weekly collections and ongoing servicing system. A key differentiator of our solution is the OnDeck Score, the product of our proprietary small business credit-scoring system. The OnDeck Score aggregates and analyzes thousands of data elements and attributes related to a business and its owners that are reflective of the creditworthiness of the business as well as predictive of its credit performance. Our proprietary data and analytics engine and the algorithms powering the OnDeck Score undergo continuous improvement through machine learning to automate and optimize the credit assessment process.

Our customers choose us because we provide the following key benefits:

 

    Access . By combining technology with comprehensive and relevant data that captures the unique aspects of small businesses, we are able to better assess the creditworthiness of small businesses and approve more loans. In addition, we provide customers with access to products that match their capital needs.

 

    Speed . Small businesses can submit an application on our website in as little as minutes. We are able to provide most loan applicants with an immediate approval decision and transfer funds as fast as the same day. Because we require no in-person meetings and have an intuitive online application form, we have been able to significantly increase the convenience and efficiency of the application process without burdensome documentation requirements.

 

    Customer Experience . Our U.S.-based internal salesforce and customer service representatives provide high tech, high touch, personalized support to our applicants and customers. Our team answers questions and provides assistance throughout the application process and the life of the loan. Our representatives are available Monday through Saturday before, during and after regular business hours to accommodate the busy schedules of small business owners. We also offer our customers credit education and consulting services and other value added services. Our commitment to provide a great customer experience has helped us earn a 71 Net Promoter Score, a widely used system of measuring customer loyalty, and consistently achieve A+ rating from the Better Business Bureau. Furthermore, the OnDeck Score incorporates data from each customer’s history with us, ensuring that we deliver increasing efficiency to our customers in making repeat loan decisions. We also report back to several business credit bureau agencies, which can help small businesses build their business credit.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us and serve as barriers for others seeking to enter our market:

 

    Significant Scale . Since we made our first loan in 2007, we have funded more than $1.7 billion in loans across more than 700 industries in all 50 U.S. states and have recently begun lending in Canada. We have collected more than 4.4 million customer payments and maintain a proprietary database of more than 10 million small businesses. In 2013, we originated $458.9 million of loans, representing year-over-year growth of 165%, and in the first nine months of 2014, we generated $788.3 million of loans, representing year-over-year growth of 171%, all while maintaining consistent credit quality. Our increasing scale offers significant benefits including lower customer acquisition costs, access to a broader dataset, better underwriting decisions and a lower cost of capital.

 

    Proprietary Data and Analytics Engine . We use data analytics and technology to optimize our business operations and the customer experience including sales and marketing, underwriting, servicing and risk management. Our proprietary data and analytics engine and the OnDeck Score provide us with significant visibility and predictability in assessing the creditworthiness of small businesses and allow us to better serve more customers across more industries. With each loan application, each funded loan and each daily or weekly payment, our data set expands and our OnDeck Score improves. Our analysis suggests that the current iteration of our proprietary credit-scoring model has become 85% more accurate at predicting bad credit risk in small businesses across a range of credit risk profiles than personal credit scores alone. We are therefore able to lend to more small businesses than traditional lenders, which need to compensate for their more limited analytical model by being more restrictive in lending decisions. We are also able to use our proprietary data and analytics engine to pre-approve customers and target those customers predisposed to take a loan and that have a high likelihood of approval.

 

    End-to-End Integrated Technology Platform . We built our integrated platform specifically to meet the financing needs of small businesses. Our platform touches every aspect of the customer lifecycle, including customer acquisition, sales, scoring and underwriting, funding, and servicing and collections. This purpose-built infrastructure is enhanced by robust fraud protection, multiple layers of security and proprietary application programming interfaces. It enables us to deliver a superior customer experience, facilitates agile decision making and allows us to efficiently roll out new products and features. We use our platform to underwrite, process and service all of our small business loans regardless of distribution channel.

 

    Diversified Distribution Channels . We are building our brand awareness and enhancing distribution capabilities through diversified distribution channels, including direct marketing, strategic partnerships and funding advisors. Our direct marketing includes direct mail, radio, TV, social media and other online marketing channels. Our strategic partners, including banks, payment processors and small business-focused service providers, offer us access to their base of small business customers, and data that can be used to enhance our targeting capabilities. We also have relationships with a large network of funding advisors, including businesses that provide loan brokerage services, which drive distribution and aid brand awareness. Our strategic partners and funding advisors received average commissions of 2.1% and 7.0% of loan principal, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2014, 2.5% and 7.4%, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and 2.5% and 7.5%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our internal salesforce contacts potential customers, responds to inbound inquiries from potential customers, and is available to assist all customers throughout the application process.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the percentage of loans originated by our three distribution channels for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    9 Months Ended
September 30,
2014
    3 Months Ended
September 30,
2014
 
Percentage of Originations (Number of Loans):         

Direct

     23.4     44.1     54.3     56.2

Strategic Partner

     8.0     10.3     13.4     14.9

Funding Advisor

     68.6     45.6     32.3     28.9
Percentage of Originations (Dollars):         

Direct

     19.4     34.4     43.0     46.8

Strategic Partner

     5.5     9.2     12.7     13.8

Funding Advisor

     75.1     56.4     44.3     39.4

 

    High Customer Satisfaction and Repeat Customer Base . Our strong value proposition has been validated by our customers. We had a Net Promoter Score of 71 in 2013 based on our internal survey of customers that we acquired via our direct marketing and strategic partner channels. The Net Promoter Score is a widely used index ranging from negative 100 to 100 that measures customer loyalty. Our score places us at the upper end of customer satisfaction ratings and compares favorably to the average NPS score of 9 for national banks, 19 for regional banks and 46 for community banks. We have also consistently achieved an A+ rating from the Better Business Bureau. We believe that high customer satisfaction has played an important role in repeat borrowing by our customers. In 2013, 43.5% of loan originations were by repeat customers, who either replaced their existing loan with a new, usually larger, loan or took out a new loan after paying off their existing OnDeck loan in full. Thirty percent of our origination volume from repeat customers in 2013 was due to unpaid principal balances rolled from existing loans directly into such repeat originations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, 49.2% of loan originations were by repeat customers.

 

    Durable Business Model . Since we began lending in 2007, we have successfully operated our business through both strong and weak economic environments. Our real-time data, short duration loans, automated daily and weekly collection, risk management capabilities and unit economics enable us to react rapidly to changing market conditions and generate attractive financial results. In addition, we believe the consistency and stability of the credit performance of our loan portfolio are appealing to our sources of funding and help validate our proprietary credit scoring model.

 

    Differentiated Funding Platform . We source capital through multiple channels, including debt facilities, securitization and the OnDeck Marketplace, our proprietary whole loan sale platform for institutional investors. This diversity provides us with multiple, scalable funding sources, long-term capital commitments and access to flexible funding for growth. In addition, because we contribute a portion of the capital for each loan we fund via our debt facilities and securitization, we are able to align interests with our investors.

 

    100% Small Business-Focused . We are passionate about small businesses. We have developed significant expertise over our seven-year operating history exclusively focused on assessing and delivering credit to small businesses. We believe this passion, focus and small business credit expertise provides us with significant competitive advantages.

Our Strategy for Growth

Our vision is to become the most trusted lender to small businesses, and to accomplish this, we intend to:

 

   

Continue to Acquire Customers Through Direct Marketing and Sales . We plan to continue investing in direct marketing and sales to add new customers and increase our brand awareness. As our dataset

 

-93-


Table of Contents
 

expands, we will continue to pre-approve and target those customers predisposed to take a loan and that have a high likelihood of approval. We have already seen success from this strategy with an increase in loan transactions attributable to direct marketing of 350% in 2013.

 

    Broaden Distribution Capabilities Through Partners . We plan to expand our network of partners, including banks, payment processors, funding advisors and small business-focused service providers, and leverage their relationships with small businesses to acquire new customers.

 

    Enhance Data and Analytics Capabilities . We plan to make substantial investments in our data and analytics capabilities. Our data science team continually uncovers new insights about small businesses and their credit performance and considers new data sources for inclusion in our models, allowing us to evaluate and lend to more customers. As our dataset expands, our self-reinforcing scoring algorithm continues to improve through machine learning, enabling us to make better lending decisions.

 

    Expand Product Offerings . We will continue developing products that support small businesses from inception through maturity. Following the successful recent introduction of our line of credit and 24-month term loan products, over time we plan to expand our offerings by introducing new credit-related products for small businesses. We believe this will allow us to provide a more comprehensive offering for our current customers and introduce small business owners to our platform whose needs are not currently met by our term loan and line of credit products. We may fund the expansion of our product offerings in part from the proceeds we receive from our IPO, but we have not yet finalized the specific products we will introduce or established a specific timeline to expand our product offerings.

 

    Extend Customer Lifetime Value . We believe we have an opportunity to increase revenue and loyalty from new and existing customers. We have the ability to accommodate our customers’ needs as they grow and as their funding needs increase and change. We plan to introduce new features and product cross-sell capabilities to continue driving the increased use of our platform, including mobile functionality to increase user engagement. We are focused on providing a positive customer experience and on continuing to drive customer loyalty.

 

    Targeted International Expansion . We believe small businesses around the world need capital to grow, and there is an opportunity to expand our small business lending in select countries outside of the United States. For example, in the second quarter of 2014, we started providing loans in Canada, and we continue to evaluate additional international market opportunities. We may fund our international expansion in part from the proceeds we receive from our IPO but we have not yet committed to any specified location or established a particular timeline to pursue this opportunity.

Our Sales and Marketing

We originate small business loans through three channels: direct marketing, strategic partners and a funding advisor program. While customers can apply for a loan directly on our website, they also have the ability to initiate contact with us through other means, such as by telephone or through a strategic partner or funding advisor. We underwrite, process and service all of our small business loans on our platform regardless of distribution channel. The following table summarizes the percentage of loans originated by our three distribution channels for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    9 Months Ended
September 30, 2014
    3 Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
Percentage of Originations (Number of Loans):                        

Direct

    23.4     44.1     54.3     56.2

Strategic Partner

    8.0     10.3     13.4     14.9

Funding Advisor

    68.6     45.6     32.3     28.9
Percentage of Originations (Dollars):                        

Direct

    19.4     34.4     43.0     46.8

Strategic Partner

    5.5     9.2     12.7     13.8

Funding Advisor

    75.1     56.4     44.3     39.4

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Direct Marketing

We have originated small business term loans through the direct marketing channel since 2007 and have recently begun originating lines of credit. Through this channel we make contact with prospective customers utilizing direct mail, social media, television, radio and online marketing. We also engage in some outbound calling. Supported by our direct sales team, we funnel customer leads generated through such efforts to our website.

Our direct sales team is located in our New York City and Denver offices. This team primarily focuses on generating loan originations and assisting applicants throughout the application process by responding to applicant questions, collecting documentation and providing notification of application outcomes. While our website facilitates the loan application process, borrowers may elect to mail, fax or email us documentation. In such cases, our direct sales team assists in collecting this documentation. Members of the direct sales team have a commission component to their compensation that is based on loan volume.

Strategic Partners

We have originated small business loans through our strategic partner channel since 2011. Through this channel, we are introduced to prospective customers by third parties, who we refer to as strategic partners, that serve or otherwise have access to the small business community in the regular course of their business. Strategic partners conduct their own marketing activities which may include direct mail, online marketing or leveraging existing business relationships. Strategic partners include, among others, banks, small business-focused service providers, other financial institutions, financial and accounting solution providers, payment processors, independent sales organizations, leasing companies and financial and other websites. The material terms of our agreements with strategic partners include the payment by us of referral fees, generally based on the amount of the funded loan, in exchange for customers referred to our platform. Such agreements also typically contain other customary terms, including representations and warranties, covenants, termination provisions and expense allocation. Strategic partners differ from funding advisors (described below) in that they generally provide a referral to our direct sales team and our direct sales team is the main point of contact with the borrower. On the other hand, funding advisors serve as the main point of contact with the borrower and may help a borrower assess multiple funding opportunities. As such, funding advisors’ commissions generally exceed strategic partners’ referral fees. Our relationships with strategic partners provide for the payment of a referral fee upon the funding of a loan. Such fee is generally based on the amount of the funded loan. During 2013, the average commission we paid to a strategic partner was 2.5% of loan principal. We have entered into a general marketing agreement with one strategic partner that provides for common stock purchase warrants that vest upon reaching certain performance goals.

Funding Advisor Program

We have originated small business loans through the funding advisor program channel since 2007. Through this channel we make contact with prospective customers by entering into relationships with third-party independent advisors that typically offer a variety of financial services to small businesses, including commission-based business loan brokerage services, each, a FAP. FAPs conduct their own marketing activities which may include direct mail, online marketing, paid leads, television and radio advertising or leveraging existing business relationships. FAPs include independent sales organizations, commercial loan brokers and equipment leasing firms. FAPs act as intermediaries between potential customers and lenders by brokering business loans on behalf of potential customers. In order to become a FAP, the FAP must have proven experience performing such role, complete an interview with us, clear a background check, undergo training and sign an agreement with us. During 2013, the average commission we paid to a FAP was 7.5% of loan principal. Our relationships with FAPs provide for the payment of a commission upon the funding of a loan. As of September 30, 2014, we had relationships with more than 650 FAPs and no single FAP was associated with more than 3% of the total loans we made.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Our Customers

We provide term loans and lines of credit to a diverse set of small businesses. We have funded more than $1.7 billion in loan volume across more than 700 industries in all 50 U.S. states and have recently begun lending in Canada and have collected more than 4.4 million customer payments since our first loan in 2007. The top five states in which we originated loans in 2013 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were California, Florida, New York, Texas and New Jersey, representing approximately 14%, 10%, 8%, 8% and 4% of our total loan originations, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and approximately 15%, 9%, 8%, 8% and 4% of our total loan originations, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Our customers have a median of $568,000 in annual revenue, with 90% of our customers having between $150,000 and $3.2 million in annual revenue, and have been in business for a median of 7.5 years, with 90% in business between 2 and 31 years.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the average size of a term loan made on our platform was $44,602 and the average size of a line of credit extended to our customers was $15,944.

We often make additional loans to former customers after they have fulfilled all of their payment obligations to us. We also make additional loans to existing customers while their payment obligations on their original loans remain outstanding. In order for a current customer to qualify for a new loan while a payment obligation remains outstanding, the customer must be current on its scheduled loan payments and approximately half of any existing OnDeck loan must be paid down. Our underwriting process for repeat customers is selective and we fully re-underwrite each repeat customer on each loan and take into account the payment history of the repeat customer’s prior or existing loans. In 2013 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, repeat customers made up 43.5% and 49.2%, respectively of our originations.

Our Products

We offer financing to small businesses through a term loan product and a revolving line of credit product.

Term Loan Product

Our primary business is to offer fixed term loans to eligible small businesses. The principal amount of each term loan ranges from $5,000 to $250,000. The principal amount of our term loan is a function of the requested borrowing amount and our credit risk assessment, using the OnDeck Score, of the customer’s ability to repay the loan. The original term of each individual term loan ranges from 3-24 months. We believe that the highly tailored loan terms are a competitive advantage given the short-term, project-specific nature of many of our customers’ borrowing needs. Customers repay our term loans through fixed automatic ACH collections from their business bank account on either a daily or weekly basis. Certain term loans are originated by our issuing bank partners and loans that we purchase from the issuing banks have similar performance to loans that we originate. We generally pay our issuing bank partners a fee of approximately 0.7% of loan principal.

Line of Credit Product

Our second loan product is a revolving line of credit with fixed six-month level-yield amortization on amounts outstanding and automated weekly payments. The credit lines offered to customers are from $5,000 to $25,000. A customer may be offered a line of credit based on our credit risk assessment of the customer’s ability to repay the line of credit. We do not currently purchase lines of credit from issuing bank partners.

Our Loan Pricing

Our loans are priced based on a risk assessment generated by our proprietary data and analytics engine, which includes the OnDeck Score. Customer pricing is determined primarily based on the customer’s OnDeck Score, the loan term and origination channel. Loans originated through direct marketing and strategic partners are generally lower cost than loans originated through FAPs due to the commission structure of the FAP program.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Our loans are quoted in “cents on the dollar” or based on an interest rate, depending on the type of loan. In general, term loans are quoted in COD terms, and lines of credit are quoted with an interest rate. Given the use case and payback period associated with shorter term products, many of our customers prefer to understand pricing on a “dollars in, dollars out” basis and are primarily focused on total payback cost.

Our borrowers pay between $0.01 to $0.06 per month in interest for every dollar they borrow under one of our term loans, with the actual amount typically driven by the length of term of the particular loan. We believe small business borrowers tend to evaluate term loans primarily on a “cents on dollar” payback rate basis, rather than APR. Because of this, and because many of our loans are short-term in nature and APR is calculated on an annualized basis, we do not believe that APR as applied to our loans is meaningful for measuring the expected returns to us or costs to our customer. The APRs of our term loans range from 19.9% to 99%. The APRs of our lines of credit range from 30% to 36%. We do not use APR as an internal metric to evaluate the performance of our business or as a basis to compensate our employees or to measure their performance. The interest on commercial business loans is also tax deductible as permitted by law, as compared to typical personal loans which do not provide a tax deduction. APR does not give effect to the small business borrower’s possible tax deductions and cash savings associated with business related interest expenses. We believe that our product pricing has historically fallen between traditional bank loans to small businesses and non-bank small business financing alternatives such as merchant cash advances.

Our Platform and the Underwriting Process

We believe that our technology platform enables a significantly faster process to apply for a loan, a credit assessment that more accurately determines a small business applicant’s creditworthiness and a superior overall experience. Our platform touches each point of our relationship with customers, from the application process through the funding and servicing of loans.

We provide an automated, streamlined application process that potential customers may complete in as little as minutes. Our proprietary scoring model provides applicants with a funding decision rapidly and we can then fund customers as fast as the same day. Once funded, our customers can use our online portal to monitor their loan balance in real time. To the customer, the process appears simple, seamless and efficient but our platform leverages sophisticated, proprietary technology to make it possible.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Online Application Process

 

LOGO

Since inception, our platform has processed more than 4.4 million customer payments and currently incorporates a proprietary database of more than 10 million small businesses. We maintain our platform with 94 full-time technology and analytics employees and have invested over $125 million in our platform to date. We believe our technology platform is a significant competitive advantage and is one of the most important reasons that customers take loans from us. From the customer’s perspective, our platform touches all five stages of the customer life cycle: application; data aggregation; credit assessment; funding; and servicing and collections.

Stage 1: Application

Our underwriting process begins with submission of a loan application by a prospective customer. We make available several methods for submitting loan applications. The majority of our customers apply on our website and they can also apply over the phone, via fax or through a funding advisor. Our customers who come to us through the strategic partner channel are generally directed to our website and interact with our direct sales team. Interaction with the strategic partner often ends once the referral is made. On the other hand, funding advisors serve as the main point of contact with the borrower and may help a borrower assess multiple funding

 

-98-


Table of Contents

opportunities. The funding advisor typically helps the customer complete its application while the strategic partner generally leaves the interaction to our website and/or our direct sales team. As part of the application process, the prospective customer is only asked to provide personal details, bank account information and business history. Applicants may complete an application on our website in as little as minutes, significantly reducing the time normally spent applying for a small business loan.

Stage 2: Data Aggregation

Upon submission of a completed application, our credit models are populated with all information contained in the submitted loan application. This information includes, among other data, the prospective customer’s time in business, industry, self-reported revenue, desired loan amount and use of proceeds. Additional data from a number of external sources may include business bank account data, business and personal credit bureau data, government and public records, transactional data and accounting data is aggregated, cleansed and normalized. In certain instances, we also collect and analyze business reputation and social data from different sources (such as Google Places, Foursquare, OpenTable and ZocDoc) as one among many factors used to verify an applicant’s identity, for possible fraud detection and for possible use as a component in our determination of creditworthiness. For example, if we cannot confirm a restaurant’s location via Google Places or cannot find it on OpenTable, then that may be an indicator of potential fraud. We also use behavioral data, which we define as information we glean from merchant behavior as they apply to us for loans, such as self-reported use of proceeds, choice of loan parameters and signals in bank and cash flow data such as frequent overdraft penalties to evaluate risk of default. In total, our platform can aggregate and analyze over 2,000 unique data points from over 100 sources per application. We believe that the aggregation and analysis of a myriad of business-specific data by our platform provides applicants the opportunity to have the current health of their business evaluated with better accuracy.

Stage 3: Credit Assessment

In order to efficiently screen applicants, we designed an initial qualification phase to review basic information regarding a prospective customer that has been submitted with the application or gathered by us from available sources. Once complete, either the prospective customer’s loan application proceeds to the next phase of the underwriting process or the prospective customer is notified of the decision to decline its application.

Following initial qualification, we initiate a credit review utilizing our proprietary risk scoring model and decisioning system to generate an OnDeck Score for the prospective customer that drives the decision whether to extend credit. Our proprietary credit-scoring model and decisioning system, developed by our credit analytics team, is routinely monitored, tested and validated by our risk management team. Following the generation of the OnDeck Score, either the prospective customer will be notified of the decision to decline its application for failing to meet minimum requirements or the loan application will undergo a separate proprietary system analysis of the business’s operating cash flows.

Following credit evaluation and analysis of the business’s operating cash flows, we will either (i) auto-approve the customer for a small business loan with one or more approved sets of loan characteristics, (ii) have our underwriting team review the loan application or (iii) decline the prospective customer’s loan application. Most of the loans we make to our customers are auto-approved and do not require manual underwriting. Our team reviews loan applications when our credit underwriting system determines additional information or verification is needed to complete the credit decisioning process. Following this review, our underwriting team will (i) approve the prospective customer for a small business loan with one or more approved (or revised) sets of loan characteristics, (ii) decline to make any revisions to an existing loan offer or (iii) decline the prospective customer’s loan application. Our underwriting team is located in our Arlington, Virginia office.

Our platform enables us to automate a significant portion of the credit assessment process, reducing the personal time commitment necessary for an applicant to receive a funding decision and accelerating the time to funding.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Loans purchased from our issuing bank partner are priced and offered to the customer using rates and parameters set by the issuing bank partner and recommended by us. The pricing set by our issuing bank partner is generally consistent with OnDeck’s pricing. Loans purchased from our issuing bank partner are originated on our platform as approved by the issuing partner and underwritten using the issuing bank partner’s underwriting criteria. We are aware of such criteria when we recommend loans to the issuing bank partner, and the underwriting criteria used by the issuing bank partner are substantially similar to the criteria used for loans originated on our platform.

Stage 4: Approval and Funding

Before we approve a loan, our platform automatically checks the identity of the prospective customer for compliance with “Know Your Customer,” OFAC terrorist watch list and Politically Exposed Persons regulations. Once this step and the other approval steps have been satisfactorily completed, the loan application is approved. Following approval of a loan application, we make a loan agreement available online for the prospective customer’s review and approval. We generally file a lien against all of the assets of a business. Upon execution of the loan agreement by the small business and execution of a personal guarantee by the small business owner, we advance loan proceeds either by wire transfer or through an ACH payment directly to the same business bank account analyzed to underwrite the loan. In accordance with applicable loan payment schedules, we generally begin debiting the customer’s business bank account for loan repayments on the following business day.

Stage 5: Servicing and Collections

We utilize an automated process for collecting scheduled loan payments from our customers. Each customer authorizes us to debit their business bank account by ACH for the transfer of scheduled loan payments. The business’s operating account used to underwrite the business loan is required to be the designated bank account used for the ACH debit process. Upon loan origination, we establish the payment schedule to be either each business day or weekly with payment occurring on a set business day.

We use the loan servicing platform to monitor and track payment activity. With built-in payment tracking functionality and automated missed payment notifications, the loan servicing platform allows us to monitor performance of outstanding loans on a real-time basis. We service all loans on our platform regardless of funding source. We have a committed backup servicer in place that has the ability to take over and service our loan portfolio in the event we are unable to do so on our platform. The backup servicer receives regular information regarding our loan portfolio so it can quickly ramp up to perform backup servicing if needed. To date, we have not had to activate backup servicing capabilities.

We have developed a strategy to optimize the collections process for delinquent loans. Upon becoming one day delinquent, a loan enters our collections process. Our collections process is divided into distinct stages based on the delinquency severity of the applicable loan, which dictates the level of collection steps taken. Generally, loans progress through the collection cycle based upon the number of days past due but can be accelerated based on specific circumstances. In certain circumstances, delinquent customers may enter a workout program designed by the collections team to be a temporary modification of the delinquent business’s payment schedule. We have an internal collections team and we also use certain third party service providers for the same purpose. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, fees paid to these service providers were less than $30,000. We are currently selling the majority of our charged-off loans to established and reputable third-party collection agencies. These agencies purchase charged-off loans in exchange for a fee calculated based on the percentage of the unpaid loan balance and seek to collect payment on such loans after they have been purchased.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Our Subsidiaries

We currently have five active subsidiaries, each of which is wholly-owned by On Deck Capital, Inc. These subsidiaries perform the following functions:

 

    On Deck Asset Company, LLC . This special purpose vehicle is the borrower under a current asset-backed revolving debt facility.

 

    OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC.  This special purpose vehicle is the borrower under a current asset-backed revolving debt facility.

 

    Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC . This special purpose vehicle is the borrower under a current asset-backed revolving debt facility.

 

    OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC.  This special purpose vehicle is the borrower under a current asset-backed revolving debt facility.

 

    OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC.  This special purpose vehicle is the issuer under our current asset-backed securitization facility.

See the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Description of Indebtedness” for more information regarding these five subsidiaries.

Our Risk Management

Our management team has operated the business through both strong and weak economic environments and has developed significant risk management experience and protocols. Accordingly, we employ a rigorous, comprehensive and programmatic approach to risk management that is ingrained in our business. The objectives of our risk management program are to:

 

    manage the risks of the company, including developing and maintaining systems and internal controls to identify, approve, measure, monitor, report and prevent risks;

 

    foster a strong risk-centric mindset across the company; and

 

    control and plan for credit risk-taking consistent with expectations.

We accomplish these risk management objectives both structurally, through product and platform features, as well as by employing a team of risk management professionals focused on credit and portfolio risks and broader enterprise risks.

The structural protections inherent in our products and technology platform enable us to provide real-time risk monitoring and management. From an underwriting perspective, we make credit decisions based on real-time performance data about our small business customers. We believe that the data and analytics powering the OnDeck Score can predict the creditworthiness of a small business better than models that rely solely on the personal credit score of the small business owner. Our analysis suggests that the current iteration of our proprietary credit-scoring model has become 85% more accurate at predicting bad credit risk in small businesses across a range of credit risk profiles than personal credit scores alone.

In addition, because our products generally require automated payback each business day and allow for ongoing data collection, we obtain early-warning indicators that provide a high degree of visibility not just on individual loans, but also macro portfolio trends. Insights gleaned from such real-time performance data enable us to be agile and adapt quickly to changing conditions. Furthermore, the loans we originate are generally short term in nature. This rapid amortization and recovery of amounts loaned limits our overall loss exposure.

 

-101-


Table of Contents

Organizationally, we have a risk management committee, comprised of members of our board of directors, that meets regularly to examine credit risks and enterprise risks of the company. We also have several subcommittees of our risk management committee that are comprised of members of our management team that monitor credit risks, enterprise risks and other risks of the company.

In addition, we have teams of non-management employees within the company that monitor these and other risks. Our credit risk team is responsible for portfolio management, ALLL forecasting, credit model validation and underwriting performance. This team engages in numerous risk management activities, including reporting on performance trends, monitoring of portfolio concentrations and stability, performing economic stress tests on our portfolio, randomly auditing underwriting processes and loan decisions and conducting peer benchmarking and exogenous risk assessments.

Our enterprise risk team focuses on the following additional risks:

 

    ensuring our IT systems, security protocols, and business continuity plans are well established, reviewed and tested;

 

    establishing and testing internal controls with respect to financial reporting; and

 

    regularly reviewing the regulatory environment to ensure compliance with existing laws and anticipate future regulatory changes that may impact us.

In addition, our management team closely monitors our competitive landscape in order to assess any competitive threats. Finally, from a capital availability perspective, we employ a diverse and scalable funding strategy that allows us to access debt facilities, the securitization markets and institutional capital through our OnDeck Marketplace, reducing our dependence on any one source of capital.

Our Information Technology and Security

Our network is configured with multiple layers of security to isolate our databases from unauthorized access. We use sophisticated security protocols for communication among applications and we encrypt private information, such as an applicant’s Social Security number. All of our public and private APIs and websites use Secure Sockets Layer.

Our systems infrastructure is deployed on a private cloud hosted in co-located redundant data centers in New Jersey and Colorado. We believe that we have enough physical capacity to support our operations for the foreseeable future. We have multiple layers of redundancy to ensure reliability of network service and have a 99.99% uptime. We also have a working data redundancy model with comprehensive backups of our databases and software taken nightly.

Our Intellectual Property

We protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, trade dress, domain names, copyrights, trade secrets and patents, as well as contractual provisions and restrictions on access to our proprietary technology.

We have five provisional patent applications pending in the United States that seek to protect proprietary techniques relevant to our products and services. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it will be beneficial.

We currently have six patent applications pending before the United States Patent and Trademark Office (five provisional and one non-provisional) that seek to protect proprietary techniques relevant to our products and services. The patent applications relate to how loans progress through our automated platform, verification of borrower identification, fraud detection and the use and verification of certain data in our proprietary OnDeck Score. A pending

 

-102-


Table of Contents

patent does not provide any meaningful intellectual property protection unless the patent is ultimately issued. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it will be beneficial.

We have registered trademarks in the United States and Canada for “OnDeck,” “OnDeck Score,” “OnDeck Marketplace,” the OnDeck logo and many other trademarks. We also have filed other trademark applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it will be beneficial.

We are the registered holder of a variety of domestic and international domain names that include OnDeck.com and similar names as well as businessloans.com.

In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality and intellectual property rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners. Our employees and contractors are also subject to invention assignment provisions.

Our Employees

As of September 30, 2014, we had 369 full-time employees, including 94 in technology, 160 in sales, 74 in servicing and 41 in general and administrative functions. As of September 30, 2014, we had 227 employees in our New York office, 74 employees in our Denver office, 64 employees in our Arlington, Virginia office and 4 employees in remote locations.

We are proud of our culture, which is anchored by four key values:

 

Ingenuity

   We create new solutions to old problems. We imagine what’s possible and seek out innovation and technology to reinvent small business financing and delight our customers.

Passion

   We think big and act boldly. We care intensely about each other, our company, and the small businesses we serve.

Openness

   We are collaborative and accessible. We know that the best outcomes come when we work together.

Impact

   We focus on results. We are committed to making every day count and constantly strive to improve our business. We work to make a difference to small businesses, their customers and our employees.

We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and we have not had any work stoppages. Additionally, none of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

Government Regulation

We are affected by laws and regulations that apply to businesses in general, as well as to commercial lending. This includes a range of laws, regulations and standards that address information security, data protection, privacy, licensing and interest rates, among other things. However, because we are only engaged in commercial lending and do not make any consumer loans or take deposits, we are subject to fewer regulations than businesses involved in those activities.

State Lending Regulations

Interest Rate Regulations

Although the federal government does not regulate the maximum interest rates that may be charged on commercial loan transactions, some states have enacted commercial rate laws specifying the maximum legal

 

-103-


Table of Contents

interest rate at which loans can be made in the state. We only originate commercial loans and do so under Virginia law. Virginia does not have rate limitations on commercial loans or licensing requirements for commercial lenders. Our underwriting, servicing, operations and collections teams are headquartered in Arlington, Virginia, and that is where the commercial loan contacts are made. All loans originated directly by us provide that they are to be governed by Virginia law. With respect to loans where we work with a partner or issuing bank, the partner bank may utilize the law of the jurisdiction applicable to the bank in connection with its commercial loans.

Licensing Requirements

We are not currently required to have licenses to operate our commercial loan program. While some states have licensing requirements in connection with commercial lending, Virginia does not. Our loans provide that they are to be governed by Virginia law, and as a result we are not required to be licensed.

Federal Lending Regulations

We are a commercial lender and as such there are federal laws and regulations that affect our, and other lenders’ lending operations. These laws include, among others, portions of the Dodd Frank Act, Anti-Money Laundering requirements (Bank Secrecy Act and USA PATRIOT Act), Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Privacy Regulations (Right to Financial Privacy Act), Telephone Consumer Protection Act, and requirements relating to unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices.

Competition

The small business lending market is competitive and fragmented. We expect competition to continue to increase in the future. We believe the principal factors that generally determine a company’s competitive advantage in our market include the following:

 

    ease of process to apply for a loan;

 

    brand recognition and trust;

 

    loan features, including rate, term and pay-back method;

 

    loan product fit for business purpose;

 

    transparent description of key terms;

 

    effectiveness of customer acquisition; and

 

    customer experience.

Our principal competitors include traditional banks, legacy merchant cash advance providers, and newer, technology-enabled lenders.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in New York, New York, where we lease approximately 35,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in 2023. We also lease approximately 11,000 square feet of office space in Arlington, Virginia for our underwriting, servicing, collections and operations headquarters under a lease that expires in 2018 and an approximately 12,500 square foot sales office in Denver, Colorado under a lease that expires in March 2019.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, such as proceedings to collect on delinquent loans. We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of September 30, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers

     

Noah Breslow (4)

     39       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

James Hobson

     38       Chief Operating Officer

Howard Katzenberg

     36       Chief Financial Officer

Cory Kampfer

     37       General Counsel

Key Employees

     

Andrea Gellert

     45       Senior Vice President of Marketing

Zhengyuan Lu

     42       Senior Vice President of Capital Markets

Pamela Rice

     52       Senior Vice President of Technology

Paul Rosen

     47       Senior Vice President of Sales

Krishna Venkatraman

     51       Senior Vice President of Analytics

Non-Employee Directors

     

James D. Robinson III (2)

     78       Lead Independent Director

David Hartwig (1)(3)

     41       Director

J. Sanford Miller (2)(3)

     65       Director

Jane J. Thompson (1)(4)

     63       Director

Ronald F. Verni (2)(3)

     66       Director

Neil E. Wolfson (1)(4)

     50       Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee
(2) Member of the compensation committee
(3) Member of the corporate governance and nominating committee
(4) Member of the risk management committee

Executive Officers

Noah Breslow has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since June 2012 and as our Chief Operating Officer from October 2011 to June 2012, our Chief Product Officer from October 2009 to September 2011, our Senior Vice President, Products and Technology from March 2008 to September 2009, and our Vice President, Products and Technology from June 2007 to February 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Breslow was Vice President of Marketing and Product Management for Tacit Networks, Inc., a provider of wide area network optimization solutions, from December 2003 through January 2007. Mr. Breslow holds an S.B. in Computer Science and Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. with distinction from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Breslow is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial operational and business strategy expertise gained from serving as our Chief Executive Officer and because of his extensive experience in the technology industry.

James Hobson has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2012 and as our Senior Vice President, Strategic Partnerships and Platform Solutions from July 2011 to June 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hobson was with Iqor, Inc., a global business process outsourcing company, from November 2008 to July 2011, where he served in various executive positions, most recently as Senior Vice President, Technology Operations. Mr. Hobson holds a B.A. in Economics from Hamilton College and an M.B.A. with high distinction from Harvard Business School.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

Howard Katzenberg has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2012 and has led our finance department since 2009. From March 2008 to October 2009, he served in various other financial and strategic roles for the Company. Prior to joining us, Mr. Katzenberg was a consultant for Swift Financial Corporation, a small business lending firm, from December 2006 to January 2008. In addition, Mr. Katzenberg worked at American Express Company, where he worked in OPEN, its small business division, as well as the company’s venture capital group from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Katzenberg holds a B.S. in Business from Cornell University—Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Cory Kampfer has served as our General Counsel since November 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kampfer was an associate at Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP from February 2007 to November 2011. Mr. Kampfer holds a B.B.A. in International Business from the University of Georgia, where he graduated First in Class, an M.B.A. from Duke’s Fuqua School of Business and a J.D. from the Duke University School of Law.

Key Employees

Andrea Gellert has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing since November 2012. Prior to joining us, Ms. Gellert was Vice President of Client Services and Operations at Group Commerce Inc., an e-commerce platform for publishers, from September 2011 to October 2012. From July 2008 to September 2011, Ms. Gellert served as Vice President, Customer Experience and Retention, OPEN at American Express Company, a multinational financial services company. Ms. Gellert holds an A.B. in History and Literature from Harvard College, magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

Zhengyuan Lu has served as our Senior Vice President of Capital Markets since April 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lu was the Managing Director of Capital Markets at Rayemark Investment Management from February 2009 to September 2012 when it was acquired by Gleacher & Company where he served as Managing Director of Asset Finance Banking until March 2013. From 2007 to 2009, he was the Managing Director and head of Structured Products at Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. Mr. Lu holds a B.S. in Economics and Computer Science from Middlebury College, and was elected Phi Beta Kappa.

Pamela Rice  has served as our Senior Vice President of Technology since March 2014. Prior to joining us, Ms. Rice was an early senior technologist and led credit product development at Bill Me Later, Inc. from July 2005 until it was acquired by PayPal, Inc., a subsidiary of eBay, Inc. in October 2008. She led Credit Underwriting including Global Credit Technology at PayPal, Inc., from October 2008 to February 2014. Ms. Rice holds a B.A. from the University of Hawaii, an M.S. in Information Systems from Johns Hopkins University and an Executive M.B.A. from Loyola University.

Paul Rosen has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since May 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rosen was Vice President of Sales for Ovation Payroll Services, a payroll outsourcing company, from March 2003 to May 2011. Mr. Rosen holds a B.S. in Marketing from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Krishna Venkatraman has served as our Senior Vice President of Analytics since October 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Venkatraman was Chief Scientist at Calmsea, Inc., a provider of social customer analytics to digital marketers, from October 2012 to October 2013. From November 2008 to September 2012, Mr. Venkatraman was Director, Advanced Data Sciences, at Intuit Inc., a financial and tax preparation software company. Mr. Venkatraman holds a Bachelor of Engineering from the College of Engineering, Pune, India, an M.S. in Operations Research from the University of Texas at Austin and a Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering from Stanford University.

Board of Directors

James D. Robinson III is our lead independent director and has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2007. Mr. Robinson has been a General Partner of RRE Ventures, a venture capital firm he

 

-106-


Table of Contents

co-founded, and our largest stockholder, since August 1994. He also serves as President of J.D. Robinson, Inc., a strategic advisory firm. Mr. Robinson served as non-executive Chairman of the Board of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company from June 2005 to May 2008. Prior to joining Bristol-Myers Squibb, Mr. Robinson served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American Express Company for more than sixteen years. He currently serves as a director of the Coca-Cola Company, a multinational beverage company. Mr. Robinson holds a B.S. in Industrial Management from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Robinson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial public company leadership and corporate governance experience, high level of financial literacy, and distinguished career in the banking, finance and venture capital industries, including over 20 years of experience at American Express Company.

David Hartwig has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2010. Since January 2011, Mr. Hartwig has been a Managing Director of Sapphire Ventures (f/k/a SAP Ventures), a venture capital firm he joined in November 2006. Mr. Hartwig holds a B.S.E. in Operations Research with honors from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley.

We believe Mr. Hartwig is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his significant corporate finance and business expertise gained from his experience in the venture capital industry, including his time spent serving on the boards of directors of various private technology companies.

J. Sanford Miller has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013. Since April 2006, Mr. Miller has been a General Partner of Institutional Venture Partners, or IVP, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining IVP, Mr. Miller was a Senior Partner with 3i, a venture capital firm, from July 2001 to April 2006. Earlier in his career, Mr. Miller was a technology investment banker, management consultant and corporate lawyer. Mr. Miller previously served as a member of the board of directors for Vonage Holdings, Corp., a provider of broadband phone services, and FleetMatics Group PLC, a provider of GPS tracking applications, and currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Care.com, Inc., an online marketplace for care providers. Mr. Miller holds a B.A. in Speech and Drama from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. and J.D. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Miller is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive corporate governance, corporate finance and business development expertise gained from his distinguished career in the venture capital and technology industries and from his experience serving on the boards of several public companies.

Jane J. Thompson has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2014. Ms. Thompson has been the Chief Executive Officer of Jane J. Thompson Financial Services LLC, a management consulting firm that she founded, since July 2011. Ms. Thompson served as President, Financial Services, of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., from May 2002 to June 2011. Previously, she led the Sears Credit, Sears Home Services and Sears Online groups within Sears, Roebuck & Company, and was a partner with McKinsey & Company, Inc. advising consumer companies. She currently serves as a director of The Fresh Market, Inc., a specialty food retailer, Navient Corporation, a loan management, servicing and asset recovery company, and VeriFone Systems, Inc., a provider of electronic payment solutions. She has also served as an advisor to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau since September 2012. Ms. Thompson holds a B.B.A. in Marketing from the University of Cincinnati and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe Ms. Thompson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her experience in mass-market consumer financial services and over 30 years in senior executive and management positions with large, publicly traded companies, combined with additional leadership roles serving as advisor to regulatory and not-for-profit agencies. This experience, as well as Ms. Thompson’s service as a director of public companies, enables her to bring expertise in the areas of operation and finance, financial services and consumer insights.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

Ronald F. Verni has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2012. Mr. Verni has mentored startup companies and worked with high technology incubator entities since July 2008. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Corrigo, Inc., a software as a service, or SaaS, company, from January 2008 to June 2008. From September 1999 to October 2007, Mr. Verni was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sage Software, Inc., a management and software services company, and a member of the board of directors of the Sage Group, plc. Mr. Verni currently serves on the board of directors of Craneware plc. Mr. Verni holds a B.S. in Engineering and Management from Clarkson University.

We believe Mr. Verni is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his public company leadership and corporate governance experience and his business strategy expertise gained from his substantial experience in the technology industry.

Neil E. Wolfson has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Since January 2009, Mr. Wolfson has been President of SF Capital Group, LLC, an investment firm. From July 2004 to December 2008, Mr. Wolfson served as Chief Investment Officer and President of Wilmington Trust Investment Management, an investment management firm. Earlier in his career, Mr. Wolfson was a partner at KPMG LLP, an audit, tax and advisory services firm, and the Chief Investment Officer of the Analytical Investment Strategies Group and Managing Director of the PRIME Asset Consulting Group at Kidder, Peabody and Co., a securities firm. Mr. Wolfson is a chartered financial analyst and holds a B.S. in Management and an M.B.A. in Finance from New York University.

We believe Mr. Wolfson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive corporate finance experience gained from his time in the investment management industry.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

    J. Sanford Miller was elected as the designee nominated by holders of a majority of shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock owned by certain parties to our amended and restated voting agreement;

 

    David Hartwig was elected as one of the designees of the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock;

 

    Neil Wolfson was elected as one of the designees of the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock;

 

    James D. Robinson III was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock;

 

    Jane J. Thompson was elected as the designee of the holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock;

 

    Noah Breslow was elected as the designee reserved for the person serving as our Chief Executive Officer; and

 

    Ronald F. Verni was elected as one of the designees of the holders of our convertible preferred stock and common stock.

Our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven directors, six of whom will qualify as “independent” under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the completion of this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes

 

-108-


Table of Contents

with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be David Hartwig and Neil Wolfson, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

    the Class II directors will be J. Sanford Miller and James D. Robinson III, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Noah Breslow, Jane J. Thompson and Ronald Verni, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors determined that Ms. Thompson and Messrs. Robinson, Hartwig, Miller, Verni and Wolfson do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party and Other Transactions.”

Board Committees

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and a risk management committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee, established in February 2008, is comprised of Neil E. Wolfson, David Hartwig and Jane J. Thompson. Mr. Wolfson serves as our audit committee chairperson. Neil E. Wolfson, David Hartwig and Jane J. Thompson meet the requirements for independence of audit committee members under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the current listing standards. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public

 

-109-


Table of Contents

offering. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Wolfson is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

    reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

    preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    overseeing our internal audit function;

 

    reviewing related party transactions; and

 

    establishing and overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of accounting related complaints and the confidential submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee, established in February 2008, is comprised of James D. Robinson III, J. Sanford Miller and Ronald F. Verni. Mr. Robinson serves as our compensation committee chairperson. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code. The purpose of our compensation committee is to oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers and employees. The responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

    overseeing our overall compensation philosophy and compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

    reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus (including the specific goals and amounts), equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements, change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

    to the extent determined appropriate by the compensation committee, reviewing, approving and/or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to employee compensation and overseeing equity compensation for our service providers;

 

    preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    administering our equity compensation plans.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee, established in September 2014, is comprised of J. Sanford Miller, David Hartwig and Ronald F. Verni. Mr. Miller serves as our corporate governance and nominating committee chairperson. The composition of our corporate governance and nominating committee meets the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The responsibilities of our corporate governance and nominating committee include, among other things:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding our corporate governance guidelines;

 

    reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors; and

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding director compensation.

Our corporate governance and nominating committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Risk Management Committee

Our risk management committee, established in September 2014, is comprised of Noah Breslow, Jane J. Thompson and Neil E. Wolfson. Mr. Breslow serves as our risk management committee chairperson. The responsibilities of our risk management committee include, among other things:

 

    overseeing our risk governance framework and reviewing our policies and practices on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing management’s implementation of risk policies and procedures to assess their effectiveness;

 

    reviewing our risk appetite and risk tolerance, methods of risk measurement, risk limits, and the guidelines for monitoring and mitigating such risks;

 

    reviewing with management the categories of risk we face, including risk concentrations and risk interrelationships, likelihood of occurrence, and potential impact;

 

    evaluating reports regarding our risks, our management function, and the results of risk management reviews and assessments; and

 

    reviewing and discussing with management our risks, our management function and its effectiveness, and coordinating with management subcommittees regarding oversight of certain categories of risk determined by the risk management committee.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Our risk management committee will operate under a written charter that will be effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at www.ondeck.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the year ended December 31, 2013, one member of our compensation committee, Mr. Breslow, our Chief Executive Officer, was an employee. No current member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In the year ended December 31, 2013, we did not pay any fees to, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to or pay any other compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors. During the year ended December 31, 2013, one director, Mr. Breslow, our Chief Executive Officer, was an employee. Mr. Breslow’s compensation is discussed in the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

Our board of directors has granted equity awards from time to time to two of our non-employee directors as compensation for their service as directors. On June 13, 2012, we granted Mr. Verni an option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.85 per share. One-fourth of the shares subject to the option vested on May 13, 2013 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest in equal monthly installments thereafter. If Mr. Verni is terminated from his position as a director in connection with a change of control, the shares subject to the option will fully vest.

On August 15, 2014, we granted Ms. Thompson an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $21.32 per share in connection with her appointment as a director. The option will vest in 48 equal monthly installments. If Ms. Thompson is terminated from her position as a director in connection with a change in control, the shares subject to the option will fully vest. In addition, Ms. Thompson will receive an annual cash retainer of $40,000 for her service as a director, to be paid quarterly.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

In October 2014, our board of directors approved our Outside Director Compensation Policy. Members of our board of directors who are not employees are eligible for awards under the Outside Director Compensation Policy. The Outside Director Compensation Policy is effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Under the Outside Director Compensation Policy, outside directors will receive compensation in the form of equity and cash, as described below:

Cash Compensation

Each year, each outside director will receive a cash retainer of $30,000 for serving on the board of directors.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

The chairpersons and non-chair members of the board’s four standing committees will be entitled to the following cash retainers each year (paid quarterly):

 

Board Committee

   Chairperson
Retainer
     Non-Chair Member
Retainer
 

Audit Committee

   $ 17,000       $ 7,500   

Compensation Committee

     10,000         5,000   

Risk Management Committee

     10,000         5,000   

Nominating and Governance Committee

     6,000         2,500   

Equity Compensation

Upon joining the board, each newly elected outside director will receive an equity award of either stock options or restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $330,000. This award will vest generally over a four-year period, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning with our 2015 annual meeting, each outside director will receive an equity award of either stock options or restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $150,000. This award will fully vest upon the earlier of the 12-month anniversary of the grant date or the next annual meeting, in each case, subject to continued service through the vesting date.

Notwithstanding the vesting schedules described above, the vesting of each equity award will accelerate in full upon a change in control.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for 2013, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

    Noah Breslow, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    James Hobson, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

    Howard Katzenberg, our Chief Financial Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
    All Other
Compensation (3)
    Total  

Noah Breslow

    2013      $ 265,000 (4)     $      $ 406,885      $ 144,000      $ 44      $ 815,929   

Chief Executive Officer

             

James Hobson

    2013        273,125 (5)              42,915        197,080 (6)       44        513,164   

Chief Operating Officer

             

Howard Katzenberg

    2013        233,336 (7)       65,000 (8)       237,885        94,139        44        630,404   

Chief Financial Officer

             

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during 2013 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 2 to our financial statements included at the end of this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
(2) The reported amounts represent payments earned under the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan as discussed under the section below titled “—2013 Annual Incentive Plan.”
(3) The reported amounts represent amounts paid on behalf of the named executive officers for basic life insurance.
(4) Mr. Breslow’s annual salary was increased to $300,000 effective August 2013.
(5) Mr. Hobson’s annual salary was increased to $275,000 effective February 2013.
(6) The reported amount includes $83,786 earned under Mr. Hobson’s commission arrangement as discussed under the section titled “—Executive Employment Arrangements—James Hobson.”
(7) Mr. Katzenberg’s annual salary was increased to $250,000 effective September 2013.
(8) Mr. Katzenberg received a discretionary spot bonus for certain achievements during 2013.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Noah Breslow

We entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Noah Breslow, our Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Breslow is an at-will employee. Mr. Breslow’s annual base salary was $300,000 from August 2013 until September 2014, during which time he was eligible for annual incentive payments at a target level of $180,000. Effective September 1, 2014, Mr. Breslow’s annual base salary was increased to $315,000, and he is eligible for annual incentive payments at a target level of $236,250. In addition, we entered into a severance and change in control agreement with Mr. Breslow.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

James Hobson

We entered into a confirmatory offer letter with James Hobson, our Chief Operating Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Hobson is an at-will employee. Mr. Hobson’s annual base salary was $275,000 from February 2013 until September 2014 during which time he was eligible for annual incentive payments at a target level of $123,750. Effective September 1, 2014, Mr. Hobson’s annual base salary was increased to $300,000, and he is eligible for annual incentive payments at a target level of $150,000. In addition, we entered into a severance and change in control agreement with Mr. Hobson.

Mr. Hobson had an individual commission arrangement for a portion of 2013. Pursuant to his individual commission arrangement, Mr. Hobson received a payment of $83,786, which was equal to a certain percentage of net revenue of loans originated through our platform channel in 2013. This commission amount is included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. This commission arrangement ceased in August 2013.

Howard Katzenberg

We entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Howard Katzenberg, our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Katzenberg is an at-will employee. Mr. Katzenberg’s annual base salary was $250,000 from September 2013 until September 2014, during which time he was eligible for annual incentive payments at a target level of $100,000. Effective September 1, 2014, Mr. Katzenberg’s annual base salary was increased to $275,000, and he is eligible for annual incentive payments at a target level of $137,500. In addition, we entered into a severance and change in control agreement with Mr. Katzenberg.

2013 Annual Incentive Plan

For 2013, our named executive officers received non-equity incentive plan compensation under our 2013 Annual Incentive Plan based on achievement against company and personal objectives. Payouts were made bi-annually in August 2013 and February 2014 based on performance for two semi-annual periods. The amount of the payouts to our named executive officers was solely measured based on company performance as our named executive officers were deemed to achieve a median personal performance grade. Each named executive officer was capped at annual payments of 120% of his target amount. The company objectives for 2013 were financial metrics (including total units, new units, origination volume, operating income and revenue) and key company goals (including growth and expansion milestones). For the first half of 2013, each named executive officer received non-equity incentive plan compensation equal to 100% of his semi-annual target. For the second half of 2013, each named executive officer received non-equity incentive plan compensation equal to 120% of his semi-annual target. The aggregate amount of non-equity incentive plan compensation paid to each named executive officer for 2013 is set forth in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. A participant must generally be employed at the time an award is paid in order to receive a payment.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Noah Breslow

     09/09/2008 (1)       207,996                 0.53         09/09/2018   
     02/12/2010 (2)       62,291         2,709         0.53         02/12/2020   
     10/06/2011 (2)       110,500         93,500         0.75         10/06/2021   
     06/26/2012 (2)       175,182         291,970         0.85         06/26/2022   
     08/01/2013 (2)               475,000         1.36         08/01/2023   

James Hobson

     07/11/2011 (2)       67,250         80,750         0.75         07/11/2021   
     06/26/2012 (2)       21,897         36,497         0.85         06/26/2022   
     09/01/2013 (2)               50,000         1.36         09/01/2023   

Howard Katzenberg

     11/16/2009 (1)       1,250                 0.53         11/16/2019   
     02/12/2010 (2)               2,500         0.53         02/12/2020   
     12/08/2011 (2)               65,000         0.75         12/08/2021   
     10/25/2013 (2)               75,000         1.36         10/25/2023   

 

(1) Shares subject to the option are fully vested and exercisable.
(2) One-fourth of the shares subject to the option vested on the one year anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change In Control

Change in Control and Severance Agreements

In October 2014, our compensation committee approved change in control and severance agreements, or change in control agreements, for our named executive officers, which require us to make specific payments and benefits in connection with the termination of their employment under certain circumstances. These change in control agreements superseded any other agreement or arrangement relating to severance benefits with these named executive officers or any terms of their option agreements related to vesting acceleration or other similar severance-related terms. The descriptions that follow describe such payments and benefits that may be owed by us to each of our named executive officers upon the named executive officer’s termination under certain circumstances.

The change in control agreements remain in effect for an initial term of three years. At the end of the initial term, each agreement will automatically renew for an additional one-year period unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal within 90 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. The change in control agreements also acknowledge that each executive officer is an at-will employee, whose employment can be terminated at any time.

In order to receive the severance benefits described below, each named executive officer is obligated to execute a release of claims against us, provided such release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable no later than 60 days following such named executive officer’s termination date, and to continue to comply with the terms of applicable proprietary agreements and other post-employment restrictive covenants.

In the event of a termination of employment without “cause” (as generally defined below) outside of the “change in control period” (as generally defined below), a named executive officer will receive the following:

 

    continued payments of base salary for 6 months (or 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer);

 

-116-


Table of Contents
    payment of the target bonus for the year of termination, pro-rated based on time served;

 

    paid COBRA benefits for 6 months (or 12 months for our Chief Executive Officer); and

 

    for our Chief Executive Officer only, accelerated vesting of 50% of our Chief Executive Officer’s then-unvested stock options.

In the event of a termination of employment without cause or a resignation for “good reason” (as generally defined below) during the “change of control period”, a named executive officer will receive the following:

 

    a lump-sum payment of 12 months of base salary;

 

    a lump-sum payment equal to 100% of the target bonus;

 

    paid COBRA benefits for 12 months; and

 

    100% acceleration of equity awards.

In the event any payment to one of our named executive officers is subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code), the executive officer will be entitled to receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

For the purpose of the severance agreements, “cause” means generally the occurrence of any of the following:

 

    an act of dishonesty by executive in connection with executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

 

    the executive’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement;

 

    the executive’s gross misconduct;

 

    the unauthorized use or disclosure by the executive of our proprietary information or trade secrets or any other party to whom the executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the executive’s relationship with us;

 

    the executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us;

 

    the executive’s failure to cooperate with an investigation by a governmental authority; or

 

    the executive’s continued failure to perform his duties after notice and a cure period.

For the purpose of the change in control agreements, “good reason” means generally an executive’s voluntary termination following the expiration of any cure period following the occurrence of one or more of the following without the executive’s consent:

 

    a material reduction of the executive’s duties, authorities or responsibilities;

 

    a material reduction of the executive’s base salary; or

 

    a material change in the geographic location of executive’s primary work facility or location.

For the purpose of the change in control agreements, “change in control period” means generally the period beginning three months prior to, and ending 12 months following, a change in control.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options,

 

-117-


Table of Contents

within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2014 Plan is (i)                 shares of our common stock plus (ii) shares returned that would otherwise return to our Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, after the effectiveness of the 2014 Plan, as the result of the expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (ii) is         shares). In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2016 and ending immediately following fiscal 2020, equal to the least of:

 

                    shares of our common stock;

 

    4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year, which is referred to as the threshold percentage;

 

    a percentage equal to the threshold percentage, plus the difference between the threshold percentage and the percentage added to the 2014 Plan for each prior fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited to or repurchased due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2014 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2014 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2014 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will cease to be available under the 2014 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

Plan Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the compensation committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2014 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Rule 16b-3), such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2014 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options . Stock options may be granted under our 2014 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns

 

-118-


Table of Contents

more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals and/or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include achievement of specified performance criteria and/or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment; provided, however, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The administrator determines, in its sole discretion, whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both.

Performance Units and Performance Shares. Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved and any other applicable vesting provisions are satisfied. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors. Our 2014 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2014 Plan. In connection with our initial public offering, we intend to adopt a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under the 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan provides that in any given year, a non-employee director will not receive (i) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service; and (ii) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service, in each case, as determined under generally accepted accounting procedures.

Non-Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2014 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate in 2024, unless we terminate it sooner.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP. The ESPP will become effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.

Authorized Shares. A total of                  shares of our common stock will be available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2015, equal to the lesser of:

 

    1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year;

 

-120-


Table of Contents
                    shares of our common stock; or

 

    such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration. Our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. The administrator has authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determining eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the Plan, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own stock representing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

    holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

Offering Periods. Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for six-month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after March 15th and September 15th of each year, except that the first offering period commenced on the first trading day following the effective date of the registration statement in connection with this offering. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Payroll Deductions. Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings and commissions. A participant may purchase a maximum of 5,000 shares during an offering period.

Exercise of Option. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger, change in control or another corporate event (as defined in our 2007 Plan), the administrator in its sole discretion may provide that: (i) awards be assumed in the corporate event; (ii) awards be accelerated in the corporate event, (iii) awards be terminated in connection with the corporate event in exchange for a cash payment; or (iv) awards be replaced with a cash incentive program payable on the same vesting schedule as the award.

Amendment, Termination. Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2034, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders adopted our Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2007 Plan, in December 2007. Our 2007 Plan was most recently amended and restated in October 2014.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Authorized Shares. Our 2007 Plan will be terminated in connection with our initial public offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under this plan. Our 2007 Plan continues to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. Our 2007 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and restricted stock. As of September 30, 2014, options to purchase 4,985,401 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under our 2007 Plan.

Plan Administration. The compensation committee administers the 2007 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2007 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2007 Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator will be final, conclusive and binding on all participants.

Options. Stock options were available for grant under our 2007 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options is determined by the administrator. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash or cash equivalents or other consideration acceptable to the administrator in its discretion. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, the participant may generally exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for generally 90 days after termination. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will generally remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for at least 12 months. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. If termination is as a result of cause (as defined in our 2007 Plan), then an option immediately expires.

Restricted Stock and Other Stock Based Awards. Restricted stock and other stock-based awards were available for grant under our 2007 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. The administrator also reserved the right to grant other stock-based awards in its discretion. To date, we have not granted any restricted stock or other stock-based awards under the 2007 Plan.

Competitive Activities . If an award holder engages in any competitive activity (as defined in our 2007 Plan) during his or her term of service or during the 6-month period thereafter, then the administrator in its sole discretion may (i) require awards to be forfeited and returned to us without additional consideration, (ii) require shares acquired on vesting or exercise within the 12-month period prior to the date of such competitive activity be forfeited and returned to us without additional consideration and (iii) require repayment of any profit from the sale of shares within the 12-month period prior to the date of such competitive activity.

Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the number of shares covered by outstanding awards, and the exercise price of outstanding awards will be proportionately adjusted.

Merger, Change in Control or other Corporate Event. In the event of a merger, change in control or another corporate event (as defined in our 2007 Plan), the administrator in its sole discretion may provide that: (i) awards be assumed in the corporate event; (ii) awards be accelerated in the corporate event, (iii) awards be terminated in connection with the corporate event in exchange for a cash payment; or (iv) awards be replaced with a cash incentive program payable on the same vesting schedule as the award.

Bonus Plan

We adopted an Employee Bonus Plan, or Bonus Plan. Our Bonus Plan will allow our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under our Bonus Plan, our compensation committee will determine the performance goals applicable to any award. The performance goals may include some or all of the following: attainment of research and development milestones, billings, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or

 

-122-


Table of Contents

backlog, customer-related measures, customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit or division, earnings (which may include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, employee engagement, employee retention, employee mobility, expenses, geographic expansion, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, hiring targets, internal rate of return, inventory turns, inventory levels, market share, milestone achievements, net billings, net income, net profit, net revenue margin, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, origination volume, overhead or other expense reduction, portfolio conversion rate, product defect measures, product development, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, units sold (total and new), working capital, and individual objectives such as MBOs, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures, and any actual results may be adjusted by our compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our compensation committee determines relevant and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in our compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards will be paid generally in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid.

Our compensation committee has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We began making discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan in July 2014. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Eligible employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

-123-


Table of Contents
    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we are empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each member of our board of directors and each of our officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Moreover, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements and indemnification arrangements discussed above in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2011 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In December 2010, and in a subsequent closing in April 2011, we sold an aggregate of 4,867,769 shares of Series C preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $4.20 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. The basis for such purchase price was determined by arm’s-length negotiation between us and the purchasers. Purchasers of the Series C preferred stock include a member of our board of directors and venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series C preferred stock by such investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Number of
Series C
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

First Round Capital (1)

     221,994       $ 932,371 (2)  

RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (3)

     516,044         2,167,383 (4)  

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (5)(6)

     1,309,524         5,500,000   

Village Ventures (7)

     765,900         3,216,774 (8)  

Neil E. Wolfson (9)

     23,810         100,002   

 

(1) Affiliates of First Round Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP and First Round Capital 2007 Annex-Q Fund LP.
(2) Includes $501,305 of principal and interest from convertible notes that converted into shares of our Series C preferred stock. The effective price per share for such stockholder was $4.08 based upon $905,525.00, the aggregate investment of cash and the original principal amount of such convertible notes.
(3) James D. Robinson III, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC.
(4) Includes $667,382 of principal and interest from convertible notes that converted into shares of our Series C preferred stock. The effective price per share for such stockholder was $4.13 based upon $2,131,642.00, the aggregate investment of cash and the original principal amount of such convertible notes.
(5) David Hartwig, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C.
(6) SAP Ventures is currently in the process of changing its name to Sapphire Ventures. Accordingly, references to Sapphire Ventures for certain funds and SAP Ventures for other funds refer to entities under common control.
(7)

Affiliates of Village Ventures holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Village Ventures Fund II, L.P., Village Ventures Fund II-A, L.P. and

 

-125-


Table of Contents
  Village Ventures Fund II-B, L.P. Matthew Harris, a former member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Village Ventures. Mr. Harris resigned from our board of directors in August 2014.
(8) Includes $1,716,774 of principal and interest from convertible notes that converted into shares of our Series C preferred stock. The effective price per share for such stockholder was $4.09 based upon $3,131,642.60, the aggregate investment of cash and the original principal amount of such convertible notes.
(9) Neil E. Wolfson is a member of our board of directors.

Series C-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In January 2012, we sold an aggregate of 850,556 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $5.53. The basis for such purchase price was determined by arm’s-length negotiation between us and the purchasers. Purchasers of the Series C-1 preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series C-1 preferred stock by such investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Number of
Series C-1
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (1)(2)

     723,878       $ 4,000,005   

RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (3)

     126,678         699,997   

 

(1) David Hartwig, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C.
(2) SAP Ventures is currently in the process of changing its name to Sapphire Ventures. Accordingly, references to Sapphire Ventures for certain funds and SAP Ventures for other funds refer to entities under common control.
(3) James D. Robinson III, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC.

Bridge Financing

In December 2012, we issued convertible senior unsecured notes with an annual interest rate of 6.0% to investors in an aggregate principal amount of $8,000,000. In February 2013, these convertible senior unsecured notes and the accrued interest thereon converted into an aggregate of 1,077,035 shares of our Series D preferred stock in connection with our Series D preferred stock financing. Purchasers of the convertible senior unsecured notes include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table sets forth the principal amount of the convertible senior unsecured notes purchased by such investors, the number of shares of Series D preferred stock into which each such convertible senior unsecured note converted:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Promissory
Notes
     Number of
Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock Issued
Upon
Conversion
 

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (1)(2)

   $ 4,500,000         605,832   

RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (3)

     3,500,000         471,203   

 

(1) David Hartwig, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C.
(2) SAP Ventures is currently in the process of changing its name to Sapphire Ventures. Accordingly, references to Sapphire Ventures for certain funds and SAP Ventures for other funds refer to entities under common control.
(3) James D. Robinson III, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In February 2013, and at an additional closing in April 2013, we sold an aggregate of 7,233,878 shares of Series D preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $8.32. The basis for such purchase price was determined by arm’s-length negotiation between us and the purchasers. Purchasers of the Series D preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series D preferred stock by such investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Number of
Series D
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Institutional Venture Partners (1)

     3,847,194       $ 31,999,998   

Google Ventures 2013, L.P.

     1,562,922         12,999,994   

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (2) (3)

     605,832         5,039,159 (4)  

RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (5)

     471,203         3,919,349 (6)  

First Round Capital (7)

     240,449         1,999,995   

 

(1) Affiliates of Institutional Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. and Institutional Venture Partners XIV, L.P. J. Sanford Miller, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.
(2) David Hartwig, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C.
(3) SAP Ventures is currently in the process of changing its name to Sapphire Ventures. Accordingly, references to Sapphire Ventures for certain funds and SAP Ventures for other funds refer to entities under common control.
(4) Includes $5,039,159 of principal and interest from a convertible note that converted into shares of our Series D preferred stock at a discount of 10% to the price of our Series D preferred stock. The effective price per share for such stockholder was $7.43 based upon $4,500,000, the original principal amount of such convertible note.
(5) James D. Robinson III, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC.
(6) Includes $3,919,349 of principal and interest from a convertible note that converted into shares of our Series D preferred stock at a discount of 10% to the price of our Series D preferred stock. The effective price per share for such stockholder was $7.43 based upon $3,500,000, the original principal amount of such convertible note.
(7) Affiliates of First Round Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP and First Round Capital 2007 Annex-Q Fund LP.

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In February 2014, we sold an aggregate of 2,617,273 shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $29.42. The basis for such purchase price was determined by arm’s-length negotiation between us and the purchasers. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock by such investors:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Number of
Series E
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. (1)

     1,699,525       $ 50,000,026   

Institutional Venture Partners (2)

     203,944         6,000,032   

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (3) (4)

     203,943         6,000,003   

Google Ventures 2013, L.P.

     135,962         4,000,002   

First Round Capital (5)

     84,977         2,500,023   

RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (6)

     25,493         750,004   

 

(1) Shares held by Griffin Schroeder, an affiliate of Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. (Tiger Global), are aggregated with shares purchased by Tiger Global for purposes of reporting share ownership information.

 

-127-


Table of Contents
(2) Affiliates of Institutional Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. and Institutional Venture Partners XIV, L.P. J. Sanford Miller, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.
(3) David Hartwig, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C.
(4) SAP Ventures is currently in the process of changing its name to Sapphire Ventures. Accordingly, references to Sapphire Ventures for certain funds and SAP Ventures for other funds refer to entities under common control.
(5) Affiliates of First Round Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP and First Round Capital 2007 Annex-Q Fund LP.
(6) James D. Robinson III, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC.

Stock Repurchases

In May 2011, we redeemed 400,000 shares of common stock from Mitch Jacobs, our founder and a former officer and director of ours, at a price per share of $2.793, for an aggregate redemption price of $1,117,200. In April 2013, we repurchased 504,256 shares of common stock from Mr. Jacobs at a price per share of $7.78, for an aggregate repurchase price of $3,921,667.

In April 2013, we repurchased 35,000 shares of common stock from Jorge Sun, a former officer of ours, at a price per share of $7.78, for an aggregate repurchase price of $272,200.

In May 2013, we repurchased 56,000 and 52,000 shares of common stock for $7.78 per share from James Hobson, our Chief Operating Officer, and Howard Katzenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, respectively. We paid aggregate repurchase prices of $435,517 and $404,409 to Mr. Hobson and Mr. Katzenberg, respectively, in connection with these transactions.

In May 2013, we paid Bradley Kime, a former officer of ours, $1,012,071 in exchange for his agreement to cancel options to purchase 139,652 shares of common stock.

Investors Rights Agreement

In March 2014, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the holders of our preferred stock and key holders of our common stock, including Neil Wolfson, a director of ours, and entities affiliated with First Round Capital, Google Ventures 2013, L.P., Institutional Venture Partners, RRE Ventures IV, L.P., SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P., and entities affiliated with Village Ventures, which each hold 5% or more of our capital stock and with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Such agreement provides, among other things, that the holders of our preferred stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter provides that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2014, as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold by us in this offering, by:

 

    each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock prior to this offering on 28,080,318 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, which includes 23,725,822 shares of common stock resulting from the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of September 30, 2014. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale by us of                 shares of common stock in this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table below is c/o On Deck Capital, Inc., 1400 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10018.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares      Percentage     Shares   Percentage

5% Stockholders:

         

RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (1)

     4,313,698         15.4       

Entities affiliated with Institutional Venture Partners (2)

     4,051,138         14.4       

Entities affiliated with Village Ventures (3)

     3,037,069         10.8       

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (4)

     2,843,177         10.1       

Entities affiliated with First Round Capital (5)

     1,846,452         6.5       

Google Ventures 2013 L.P. (6)

     1,768,476         6.3       

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. (7)

     1,691,027         6.0       

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Noah Breslow (8)

     700,920         2.4       

James Hobson (9)

     150,862         *       

Howard Katzenberg (10)

     184,457         *       

David Hartwig (11)

     2,843,177         10.1       

J. Sanford Miller (12)

     4,051,138         14.4       

James D. Robinson III (13)

     4,313,698         15.4       

Jane J. Thompson (14)

     1,875         *       

Ronald F. Verni (15)

     46,875         *       

Neil E. Wolfson (16)

     57,824         *       

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (17)

     12,414,055         42.9       

 

-129-


Table of Contents

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Consists of 4,313,698 shares held of record by RRE Ventures IV, L.P. (RRE LP). RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC (RRE GP), is the general partner of RRE LP. James D. Robinson IV and Stuart J. Ellman, as the managing members of RRE GP, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by RRE LP. The address for each of these entities is c/o RRE Ventures, 130 East 59 th Street, 17 th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
(2) Consists of (i) 2,025,569 shares held of record by Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. (IVP XIII) and (ii) 2,025,569 shares held of record by Institutional Venture Partners XIV, L.P. (IVP XIV). Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC (IVM XIII) is the general partner of IVP XIII and Institutional Venture Management XIV LLC (IVM XIV) is the general partner of IVP XIV. Todd C. Chaffee, Norman A. Fogelsong, Stephen J. Harrick, J. Sanford Miller and Dennis B. Phelps, as the managing directors of IVM XIII, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by IVP XIII. Messrs. Chaffee, Fogelsong, Harrick, Miller, Phelps and Jules A. Maltz, as the managing directors of IVP XIV, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by IVP XIV. The address for each of these entities is c/o Institutional Venture Partners, 3000 Sand Hill Road, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(3) Consists of (i) 2,583,106 shares held of record by Village Ventures Fund II, L.P. (VVF II); (ii) 35,423 shares held of record by Village Ventures Fund II-A, L.P. (VVF II-A); and (iii) 418,540 shares held of record by Village Ventures Fund II-B, L.P. (VVF II-B) . Village Ventures Capital Partners II, LLC (VVCP) is the general partner of VVF II, VVF II-A and VVF II-B. Village Ventures Capital Management, LLC (VVCM) is the manager of VVCP. Matthew C. Harris and William Bo S. Peabody, as the Class A members of VVCM, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by VVF II, VVF II-A and VVF II-B. Village Ventures, Inc., a corporation controlled by Messrs. Harris and Peabody, is the advisor to VVCM. The address for each of these entities is c/o Village Ventures, Inc., One Bank Street, 2nd Floor, Williamstown, Massachusetts 01267.
(4) Consists of 2,843,177 shares held of record by SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC (SAP Holdings). Sapphire Ventures Fund I, L.P. (f/k/a SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P.) (Sapphire Ventures LP) is the sole member of SAP Holdings and SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C. (SAP GPE) is the general partner of Sapphire LP. Nino Marakovic, Richard Douglas Higgins, Jayendra Das, David Hartwig, and Andreas Weiskam, as the managing members of SAP GPE, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by SAP Holdings. The address for each of these entities is c/o Sapphire Ventures, 3408 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304. SAP Ventures is currently in the process of changing its name to Sapphire Ventures. Accordingly, references to Sapphire Ventures for certain funds and SAP Ventures for other funds refer to entities under common control.
(5) Consists of (i) 494,511 shares held of record by First Round Capital 2006 Annex Fund LP (FRC 2006 Annex); (ii) 531,430 shares held of record by First Round Capital 2006 LP (FRC 2006); (iii) 328,451 shares held of record by First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP (FRC 2007 Annex); (iv) 218,969 shares held of record by First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund-Q LP (FRC 2007 Annex-Q); (v) 163,855 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by FRC 2007 Annex that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $0.65 per share; and (vi) 109,236 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by FRC 2007 Annex that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. First Round Management 2006 LLC (FRC 2006 GP) is the general partner of FRC 2006 Annex and FRC 2006. Josh Kopelman is the sole managing member of FRC 2006 GP and has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by FRC 2006 Annex and FRC 2006. First Round Management 2007 LLC (FRC 2007 GP) is the general partner of FRC 2007 Annex and FRC 2007 Annex-Q. Mr. Kopelman is the sole managing member of FRC 2007 GP and has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by FRC 2007 Annex and 2007 Annex-Q. The address for each of these entities is c/o First Round Capital, 4040 Locust Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.
(6) Consists of 1,768,476 shares held of record by Google Ventures 2013, L.P. (GV 2013 LP). Voting and dispositive power with respect to shares held by GV 2013 LP reside with the Google Ventures Investment Committee. The address for each of these entities is c/o Google Ventures, 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, California 94043.

 

-130-


Table of Contents
(7) Consists of 1,691,027 shares held of record by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. (PIP VII). PIP VII is ultimately controlled by Chase Coleman, Lee Fixel and Scott Schleifer. The address for PIP VII is c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC, 9 West 57 th Street, New York, New York 10019.
(8) Consists of (i) 63,000 shares held of record by Mr. Breslow and (ii) 637,920 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.
(9) Consists of 150,862 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.
(10) Consists of (i) 139,770 shares held of record by Mr. Katzenberg and (ii) 44,687 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.
(11) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (4) above, which are held of record by SAP Holdings.
(12) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (2) above, which are held of record by entities affiliated with Institutional Venture Partners.
(13) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above, which are held of record by RRE LP.
(14) Consists of 1,875 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.
(15) Consists of (i) 22,500 shares held of record by Mr. Verni and (ii) 24,375 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.
(16) Consists of 57,824 shares held of record by Mr. Wolfson.
(17) Consists of (i) 11,549,543 shares beneficially owned by our officers and directors and (ii) 864,512 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

We have available to us several funding alternatives to support the maintenance and growth of our business. The following is a summary of the material terms that are contained in our currently existing debt facilities. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of our currently existing debt facilities.

Asset-Backed Securitization Facility

In May 2014, we accessed the asset-backed securitization market using OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC, or ODAST, a wholly-owned special purpose vehicle, which issued our inaugural series of Fixed-Rate Asset Backed Notes in a $175 million rated transaction or, the Series 2014-1 Notes, to over 15 third-party institutional investors. The Series 2014-1 Notes were issued pursuant to a business Base Indenture and Series 2014-1 Indenture Supplement, each dated May 8, 2014, by and between ODAST and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee. The Series 2014-1 Notes were issued in two classes: Class A, rated BBB(sf) by DBRS, Inc., in the initial principal amount of $156.7 million and Class B, rated BB(sf) by DBRS, Inc., in the initial principal amount of $18.3 million. The Series 2014-1 Notes are secured by and payable from collections on a revolving pool of small business loans, which are generated by us in our ordinary course of business, and transferred from us to ODAST. At the time of issuance of the Series 2014-1 Notes, the portfolio of loans held by ODAST and pledged to secure the Series 2014-1 Notes was approximately $183.2 million. The Class A notes and Class B notes bear interest at 3.15% and 5.68%, respectively, and provide us with a blended cost of capital fixed at 3.41%. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, we sell small business loans that have satisfied all applicable eligibility criteria to ODAST, and ODAST in turn issues to third-party investors one or more series of asset-backed securities that are collateralized by a revolving pool of loans sold to ODAST. The proceeds from the issuance are distributed to us through ODAST’s purchase of the loans from us. Eligibility criteria may include, among others, that the applicable loan is denominated in U.S. dollars, that the borrower under such loan had a certain OnDeck Score at the time of underwriting, that such loan was originated in accordance with our underwriting policies and that such loan is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the obligor. The collateral pools are also subject to certain concentration limits that, if exceeded, will require ODAST to add or maintain additional collateral or, if not cured, an amortization event will occur. Concentration limitations may include, among others, geographic, industry, time in business, outstanding principal balance, original term and OnDeck Score concentration limits.

The Series 2014-1 Notes contain a two-year revolving period after which principal on the asset-backed securities will be paid sequentially to the Class A and Class B Notes monthly from collections on the loans. The final maturity date of the Series 2014-1 Notes is in May 2018. Monthly payments of interest on the Series 2014-1 Notes began on June 17, 2014. The outstanding principal balance of the Series 2014-1 Notes as of September 30, 2014 was $175 million. Additional series of asset-backed securities are expected to be issued through ODAST in the future. For a discussion of covenants and events of default for the Series 2014-1 Notes and ODAST, please see the section below titled “—Covenants and Events of Default for Debt Facilities.” The loans and other assets transferred by us to ODAST are owned by ODAST, are pledged to secure the payment of notes issued by ODAST, are assets of ODAST and are not available to satisfy any of our obligations or available to our creditors.

Lenders under our asset-backed securitization facility do not have direct recourse to On Deck Capital, Inc.

Asset-Backed Revolving Debt Facilities

We also obtain funding through asset-backed revolving debt facilities. With respect to each such facility, the lenders commit to make loans to one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are used to finance the subsidiary’s purchase of small business loans from us in a bankruptcy remote transaction. The revolving pool of small business loans purchased by the subsidiary serves as collateral for the loans made to the subsidiary borrower under the debt facility. The subsidiaries repay the borrowings from collections received on the loans.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

The applicable subsidiary can voluntarily repay and re-borrow principal amounts under these revolving debt facilities subject to satisfaction of borrowing conditions, including borrowing base requirements. In order for our loans to be eligible for purchase by the subsidiaries under these facilities, they must meet all applicable eligibility criteria. Eligibility criteria may include, among others, that the applicable loan is denominated in U.S. dollars, that the borrower under such loan had a certain OnDeck Score at the time of underwriting, that such loan was originated in accordance with our underwriting policies and that such loan is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the obligor. The subsidiary collateral pools are subject to certain concentration limits that, when exceeded, will require the applicable subsidiary borrower to add or maintain additional collateral or, if not cured, an event of default will occur. Concentration limitations may include, among others, geographic, industry, time in business, outstanding principal balance, original term and OnDeck Score concentration limits. We currently utilize four such asset-backed revolving debt facility structures through four separate subsidiaries:

 

    OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC, or ODART, which entered into a debt agreement in August 2013 with Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto, which was amended in November 2013, April 2014 and July 2014 and subsequently amended and restated in its entirety on September 15, 2014;

 

    OnDeck Asset Company, LLC, or ODAC, which entered into a debt agreement in October 2013 with ODBL IV, LLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, which was amended in November 2013, January 2014, April 2014 and July 2014 and subsequently amended and restated in its entirety on October 17, 2014;

 

    Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, or SBAF, which entered into a debt agreement in March 2011 with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto, which was amended in January 2014; and

 

    OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC, or ODAP, which entered into a debt agreement in August 2014 with Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.

The following table summarizes certain aspects of such facilities:

 

Subsidiary Name

 

ODART

 

ODAC

 

SBAF

 

ODAP

Facility Size

  $167.6 million   $50 million   Variable   $75 million

Borrowing Base Advance Rate

  95% (Class B) or 85% (Class A)   95% (provided that a 91% advance rate will apply to certain loans under certain circumstances)   91%   90%

Interest Rate

 

Class A = Cost of funds + 3.00%;

Class B = LIBOR (minimum of 1%) + 7.25%

  LIBOR + 8.25%   Range from 7.0% to 13.0%; 8.6% weighted average interest rate   LIBOR (minimum of 1%) + 4%

Commitment Termination Date

 

September 15, 2016

  October 23, 2015   March 21, 2015   August 15, 2015

Facility Termination Date

 

September 15, 2016

  October 23, 2015   Ongoing   August 15, 2016

Outstanding Amount as of September 30, 2014

 

$84.6 million

 

$28.3 million

 

$18.8 million

 

$40.5 million

 

-133-


Table of Contents

We expect to use additional asset-backed debt facilities in the future. As of September 30, 2014, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required per the debt agreements, as amended. For a discussion of covenants and events of default for ODART, ODAC, SBAF and ODAP, please see the section below titled “—Covenants and Events of Default for Debt Facilities.” The loans and other assets transferred by us to the subsidiaries are owned by the respective subsidiaries, are pledged to secure the payment of the obligations incurred by such subsidiaries, are assets of subsidiaries and are not available to satisfy any of On Deck Capital, Inc.’s obligations. Lenders under our asset-backed revolving debt facilities do not have direct recourse to On Deck Capital, Inc.

Corporate Debt

On August 7, 2013, we entered into a revolving debt facility with Square 1 Bank, which was amended in November 2013, December 2013 and January 2014 and amended and restated in November 2014, or the Square 1 Credit Agreement, pursuant to which we may borrow up to $20 million (subject to satisfaction of customary borrowing conditions and borrowing base requirements). Borrowings under the Square 1 Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate which is based upon the prime rate plus a spread of 1.25% per annum, with a floor of 4.5% per annum. The Square 1 Credit Agreement provides for a commitment termination date of October 30, 2015. There were $3 million of borrowings outstanding under this agreement as of September 30, 2014. For a discussion of covenants and events of default under the Square 1 Credit Agreement, please see the section below titled “Covenants and Events of Default for Debt Facilities.”

Covenants and Events of Default for Debt Facilities

Our ability to utilize each of our debt facilities as described herein is subject to compliance with various covenants and other specified requirements. The failure to comply with such requirements may result in events of default, the accelerated repayment of amounts owed under the applicable facility, often referred to as an early amortization event, and/or the termination of the facility. There are no events of default or amortization events currently existing under any of our debt facilities.

Such requirements include:

 

    Financial Covenants. Financial covenants may include, among others, requirements with respect to minimum tangible net worth, maximum leverage ratio, minimum consolidated liquidity, minimum unrestricted cash, minimum interest coverage ratio and minimum operating cash flow.

 

    Portfolio Performance Covenants . Portfolio performance covenants may include, among others, requirements that the pool not exceed certain stated static pool default ratios and delinquency rates and that the loan yield and the excess spread on the pool not be less than stated minimum levels. Excess spread is generally the amount by which income received by the borrower under the respective facility during a collection period (primarily interest collections and fees) exceeds its fees and expenses during such collection period (including interest expense, servicing fees and charged-off receivables).

 

   

Other Events. Other events may include, among others, change of control events, certain insolvency-related events, events constituting a servicer default, an inability to engage a replacement backup servicer following termination of the current backup servicer, senior management changes, the occurrence of an event of default or acceleration under other facilities, the inability or failure of us to transfer loans to the SPVs as required, failure to make required payments or deposits, ERISA related events, events related to the entry of an order decreeing dissolution that remains undischarged, events related to the entry or filing of judgments, attachments or certain tax liens that remain undischarged, and events related to breaches of terms, representations, warranties or affirmative and restrictive covenants. Restrictive covenants may, among other things, impose limitations or restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, redeem our stock, make payments in order to retire or obtain the surrender of warrants or options, or the ability of the respective borrowers thereunder to incur additional

 

-134-


Table of Contents
 

indebtedness, pay dividends, make investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, sell assets, consolidate or merge, make changes in the nature of the business, and create liens.

In the case of the subsidiary facilities, following an event of default or an early amortization event, collections on the collateral are applied to repay principal rather than being available on a revolving basis to fund the origination activities of our business. In the case of all our facilities, if an event of default occurs, the lenders under our facilities will no longer provide funding under the facilities and will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under our facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor, if we were unable to obtain covenant relief or obtain a waiver from the lenders for specific non-compliance matters.

While the lenders under our corporate facility have direct recourse to us as the borrower thereunder, lenders under our subsidiary facilities do not have direct recourse to us.

Moreover, we currently act as servicer with respect to the small business loans held by the subsidiaries. If we default in our servicing obligations or fail to meet certain financial covenants, an early amortization event or event of default could occur and/or we could be replaced by our backup servicer or another replacement servicer.

Early Termination Fees

Early termination fees may be payable under the ODART and ODAC facilities in the event of a termination or other permanent reductions of the revolving commitments prior to May 16, 2016 and October 23, 2015, respectively.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investor rights agreement, that are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                     shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and                     shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

Assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,725,822 shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering, as of September 30, 2014, there were 28,080,318 shares of our common stock outstanding on an as-converted basis, held by approximately 123 stockholders of record. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                     shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock by us could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2014, warrants to purchase 1,653,763 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $14.44 were outstanding.

As of September 30, 2014, one warrant to purchase 137,500 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.5258 was outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for the same number of shares of common stock.

As of September 30, 2014, warrants to purchase 15,000 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $29.42 were outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for the same number of shares of common stock.

All of these warrants have a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our preferred stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Certain of the holders of the shares issuable upon exercise of our warrants are entitled to registration rights with respect to such shares as described in greater detail under the section below titled “—Registration Rights.”

Stock Options

As of September 30, 2014, there were 4,985,401 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $7.51 per share.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 28,431,830 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock), or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. We refer to these shares as “registrable securities.” These rights are provided under the terms of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of registrable securities, certain outstanding warrants and side letter agreements and include demand registration rights, short form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

All demand registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights and piggyback registration rights will terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) (A) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or

 

-137-


Table of Contents

substantially all of our assets or (B) the closing of our merger or consolidation with another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of our capital stock would continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of our capital stock or the capital stock of the surviving entity or the parent company of the surviving entity) or (ii) with respect to any holder of registrable securities, when such holder may sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144 within any three-month period, provided that all Form S-3 registration rights and piggyback registration rights continue for three years following the completion of this offering.

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) in connection with the registrations described below, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for participating holders of registrable securities. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations. In connection with the completion of this offering, each holder of registrable securities has agreed or will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements” for additional information.

Demand Registration Rights

One year after the completion of this offering, the holders of 40% or more of our registrable securities may request that we register the offer and sale of their shares if the anticipated aggregate offering price of such shares, net of selling expenses, is at least $10 million, or such shares would constitute a majority of the common stock issued upon conversion of certain shares of the preferred stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering. We are not required to effect such registration (i) if we have already effected more than two demand registrations, (ii) if the initiating holders propose to dispose of registrable securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 or (iii) during the period beginning with the date 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending 90 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to the initial public offering of our securities. In addition, if we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to six months, provided that we do not register any of our securities or those of any other stockholder during such six-month period, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan, a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of our registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan, a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of our registrable securities may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the sale of securities registered pursuant to such request would result in an aggregate price to the public, net of selling expenses, of at least $2 million. We are not required to effect such registration (i) during the period beginning with the date 30 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending 90 days following the

 

-138-


Table of Contents

effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a registration initiated by us or (ii) if we have already effected more than two Form S-3 registrations in the prior 12 months. In addition, if we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect a Form S-3 registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to six months, provided that we do not register any of our securities or those of any other stockholder during such six-month period, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan, a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years of the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an “interested stockholder,” did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

    Board of Directors Vacancies . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our board. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board and then gaining control of our board by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board but promotes continuity of management.

 

    Classified Board . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Board Composition” for additional information.

 

   

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only

 

-139-


Table of Contents
 

take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our president, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

    No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

    Directors Removed Only for Cause . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

    Amendment of Charter Provisions . Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

 

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021. Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ONDK.”

 

-140-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, we will have a total of                 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us in this offering, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of September 30, 2014, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, the                  shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                 additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

    the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the section titled “Underwriters.”

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us in this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of 28,431,830 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock), or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed or subject to differing interpretations, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the tax on net investment income imposed by Section 1411 of the Code, or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    mutual funds;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    grantor trusts;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; and

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder (other than a partnership or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is any beneficial owner that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person. The term U.S. person means:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of such partnership and a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership, or a partner of a partnership, holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you from the partnership’s purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on our Common Stock

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate making any distributions on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as capital gain as described below under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Other Dispositions of our Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are includible in your gross income in the taxable year received, and are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor regarding its possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale or Other Dispositions of Our Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

    you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of his or her death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence or establishment.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

 

-146-


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner

Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners), unless such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption under these rules. A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% also generally applies to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined under these rules) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, unless such entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption under these rules. The withholding obligations under these rules with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Thus, if you hold our common stock through a foreign financial institution or foreign entity, all or a portion of any payments made to you with respect to our common stock may be subject to 30% withholding. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                Incorporated

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Total:

  

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  
        No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

 

-148-


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ONDK.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of     % of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; provided that we may issue up to 5% of our capital stock in connection with one or more acquisitions or strategic transactions completed during the restricted period;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

In the event that a release of the foregoing restrictions is granted to any director, officer or 1% or greater equity holder, we are obligated to release each of our equity holders on a pro rata basis. Such pro rata release shall not apply to (i) releases to any individual party in an amount less than or equal to 100,000 shares (ii) any primary or secondary public offering or underwritten sale during the restricted period, or (iii) a release due to personal hardship.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the sale of securities pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that during the restricted period no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such transactions;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (i) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild (each, an immediate family member) of the holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of the holder or of an immediate family member of the holder, (ii) by a bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (iii) if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation,

 

-149-


Table of Contents
 

partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the holder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the holder to its equity holders or (iv) if the holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this exception, (i) each donee, transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form entered into by the holder and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    the receipt by the holder from us of shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or other securities convertible into common stock or upon the exercise of options or warrants, or the transfer of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the holder in connection with such vesting or exercise; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the holder or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions that occurs by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that each transferee shall sign and deliver, prior to such transfer, a lock-up letter substantially in the form executed by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions; provided, further, that if the party subject to the lock-up restrictions is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the party subject to the lock-up restrictions shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer was made pursuant to a domestic order or divorce settlement; or

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the common stock involving a change in control that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions shall remain subject to such restrictions.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. In the event Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated release any common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements held by our officers and directors, we have agreed to publicly announce the impending release or waiver at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale

 

-150-


Table of Contents

by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acted as sole bookrunner in connection with our OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC, or ODAST, in May 2014. In addition, an affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acts as (i) administrative and collateral agent for our OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC, or ODART, for which services such affiliate receives customary fees, and is a lender under the ODART debt agreement and (ii) paying agent and collateral agent under a $75 million credit facility entered into in August 2014, the 2014 Credit Facility, for which such affiliate receives customary fees, and is a lender under the 2014 Credit Facility.

An affiliate of Jefferies LLC serves as the administrative agent under the 2014 Credit Facility, for which such affiliate receives customary fees, and is a lender under the 2014 Credit Facility. In addition, an affiliate of Jefferies LLC purchases loans in our OnDeck Marketplace.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in

 

-151-


Table of Contents

determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this

 

-152-


Table of Contents

prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus or taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance

 

-153-


Table of Contents

(Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, New York, New York in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of On Deck Capital, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 audited by Ernst & Young LLP have been included in reliance on their report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.ondeck.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

-155-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December  31, 2012 and 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     F-33   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014

     F-34   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2014

     F-35   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014

     F-36   

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-37   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of

On Deck Capital, Inc. and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of On Deck Capital, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of On Deck Capital, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

LOGO

New York, New York

September 29, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,386      $ 4,670   

Restricted cash

     9,195        14,842   

Loans

     90,975        222,521   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (9,288     (19,443
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     81,687        203,078   

Loans held for sale

            1,423   

Deferred debt issuance costs

     2,440        2,327   

Property, equipment and software, net

     4,005        7,169   

Other assets

     1,797        1,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 106,510      $ 235,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

    

Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,731      $ 1,161   

Interest payable

     1,173        1,120   

Funding debt

     96,297        188,297   

Corporate debt

     8,000        15,000   

Warrant liability

     707        4,446   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,535        6,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     110,443        216,587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Series A preferred stock, par value $.01, 2,976,680 shares authorized; 2,976,680 and 2,219,331, shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     3,250        2,559   

Series B preferred stock, par value $.01, 5,677,581 shares authorized; 5,423,361 and 5,377,631 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     21,838        22,918   

Series C preferred stock, par value $.01, 4,867,769 shares authorized, 4,867,769 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013

     23,113        24,749   

Series C-1 preferred stock, par value $.01, 1,500,000 shares authorized; 850,556 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013

     5,025        5,401   

Series D preferred stock, par value $.01, 7,233,878 shares authorized; 7,233,878 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013

            62,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     53,226        118,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock—$0.01 par value, 24,000,000 and 31,964,661 shares authorized and 2,382,752 and 2,233,807 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     31        38   

Treasury stock—at cost

     (483     (5,656

Additional paid-in capital

     739        1,614   

Accumulated deficit

     (57,446     (95,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (57,159     (99,480
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 106,510      $ 235,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Revenue:

    

Interest income

   $ 25,273      $ 62,941   

Gain on sales of loans

            788   

Other revenue

     370        1,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     25,643        65,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Provision for loan losses

     12,469        26,570   

Funding costs

     8,294        13,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     20,763        39,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     4,880        25,260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

     6,633        18,095   

Technology and analytics

     5,001        8,760   

Processing and servicing

     2,919        5,577   

General and administrative

     6,935        12,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,488        44,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,608     (19,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

    

Interest expense

     (88     (1,276

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (148     (3,739
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (236     (5,015
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,844     (24,356

Provision for income taxes

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (16,844     (24,356

Series A and Series B preferred stock redemptions

            (5,254

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,440     (7,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (20,284   $ (37,080
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (8.54   $ (17.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.96
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

     2,375,220        2,146,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       21,544,497   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
                 Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares      Amount         Accumulated
Deficit
    Treasury
Stock
   

Balance—January 1, 2012

    3,092,070       $ 31       $ 467       $ (37,162   $ (479   $ (37,143

Stock-based compensation

                    244                       244   

Exercise of warrants

    10,388                 6                       6   

Exercise of stock options

    36,221                 22                (4     18   

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

                            (3,440            (3,440

Net loss

                            (16,844            (16,844
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2012

    3,138,679       $ 31       $ 739       $ (57,446   $ (483   $ (57,159

Stock-based compensation

                    448                       448   

Redemption of preferred stock—Series A and B

                            (5,254            (5,254

Issuance of common stock warrant

                    45                       45   

Redemption of warrants

                            (950            (950

Exercise of stock options

    613,603         7         382                       389   

Redemption of common stock

                                   (5,173     (5,173

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

                            (7,470            (7,470

Net loss

                            (24,356            (24,356
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2013

    3,752,282       $ 38       $ 1,614       $ (95,476   $ (5,656   $ (99,480
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (16,844   $ (24,356

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by in operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     12,469        26,570   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,545        2,645   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     1,068        2,184   

Stock-based compensation

     229        438   

Debt discount

            959   

Preferred stock warrant issuance and warrant liability fair value adjustment

     524        3,739   

Common stock warrant issuance

            45   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Other assets

     (1,253     (143

Accounts payable

     1,430        (570

Interest payable

     286        (53

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,228        4,028   

Originations of loans held for sale

            (18,937

Sales of loans held for sale

            17,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,682        14,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Change in restricted cash

     (2,459     (5,647

Purchases of property, equipment and software

     (1,843     (3,705

Capitalized internal-use software

     (1,336     (2,093

Originations of term loans and lines of credit, excluding rollovers into new originations

     (152,498     (380,357

Change in net deferred origination costs

     197        (5,858

Repayments of term loans and lines of credit

     98,806        238,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (59,133     (159,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

     24        389   

Redemption of common stock and warrants

            (6,123

Proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4,675        49,717   

Redemption of preferred stock

            (6,282

Proceeds from the issuance of debt

     166,677        216,860   

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (2,720     (2,071

Repayment of debt

     (106,644     (109,862
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     62,012        142,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4,561        (2,716

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,825        7,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 7,386      $ 4,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of other cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 9,674      $ 10,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Stock-based compensation included in capitalized internal-use software

   $ 15      $ 10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of term loans rolled into new originations

   $ 20,748      $ 59,623   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of debt to redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $      $ 8,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 3,440      $ 7,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

On Deck Capital, Inc.’s (“OnDeck” and collectively with its subsidiaries “the Company”) principal activity is providing financing products to small businesses located throughout the United States, including term loans (typically three to twenty-four months in duration for $5,000-$250,000) and lines of credit. The Company uses technology and analytics to aggregate data about a business and then quickly and efficiently analyzes the creditworthiness of the business using the Company’s proprietary credit-scoring model.

OnDeck originates most of the loans in its portfolio and also purchases loans from Bank of Internet Federal Bank (“BofI”). OnDeck subsequently transfers most loans into one of its wholly owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has five wholly owned subsidiaries related to asset-backed revolving debt facilities that include: Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC (“SBAF”), Fund for ODC Receivables (“FOR”), SBLP II LLC (“SBLP II”), OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC (“ODART”) and On Deck Asset Company LLC (“ODAC”) (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”). FOR has been dormant since July 2, 2012. Subsidiaries acquire loans originated or purchased by OnDeck and hold them for the sole benefit of the lenders of each subsidiary. Each subsidiary has specific criteria for the loans that can be transferred into the entity, such as term, size and industry concentration.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Company prepares the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OnDeck and its wholly owned subsidiaries: SBAF, SBLP II, ODART, ODAC and FOR. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company intends to confidentially submit a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its common stock. Upon the consummation of the IPO, subject to certain requirements described in Note 8, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert into common stock and all preferred stock warrants outstanding will convert into common stock warrants.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 assumes completion of the IPO and the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 20,549,165 shares of common stock as if such shares converted as of January 1, 2013 or at the time of issuance, if later.

The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share provides material information to investors because the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the Company’s IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per common share provides a measure of net loss per common share that is more comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include servicing assets/liabilities, the useful lives of long-lived assets, capitalizable software development costs, allowance for loan losses, valuation of warrants, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and stock-based compensation expense. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current events and other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subjective in nature; actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Comprehensive Loss

There are no significant items of comprehensive loss other than net loss for all periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include checking, savings and money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents funds held in demand deposit accounts as reserves on certain debt facilities and as collateral for BofI transactions. The Company has no ability to draw on the restricted accounts.

Loans and Loans Held for Sale

Loans

The Company originates term loans and lines of credit (collectively, “loans”) that are generally short term in nature, and require daily or weekly repayments. Through origination of loans the Company has the right to place a lien on the general assets of the customer by filing a UCC claim, which may not be perfected. Loans are carried at amortized cost, reduced by a valuation allowance for loan losses estimated as of the balance sheet dates. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs , the amortized cost of a loan is equal to the unpaid principal balance, plus net deferred origination costs. Additionally, when a term loan is originated in conjunction with the extinguishment of a previously issued term loan, management determines whether this is a new loan or a modification to an existing loan in accordance with ASC 310-20. If accounted for as a new loan, rather than a modification, any remaining unamortized net deferred costs are recognized when the new loan is originated. Net deferred origination costs are comprised of certain direct origination costs, net of all loan origination fees received. Direct origination costs in excess of loan origination fees received are included in the loan balance and amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. Loan origination costs are limited to direct costs attributable to originating a loan, including commissions and personnel costs directly related to the time spent by those individuals performing activities related to loan origination.

Loan origination fees include fees charged to the borrowers that increase the loan’s effective interest yield and other fees charged related to origination. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these loans to maturity.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Loans Held for Sale

In October 2013, the Company started a program whereby the Company originates and sells certain loans to third-party institutional investors and retains servicing rights. The Company sells whole loans to purchasers in exchange for a cash payment. Determination to hold or sell a loan is made within three days of initial funding. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or market until the loans are sold. Cost of loans held for sale is inclusive of unpaid principal plus net deferred origination costs.

The Company evaluates whether a servicing asset or liability has been incurred. The Company estimates the fair value of the loan servicing asset or liability considering the contractual servicing fee revenue, adequate compensation for its servicing obligation, the non-delinquent principal balances of loans and projected servicing revenues over the remaining lives of the loans. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company serviced an unpaid principal amount of $0 and $16.0 million of term loans for others, respectively, and determined that no servicing asset or liability is necessary.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) is established through periodic charges to the provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the ALLL when management believes that the future collection of principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALLL.

The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its portfolio on a pooled basis, due to its composition of small, homogenous loans with similar general credit risk characteristics and diversified among variables including industry and geography. The Company uses a proprietary forecast loss rate at origination for new loans that have not had the opportunity to make payments when they are first funded. The allowance is subjective as it requires material estimates, including such factors as historical trends, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect borrowers’ ability to repay and current economic conditions. Other qualitative factors considered may include items such as uncertainties in forecasting and modeling techniques, changes in portfolio composition, seasonality, business conditions and emerging trends. Recovery of the carrying value of loans is dependent to a great extent on conditions that may be beyond management’s control. Any combination of the aforementioned factors may adversely affect the Company’s loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies and loan losses and could require additional provisions for credit losses, which could impact future periods. In the opinion of management, the Company has provided adequate allowances to absorb probable credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio based on available and relevant information affecting the loan portfolio at each balance sheet date.

Accrual for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

In September 2013, the Company introduced a line of credit product. The Company estimates probable losses on unfunded loan commitments similarly to the ALLL process and includes the calculated amount in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The Company believes the accrual for unfunded loan commitments is sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these unfunded credit facilities. The determination of the adequacy of the accrual is based on evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors for lines of credit outstanding to these customers and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s off-balance sheet credit exposure related to the undrawn line of credit balances was $2.2 million. The accrual for unfunded loan commitments was $13,000. Net adjustments to the accrual for unfunded loan commitments are charged to the provision for loan losses.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Accrual for Third-Party Representations

As a component of the loan sale agreements, the Company has made certain representations to third parties that purchase loans. Any significant estimated post-sale obligations or contingent obligations to the purchaser of the loans, such as delinquent/fraudulent loan repurchase obligations or excess loss indemnification obligations, would be accrued if probable and estimable in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies . There are no restricted assets related to these agreements. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company has not incurred any significant losses and has no estimable and probable obligations requiring accrual.

Nonaccrual Loans, Restructured Loans and Charged Off Loans

The Company considers a loan to be delinquent when the daily or weekly payments are one day past due. The Company stops recognizing interest income on loans that are delinquent and non-paying. Loans are returned to accrual status if they are brought to non-delinquent status or have performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and, in management’s judgment, will continue to make periodic principal and interest payments as scheduled.

As part of its effort to maximize receipts, the Company may agree to revised payment plans with certain borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience difficulty in meeting the loan’s contractually required payments. The Company’s loan revision policy only allows for delays in payment. Management evaluates the significance of the modifications compared to original terms. To date, all modifications have been insignificant relative to the loans.

After the 90th day of delinquency, the Company will make an initial assessment of whether an individual loan should be charged off based on payment status and information gathered through collection efforts. A loan is charged off when the Company determines it is probable that it will be unable to collect all of the originally scheduled principal payments according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement.

Deferred Debt Issuance Costs and Debt

The Company borrows from various lenders to finance its lending activities and general corporate operations. Costs incurred in connection with financing, such as banker fees, origination fees and legal fees, are classified by management as deferred debt issuance costs. Management capitalizes these costs and amortizes them over the expected life of the related financing agreements using the effective interest method. The related fees are expensed immediately upon early extinguishment of the debt; in a debt modification, the initial issuance costs and any additional fees incurred as a result of the modification are deferred over the term of the new agreement.

Interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs incurred on debt used to fund loan originations are recorded as funding costs in the consolidated statements of operations and calculated using the effective interest yield method. Interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs incurred on debt used to fund general corporate operations are recorded as interest expense, a component of other expense, in the consolidated statements of operations and calculated using the effective interest yield method.

Property, Equipment and Software

Property, equipment and software consists of computer and office equipment, purchased software, capitalized internal-use software costs and leasehold improvements. Property, equipment and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Computer and office equipment and purchased software are depreciated

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the terms of the respective leases or the estimated lives of the improvements.

In accordance with ASC subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software, the costs to develop software for the Company’s website and other internal uses are capitalized beginning when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has authorized funding and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized internal-use software costs primarily include salaries and payroll-related costs for employees directly involved in the development efforts, software licenses acquired and fees paid to outside consultants.

Software development costs incurred prior to meeting the criteria for capitalization and costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Certain upgrades and enhancements to existing software that result in additional functionality are capitalized. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over their expected useful lives, generally three years.

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of those assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the excess carrying amount. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. During 2012 and 2013, no impairments of long-lived assets were deemed necessary.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the holder after the passage of time and, therefore, has been classified outside of permanent equity in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 3C, Redeemable Preferred Stock . The Company makes periodic accretions to the carrying amount of the redeemable convertible preferred stock so that the carrying amount will equal the redemption amount at the earliest redemption date, February 25, 2019. When preferred stock warrants are exercised for shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and the fair value of the redeemable preferred stock on the date of exercise of the warrants is more than the redemption amount of the preferred stock, the carrying amount of the preferred stock is recorded at its fair value on the date of issuance on the balance sheet.

Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company issues warrants for certain series of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to third parties in connection with certain agreements. As the warrant holders have the right to demand their preferred shares to be settled in cash after the passage of time, the Company records the warrants as liabilities. The Company values the warrants at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model. Any change in warrant value is recorded through a warrant liability fair value adjustment in the consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of warrants issued in association with new debt agreements is treated as a debt discount and reduces the initial carrying value of the related debt. The discount is amortized as interest expense and is accreted to the note carrying value using the effective interest method over the term of the notes. The fair value of warrants issued in association with consulting agreements and banking arrangements is treated as consulting expense and bank fees, respectively, and are recorded as an operating expense in the statements of operations. Agreements and arrangements with periods of performance are amortized over the contractual period of the services.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income

The Company generates revenue primarily through interest and origination fees earned on loans originated and held to maturity.

The Company recognizes interest and origination fee revenue over the terms of the underlying loans using the effective interest method on unpaid principal amounts. Origination fees collected but not yet recognized as revenue are netted with direct origination costs and recorded as a component of loans in the consolidated balance sheets.

Borrowers who elect to prepay term loans are required to pay interest and fees that would have been assessed had the loans been repaid over their original terms. As a result, revenue recognition is not impacted by estimates for prepayments.

Gain on Sales of Loans

In October 2013, the Company started a program whereby the Company originates and sells certain loans to third-party purchasers and retains servicing rights. The Company accounts for the loan sales in accordance with ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing . In accordance with this guidance, a transfer of a financial asset, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in a financial asset is accounted for as a sale if all of the following conditions are met:

 

  1.   The financial assets are isolated from the transferor and its consolidated affiliates as well as its creditors.

 

  2.   The transferee or beneficial interest holders have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred financial assets.

 

  3.   The transferor does not maintain effective control of the transferred assets.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, all sales met the requirements for sale treatment under the guidance for Transfers and Servicing. The Company records the gain or loss on the sale of a loan at the sale date in an amount equal to the proceeds received less outstanding principal and net deferred origination costs.

Other Revenue

The Company retains servicing rights on sold loans and recognizes servicing revenue on current outstanding loan principal balances of the sold loans as a component of other revenue. In accordance with ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets, the Company has not recognized a servicing asset or liability as the benefits of servicing are just adequate to compensate the Company for its servicing responsibilities. Other revenue also includes marketing fees earned from our bank partners, which are recognized as the related services are provided, and monthly fees charged to customers for the Company’s line of credit products.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , all stock-based compensation made to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the option holder is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model to estimate

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires an estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in the sales and marketing line item in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, advertising costs totaled $1.2 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012 and 2013.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States for federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations for years prior to 2010, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2010 may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service if used in a future period. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets or liabilities in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for assets or liabilities for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

use of option pricing models, discounted cash flows, or similar techniques, which incorporate management’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the instrument or valuations that require significant management judgment or estimation.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss per share available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and excludes the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. The Company computes net loss per common share using the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities due to their cumulative dividend rights. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities, which include participation rights in undistributed earnings, are subtracted from net income or loss to determine total undistributed earnings or losses to be allocated to common stockholders. All participating securities are excluded from basic weighted-average common shares outstanding.

Diluted net loss per common share includes the dilution that would occur upon the exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities into common stock using the “treasury stock” or “if converted” methods, as applicable. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, basic and diluted net loss per common share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs , which amends ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement . The amended guidance changes the wording used to describe many requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Additionally, the amendments clarify the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. The adoption of these provisions resulted in additional disclosures in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , which amends ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes . ASU 2013-11 requires entities to present unrecognized tax benefits as a liability and not combine it with deferred tax assets to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date. This accounting standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2014. The adoption of these provisions is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue Recognition , which creates ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and supersedes ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 requires revenue to be recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This accounting standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact this accounting standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (16,844   $ (24,356

Less: Series A and B preferred stock redemptions

            (5,254

Less: Accretion of dividends on the redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,440     (7,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (20,284   $ (37,080
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     2,375,220        2,146,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (8.54   $ (17.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following common share equivalent securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Anti-Dilutive Common Share Equivalents

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A

     2,976,680         2,219,331   

Series B

     5,423,361         5,377,631   

Series C

     4,867,769         4,867,769   

Series C-1

     850,556         850,556   

Series D

             7,233,878   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     696,884         696,884   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     2,221,817         2,028,533   

Stock options

     3,171,396         3,907,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti-dilutive common share equivalents

     20,208,463         27,182,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share (unaudited)

The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

convertible preferred stock to common stock as of the beginning of the period or at the time of issuance, if later, with the exception of redeemable convertible preferred stock redeemed during the year and therefore excluded from the numerator. The adjustment also assumes the reclassification of the outstanding warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the period. Pro forma net loss per share does not give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (in thousands, except share and per share data) for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2013
 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (37,080

Plus: accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     7,470   

Plus: changes in fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities

     3,739   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (25,871
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

     2,146,013   

Plus: conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock—weighted average shares (1)

     19,398,484   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted loss per share—weighted average shares

     21,544,497   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (1.20
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The weighted average shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock converted to common stock as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Total shares
outstanding
     Weighted
Average Shares
Outstanding
 

Series A - Series C-1 (issued prior to January 1, 2013)

     13,315,287         13,315,287   

Series D (first round issued February 7, 2013)

     5,190,058         4,649,723   

Series D (second round issued April 7, 2013)

     2,043,820         1,433,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock converted to common stock

     20,549,165         19,398,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Interest Income

Interest income was comprised of the following components for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012      2013  

Interest on unpaid principal balance

   $ 15,082       $ 51,706   

Amortization of net deferred origination costs

     10,191         11,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

   $ 25,273       $ 62,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

5. Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses and Loans Held for Sale

Loans consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012      2013  

Term loans

   $ 90,276       $ 213,570   

Lines of credit

             2,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unpaid principal balance

     90,276         215,966   

Net deferred origination costs

     699         6,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 90,975       $ 222,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Balance at January 1

   $ 3,662      $ 9,288   

Provision for loan losses

     12,469        26,570   

Loans charged off

     (6,881     (17,651

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

     38        1,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at December 31

   $ 9,288      $ 19,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OnDeck originates most of the loans in its portfolio and also purchases loans from issuing bank partners. Purchases of financing receivables for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 were $36.6 million and $73.5 million, respectively.

In 2013, the Company began selling previously charged-off loans to a third-party debt collector. The proceeds from these sales are recorded as a component of the recoveries of loans previously charged off.

Below is a table that illustrates the loan balance related to non-delinquent, paying and non-paying delinquent loans and the corresponding allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     2012      2013  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 

Non-delinquent loans

   $ 77,862       $ 191,849   

Delinquent: paying (accrual status)

     8,139         17,473   

Delinquent: non-paying (non-accrual status)

     4,275         6,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 90,276       $ 215,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance of the allowance for loan losses for non-delinquent loans was $3.7 million and $9.8 million as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively, while the balance of the allowance for loan losses for delinquent loans was $5.6 million and $9.6 million as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table shows an aging analysis of term loans by delinquency status as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

           2012            2013  

By delinquency status :

     

Non-delinquent loans

   $ 77,862       $ 191,849   

1-14 calendar days past due

     4,358         7,658   

15-29 calendar days past due

     3,059         4,237   

30-59 calendar days past due

     2,253         5,206   

60-89 calendar days past due

     1,756         3,648   

90 + calendar days past due

     988         3,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unpaid principal balance

   $ 90,276       $ 215,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

         2012          2013  

Loans held for sale

   $      —       $ 1,320   

Net deferred origination costs

             103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for sale, net

   $       $ 1,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Property, Equipment and Software, net

Property, equipment and software, net, consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
     2012     2013  

Computer/office equipment

     36 months       $ 1,169      $ 2,419   

Capitalized internal-use software

     36 months         5,243        7,628   

Leasehold improvements

     Life of lease         1,528        3,702   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, equipment and software, at cost

        7,940        13,749   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (3,935     (6,580
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, equipment and software, net

      $ 4,005      $ 7,169   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense on capitalized internal-use software costs was $1.0 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and is included in accumulated depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

7. Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s outstanding debt as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013:

 

Description

   Type      Maturity Date    Interest
Rate
    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
 
                       (in thousands)  

Funding Debt:

          

SBLP II Agreement

     Revolving       July 2014      7.8   $ 58,072       $ 84,990   

ODART Agreement

     Revolving       August 2015      4.7             52,253   

ODAC Agreement

     Revolving       October 2015      8.4             24,374   

SBAF Agreement

     Revolving       Ongoing      8.6     10,283         18,680   

LH Agreement

     Revolving       December 2014

Extinguished
August 2013

     16.0     10,652           

SF Agreement

     Revolving       December 2014

Extinguished
August 2013

     16.0     17,290           

SSL&SA

     Revolving       July 2014      16.0             8,000   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 
             96,297         188,297   

Corporate Debt:

             

Square 1 Agreement

     Revolving       September 2015      5.0             15,000   

Convertible Note

    
 
Convertible
Note
  
  
   March 2015
Extinguished
February 2013
     6.0     8,000           
          

 

 

    

 

 

 
           $ 104,297       $ 203,297   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

In April 2009, and as subsequently amended, SBAF entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “SBAF Agreement”) with certain lenders and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as collateral agent. All assets of SBAF are pledged as collateral for the outstanding principal. Interest is accrued monthly at variable rates that, as of December 31, 2013, range from 8% to 13% per annum. Principal plus any reinvested interest is repaid in 12 equal monthly installments.

In March 2010, FOR entered into a revolving credit agreement (the “FOR Agreement”) with Fortress Credit Co LLC (“Fortress”). The FOR Agreement was terminated on July 2, 2012 and the aggregate amount outstanding of $28.8 million was paid at that time. The modification of the FOR Agreement was done in connection with the commencement of the SBLP II Agreement and is described further below. As of December 31, 2013, there were no amounts payable.

In July 2012, and as subsequently amended, SBLP II entered into a $100 million revolving credit agreement (the “SBLP II Agreement”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA (“Goldman Sachs”) and Fortress. Each lender advances up to 85% of the principal of loans sold to SBLP II. All assets and stock of SBLP II are pledged as collateral for the outstanding principal. Interest is accrued equal to the applicable margin plus the base rate (2.25% floor) or Daily LIBOR (1.25% floor), depending on the type of loan. The average interest rate at December 31, 2013 was 7.75% per annum. Interest and principal are paid monthly. As of December 31, 2013, the SBLP II Agreement had available funds of $15 million. As of December 31, 2012, prior to the 2013 amendment that increased the revolving credit amount from $80 million to $100 million, the SBLP II Agreement had available funds of $21.9 million.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In July 2012, and as subsequently amended, the Company entered into loan and security agreements (the “LH and SF Agreements”) with Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P. (“Lighthouse Capital”) and certain entities, including SF Capital Investments, LP and SF Capital Partners, LP (collectively, to the extent of their participation referred to as “SF Capital”.) Lighthouse Capital advanced $10.8 million and SF Capital advanced $17.5 million to the Company. The LH and SF Agreements called for interest only payments until January 2014. The LH and SF Agreements were terminated on August 7, 2013 at which time the amounts outstanding of $8.3 million and $9 million were paid to Lighthouse Capital and SF Capital, respectively. The extinguishment of the LH and SF Agreements were done in connection with the commencement of the SSL&SA and Square 1 Agreement, which are further described below.

In December 2012, the Company issued to SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC and RRE Ventures IV LP an $8 million convertible note (the “Convertible Note”) bearing interest at 6%. The Convertible Note contained a provision to automatically convert the principal and any accrued interest into Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock (Series D) at a 10% discount provided (i) the initial issuance of Series D closed prior to 120 days following the date of the note and (ii) net proceeds from the issuance were in excess of $20 million. The Convertible Note was accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options , and ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging . On February 7, 2013, the Company closed a qualifying sale of Series D causing the note to convert automatically into 1,077,035 shares of Series D for a value of $9 million of which $8 million extinguished the note payable and $1 million was recorded as interest expense. See Note 9 for further discussion of the Series D transaction. As of December 31, 2012, the Convertible Note had an outstanding balance of $8 million.

In August 2013, and as subsequently amended, the Company entered into an $8 million senior subordinated loan and security agreement (the “SSL&SA”) with certain entities included in SF Capital. Substantially all assets of OnDeck are pledged as collateral. The SSL&SA calls for interest only payments at 16% and principal due upon maturity on July 3, 2014.

In August 2013, the Company entered into a $15 million loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank (the “Square 1 Agreement”). Substantially all assets of OnDeck are pledged as collateral. Interest only payments based on the prime rate plus 1.5% (5% floor) are made until maturity on September 7, 2015 at which time all principal is due. At December 31, 2013, the average interest rate was 5%.

In August 2013, ODART entered into an $111.8 million revolving credit agreement (the “ODART Agreement”) with Deutsche Bank AG (“Deutsche Bank”), Key Equipment Finance, Inc. (“Key Bank”) (collectively “Class A”) and ODBL III LLC, a subsidiary of Waterfall Asset Management (“WAM”) (“Class B”). Lenders advance up to 95% of the principal of loans sold to ODART. Of the total available credit, Deutsche Bank allows for $75 million Class A commitments, Key Bank allows for $25 million Class A commitments and WAM allows for $11.8 million Class B commitments. All assets and stock of ODART are pledged as collateral for the outstanding principal. Class A commitments bear interest at cost of funds rate plus 4.25%, which approximated 4.4% at December 31, 2013. Class B commitments bear interest at 8% plus the greater of 1% or LIBOR, which approximated 9% at December 31, 2013. Principal and interest are paid monthly. The facility matures on August 16, 2015. As of December 31, 2013, the ODART Agreement had an outstanding balance of $52.3 million, with Class A and Class B available funds of $53.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

In October 2013, ODAC entered into a $25 million revolving credit agreement (the “ODAC Agreement”) with WAM. The lender advances up to 95% of the principal of loans sold to ODAC. All assets and stock of ODAC are pledged as collateral for the outstanding principal. Interest accrues at LIBOR plus 8.25%. Principal and interest are paid monthly. The facility matures on October 23, 2015. As of December 31, 2013, the ODAC Agreement had available funds of $0.6 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants required per the above agreements, as amended.

The Company capitalized $2.7 million and $2.1 million of deferred debt issuance costs and amortized $1 million and $2.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Company is amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs over the expected life of the debt agreements using the interest method and has included amortization in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

8. Warrant Liability

In conjunction with certain debt agreements, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B warrants”) and Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C-1 warrants”). As of December 31, 2013, the holders were entitled to purchase 254,220 shares of Series B at a price of $2.9502 per share and 442,664 shares of Series C-1 at a price of $5.5258 per share. The warrants are exercisable upon vesting through the earlier of ten years after issuance (various dates through December 12, 2022), or two years after automatic conversion to warrants to purchase common stock upon closing a qualified initial public offering (a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $40 million of gross proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Company, a “Qualified IPO”). The warrants are classified as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and adjusted to fair value each period because they are currently exercisable into redeemable securities. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, changes in the fair value of the warrants were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as warrant liability fair value adjustment.

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the price per share and authorized number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31:

 

     Original
Issue Price
per Share
     Number of Shares Authorized  

Series Name

          2012      2013  

Series A

   $ 0.72900         2,976,680         2,976,680   

Series B

     2.95020         5,677,581         5,677,581   

Series C

     4.20000         4,867,769         4,867,769   

Series C-1

     5.52580         1,500,000         1,500,000   

Series D

     8.31775                 7,233,878   

Series A, Series B, Series C, Series C-1 and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively referred to as the “preferred stock” and individually as the “Series A”, “Series B”, “Series C”, “Series C-1” and “Series D.” Each of the prices per share is referred to as the original issue price and excludes the cost of issuance. Any costs incurred in connection with the issuance of various classes of the preferred stock have been recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount. The Company may issue and redeem preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. Any shares of preferred stock that are redeemed, purchased, or acquired by the Company may be reissued, except as restricted by law or contract.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 by original issuance dates:

 

          Number of Shares Outstanding  

Series Name

   Issuance Date    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2013  

Series A

   August 11, 2006      1,474,622         1,390,448   

Series A

   October 27, 2006      857,339         573,539   

Series A

   February 14, 2007      644,719         255,344   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series A

        2,976,680         2,219,331   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series B

   December 3, 2007      2,932,005         2,886,275   

Series B

   April 2, 2008      169,480         169,480   

Series B

   May 9, 2008      288,116         288,116   

Series B

   February 4, 2009      84,740         84,740   

Series B

   March 18, 2009      1,883,473         1,883,473   

Series B

   March 19, 2009      65,547         65,547   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series B

        5,423,361         5,377,631   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series C

   December 20, 2010      3,534,435         3,534,435   

Series C

   April 6, 2011      1,333,334         1,333,334   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series C

        4,867,769         4,867,769   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series C-1

   January 26, 2012      850,556         850,556   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series D

   February 7, 2013              5,190,058   

Series D

   April 19, 2013              2,043,820   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series D

                7,233,878   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a summary of activity for the preferred stock issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Series A     Series B     Series C      Series C-1      Series D      Total
Amount
 

Balance, January 1, 2012

   $ 3,076      $ 20,558      $ 21,477       $       $       $ 45,111   

Issuance of preferred stock

                           4,675                 4,675   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

     174        1,280        1,636         350                 3,440   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     3,250        21,838        23,113         5,025                 53,226   

Redemption of preferred stock (1)

     (835     (193                             (1,028

Issuance of preferred stock (2)

                                   58,675         58,675   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

     144        1,273        1,636         376         4,041         7,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 2,559      $ 22,918      $ 24,749       $ 5,401       $ 62,716       $ 118,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) During 2013, the Company redeemed 757,349 shares of Series A and 45,730 shares of Series B stock held by investors. The differential between the redemption price and the carrying value of the shares of $5.3 million was charged to accumulated deficit in accordance with accounting for distinguishing liabilities from equity.
(2) Includes the conversion of the Convertible Note (refer to Note 7).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Dividends

Each series of preferred stock contains a cumulative dividend rate of 8% per share. No dividends were declared as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 or through the date of issuing these financial statements. Cumulative dividends are payable in the event of redemption. In addition to the preferential cumulative dividends, holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, on an if-converted basis, any declared or paid dividends on the Company’s common stock.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock (subject to adjustments for events of dilution). Mandatory conversion will occur in the following situations:

Series D—The earlier of the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least two (2) times the Series D original issue price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits), in a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Series D then outstanding.

Series C and Series C-1—Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO.

Series B—The earlier of the closing of a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Series B then outstanding.

Series A—The earlier of the closing of a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the Series A then outstanding.

Preferred Stock (all series)—Upon vote or written consent of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of all series, eighty percent (80%) of Series C shares and sixty-seven percent (67%) of Series D shares.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, merger or consolidation (resulting in the common and preferred stockholders’ loss of majority), disposition or transfer of assets, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), and after all declared dividends have been paid, holders of certain series of preferred stock are entitled to participate in the distribution of remaining Company assets along with common stockholders at a rate equal to the following:

Series D—If liquidation occurs within twenty-four months of the Series D issuance, the Series D holders are entitled to an original issue multiplier ranging from 1.50—2.00 times the original issue price.

Series C—The Series C holders are entitled to an original issue price multiplier of 2.00 times the original issue price.

Series A—The Series A holders are entitled to an original issue price multiplier of 2.00 times the original issue price.

Series B and Series C-1—The Series B and Series C-1 holders do not have a multiplier in their preferential treatment in the distribution of remaining assets.

Redemption Rights

Each series of preferred stock is redeemable at the election of its holders, within sixty days after the receipt of a written request from at least a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of the respective series of

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

preferred stock and at an earliest possible preferred stock redemption date of February 25, 2019, as amended. The redemption price is equal to any unpaid cumulative dividends and other dividends plus the original issue price.

Voting Rights

The Series A, Series B, and Series D holders each have the right to elect one member of the board of directors (the “Board”). The Series C holders have the right to elect two members of the Board. For voting purposes, the number of votes per holder is equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock are convertible. The Series C-1 holders do not have Board designation rights.

10. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

At December 31, 2013, the Company had reserved a total of 27,943,493 of its authorized 31,964,661 shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

Reservation

   Number of Shares Reserved
at December 31, 2013
 

Conversion of preferred stock

     21,452,829   

Outstanding stock options

     3,907,485   

Outstanding common stock warrants

     2,028,533   

Possible future issuance under stock option plans

     554,646   
  

 

 

 

Total common stock reserved for future issuance

     27,943,493   
  

 

 

 

During 2013, the Company repurchased 644,548 shares of common stock held by investors at a total value of $5.0 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company also redeemed 133,309 common stock warrants that resulted in an increase in accumulated deficit of $0.9 million.

In May 2013, the Company repurchased 139,652 options of a former member of OnDeck management at a price above the strike price of the options. The net cost of $1 million is recorded as compensation expense and is included in general and administrative in the consolidated statement of operations.

During 2013, the Company redeemed 118,000 shares of common stock held by employees at a total cost of $0.9 million of which the amount paid in excess of fair value was recorded as compensation expense and is included in general and administrative in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

11. Income Tax

The Company’s financial statements include a total income tax expense of $0 on net losses of $16.9 million and $24.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and income taxes at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

         2012             2013      

Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

Effect of:

    

Change in valuation allowance

     (40.6 )%      (36.7 )% 

Federal effect of change in state and local tax valuation allowance

     6.7     6.3

Permanent items

     (0.1 )%      (3.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision effective rate

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax asset were as follows as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets relating to:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 14,493      $ 18,686   

Loan loss reserve

     3,581        7,684   

Property, equipment and software

     154        458   

Deferred rent

            386   

Miscellaneous items

     1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     18,229        27,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Internally developed software

     642        908   

Deferred issuance costs

     321        109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     963        1,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred assets less liabilities

     17,266        26,199   

Less: valuation allowance

     (17,266     (26,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and planned tax strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical losses and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences in the future. Therefore, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax asset.

Net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes were approximately $37.6 million and $47.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and, if not utilized, will expire at various dates

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

beginning in 2027. State net operating loss carryforwards were $37.5 million and $47.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards reflected above may be limited due to historical and future ownership changes.

12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, loans receivable, loans held for sale and accounts payable and other accrued liabilities, approximate Level 3 fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Company’s financing obligations approximates fair value, considering the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing obligations with similar terms and credit risks.

There were no transfers between levels for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level at which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made.

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the above categories, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2012  

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities :

           

Warrant liability (1)

   $       $       $ 707       $ 707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 707       $ 707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2013  

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities :

           

Warrant liability (1)

   $     —       $     —       $ 4,446       $ 4,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 4,446       $ 4,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company’s warrant liability (Note 8) is classified within Level 3 because the liabilities are valued using significant unobservable inputs. The Company uses a Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model and various inputs and assumptions based on the contractual agreements for the warrants to determine fair value at issuance and subsequent measurements. Estimates of the volatility for the option pricing model were based on the asset volatility of common stock of a group of comparable, publicly-traded companies. Estimates of expected term were based on the remaining contractual period of the warrants.

A hypothetical increase or decrease in assumed asset volatility of 10% would result in a decrease of approximately 9% or an increase of approximately 20%, respectively, in the fair value of the warrants. In the consolidated statements of operations, changes in fair value are included in warrant liability fair value adjustment.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

         2012          2013  

Warrant liability balance at January 1

   $     183       $ 707   

Issuance of warrants at fair value

     376           

Change in fair value

     148         3,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrant liability balance at December 31

   $ 707       $ 4,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Related Parties

During April and May 2013, OnDeck entered into stock redemption agreements with certain Series A and B preferred stockholders. Per the agreements, OnDeck redeemed 757,349 shares of Series A for $5.9 million and 47,730 shares of Series B for $0.4 million.

From time to time, the Company issues warrants in connection with new debt agreements. These features have resulted in certain notes payable being due to related parties holding common stock and common or preferred stock warrants of the Company.

14. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option Plan, pursuant to which the Company has authorized 5,338,562 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The terms of the stock option grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Stock options are granted at exercise prices defined by the Committee but, historically, have been equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 554,646 shares allocated to the plan but not yet issued. The options typically vest at a rate of 25% after one year from the vesting commencement date and then monthly over an additional three-year period. The options expire ten years from the grant date or, for terminated employees, 90 days after the employee’s termination date. Compensation expense for the fair value of the options at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting period.

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is allocated to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option-Pricing Model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected term, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected term of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. Management uses the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected term of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly-traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The Company assumed no dividend yield because it does not expect to pay dividends in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not paying dividends.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31:

 

     2012    2013

Risk-free interest rate

   0.83-0.96%    0.88-2.29%

Expected term (years)

   5.86-6.13    5.76-8.52

Expected volatility

   59-60%    54-60%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Weighted-average grant date fair value per share

   $0.46    $1.30

The following is a summary of option activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

     2,557,081      $ 0.66         

Granted

     866,046      $ 0.85         

Exercised

     (30,468   $ 0.54         

Forfeited

     (190,386   $ 0.72         

Expired

     (30,877   $ 0.53         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     3,171,396      $ 0.71         8.24       $ 449   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     1,269,304      $ 0.61         7.22       $ 307   
  

 

 

         

Vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2012

     2,651,951      $ 0.70         8.13       $ 403   
  

 

 

         

The following is a summary of option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining

Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

     3,171,396      $ 0.71         

Granted

     1,856,500      $ 1.38         

Exercised

     (753,255   $ 0.61         

Forfeited

     (362,157   $ 0.91         

Expired

     (4,999   $ 0.75         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     3,907,485      $ 1.03         8.41       $ 24,972   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

     1,314,792      $ 0.76         7.10       $ 8,458   
  

 

 

         

Vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

     3,056,293      $ 1.00         8.28       $ 19,618   
  

 

 

         

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012      2013  

Sales and marketing

   $ 47       $ 118   

Technology and analytics

     7         47   

Processing and servicing

     9         30   

General and administrative

     166         243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 229       $ 438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2013 was $2.7 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.4 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $4,000 and $1 million, respectively.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

Operating Leases

In May 2011, the Company entered into an operating lease for a satellite office in Virginia. The agreement called for monthly rental payments of $12,000, subject to escalation, through August 2016. In May 2013, the Company vacated this office with the intent to sublease the property. In November 2013, the Company terminated the rental agreement and recognized the early termination fee of $0.2 million as a component of rent expense. In November 2011, the Company entered into an operating lease in New York for its corporate headquarters. The agreement calls for monthly rental payments of $27,000, subject to escalation, through October 2021. In March 2013, the Company vacated this office with the intent to sublease the property. The Company recorded a liability of $0.5 million, based on remaining lease rentals, adjusted for deferred rent recognized under the lease and estimated sublease rentals that could reasonably be obtained. In July 2013, the Company entered into a sublease agreement requiring tenant monthly payments of $26,000, subject to escalation, and allowing for a 6.5 month rent holiday during the first year. As of December 31, 2013, total future minimum sublease payments to be received under the sublease agreement is $2.7 million, subject to escalation.

In September 2012, the Company entered into an operating lease in New York for its corporate headquarters. The agreement calls for monthly rental payments of $83,000, subject to escalation, through August 2023 and allows for a twelve month rent holiday during the first year. Deferred rent is included in the balance sheets as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. The agreement provided for a $1.6 million leasehold improvement incentive that has been recorded as a liability and is being amortized over the term of the lease.

In May 2013, the Company entered into an operating agreement in Virginia for a satellite office. The agreement calls for monthly rental payments of $37,000, subject to escalation, through September 2018 and allows for a five month rent holiday during the second year. Deferred rent is included in the balance sheets as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. The agreement provided for a $0.5 million leasehold improvement incentive that has been recorded as a liability and is being amortized over the term of the lease.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Capital Leases

In March 2012, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement for a data warehouse. The agreement called for monthly principal and interest payments of $5,000 through April 2015. As of December 31, 2013, total future minimum payments is $76,000.

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2013, future minimum lease commitments under operating and capital leases, net of sublease income, for the remaining terms of the operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

For the years ending December 31,

  

2014

   $ 1,772   

2015

     1,733   

2016

     1,914   

2017

     1,974   

2018

     1,958   

Thereafter

     5,956   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,307   
  

 

 

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and loans. The Company holds cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in accounts at regulated domestic financial institutions in amounts that may exceed FDIC insured amounts. The Company believes these institutions to be of high credit quality and has not experienced any related losses to date.

The Company is exposed to default risk on borrower loans originated. The Company performs evaluations of borrowers’ financial conditions as needed and does not allow borrowers to have more than two loans outstanding at any one time. There is no single borrower or group of borrowers that comprise a significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio.

Contingencies

The Company may be subject to pending legal proceedings and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but the Company does not anticipate that the final outcome, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

16. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company’s operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.

All revenue was generated and all assets were held in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

17. Subsequent Events

Subsequent to December 31, 2013 but prior to the issuance of the financial statements, the Company authorized 2,700,000 shares and issued 2,617,273 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E”) at an original issue price of $29.42 for a total of $77 million. The issuance of these shares would materially impact the number of potential common share equivalents. Approximately $30 million of the proceeds of the issuance was used to repay certain debt payable under agreements with SF Capital and Square 1.

In January 2014, the Company entered into five capital lease agreements for equipment used in one of the Company’s data centers. The agreements call for monthly payments of $18,000 through December 2016.

On January 2, 2014, ODAC entered into a second amendment with WAM, significantly increasing the financing limit of the ODAC Agreement from $25 million to $50 million. No other significant terms were modified under the amendment.

On January 22, 2014, the Company entered into a second amendment with SF Capital, significantly increasing the credit limit available on the SSL&SA from $8 million to $18 million with borrowings up to $8 million bearing the original interest rate of 16% and all borrowings in excess of $8 million bearing an interest rate of 12%. No other significant terms were modified under the amendment. On February 27, 2014, the outstanding principal of $18.0 million was paid in full with proceeds from the Series E financing.

On January 23, 2014, the Company signed a lease to rent additional space in the same building of its corporate headquarters in New York City. The lease terminates in August 2023 and calls for monthly payments of $61,000, with escalations beginning in its second year. The terms also provide for a tenant allowance of $0.9 million and rent holiday for the first 16 months.

On February 4, 2014, On Deck Capital, Inc. (“ODCI Canada”) was formed in British Columbia for purposes of having a presence in Canada and does not have any assets, liabilities or business activity through the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. All Canadian loans are originated and held by OnDeck and none are originated and held by ODCI Canada.

On April 7, 2014, the SBLP II Agreement was terminated and the amount outstanding of $63.2 million was paid in full to the lenders. Approximately $54 million of eligible loans were transferred to ODART and were purchased with the existing ODART Agreement. The remaining balance due was paid by OnDeck.

On May 8, 2014, ODAST entered into a $175 million securitization agreement with Deutsche Bank Securities (“Deutsche Bank”) as administrative agent. Of the total commitment, Deutsche Bank allows for $156.7 million of Class A (primary group of lenders) asset backed notes and $18.3 million of Class B (subordinate group of lenders) asset-backed notes. The agreement requires pooled loans with a minimum aggregate principal balance of approximately $183.2 million to be transferred from OnDeck to ODAST. Class A and Class B commitments bear interest at 3.15% and 5.68%, respectively. Monthly payments of interest are due beginning June 17, 2014 and principal and interest are due beginning in June 2016, with the final payment occurring in May 2018.

On June 18, 2014, the subsidiaries, which were dormant, SBLP II and FOR were dissolved.

In July 2014, OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC (“ODAP”) was formed. In August 2014 this entity entered into a $75 million revolving line of credit with Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC. The commitment bears interest at LIBOR plus 4%, and matures in August 2016.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In July 2014, one investor exercised 285,164 Series C-1 preferred warrants for $1.6 million. The exercises will increase the total redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding while reducing the corresponding warrant liability in subsequent periods.

In August 2014, two investors exercised 197,851 and 15,566 shares of Series B and C-1 preferred stock warrants, respectively, for a combined total of $0.7 million. Additionally, four investors exercised 785,204 of common stock warrants for $0.5 million. The exercise of the preferred warrants will increase the total redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding while reducing the corresponding warrant liability in subsequent periods.

In September 2014, two investors exercised 56,369 and 4,434 shares of Series B and C-1 preferred stock warrants, respectively, for a combined total of $0.2 million. Additionally, 10 investors exercised 496,336 of common stock warrants for $0.4 million. The exercise of the preferred warrants will increase the total redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding while reducing the corresponding warrant liability in subsequent periods.

On September 15, 2014, the Company entered into an amendment of the ODART agreement increasing the revolving credit agreement from $111.8 million to $167.6 million. Of the total available credit, Deutsche Bank increased from $75 million to $125 million of Class A commitments, Key Bank continues to allow $25 million Class A commitments and WAM increased from $11.8 million to $17.6 million Class B commitments. Class A commitments bear interest at cost of funds rate plus 3%. Class B commitments bear interest at 7.25% plus the greater of 1% or LIBOR. The facility maturity date was extended from August 16, 2015 to September 15, 2016.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements and determined that no events or transactions met the definition of a subsequent event for purposes of recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements, other than those previously disclosed.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    December 31,
2013
(audited)
    September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
    September 30,
2014

(pro forma)
 

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,670      $ 22,642      $ 22,642   

Restricted cash

    14,842        22,615        22,615   

Loans

    222,521        433,391        433,391   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

    (19,443     (39,756     (39,756
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    203,078        393,635        393,635   

Loans held for sale

    1,423        2,653        2,653   

Deferred debt issuance costs

    2,327        5,281        5,281   

Property, equipment and software, net

    7,169        13,254        13,254   

Other assets

    1,941        5,927        5,927   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 235,450      $ 466,007      $ 466,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     

Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 1,161      $ 3,936      $ 3,936   

Interest payable

    1,120        717        717   

Funding debt

    188,297        347,204        347,204   

Corporate debt

    15,000        3,000        3,000   

Warrant liability

    4,446        2,802          

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    6,563        10,418        10,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    216,587        368,077        365,275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A preferred stock, par value $.01, 2,976,680 and 2,219,331 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively; 2,219,331 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    2,559        2,657          

Series B preferred stock, par value $.01, 5,677,581 and 5,631,851 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively; 5,377,631 and 5,631,851 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    22,918        29,860          

Series C preferred stock, par value $.01, 4,867,769 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    24,749        25,975          

Series C-1 preferred stock, par value $.01, 1,500,000 and 1,293,220 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively; 850,556 and 1,155,720 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    5,401        12,932          

Series D preferred stock, par value $.01, 7,233,878 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    62,716        66,326          

Series E preferred stock, par value $.01, 0 and 2,700,000 shares authorized and 0 and 2,617,273 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

           80,613          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    118,343        218,363          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Common stock, par value $0.01, 31,964,661, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized and 2,233,807, 4,354,496 and 28,080,318 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014 pro forma, respectively

    38        59        296   

Treasury stock – at cost

    (5,656     (5,656     (5,656

Additional paid-in capital

    1,614        4,885        225,813   

Accumulated deficit

    (95,476     (119,721     (119,721
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (99,480     (120,433     100,732   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 235,450      $ 466,007      $ 466,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
               2013                         2014            

Revenue:

    

Interest income

   $ 41,073      $ 99,873   

Gain on sales of loans

            4,569   

Other revenue

     1,004        3,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross revenue

     42,077        107,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Provision for loan losses

     16,300        47,011   

Funding costs

     9,400        12,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     25,700        59,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     16,377        48,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

     13,566        21,799   

Technology and analytics

     6,090        11,357   

Processing and servicing

     3,746        5,928   

General and administrative

     9,158        13,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     32,560        53,052   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,183     (5,021
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

    

Interest expense

     (1,070     (274

Warrant liability fair value adjustment

     (1,496     (9,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (2,566     (9,396
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (18,749     (14,417

Provision for income taxes

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (18,749     (14,417

Series A and B preferred stock redemptions

     (5,254       

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (5,414     (9,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (29,417   $ (24,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (13.73   $ (8.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.21
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    

Basic and diluted

     2,142,568        2,857,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       25,583,884   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   

Accumulated
Deficit

   

Treasury
Stock

    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          

Balance—January 1, 2013

    3,138,679      $ 31      $ 739      $ (57,446   $ (483   $ (57,159

Stock-based compensation

                  448                      448   

Buyback of Preferred stock – Series A and B

                         (5,254            (5,254

Issuance of common stock warrant

                  45                      45   

Buyback of warrants

                         (950            (950

Exercise of stock options and warrants

    613,603        7        382                      389   

Buyback of common stock

                                (5,173     (5,173

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

                         (7,470            (7,470

Net loss

                         (24,356            (24,356
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2013

    3,752,282      $ 38      $ 1,614      $ (95,476   $ (5,656   $ (99,480

Stock-based compensation

                  1,606                      1,606   

Issuance of common stock warrant

                  64                      64   

Exercise of stock options and warrants

    2,120,689        21        1,601                      1,622   

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

                         (9,828            (9,828

Net loss

                         (14,417            (14,417
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—September 30, 2014

    5,872,971      $ 59      $ 4,885      $ (119,721   $ (5,656   $ (120,433
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2013                     2014          

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (18,749   $ (14,417

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     16,300        47,011   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,764        2,848   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     1,487        2,010   

Stock-based compensation

     267        1,447   

Loss on disposal

            774   

Debt discount

     959          

Preferred stock warrant issuance and warrant liability fair value adjustment

     1,496        9,127   

Common stock warrant issuance

     25        64   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Other assets

     369        (3,986

Accounts payable

     (534     2,773   

Interest payable

     (262     (403

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     3,731        3,856   

Originations of loans held for sale

            (76,212

Sales of loans held for sale

            74,982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,853        49,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Change in restricted cash

     (274     (7,773

Purchases of property, equipment and software

     (3,542     (7,411

Capitalized internal-use software

     (1,471     (2,137

Originations of term loans and lines of credit, excluding rollovers into new originations

     (252,117     (606,120

Change in net deferred origination costs

     (1,783     (4,785

Repayments of term loans and lines of credit

     157,745        373,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (101,442     (254,888
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

     297        4,044   

Redemption of common stock and warrants

     (6,123       

Proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     49,717        77,000   

Redemption of preferred stock

     (6,282       

Proceeds from the issuance of debt

     142,343        428,535   

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (1,885     (4,964

Repayments of debt

     (87,269     (281,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     90,798        222,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (3,791     17,972   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     7,386        4,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 3,595      $ 22,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of other cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 7,588      $ 10,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Stock-based compensation included in capitalized internal-use software

   $ 8      $ 159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of term loans rolled into new originations

   $ 38,815      $ 105,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of debt to redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 8,959      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 5,414      $ 9,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

On Deck Capital, Inc.’s (“OnDeck” and collectively with its subsidiaries “the Company”) principal activity is providing financing products to small businesses located throughout the United States, and recently in Canada as well, including term loans (typically three to twenty-four months in duration for $5,000-$250,000) and lines of credit. The Company uses technology and analytics to aggregate data about a business and then quickly and efficiently analyzes the creditworthiness of the business using the Company’s proprietary credit-scoring model.

OnDeck originates most of the loans in its portfolio and also purchases loans from Bank of Internet Federal Bank (“BofI”). OnDeck subsequently transfers most loans into one of its wholly owned subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2014, the Company has five active wholly owned subsidiaries related to asset-backed revolving debt and securitization facilities that include: Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC (“SBAF”), On Deck Accounts Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC (“ODART”), On Deck Asset Company LLC (“ODAC”), OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC (“ODAST”), and OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC (“ODAP”) (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”). On Deck Capital, Inc, (“ODCI Canada”) was formed in February 2014 in British Columbia for purposes of having presence in Canada and does not have any assets, liabilities or business activity through the date the unaudited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. All Canadian loans are originated and held by OnDeck and none are originated and held by ODCI Canada. ODCS, LLC (“ODCS”) was formed on June 13, 2014 for the purpose of debt related collections. Subsidiaries acquire loans originated or purchased by OnDeck and hold them for the sole benefit of the lenders of each subsidiary. On June 18, 2014, the subsidiaries that were dormant, SBLP II, LCC (“SBLP II”) and Fund for ODC Receivables (“FOR”), were dissolved. In July 2014, ODAP was formed. Each subsidiary has specific criteria for the loans that can be transferred into the entity, such as term, size and industry concentration.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Company prepares the unaudited consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OnDeck and its wholly owned subsidiaries: SBAF, SBLP II, ODART, ODAC, ODAST, ODCS, ODCI Canada, FOR and ODAP. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP as contained in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) for interim financial information. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year or the results for any future periods. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related footnotes for the year ended December 31, 2013 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company confidentially submitted a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

common stock. Upon the consummation of the IPO, subject to certain requirements described in Note 6, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert into common stock. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2014 has been prepared assuming the conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,725,822 shares of common stock.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 assumes completion of the IPO and the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,725,822 shares of common stock as if such shares converted as of January 1, 2014 or at the time of issuance, if later.

The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share provides material information to investors because the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the Company’s IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per common share provides a measure of net loss per common share that is more comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include servicing assets/liabilities, the useful lives of long-lived assets, capitalizable software development costs, allowance for loan losses, valuation of warrants, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and stock-based compensation expense. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current events and other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subjective in nature; actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Comprehensive Loss

There are no significant items of comprehensive loss other than net loss for all periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include checking, savings and money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents funds held in demand deposit accounts as reserves on certain debt facilities and as collateral for BofI transactions. The Company has no ability to draw on the restricted accounts.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Loans and Loans Held for Sale

Loans

The Company originates term loans and lines of credit (collectively, “loans”) that are generally short term in nature, and require daily or weekly repayments. Through origination of loans the Company has the right to place a lien on the general assets of the customer by filing a UCC claim, which may not be perfected. Loans are carried at amortized cost, reduced by a valuation allowance for loan losses estimated as of the balance sheet dates. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs , the amortized cost of a loan is equal to the unpaid principal balance, plus net deferred origination costs. Additionally, when a term loan is originated in conjunction with the extinguishment of a previously issued term loan, management determines whether this is a new loan or a modification to an existing loan in accordance with ASC 310-20. If accounted for as a new loan, rather than a modification, any remaining unamortized net deferred costs are recognized when the new loan is originated. Net deferred origination costs are comprised of certain direct origination costs, net of all loan origination fees received. Direct origination costs in excess of loan origination fees received are included in the loan balance and amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. Loan origination costs are limited to direct costs attributable to originating a loan, including commissions and personnel costs directly related to the time spent by those individuals performing activities related to loan origination.

Loan origination fees include fees charged to the borrowers that increase the loan’s effective interest yield and other fees charged related to origination. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these loans to maturity.

Loans Held for Sale

In October 2013, the Company started a program whereby the Company originates and sells certain loans to third-party institutional investors and retains servicing rights. The Company sells whole loans to purchasers in exchange for a cash payment. Determination to hold or sell a loan is made within three days of initial funding. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or market until the loans are sold. Cost of loans held for sale is inclusive of unpaid principal plus net deferred origination costs.

The Company evaluates whether a servicing asset or liability has been incurred. The Company estimates the fair value of the loan servicing asset or liability considering the contractual servicing fee revenue, adequate compensation for its servicing obligation, the non-delinquent principal balances of loans and projected servicing revenues over the remaining lives of the loans. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 the Company serviced an unpaid principal amount of $16.0 million and $41.7 million of term loans for others, respectively, and determined that no servicing asset or liability is necessary.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) is established through periodic charges to the provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the ALLL when management believes that the future collection of principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALLL.

The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its portfolio on a pooled basis, due to its composition of small, homogenous loans with similar general credit risk characteristics and diversified among variables including industry and geography. The Company uses a proprietary forecast loss rate at origination for new loans that have not had the opportunity to make payments when they are first funded. The allowance is subjective as it

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

requires material estimates including such factors as historical trends, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect borrowers’ ability to repay and current economic conditions. Other qualitative factors considered may include items such as uncertainties in forecasting and modeling techniques, changes in portfolio composition, seasonality, business conditions and emerging trends. Recovery of the carrying value of loans is dependent to a great extent on conditions that may be beyond management’s control. Any combination of the aforementioned factors may adversely affect the Company’s loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies and loan losses and could require additional provisions for credit losses which could impact future periods. In the opinion of management, the Company has provided adequate allowances to absorb probable credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio based on available and relevant information affecting the loan portfolio at each balance sheet date.

Accrual for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

In September 2013, the Company introduced a line of credit product. The Company estimates probable losses on unfunded loan commitments similarly to the ALLL process and includes the calculated amount in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The Company believes the accrual for unfunded loan commitments is sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these unfunded credit facilities. The determination of the adequacy of the accrual is based on evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors for lines of credit outstanding to these customers and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, off-balance sheet credit exposures related to the undrawn line of credit balances was $2.2 million and $17.6 million, respectively. The accrual for probable loan losses related to unfunded line of credit commitments was approximately $13,000 and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively. Net adjustments to the accrual for unfunded loan commitments are charged to the provision for loan losses.

Accrual for Third Party Representations

As a component of the loan sale agreements, the Company has made certain representations to third parties that purchase loans. Any significant estimated post-sale obligations or contingent obligations to the purchaser of the loans, such as delinquent or fraudulent loan repurchase obligations or excess loss indemnification obligations, would be accrued if probable and estimable in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies . There are no restricted assets related to these agreements. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, the Company had not incurred any significant losses and had no estimable and probable obligations requiring accrual.

Nonaccrual Loans, Restructured Loans and Charged Off Loans

The Company considers a loan to be delinquent when the daily or weekly payments are one day past due. The Company stops recognizing interest income on loans when loans are delinquent and non-paying. Loans are returned to accrual status if they are brought to non-delinquent status or have performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and, in management’s judgment, will continue to make periodic principal and interest payments as scheduled.

As part of its effort to maximize receipts, the Company may agree to revised payment plans with certain borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience difficulty in meeting the loan’s contractually required payments. The Company’s loan revision policy only allows for delays in payment. Management evaluates the significance of the modifications compared to original terms. To date, all modifications have been insignificant relative to the loans.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

After the 90th day of delinquency, the Company will make an initial assessment of whether an individual loan should be charged off based on payment status and information gathered through collection efforts. A loan is charged off when the Company determines it is probable that it will be unable to collect all of the originally scheduled principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement.

Deferred Debt Issuance Costs and Debt

The Company borrows from various lenders to finance its lending activities and general corporate operations. Costs incurred in connection with financing, such as banker fees, origination fees and legal fees, are classified by management as deferred debt issuance costs. Management capitalizes these costs and amortizes them over the expected life of the related financing agreements using the effective interest method. The related fees are expensed immediately upon early extinguishment of the debt; in a debt modification, the initial issuance costs and any additional fees incurred as a result of the modification are deferred over the term of the new agreement.

Interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs incurred on debt used to fund loan originations are recorded as funding costs in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations and calculated using the effective interest yield method. Interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs incurred on debt used to fund general business operations are recorded as interest expense, a component of other expense, in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations and calculated using the effective interest yield method.

Property, Equipment and Software

Property, equipment and software consists of computer and office equipment, purchased software, capitalized internal-use software costs and leasehold improvements. Property, equipment and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Computer and office equipment and purchased software are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the terms of the respective leases or the estimated lives of the improvements.

In accordance with ASC subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software , the costs to develop software for the Company’s website and other internal uses are capitalized beginning when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has authorized funding and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized internal-use software costs primarily include salaries and payroll-related costs for employees directly involved in the development efforts, software licenses acquired and fees paid to outside consultants.

Software development costs incurred prior to meeting the criteria for capitalization and costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Certain upgrades and enhancements to existing software that result in additional functionality are capitalized. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over their expected useful lives, generally three years.

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of those assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the excess carrying amount. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, no impairments of long-lived assets were deemed necessary.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the holder after the passage of time and therefore has been classified outside of permanent equity in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 3C, Redeemable Preferred Stock . The Company makes periodic accretions to the carrying amount of the redeemable convertible preferred stock so that the carrying amount will equal the redemption amount at the earliest redemption date, February 25, 2019. When preferred stock warrants are exercised for shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and the fair value of the redeemable preferred stock on the date of exercise of the warrants is more than the redemption amount of the preferred stock, the carrying amount of the preferred stock is recorded at its fair value on the date of issuance on the balance sheet.

Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company issues warrants for certain series of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to third parties in connection with certain agreements. As the warrant holders have the right to demand their preferred shares to be settled in cash after the passage of time, the Company records the warrants as liabilities. The Company values the warrants at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model or a combination of methodologies as described in Note 9. Any change in warrant value is recorded through warrant liability fair value adjustment in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of warrants issued in association with new debt agreements is treated as a debt discount and reduces the initial carrying value of the related debt. The discount is amortized as interest expense and is accreted to the note carrying value using the effective interest method over the term of the notes. The fair value of warrants issued in association with consulting agreements and banking arrangements is treated as consulting expense and bank fees, respectively, and is recorded as an operating expense in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Agreements and arrangements with periods of performance are amortized over the contractual period of the services.

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income

The Company generates revenue primarily through interest and origination fees earned on loans originated and held to maturity.

The Company recognizes interest and origination fee revenue over the terms of the underlying loans using the effective interest method on unpaid principal amounts. Origination fees collected but not yet recognized as revenue are netted with direct origination costs and are recorded as a component of loans in the consolidated balance sheets.

Borrowers who elect to prepay term loans are required to pay interest and fees that would have been assessed had the loans been repaid over their original terms. As a result, revenue recognition is not impacted by estimates for prepayments.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Gain on Sales of Loans

In October 2013, the Company started a program whereby the Company originates and sells certain loans to third-party purchasers and retains servicing rights. The Company accounts for the loan sales in accordance with ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets . In accordance with this guidance, a transfer of a financial asset, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in a financial asset is accounted for as a sale if all of the following conditions are met:

 

  1.   The financial assets are isolated from the transferor and its consolidated affiliates as well as its creditors

 

  2.   The transferee or beneficial interest holders have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred financial assets

 

  3.   The transferor does not maintain effective control of the transferred assets

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, all sales met the requirements for sale treatment under the guidance for Transfers and Servicing. The Company records the gain or loss on the sale of a loan at the sale date in an amount equal to the proceeds received less outstanding principal and net deferred origination costs.

Other Revenue

The Company retains servicing rights on sold loans and recognizes servicing revenue on current outstanding loan principal balances of the sold loans as a component of other revenue. In accordance with ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets , the Company has not recognized a servicing asset or liability as the benefits of servicing are just adequate to compensate the Company for its servicing responsibilities. Other revenue also includes marketing fees earned from our bank partners, which are recognized as the related services are provided and the monthly fees charged to customers for the Company’s line of credit products.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , all stock-based compensation made to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the option holder is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires an estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in the sales and marketing line item in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, advertising costs totaled $5.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013 or September 30, 2014.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States for federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations for years prior to 2010, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2010 may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service if used in a future period. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets or liabilities in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for assets or liabilities for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of option pricing models, discounted cash flows, or similar techniques, which incorporate management’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the instrument or valuations that require significant management judgment or estimation.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss per share available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and excludes the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. The Company computes net loss per common share using the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities due to their cumulative dividend rights. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities, which include participation rights in undistributed earnings, are subtracted from net income or loss to determine total undistributed earnings or losses to be allocated to common stockholders. All participating securities are excluded from basic weighted-average common shares outstanding.

Diluted net loss per common share includes the dilution that would occur upon the exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities into common stock using the “treasury stock” or “if converted” methods, as applicable. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, basic and diluted net loss per common share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , which amends ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes . ASU 2013-11 requires entities to present unrecognized tax benefits as a liability and not combine it with deferred tax assets to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date. This accounting standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and requires prospective application. The adoption of these provisions does not have a significant impact on the Company’s unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue Recognition , which creates ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and supersedes ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 requires revenue to be recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This accounting standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact this accounting standard will have on its unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

3. Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013
(unaudited)
    2014
(unaudited)
 

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (18,749   $ (14,417

Less: Series A and B preferred stock redemptions

     (5,254       

Less: accretion of dividends on the redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (5,414     (9,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (29,417   $ (24,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     2,142,568        2,857,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (13.73   $ (8.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following common share equivalent securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

Anti-Dilutive Common Share Equivalents

   September 30,
2013
(unaudited)
     September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A

     2,219,331         2,219,331   

Series B

     5,377,631         5,631,851   

Series C

     4,867,769         4,867,769   

Series C-1

     850,556         1,155,720   

Series D

     7,233,878         7,233,878   

Series E

             2,617,273   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     696,884         152,500   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     2,001,033         1,653,763   

Stock options

     3,693,014         4,985,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti-dilutive common share equivalents

     26,940,096         30,517,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share (unaudited)

The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock as of the beginning of the period or at the time of issuance, if later, and the reclassification of the outstanding warrant liabilities as of September 30, 2014 to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the period. Pro forma net loss per share does not give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data) for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited):

 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (24,245

Plus: accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     9,828   

Plus: changes in fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities

     9,122   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (5,295
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

     2,857,871   

Plus: conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock—weighted average shares (1)

     22,726,013   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted loss per share—weighted average shares

     25,583,884   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (0.21
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The weighted average shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock converted to common stock as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited):

 

     Total shares
outstanding
     Weighted
Average Shares
Outstanding
 

Series A—Series D (issued prior to January 1, 2014)

     20,549,165         20,549,165   

Series E (issued February 27, 2014)

     2,617,273         2,061,222   

Series C-1 (issued July 28, 2014)

     285,164         66,852   

Series B and Series C-1 (issued August 6, 2014)

     202,681         40,833   

Series B and Series C-1 (issued August 12, 2014)

     10,736         1,927   

Series B and Series C-1 (issued September 3, 2014)

     60,803         6,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock converted to common stock

     23,725,822         22,726,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
 

Term loans

   $ 213,570       $ 405,783   

Line of credit

     2,396         16,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unpaid principal balance

     215,966         422,050   

Net deferred origination costs

     6,555         11,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 222,521       $ 433,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The activity in the allowance for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ 9,288   

Provision for loan losses

     16,300   

Loans charged off

     (11,994

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

     1,152   
  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2013

   $ 14,746   
  

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 19,443   

Provision for loan losses

     47,011   

Loans charged off

     (28,462

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

     1,764   
  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2014

   $ 39,756   
  

 

 

 

OnDeck originates most of the loans in its portfolio and also purchases loans from issuing bank partners. Purchases of financing receivables for the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 were $47.3 million and $126.5 million, respectively.

In the third quarter of 2013, the Company began selling previously charged-off loans to a third-party debt collector. The proceeds from these sales are recorded as a component of the recoveries of loans previously charged off. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, previously charged-off loans sold accounted for $0 and $1.4 million of recoveries of loans previously charged off, respectively.

Below is a table that illustrates the loan balance related to non-delinquent, paying and non-paying delinquent loans as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2013
     September 30, 2014
(unaudited)
 

Non-delinquent loans

   $ 191,849       $ 380,155   

Delinquent: Paying (accrual status)

     17,473         30,210   

Delinquent: Not Paying (non-accrual status)

     6,644         11,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 215,966       $ 422,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance of the allowance for loan losses for non-delinquent loans was $9.8 million and $19.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively, while the balance of the allowance for loan losses for delinquent loans was $9.6 million and $20.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table shows an aging analysis of term loans by delinquency status as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
 

By delinquency status:

     

Non-delinquent loans

   $ 191,849       $ 380,155   

1-14 calendar days past due

     7,658         19,275   

15-29 calendar days past due

     4,237         4,662   

30-59 calendar days past due

     5,206         6,515   

60-89 calendar days past due

     3,648         5,445   

90 + calendar days past due

     3,368         5,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unpaid principal balance

   $ 215,966       $ 422,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Debt

The following table summarizes the Company’s outstanding debt as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014:

 

Description

   Type    Maturity Date      Interest
Rate
    December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
 
                       (in thousands)  

Funding Debt:

          

ODAST Agreement

   Securitization
Facility
     May 2018         3.4   $       $ 174,970   

ODART Agreement

   Revolving      September 2016         3.6     52,253         84,573   

ODAC Agreement

   Revolving      October 2015         8.3     24,374         28,330   

ODAP Agreement

   Revolving      August 2016         5.0             40,483   

SBAF Agreement

   Revolving      Ongoing         8.1     18,680         18,848   

SBLP II Agreement

   Revolving     
 
 
July 2014
(Extinguished
April 2014)
  
  
  
     7.8     84,990           

SSL&SA

   Revolving     
 
 
July 2014
(Extinguished
February 2014)
  
  
  
     16     8,000           
          

 

 

    

 

 

 
             188,297         347,204   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate Debt:

             

Square 1 Agreement

   Revolving      September 2015         5.0     15,000         3,000   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 
           $ 203,297       $ 350,204   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

In October 2013, ODAC entered into a $25 million revolving credit agreement (the “ODAC Agreement”) with Waterfall Asset Management (“WAM”). On January 2, 2014, ODAC entered into a second amendment with WAM significantly increasing the financing limit of the ODAC Agreement to from $25 million to $50 million. No other significant terms were modified under the amendment.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In August 2013, and as subsequently amended, the Company entered into an $8 million senior subordinated loan and security agreement (“SSL&SA”) with certain entities collectively referred to as SF Capital. On January 22, 2014, the Company entered into a second amendment with SF Capital, significantly increasing the credit limit available on SSL&SA from $8 million to $18 million with borrowings up to $8 million bearing the original interest rate of 16% and all borrowings in excess of $8 million bearing an interest rate of 12%. No other significant terms were modified under this amendment.

On February 27, 2014, approximately $30 million of the proceeds of the issuance of the Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares was used to repay the SSL&SA in full and portions of certain other debt payable.

On April 7, 2014, the SBLP II Agreement was terminated and the amount outstanding of $63,264,830 was paid in full to the lenders. Approximately $54 million of eligible loans were transferred to ODART and were purchased with the existing ODART Agreement. The remaining balance due was paid by OnDeck.

On May 8, 2014, ODAST entered into a $175 million securitization agreement with Deutsche Bank Securities (“Deutsche Bank”) as administrative agent. Of the total commitment, Deutsche Bank allows for $156.7 million of Class A (primary group of lenders) asset backed notes and $18.3 million of Class B (subordinate group of lenders) asset backed notes. The agreement requires pooled loans to be transferred from the Company to ODAST with a minimum aggregate principal balance of approximately $183.2 million. Class A and Class B commitments bear interest at 3.15% and 5.68%, respectively. Monthly payments of interest are due beginning June 17, 2014 and principal and interest are due beginning in June 2016, with the final payment occurring in May 2018.

In August 2014, ODAP entered into a $75 million revolving line of credit with Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC. The commitment bears interest at LIBOR plus 4%, and matures in August 2016.

On September 15, 2014, the Company entered into an amendment of the ODART agreement increasing the revolving credit agreement from $111.8 million to $167.6 million. Of the total available credit, the Class A commitments increased from $100 million to $150 million and the Class B commitments increased from $11.8 million to $17.6 million. Class A commitments bear interest at cost of funds rate plus 3%. Class B commitments bear interest at 7.25% plus the greater of 1% or LIBOR. The facility maturity date was also extended from August 16, 2015 to September 15, 2016.

As of September 30, 2014, the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants required per the debt agreements, as amended.

6. Warrant Liabilities

In conjunction with certain consulting agreements, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E warrants”). As of September 30, 2014, the holders were entitled to purchase 15,000 shares of Series E at a price of $29.42 per share. The warrants are exercisable upon vesting through the earlier of ten years after issuance (various dates through June 6, 2024), or two years after closing a qualified initial public offering (in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $40,000,000 of gross proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation, “IPO”). As the Series E

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

warrants vest, they will be recorded as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and subsequently adjusted to fair value each period because they are currently exercisable into redeemable securities. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, changes in the fair value of these and previously issued warrants were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as warrant liability fair value adjustment.

In September 2014, in conjunction with a general marketing agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase shares of common stock (“common stock warrant”) to a strategic partner. As of September 30, 2014, the holder was entitled to purchase up to 1,103,248 shares of common stock at a price of $21.32 per share. The number of exercisable shares is dependent upon performance conditions. The warrant is exercisable upon vesting through the earlier of ten years after issuance, September 29, 2024, or one year after the termination of the agreement. As the performance conditions are met, the common stock warrant will be recorded as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets and as sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value each period and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as warrant liability fair value adjustment. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, no performance conditions had been met and therefore no expense or liability has been recorded.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the price per share and authorized number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

 

     Original
Issue Price
per Share
     Number of Shares Authorized  

Series Name

      December 31, 2013      September 30, 2014
(unaudited)
 

Series A

   $ 0.72900         2,976,680         2,219,331   

Series B

     2.95020         5,677,581         5,631,851   

Series C

     4.20000         4,867,769         4,867,769   

Series C-1

     5.52580         1,500,000         1,293,220   

Series D

     8.31775         7,233,878         7,233,878   

Series E

     29.42000                 2,700,000   

Series A, Series B, Series C, Series C-1, Series D and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively referred to as the “preferred stock” and individually as the “Series A”, “Series B”, “Series C”, “Series C-1”, “Series D” and “Series E”. Each of the prices per share is referred to as the original issue price and excludes the cost of issuance. Any costs incurred in connection with the issuance of various classes of the preferred stock have been recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount. The Company may issue and redeem preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. Any shares of preferred stock that are redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Company may be reissued, except as restricted by law or contract.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 by original issuance dates:

 

     Issuance Date    Number of Shares
Outstanding at
 

Series Name

      December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2014

(unaudited)
 

Series A

   August 11, 2006      1,390,448         1,390,448   

Series A

   October 27, 2006      573,539         573,539   

Series A

   February 14, 2007      255,344         255,344   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total: Series A

        2,219,331         2,219,331   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series B

   December 3, 2007      2,886,275         2,886,275   

Series B

   April 2, 2008      169,480         169,480   

Series B

   May 9, 2008      288,116         288,116   

Series B

   February 4, 2009      84,740         84,740   

Series B

   March 18, 2009      1,883,473         1,883,473   

Series B

   March 19 2009      65,547         65,547   

Series B

   August 6, 2014              187,898   

Series B

   August 12, 2014              9,953   

Series B

   September 3, 2014              56,369   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total: Series B

        5,377,631         5,631,851   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series C

   December 20, 2010      3,534,435         3,534,435   

Series C

   April 6, 2011      1,333,334         1,333,334   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total: Series C

        4,867,769         4,867,769   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series C-1

   January 26, 2012      850,556         850,556   

Series C-1

   July 28, 2014              285,164   

Series C-1

   August 6, 2014              14,783   

Series C-1

   August 12, 2014              783   

Series C-1

   September 3, 2014              4,434   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total: Series C-1

        850,556         1,155,720   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Series D

   February 7, 2013      5,190,058         5,190,058   

Series D

   April 19, 2013      2,043,820         2,043,820   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total: Series D

        7,233,878         7,233,878   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series E

   February 27, 2014              2,617,273   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents a summary of activity for the Preferred Stock issued and outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Series
A
    Series
B
    Series
C
     Series
C-1
     Series
D
     Series
E
     Total
Amount
 

Balance January 1, 2013

   $ 3,250      $ 21,838      $ 23,113       $ 5,025       $       $       $ 53,226   

Redemption of preferred stock (1)

     (835     (193                                     (1,028

Issuance of preferred stock (2)

                                   58,675                 58,675   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

     144        1,273        1,636         376         4,041                 7,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2014

     2,559        22,918        24,749         5,401         62,716                 118,343   

Issuance of preferred stock

                                           76,985         76,985   

Exercise of preferred stock warrants

            5,982                7,225                         13,207   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

     98        960        1,226         306         3,610         3,628         9,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2014

   $ 2,657      $ 29,860      $ 25,975       $ 12,932       $ 66,326       $ 80,613       $ 218,363   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) During 2013, the Company redeemed 757,349 shares of Series A and 45,730 shares of Series B stock held by investors. The differential between the redemption price and the carrying value of the shares of $5.3 million was charged to accumulated deficit in accordance with accounting for distinguishing liabilities from equity.
(2) Includes the conversion of a convertible note.

Dividends

Each series of preferred stock contains a cumulative dividend rate of 8% per share. No dividends were declared through September 30, 2014 or through the date of issuing these financial statements. Cumulative dividends are payable in the event of redemption. In addition to the preferential cumulative dividends, holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, on an if-converted basis, any declared or paid dividends on the Company’s common stock.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock (subject to adjustments for events of dilution). Mandatory conversion will occur in the following situations:

Series E—The earlier of the closing of a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders or at least a majority of the Series E then outstanding.

Series D—The earlier of the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least two (2) times the Series D original issue price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits), in a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Series D then outstanding.

Series C and Series C-1—Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Series B—The earlier of the closing of a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Series B then outstanding.

Series A—The earlier of the closing of a Qualified IPO, or a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the Series A then outstanding.

Preferred Stock (all series)—Upon vote or written consent of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of all series, eighty percent (80%) of Series C shares, sixty-seven percent (67%) of Series D shares and sixty-seven percent (67%) of Series E shares.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, merger or consolidation (resulting in the common and preferred stockholders’ loss of majority), disposition or transfer of assets, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), and after all declared dividends have been paid, holders of certain series of preferred stock are entitled to participate in the distribution of remaining Company assets along with common stockholders at a rate equal to the following:

Series D—If liquidation occurs within 24 months of the Series D issuance, the Series D holders are entitled to an original issue multiplier ranging from 1.50 - 1.75 times the original issue price.

Series C—The Series C holders are entitled to an original issue price multiplier of 2.00 times the original issue price.

Series A—The Series A holders are entitled to an original issue price multiplier of 2.00 times the original issue price.

Series B, Series C-1 and Series E—The Series B, Series C-1 and Series E holders do not have a multiplier in their preferential treatment in liquidation.

Redemption Rights

Each series of preferred stock is redeemable at the election of its holders, within sixty days after the receipt of a written request from at least a majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of the respective series of preferred stock and at an earliest possible preferred stock redemption date of February 25, 2019. The redemption price is equal to any unpaid cumulative dividends and other dividends plus the original issue price.

Voting Rights

The Series A, Series B and Series D holders each have the right to elect one member of the board of directors (the “Board”). The Series C holders have the right to elect two members of the Board. For voting purposes, the number of votes per holder is equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock are convertible. The Series C-1 and Series E holders do not have Board designation rights.

8. Income Tax

As part of the process of preparing the unaudited consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves determining the annual effective tax rate, income tax expense (benefit) and deferred income tax expense (benefit) related to

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as the loan loss reserve, timing of depreciation and deferred rent liabilities, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company must then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered through the generation of future taxable income.

Zero income tax has been incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 due to the book losses incurred during those periods, the known and anticipated book losses for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and the significant deferred tax assets available for application should permanent and temporary differences from book income yield taxable income. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical losses and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences in the future. Therefore, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax asset.

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level at which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made.

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the above categories, as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities :

        

Warrant liability (1)

   $        —       $        —       $ 4,446       $ 4,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 4,446       $ 4,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     September 30, 2014
(unaudited)
 

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities :

     

Warrant liability (1)

   $       $       $ 2,802       $ 2,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 2,802       $ 2,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The warrant liabilities (Note 6) are classified within Level 3 because the liabilities are valued using significant unobservable inputs. The fair value of these warrants is based on a valuation of the Company’s common stock. For valuations obtained through December 31, 2013, the equity value determined was then

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method (“OPM”). Estimates of the volatility for the option pricing model were based on the asset volatility of common stock of a group of comparable, publicly-traded companies. For September 30, 2014, we determined the most reasonable estimate of the underlying common stock to be a combination of the OPM, secondary transactions with third-party investors and an IPO scenario as greater clarity developed regarding the price of the stock in a third-party market. Estimates of expected term were based on the remaining contractual period of the warrants.

A hypothetical increase or decrease in assumed asset volatility of 10% in the OPM would result in a negligible impact (less than 0%) to the fair value of the warrants. In the unaudited consolidated statements of operations, changes in fair value are included in warrant liability fair value adjustment.

There were no transfers between levels for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     2013
(unaudited)
     2014
(unaudited)
 

Warrant liability balance at January 1

   $      707       $ 4,446   

Issuance of warrants at fair value

               

Exercise of warrants

             (10,766

Change in fair value

     1,496         9,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrant liability balance at September 30

   $  2,203       $ 2,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Disclosed at Fair Value

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including loans, loans held for sale and debt, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and are considered Level 3. The carrying value of the Company’s financing obligations, such as debt, approximates fair value, considering the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing obligations with similar terms and credit risks.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option Plan, pursuant to which the Company has authorized 9,493,194 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The terms of the stock option grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Stock options are granted at exercise prices defined by the Committee but, historically, have been equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had 3,006,191 shares allocated to the plan but not yet issued. The options typically vest at a rate of 25% after one year from the vesting commencement date and then monthly over an additional three-year period. The options expire ten years from the grant date or, for terminated employees, 90 days after the employee’s termination date. Compensation expense for the fair value of the options at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting period.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is allocated to operating expenses in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 was approximately $0.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of option activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited):

 

     Number of
options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

     3,907,485      $ 1.03         

Granted

     1,795,283        19.11         

Exercised

     (625,171     0.73         

Forfeited

     (84,835     5.04         

Expired

     (7,361     1.09         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at September 30, 2014

     4,985,401      $ 7.51         8.60       $ 85,999   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at September 30, 2014

     1,397,416      $ 0.95         7.48       $ 33,278   
  

 

 

         

Vested or expected to vest (in future) as of September 30, 2014

     4,238,964      $ 7.24         8.54       $ 74,264   
  

 

 

         

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30 (in thousands):

 

     2013
(unaudited)
     2014
(unaudited)
 

Sales and marketing

   $ 71       $ 325   

Technology and analytics

     20         290   

Processing and servicing

     15         126   

General and administrative

     161         706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 267       $ 1,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized as of September 30, 2014 was $15.8 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.7 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 was $0.5 million and $8.6 million, respectively.

Stock Option Modification

Because the original exercise price of stock options granted in January and February 2014 was significantly less than the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, in June 2014, the Company’s board of directors increased the exercise price of these stock options. There were 177,000 unvested options modified such that the original exercise price of $1.36 per share was increased to $7.42 per share. As an incentive, impacted optionees were granted additional options for 19,470 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.42. The Company made no other changes to the terms of the options and there was no incremental increase in stock-based compensation expense as a result of the modification.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease Commitments

On January 23, 2014, the Company signed a lease to rent additional space in the same building of its corporate headquarters in New York City. The lease terminates in August 2023 and calls for monthly payments of $61,000, with escalations beginning in its second year. The terms also provide for a tenant allowance of $0.9 million and rent holiday for the first sixteen months. Deferred rent is included in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities.

In November 2011, the Company entered into an operating lease in New York for its corporate headquarters. In March 2013, the Company vacated this office and, in July 2013, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with a tenant. In September 2014, the Company agreed with the lessor on terms to terminate the lease agreement. The Company relieved the recorded sublease liability and accrued the agreed upon termination fee of $0.5 million, resulting in an expense of $0.3 million.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and loans. The Company holds cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in accounts at regulated domestic financial institutions in amounts that may exceed FDIC insured amounts. The Company believes these institutions to be of high credit quality and has not experienced any related losses to date.

The Company is exposed to default risk on borrower loans originated. The Company performs evaluations of borrowers’ financial conditions as needed and does not allow borrowers to have more than two loans outstanding at any one time. There is no single borrower or group of borrowers that comprise a significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio.

Contingencies

The Company may be subject to pending legal proceedings and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty but the Company does not anticipate that the final outcome, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

12. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company’s operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.

Substantially all revenue was generated and all assets were held in the United States during the periods presented. In April 2014, the Company began originating loans with Canadian customers. All Canadian activity through the issuing date of these unaudited consolidated financial statements has been insignificant.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

13. Subsequent Events

The Square 1 Agreement was amended and restated on November 3, 2014 increasing the credit limit from $15 million to $20 million, reducing the applicable interest rate from 5.0% to prime plus 1.25% with a 4.5% floor per annum and extending the commitment termination date to October 30, 2015.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issuance date of these unaudited consolidated financial statements and determined that no events or transactions met the definition of a subsequent event for purposes of recognition or disclosure in the unaudited consolidated financial statements, other than those previously disclosed.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Through and including                 , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 17,430   

NYSE Listing fee

     250,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     5,000   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the three year period preceding November 6, 2014, the Registrant sold the following unregistered securities:

Convertible Promissory Note Issuances

In December 2012, the Registrant issued convertible senior unsecured notes in the aggregate principal amount of $8 million in a private placement. We refer to these notes as the 2012 convertible notes. The 2012 convertible notes accrued interest at a rate equal to 6.0% per year. Each of these notes was converted into shares of our Series D preferred stock in February 2013 at a discount of 10% to the price of our Series D preferred stock in connection with our Series D preferred stock financing.

Warrant Issuances and Exercises

In November 2011, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase a total of 238,863 shares of its common stock to six investors at a weighted average exercise price of $0.59 per share. Two of such warrants, representing a right to purchase an aggregate of 10,338 shares of common stock have since expired by their terms.

In July, September, October, November and December 2012, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase a total of 442,664 shares of its Series C-1 preferred stock to two accredited investors at an exercise price of $5.53 per share.

In August and October 2013, and January, September and October 2014, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase a total of 1,183,248 shares of its common stock to three accredited investors at a weighted average exercise price of $20.12 per share.

In March 2014 and June 2014, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase a total of 15,000 shares of its Series E preferred stock to two accredited investors at an exercise price of $29.42 per share.

In December 2011 and April 2012, the Registrant issued 25,776 shares of common stock to three investors upon the cashless net exercise of three outstanding warrants based on an exercise price of $0.53 per share for an aggregate net exercise price of $13,661.

In August, September, October and November 2014, the Registrant issued 1,629,046 shares of common stock to 20 accredited investors upon the exercise of outstanding warrants based on a weighted average cash exercise price of $0.77 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,255,365.

In August and September 2014, the Registrant issued 254,220 shares of Series B preferred stock to six accredited investors upon the exercise of outstanding warrants based on a weighted average exercise price of $2.95 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $749,999.

In July, August and September 2014, the Registrant issued 305,164 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock to seven accredited investors upon the exercise of outstanding warrants based on an exercise price of $5.53 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,686,275.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Issuances

On January 26, 2012, the Registrant sold 850,556 shares of its Series C-1 preferred stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $5.53 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.7 million.

On February 7, 2013, and at an additional closing on April 19, 2013, the Registrant sold 7,233,878 shares of its Series D preferred stock to eleven accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $8.32 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $60.2 million. A portion of the proceeds from this transaction was used for the repurchase of shares of common stock, including the repurchases described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party and Other Transactions.”

On February 27, 2014, the Registrant sold 2,617,273 shares of its Series E preferred stock to fourteen accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $29.42 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $77.0 million.

Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan-Related Issuances

The Registrant has granted to its directors, officers and employees options to purchase 5,272,829 shares of common stock under its Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $24.76.

The Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 1,469,529 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under its Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.53 to $1.53, for aggregate consideration of $1,001,188.

The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D, Regulation S, or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer in a private offering to certain types of investors, in an offshore transaction, or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided in the applicable statutes, rules and regulations.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits:

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or

 

II-3


Table of Contents

otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on November 10, 2014.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Noah Breslow

 

Noah Breslow

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Noah Breslow, Howard Katzenberg and Cory Kampfer, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement on Form S-1 of On Deck Capital, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Noah Breslow

Noah Breslow

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 10, 2014

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

Howard Katzenberg

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   November 10, 2014

/s/ David Hartwig

David Hartwig

  

Director

  November 10, 2014

/s/ J. Sanford Miller

J. Sanford Miller

  

Director

  November 10, 2014

/s/ James D. Robinson

James D. Robinson III

  

Director

  November 10, 2014

/s/ Jane J. Thompson

Jane J. Thompson

  

Director

  November 10, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Ronald F. Verni

Ronald F. Verni

  

Director

  November 10, 2014

/s/ Neil E. Wolfson

Neil E. Wolfson

  

Director

  November 10, 2014

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1    Form of common stock certificate.
  4.2    Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated March 13, 2014, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  4.3    Form of warrant to purchase Series B preferred stock.
  4.4    Form of warrant to purchase Series C-1 preferred stock.
  4.5    Form of warrant to purchase Series E preferred stock.
  4.6    Form of warrant to purchase common stock.
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.3+    2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.4+    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreement thereunder.
10.5+    Employee Bonus Plan.
10.6+    Outside Director Compensation Policy.
10.7+   

Confirmatory Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and Noah Breslow dated October 30, 2014.

10.8+    Confirmatory Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and James Hobson dated November 7, 2014.
10.9+    Confirmatory Employment Offer Letter between the Registrant and Howard Katzenberg dated November 3, 2014.
10.10+    Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Noah Breslow.
10.11+    Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant and other executive officers.
10.12    Lease, dated September 25, 2012, by and between the Registrant and 1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C.
10.13    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 3, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Square 1 Bank.
10.14    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 15, 2014, by and among OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
10.15    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, by and among Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, each Lender party thereto from time to time and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended January 10, 2014.
10.16    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 17, 2014, by and among On Deck Asset Company, LLC, each Lender party thereto from time to time, ODBL IV, LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
10.17    Base Indenture, dated May 8, 2014, by and between OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.18    Series 2014-1 Supplement, dated May 8, 2014, by and between OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
10.19    Credit Agreement, dated August 15, 2014, by and among OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC, Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
10.20    Form of Managed Applicant Commission Agreement between the Registrant and its funding advisors.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 1.1

[            ] Shares

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[            ], 2014


            , 2014

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [•] shares of the Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [•] shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as representatives of the several Underwriters (the “ Representatives ”), shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.


For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein, it being understood that the only such information is that described in Section 9(b) hereof.

 

2


(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, together with related notes, as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods. Such financial statements and related notes thereto have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted principles of accounting (“ U.S. GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed therein, and all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of results for such periods have been made. The summary and selected consolidated financial data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and such data has been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements presented therein and the books and records of the Company. The pro forma financial statements and other pro forma financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements, have been properly compiled on the pro forma bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. The Company and its subsidiaries do not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off balance sheet obligations or any “variable interest entities” within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46), not disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. There are no financial statements (historical or pro forma) that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that are not included as required.

 

3


(e) Ernst & Young LLP, who has certified certain of the financial statements filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(f) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that it is in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, that are in effect and with which the Company is required to comply (including Section 402 related to loans). As of the date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement, there were no outstanding personal loans made, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to any director or executive officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(g) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(h) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent such concepts are applicable under such laws), has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification (to the extent such concepts are applicable under such laws), except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

(i) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(j) As of the closing of the sale of the Firm Shares, the authorized capital stock of the Company will conform as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(k) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

4


(l) The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been validly waived.

(m) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above, where such contravention would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or a material effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required to be obtained for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except (i) such as has previously been obtained and (ii) such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or foreign jurisdictions or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(n) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(o) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents to which the Company is subject or by which the Company is bound that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

(p) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

5


(q) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(r) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(s) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(t) Except as have been validly waived in connection with the offering or as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(u) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its non-controlled affiliates or any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to improperly influence official action or secure an improper advantage for the Company or its subsidiaries; and the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

6


(v) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(w) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or, officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii) For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

7


(x) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock other than from its employees or other service providers in connection with the termination of their service, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(y) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially diminish the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(z) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, license or otherwise have a valid right to use, or can acquire on commercially reasonable terms, all material (i) trademarks and service marks and trade names, and all goodwill associated therewith, (ii) patents and inventions, (iii) trade secrets and other confidential information, (iv) copyrights, and (v) domain names (collectively, “Intellectual Property” ) currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, except where the failure to own or possess, license or otherwise have a valid right to use, or acquire on commercially reasonable terms any of the foregoing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with Intellectual Property rights of others or in regard to rights of privacy or publicity which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. To the Company’s knowledge and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) the Company has not obtained or used any of its Intellectual Property in violation of any contractual obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective officers, directors or employees, and (ii) no person or entity is infringing or misappropriating the Company’s Intellectual Property or has challenged the rights of the Company or any subsidiary to their Intellectual Property or the validity or enforceability

 

8


of such Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable measures to protect their rights in Intellectual Property, including commercially reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of their trade secrets and prevent the unauthorized dissemination of their confidential information or, to the extent required by contract, the confidential information of third parties in their possession.

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries have used all software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“ Open Source Materials ”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Materials, except where the failure to comply would not have a material adverse effect; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has used or distributed any Open Source Materials in a manner that requires or has required (A) the Company or any of the subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any products or services of the Company or any of the subsidiaries, or any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of the subsidiaries or (B) any products or services of the Company or any of the subsidiaries, or any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of the subsidiaries, to be (i) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (ii) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (iii) redistributed at no charge, except, in the case of each of (A) and (B) above, such as would not have a material adverse effect.

(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries own or have a valid right to access and use all material computer systems, networks, hardware, software, databases, websites, and equipment used to process, store, maintain and operate data, information, and functions used in connection with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “ Company IT Systems ”), except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Company IT Systems are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with, the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented commercially reasonable backup, security and disaster recovery technology consistent in all material respects with applicable regulatory standards and customary industry practices.

(cc) The Company has operated its business in a manner compliant with all privacy, data security and data protection laws and regulations, all contractual obligations and all Company policies applicable to the Company’s collection, handling, usage, disclosure and storage of all personally identifiable data (“ Personal Data ”), along with all other data, including without limitation, IP addresses, mobile device identifiers and website usage activity data (“ Device and Activity Data ”), except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. In addition, in collecting, handling, using, disclosing and/or storing Device and Activity Data, the Company complies in all material respects with all applicable industry guidelines and codes of conduct. The Company has implemented and maintains policies

 

9


and procedures designed to ensure the integrity, security and confidentiality of all Personal Data and all Device and Activity Data collected, handled, used, disclosed and/or stored in connection with the Company’s operation of its business. The Company complies with privacy, data security and data protection laws, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, and has policies and procedures in place designed to ensure privacy, data security and data protection laws are materially complied with and takes appropriate steps which are reasonably designed to assure compliance in all material respects with such policies and procedures. Such policies and procedures comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations applicable to the Company as well as all contractual obligations applicable to Company. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company has not experienced any security incident that has compromised the privacy and/or security of any Personal Data.

(dd) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(ee) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company reasonably believes are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not be able to renew their existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(ff) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(gg) To the Company’s knowledge, there are no affiliations or associations between any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and any of the Company’s officers, directors or 5% or greater securityholders.

 

10


(hh) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain a system of internal accounting controls over financial reporting sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) has been identified and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting has occurred that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(ii) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(jj) The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, have been approved for listing subject to notice of issuance on the [•].

(kk) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not have a material adverse effect, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(ll) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

11


(mm) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications [other than those listed on Schedule [•] hereto]. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(nn) As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(oo) The statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Time of Sale Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(pp) The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with and conduct their business in conformity with, all applicable laws and regulations, except where the failure to so comply or conform would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $[•] a share (the “ Purchase Price ”).

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [•] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the

 

12


Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least two business days after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

3. Terms of Public Offering . The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[•] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[•] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[•] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2014, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [            ], 2014, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [            ], 2014, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an

 

13


Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

5. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [            ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”); and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company on behalf of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

14


(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in his capacity as such, with respect to certain financial and accounting information in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati PC, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

With respect to Sections 5(d) and 5(e) above, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati PC and Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati PC described in Section 5(d) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company and shall so state therein.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(h) The Firm Shares and Additional Shares, if any, shall have been approved for quotation upon notice of issuance on the [•].

 

15


(i) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

(ii) an opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati PC, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof;

(iii) an opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof;

(iv) a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date; and

(v) such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

6. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, nine signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

16


(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

17


(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction or (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 6(l).

(j) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement through the Time of Sale Prospectus or otherwise, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(k) The Company will use its best efforts to list the Shares, subject to notice of issuance, for quotation on the [•].

(l) The Company also covenants with each Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

18


(m) The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant, settlement of a restricted stock unit or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof pursuant to stock plans or other agreements disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (c) the issuance by the Company of shares or options to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s equity plans disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (d) the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto, (e) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement or (f) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that in the case of clauses (e) and (f), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clauses (e) and (f) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this agreement and all recipients of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock shall enter into a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

(n) If Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 5(g) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

7. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the reasonable, documented cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with

 

19


the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on [•], (v) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to travel expenses of the officers of the Company in connection with any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters), (viii) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 11 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses and the costs and expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement set forth in this Section, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, travel and lodging expenses incurred by them in connection with any road show and the costs and expenses of the Company relating to any “road show” other than those described in Section 7(vii), fees and expenses related to the acquisition of third party research reports in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, and all fees or expenses in connection with the mailing and delivering of copies of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, including all printing costs associated therewith.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

8. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

 

20


9. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Underwriter, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following: [•].

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred, documented fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the

 

21


same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses but after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering

 

22


Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 9(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

10. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, or the NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or

 

23


together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 10, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 7 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 9 and 14 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

11. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

24


If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

12. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

15. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

16. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, and to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036,

 

25


Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy by facsimile to (212) 230-8730, Attention: ECM Legal; and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 1400 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10018, Attention: Cory Kampfer, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Larry Sonsini and Tony Jeffries, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Very truly yours,
ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

26


Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the

    several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

 Incorporated

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

27


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

  

Number of Firm Shares

To Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

     Incorporated

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms]

 

II-1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

 

                , 2014

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

   Incorporated

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, NY 10036

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

         Incorporated

      One Bryant Park

      New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the “ Representatives ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing immediately prior to the date of filing of a registration statement on Form S-1/A containing a valid preliminary prospectus and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”) (such period, the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

(a) the sale of securities pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement;

 

A-1


(b) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired either in the Public Offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in either the Public Offering or in such open market transactions during the Restricted Period;

(c) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild (each, an “ immediate family member ”) of the undersigned or to a trust formed for the benefit of the undersigned or of an immediate family member of the undersigned, (ii) by a bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned, (B) to investment funds under common management with the undersigned or the limited partners, general partners or other principals of such funds or the undersigned or (C) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the undersigned to its equity holders or (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause, (i) each donee, transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

(d) the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or other securities convertible into Common Stock or upon the exercise of options or warrants, or the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

(e) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period;

 

A-2


(f) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that the transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this agreement prior to such transfer; provided , further , that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer was made pursuant to a domestic order or divorce settlement; or

(g) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company that has been approved by the Company’s board of directors, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement.

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company will agree or has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

A-3


In the event that a release is granted to any director, officer or 1% or greater equity holder other than the undersigned relating to the lockup restrictions set forth above for shares of the Company’s Common Stock, the same percentage of shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by the undersigned (the “Pro-rata Release”) shall be immediately and fully released on the same terms from any remaining lockup restrictions set forth herein; provided, however, that such Pro-rata Release shall not be applied in the event of (a) releases granted to any individual party by the Representatives in an amount less than or equal to 100,000 shares (as of the date of the proposed release, and without any adjustment after this date for any stock splits or stock dividends) of the Company’s Common Stock from such lockup restrictions in respect of such party, or (b) any primary or secondary public offering or sale that is underwritten (“the Underwritten Sale”) of the Company’s Common Stock during the restricted period set forth above, provided, however, that, to the extent that the undersigned has a contractual right to participate in the Underwritten Sale, the undersigned is offered the opportunity to participate on a pro rata basis with and otherwise on the same terms as any other equity holders in such Underwritten Sale. The provisions of this paragraph are subject to the restrictions contained in the Company’s Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, and no amendment of those provisions is implied. In the event that any percentage of such Common Stock released from the lockup restrictions are subject to any restrictions of the type set forth in clause (1) or (2) of the second paragraph of this agreement, the same restrictions shall be applicable to the release of the same percentage of the Company’s Common Stock held by the undersigned. In the event that the undersigned is released from any of its obligations under this agreement or, by virtue of this agreement, becomes entitled to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock (or any securities convertible into Common Stock) prior to the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Representatives shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide notification of such to the undersigned within three (3) business days thereof; provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives or the Underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this lock-up agreement, if the Representatives in their sole judgment determine that a record or beneficial owner of any securities should be granted an early release from a lock-up agreement due to circumstances of an emergency or hardship, then the undersigned shall not have any right to be granted an early release pursuant to the terms of this paragraph.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

A-4


Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. The Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

This agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the Company advising the Underwriters in writing prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the termination of the Underwriting Agreement before the closing of the Public Offering; (iii) the registration statement for the Public Offering is withdrawn; or (iv) May 31, 2015, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

_____________, 20__

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”) of [•] shares of common stock, $[•] par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [            ], 2014 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [            ], 20[    ], with respect to [•] shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [            ], 20[    ]; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Very truly yours,
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

 Incorporated

 

B-1


Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

 Incorporated

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

cc: Company

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

On Deck Capital, Inc.

[Date]

On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [•] shares of common stock is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on [            ], 20[    ] , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

On Deck Capital, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), and that the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on May 4, 2006 under its current name.

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to further amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of this corporation is On Deck Capital, Inc.

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “Effective Time ) is (i) forty million (40,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share ( “Common Stock ), and (ii) twenty three million nine hundred forty six thousand forty nine (23,946,049) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share ( “Preferred Stock ).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.


A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein and as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors with respect to any series of Preferred Stock as authorized herein.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

2,219,331 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”, 5,631,851 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”, 4,867,769 of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ”, 1,293,220 of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ”, 7,233,878 of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ”, and 2,700,000 of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ” (together with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock, the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”) with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B to Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of this Part B to Article Fourth.

1. Dividends .

1.1 Series A Preferred Stock Dividends . The Corporation shall pay the Series A Dividends (as defined below) at such time or upon the occurrence of such events set forth in the following sentence of this Subsection 1.1 or in Section 6 , and the Corporation shall be under

 

2


no obligation to pay such Series A Dividends under any other circumstances. Except with respect to dividend payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Section 6 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series A Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1.1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.729 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. “Series A Dividends” shall mean dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the rate per annum of $0.05832 per share calculated as if each such share had accrued (cumulatively, but not compounding) such dividends from and after its date of issuance (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

1.2 Series B Preferred Stock Dividends . The Corporation shall pay the Series B Dividends (as defined below) at such time or upon the occurrence of such events set forth in the following sentence of this Subsection 1.2 , Subsection 2.5 or Section 6 , and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Series B Dividends under any other circumstances. Except with respect to dividend payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Sections 2 and 6 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the

 

3


Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series B Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series B Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1.2 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series B Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.9502 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. “ Series B Dividends ” shall mean dividends on shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the rate per annum of $0.236016 per share calculated as if each such share had accrued (cumulatively, but not compounding) such dividends from and after its date of issuance (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

1.3 Series C Preferred Stock Dividends . The Corporation shall pay the Series C Dividends (as defined below) at such time or upon the occurrence of such events set forth in the following sentence of this Subsection 1.3 or Section 6 , and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Series C Dividends under any other circumstances. Except with respect to dividend payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Sections 2 and 6 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series C Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable

 

4


upon conversion of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series C Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1.3 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series C Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $4.2000 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. “ Series C Dividends ” shall mean dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the rate per annum of $0.336 per share calculated as if each such share had accrued (cumulatively, but not compounding) such dividends from and after its date of issuance (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

1.4 Series C-1 Preferred Stock Dividends . The Corporation shall pay the Series C-1 Dividends (as defined below) at such time or upon the occurrence of such events set forth in the following sentence of this Subsection 1.4 or Section 6 , and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Series C-1 Dividends under any other circumstances. Except with respect to dividend payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Sections 2 and 6 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment

 

5


in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series C-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1.4 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series C-1 Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series C-1 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.5258 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock. “ Series C-1 Dividends ” shall mean dividends on shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at the rate per annum of $0.4421 per share calculated as if each such share had accrued (cumulatively, but not compounding) such dividends from and after its date of issuance (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

1.5 Series D Preferred Stock Dividends . The Corporation shall pay the Series D Dividends (as defined below) at such time or upon the occurrence of such events set forth in the following sentence of this Subsection 1.5 or Section 6 , and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Series D Dividends under any other circumstances. Except with respect to dividend payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Sections 2 and 6 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series D Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series D Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series D Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series D Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1.5 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series D

 

6


Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series D Original Issue Price ” shall mean $8.31775 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock. “ Series D Dividends ” shall mean dividends on shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the rate per annum of $0.66542 per share calculated as if each such share had accrued (cumulatively, but not compounding) such dividends from and after its date of issuance (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

1.6 Series E Preferred Stock Dividends . The Corporation shall pay the Series E Dividends (as defined below) at such time or upon the occurrence of such events set forth in the following sentence of this Subsection 1.6 or Section 6 , and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Series E Dividends under any other circumstances. Except with respect to dividend payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Sections 2 and 6 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series E Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series E Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series E Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series E Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1.6 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series E Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series E Original Issue Price ” shall mean $29.42 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock. “ Series E Dividends ” shall mean dividends on shares of Series E Preferred Stock at the rate per annum of $2.3536 per share calculated as if each such share had accrued (cumulatively, but not compounding) such dividends from and after its date of issuance (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

 

7


2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series E Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “ Liquidation ”) or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series E Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series E Liquidation Preference ”). If upon such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. For the avoidance of doubt, if the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would receive an amount greater than the Series E Liquidation Preference if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, such holders will be deemed to have so converted their shares of Series E Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and will receive such greater amount.

2.2 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series D Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, in the event of any Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series D Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event and after the payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsection 2.1 , the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.2 , the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

8


2.3 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, in the event of any Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 but before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C-1 Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series C-1 Liquidation Preference ”). If upon such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event and after the payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 , the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.3 , the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. For the avoidance of doubt, if the holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock would receive an amount greater than the Series C-1 Liquidation Preference if all shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, such holders will be deemed to have so converted their shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and will receive such greater amount.

2.4 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, in the event of a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 but before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event and after the payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 , the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.4 , the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

9


2.5 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, in the event of a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 and 2.4 but before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus (i) any unpaid Series B Dividends (regardless of whether such Series B Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B Liquidation Preference ”). If upon such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event and after the payment of the preferential amounts set forth in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 and 2.4 the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.5 , the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. For the avoidance of doubt, if the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive an amount greater than the Series B Liquidation Preference if all shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, such holders will be deemed to have so converted their shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and will receive such greater amount.

2.6 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, in the event of a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after payment of the preferential amounts in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 and 2.5 but before any payment shall be made to the holders of shares of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event and after the payment of the preferential amounts in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 and 2.5 , the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.6 , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

10


2.7 Distribution of Remaining Assets . After the payment of all preferential amounts pursuant to Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.5 and 2.6 hereof, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock (but not the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock), pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event; provided , however , that (i) the total proceeds payable per share of Series A Preferred Stock in connection with a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsections 2.6 and 2.7 hereof shall not exceed the sum of (a) two (2) times the Series A Original Issue Price plus (b) any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (but not taking into account any Series A Dividends unless previously declared) (the “ Series A Maximum Participation Amount ”), (ii) the total proceeds payable per share of Series C Preferred Stock in connection with a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsections 2.4 and 2.7 hereof shall not exceed the sum of (a) two (2) times the Series C Original Issue Price plus (b) any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (but not taking into account any Series C Dividends unless previously declared) (the “ Series C Maximum Participation Amount ”), and (iii) the total proceeds payable per share of Series D Preferred Stock in connection with a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsections 2.2 and 2.7 hereof shall not exceed the sum of (a) (x) one and three-fourths (1  3 4 ) times the Series D Original Issue Price if the Corporation executes a definitive agreement for such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event within the period beginning on the day after the 12-month anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date (as defined below) and ending on the 18-month anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date, or (y) one and one-half (1  1 2 ) times the Series D Original Issue Price if the Corporation executes a definitive agreement for such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event within the period beginning on the day after the 18-month anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date and ending on the 24-month anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date, plus (b) any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (but not taking into account any Series D Dividends unless previously declared) (the “ Series D Maximum Participation Amount ,” and with the Series A Maximum Participation Amount and the Series C Maximum Participation Amount, the “ Maximum Participation Amount ”); and provided further , however , that the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to, and shall not receive, any proceeds under this Subsection 2.7 (other than pursuant to the immediately following sentence, if applicable) if the Corporation executes a definitive agreement for such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event after the 24-month anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if the holders of Series A Preferred Stock,

 

11


Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock would receive an amount greater than the Maximum Participation Amount applicable to such series if all shares of Designated Preferred Stock of such series had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, such holders will be deemed to have so converted such series of Designated Preferred Stock into Common Stock and will receive such greater amount. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.6 and 2.7 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ”, the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.4 and 2.7 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Preference ”, and the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.2 and 2.7 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D Liquidation Preference .”

2.8 Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.8.1 Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless (i) the holders of at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock (determined on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), (ii) the holders of at least 80 percent of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) the holders of at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) the holders of at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, each elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted or exchanged for shares of capital stock which represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2.8.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be

 

12


outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.8.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.8.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7 .

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.8.1(a)(ii) or 2.8.1(b) , if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to (i) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Liquidation Preference, (ii) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Liquidation Preference, (iii) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Liquidation Preference, (iv) in the case of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Liquidation Preference, (v) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Liquidation Preference and (vi) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series E Liquidation Preference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem each holder’s shares of Designated Preferred Stock in accordance with the preferences set forth in Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.5 , 2.6 and 2.7 above. The Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares, in accordance with the foregoing preferences, that should have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available

 

13


therefor. The provisions of Subsections 6.2 , 6.3 and 6.4 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.8.2(b) . Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.8.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

2.8.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

2.8.4 Allocation of Escrow . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.8.1(a)(i) or (ii) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow, the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is placed in escrow shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation pro rata based on the amount of such consideration payable to each stockholder (such that each stockholder has the same percentage of the total consideration payable to it placed into escrow) and (b) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.5 , 2.6 and 2.7 as if the total consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation, without deduction for the escrowed amount, were being paid to the stockholders of the Corporation.

3. Voting .

3.1 General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Designated Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Subsection 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 or 3.7 below, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock the terms of which so provide, as a single class.

3.2 Election of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of seven (7) directors, one of which shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the

 

14


Corporation. If the Corporation is without a person in the role of Chief Executive Officer, the director position designated to the Chief Executive Officer shall remain vacant until such time as a Chief Executive Officer is designated.

3.2.1 Series D Director . The holders of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “ Series D Director ”).

3.2.2 Series C Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation (the “ Series C Directors ”).

3.2.3 Series B Director . The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Director ”).

3.2.4 Series A Director . So long as the holders of record as of the Series E Original Issue Date of shares of Series A Preferred Stock collectively hold at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “ Series A Director ”).

3.2.5 Independent Directors. The holders of record of the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation, who shall be a person that is not an employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate of any holder of Designated Preferred Stock. If the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall not be entitled to elect the Series A Director pursuant to Subsection 3.2.4 , the holders of record of the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect a second director of the Corporation, who shall be a person that is not an employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate of any holder of Designated Preferred Stock.

An “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any of (a) a director, officer, partner, member or employee of such Person, (b) a stockholder holding 5% or more of the capital stock (on a fully diluted basis) of such Person, (c) a spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of any such Person (or a spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of a director, officer, partner, member or employee of such Person), and (d) any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “ control ” includes, without limitation, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The term “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, group, trust or other legal entity”.

 

15


3.2.6 Any director elected as provided in Subsections 3.2.1 through 3.2.5 may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of (a) Series A Preferred Stock, (b) Series B Preferred Stock, (c) Series C Preferred Stock or (d) Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect the director(s) for which they are entitled to elect pursuant to Subsections 3.2.1 through 3.2.4 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the shares of (x) Series A Preferred Stock, (y) Series B Preferred Stock, (z) Series C Preferred Stock or (w) Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by such stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship. If the holders of the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis pursuant to Subsection 3.2.5 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the shares of the Common Stock and the Designated Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by such stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Designated Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2 .

3.3 At any time when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of the Requisite Shares (as defined below), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, filing a certificate of designation, preferences or rights, merger, consolidation, reorganization, other transaction or series of related transactions or otherwise:

 

16


(a) Redeem, purchase, or acquire, directly or indirectly, any Corporation stock other than (i) Common Stock issued to or held by officers, directors, employees or consultants providing services to the Corporation or any subsidiary at the original purchase price upon termination pursuant to the Corporation’s standard provisions and (ii) shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) Other than dividends contemplated to be paid pursuant to Sections 2 and 6 , declare or take any action resulting in payment of dividends or distributions with respect to: (i) Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock); or (ii) any series of Designated Preferred Stock, without simultaneously declaring dividends on each of the other series of Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsections 1.1 , 1.2 , 1.3 , 1.4 , 1.5 and 1.6 ;

(c) Change the authorized number of directors of the Corporation;

(d) Increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any series thereof);

(e) Amend any provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation that changes any rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions applicable to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock;

(f) Authorize or create any class or series of equity security (by merger, consolidation, reclassification, or otherwise), including, without limitation, any security exercisable for or convertible into any equity security, which is or will be senior to or on parity with any series of Designated Preferred Stock with respect to any rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions;

(g) Reorganize, consolidate or merge with or into any corporate or other entity or recapitalize the Corporation;

(h) Enter into, permit or agree to any transaction or series of transactions, which would involve a Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event;

(i) Issue any options to purchase shares of stock of the Corporation in excess of such number of options to purchase shares authorized under the Corporation’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as of the date hereof;

(j) Sell, transfer, license, pledge or encumber any technology, intellectual property or other material asset of the Corporation other than through the grant of licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

17


(k) Purchase with cash any equity interest in any other entity;

(l) Create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security, other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit unless such debt security has received the prior approval of a majority of the Board of Directors;

(m) Incur, at any one time, any indebtedness in excess of $2,000,000, except such indebtedness as is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; or

(n) Permit any subsidiary to do any of the foregoing.

As used herein, the term “ Requisite Shares ” shall mean the greater of (A) at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis), or (B) the holders of such percentage of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock so that no one holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock, together with its Affiliates, owns the Requisite Shares.

3.4 At any time when any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, filing a certificate of designation, preferences or rights, merger, consolidation, reorganization, other transaction or series of related transactions or otherwise:

(a) Amend any provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(b) Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

(c) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Bylaws relative to the Series E Preferred Stock.

3.5 At any time when any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the

 

18


Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, filing a certificate of designation, preferences or rights, merger, consolidation, reorganization, other transaction or series of related transactions or otherwise:

(a) Amend any provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(b) Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock; or

(c) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Bylaws relative to the Series D Preferred Stock.

3.6 At any time when any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, filing a certificate of designation, preferences or rights, merger, consolidation, reorganization, other transaction or series of related transactions or otherwise:

(a) Amend any provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock;

(b) Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

(c) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Bylaws relative to the Series C Preferred Stock.

3.7 At any time when any shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, filing a certificate of designation, preferences or rights, merger, consolidation, reorganization, other transaction or series of related transactions or otherwise:

 

19


(a) Amend any provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock;

(b) Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock; or

(c) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Bylaws relative to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

4. Optional Conversion . The holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1 Right to Convert . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) in the case of Series E Preferred Stock, the Series E Original Issue Price by the Series E Conversion Price (as defined below in effect at the time of conversion, (ii) in the case of Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Original Issue Price by the Series D Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (iii) in the case of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Original Issue Price by the Series C-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (iv) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (v) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, and (vi) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is equal to the Series A Original Issue Price and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is equal to the Series B Original Issue Price and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “ Series C Conversion Price ” as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is equal to the Series C Original Issue Price and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “ Series C-1 Conversion Price ” as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is equal to the Series C-1 Original Issue Price and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “ Series D Conversion Price ” as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is equal to the Series D Original Issue Price and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “ Series E Conversion Price ” as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is equal to the Series E Original Issue Price and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

20


4.2 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Designated Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion .

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Designated Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Designated Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Designated Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Designated Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Designated Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Designated Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when the Designated Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Designated Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Designated Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to

 

21


effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be, below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series C-1 Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price or Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion . All shares of Designated Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Designated Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Designated Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

22


4.4 Adjustments to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

4.4.1 Special Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “ Series A Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “ Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(d) “ Series C Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

(e) “ Series C-1 Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock was issued.

(f) “ Series D Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

(g) “ Series E Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series E Preferred Stock was issued.

(h) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(i) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the date hereof, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

  (i) shares of Common Stock sold by the Corporation at a purchase price equal to the then fair market value of such shares, up to an aggregate purchase price of $250,000;

 

23


  (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on Designated Preferred Stock;

 

  (iii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8 below;

 

  (iv) up to 9,493,194 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) options or shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or other agents acting for the benefit the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries as approved by the Board pursuant to the Corporation’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (provided that any Options for such shares that expire or terminate unexercised or any restricted stock repurchased by the Corporation at cost shall not be counted toward such maximum number unless and until such shares are regranted as new stock grants (or as new Options) pursuant to the terms of any such plan, agreement or arrangement);

 

  (v) up to 228,525 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) options or shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued to strategic advisors, vendors, lessors or lenders of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or other agents acting for the benefit the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries as approved by the Board (provided that any Options for such shares that expire or terminate unexercised or any restricted stock repurchased by the Corporation at cost shall not be counted toward such maximum number unless and until such shares are regranted as new stock grants (or as new Options));

 

24


  (vi) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers of the Corporation in connection with the provision of goods or services;

 

  (vii) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with an acquisition by the Corporation or warrants issued in connection with the incurrence of debt or a strategic transaction, in each case approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

 

  (viii) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

  (ix) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks or equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 ) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the applicable Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series C-1 Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price or Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) the Corporation receives written notice from (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of such series, (ii) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of at least 67% of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock or (iii) with respect to the Series E

 

25


Preferred Stock, the holders of at least 67% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, in each case, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date hereof shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series A Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.5 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise,

 

26


conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series B Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (c) shall have the effect of increasing the Series B Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series B Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series B Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(d) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.6 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series C Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series C Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (d) shall have the effect of increasing the Series C Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series C Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series C Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(e) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series C-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.7 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series C-1 Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or

 

27


upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series C-1 Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (e) shall have the effect of increasing the Series C-1 Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series C-1 Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series C-1 Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(f) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.8 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series D Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series D Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (f) shall have the effect of increasing the Series D Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series D Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series D Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(g) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series E Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.9 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series E Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series E Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (g) shall have the effect of increasing the Series E

 

28


Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series E Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series E Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(h) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange), then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(i) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.5 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series B Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange), then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(j) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which

 

29


did not result in an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.6 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series C Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange), then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(k) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series C-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.7 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series C-1 Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange), then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(l) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.8 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series D Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any

 

30


such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange), then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(m) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series E Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.9 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.10 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series E Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange), then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(n) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, the Series A Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(o) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.5 below, the Series B Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(p) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.6 below, the Series C Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series C Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

 

31


(q) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series C-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.7 below, the Series C-1 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series C-1 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(r) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.8 below, the Series D Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series D Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(s) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series E Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.9 below, the Series E Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series E Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Series A Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) CP 2 shall mean the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) CP 1 shall mean the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Designated Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

32


(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Adjustment of Series B Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) CP 2 shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) CP 1 shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Designated Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

33


4.4.6 Adjustment of Series C Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) CP 2 shall mean the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) CP 1 shall mean the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Designated Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.7 Adjustment of Series C-1 Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series C-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series C-1 Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

 

34


For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) CP 2 shall mean the Series C-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) CP 1 shall mean the Series C-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Designated Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.8 Adjustment of Series D Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series D Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) CP 2 shall mean the Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) CP 1 shall mean the Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for

 

35


this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Designated Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.9 Adjustment of Series E Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series E Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) CP 2 shall mean the Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) CP 1 shall mean the Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Designated Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

36


(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.10 Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.4 , 4.4.5 , 4.4.6 , 4.4.7 , 4.4.8 or 4.4.9 , as applicable, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

37


  (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.11 Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 above, the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.5 above, the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.6 above, the Series C-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.7 above, the Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.8 above or the Series E Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.9 above and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date hereof effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock without a comparable subdivision or combination of each other class or series of stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision or combination shall be proportionately increased or decreased, as applicable, so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, in proportion to such increase or decrease in the aggregate number of shares of other classes or series of stock outstanding or such increase or decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock outstanding, as applicable. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date hereof effect a subdivision or combination of any outstanding class or series of stock with a comparable subdivision or

 

38


combination of each other class and series of stock, then in each case, no adjustment shall be made to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date hereof shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

provided , however , that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further , however , that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Designated Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Designated Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

39


4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date hereof shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Designated Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of each series of Designated Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, a

 

40


certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Designated Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Designated Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C-1 Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable.

4.10 Notice of Record Date . In the event:

4.10.1 the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Designated Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

4.10.2 of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

4.10.3 of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Designated Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Designated Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be deemed given to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

41


5. Mandatory Conversion .

5.1 Series E Mandatory Conversion .

5.1.1 Upon the earlier of (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least two (2) times the Series D Original Issue Price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits of, stock dividends on, combinations of and other similar recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $40,000,000 of gross proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation (a “ Qualified IPO ”) or (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding (the date of such closing or such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Series E Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

5.1.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series E Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series E Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Series E Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Series E Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series E Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in

 

42


form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series E Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series E Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

5.1.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Series E Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series E Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series E Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series E Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.2 Series D Mandatory Conversion .

5.2.1 Upon the earlier of (a) a Qualified IPO or (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty seven percent (67%) of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding (the date of such closing or such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Series D Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

5.2.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series D Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series D Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Series D Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 .

 

43


On the Series D Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series D Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series D Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series D Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

5.2.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Series D Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series D Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series D Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series D Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.3 Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion .

5.3.1 Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (the date of such closing is referred to herein as the “ Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

5.3.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered

 

44


mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Series C-1 Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series C-1 Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

5.3.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series C-1 Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series C-1 Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.4 Series C Mandatory Conversion .

5.4.1 Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (the date of such closing is referred to herein as the “ Series C Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of

 

45


Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

5.4.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series C Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series C Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Series C Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Series C Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series C Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series C Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

5.4.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Series C Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series C Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series C Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into

 

46


Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series C Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.5 Series B Mandatory Conversion .

5.5.1 Upon the earlier of (A) the closing of a Qualified IPO or (B) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least the Requisite Section 5.5 Amount (as defined below) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the date of such closing or such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Series B Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series. As used herein, the term “ Requisite Section 5.5 Amount ” shall mean the greater of (A) the holders of at least 66.66 percent of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or (B) the holders of such percent of then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock as requires more than one holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, together with its Affiliates, to reach such percentage.

5.5.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Series B Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but

 

47


unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

5.5.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Series B Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series B Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.6 Series A Mandatory Conversion .

5.6.1 Upon the earlier of (A) the closing of a Qualified IPO or (B) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least the Requisite Section 5.6 Amount (as defined below) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the date of such closing or such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Series A Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series. As used herein, the term “ Requisite Section 5.6 Amount ” shall mean the greater of (A) the holders of at least 70 percent of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or (B) the holders of such percent of then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock as requires more than one holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, together with its Affiliates, to reach such percentage.

5.6.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Series A Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its

 

48


certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

5.6.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series A Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.7 Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion .

5.7.1 Upon a date specified by vote or written consent of (a) the holders of at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock (determined on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), (b) the holders of at least 80 percent of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (c) the holders of at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and (d) the holders of at least 67 percent of the outstanding shares of

 

49


Series E Preferred Stock (such date is referred to herein as the “ Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate for each series of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

5.7.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Designated Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Designated Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Designated Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

50


5.7.3 All certificates evidencing shares of Designated Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Designated Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Designated Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Redemption .

6.1 Redemption . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price equal to (a) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus (i) any unpaid Series A Dividends (regardless of whether such Series A Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Series A Redemption Price”), (b) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price per share, plus (i) any unpaid Series B Dividends (regardless of whether such Series B Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Series B Redemption Price”), (c) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price per share, plus (i) any unpaid Series C Dividends (regardless of whether such Series C Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Series C Redemption Price”), (d) in the case of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Original Issue Price per share, plus (i) any unpaid Series C-1 Dividends (regardless of whether such Series C-1 Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Series C-1 Redemption Price”), (e) in the case of Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Original Issue Price per share, plus (i) any unpaid Series D Dividends (regardless of whether such Series D Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Series D Redemption Price”), and (f) in the case of Series E Preferred Stock, the Series E Original Issue Price per share, plus (i) any unpaid Series E Dividends (regardless of whether such Series E Dividends have been declared) and (ii) any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Series E Redemption Price”) in each case in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after February 25, 2019, from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Designated Preferred Stock (the date of each such installment being referred to as a “Redemption Date”). On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the

 

51


Redemption Date to which such calculation applies); provided , however , that Excluded Shares (as such term is defined in Subsection 6.2 ) shall not be redeemed and shall be excluded from the calculations set forth in this sentence; and provided further , that the Corporation shall not redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock until all of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock have been redeemed; and provided further , that the Corporation shall not redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock until all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock have been redeemed. If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such capital stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefore.

6.2 Redemption Notice . Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be sent to each holder of record of Designated Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(a) the number of shares of each series of Designated Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

(b) the Redemption Date and the Series A Redemption Price and/or the Series B Redemption Price and/or the Series C Redemption Price and/or the Series C-1 Redemption Price and/or the Series D Redemption Price and/or the Series E Redemption Price, as applicable;

(c) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ); and

(d) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

If the Corporation receives, on or prior to the 20 th day after the date of delivery of the Redemption Notice to a holder of Designated Preferred Stock, written notice from such holder that such holder elects to be excluded from the redemption provided in this Section 6 , then the shares of Designated Preferred Stock registered on the books of the Corporation in the name of such holder at the time of the Corporation’s receipt of such notice shall thereafter be “ Excluded Shares ”.

 

52


6.3 Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series A Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price, the Series C Redemption Price, the Series C-1 Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price and/or the Series E Redemption Price, as applicable, for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

6.4 Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Series A Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price, the Series C Redemption Price, the Series C-1 Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price and/or the Series E Redemption Price, as applicable, payable upon redemption of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Series A Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price, the Series C Redemption Price, the Series C-1 Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price and/or the Series E Redemption Price, as applicable, without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Designated Preferred Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock following redemption.

8. Waiver. Except as provided in Section 5.5.1 , any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 66.66 percent of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written

 

53


consent or vote of the holders of at least 66.66 percent of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 75 percent of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series D Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 67 percent of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series E Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series E Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 67 percent of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding.

9. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

10. Issuance and Reissuance . Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law or by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock.

FIFTH : Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, a majority of the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH : Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH : Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

54


EIGHTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by a majority of the Board of Directors or in the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH : The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

1. Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by a majority of the Board of Directors.

2. Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by

 

55


law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

3. Claims by Directors and Officers. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

4. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by a majority of the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by a majority of the Board of Directors.

5. Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors.

6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7. Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

 

56


8. Insurance. A majority of the Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

9. Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

ELEVENTH : The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Designated Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

*    *    *

3: That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4 : That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 17th day of September, 2014.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 /s/ Noah Breslow

     Name: Noah Breslow
     Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 4, 2006.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is On Deck Capital, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

A. Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,020,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

B. Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.


C. Rights of Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

D. Rights of Common Stock . Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote of holders of Common Stock at a meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE V

A. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

B. Number of Directors; Election . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director of the Corporation shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which he or she is elected and until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal.

C. Classified Board Structure . Effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

D. Removal; Vacancies . S ubject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

A. Amendment of Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

B. Written Ballot . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

C. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock or other class of stock permitting the holders of such series to act by written consent, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

D. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called only by the (i) Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board; (ii) the chairman of the Board of Directors; (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation; or (iv) the president of the Corporation (in the absence of a chief executive officer).

E. No Cumulative Voting . No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If

 

3


the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Corporation related to indemnification of directors or officers of the Corporation, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE IX

If any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed

 

4


from this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

Except as provided in ARTICLE VII and ARTICLE VIII above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with, ARTICLE V, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII or this ARTICLE IX.

***

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, On Deck Capital, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation on this     day of             2014.

 

By:

 

 

  Noah Breslow
  Chief Executive Officer

 

6

Exhibit 3.3

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF

THE STATE OF DELAWARE

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES.

The registered office of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located in the state of Delaware and shall be at such address as shall be set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”). The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation may also have such other offices at such other places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS.

Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business shall be held on such date and at such time and in such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken, whether stated in the notice of meeting or not, except as otherwise expressly provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by the President, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote. Special meetings shall be held at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as shall from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of the time and place of any stockholder’s meeting, whether annual or special, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, by personal delivery or by mailing the same to him at his address as the same appears upon the records of the Corporation at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the day of the


meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given except by announcement at the meeting so adjourned, unless otherwise ordered in connection with such adjournment. Such further notice, if any, shall be given as may be required by law.

Section 4. Quorum . Any number of stockholders, together holding at least a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of all business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws.

Section 5. Adjournment of Meetings . If less than a quorum shall attend at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may adjourn from time to time by a majority vote of the stockholders present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote without notice other than by announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall attend. Any meeting at which a quorum is present may also be adjourned in like manner and for such time or upon such call as may be determined by a majority vote of the stockholders present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

Section 6. Voting List . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every election of directors, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each stockholder. Such list shall be open at the place where the election is to be held for said ten (10) days, to the examination of any stockholder, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of election during the whole time thereof, and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

Section 7. Voting . Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of stock registered in his name on the record of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders all matters, except as otherwise provided by statute, shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 8. Record Date of Stockholders . The Board of Directors is authorized to fix in advance a date not exceeding sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of


rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purposes, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation, after such record date fixed as aforesaid.

Section 9. Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Section 10. Conduct of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, or in the Chairman’s absence, the President shall preside at all regular or special meetings of stockholders. To the maximum extent permitted by law, such presiding person shall have the power to set procedural rules, including but not limited to rules respecting the time allotted to stockholders to speak, governing all aspects of the conduct of such meetings.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS.

Section 1. Number and Qualifications : The board of directors shall consist initially of such number of directors as is set forth in the Statement of the Sole Incorporator, and thereafter shall consist of such number as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board. The directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Election of Directors : The directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders.


Section 3. Duration of Office : The directors chosen at any annual meeting shall, except as hereinafter provided, hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are elected and qualify.

Section 4. Removal and Resignation of Directors : Except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as such certificate may be amended by any Certificates of Designation filed by the Corporation, any director may be removed from the Board of Directors, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock entitled to vote, either by written consent or consents or at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose, and the office of such director shall forthwith become vacant.

Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless so specified therein.

Section 5. Filling of Vacancies : Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy among the directors, occurring from any cause whatsoever, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, provided , however , that the stockholders removing any director may at the same meeting fill the vacancy caused by such removal, and provided further , that if the directors fail to fill any such vacancy, the stockholders may at any special meeting called for that purpose fill such vacancy. In case of any increase in the number of directors, the additional directors may be elected by the directors in office before such increase.

Any person elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office, subject to the right of removal as hereinbefore provided, until the next annual election and until his successor is elected and qualifies.

Section 6. Regular Meetings : The Board of Directors shall hold an annual meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of any business immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders, provided a quorum of directors is present. Other regular meetings may be held at such times as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7. Special Meetings : Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or by any two directors.

Section 8. Notice and Place of Meetings : Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place as shall be stated in the notice of such meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine by resolution, notice of any regular meeting also, shall be mailed to each director addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or if sent to him at such place by facsimile, telegraph or


cable, or delivered personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. No notice of the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be required if it is held immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders and if a quorum is present.

Section 9. Business Transacted at Meetings, etc. : Any business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum shall be present, whether such business or proposed action be stated in the notice of such meeting or not, unless special notice of such business or proposed action shall be required by statute.

Section 10. Quorum : A majority of the Board of Directors at any time in office shall constitute a quorum. At any meeting at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the members present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is specifically required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. The members of the Board shall act only as the Board and the individual members thereof shall not have any powers as such.

Section 11. Compensation : The directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors, but by resolution of the Board of Directors a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity, as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 12. Action Without a Meeting : Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 13. Meetings Through Use of Communications Equipment : Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, have the power to participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

ARTICLE IV.

COMMITTEES.

Section 1. Executive Committee : The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate two or more of their number to constitute an Executive


Committee to hold office at the pleasure of the Board, which Committee shall, during the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, have and exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject only to such restrictions or limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time specify, or as limited by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

Any member of the Executive Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution of a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

Any person ceasing to be a director shall ipso facto cease to be a member of the Executive Committee.

Any vacancy in the Executive Committee occurring from any cause whatsoever may be filled from among the directors by a resolution of a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

Section 2. Other Committees : Other committees, whose members need not be directors, may be appointed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, which committees shall hold office for such time and have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

Any member of such a committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. Any vacancy in a committee occurring from any cause whatsoever may be filled by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

Section 3. Resignation : Any member of a committee may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless so specified therein.

Section 4. Quorum : A majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum. The act of a majority of the members of a committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. The members of a committee shall act only as a committee, and the individual members thereof shall not have any powers as such.

Section 5. Record of Proceedings, etc. : Each committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, and shall report the same to the Board of Directors when and as required by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Organization, Meetings, Notices, etc. : A committee may hold its meetings at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place which a majority of the committee may


at any time agreed upon. Each committee may make such rules as it may deem expedient for the regulation and carrying on of its meetings and proceedings. Unless otherwise ordered by the Executive Committee, any notice of a meeting of such committee may be given by the Secretary of the Corporation or by the chairman of the committee and shall be sufficiently given if mailed to each member at his residence or usual place of business at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or if sent to him at such place by facsimile, telegraph or cable, or delivered personally or by telephone not later than twenty-four (24) hours before the time at which the meeting is to be held.

Section 7. Compensation : The members of any committee shall be entitled to such compensation as may be allowed them by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V.

OFFICERS.

Section 1. Number : The officers of the Corporation shall be a President and a Secretary and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Article V. The Board of Directors in its discretion may also elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications : The officers, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article V, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. Each such officer shall, except as herein otherwise provided, hold office until the earliest of his resignation, removal or his successor shall have been chosen and shall qualify. Except as otherwise provided by law, any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 3. Other Officers : Other officers, including one or more vice-presidents, Board of Directors, which other officers shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the officer or committee appointing them.

Section 4. Removal of Officers : Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Resignation : Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary in order to make it effective, unless so specified therein.

Section 6. Filling of Vacancies : A vacancy in any office shall be filled by the Board of Directors or by the authority appointing the predecessor in such office.


Section 7. Compensation : The compensation of the officers shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, or by any committee upon whom power in that regard may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Chairman of the Board of Directors : The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, shall be a director and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, and shall have such power and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

Section 9. President : In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He shall have power to call special meetings of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee at any time. He shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have the general direction of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and of its several officers, and shall have and exercise all such powers and discharge such duties as usually pertain to the office of President.

Section 10. Vice-Presidents : The vice-president, or vice-presidents if there is more than one, shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, at the request of the President or in his absence, or in case of his inability to perform his duties from any cause, perform the duties of the President, and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all restrictions upon, the President. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may determine the order of priority among them.

Section 11. Secretary : The Secretary shall perform such duties as are incident to the office of Secretary, or as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, or as are prescribed by these By-laws.

Section 12. Treasurer : The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have powers as are usually incident to the office of Treasurer or which may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI.

CAPITAL STOCK.

Section 1. Issue of Certificates of Stock : Certificates of capital stock shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. They shall be numbered in the order of their issue and shall be signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or one of the vice-presidents, and (ii) the Secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, and the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof shall be impressed or affixed or


reproduced thereon, provided, however, that where such certificates are signed by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or by a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation and a registrar, the signature of any such Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, vice-president, Secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used thereon have not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

Section 2. Registration and Transfer of Shares : The name of each person owning a share of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be entered on the books of the Corporation together with the number of shares held by him, the numbers of the certificates covering such shares and the dates of issue of such certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person, or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, accompanied by an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. A record shall be made of each transfer.

The Board of Directors may make other and further rules and regulations concerning the transfer and registration of certificates for stock and may appoint a transfer agent or registrar or both and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature of either or both.

Section 3. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates : The holder of any stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificates therefor. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum not exceeding double the value of the stock and with such surety or sureties as they may require, to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it by reason of the issue of such new certificate and against all other liability in the premises, or may remit such owner to such remedy or remedies as he may have under the laws of the State of Delaware.


ARTICLE VII.

DIVIDENDS, SURPLUS, ETC.

Section 1. General Discretion of Directors : The Board of Directors shall have power to fix and vary the amount to be set aside or reserved as working capital of the Corporation, or as reserves, or for other proper purposes of the Corporation, and, subject to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, to determine whether any, if any, part of the surplus or net profits of the Corporation shall be declared as dividends and paid to the stockholders, and to fix the date or dates for the payment of dividends.

ARTICLE VIII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Section 1. Fiscal Year : The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

Section 2. Corporate Seal : The corporate seal shall be in such form as approved by the Board of Directors and may be altered at their pleasure. The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 3. Notices : Except as otherwise expressly provided, any notice required by these By-laws to be given shall be sufficient if given by depositing the same in a post office or letter box in a sealed postpaid wrapper addressed to the person entitled thereto at his address, as the same appears upon the books of the Corporation, or by sending via facsimile, telegraphing or cabling the same to such person at such addresses; and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time it is mailed, sent via facsimile, telegraphed or cabled.

Section 4. Waiver of Notice : Any stockholder or director may at any time, by writing or by telegraph or by cable, waive any notice required to be given under these By-laws, and if any stockholder or director shall be present at any meeting his presence shall constitute a waiver of such notice.

Section 5. Checks, Drafts, etc. : All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as shall from time to time be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Deposits : All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select, and, for the purpose of such deposit, checks, drafts, warrants and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation, may be endorsed for deposit, assigned and delivered by any officer of the Corporation, or by such agents of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the President may authorize for that purpose.


Section 7. Voting Stock of Other Corporations : Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, the President or the treasurer shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote at any meeting of the stockholders of any corporation of which the Corporation is a stockholder and to execute a proxy to any other person to represent the Corporation at any such meeting, and at any such meeting the President or the treasurer or the holder of any such proxy, as the case may be, shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to ownership of such stock and which, as owner thereof, the Corporation might have possessed and exercised if present. The Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 8. Indemnification of Officers and Directors : The Corporation shall indemnify any and all of its directors or officers, including former directors or officers, and any employee, who shall serve as an officer or director of any corporation at the request of this Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS.

The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, rescind, alter, amend and repeal these By-laws, provided, however, that the stockholders shall have power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any by-laws made by the Board of Directors, and to enact by-laws which if so expressed shall not be rescinded, altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors. No change of the time or place for the annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be made except in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

*        *        *         *    *

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

(initially adopted on             )

(as amended on      and effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

  REGISTERED OFFICE      1   

1.2

  OTHER OFFICES      1   
ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

2.1

  PLACE OF MEETINGS      1   

2.2

  ANNUAL MEETING      1   

2.3

  SPECIAL MEETING      1   

2.4

  ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES      2   

2.5

  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      6   

2.6

  QUORUM      6   

2.7

  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      6   

2.8

  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS      6   

2.9

  VOTING      7   

2.10

  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      7   

2.11

  RECORD DATES      7   

2.12

  PROXIES      8   

2.13

  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      8   

2.14

  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      9   
ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS      10   

3.1

  POWERS      10   

3.2

  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      10   

3.3

  ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      10   

3.4

  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      10   

3.5

  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      11   

3.6

  REGULAR MEETINGS      11   

3.7

  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      11   

3.8

  QUORUM; VOTING      12   

3.9

  BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      12   

3.10

  FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      12   

3.11

  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      12   
ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES      13   

4.1

  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      13   

4.2

  COMMITTEE MINUTES      13   

4.3

  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      13   

4.4

  SUBCOMMITTEES      14   
ARTICLE V—OFFICERS      14   

5.1

  OFFICERS      14   

5.2

  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS      14   

5.3

  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      14   

5.4

  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.5

  VACANCIES IN OFFICES      15   

5.6

  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS      15   

5.7

  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      15   

ARTICLE VI—STOCK

     15   

6.1

  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      15   

6.2

  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      16   

6.3

  LOST CERTIFICATES      16   

6.4

  DIVIDENDS      16   

6.5

  TRANSFER OF STOCK      17   

6.6

  STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      17   

6.7

  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      17   

ARTICLE VII—MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      17   

7.2

  NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      18   

7.3

  NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS      18   

7.4

  NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL      19   

7.5

  WAIVER OF NOTICE      19   
ARTICLE VIII—FORUM FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS      19   
ARTICLE IX—INDEMNIFICATION      20   

9.1

  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS      20   

9.2

  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      20   

9.3

  SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE      20   

9.4

  INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS      21   

9.5

  ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES      21   

9.6

  LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION      21   

9.7

  DETERMINATION; CLAIM      22   

9.8

  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS      22   

9.9

  INSURANCE      22   

9.10

  SURVIVAL      23   

9.11

  EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION      23   

9.12

  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS      23   
ARTICLE X—GENERAL MATTERS      23   

10.1

  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      23   

10.2

  FISCAL YEAR      24   

10.3

  SEAL      24   

10.4

  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      24   
ARTICLE XI—AMENDMENTS      24   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS OF ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of On Deck Capital, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices within or without the state of Delaware at any place or places as it shall determine.

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”), and the regulations thereunder (or any successor rule and in any case as so amended), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the

 

-2-


stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

 

-3-


(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among any of the stockholder, each nominee and/or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or relating to the nominee’s potential service on the board of directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

Whether or not a quorum is present at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of

 

-6-


such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

-7-


If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of any means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication,

 

-8-


then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy; provided further that, in any case, if no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint at least one (1) inspector to act at the meeting.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-9-


ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

In accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting power of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors,

 

-10-


summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii) sent by facsimile; or

 

  (iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

-11-


3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

-12-


ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

  (i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

  (ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

  (iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

 

  (iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

 

  (v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

 

  (vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice).

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and

 

-13-


(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors or a committee may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer and/or president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by (A) an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, (B) except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors. In accordance with clause (B) of this Section 5.4, the board of directors may empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to remove, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require that were not chosen by the board of directors.

 

-14-


Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however, that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer and/or president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the chief executive officer and/or president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other corporation or corporations or entity or entities standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI—STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the chief executive officer and/or president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a share certificate in bearer form.

 

-15-


The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

-16-


The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, subject to Section 6.3 of these bylaws, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII—MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-17-


7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply with respect to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a

 

-18-


single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII—FORUM FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this bylaw.

 

-19-


ARTICLE IX—INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

9.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

9.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

-20-


9.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons, as the board shall in its discretion determine, the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

9.5 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 9.6(ii) or 9.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

9.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 9.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article IX in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 9.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

-21-


(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision or provisions of this Article IX shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

9.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article IX, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

9.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

9.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-22-


9.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article IX shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

9.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

9.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article IX, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article IX.

ARTICLE X—GENERAL MATTERS

10.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-23-


10.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

10.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

10.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE XI—AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of these bylaws. The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-24-


ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 24 pages, were amended and restated on [      ] by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this             day of             , 2014.

 

 

Secretary

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#
COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $.01
Certificate Number
682163 100 OnDeck
COMMON STOCK
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND COLLEGE STATION, TX
Shares
* * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample
MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE
CUSIP 682163 100
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
is the owner of
**000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares

****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S
***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME
President
FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME
Secretary
ON DECK CAPITAL INC.
SEAL
May 04, 2006 DELAWARE
DATED DD-MMM-YYYY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
By
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
1234567
SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE
On Deck
PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004
MR A SAMPLE
DESIGNATION (IF ANY)
ADD 1
ADD 2
ADD 3
ADD 4
CUSIP XXXXXX XX X
Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX
Insurance Value 1,000,000.00
Number of Shares 123456
DTC 12345678 123456789012345
Certificate Numbers Num/No. Denom. Total
1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1
1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2
1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3
1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4
1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5
1234567890/1234567890 6 6 6
Total Transaction 7


 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

  TEN COM   -   as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   -                                           Custodian                                              
                          (Cust)                                                (Minor)    
  TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties     under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act                                               
                                                                                   (State)    
  JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship   UNIF TRF MIN ACT   -                                           Custodian (until age                            )
      and not as tenants in common                     (Cust)    
                            under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act                      
             (Minor)                                                                     (State)    
  Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

  PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
For value received,                  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto    
   

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)  

 

 

 

  Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  

 

  Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.  

 

Dated:                                                                                         20                                                    

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

     

 

Signature:

 

 

 

     
  Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.      
         
         

LOGO

Exhibit 4.2

NINTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This NINTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 13 th day of March, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ,” and each of the stockholders listed on Schedule B hereto, each referred to herein as a “ Key Holder ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company, certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”), and the Key Holders are parties to an Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of February 27, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Existing Investors and the Key Holders hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended, restated and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any general partner (or members thereof) officer, director, partner or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company (or member thereof) with, such Person.

(b) “ Bad Actor Disqualification ” means any “bad actor” disqualification described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

(c) “ Camelot ” means Camelot Financial Capital Management LLC, together with its Affiliates.

(d) “ CEO Director ” means the member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is also the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

1


(e) “ Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

(f) “ Contour ” means Contour Venture Partners, L.P., together with its Affiliates.

(g) “ Damages ” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

(h) “ Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

(i) “ Designated Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(j) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(k) “ Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; or (iii) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

(l) “ Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

(m) “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

2


(n) “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

(o) “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement and shall include, without limitation, Lighthouse.

(p) “ Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

(q) “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

(r) “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

(s) “ Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

(t) “ Key Holder Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

(u) “ Lighthouse ” means Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P.

(v) “ Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least, with respect to any Investor other than Contour, ten percent (10%) of, or, with respect to Contour, three and half percent (3.5%) of, in either case, the issued and outstanding shares of any series of Designated Preferred Stock obtained directly from the Company in a primary issuance and not obtained pursuant to a secondary transaction (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof), including in such calculation any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

(w) “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

 

3


(x) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(y) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Designated Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Investors as of the date of this Agreement, (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided , however , that such Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of Sections 1.27 , 2.1(a) , 2.10 , 3.1 , 3.2 and 6.7 and, (iv) all shares of Common Stock now or hereafter held by Lighthouse, including, without limitation, the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock or any other convertible securities now or hereafter held by Lighthouse (including without limitation, the Series B Preferred Stock or other securities issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase Series B Preferred Stock or such other securities now or hereafter held by Lighthouse) or any shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under warrants held by Lighthouse, and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.12 of this Agreement. For purposes of clarification, when calculating the number of Registrable Securities, no security shall be counted as a Registrable Security more than once even if such security falls within multiple subsections of this definition.

(z) “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

(aa) “ Requisite Investors ” means the greater of (A) the holders of at least 67 percent of the Registrable Securities (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis) or (B) the holders of such percent of the Registrable Securities then outstanding so that no one holder of such shares, together with its Affiliates shall, unilaterally, comprise the Requisite Investors.

(bb) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 6.1(d).

(cc) “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


(dd) “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

(ee) “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

(ff) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(gg) “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6 .

(hh) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

(ii) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

(jj) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

(kk) “ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

(ll) “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

(mm) “ Series D Stock Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 19, 2013.

(nn) “ Series E Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

(a) Demand Registration .

(i) Form S-1 Demand . If at any time after one year after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of forty percent (40%) of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock then

 

5


outstanding (determined on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to the lesser of (i) a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the issued and outstanding Designated Preferred Stock or (ii) Registrable Securities with the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, which would exceed $10,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.3 .

(ii) Form S-3 Demand . If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $2,000,000, then the Company shall, (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.3 .

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of a majority of Company’s Board of Directors (excluding the designee of any holder then seeking registration) it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than six months after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

6


(iv) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) .

(b) Company Registration . If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

(c) Underwriting Requirements .

(i) If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the

 

7


Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(ii) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities

 

8


included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in any offering after the IPO be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering or (iii) notwithstanding (ii) above, any Registrable Securities which are not Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(iii) For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

(d) Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to 120 additional days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

9


(iii) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(iv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(v) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(vi) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(vii) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(viii) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(ix) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(x) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

10


(e) Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(f) Expenses of Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) . All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

(g) Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

(h) Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

(i) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that

 

11


the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(ii) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(iii) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable

 

12


time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 .

(iv) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the foregoing indemnity agreements of the Company and the selling Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Damages arising from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in, or omission or alleged omission of a material fact from, a preliminary prospectus (or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading) that has been corrected in the form of prospectus included in the registration statement at the time it becomes effective, or any amendment or supplement thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Final Prospectus ”), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any Person if a copy of the Final Prospectus was furnished to the indemnified party and such indemnified party failed to deliver, at or before the confirmation of the sale of the shares registered in such offering, a copy of the Final Prospectus to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim, or damage in any case in which such delivery was required by the Securities Act.

(v) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation

 

13


(within the meaning of section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(e) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability, when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to indemnity obligations hereunder or under the underwriting agreement, exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(vii) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(i) Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(i) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(iii) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3

 

14


(at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

(j) Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9 .

(k) “Market Stand-off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Designated Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party

 

15


beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

(l) Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(i) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or

(ii) when all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144 within any three month period; provided , however , that the Holder’s rights under Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.2 shall continue for three (3) years following the IPO.

3. Information Rights .

(a) Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) an audited balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) an audited statement of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year;

(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the four (4) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(iii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock

 

16


and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

(iv) as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than February 15 following the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by a majority of the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(v) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(b) Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

17


(c) Termination of Information Rights . The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in which the Major Investors receive cash, publicly traded securities or any combination thereof in exchange for the Company securities then held by the Major Investors, whichever event occurs first.

(d) Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.4 ; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

(a) Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer an amount of such New Securities to (i) the Key Holders, (ii) each Major Investor, (iii) Camelot, so long as it holds, together with its Affiliates, at least 3.90% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, including shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, (iv) Rivendell Investments 4 LLC (“ Rivendell ”), so long as it holds, together with its Affiliates, at least 20% of the Series D Preferred Stock, including shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof,

 

18


purchased by Rivendell pursuant to the Series D Stock Purchase Agreement, (v) Industry Ventures Fund VI, LP (“ Industry Ventures ”), so long as it holds, together with its Affiliates, at least 20% of the Series D Preferred Stock, including shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, purchased by Industry Ventures pursuant to the Series D Stock Purchase Agreement (each of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) a “ Rights Participant ”), in proportion with the Rights Participants pro rata ownership of Common Stock, on an as converted basis (adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, split, combination or other recapitalization affecting the Capital Stock occurring after the date of this Agreement). A Rights Participant shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(i) The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Rights Participant, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(ii) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is received, each Rights Participant may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Designated Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Rights Participant bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Designated Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Rights Participant that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Participant ”) of any other Rights Participant’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Participant may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Rights Participants were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Rights Participants which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Designated Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Participant bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Designated Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Participants who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of one hundred twenty (120) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c) .

 

19


(iii) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1 .

(iv) The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; (iii) the issuance of shares of Series E Preferred Stock to the Purchasers pursuant to Section 1.1(b) of the Purchase Agreement or (iv) the issuance of shares of Series E Preferred Stock to Additional Purchasers pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

(v) A Holder shall not have the right of first offer pursuant to this Section 4.1 and will not be a Rights Participant for purposes of the right of first offer granted under this Section 4.1 if, and for so long as, the Holder or any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the securities of the Company held by the Holder (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification (except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act), but only to the extent the Holder (or any such beneficial owner) would, before or after the exercise of such right, own 20% or more of the issuer’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power.

(b) Termination . The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants .

(a) Employee Agreements . The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement, and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by a majority of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced

 

20


agreements, any nonsolicitation agreement currently in effect with any Key Employee, or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director.

(b) Employee Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director, or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, all future employees and directors of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 . For the avoidance of doubt, the vesting requirements contained in clause (i) of the preceding sentence shall not apply to any grant made from the Consultant Pool. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

(c) Matters Requiring Investor and Director Approval . The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director:

(i) own, or permit any subsidiary to own, any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company or in compliance with the Loan Policy;

(ii) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(iii) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness of any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company;

(iv) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Company in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

21


(v) make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(vi) incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate that is not already included in a budget approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement;

(viii) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

(ix) sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property of the Company, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

(x) make any capital expenditures for any transaction or series of transactions in excess of $1,000,000 (including amounts of indebtedness used to finance capital expenditures) which are not already included in a budget approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director).

(d) Meetings of the Board of Directors . Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least bi-monthly, in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.

(e) Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

(f) Board Expenses; Indemnification Agreement . The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses directly incurred (consistent with the Company’s internal reimbursement and expense policy as provided to each member of the Company’s Board of Directors) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors and

 

22


committees thereof. In addition, the Company hereby agrees to enter into the Company’s standard form of director indemnification agreement with each individual who hereinafter becomes a director of the Company.

(g) Directors and Officers Insurance . The Company shall use its best efforts to maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers Errors and Omissions insurance in the amount of at least $3,000,000. Such policy shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, none of which shall be the CEO Director.

(h) Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Section 5.5 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Successors and Assigns .

(i) The rights of Holders of Designated Preferred Stock under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds, collectively with its Affiliates, at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations).

(ii) As conditions precedent to the Company’s recognizing any transfer or assignment of Restricted Securities, (a) the Company must be, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Restricted Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; (b) such transferee shall agree in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 ; (c) upon the completion of the transfer or assignment, such transferee must hold at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities; and (d) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall furnish the Company, at such Holder’s expense, with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Holder shall

 

23


not be required to furnish the Company with the evidence specified in clause (d) of the preceding sentence for (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder.

(iii) For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee in this Section 6.1 , the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. T he terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

(iv) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A

 

24


PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(v) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 6.1(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

(b) Bad Actor Disqualification . Each Investor agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person other than the Company unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification (except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company), but only to the extent the transferee (or any such beneficial owner) would, before or after the exercise of such right, own 20% or more of the issuer’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power.

(c) Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement and all matters arising directly or indirectly herefrom shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement (“ Covered Matters ”), (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any Covered Matters except in the state courts or federal courts located in the State of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter of any Covered Matter may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

25


(d) Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature (or any signature delivered by other electronic means including, without limitation, via pdf or third-party administered e-signing) and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

(f) Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given, delivered and received (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B hereto (as applicable), or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.6 . If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Larry Sonsini and Tony Jeffries, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

(g) Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) the Requisite Investors; provided, however , that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.7 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Investor or Key Holder without the written consent of such Investor or Key Holder unless such amendment, modification, termination or waiver applies to all Investors and Key Holders, respectively, in the same fashion. The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination or waiver. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

26


(h) Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(i) Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

(j) Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Designated Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Designated Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

(k) Retirement of Treasury Stock . It is hereby acknowledged by the undersigned that 757,349 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 45,730 Series B Preferred Stock were repurchased from Khosla Ventures II, LP, Contour Venture Partners, L.P. and entities affiliated with Len Simon, and that such shares are no longer outstanding and are now retired.

(l) Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

(m) Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

27


(n) Acknowledgment . The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Noah Breslow

Name:  

Noah Breslow

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

Address:   1400 Broadway
  25th Floor
  New York, NY 10018

SAP VENTURES FUND I HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

its Sole Member
By:   SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited partnership
its General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Hartwig

Name:   David Hartwig
Title:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ R. Douglas Higgins

Name:   R. Douglas Higgins
Title:   Managing Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SF CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP.
By:  

/s/ Alan D. Berlin

Name:   Alan D. Berlin
Title:   General Partner
SF CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, LP
By:  

/s/ Leonard Saltz

Name:   Leonard Saltz
Title:   General Partner
L. SALTZ CPTA
By:  

/s/ Leonard Saltz

Name:   Leonard Saltz
Title:   Trustee
R. SALTZ CPTA
By:  

/s/ Leonard Saltz

Name:   Leonard Saltz
Title:   Trustee
S. SALTZ CPTA
By:  

/s/ Leonard Saltz

Name:   Leonard Saltz
Title:   Trustee

/s/ Neil Wolfson

NEIL WOLFSON


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

VILLAGE VENTURES FUND II, L.P.
By:   Village Ventures Capital Partners II, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Village Ventures Capital Management, LLC,
  its Manager
By:  

/s/ Steven H. Massicotte

Name:   Steven H. Massicotte
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
VILLAGE VENTURES FUND II-A, L.P.
By:   Village Ventures Capital Partners II, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Village Ventures Capital Management, LLC,
  its Manager
By:  

/s/ Steven H. Massicotte

Name:   Steven H. Massicotte
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
VILLAGE VENTURES FUND II-B, L.P.
By:   Village Ventures Capital Partners II, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Village Ventures Capital Management, LLC,
  its Manager
By:  

/s/ Steven H. Massicotte

Name:   Steven H. Massicotte
Title:   Chief Operating Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

RRE VENTURES IV, L.P.
By:  

/s/ William D. Porteous

Name:   William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO
INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XIII, L.P.
By:   Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ J. Sanford Miller

  Managing Director
INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XIV, L.P.
By:   Institutional Venture Management XIV LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

J. Sanford Miller

  Managing Director
GOOGLE VENTURES 2013, L.P.
By:   Google Ventures 2013 GP, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ William J. Maris

Name:   William J. Maris
Title:   Member


SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

 

Name and Address

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P.

c/o Campbell Corporate Services Limited, Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268

Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

 

With copy which shall not constitute notice to:

 

101 Park Avenue, 48th Floor

New York, NY 10178

Griffin Schroeder

Google Ventures 2013, L.P.

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Rivendell Investments 4 LLC

1 Letterman Drive

Building C, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94129

Industry Ventures Fund VI, LP

750 Battery Street, 7th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 2, Suite 250

Menlo Park, CA 94025


Institutional Venture Partners XIV, L.P.

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 2, Suite 250

Menlo Park, CA 94025

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (LSVF)

Stanford Management Company

635 Knight Way

Stanford, CA 94305-7297

First Round Capital 2006 LP

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

First Round Capital 2006 Annex Fund LP

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund-Q LP

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Village Ventures Fund II, L.P.

One Bank Street - Second Floor

Williamstown, MA 01267

Village Ventures Fund II-A, L.P.

One Bank Street - Second Floor

Williamstown, MA 01267

Village Ventures Fund II-B, L.P.

One Bank Street - Second Floor

Williamstown, MA 01267

Leonard S. Simon 2002 Trust

Andrew Simon

Jonathan Simon


Ronald Conway IRA

Charles Schwab & Co, Inc.

3000 Sand Hill Road, Suite 2-145

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Contour Venture Partners, L.P.

317 Madison Avenue

Suite 1124

New York, N.Y. 10017

Khosla Ventures II, LP

3000 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

RRE Ventures IV, L.P.

126 East 56th Street

New York, N.Y. 10022

Camelot Financial Capital Management LLC

1 Sparrow Lane

Greenwich, CT 06830

Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund

200 Seaport Blvd., Z3B I

Boston, MA 02210

Joel Hornstein

PanMar Capital, LLC

930 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10028

James D. Bishop Exempt Descendants’ Trust No. 1

James D. Bishop Exempt Descendants’ Trust No. 2

James D. Bishop Exempt Descendants’ Trust No. 3

James D. Bishop Exempt Descendants’ Trust No. 4

Jamestown Investments, LLC

241 Bradley Place

Palm Beach, FL 33480


Ocean Assets, LLC

126 East 56 th Street

New York, NY 10022

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, LLC

3408 Hillview Avenue, Bldg 5

Palo Alto, CA 94304

SF Capital Partners, LP

150 E. 52nd St. 28th Fl.

New York, NY 10022

SF Capital Investments, LP

150 E. 52nd St. 28th Fl.

New York, NY 10022

L. Saltz CPTA

R. Saltz CPTA

S. Saltz CPTA

Neil Wolfson

Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P.

3555 Alameda de las Pulgas, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Insikt Partners LLC

338 Spear Street, #4D

San Francisco, CA 94105

Nicolas Bernadi


SCHEDULE B

KEY HOLDERS

 

Name and Address

Mitch Jacobs

Joel Hornstein

Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund

200 Seaport Blvd., Z3B I

Boston, MA 02210

First Round Capital 2006 Annex Fund LP

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Village Ventures Fund II, L.P.

One Bank Street - Second Floor

Williamstown, MA 01267


Village Ventures Fund II-B, L.P.

One Bank Street - Second Floor

Williamstown, MA 01267

Leonard S. Simon 2002 Trust

95 Hupi Road. Box 539

Monterey, MA 01245-0539

Elephant Rock Foundation, Inc.

95 Hupi Road. Box 539

Monterey, MA 01245-0539

Ocean Assets, LLC

126 East 56 th Street

New York, NY 10022

Irrevocable Lipitz Children’s Trust Dtd 11-4-86 FBO

Irrevocable Lipitz Children’s Trust Dtd 11-4-86 FBO

Irrevocable Lipitz Children’s Trust Dtd 11-4-86 FBO

Insikt Ventures, LLC

338 Spear Street, #4D

San Francisco, CA 94105


Andrew Brenner

Nicolas Bernadi

Andrew Brod

Deep Creek Capital Ventures LLC

21 Barclay Road

Scarsdale NY, 10583

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ 1933 ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR SOME OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT THERETO.

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant No.W-    Number of Shares:    shares
   Series B Preferred Stock

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

Effective as of

Void after

1. Issuance . This Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to                      by O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter with its successors called the “ Company ”).

2. Purchase Price; Number of Shares .

(a) The registered holder of this Warrant (the “ Holder ”), is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant with the subscription form annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company, to purchase from the Company, at a price per share of $2.9502 (the “ Purchase Price ”), up to a maximum of                      fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

The person or persons in whose name or names any certificate representing shares of Preferred Stock is issued hereunder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares represented thereby as at the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised with respect to such shares, whether or not the transfer books of the Company shall be closed.

3. Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchase Price may be paid (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by the surrender by the Holder to the Company of any promissory notes or other obligations issued by the Company, with all such notes and obligations so surrendered being credited against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of surrender, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

4. Net Issue Election . The Holder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Holder of any additional consideration, shares of Preferred Stock equal to the value of this Warrant or any portion hereof by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the Company, with the net issue election notice annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock as is computed using the following formula:

 

1.


X = Y(A-B)

A

 

where:    X =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this Section 4 .
   Y =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant in respect of which the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   A =    the Fair Market Value (defined below) of one share of Preferred Stock, as determined at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   B =    the Purchase Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .

Fair Market Value ” of a share of Preferred Stock (or fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”) if the Preferred Stock has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of the date that the net issue election is made (the “ Determination Date ”) shall mean:

(i) If the net issue election is made in connection with and contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the 1933 Act (a “ Public Offering ”), and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

(ii) If the net issue election is not made in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(a) If traded on a securities exchange or NASDAQ market or system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing or last reported sale prices of the Common Stock on such exchange or market over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible;

(b) If otherwise traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing ask prices of the Common Stock over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; and

(c) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

5. Partial Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised in part, and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new warrant, which shall be dated as of the date of this Warrant, covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been exercised.

6. Fractional Shares . In no event shall any fractional share of Preferred Stock be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. If, upon exercise of this Warrant in its entirety, the Holder would, except as provided in this Section 6 , be entitled to receive a fractional share of Preferred Stock, then the Company shall issue the next higher number of full shares of Preferred Stock, issuing a full share with respect to such fractional share.

 

2.


7. Expiration Date; Automatic Exercise. This Warrant shall expire at the earliest to occur of (the “ Expiration Date ”) (i) at the close of business on September 15, 2017; and (ii) two years after the closing of the initial Public Offering; of the Company on the NASDAQ or other stock exchange in the United States, and shall be void thereafter.

Notwithstanding the term of this Warrant fixed pursuant to this Section 7, and provided Holder has received advance written notice of at least ten (10) days and has not earlier exercised this Warrant, and provided this Warrant has not been assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof), upon the consummation of a Merger (as defined below), this Warrant shall automatically be exercised pursuant to Section 4 hereof, without any action by Holder. “ Merger ” means: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an Unaffiliated Entity (as defined below), or (ii) the merger, consolidation or acquisition of the Company with, into or by an Unaffiliated Entity (other than a merger or consolidation for the principle purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or a bona fide round of preferred stock equity financing), that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. “ Unaffiliated Entity ” means any entity that is owned or controlled by parties who own less than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any outstanding warrants to purchase equity securities of the Company (but excluding stock options that were granted to employees and service providers in connection with their service to the Company) are assumed by the successor entity of a Merger (or parent thereof), this Warrant shall also be similarly assumed. The Company agrees to promptly give the Holder written notice of any proposed Merger and written notice of termination of any proposed Merger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant, the Holder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights after a notice of termination of the proposed Merger if the exercise of this Warrant occurred after the Company notified the Holder that the Merger was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Merger, provided, however that such rescission right must be exercised within ten (10) days of receipt of such written notice of termination of the proposed Merger. In the event of such rescission, this Warrant will continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions.

8. Reserved Shares; Valid Issuance . The Company covenants that it will at all times from and after the date hereof reserve and keep available such number of its authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock free from all preemptive or similar rights therein, as will be sufficient to permit, respectively, the exercise of this Warrant in full and the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all shares of Preferred Stock receivable upon such exercise. The Company further covenants that such shares as may be issued pursuant to such exercise and/or conversion will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

9. Stock Splits and Dividends . If after the date hereof the Company shall subdivide the Preferred Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine the Preferred Stock, or issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in payment of a stock dividend on the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination, and the Purchase Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

10. Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock of the Company are set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Articles ”), a true and complete copy in its current form which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Such rights shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Stock without such Holder’s prior written consent. The Company shall promptly provide the Holder hereof with any restatement, amendment or modification to the Articles promptly after the same has been made.

11. Mergers and Reclassifications . Subject to Section 7 , if after the date hereof the Company shall enter into any Reorganization (as hereinafter defined), then, as a condition of such Reorganization, lawful provisions shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall thereafter have the right to purchase, at a total price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such Reorganization by a holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock which might have been purchased by the Holder immediately prior to such Reorganization, and in any such case appropriate

 

3.


provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and the number of shares issuable hereunder and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable in relation to any shares of stock or other securities and property thereafter deliverable upon exercise hereof. For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “ Reorganization ” shall include without limitation any reclassification, capital reorganization or change of the Preferred Stock (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 9 hereof), or any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation or other business organization (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Preferred Stock), or any sale or conveyance to another corporation or other business organization of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

12. Certificate of Adjustment . Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder a certificate from one of the Company’s authorized officers setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

13. Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event of:

(a) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or dispose of any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right;

(b) any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, capital reorganization of the Company, consolidation or merger involving the Company, or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets; or

(c) any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then in each such event the Company will provide or cause to be provided to the Holder a written notice thereof. Such notice shall be provided at least ten (10) business days prior to the date specified in such notice on which any such action is to be taken.

14. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . This Warrant is issued and delivered by the Company and accepted by each Holder on the basis of the following representations, warranties and covenants made by the Company:

(a) The Company has all necessary authority to issue, execute and deliver this Warrant and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized issued, executed and delivered by the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(b) The shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The issuance, execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not, (i) violate or contravene the Company’s Articles or by-laws, or any law, statute, regulation, rule, judgment or order applicable to the Company, (ii) violate, contravene or result in a breach or default under any contract, agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are bound or (iii) require the consent or approval of or the filing of any notice or registration with any person or entity.

(d) As long as this Warrant is, or any shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock are, issued and outstanding, the Company will provide to the Holder (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90)

 

4.


days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (a) an audited balance sheet as of the end of such year, (b) an audited statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (c) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year; and (ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (x) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (y) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP) .

(e) Once per calendar quarter, the Company will provide Holder with a current capitalization table indicating changes, if any, to the number of outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock.

15. Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that the Holder of this Warrant is a party to and entitled to the rights of a “Holder” and “Investor” under the Company’s Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 13, 2014 (the “ Rights Agreement ”), with respect to this Warrant and that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are “ Registrable Securities ” as defined thereunder.

16. Amendment . The terms of this Warrant may be amended, modified or waived only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company.

17. Representations and Covenants of the Holder . This Warrant has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Holder, which by its execution hereof the Holder hereby confirms:

(a) Investment Purpose . The right to acquire Preferred Stock or the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

(b) Accredited Investor . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

(c) Private Issue . The Holder understands (i) that the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 17 .

(d) Financial Risk . The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

18. Notices, Transfers, Etc.

(a) Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be given by certified mail or delivered to the Holder at the address most recently provided by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Warrant may be transferred by the Holder with respect to any or all of the shares purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment notice annexed hereto duly executed, for transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new warrant of the same denomination to the assignee. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment hereof properly endorsed, by the Holder for transfer with respect to a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, the

 

5.


Company shall issue a new warrant to the assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the Holder hereof, and shall issue to such Holder a new warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred.

(c) In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new warrant of like tenor and denomination and deliver the same (i) in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or (ii) in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit of the Holder or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant

19. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles or through any reclassification, capital reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of assets, dissolution, liquidation, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance of performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder.

20. Governing Law . The provisions and terms of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

21. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder’s successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

22. Business Days . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action required or the expiration of any rights granted herein shall be a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday in California, then such action may be taken or right may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or such a legal holiday.

23. Qualifying Public Offering . If the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Articles in effect immediately prior to such offering, then, effective upon such conversion, this Warrant shall change from the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock to the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, and the Holder shall thereupon have the right to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the number of shares of Common Stock which would have been receivable by the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, and in such event appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, the provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable to any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

24. Value . The Company and the Holder agree that the value of this Warrant on the date of grant is $            .

 

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

6.


Subscription

 

To:

       

Date:

       

The undersigned hereby subscribes for              shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

 

Signature

 

Name for Registration

 

Mailing Address

 

1.


Net Issue Election Notice

 

To:                                                          

   Date:                                                      

The undersigned hereby elects under Section 4 to surrender the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares issuable upon such net issue election shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

 

Signature

 

Name for Registration

 

Mailing Address

 

1.


Assignment

For value received              hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

 

[Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee]

 

 

the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              its attorney to transfer the within Warrant on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution on the premises.

 

Dated:

       
    

Signature

  
    

Name for Registration

  

In the Presence of:

  
    

 

1.

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ 1933 ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR SOME OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT THERETO.

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant No.W-

   Number of Shares:        shares
   Series C-1 Preferred Stock

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

Effective as of

Void after

1. Issuance . This Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to         by O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter with its successors called the “ Company ”).

2. Purchase Price; Number of Shares.

(a) The registered holder of this Warrant (the “ Holder ”), is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant with the subscription form annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company, to purchase from the Company, at a price per share of $5.5258 (the “ Purchase Price ”), up to a maximum of         fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

The person or persons in whose name or names any certificate representing shares of Preferred Stock is issued hereunder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares represented thereby as at the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised with respect to such shares, whether or not the transfer books of the Company shall be closed.

3. Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchase Price may be paid (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by the surrender by the Holder to the Company of any promissory notes or other obligations issued by the Company, with all such notes and obligations so surrendered being credited against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of surrender, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

4. Net Issue Election . The Holder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Holder of any additional consideration, shares of Preferred Stock equal to the value of this Warrant or any portion hereof by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the Company, with the net issue election notice annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock as is computed using the following formula:

 

1.


X = Y(A-B)

A

 

where:    X =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this Section 4 .
   Y =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant in respect of which the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   A =    the Fair Market Value (defined below) of one share of Preferred Stock, as determined at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   B =    the Purchase Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .

Fair Market Value ” of a share of Preferred Stock (or fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”) if the Preferred Stock has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of the date that the net issue election is made (the “ Determination Date ”) shall mean:

(i) If the net issue election is made in connection with and contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the 1933 Act (a “ Public Offering ”), and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

(ii) If the net issue election is not made in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(a) If traded on a securities exchange or NASDAQ market or system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing or last reported sale prices of the Common Stock on such exchange or market over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible;

(b) If otherwise traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing ask prices of the Common Stock over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; and

(c) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

5. Partial Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised in part, and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new warrant, which shall be dated as of the date of this Warrant, covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been exercised.

6. Fractional Shares . In no event shall any fractional share of Preferred Stock be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. If, upon exercise of this Warrant in its entirety, the Holder would, except as provided in this Section 6 , be entitled to receive a fractional share of Preferred Stock, then the Company shall issue the next higher number of full shares of Preferred Stock, issuing a full share with respect to such fractional share.

 

2.


7. Expiration Date; Automatic Exercise. This Warrant shall expire at the earliest to occur of (the “ Expiration Date ”) (i) at the close of business on         ; and (ii) two years after the closing of the initial Public Offering; of the Company on the NASDAQ or other stock exchange in the United States, and shall be void thereafter.

Notwithstanding the term of this Warrant fixed pursuant to this Section 7, and provided Holder has received advance written notice of at least ten (10) days and has not earlier exercised this Warrant, and provided this Warrant has not been assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof), upon the consummation of a Merger (as defined below), this Warrant shall automatically be exercised pursuant to Section 4 hereof, without any action by Holder. “ Merger ” means: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an Unaffiliated Entity (as defined below), or (ii) the merger, consolidation or acquisition of the Company with, into or by an Unaffiliated Entity (other than a merger or consolidation for the principle purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or a bona fide round of preferred stock equity financing), that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. “ Unaffiliated Entity ” means any entity that is owned or controlled by parties who own less than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any outstanding warrants to purchase equity securities of the Company (but excluding stock options that were granted to employees and service providers in connection with their service to the Company) are assumed by the successor entity of a Merger (or parent thereof), this Warrant shall also be similarly assumed. The Company agrees to promptly give the Holder written notice of any proposed Merger and written notice of termination of any proposed Merger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant, the Holder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights after a notice of termination of the proposed Merger if the exercise of this Warrant occurred after the Company notified the Holder that the Merger was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Merger, provided, however that such rescission right must be exercised within ten (10) days of receipt of such written notice of termination of the proposed Merger. In the event of such rescission, this Warrant will continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions.

8. Reserved Shares; Valid Issuance . The Company covenants that it will at all times from and after the date hereof reserve and keep available such number of its authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock free from all preemptive or similar rights therein, as will be sufficient to permit, respectively, the exercise of this Warrant in full and the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all shares of Preferred Stock receivable upon such exercise. The Company further covenants that such shares as may be issued pursuant to such exercise and/or conversion will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

9. Stock Splits and Dividends . If after the date hereof the Company shall subdivide the Preferred Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine the Preferred Stock, or issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in payment of a stock dividend on the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination, and the Purchase Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

10. Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock of the Company are set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Articles ”), a true and complete copy in its current form which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Such rights shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Stock without such Holder’s prior written consent. The Company shall promptly provide the Holder hereof with any restatement, amendment or modification to the Articles promptly after the same has been made.

11. Mergers and Reclassifications . Subject to Section 7 , if after the date hereof the Company shall enter into any Reorganization (as hereinafter defined), then, as a condition of such Reorganization, lawful provisions shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall thereafter have the right to purchase, at a total price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such Reorganization by a holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock which might have been purchased by the Holder immediately prior to such Reorganization, and in any such case appropriate

 

3.


provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and the number of shares issuable hereunder and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable in relation to any shares of stock or other securities and property thereafter deliverable upon exercise hereof. For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “ Reorganization ” shall include without limitation any reclassification, capital reorganization or change of the Preferred Stock (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 9 hereof), or any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation or other business organization (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Preferred Stock), or any sale or conveyance to another corporation or other business organization of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

12. Certificate of Adjustment . Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder a certificate from one of the Company’s authorized officers setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

13. Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event of:

(a) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or dispose of any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right;

(b) any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, capital reorganization of the Company, consolidation or merger involving the Company, or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets; or

(c) any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then in each such event the Company will provide or cause to be provided to the Holder a written notice thereof. Such notice shall be provided at least ten (10) business days prior to the date specified in such notice on which any such action is to be taken.

14. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . This Warrant is issued and delivered by the Company and accepted by each Holder on the basis of the following representations, warranties and covenants made by the Company:

(a) The Company has all necessary authority to issue, execute and deliver this Warrant and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized issued, executed and delivered by the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(b) The shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The issuance, execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not, (i) violate or contravene the Company’s Articles or by-laws, or any law, statute, regulation, rule, judgment or order applicable to the Company, (ii) violate, contravene or result in a breach or default under any contract, agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are bound or (iii) require the consent or approval of or the filing of any notice or registration with any person or entity.

(d) As long as this Warrant is, or any shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock are, issued and outstanding, the Company will provide to the Holder (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred

 

4.


twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (a) an audited balance sheet as of the end of such year, (b) an audited statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (c) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year; and (ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (x) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (y) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP) .

(e) Once per calendar quarter, the Company will provide Holder with a current capitalization table indicating changes, if any, to the number of outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock.

15. Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that the Holder of this Warrant is a party to and entitled to the rights of a “Holder” and “Investor” under the Company’s Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 13, 2014 (the “ Rights Agreement ”), with respect to this Warrant and that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are “ Registrable Securities ” as defined thereunder.

16. Amendment . The terms of this Warrant may be amended, modified or waived only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company.

17. Representations and Covenants of the Holder . This Warrant has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Holder, which by its execution hereof the Holder hereby confirms:

(a) Investment Purpose . The right to acquire Preferred Stock or the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

(b) Accredited Investor . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

(c) Private Issue . The Holder understands (i) that the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 17 .

(d) Financial Risk . The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

18. Notices, Transfers, Etc.

(a) Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be given by certified mail or delivered to the Holder at the address most recently provided by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Warrant may be transferred by the Holder with respect to any or all of the shares purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment notice annexed hereto duly executed, for transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new warrant of the same denomination to the assignee. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment hereof properly endorsed, by the Holder for transfer with respect to a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, the

 

5.


Company shall issue a new warrant to the assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the Holder hereof, and shall issue to such Holder a new warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred.

(c) In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new warrant of like tenor and denomination and deliver the same (i) in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or (ii) in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit of the Holder or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant

19. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles or through any reclassification, capital reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of assets, dissolution, liquidation, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance of performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder.

20. Governing Law . The provisions and terms of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

21. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder’s successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

22. Business Days . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action required or the expiration of any rights granted herein shall be a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday in California, then such action may be taken or right may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or such a legal holiday.

23. Qualifying Public Offering . If the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Articles in effect immediately prior to such offering, then, effective upon such conversion, this Warrant shall change from the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock to the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, and the Holder shall thereupon have the right to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the number of shares of Common Stock which would have been receivable by the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, and in such event appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, the provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable to any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

24. Value . The Company and the Holder agree that the value of this Warrant on the date of grant is $            .

 

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

6.


Subscription

To:                                              

Date:                                         

The undersigned hereby subscribes for              shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

    

Signature

  
    

Name for Registration

  
    

Mailing Address

  

 

1.


Net Issue Election Notice

 

To:                                                                      Date:                                         

The undersigned hereby elects under Section 4 to surrender the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares issuable upon such net issue election shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

   

Signature

 
   

Name for Registration

 
   

Mailing Address

 

 

1.


Assignment

For value received              hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

 

[Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee]

 

 

the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              its attorney to transfer the within Warrant on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution on the premises.

 

Dated:

       

 

  

Signature

  

 

  

Name for Registration

  

In the Presence of:

  

 

  

 

1.

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ 1933 ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR SOME OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT THERETO.

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant No.W-    Number of Shares:                     shares
   Series E Preferred Stock

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

Effective as of

Void after

1. Issuance . This Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to                     by O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter with its successors called the “ Company ”).

2. Purchase Price; Number of Shares . The registered holder of this Warrant (the “ Holder ”), is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant with the subscription form annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company, to purchase from the Company, at a price per share of $29.42 (the “ Purchase Price ”), up to a maximum of         fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Purchase Price and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. The person or persons in whose name or names any certificate representing shares of Preferred Stock is issued hereunder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares represented thereby as at the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised with respect to such shares, whether or not the transfer books of the Company shall be closed.

3. Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchase Price may be paid (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by the surrender by the Holder to the Company of any promissory notes or other obligations issued by the Company, with all such notes and obligations so surrendered being credited against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of surrender, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

4. Net Issue Election . The Holder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Holder of any additional consideration, shares of Preferred Stock equal to the value of this Warrant or any portion hereof by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the Company, with the net issue election notice annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock as is computed using the following formula:

 

1.


X = Y(A-B)

    A

 

where:

   X =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this Section 4 .
   Y =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant in respect of which the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4.
   A =    the Fair Market Value (defined below) of one share of Preferred Stock, as determined at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4.
   B =    the Purchase Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4.

Fair Market Value ” of a share of Preferred Stock (or fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”) if the Preferred Stock has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of the date that the net issue election is made (the “ Determination Date ”) shall mean:

(i) If the net issue election is made in connection with and contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the 1933 Act (a “ Public Offering ”), and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

(ii) If the net issue election is not made in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(a) If traded on a securities exchange or NASDAQ market or system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing or last reported sale prices of the Common Stock on such exchange or market over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible;

(b) If otherwise traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing ask prices of the Common Stock over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; and

(c) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

5. Partial Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised in part, and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new warrant, which shall be dated as of the date of this Warrant, covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been exercised.

6. Fractional Shares . In no event shall any fractional share of Preferred Stock be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. If, upon exercise of this Warrant in its entirety, the Holder would, except as provided in this Section 6 , be entitled to receive a fractional share of Preferred Stock, then the Company shall issue the next higher number of full shares of Preferred Stock, issuing a full share with respect to such fractional share.

 

2.


7. Expiration Date; Automatic Exercise. This Warrant shall expire at the earliest to occur of (the “ Expiration Date ”) (i) at the close of business on             ; and (ii) two years after the closing of the initial Public Offering; of the Company on the NASDAQ or other stock exchange in the United States, and shall be void thereafter.

Notwithstanding the term of this Warrant fixed pursuant to this Section 7, and provided Holder has received advance written notice of at least ten (10) days and has not earlier exercised this Warrant, and provided this Warrant has not been assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof), upon the consummation of a Merger (as defined below), this Warrant shall automatically be exercised pursuant to Section 4 hereof, without any action by Holder. “ Merger ” means: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an Unaffiliated Entity (as defined below), or (ii) the merger, consolidation or acquisition of the Company with, into or by an Unaffiliated Entity (other than a merger or consolidation for the principle purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or a bona fide round of preferred stock equity financing), that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. “ Unaffiliated Entity ” means any entity that is owned or controlled by parties who own less than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any outstanding warrants to purchase equity securities of the Company (but excluding stock options that were granted to employees and service providers in connection with their service to the Company) are assumed by the successor entity of a Merger (or parent thereof), this Warrant shall also be similarly assumed. The Company agrees to promptly give the Holder written notice of any proposed Merger and written notice of termination of any proposed Merger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant, the Holder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights after a notice of termination of the proposed Merger if the exercise of this Warrant occurred after the Company notified the Holder that the Merger was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Merger, provided, however that such rescission right must be exercised within ten (10) days of receipt of such written notice of termination of the proposed Merger. In the event of such rescission, this Warrant will continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions.

8. Reserved Shares; Valid Issuance . The Company covenants that it will at all times from and after the date hereof reserve and keep available such number of its authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock free from all preemptive or similar rights therein, as will be sufficient to permit, respectively, the exercise of this Warrant in full and the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all shares of Preferred Stock receivable upon such exercise. The Company further covenants that such shares as may be issued pursuant to such exercise and/or conversion will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

9. Stock Splits and Dividends . If after the date hereof the Company shall subdivide the Preferred Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine the Preferred Stock, or issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in payment of a stock dividend on the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination, and the Purchase Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

10. Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock of the Company are set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time and effective as of the date hereof (the “ Articles ”). Such rights shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Stock without such Holder’s prior written consent. The Company shall promptly provide the Holder hereof with any restatement, amendment or modification to the Articles promptly after the same has been made.

11. Mergers and Reclassifications . Subject to Section 7 , if after the date hereof the Company shall enter into any Reorganization (as hereinafter defined), then, as a condition of such Reorganization, lawful provisions shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall thereafter have the right to purchase, at a total price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such Reorganization by a holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock which might have been purchased by the Holder immediately prior to such Reorganization, and in any such case appropriate

 

3.


provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and the number of shares issuable hereunder and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable in relation to any shares of stock or other securities and property thereafter deliverable upon exercise hereof. For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “ Reorganization ” shall include without limitation any reclassification, capital reorganization or change of the Preferred Stock (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 9 hereof), or any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation or other business organization (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Preferred Stock), or any sale or conveyance to another corporation or other business organization of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

12. Certificate of Adjustment . Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder a certificate from one of the Company’s authorized officers setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

13. Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event of:

(a) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or dispose of any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right;

(b) any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, capital reorganization of the Company, consolidation or merger involving the Company, or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets; or

(c) any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then in each such event the Company will provide or cause to be provided to the Holder a written notice thereof. Such notice shall be provided at least ten (10) business days prior to the date specified in such notice on which any such action is to be taken.

14. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . This Warrant is issued and delivered by the Company and accepted by each Holder on the basis of the following representations, warranties and covenants made by the Company:

(a) The Company has all necessary authority to issue, execute and deliver this Warrant and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized issued, executed and delivered by the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(b) The shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The issuance, execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not, (i) violate or contravene the Company’s Articles or by-laws, or any law, statute, regulation, rule, judgment or order applicable to the Company, (ii) violate, contravene or result in a breach or default under any contract, agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are bound or (iii) require the consent or approval of or the filing of any notice or registration with any person or entity.

(d) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i)         shares of Common Stock, of which                     shares are issued and outstanding and                     shares             are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant with respect to Common Stock and the conversion of the

 

4.


Preferred Stock into Common Stock if this Warrant is exercised with respect to Preferred Stock, (ii)        shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding; (iii)         shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which         are issued and outstanding shares; (iv)         shares of Series C Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding; (v)        shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, of which are issued and outstanding shares; (vi)         shares of Series D Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding; and (vii)         shares of Series E Preferred Stock, of which         are issued and outstanding shares and shares are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant.

15. Amendment . The terms of this Warrant may be amended, modified or waived only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company.

16. Representations and Covenants of the Holder . This Warrant has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Holder, which by its execution hereof the Holder hereby confirms:

(a) Investment Purpose . The right to acquire Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof (collectively, the “ Securities ”) will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

(b) Accredited Investor . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

(c) Private Issue . The Holder understands (i) that the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 16 .

(d) Financial Risk . The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

17. Legends .

(a) Securities Law Legend . The certificates representing the Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ 1933 ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR SOME OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT THERETO.

(b) Market Stand-off Legend . The certificates representing the Preferred Stock issued upon exercise hereof and the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

5.


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

18. Market Stand-off . The Holder hereby agrees that the Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any securities of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 17(b) with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

19. Notices, Transfers, Etc.

(a) Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be given by certified mail or delivered to the Holder at the address most recently provided by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Warrant may be transferred by the Holder with respect to any or all of the shares purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment notice annexed hereto duly executed, for transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new warrant of the same denomination to the assignee. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment hereof properly endorsed, by the Holder for transfer with respect to a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, the Company shall issue a new warrant to the assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the Holder hereof, and shall issue to such Holder a new warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred.

(c) In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new warrant of like tenor and denomination and deliver the same (i) in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or (ii) in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit of the Holder or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant

20. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles or through any reclassification, capital reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of assets, dissolution, liquidation, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance of performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder.

21. Governing Law . The provisions and terms of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

22. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder’s successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

6.


23. Business Days . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action required or the expiration of any rights granted herein shall be a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday in New York, then such action may be taken or right may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or such a legal holiday.

24. Qualifying Public Offering . If the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Articles in effect immediately prior to such offering, then, effective upon such conversion, this Warrant shall change from the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock to the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, and the Holder shall thereupon have the right to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the number of shares of Common Stock which would have been receivable by the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, and in such event appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, the provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable to any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

25. Value . The Company and the Holder agree that the value of this Warrant on the date of grant is $            .

 

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

7.


Subscription

 

To:    

Date:

   

The undersigned hereby subscribes for                     shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

 
Signature
 

Name for Registration

 

Mailing Address

 

1.


Net Issue Election Notice

 

To:                                                              Date:                             

The undersigned hereby elects under Section 4 to surrender the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares issuable upon such net issue election shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

 
Signature
 

Name for Registration

 

Mailing Address

 

1.


Assignment

For value received                                 hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                  

 

 

 

 

[Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee]

 

 

the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                      its attorney to transfer the within Warrant on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution on the premises.

 

Dated:    
 

Signature

 

Name for Registration

In the Presence of:

 

 

 

1.

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK ISSUED UPON ANY EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY BE OFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF, AND IF REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED PURSUANT TO THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR IF THE COMPANY IS PROVIDED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED. THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK ISSUED UPON ANY EXERCISE HEREOF ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER CONDITIONS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

Warrant No.: W-                Dated:                    

This certifies that             (the “ Holder ”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), up to an aggregate             fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Stock ”), at a price of $         per share (the “ Stock Purchase Price ”), at any time or from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Warrant (the “ Warrant ”), but not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on             (the “ Expiration Date ”). The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable hereunder (wherever expressed herein as a particular number) are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 of this Warrant. This Warrant is one of a series of similar warrants being issued pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of             , among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). All Warrants issued under the Purchase Agreement are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Warrants .” The Holder, collectively with all Holders of other Warrants, are sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Holders .”

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Exercise . This Warrant is exercisable at the option of the Holder at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof but not later than the Expiration Date, for all or a portion of the shares of Stock which the Holder is entitled to purchase hereunder, by delivery to the Company of an exercise notice in the form of Exhibit A hereto (an “ Exercise Notice ”).

2. Payment; Certificates; Issuance of Stock .

2.1. Payment . The purchase rights under this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company by certified check or wire transfer in an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price of the shares being purchased.

 

1.


2.2. Net Issue Exercise . In the event that the fair market value (as defined below) of one share of Stock exceeds the Stock Purchase Price (at the date of such calculation as set forth below), then in lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2.1, the Holder may elect to receive shares of Stock equal to the value of the portion of this Warrant being exercised by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Stock computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

    A

 

where:

   X =    the number of shares of Stock to be issued to the Holder;
   Y =    the number of shares of Stock as to which this Warrant is to be deemed to have been exercised
   A =    the fair market value of one share of Stock (at the date of such calculation); and
   B =    Stock Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

2.3. Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 2, the “fair market value” of one share of Stock shall be determined as follows:

2.3.1. If the Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market or on an exchange, the fair market value of the Stock per share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Stock in the over-the-counter market or the closing sale price quoted on any exchange on which the Stock is listed as published in The Wall Street Journal, in each case for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value; provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to Section 2.2 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share of Stock shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock.

2.3.2. If the Stock is not traded in the over-the-counter market or on an exchange, the fair market value of the Stock per share shall be the price per share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for shares sold by the Company from authorized but unissued shares, as reasonably determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in their sole discretion.

2.4. Upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder, shares of Stock as provided herein. The Company agrees that the shares of Stock to be purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares on the terms and conditions provided herein. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 7, certificates for shares of Stock so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which the Holder is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to the Holder by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent at the Company’s expense within a reasonable time (but in no event more than ten days) after rights represented by this Warrant have been exercised. Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Stock as may be requested by the Holder and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or such other name as shall be designated by the Holder, subject to the limitations contained in Sections 3, 6 and 7. If, upon exercise of this Warrant, fewer than all of the shares of Stock evidenced by this Warrant are purchased prior to the Expiration Date, one or more new warrants substantially in the form of, and on the terms in, this Warrant will be issued for the remaining number of shares of Stock and the provisions hereof will be modified to reflect the prior exercise(s) hereof.

 

2.


3. Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares . The Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will be, upon payment of the Stock Purchase Price therefor and issuance thereof, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any stockholder and free of all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved, for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of authorized but unissued Stock for such exercise. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Stock may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Stock may be listed.

4. Adjustment of Stock Purchase Price and Number of Shares . The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 4.

4.1. Subdivision or Combination of Stock . In case the Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Stock into a greater number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately increased. Conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately reduced.

4.2. Certain Dividends and Distributions . In case the Company shall at any time declare or pay a dividend upon its Stock payable in shares of Stock, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such dividend shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately increased.

4.3. Issuance of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents below Reference Price .

4.3.1. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time prior to the exercise of this Warrant, issue or sell any shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents at a price per share of Stock that is less than the Reference Price (as defined below) then in effect as of the record date or Issue Date (as defined below), as the case may be (the “ Relevant Date ”) (treating the price per share of Stock, in the case of the issuances of any Common Stock Equivalent, as equal to (i) the sum of the price for such Common Stock Equivalent plus any additional consideration payable (without regard to any anti-dilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalent divided by (ii) the number of shares of Stock initially underlying such Common Stock Equivalent), other than issuances of any Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time), then, and in each such case, the Stock Purchase Price then in effect shall be reduced to the price determined by multiplying the Stock Purchase Price in effect on the day immediately prior to the Relevant Date by a fraction (1) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Fully Diluted Outstanding Stock (as defined below) as of the Relevant Date immediately prior to the issuance or sale plus the number of shares of Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of such

 

3.


additional shares of Stock so issued would purchase at the Exercise Price on the Relevant Date (or, in the case of Common Stock Equivalents, the number of shares of Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of such Common Stock Equivalents and receivable by the Company upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents would purchase at the Stock Purchase Price on the Relevant Date), and (2) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Fully Diluted Outstanding Stock as of the Relevant Date immediately prior to the issuance or sale plus the number of additional shares of Stock issued or to be issued (or, in the case of Common Stock Equivalents, the maximum number of shares of Stock into which such Common Stock Equivalents initially may convert, exchange or be exercised).

4.3.2. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are issued, and shall become effective retroactively (i) in the case of an issuance to the stockholders of the Company, as such, to a date immediately following the close of business on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, and (ii) in all other cases, on the date (the “ Issue Date ”) of such issuance; provided, however, that the determination as to whether an adjustment is required to be made pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall only be made upon the issuance of such shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, and not upon the issuance of any security into which the Common Stock Equivalents convert, exchange or may be exercised. Simultaneously with any adjustments to the Stock Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 4.3, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately increased, so that after such adjustment the aggregate Stock Purchase Price payable hereunder for the increased number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be the same as the aggregate Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

4.3.3. In case at any time any shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents or any rights or options to purchase any shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any shares of Stock or Common Stock Equivalents or any rights or options to purchase any Stock or Common Stock Equivalents shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the “fair market value” (as defined in Section 2.3) of such consideration, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith.

4.3.4. The following terms used in this Section 4.3 shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below:

Common Stock Equivalent ” means any security or obligation which is by its terms, directly or indirectly, convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock, preferred stock or any other capital stock of the Company, and any option, warrant or other subscription or purchase right with respect to Company’s common stock or any Common Stock Equivalent.

Fully Diluted Outstanding Stock ” shall mean, as of any time of measurement, all shares of Stock outstanding, treating as outstanding all shares of Stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange, as applicable, of all Common Stock Equivalents then outstanding.

Reference Price ” shall mean $            , subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

4.


4.3.5. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall not apply in the case of any event or other action in respect of which the provisions of Sections 4.1 or 4.2 shall apply.

4.4. Notice of Adjustment . Upon any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price or any increase or decrease in the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder listed on the signature page hereto. The notice shall be signed by the Company’s chief executive officer and shall state the effective date of the adjustment and the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

4.5. Other Notices . If at any time:

(a) the Company shall propose to declare any cash dividend upon its Stock;

(b) the Company shall propose to declare or make any dividend or other distribution to the holders of its Stock, whether in cash, property or other securities;

(c) the Company shall propose to effect any reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company or any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation in which the holders of Stock would receive any consideration for their shares of Stock, or any sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(d) the Company shall propose to effect a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company; then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder at the address of the Holder listed on the signature page hereto, (i) at least 15 business days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend or distribution or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and (ii) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, at least 30 days’ written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Upon the occurrence of an event described in clause (c), the Holder shall be entitled thereafter to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, as and when exercised, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or assets which the Holder would have been entitled to receive after the occurrence of such event had this Warrant been exercised in full immediately prior to such event (assuming the entire amount of this Warrant was fully exercisable at such time); and in any such case, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder to the end that the provisions of this Warrant (including, without limitation, provisions with respect to changes in and adjustments of the Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, or other securities or assets, thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. Unless the requirement is waived by the Requisite Holders (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Company will not effect any of the transactions described in clause (c) above unless, prior to the consummation thereof, each person (other than the Company) that may be required to deliver any cash, stock, securities or other assets upon the exercise of this Warrant as provided herein shall assume, by written instrument delivered to, and reasonably satisfactory to, the Requisite Holders on behalf of all Holders, (x) the obligations of the Company under this Warrant (and if the Company shall survive the consummation of any such

 

5.


transaction, such assumption shall be in addition to, and shall not release the Company from, any continuing obligations of the Company under this Warrant) and (y) the obligation to deliver to the Holder such cash, stock, securities or other assets as such holder may be entitled to receive in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4. The provisions of this Section 4.5 shall similarly apply to successive transactions.

5. Issue Tax . The issuance of certificates for shares of Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue tax in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the then Holder of the Warrant being exercised.

6. No Voting Rights; Limitation of Liability . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of meetings of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase shares of Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the Stock Purchase Price or as a stockholder of the Company whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by its creditors.

7. Restrictions on Transferability . , Compliance With Securities Act .

7.1. Restrictions on Transferability. This Warrant and the Stock issued hereunder (collectively, the “ Securities ”) shall not be transferable in the absence of registration under the Act or an exemption therefrom. If the Holder is an entity that was formed for the sole purpose of holding Securities or that has no substantial assets other than the Securities or other shares of capital stock of the Company, such Holder agrees that (a) shares of its capital stock or other instruments, certificates or documents reflecting equity interests in such entity (and the shares of capital stock or other equity interests in any similar entities controlling such entity) will note the restrictions contained in this Warrant on the transfer of securities as if such Stock or other equity interests were Securities or other shares of capital stock of the Company, as applicable, and (b) no shares of such capital stock or other equity interests may be transferred to any person or entity other than in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Warrant as if such capital stock or other equity interests were Securities.

7.2. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing the Securities or any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, or any other interests or securities restricted hereby, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with the legends substantially in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws), unless counsel shall advise the Company that any such legend is no longer required:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“ ACT ”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER.

 

6.


7.3. Transfer Restrictions . This Warrant may not be sold, or in any other way transferred, assigned, pledged, distributed, encumbered or otherwise disposed of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, any shares of capital stock of the Company when and if issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer and such other terms and conditions as determined by the Company. This Warrant may be transferred only in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and only upon surrender of the original Warrant for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company. Thereupon, a new warrant on similar terms will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.

7.4. Effect of Transfer . Subject to the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof and any other agreement relating to the transfer of this Warrant or Warrant Shares, the Holder may transfer all or any portion of this Warrant by surrendering this Warrant to the Company together with a completed assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B . Upon such surrender, the Company shall deliver a new Warrant or Warrants to the person or persons entitled thereto and, if applicable, shall deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the balance of the shares of Stock subject to purchase hereunder. The term “Holder” as used herein shall include any transferee to whom this Warrant has been transferred in accordance with this Section 7.4.

8. Registration Rights . The shares of Stock purchasable hereunder constitute “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2014, by and among the Company, the Holder and the other parties thereto, and shall be entitled to registration rights in accordance with such Agreement.

9. Modification and Waiver; No Impairment . This Warrant and any provision hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Holders                     holding percent (    %) of the shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued under the Purchase Agreement, assuming that all such warrants are exercised for cash (and not on a cashless basis). Prior to any such amendment, change or modification, the Company will not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of commercially reasonable actions to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

10. Notices . All notices, demands, approvals, waivers, consents and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in the manner provided for the making of Notices set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

11. Descriptive Headings, Governing Law and Jurisdiction . The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York as applied to agreements among New York residents entered into and to be performed entirely within New York. The jurisdiction and venue in any action brought by any party hereto pursuant to this Agreement shall properly and exclusively lie in any federal or state court located in the State and City of New York. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts for himself or itself and in respect of his or its property with respect to such action. The parties irrevocably agree that venue would be proper in such court, and hereby waive any objection that such court is an improper or inconvenient forum for the resolution of such action. The parties further agree that the mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, of any process required by any such court shall constitute valid and lawful

 

7.


service of process against them, without necessity for service by any other means provided by statute or rule of court. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER AGREEMENTS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE HOLDER.

12. Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any Warrant or stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity, or in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the Company at its expense will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

13. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, round up the number of shares issuable to the Holder upon any exercise hereof to the next whole number.

14. Counterpart Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Warrant may be executed by facsimile signatures.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

8.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to, be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first indicated above.

 

O N D ECK C APITAL , I NC .

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

(Signature Page to On Deck Capital, Inc. Warrant)


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

To:                                 

The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,                      (        ) shares of common stock of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and herewith [makes payment of                     Dollars ($        ) therefor [by wire transfer] [by delivery of the enclosed certified check]][elects to exercise this Warrant with respect to                     shares of Stock pursuant to the Net Issue Exercise provisions of Section 2.2 thereof] and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to,                     , whose address is                                                     .

 

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

DATED:

   
(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

(Address)

 

 

1.


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered Holder if such Holder desires to transfer the attached Warrant.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto                     a Warrant to purchase                      (        ) shares of common stock of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”), together with all right, title, and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney to transfer such Warrant on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution.

 

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

Dated:

   

(Address)

 

1.

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

  

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

 

PHONE 650.493.9300

FAX 650.493.6811

 

www.wsgr.com

                         , 2014

On Deck Capital, Inc.

1400 Broadway, 25th Floor

New York, NY 100018

 

Re:

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-                ), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of                      shares (including                      shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Very truly yours,

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

 

  
  
  

AUSTIN     BEIJING     BRUSSELS     GEORGETOWN, DE     HONG KONG     LOS ANGELES     NEW YORK

PALO ALTO     SAN DIEGO     SAN FRANCISCO     SEATTLE     SHANGHAI     WASHINGTON, DC

Exhibit 10.1

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of             , 20    and is between On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and             (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition . During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at


least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events . Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

-3-


(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

-4-


5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification .

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-5-


(d) initiated by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses .

(a) The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final resolution, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

-6-


(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense; (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which may be withheld by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

 

-7-


(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, if required by applicable law (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as

 

-8-


Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to

 

-9-


commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, unless the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith. Further, if requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8, subject to Indemnitee’s agreement to repay the sums advanced if the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

-10-


13. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility . The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”), Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

 

-11-


16. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance . To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or

 

-12-


otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

 

-13-


(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 1400 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10018, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Larry Sonsini and Tony Jeffries at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, or except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-14-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

(Title)

INDEMNITEE

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

(Street address)

 

(City, State and ZIP)

Exhibit 10.2

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective: October 29, 2014

1. P URPOSE .

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding Eligible Persons, and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of the Company by closely aligning the interests of Participants with those of such stockholders. The Plan authorizes the award of Stock-based incentives to Eligible Persons to encourage such persons to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of stockholder value.

2. D EFINITIONS .

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any entity, any other entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such entity.

(b) “ Award ” means any Option, Restricted Stock or other Stock-based award granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Cause ” means, in the absence of an effective employment agreement between a Participant and the Employer otherwise defining Cause, (i) a Participant’s conviction of or indictment for any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (A) constituting a felony or (B) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of Participant’s duties to the Employer, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) conduct of the Participant, in connection with his or her employment, that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (iii) any material violation of the policies of the Company or its Affiliates, including, but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment, the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Company or its Affiliates; or (v) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Employer or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; provided, however, that if, subsequent to the Participant’s termination of employment (whether voluntary or involuntary) without Cause, it is discovered that the Participant’s employment could have been terminated for Cause, such Participant’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated for Cause. In the event there is an effective employment agreement between a Participant and the Employer defining Cause, “ Cause ” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a termination by the Employer for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such employment agreement are complied with.


(e) “ Change in Control ” means (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act); or (ii) any person or group is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission).

(f) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(g) “ Committee ” means the Board or such other committee appointed by the Board consisting of two or more individuals.

(h) “ Company ” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Competitive Activity ” means, with respect to any Participant, any activity reasonably determined by the Committee to be competitive with the business of the Employer of the Participant. If a Participant is a party to an effective employment or other agreement with the Employer that contains covenants relating to confidential information, restrictions on competition, interference and/or solicitation or other similar restrictions on a Participant’s conduct, “Competitive Activity” with respect to such Participant shall be limited to the breach of such restrictive covenants by such Participant.

(j) “ Disability ” means, in the absence of an effective employment agreement between a Participant and the Employer otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the event there is an effective employment agreement between a Participant and the Employer defining Disability, “Disability” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement.

(k) “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date the Plan was initially adopted.

(l) “ Eligible Person ” means (i) each employee of the Company or of any of its Affiliates, including each such person who may also be a director of the Company and/or its Affiliates; (ii) each non-employee director of the Company and/or its Affiliates; (iii) each other person who provides substantial services to the Company and/or its Affiliates and who is designated as eligible by the Committee; and (iv) any person who has been offered employment by the Company or its Affiliates; provided that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such person has commenced employment with the Company or its Affiliates. An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered to remain in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

-2-


(m) “ Employer ” means either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company that the Participant (determined without regard to any transfer of an Award) is principally employed by or provides services to, as applicable.

(n) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(o) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Committee, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(p) “ Expiration Date ” means the date upon which the term of an Option expires, as determined under Section 5(b) hereof.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date when the Stock is listed on one or more national securities exchanges, the closing price reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Stock is listed and traded on the date of determination, or, if there is no such closing price reported on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a closing price was reported. If the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, or representative quotes are not otherwise available, the Fair Market Value shall mean the amount determined by the Board in good faith to be the fair market value of Stock, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code.

(r) “ IPO ” means an initial public offering of the Stock registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective registration statement.

(s) “ IPO Date ” means the effective date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO.

(t) “ Lock-Up Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) below.

(u) “ Option ” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.

(v) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.

(w) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan, or if applicable, such other person or entity who holds an Award.

(x) “ Permitted Transfer ” means any transfer by a Participant of all or any portion of his or her shares of Stock (or Options, for purposes of Section 5(f) below) (i) to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or (ii) to a trust or partnership for the benefit of any of the foregoing individuals, including transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(y) “ Plan ” means this On Deck Capital, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

-3-


(z) “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate from time to time published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal as being the “Prime Rate” (or, if more than one rate is published as the Prime Rate, then the highest of such rates).

(aa) “ Repurchase Price ” means:

(i) on or following a Participant’s termination of employment or service, as applicable, other than by the Employer for Cause, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of repurchase; or

(ii) on or following a Participant’s termination of employment or service, as applicable, by the Employer for Cause, the lesser of (A) the original purchase price paid for such shares of Stock, and (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of repurchase.

(bb) “ Repurchase Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) below.

(cc) “ Repurchase Right Exercise Period ” means the period commencing on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Employer for any reason and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the IPO Date, or (ii) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such termination, or, if later, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date the applicable shares of Stock were acquired upon exercise of Option or other Award requiring exercise.

(dd) “ Repurchase Right Lapse Date ” shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) the IPO Date, (ii) a Change in Control resulting in the Stock being listed on a national securities exchange, or (iii) the ten (10) year anniversary of the date of grant of the Award to which the shares of Stock subject to the Repurchase Right relate.

(ee) “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Stock grant.

(gg) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(hh) “ Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Authority of the Committee . Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (i) select Eligible

 

-4-


Persons to become Participants; (ii) grant Awards; (iii) determine the type, number of shares of Stock subject to, and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards; (iv) prescribe Award agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; (v) construe and interpret the Plan and Award agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, or reconcile inconsistencies therein; (vi) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time; (vii) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program; and (viii) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Board shall perform the functions of the Committee for purposes of granting Awards under the Plan to non-employee directors. In any case in which the Board is performing a function of the Committee under the Plan, each reference to the Committee herein shall be deemed to refer to the Board, except where the context otherwise requires. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its Affiliates, Eligible Persons, Participants and beneficiaries of Participants.

(b) Delegation . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including but not limited to administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any person or entity who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be expressly approved by the Committee.

(c) Section 409A . The Committee shall take into account compliance with Section 409A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable.

4. S HARES A VAILABLE U NDER THE P LAN .

(a) Number of Shares Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 9,493,194. Shares of Stock delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company on the open market or by private purchase.

(b) Share Counting Rules . The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award. To the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated or concluded without a delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number

 

-5-


surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an Award shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that, where shares are withheld or surrendered more than ten years after the date of the most recent stockholder approval of the Plan or any other transaction occurs that would result in shares becoming available under this Section 4(b), such shares shall not become available if and to the extent that it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed.

5. O PTIONS .

(a) General . Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in an Option Agreement, which agreements need not be identical.

(b) Term . The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however , that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

(c) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however , that if an Option is intended not to be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code the applicable exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the applicable date of grant of such Option.

(d) Payment for Stock . Payment for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to Options granted hereunder shall be made in full, upon exercise of the Options: (i) in immediately available funds in United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check; (ii) with the written consent of the Committee, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive the number of shares of Stock underlying the Options so exercised reduced by the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Options divided by the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise; (iii) by delivery of shares of Stock having a value equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by any other means approved by the Committee. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available on or following the IPO Date.

(e) Vesting . Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Agreement; provided, however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of any such Option other than with respect to vesting. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed or rendering services to the Employer, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s termination of employment or services with the Employer for any reason.

 

-6-


(f) Transferability of Options . Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, an Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

(g) Termination of Employment or Service . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee in the Option Agreement:

(i) If prior to the Expiration Date, a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Employer terminates for any reason other than (A) by the Employer for Cause, or (B) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (1) all vesting with respect to the Options shall cease, (2) any unvested Options shall expire as of the date of such termination, and (3) any vested Options shall remain exercisable until the earlier of the Expiration Date or the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such termination.

(ii) If prior to the Expiration Date, a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Employer terminates by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to the Options shall cease, (B) any unvested Options shall expire as of the date of such termination, and (C) any vested Options shall expire on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such termination due to death or Disability of the Participant. In the event of a Participant’s death, the Options shall remain exercisable by the person or persons to whom a Participant’s rights under the Options pass by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution until their expiration, but only to the extent the Options were vested at the time of such termination due to death.

(iii) If prior to the Expiration Date, a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Employer is terminated by the Employer for Cause, all Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately expire as of the date of such termination.

(h) Book Entry; Certificates . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, Stock acquired upon the exercise of Options shall be held in book entry form, rather than delivered to the Participant, through the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. If certificates representing Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock.

 

-7-


6. R ESTRICTED S TOCK .

(a) General . Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement, which agreements need not be identical. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(b), except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, cash dividends and stock dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer . In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, until such time that the Restricted Stock has vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement, which vesting the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate at any time, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Stock. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Restricted Stock Award, such action is appropriate.

(c) Book Entry; Certificates . Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Restricted Stock shall be held in book entry form, rather than delivered to the Participant, through the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(d) Termination of Employment or Service . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee in the Restricted Stock Agreement, if, prior to the time that the Restricted Stock has vested, a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, terminates for any reason, (i) all vesting with respect to the Restricted Stock shall cease, and (ii) as soon as practicable following such termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, any unvested shares of Restricted Stock at a purchase price equal to the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock, or if the original purchase price is equal to $0, such unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited by the Participant to the Company for no consideration as of the date of such termination.

 

-8-


7. O THER S TOCK -B ASED A WARDS .

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.

8. R ESTRICTIONS ON S TOCK .

(a) Prohibition on Transfers . Except as otherwise approved in writing by the Committee, or pursuant to subsections (b) or (c) below, shares of Stock acquired by a Participant pursuant to the vesting and/or exercise of any Award granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of prior to the one hundred eightieth (180 th ) day following the IPO Date (which period may be extended for an additional period of up to fifteen (15) days if the Company issues or proposes to issue an earnings or other public release within fifteen (15) days of the expiration of the 180-day period) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). If requested by the underwriters managing any IPO, each Participant shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

(b) Repurchase Rights Upon Termination of Employment .

(i) If, prior to the Repurchase Right Lapse Date, a Participant’s employment or service with the Employer terminates for any reason then, at any time during the Repurchase Right Exercise Period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the shares of Stock received pursuant to Awards granted hereunder at a per share price equal to the Repurchase Price (the “ Repurchase Right ”). The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable upon written notice to a Participant indicating the number of shares of Stock to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the shares of Stock to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase.

(ii) If the Company exercises the Repurchase Right following a Participant’s termination of employment or service, as applicable, other than (A) by the Employer for Cause or (B) by a Participant’s voluntary resignation, the aggregate Repurchase Price shall be paid in a lump-sum at the time of repurchase.

(iii) If the Company exercises the Repurchase Right following a Participant’s termination of employment or service, as applicable, (A) by the Employer for Cause or (B) by such Participant, the Company shall be permitted to issue a promissory note equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price in lieu of a cash payment; provided, however , that such promissory note shall have a maturity date that does not exceed three years from the date of such repurchase, shall bear simple interest of not less than the Prime Rate in effect on the date of such repurchase, and shall be payable as to interest in equal monthly installments during the term of the note and as to principal on the maturity date.

 

-9-


(c) Permitted Transfers . Stock acquired upon vesting and/or exercise of an Award may be transferred in connection with a Permitted Transfer; provided, however , that it shall be a condition of each such Permitted Transfer, that (x) the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement as though no such transfer had taken place, and that (y) the Participant has complied with all applicable law in connection with such transfer.

(d) Stockholders Agreement and Other Requirements . As a condition to the issuance of shares of Stock upon the vesting and/or exercise of any Award, to the extent required by the Committee, the Participant shall execute and deliver a stockholder’s agreement or such other documentation which shall set forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise, and such other terms as the Committee shall from time to time establish. Such stockholder’s agreement or other documentation shall apply to the shares of Stock acquired under the Plan and covered by such stockholder’s agreement or other documentation and shall be in such form as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. The Company may require, as a condition of exercise, the Participant to become a party to any other existing stockholder’s agreement (or other agreement).

9. C OMPANY S R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

(a) General . Before any Stock held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Right of First Refusal shall apply to all past and future issuances of Stock under the Plan.

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Stock shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Stock; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of shares of Stock to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Stock (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Stock at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(c) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Stock proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (d) below.

(d) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Stock purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 9 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

-10-


(e) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(f) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Stock proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 9, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Stock to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 9 shall continue to apply to the Stock in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Stock described in the Notice is not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Stock held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(g) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Stock during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 9. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 9, and there shall be no further transfer of such Stock except in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.

(h) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Stock upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

10. C OMPETITIVE A CTIVITIES .

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that a Participant engages in any Competitive Activity during the term of such Participant’s employment or service with the Employer or during the six (6) month period following such Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Employer for any reason, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, to (a) require all Awards held by such Participant to be immediately forfeited and returned to the Company without additional consideration, (b) require all shares of Stock acquired upon the vesting and/or exercise of

 

-11-


Awards within the twelve (12) month period prior to the date of such Competitive Activity to be immediately forfeited and returned to the Company without additional consideration, and (c) to the extent that such Participant received any profit from the sale of any Stock underlying an Award within the twelve (12) month period prior to the date of such Competitive Activity, require that such Participant promptly repay to the Company any profit received pursuant to such sale.

11. A DJUSTMENT FOR R ECAPITALIZATION , M ERGER , ETC .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . The aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be granted or purchased pursuant to Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof), the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the price per share thereof in each such Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event (as defined below)); (ii) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of Stock, whether payable in the form of cash, stock or any other form of consideration; or (iii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or any change in circumstances which results in or would result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan.

(b) Corporate Events . Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as may otherwise be provided in an Award agreement, in connection with (i) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation; (ii) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash; (iii) a Change in Control; or (iv) the reorganization or liquidation of the Company (each, a “ Corporate Event ”), the Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any one or more of the following:

(1) require that such Awards be assumed in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case, the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in subsection (a) above;

(2) accelerate the vesting of any Awards, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event;

(3) cancel any or all vested and/or unvested Awards as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, and provide that Participants who hold vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest on the Corporate Event but for cancellation) so cancelled will receive a payment in respect of cancellation of their Awards based on the amount of the per share consideration being paid for the Stock in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options

 

-12-


and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise price; provided, however , that Participants who hold Options and other Awards subject to exercise shall only be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards if the per share consideration less the applicable exercise price is greater than zero (and to the extent the per share consideration is greater than or equal to the applicable exercise price, such Awards shall be cancelled for no consideration); or

(4) replace Awards with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced, and payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the applicable vesting date; provided, however , in the event that such replacement would result in an “extension” of a “stock right” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, this provision shall not be applicable to any such stock right.

Payments to holders pursuant to clause (3) or (4) above shall be made in cash, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash or securities (or combination thereof) as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the Participant of the number of shares of Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise price).

(c) Fractional Shares . Any adjustment provided under this Section 11 may provide for the elimination of any fractional share which might otherwise become subject to an Award.

12. U SE OF P ROCEEDS .

The proceeds received from the sale of Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

13. R IGHTS AND P RIVILEGES AS A S TOCKHOLDER .

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of stock ownership in respect of shares of Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

14. E MPLOYMENT OR S ERVICE R IGHTS .

No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

-13-


15. C OMPLIANCE W ITH L AWS .

The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon vesting and/or exercise of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received advice of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan or any shares of Stock issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

16. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

As a condition to the vesting and/or exercise of any Award, the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through a cash payment by the Participant, or, in the discretion of the Committee, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the minimum amount of all Federal, state and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such vesting and/or exercise. The Committee, in its discretion, may permit shares of Stock to be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the exercise or settlement date of the Award; provided, however , that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Stock that may be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements may not exceed the minimum statutory required withholding amount with respect to such Award.

17. A MENDMENT OF THE P LAN OR A WARDS .

(a) Amendment of Plan . The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan; provided, however , that, at any time that the Stock is listed on any national securities exchange, without stockholder approval, the Board shall not make any amendment to the Plan which would violate the stockholder approval requirements of such exchange. Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless the Participant consents in writing.

(b) Amendment of Awards . The Board or the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Awards; provided, however , that the rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 11 hereof, shall constitute an amendment of an Award for such purpose).

 

-14-


18. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. Rights under any Award granted before suspension or termination of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless the Participant consents in writing.

19. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF THE P LAN .

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date.

20. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Participants Outside of the United States . The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident or primarily employed in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section 20(a) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified.

(b) No Liability of Committee Members . No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however , that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

-15-


(c) Payments Following Accidents or Illness . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

(e) Funding . No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(f) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than such member.

(g) Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

-16-


Form of Option Agreement

OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the Holder the number of Options set forth below, each Option representing the right to purchase one share of Stock at the applicable Exercise Price (set forth below). The Options are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein as well as all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Option Grant Notice and Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the Plan shall govern and control.

 

Holder:    [Name]
Date of Grant:    [________________]
Vesting Commencement Date:    [________________]
Number of Options:   
Exercise Price:    $_____
Expiration Date:    [________________]
Type of Option:    [________________]
Vesting Schedule:    [Insert vesting schedule].
Exercise of Options:    To exercise a vested Option, the Holder (or his or her authorized representative) must give written notice to the Company, using the form of Option Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A, stating the number of Options which he or she intends to exercise. The Company will issue the shares of Stock with respect to which the Options are exercised upon payment of the shares of Stock acquired in accordance with Section 5(d) of the Plan, which Section 5(d) is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof; provided, however , that if the Holder wishes to use any method of exercise other than in immediately available funds in United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, the Holder shall have received the prior written approval of the Committee or its designee approving such method of exercise.

 

-1-


   Upon exercise of Options, the Holder will be required to satisfy applicable withholding tax obligations as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.
Termination of Employment or Service:    Section 5(g) of the Plan regarding treatment of Options upon termination of the Holder’s employment or service is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.
Restrictions on Stock:    Section 8 of the Plan regarding restrictions on Stock is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.
Additional Terms:    Options shall be subject to the following additional terms:
  

•     Options shall be exercisable in whole shares of Stock only.

 

•     Each Option shall cease to be exercisable as to any share of Stock when the Holder purchases the share of Stock or when the Option otherwise expires.

 

•     The Stock issued upon the exercise of any Options hereunder shall be registered in Holder’s name on the books of the Company during the Lock-Up Period and for such additional time as the Committee determines appropriate in its reasonable discretion. Any certificates representing the Stock delivered to the Holder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

•     This Option Agreement does not confer upon the Holder any right to continue as an employee or service provider of the Company, the Employer or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

-2-


  

•       This Option Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

•       The Holder and the Company acknowledge that the Options is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, with the Exercise Price intended to be at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of Stock on the Date of Grant. Since shares are not traded on an established securities market, the Exercise Price has been based upon the determination of Fair Market Value by the Board in a manner consistent with the terms of the Plan. The Holder acknowledges that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with this valuation, and agrees not to make any claim against the Company, the Board, the Company’s officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low or that the Options are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

 

•       The Holder agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or these Options (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Holder also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Holder by email or such other reasonable manner as then determined by the Company.

 

-3-


Representations and Warranties of Holder:   

The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

  

•     [The Holder understands that the Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act, nor qualified under any state securities laws, and that it is being

  

offered and sold pursuant to, and in reliance upon, the exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act for security issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan or The Holder understands that the Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act, nor qualified under any state securities laws, and that it is being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from such registration and qualification based in part upon the Holder’s representations contained herein; the Stock is being issued to Holder hereunder in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering];

 

•     The Holder has been informed that the shares of Stock are restricted securities under the Securities Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the shares of Stock are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and

 

•     The Holder is prepared to hold the shares of Stock for an indefinite period and that the Holder is aware that Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act, which exempts certain resales of restricted securities, is not presently available to exempt the resale of the shares of Stock from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

* * *

THE UNDERSIGNED HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF OPTIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF BOTH THE AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

 

-4-


ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.     HOLDER
By:            
  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

 

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

__________ __, 20__

On Deck Capital, Inc.

1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor

New York, NY 10018 Attn:

Re: Notice of Exercise

 

1. By delivery of this Notice of Exercise, I am irrevocably electing to exercise options to purchase shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Shares”) of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) granted to me under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

2. The number of Shares I wish to purchase by exercising my options is _________.

 

3. The applicable purchase price (or exercise price) is $____ per Share, resulting in an aggregate purchase price of $________ (the “Aggregate Purchase Price”).

 

4. I am satisfying my obligation to pay the Aggregate Purchase Price by:

 

  ¨ Delivering to the Company, with this Notice of Exercise, an amount equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price in immediately available United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check.

 

  ¨ Authorizing the Company, through this Notice of Exercise, to effectuate a “net exercise,” pursuant to which I will receive the number of Shares exercised (as set forth in paragraph 2 above), reduced by the number of Shares equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price divided by the fair market value per Share on the date of exercise.

 

5. To satisfy the applicable withholding taxes (if applicable):

 

  ¨ I have enclosed an amount equal to the applicable withholding taxes in immediately available United States dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check.

 

-6-


  ¨ I elect to have such amount satisfied by the use of Shares such that the number of Shares I receive upon exercise will be reduced (or further reduced if net exercise was chosen above) by a number of Shares with an aggregate fair market value on the date of exercise equal to any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld by the Company.

 

6. I hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and any award agreement to which the options were granted under. If I am not the person to whom the options were granted by the Company, proof of my right to purchase the Shares of the Company is enclosed.

 

7. I have been advised to consult with any legal, tax or financial advisors I have chosen in connection with the purchase of the Shares.

 

Dated: _______________   
*   

 

(Optionee’s signature)

  

 

(Additional signature, if necessary)

 

(Print name)

  

 

(Print name)

 

(Full address)

  

 

(Full address)

 

* Each person in whose name Shares are to be registered must sign this Notice of Exercise. (If more than one name is listed, specify whether the owners will hold the Shares as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship).

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.3

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who prior to such acquisition is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a


Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this clause (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the appointment or election. For this clause (ii), if any Person is in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12 month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for this clause (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets:

(1) the sale of the assets of the OnDeck Marketplace business,

(2) a transfer to an entity controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or

(3) a transfer of assets by the Company to:

(A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock,

(B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company,

(C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or

(D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in clauses (A) to (C).

For this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For this definition, Persons will be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

-2-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-3-


(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

-4-


(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

-5-


(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is (i) [            ] Shares, plus (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan that, after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that, after the Registration Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clause (ii) equal to [            ] Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Annual Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with Fiscal Year 2016 and ending immediately following Fiscal Year 2020, in an amount equal to the least of:

(i) [            ] Shares,

(ii) 4% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (the “Threshold Percentage”),

(iii) a percentage equal to the Threshold Percentage, plus the difference between the Threshold Percentage and the percentage added to the Plan for each prior Fiscal Year beginning with Fiscal Year 2016 (for illustrative purposes, if in Fiscal Year 2016 the Board determines to add 3% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the 2015 under this Section 3(b), then for Fiscal Year 2017, the Board may add 5% of the outstanding Shares under this clause (iii) (i.e., 4%, plus 1%, which was the percentage of unused Shares added to the Plan in Fiscal 2016 that was less than the Threshold Percentage).

(iv) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding

 

-6-


obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

-7-


(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year

 

-8-


(under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

-9-


(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will return to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will return to the Plan.

 

-10-


(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will return to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will return to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator within thirty (30) days following Participant’s death, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will return to the Plan as of the 30th day following Participant’s death. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will return to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

-11-


(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

-12-


(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

-13-


10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Outside Director Limitations .

(a) Cash-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

 

-14-


(b) Stock-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, stock-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

 

-15-


In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-16-


15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-17-


18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-


ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the On Deck Capital, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:     
Address:     
    

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

     

Date of Grant  

 

Vesting Commencement Date  

 

Number of Shares Granted  

 

Exercise Price per Share   $                                                                                                       
Total Exercise Price  

$                                                                                                       

Type of Option            Incentive Stock Option
           Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date  

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

 

- 1 -


Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT      ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title
Address :     

 

    

 

    

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

- 3 -


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges

 

- 4 -


that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at On Deck Capital, Inc., 1400 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10018, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder,

 

- 5 -


such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

 

- 6 -


19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of New York , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of New York County, New York, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of New York, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

- 7 -


EXHIBIT B

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

On Deck Capital, Inc.

1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,         , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated              (the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $            , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1 -


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of New York.

 

Submitted by:

 

PURCHASER

    

Accepted by:

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Its
Address :     

 

    

 

    
    

 

    

Date Received

 

- 2 -


ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the On Deck Capital, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule ]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and


Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:    ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

Signature

  

 

By

 

Print Name

  

 

Title

 

Residence Address:

  

 

  

 

  

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six

 

-3-


(6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent

 

-4-


determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to Restricted Stock Units otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at On Deck Capital, Inc., 1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor, New York, NY 10018, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

-5-


12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

 

-6-


18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of New York , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of New York County, New York, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of New York, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-


ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the On Deck Capital, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Restricted Stock Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

Participant Name:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule ]

 

-1-


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT    ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

Signature

  

 

By

 

Print Name

  

 

Title

Address :   

 

  

 

  

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares

 

-3-


of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-4-


7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to the applicable Shares otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2(f), after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING

 

-5-


SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at On Deck Capital, Inc., 1400 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10018, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the securities exchange on which the Shares are then registered, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

-6-


15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of New York , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of New York County, New York, or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of New York, and no other courts, where this Award is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.4

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a Code Section 423 Component (“ 423 Component ”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (“ Non-423 Component ”). The Company’s intention is to have 423 Component of the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such an option will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who prior to such acquisition is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same


proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this clause (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the appointment or election. For this clause (ii), if any Person is in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12 month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for this clause (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets:

(1) the sale of the assets of the OnDeck Marketplace business,

(2) a transfer to an entity controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or

(3) a transfer of assets by the Company to:

(A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock,

(B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company,

(C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or

(D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in clauses (A) to (C).

For this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For this definition, Persons will be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(g) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings and commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation) but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation and payments for overtime and shift premium. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(k) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “ Designated Company ” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component shall not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

3


(n) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or for Eligible Employee participating in the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion shall be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

(o) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Exercise Date ” means the first Trading Day on or after March 15 and September 15 of each Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be September 15, 2015.

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

4


(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “Registration Statement”).

(t) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after March 15 and September 15 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or after September 15 and March 15, approximately six (6) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on September 15, 2015, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on September 15, 2015. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 19.

(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “ Plan ” means this On Deck Capital, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

5


(aa) “ Purchase Period ” means the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the Purchase Period will have the same duration and coincide with the length of the Offering Period.

(bb) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 1.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(dd) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(ee) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code shall include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined that participation of such Eligible Employee is not advisable or practicable.

 

6


(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after March 15 and September 15 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on September 15, 2015, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on September 15, 2015. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than twenty-seven (27) months.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “ Enrollment Window ”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator.

 

7


6. Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. If permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, for an Offering Period, a Participant may decrease (but may not increase) the rate of his or her Contributions once during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period, and may establish such other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

 

 

8


(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code and (iii) for Participants participating in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than 5,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18) and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(c) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

 

9


8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 19. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

 

10


10. Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment . Unless a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. A Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company shall not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option shall be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Section 423 of the Code.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be [            ] shares of Common Stock, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) [            ] shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on such date, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

 

11


(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering or in the Non-423 Component. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

16. Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

17. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

12


18. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

19. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to

 

13


expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 19(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

20. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

14


21. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

22. Code Section 409A. The 423 Component of the Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

23. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 19.

24. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

25. Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (except its choice-of-law provisions).

26. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

 

15


27. Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

28. Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

 

16


EXHIBIT A

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

             Original Application    Offering Date:                             
             Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1.                              hereby elects to participate in the On Deck Capital, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of         % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                      (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the

 

17


excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social

  

Security Number:

  

 

Employee’s Address:

  

 

  

 

  

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:  

 

     

 

        Signature of Employee

 

18


EXHIBIT B

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the On Deck Capital, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                     ,              (the “ Enrollment Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  

 

 

19

Exhibit 10.5

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

EMPLOYEE BONUS PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(b) “ Actual Award ” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Bonus Pool ” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “ Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan and be considered the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “ Employee ” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(i) “ Participant ” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(j) “ Performance Period ” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.


(k) “ Plan ” means this Employee Bonus Plan, as set forth in this instrument (including any appendix attached hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(l) “ Target Award ” means the target award, at 100% target level of achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards .

(a) Selection of Participants . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which may be a percentage of a Participant’s annual base salary as of the beginning or end of the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount.

(c) Bonus Pool . Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, billings, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or backlog, customer-related measures, customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit or division, earnings (which may include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, employee engagement, employee retention, employee mobility, expenses, geographic expansion, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, hiring targets, internal rate of return, inventory turns, inventory levels, market share, milestone achievements, net billings, net income, net profit, net revenue margin, net sales, new product

 

-2-


development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, origination volume, overhead or other expense reduction, portfolio conversion rate, product defect measures, product development, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, units sold (total and new), working capital, and individual objectives such as MBOs, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items, unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4. Payment of Awards .

(a) Right to Receive Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment . To receive an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid. Accordingly, an Actual Award is not considered earned until paid.

It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

(c) Form of Payment . Each Actual Award will generally be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Committee reserves the right to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award under the Company’s then-current equity compensation plan.

5. Plan Administration .

(a) Committee is the Administrator . The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority . It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited

 

-3-


to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding . All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee . The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification . Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation . No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

 

-4-


(d) Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Nontransferability of Awards . No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration .

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

(b) Duration of Plan . The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect until terminated.

8. Legal Construction .

(a) Gender and Number . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law . The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan . The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions . Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.6

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

On Deck Capital, Inc. (the “ Company ”) believes that the granting of equity and cash compensation to its members of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ,” and members of the Board, the “ Directors ”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (the “ Outside Directors ”). This Outside Director Compensation Policy (the “ Policy ”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity to its Outside Directors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given such term in the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Each Outside Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Outside Director as a result of the equity and cash payments such Outside Director receives under this Policy.

This Policy will be effective as of the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Effective Date ”).

1. C ASH R ETAINERS

No Outside Director will receive per meeting attendance for attending Board or meetings of committees of the Board.

Annual Cash Retainer

Each Outside Director will be paid an annual cash retainer of $30,000.

Committee Chair and Committee Member Annual Cash Retainer

Effective as of the Registration Date, each Outside Director who serves as chairperson of a committee of the Board or as a member of a committee of the Board will be eligible to earn additional annual fees as follows:

 

Chairperson of Audit Committee:

   $ 17,000   

Chairperson of Compensation Committee:

   $ 10,000   

Chairperson of Risk Management Committee:

   $ 10,000   

Chairperson of Nominating and Governance Committee:

   $ 6,000   

Member of Audit Committee:

   $ 7,500   

Member of Compensation Committee:

   $ 5,000   

Member of Risk Management Committee:

   $ 5,000   

Member of Nominating and Governance Committee:

   $ 2,500   


All cash compensation will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

2. E QUITY C OMPENSATION

Outside Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) No Discretion . No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted any Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of shares of Company common stock (“ Shares ”) to be covered by such Awards.

(b) Appointment Awards . Subject to Section 11 of the Plan, upon an Outside Director’s appointment to the Board following the Registration Date, such Outside Director automatically will be granted an Award with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of $330,000 (an “ Appointment Award ”).

If an Appointment Award is an Option, such Appointment Award will vest in forty-eight (48), equal, monthly installments beginning with the first monthly anniversary after the grant date, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

If an Appointment Award is an Award of Restricted Stock Units, such Appointment Award will vest in twelve (12) equal, quarterly installments beginning with the last day of the first full quarter after the grant date, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

(c) Annual Awards . Subject to Section 11 of the Plan, on the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (the “ Annual Meeting ”) beginning with the 2015 Annual Meeting, each Outside Director automatically will be granted an Award with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of $150,000 (an “ Annual Award ”). Each Annual Award will fully vest upon the earlier of: (i) the 12-month anniversary of the grant date; or (ii) the next Annual Meeting, in each case, provided that the Outside Director continues to serve as a Service Provider through the vesting date.

(d) Terms Applicable to all Options Granted Under this Policy . The per Share exercise price for all other Options granted under this Policy will be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(e) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each Outside Director will fully vest in his or her Awards.

3. T RAVEL E XPENSES

Each Outside Director’s reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to Board meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

4. A DDITIONAL P ROVISIONS

All provisions of the Plan not inconsistent with this Policy will apply to Awards granted to Outside Directors.

 

2


5. R EVISIONS

The Board in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of Awards granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of Shares subject thereto, for Awards of the same or different type granted on or after the date the Board determines to make any such change or revision.

 

3

Exhibit 10.7

October 29, 2014

Dear Noah,

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date you sign this Agreement, as indicated below. The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, and to replace any previous terms and conditions that may conflict with this letter.

1. Position. Your title will continue to be Chief Executive Officer. You will continue to be a regular, full-time at-will employee. You will continue providing services from the Company’s New York, NY location. You may be required to travel as one part of your duties.

2. Base Salary . The Company will continue to pay you a gross salary at an annualized rate of Three Hundred and Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($315,000), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the employee compensation policies then in effect.

3. Incentive Compensation. Your annual bonus target will continue to be 75% of your base salary. Bonuses are based on achievement of department and corporate performance targets to be detailed by your manager, and are paid semi-annually.

4. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will continue to be eligible to receive Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

5. Severance . The compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors has approved your participation in our Change of Control and Severance Policy (the “Severance Policy”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits to which you would be entitled in connection with certain terminations of employment including a Company change of control. You will be provided a participation agreement under the Severance Policy outlining the payments and benefits for which you will be eligible. You will be asked to return an executed copy to the Company. The payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will be in lieu of any other severance or other benefits you would otherwise be entitled to under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have been in effect from time to time, and will be contingent upon a fully executed Release.

6. Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your execution of this Agreement reaffirms the terms of the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement (“Confidentiality Agreement”), which you executed when you joined the Company.


7. Employment Relationship. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the duration of the employment relationship. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Dispute Resolution Policy may only be changed through an express written agreement signed by you and duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

8. Outside Activities. While you render services to the Company, you agree that you will not engage in any other employment, consulting, or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, which includes engaging in any work that is competitive in nature. While you render services to the Company, you also agree to not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees or consultants of the Company. In addition, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of your services, you agree to not solicit either directly or indirectly, any employee of the Company to leave the Company for other employment or assist any person or entity in doing the same.

9. Taxes. All forms of compensation that are subject to income or payroll taxes will be reduced to reflect applicable income tax withholding and payroll taxes. Any form of compensation that is subject to income or payroll taxes and that is not paid in cash will result in a reduction in cash compensation to reflect applicable income tax withholding and payroll taxes.

10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements, representations or understandings, whether written, oral or implied, between you and the Company relating to the subject matters described herein, including, but not limited to, your offer letter with the Company. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement does not supersede agreements between Employee and the Company under the following agreements: Employee’s “Protection Agreement,” “Employee Non-Compete Agreement,” “Release and Waiver of Liability,” and “Option Grant Notice and Agreement”. Those remain in effect according to their terms.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

On Deck Capital, Inc.
By  

/s/ Lorna Hagen

  Lorna Hagen, VP People Operations

I have read, understood and accept all the provisions of this Agreement:

 

/s/ Noah Breslow     October 30, 2014
Noah Breslow     Date

Exhibit 10.8

October 29, 2014

Dear James,

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date you sign this Agreement, as indicated below. The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, and to replace any previous terms and conditions that may conflict with this letter.

1. Position. Your title will continue to be Chief Operating Officer and you will continue to report to Noah Breslow, Chief Executive Officer. You will continue to be a regular, full-time at-will employee. You will continue providing services from the Company’s New York, NY location. You may be required to travel as one part of your duties.

2. Base Salary . The Company will continue to pay you a gross salary at an annualized rate of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the employee compensation policies then in effect.

3. Incentive Compensation. Your annual bonus target will continue to be 50% of your base salary. Bonuses are based on achievement of department and corporate performance targets to be detailed by your manager, and are paid semi-annually.

4. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will continue to be eligible to receive Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

5. Severance . The compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors has approved your participation in our Change of Control and Severance Policy (the “Severance Policy”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits to which you would be entitled in connection with certain terminations of employment including a Company change of control. You will be provided a participation agreement under the Severance Policy outlining the payments and benefits for which you will be eligible. You will be asked to return an executed copy to the Company. The payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will be in lieu of any other severance or other benefits you would otherwise be entitled to under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have been in effect from time to time, and will be contingent upon a fully executed Release.

6. Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your execution of this Agreement reaffirms the terms of the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement (“Confidentiality Agreement”), which you executed when you joined the Company.


7. Employment Relationship. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the duration of the employment relationship. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Dispute Resolution Policy may only be changed through an express written agreement signed by you and duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

8. Outside Activities. While you render services to the Company, you agree that you will not engage in any other employment, consulting, or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, which includes engaging in any work that is competitive in nature. While you render services to the Company, you also agree to not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees or consultants of the Company. In addition, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of your services, you agree to not solicit either directly or indirectly, any employee of the Company to leave the Company for other employment or assist any person or entity in doing the same.

9. Taxes. All forms of compensation that are subject to income or payroll taxes will be reduced to reflect applicable income tax withholding and payroll taxes. Any form of compensation that is subject to income or payroll taxes and that is not paid in cash will result in a reduction in cash compensation to reflect applicable income tax withholding and payroll taxes.

10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements, representations or understandings, whether written, oral or implied, between you and the Company relating to the subject matters described herein, including, but not limited to, your offer letter with the Company dated June 2 nd , 2011. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement does not supersede agreements between Employee and the Company under the following agreements: Employee’s “Protection Agreement,” “Employee Non-Compete Agreement,” “Release and Waiver of Liability,” and “Option Grant Notice and Agreement”. Those remain in effect according to their terms.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

On Deck Capital, Inc.
By  

/s/ Noah Breslow

  Noah Breslow, Chief Executive Officer

I have read, understood and accept all the provisions of this Agreement:

 

/s/ James Hobson     November 7, 2014
James Hobson     Date

Exhibit 10.9

October 29, 2014

Dear Howard,

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the date you sign this Agreement, as indicated below. The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment, and to replace any previous terms and conditions that may conflict with this letter.

1. Position. Your title will continue to be Chief Financial Officer and you will continue to report to Noah Breslow, Chief Executive Officer. You will continue to be a regular, full-time at-will employee. You will continue providing services from the Company’s New York, NY location. You may be required to travel as one part of your duties.

2. Base Salary. The Company will continue to pay you a gross salary at an annualized rate of Two Hundred and Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000), payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the employee compensation policies then in effect.

3. Incentive Compensation. Your annual bonus target will continue to be 50% of your base salary. Bonuses are based on achievement of department and corporate performance targets to be detailed by your manager, and are paid semi-annually.

4. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will continue to be eligible to receive Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

5. Severance . The compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors has approved your participation in our Change of Control and Severance Policy (the “Severance Policy”), based on your senior position with the Company. The Severance Policy sets forth the severance payments and benefits to which you would be entitled in connection with certain terminations of employment including a Company change of control. You will be provided a participation agreement under the Severance Policy outlining the payments and benefits for which you will be eligible. You will be asked to return an executed copy to the Company. The payments and benefits under the Severance Policy will be in lieu of any other severance or other benefits you would otherwise be entitled to under any plan, program or policy that the Company may have been in effect from time to time, and will be contingent upon a fully executed Release.

6. Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, your execution of this Agreement reaffirms the terms of the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement (“Confidentiality Agreement”), which you executed when you joined the Company.

7. Employment Relationship. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the duration of the employment relationship. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Dispute Resolution Policy may only be changed through an express written agreement signed by you and duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).


8. Outside Activities. While you render services to the Company, you agree that you will not engage in any other employment, consulting, or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, which includes engaging in any work that is competitive in nature. While you render services to the Company, you also agree to not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees or consultants of the Company. In addition, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of your services, you agree to not solicit either directly or indirectly, any employee of the Company to leave the Company for other employment or assist any person or entity in doing the same.

9. Taxes. All forms of compensation that are subject to income or payroll taxes will be reduced to reflect applicable income tax withholding and payroll taxes. Any form of compensation that is subject to income or payroll taxes and that is not paid in cash will result in a reduction in cash compensation to reflect applicable income tax withholding and payroll taxes.

10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements, representations or understandings, whether written, oral or implied, between you and the Company relating to the subject matters described herein, including, but not limited to, your offer letter with the Company dated February 25 th , 2008. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement does not supersede agreements between Employee and the Company under the following agreements: Employee’s “Protection Agreement,” “Employee Non-Compete Agreement,” “Release and Waiver of Liability,” and “Option Grant Notice and Agreement”. Those remain in effect according to their terms.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

On Deck Capital, Inc.
By  

/s/ Noah Breslow

  Noah Breslow, Chief Executive Officer

I have read, understood and accept all the provisions of this Agreement:

 

/s/ Howard Katzenberg     November 3, 2014
Howard Katzenberg     Date

Exhibit 10.10

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Noah Breslow (“ Executive ”) and On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of [                      ], 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

1. The Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (i) to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment prior to a Change in Control and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change in Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

2. The Committee believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change in Control.

3. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 7 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three years commencing on the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). On the third anniversary of the Effective Date and each anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will renew automatically for an additional one year term (an “ Additional Term ”), unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. If a Change in Control occurs when there are fewer than 12 months remaining during the Initial Term or an Additional Term, the term of this Agreement will extend automatically through the date that is 12 months following the effective date of the Change in Control. If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 4 during the term of this Agreement, the Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied. For clarity, an election by the Company not to renew this Agreement for an Additional Term will not be deemed to be a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or grounds for a resignation for Good Reason and, accordingly, Executive will not be eligible for severance benefits under Section 4.


2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. As an at-will employee, either the Company or the Executive may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

3. Treatment of Equity Awards that are Not Assumed or Substituted for in the Event of a Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control where the successor corporation does not assume the Equity Award or substitute the Equity Award for a substantially similar award with the same or more favorable vesting schedule as the Equity Award, then the Equity Award will vest in full and Executive will have the right to exercise all of Executive’s outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, including shares as to which such Equity Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and, with respect to Equity Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if a stock option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted for in the event of a Change in Control, the Company will notify Executive in writing or electronically that the stock option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and the stock option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

4. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination without Cause Unrelated to a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) and such termination occurs outside of the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 5, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(ii) Continuing Severance Payments . Executive will be paid continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s base salary rate, as then in effect, for 12 months from the date of such termination of employment (the “ Continuance Period ”), to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies. Severance payments during the Continuance Period will not commence until, the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline (as defined below), or, if later, such time as required by Section 5(c). Except as required by Section 5(c), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60 day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Pro-Rated Bonus Payment . Executive will be eligible to receive a portion of Executive’s incentive compensation payment for the fiscal year of the qualified termination of employment, pro-rated based on time employed during the fiscal year (the “ Pro-Rated Bonus ”). Payment of the Pro-Rated Bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions of the underlying incentive compensation plan and, accordingly, will only be paid only to the extent that

 

-2-


performance metrics in the plan are achieved. The Pro-Rated Bonus will be paid at the same time as payments to other executives in the applicable incentive compensation plan, and in all cases no later than March 15 th of the year following the year of the qualified termination of employment, subject to Section 5(c). Notwithstanding Section 11(b) of this Agreement, the benefit under this clause (iii) may be unilaterally amended and replaced by the Company with a substantially similar benefit in order to comply Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iv) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of 12 months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy.

(v) Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options . 50% of Executive’s then-unvested stock options will become vested.

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 5, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(ii) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to 12 months of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination date. For the avoidance of doubt, if (x) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 4(a)(ii); and (y) a Change in Control occurs within the three-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 4(b)(ii), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 4(b)(ii), less amounts already paid under Section 4(a)(ii) and such amount lump-sum amount shall be payable upon the later of: (A) the Change in Control, (B) the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline; or (C) such later date required by Section 5(c).

(iii) Bonus Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to 100% of Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the termination of employment occurs. Payment will be made on the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline, subject to Section 5(c).

 

-3-


(iv) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of 12 months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy.

(v) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . 100% of Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to 100% of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason during the Change in Control Period) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any other severance or other benefits, except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 4(a) or (b) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 4 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

5. Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance payments or benefits (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 4(a)(i) or 4(b)(i)) pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s customary separation and release of claims agreement (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

-4-


(b) Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement and Restrictive Covenants . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 4 (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 4(a)(i) or 4(b)(i)) will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Protection Agreement between the Company and Executive as such agreement may be amended and/or superseded from time to time (the “ Protection Agreement ”), the Executive Non-Compete Agreement between the Company and Executive dated February 6, 2013 (the “ Non-Compete Agreement ”) and the Release.

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) It is intended that none of the severance payments under this Agreement will constitute Deferred Payments but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section 5(c)(iv) below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section 5(c)(v) below.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six months and one day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but before the six month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

-5-


(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition before actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

6. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 6, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits under Section 4 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 6 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change in Control or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Firm ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable,

 

-6-


good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 6.

7. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) “Cause” means:

(i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company;

(vi) Executive’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation; or

(vii) Executive’s continued failure to perform Executive’s employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

(b) “Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(c) “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning three months prior to, and ending 12 months following, a Change in Control.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Disability” means that Executive has been unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

-7-


(f) “ Equity Awards ” means Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(g) “Good Reason” means Executive’s voluntary termination, within 30 days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent:

(i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities;

(ii) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than 10% that also is applied to substantially all of the Company’s other executive officers; or;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than 50 miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

Executive may not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

For purposes of the “Good Reason” definition, the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

(h) “Section 409A Limit” means two times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

8. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 8(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

-8-


(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

9. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when sent electronically or personally delivered when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, notices will be sent to the e-mail address or addressed to Executive at the home address, in either case which Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, electronic notices will be sent to the e-mail addresses of the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel and mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than 90 days after the giving of such notice).

10. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company and its affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

-9-


(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Protection Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, any rights to any severance and/or change in control benefits set forth in Executive’s original offer letter, any prior severance agreement and/or any accelerated vesting terms set forth in an individual Equity Award agreement. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless it is in a writing that specifically mentions this Agreement and that is signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).

(e) Choice of Law; Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in New York County.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY   ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.
    By:    
    Title:    
    Date:    
EXECUTIVE     By:    
    Date:    

[signature page of the Change in Control and Severance Agreement]

 

-11-

Exhibit 10.11

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between [                      ] (“ Executive ”) and On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of [                      ], 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

1. The Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (i) to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment prior to a Change in Control and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change in Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

2. The Committee believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change in Control.

3. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 7 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three years commencing on the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). On the third anniversary of the Effective Date and each anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will renew automatically for an additional one year term (an “ Additional Term ”), unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. If a Change in Control occurs when there are fewer than 12 months remaining during the Initial Term or an Additional Term, the term of this Agreement will extend automatically through the date that is 12 months following the effective date of the Change in Control. If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 4 during the term of this Agreement, the Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied. For clarity, an election by the Company not to renew this Agreement for an Additional Term will not be deemed to be a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or grounds for a resignation for Good Reason and, accordingly, Executive will not be eligible for severance benefits under Section 4.


2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. As an at-will employee, either the Company or the Executive may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

3. Treatment of Equity Awards that are Not Assumed or Substituted for in the Event of a Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control where the successor corporation does not assume the Equity Award or substitute the Equity Award for a substantially similar award with the same or more favorable vesting schedule as the Equity Award, then the Equity Award will vest in full and Executive will have the right to exercise all of Executive’s outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, including shares as to which such Equity Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and, with respect to Equity Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if a stock option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted for in the event of a Change in Control, the Company will notify Executive in writing or electronically that the stock option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and the stock option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

4. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination without Cause Unrelated to a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) and such termination occurs outside of the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 5, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(ii) Continuing Severance Payments . Executive will be paid continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s base salary rate, as then in effect, for six months from the date of such termination of employment (the “ Continuance Period ”), to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies. Severance payments during the Continuance Period will not commence until, the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline (as defined below), or, if later, such time as required by Section 5(c). Except as required by Section 5(c), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60 day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Pro-Rated Bonus Payment . Executive will be eligible to receive a portion of Executive’s incentive compensation payment for the fiscal year of the qualified termination of employment, pro-rated based on time employed during the fiscal year (the “ Pro-Rated Bonus ”). Payment of the Pro-Rated Bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions of the

 

-2-


underlying incentive compensation plan and, accordingly, will only be paid only to the extent that performance metrics in the plan are achieved. The Pro-Rated Bonus will be paid at the same time as payments to other executives in the applicable incentive compensation plan, and in all cases no later than March 15 th of the year following the year of the qualified termination of employment, subject to Section 5(c). Notwithstanding Section 11(b) of this Agreement, the benefit under this clause (iii) may be unilaterally amended and replaced by the Company with a substantially similar benefit in order to comply Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iv) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of six months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy.

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 5, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all accrued expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(ii) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to 12 months of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination date. For the avoidance of doubt, if (x) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 4(a)(ii); and (y) a Change in Control occurs within the three-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 4(b)(ii), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 4(b)(ii), less amounts already paid under Section 4(a)(ii) and such amount lump-sum amount shall be payable upon the later of: (A) the Change in Control, (B) the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline; or (C) such later date required by Section 5(c).

(iii) Bonus Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to 100% of Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the termination of employment occurs. Payment will be made on the first Company payroll following the Release Deadline, subject to Section 5(c).

 

-3-


(iv) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of 12 months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy.

(v) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . 100% of Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to 100% of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason during the Change in Control Period) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any other severance or other benefits, except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 4(a) or (b) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 4 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

5. Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance payments or benefits (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 4(a)(i) or 4(b)(i)) pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s customary separation and release of claims agreement (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

-4-


(b) Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement and Restrictive Covenants . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 4 (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 4(a)(i) or 4(b)(i)) will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Protection Agreement between the Company and Executive as such agreement may be amended and/or superseded from time to time (the “ Protection Agreement ”), the Executive Non-Compete Agreement between the Company and Executive (the “ Non-Compete Agreement ”) and the Release.

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) It is intended that none of the severance payments under this Agreement will constitute Deferred Payments but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section 5(c)(iv) below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section 5(c)(v) below.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six months and one day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but before the six month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

-5-


(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition before actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

6. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 6, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits under Section 4 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 6 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change in Control or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Firm ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable,

 

-6-


good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 6.

7. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) “Cause” means:

(i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company;

(vi) Executive’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation; or

(vii) Executive’s continued failure to perform Executive’s employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

(b) “Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(c) “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning three months prior to, and ending 12 months following, a Change in Control.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Disability” means that Executive has been unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

-7-


(f) “ Equity Awards ” means Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(g) “Good Reason” means Executive’s voluntary termination, within 30 days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent:

(i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities;

(ii) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary other than a one-time reduction of not more than 10% that also is applied to substantially all of the Company’s other executive officers; or;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than 50 miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

Executive may not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

For purposes of the “Good Reason” definition, the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

(h) “Section 409A Limit” means two times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

8. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 8(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

-8-


(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

9. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when sent electronically or personally delivered when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, notices will be sent to the e-mail address or addressed to Executive at the home address, in either case which Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, electronic notices will be sent to the e-mail addresses of the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel and mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than 90 days after the giving of such notice).

10. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company and its affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

-9-


(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Protection Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, any rights to any severance and/or change in control benefits set forth in Executive’s original offer letter, any prior severance agreement and/or any accelerated vesting terms set forth in an individual Equity Award agreement. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless it is in a writing that specifically mentions this Agreement and that is signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).

(e) Choice of Law; Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in New York County.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.
    By:    
    Title:    
    Date:    

 

EXECUTIVE     By:    
    Date:    

[signature page of the Change in Control and Severance Agreement]

 

-11-

Exhibit 10.12

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

 

Premises:    The entire twenty-fifth (25 th ) floor
   1400 Broadway
   New York, New York
Date:    As of September 25, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article

       Page  
1.   PURPOSE      1   
2.   RENT      2   
3.   ELECTRICITY      10   
4.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      15   
5.   DEFAULT      20   
6.   RE-LETTING, ETC.      21   
7.   LANDLORD MAY CURE DEFAULTS      22   
8.   ALTERATIONS      23   
9.   LIENS      25   
10.   REPAIRS; DESTRUCTION      25   
11.   END OF TERM.      26   
12.   SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL, ETC.      27   
13.   CONDEMNATION      28   
14.   REQUIREMENTS OF LAW      29   
15.   CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY      31   
16.   POSSESSION      31   
17.   QUIET ENJOYMENT      31   
18.   RIGHT OF ENTRY      31   
19.   VAULT SPACE      32   
20.   INDEMNITY      32   
21.   LANDLORD’S LIABILITY      32   
22.   CONDITION OF PREMISES      34   
23.   SERVICES      34   
24.   JURY WAIVER, DAMAGES      35   
25.   NO WAIVER, CONSTRUCTIVE EVICTION, SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS, ETC.      35   
26.   OCCUPANCY AND USE BY TENANT; SIGNAGE      36   
27.   NOTICES      37   
28.   WATER      39   
29.   SPRINKLER SYSTEM      39   
30.   HEAT, REFUSE      39   
31.   SECURITY DEPOSIT      39   
32.   RENT CONTROL      41   
33.   SHORING      41   
34.   EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE, ETC.      41   
35.   RIGHTS OF SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; PARTIAL INVALIDITY      42   
36.   CAPTIONS      42   
37.   LEASE SUBMISSION      42   
38.   ELEVATORS AND LOADING      42   
39.   BROKERAGE      42   
40.   ARBITRATION      43   
41.   INSURANCE      43   
42.   INTENTIONALLY DELETED      44   
43.   LATE CHARGES      44   
44.   ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE      45   
45.   LEASE FULLY NEGOTIATED      46   
46.   SMOKING RESTRICTIONS      47   
47.   ANTI-TERRORISM REQUIREMENTS      47   
48.   CONDOMINIUM PROVISIONS      47   
49.   ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS      49   
50.   APPLICABLE LAW      49   
51.   TENANT’S TERMINATION OPTION      49   
52.   TENANT’S EXTENSION OPTION      50   

 

i


53.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      51   
54.   SET BACK AND TERRACE      52   
55.   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER      53   

EXHIBIT A – Diagram of Demised Premises

EXHIBIT B – Letter of Credit

EXHIBIT C – Work Letter

EXHIBIT D – Cleaning Specifications

EXHIBIT E – Building Standard Environmental Design and Construction Guidelines

EXHIBIT F – First Offer Space

RIDER - Rules and Regulations

 

ii


LEASE made as of this 25th day of September, 2012, between 1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., a New York limited liability company with an address c/o Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation with an address at 155 East 56 th Street, New York, New York 10022 (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord those certain premises known as the entire twenty-fifth (25th) floor, more particularly depicted by cross-hatching on Exhibit A (which is not necessarily to scale) annexed hereto and made part hereof (said premises are hereinafter referred to as the “demised premises” or the “premises”), in the Building known as 1400 Broadway (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”) in the County, City and State of New York for a term to commence on the date hereof (the “Commencement Date”) and to expire on the day preceding the ten (10) year, ten (10) month and two (2) week anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Expiration Date”) unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof or by law. If the Expiration Date shall not be the last day of a calendar month, the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the calendar month in which occurs the day preceding the ten (10) year, ten (10) month and two (2) week anniversary of the Commencement Date. The taking of occupancy or possession of the whole or any portion of the demised premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that (a) Tenant accepts the same in “as is” condition as of the date of such possession or occupancy, subject to latent defects and (b) the demised premises and the building systems were in good and satisfactory condition as of such date, subject to latent defects.

Landlord shall be required to perform only Landlord’s Work in the demised premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to make any changes thereto which are required by any governmental department or bureau having jurisdiction over the demised premises.

For all purposes of this lease the parties agree that the rentable square foot area of the demised premises shall be deemed to be 20,912 rentable square feet irrespective of any disparity between such figure and any actual measurement of such area.

Landlord and Tenant further covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. PURPOSE

A. Tenant shall use the demised premises solely as general, executive and administrative offices for the conduct of Tenant’s business and for no other purpose, such covenant being of the essence of this lease. The use of all or any portion of the demised premises for any activities not directly related to, or in furtherance of, the conduct of Tenant’s business shall be a prima facie breach of such covenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a breach of such covenant shall be deemed a material and substantial default by Tenant under this lease for which Landlord shall have all remedies available to it under this lease and under the law, including, without limitation, the right to enforce such covenant by injunctive or other appropriate equitable relief. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood that no portion of the demised premises shall be used as, by or for (a) retail operations of any bank, trust company, savings bank, industrial bank, savings and loan association, credit union or personal loan association or other form of entity, (b) a public stenographer or typist, (c) a barber shop, beauty shop, beauty parlor or manicure parlor, (d) telephone or telegraph agency, (e) a telephone, court reporting, stenographic or secretarial service, (f) a messenger service, (g) a travel or tourist agency, (h) an employment agency, (i) a restaurant or bar, (j) a commercial document reproduction or offset printing service, (k) a public vending machines operation, (l) a retail, wholesale or discount shop for sale of books, magazines, audio or video tapes, CD ROM, DVD ROM, Blueray or other devices for the recording or transmitting of audio or visual signals, images, music or speech, electronic equipment and accessories or any other merchandise, (m) a retail service shop, (n) a labor union, (o) a school or classroom, (p) a governmental or quasi-governmental bureau, department or agency, including an autonomous governmental corporation, embassy or consular office of any country or other quasi-autonomous or sovereign organization, whether or not subject to the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as from time to time amended, or any successor statute, (q) an advertising agency, (r) a firm whose principal business is real estate brokerage, (s) a company engaged in the business of renting office or desk space, (t) any person, organization, association, corporation, company, partnership entity or other agency immune from service or suit in the courts of the State of New York or the assets of which may be exempt from

 

1


execution by Landlord in any action for damages, (u) a factory of any kind, (v) any use to which increased security costs or insurance premiums payable by Landlord may be attributed, (w) a payroll office or check cashing operation, (x) a clinic, (y) any manufacturing purpose, (z) any illegal purpose or (aa) film, radio or video production or broadcasting studio.

B. Tenant acknowledges that the reputations of the Building and Landlord are critically important to Landlord’s ability to attract and retain tenants. Therefore, Tenant shall not (i) make, publish, broadcast, distribute or otherwise disseminate in any form or by means of any medium or any statement or (ii) organize or participate in any demonstration or other event, which, in either of (i) or (ii), portrays Landlord or the Building in an unfavorable light or subjects Landlord to scorn, disdain, obloquy or ridicule. Furthermore, Tenant shall not assist or facilitate, or cooperate or collaborate with, any person to make any such statement or organize any such demonstration or event. The foregoing covenants are material inducements to Landlord’s entering into this lease. A breach of any of the foregoing covenants by Tenant shall constitute a material default under this lease. Tenant agrees that any such breach would cause irreparable harm to Landlord and/or the Building for which there would be no adequate remedy at law and Landlord shall be entitled to enforce such covenants by injunctive or other appropriate equitable relief. As used in this paragraph, “Landlord” includes the named Landlord herein, its members, officers, directors, partners, principals, managing and/or leasing agents, employees, supervisors, representatives, attorneys, persons and/or entities affiliated with any such person or entity and proximate or remote assignees or successors of any of the foregoing, each of whom is a third party beneficiary hereof. “Tenant” includes the named Tenant herein, its members, directors, officers, partners, agents, representatives, and proximate or remote assignees or successors under this lease. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this lease. Nothing in this Section 1.B shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant from commencing or defending an arbitration hereunder or proceeding by claiming, in good faith, that Landlord has breached an obligation hereunder or from testifying truthfully in any litigation, arbitration, or proceeding when compelled by lawful order, subpoena or regulation to do so.

 

2. RENT

A. General : (i) Tenant agrees to pay as rent herein provided at the office of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate, in United States legal tender by good and sufficient check drawn on a bank having a branch in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, and without any notice (except as may be specifically set forth herein), credit, set off, counterclaim, deduction or reduction whatsoever (except as may be specifically set forth herein), each of the types of rent set forth in this Article 2 and Article 3.

(ii) Any sum, other than fixed annual rent and use and occupancy charges following any holdover, payable hereunder shall be deemed additional rent and due within thirty (30) days after demand or if Landlord is not obligated to make a demand therefor, on the first day of each month following notice of each amount due, unless otherwise specifically provided. Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies provided herein or by law with respect to Tenant’s non-payment of additional rent and any other charge as it has with respect to Tenant’s non-payment of fixed annual rent. Tenant warrants that the obligation to pay rent hereunder, whether any such payment is timely made or not, is an integral part of Tenant’s business and made in the ordinary course thereof.

B. Fixed Annual Rent : (i) There is herein reserved to Landlord for the entire term of this lease fixed annual rent equal to the aggregate amount of the sums hereinafter set forth and/or as calculated (a) in this Article 2 and, (b) if and so long as Landlord provides electricity to the demised premises, in Article 3. Fixed annual rent shall be paid in advance as follows: Commencing on and on the first day of each month throughout the term of this lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice, credit, set off, deduction, counterclaim or reduction (except as may be specifically set forth herein), fixed annual rent as follows (except that the first monthly installment of fixed annual rent is being paid upon the execution hereof):

(a) for the period from the Commencement Date through and including the day immediately preceding the five (5) year five (5) month and one (1) week anniversary of the Commencement Date, the amount of $982,864.00 per annum, such amount to be paid in consecutive equal monthly installments of $81,905.33 during such period; and

 

2


(b) for the period from the five (5) year five (5) month and one (1) week anniversary of the Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date, the amount of $1,087,424.00 per annum, such amount to be paid in consecutive equal monthly installments of $90,618.67 during such period.

(ii) Should the Commencement Date occur on any day other than the first day of a month, then the fixed annual rent for the unexpired portion of such month shall be adjusted and prorated on a per diem basis and any overpayment of the first month’s fixed annual rent shall be credited against the next month’s installment of fixed annual rent coming due.

(iii) For so long as Tenant is not in default, beyond any applicable grace or cure period, of any term of this lease (which includes each Exhibit hereto), Tenant shall receive a rent credit against fixed annual rent in the amount of Nine Hundred Forty-One Thousand Nine Hundred Eleven Dollars and Thirty-Three ($941,911.33) Cents, which credit shall be applied, until exhausted, in monthly installments against the first monthly installments of fixed annual rent payable hereunder (until exhausted), except the installment being paid upon execution hereof. If the term of this lease is terminated prior to its stated expiration date for any reason not the result of Landlord’s default, then in addition to all other damages, rights and remedies herein provided and provided by law for Landlord, Landlord shall be entitled to the return of the total amount of the such rent credit theretofore enjoyed by Tenant, which sum shall be deemed additional rent due and owing prior to such termination of the term hereof. The obligation of Tenant to pay such additional rent to Landlord shall survive the termination of the term of this lease. Anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for paying all additional rent hereunder without any credit, set off, deduction or reduction by reason of this paragraph.

C. Intentionally Deleted.

D. Operating Expenses Escalations: (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, operating expense escalation in accordance with this Section 2.D.

(ii) For the purposes of this Section 2.D, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “Base Year” as herein after set forth for the determination of operating expenses escalation, shall mean the calendar year 2013.

(b) The term “The Percentage”, for purposes of computing operating expense escalation, shall mean 2.74 percent (2.74%).

(c) The term “comparative year” shall mean each calendar year commencing on or after January 1, 2014, in which occurs any part of the term of this lease.

(d) The term “Expenses” shall mean the total of all the costs and expenses incurred or borne by Landlord with respect to the operation and maintenance of the Building, and the improvements relating thereto and the services provided tenants therein, including, but not limited to, the costs and expenses incurred for and with respect to: steam and any other fuel; water rates and sewer rents; air-conditioning to the common areas of the building; mechanical ventilation to the common areas; heating the common areas; cleaning of the common areas, by contract or otherwise; window washing (interior and exterior); elevators, escalators; porter and matron service for the common areas or to all tenants of the building; Building electric current (Building electric current shall be deemed, for the purposes of this Section 2.D, to mean all electricity purchased for the Building, except that the parties acknowledge and agree that for the purposes of calculating additional rent under this Section 2.D and irrespective of the actual allocation of electric service between tenants and the Building, fifty (50%) percent of the Building’s payment to the utility company or companies for the provision, supply and distribution to the Building of electricity shall be deemed to be payment for Building electric current); protection and security; lobby decoration; repairs, replacements and improvements which are appropriate for the continued operation of the Building in the same or an improved manner as the Building is operated on the date hereof; expenses (other than capital expenses excluded) below or payable pursuant to Section 44.E); for application fees, consulting, legal, architectural and engineering fees and inspection charges for obtaining or renewing any environmental certification such as LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), Green Globes or Energy Star; maintenance; painting of non-

 

3


tenant areas; fire, extended coverage, boiler and machinery, sprinkler, apparatus, public liability and property damage, rental and plate glass insurance and any insurance required by a mortgagee or other holder of a Superior Interest (as hereinafter defined) or, if not so required, then to the extent such insurance is carried by owners of buildings comparable to the Building located in the Borough of Manhattan; management fees, supplies, wages, salaries, disability benefits, pensions, hospitalization, retirement plans, and group insurance respecting employees of Landlord (or Landlord’s managing agent the wages, salaries, and benefits for whom Landlord reimburses such agent), up to and including the Building manager (including a pro rata share only of such wages and benefits of employees including Landlord’s engineer, who are employed at more than one building, such pro rata share shall be determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment and shall be based upon Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the percentage of time spent by such employees at the Building) (the salaries and other benefits aforesaid of such employees servicing the Building shall be comparable to those of employees or agents servicing buildings similar to the Building located in the Borough of Manhattan); uniforms and working clothes for such employees and the cleaning thereof and expenses imposed pursuant to law or to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to such employees; workmen’s compensation insurance, payroll, social security, unemployment and other similar taxes with respect to such employees; contributions to any business improvement district association not deemed to be real estate taxes, or a business improvement district assessment payable pursuant to Section 2.E; legal, accounting and other fees paid to professionals and consultants retained by or on behalf of Building management and (whether currently existing or hereafter established) not excluded pursuant to the following paragraph; and fees or dues paid to professional associations such as the Real Estate Board of New York, Inc. and other associations organized to promote the interests of commercial landlords; and capital expenditures made primarily to reduce Operating Expenses provided, however, such capital expenditures (with an interest factor equal to the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank (or its successors) at the time Landlord incurs said capital expenditure) shall be amortized for purposes of this lease over the period during which the reasonably estimated annual savings in Operating Expense equals or exceeds the annual amortized cost of the applicable expenditures.

The foregoing costs and expenses shall exclude or have deducted from them, as the case may be and as shall be appropriate: Taxes, leasing commissions, managing agents’ fees or commissions in excess of the rates then customarily charged for Building management for buildings of like class salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation of personnel above the grade of Building manager; debt service under any mortgage loan or rent under any underlying or ground lease of the Building; except as hereinafter provided, expenditures for capital improvements except those specifically included above or which under generally applied real estate practice are expensed or regarded as deferred expenses and except for capital expenditures required by law, in either of which cases the cost thereof shall be included in Expenses for the comparative year in which the costs are incurred and subsequent comparative years, amortized on a straight line basis over the period required by generally accepted accounting principles, with an interest factor equal to the prime rate of the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (or its successors) at the time of Landlord’s having incurred said expenditure; amounts received by Landlord through proceeds of insurance to the extent the proceeds are compensation for expenses which were previously included in Expenses hereunder; costs of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty to the extent to which Landlord is compensated therefor through proceeds of insurance, or caused by the exercise of the right of eminent domain; advertising and promotional expenditures; amounts paid pursuant to Article 14 hereof and Article 44 hereof; legal, auditing and other third party fees incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, leasing of any space, actual or anticipated litigation with any individual tenant or group of tenants to enforce any provision of their respective leases; the incremental cost of furnishing services such as overtime HVAC to any tenant for which Landlord is or should have been compensated for by any tenant, including Tenant; costs incurred in performing work or furnishing services for individual tenants (including this Tenant) at such tenant’s expense; and costs of performing work or furnishing services for tenants other than this Tenant at Landlord’s expense to the extent that such work or service is in excess of any work or service Landlord is obligated to furnish to this Tenant at Landlord’s expense or generally to all tenants in the Building at Landlord’s expense; any wages, salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation of Landlord’s employees except as expressly included hereunder; the cost of removing, encapsulating or otherwise abating any asbestos or other hazardous materials in the Building if such hazardous materials are defined and regulated as such under laws existing as of the date hereof; franchise, income, transfer, gains, inheritance, personal property or other tax imposed on Landlord; the cost of the acquisition or installation of any sculpture, paintings or other objects of art; costs incurred with leasing space in the Building including without limitation, brokerage commissions, advertising and promotional expenses, any initial construction work or alterations performed by Landlord for tenants, painting or decorating any area occupied or which may be occupied by a tenant or other occupant; lease concessions, rental abatements, and construction allowances granted to tenants;

 

4


costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building, the land on which it is located and the air rights, if any; fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Operating Expenses (except to the extent attributable to any late payment made by Tenant); organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord; or any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this lease or to other tenants in the Building under their respective leases.

(e) The “Escalation Statement” shall mean a statement in writing issued by Landlord or the Building’s managing agent, setting forth the amount payable by Tenant for a specified comparative year) pursuant to Section 2.D(v) below.

(iii) If during all or part of the Base Year or any comparative year, Landlord shall not furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would constitute an Expense hereunder) to portions of the Building due to the fact that such portions are not occupied or leased, or because such item of work or service is not required or desired by tenant of such portion, or such tenant is itself obtaining and providing such item of work or service, or for other reasons, then, for the purposes of computing the additional rent payable under this Section 2.D, the amount of the Expenses for the Base Year or such comparative year, as the case may be, shall be increased by an amount equal to the additional operating and maintenance expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such item of work or services that had not been provided to such portion of the Building Project.

(iv) If there shall be any conflict or ambiguity between any provision of this Section 2.D and Article 14 hereof or of this Section 2.D and Article 44, the provision of Article 14 or Article 44, as the case may be, shall take precedence and be controlling.

(v) If the Expenses for any comparative year shall be greater than the Expenses for the Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent for such comparative year, in the manner hereinafter provided, an amount equal to The Percentage of the excess of the Expenses for such comparative year over the Expenses for the Base Year (such amount being hereinafter called the “Expense Payment”). The first payment of additional rent for the entire first comparative year shall be payable within ten (10) business days after the bill therefor is tendered. Commencing on the first day of the first comparative year and thereafter, all monthly installments of rental shall reflect one-twelfth (1/12th) of the then current annual amount of such adjustment for Expenses plus such additional amount as Landlord estimates in good faith such Expenses shall increase on account of the next ensuing comparative year and such amount shall be payable until a new adjustment becomes effective pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.D. Within ten (10) business days after the rendering of the next Escalation Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on account of additional rent for the comparative year to which such Escalation Statement relates, an amount equal to the excess of additional rent due on account of increases in Expenses over the amount previously collected on account thereof during the preceding year. If there shall have been a reduction in the Expenses during any ensuing comparative year, the excess of the amount collected by Landlord over the amount paid on account of such comparative year shall be credited against amounts payable by Tenant for the current comparative year (or if the term hereof shall have expired on its stated expiration date, promptly refunded to Tenant, which obligation shall survive the expiration of this lease). If any Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the commencement of such comparative year, there also shall within ten (10) business days be paid by Tenant to Landlord an amount equal to the portion of such monthly adjustments allocable to the part of such comparative year which shall have lapsed prior to the first day of the calendar month next succeeding the calendar month in which said Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant. The aforesaid monthly payments based on the total Expense Payment for the preceding calendar year or comparative year, as the case may be, shall be adjusted to reflect, if Landlord can reasonably so estimate, known increases in rates or costs, for the current comparative year, applicable to the categories involved in computing Expenses, whenever such increases become known prior to or during such current comparative year.

(vi) Following the expiration of the Base Year and each comparative year and after receipt of necessary information and computations from Landlord’s certified public accountant, Landlord shall submit to Tenant an Escalation Statement, as hereinafter described, setting forth the Expenses for the preceding comparative year, the Expenses for the Base Year, and the Expense Payment, if any, due to Landlord from Tenant for such comparative year under this Section 2.D. The rendition of such statement to Tenant shall constitute prima facie proof of the accuracy thereof.

 

5


(vii) The Escalation Statements furnished by Landlord as provided above shall be based on information and computations made for Landlord by a certified public accountant (who may be the accountant now or then employed by Landlord for the audit of its accounts); said certified public accountant may rely on Landlord’s allocations and estimates wherever operating cost allocations or estimates are needed for this Article. The Escalation Statements thus furnished to Tenant shall constitute a final determination as between Landlord and Tenant of the Expenses for the periods represented thereby, unless Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Escalation Statements are furnished, time being of the essence, shall give a notice to Landlord that Tenant disputes the accuracy of the Escalation Statements or its appropriateness, (which notice shall specify the particular respects in which the Escalation Statement is inaccurate or inappropriate and the reasons therefor) and would like to audit Landlord’s books and records to the extent reasonably required as result thereof (including, if so desired by Tenant in connection with the issues raised by Tenant, the right to audit Landlord’s books and records with respect to the Base Year). If such notice is sent and provided Tenant shall not be in monetary or other material default under this lease beyond applicable notice and grace periods, Tenant shall have the right within one hundred twenty (120) days following the giving of such notice to audit the Expense Statement and Landlord’s books and records relating to the Expenses for the comparative year to verify that the Expense Statement and The Operating Expense Percentage thereof have been determined in accordance with the terms of this lease. Any such audit shall be conducted at Landlord’s main accounting office in the tri-state area during regular business hours at Landlord’s reasonable convenience and only after Tenant shall have given Landlord at least ten (10) business days prior written notice. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to mutually agree upon the Expenses payable by Tenant as shown on the Expense Statement within thirty (30) days of such audit by Tenant, either party may refer the decision of the issues raised to a reputable independent firm of certified public accountants mutually and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, and the decision of such accountants shall be conclusively binding upon the parties. The fees and expenses of such independent accountants involved in such decision shall be borne by the party whose position is not adopted (or substantially adopted) by such independent accountants. If (a) Landlord’s charges are found to be in error by more than five (5%) percent, Landlord shall also pay the reasonable and customary costs of Tenant’s audit and (b) the independent accountants determine that there should be no adjustment in the Expenses payable by Tenant as shown on the Expense Statement, or that there should be an adjustment in Landlord’s favor, then Tenant shall also pay the reasonable and customary costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s audit. In no event shall Tenant have the right to audit Landlord’s books and records more than one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period. Tenant agrees that it shall not divulge or disseminate, or permit to be divulged or disseminated to any other third party other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys or other professionals or in connection with any litigation or proceeding as provided for in this lease or pursuant to any subpoena, any information learned or observed from reviewing Landlord’s books and records and Tenant and Tenant’s consultants, attorneys or other professionals engaged by Tenant shall enter into a confidentiality agreement with Landlord (in form reasonably acceptable to the parties hereto) in confirmation of the foregoing. Pending the resolution of any such dispute, Tenant shall pay the additional rent to Landlord in accordance with the statements furnished by Landlord. If any sum shall be conclusively determined to be due from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 2D, Landlord shall pay same to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the determination thereof.

E. Tax Escalation: (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, tax escalation in accordance with this Section 2.E.

(ii) For the purposes of this Section 2.E, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “applicable tax rate” shall mean the real estate tax rate for any fiscal tax year (or portion thereof) of the City of New York applicable to the Building and the land upon which the Building is situated, sometimes referred to herein as the “Building Project” for the purpose of computing real estate taxes.

(b) The term “base year taxes” shall mean the average of (1) the real estate taxes payable with respect to the Building, any improvements related thereto and the land on which the Building or such other improvements are situated for the 2012/2013 tax year determined by applying the applicable tax rate to the tax year assessment for such tax year and (2) the real estate taxes payable with respect to the Building, any improvements related thereto and the land on which the Building or such other improvements are situated for the 2013/2014 tax year determined by applying the applicable tax rate to the tax year assessment of such tax year.

 

6


(c) The term “base tax year” shall mean the 2013 calendar year.

(d) The term “base tax year assessment” means the taxable assessed value (giving effect to any abatement, exemption or credit) of the Building, other improvements related thereto and the land on which the Building is situated for the base tax year.

(e) The term “comparative year” shall mean each calendar year commencing on or after January 1, 2014 all or a portion of which occurs during the term hereof. For purposes of determining the real estate taxes payable for a comparative year, such real estate taxes shall be determined by taking the average of the real estate taxes for the two (2) fiscal years portions of which comprise the period for the applicable calendar year (i.e., to determine the real estate taxes for the 2015 calendar year, the real estate taxes for the tax years 2014/2015 and 2015/2016 would be averaged).

(f) The term “comparative year assessment” shall mean the actual assessed value (without regard or giving effect to any abatement, exemption or credit) of the Building Project for the relevant comparative year for which additional rent under this Section 2.E is being calculated.

(g) The term “comparative year taxes” shall mean the real estate taxes determined by applying the applicable tax rate to the comparative year assessment.

(h) The term “The Percentage” shall mean 2.74 (2.74%) percent.

(i) The term “real estate taxes” shall mean the total of all taxes and special or other assessments levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Building Project, any tax or assessment levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority in connection with the receipt of income or rents from the Building Project to the extent that same shall be in lieu of all or a portion of any of the aforesaid taxes or assessments, or additions or increases thereof, upon or against said Building Project, and all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord to contest any assessment of the Building or any tax, charge, or other imposition levied against it. If, due to a future change in the method of taxation or in the taxing authority, or for any other reason, a franchise, income, transit, profit or other tax or governmental imposition, however designated, shall be levied against Landlord in substitution in whole or in part for the real estate taxes, or in lieu of additions to or increases of said real estate taxes (whether or not the enabling legislation states that such tax is in substitution in whole or in part for the real estate taxes, or in lieu of additions to or increases of said real estate taxes) but only to the extent of the amount thereof that would be levied if Landlord’s interest in the Building Project were the only assets of Landlord, then such franchise, income, transit, profit or other tax or governmental imposition shall be deemed to be included within the definition of “real estate taxes” for the purposes hereof. As to special assessments which are payable over a period of time extending beyond the term of this lease, only a pro rata portion thereof covering the portion of the term of this lease unexpired at the time of the imposition of such assessment, shall be included in “real estate taxes.” If by law, any assessment may be paid in installments, then, for the purposes hereof (a) such assessment shall be deemed to have been payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law and (b) there shall be included in real estate taxes, for each comparative year in which such installments may be paid, the installments of such assessment so becoming payable during such comparative year, together with interest payable during such comparative year in respect of any such installment.

(j) The term “tax year” means any fiscal tax year of the City of New York.

(k) Where more than one assessment is imposed by the City of New York for any tax year, whether denominated an “actual assessment” or “transitional assessment” or otherwise, then the phrases herein “assessed value” and “assessments” shall mean the actual assessed value (and not the transitional assessed value, taxable assessment or other assessment) designated by the City of New York for any comparative year and the taxable assessment for the base tax year.

(iii) (a) Before or after the start of each comparative year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of the comparative year taxes, and a statement of the real estate taxes payable during the base tax year. If the comparative year taxes exceed the base year taxes, additional rent for such comparative year, in an

 

7


amount equal to The Percentage of the excess, shall be due from Tenant to Landlord, and such additional rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord at Landlord’s election (1) within ten (10) business days after receipt of the aforesaid statement or (2) in equal monthly installments each equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of The Percentage of the excess of the relevant comparative year taxes over the base year taxes, each payable with the monthly installment of fixed annual rent. If such statement is tendered to Tenant after the commencement of any comparative year and Landlord has elected that the relevant excess be paid in accordance with item (2) of the preceding sentence, Tenant shall notwithstanding the terms of item (2) of the preceding sentence pay to Landlord within ten (10) business days after such statement is tendered, a lump sum equal to the product resulting from multiplying The Percentage of such excess of the comparative year taxes over the base year taxes, by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full and partial months elapsed from the commencement of the relevant comparative year and the denominator of which is twelve (12). Thereafter, Tenant shall commence paying the monthly installments of such additional rent with the next installment of fixed annual rent next due and continue paying pursuant to said item (2) until a subsequent statement with respect thereto is rendered by Landlord. The benefit of any discount for any earlier payment or prepayment of real estate taxes shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord, and such discount shall not be subtracted from the real estate taxes payable for any comparative year.

(b) Should the base year taxes be reduced by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, then, the base year taxes shall be correspondingly revised, the additional rent theretofore paid or payable hereunder for all comparative years shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduction, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within ten (10) business days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the amount of such additional rent as theretofore computed and the amount thereof due as the result of such recomputations.

(c) As long as Tenant is a tenant and is not in default, beyond applicable periods of notice and grace, of any monetary or material non-monetary obligation hereunder, if Tenant shall have made a payment of additional rent under this Section 2.E and Landlord shall receive a refund of any portion of the real estate taxes paid for any comparative year after the base tax year on which such payment of additional rent shall have been based, as a result of a reduction of such real estate taxes by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, Landlord shall promptly after receiving the refund credit to Tenant The Percentage of the refund less The Percentage of expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and appraisers’ fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with any such application or proceeding provided the same has not been previously included in the calculation of taxes. If prior to the payment of taxes for the Base Tax Year or any comparative year, Landlord shall have obtained a reduction of the Base Tax Year’s or that comparative year’s assessed valuation of the Building Project, and therefore of said taxes, then the term “real estate taxes” for the Base Tax Year or that comparative year, as the case may be, shall be deemed to include the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining such reduction in assessed valuation, including reasonable attorneys’ and reasonable appraisers’ fees.

(d) The statement of the real estate taxes to be furnished by Landlord as provided above shall be certified by Landlord and shall constitute a final determination as between Landlord and Tenant of the real estate taxes for the periods represented thereby, unless Tenant within sixty (60) days after they are furnished, time being of the essence, shall give a written notice to Landlord that it disputes their accuracy or their appropriateness, which notice shall specify the particular respects in which the statement is inaccurate or inappropriate. If Tenant shall so dispute said statement then, pending the resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay the additional rent to Landlord in accordance with the statement furnished by Landlord. Any such dispute under this paragraph D shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with Article 40 hereof.

(e) Additionally, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, a sum equal to The Percentage of any business improvement district (whether currently existing or established at any time hereafter) assessment payable with respect to or imposed upon Landlord and/or the Building in any year.

F. No Right to Apply Security: Tenant shall not have the right to apply any security deposited to assure Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligation hereunder to the payment of any installment of fixed annual rent or additional rent.

G. No Reduction in Fixed Annual Rent, Etc.: In no event shall the fixed annual rent under this lease be reduced by virtue of any decrease in the amount of any additional rent payment under this Article or any

 

8


other provision of this lease. If Landlord receives from Tenant any payment less than the sum of the fixed annual rent and additional rent then due and owing pursuant to this lease, Tenant hereby waives its right, if any, to designate the items to which such payment shall be applied and agrees that Landlord in its sole discretion may apply such payment in whole or in part to any fixed annual rent, additional rent, any other charge payable hereunder or to any combination thereof then due and payable hereunder. Unless Landlord shall otherwise expressly agree in writing, acceptance of any portion of the fixed annual rent or additional rent from anyone other than Tenant shall not relieve Tenant of any of its other obligations under this lease, including the obligation to pay other fixed annual rent and additional rent, and Landlord shall have the right at any time, upon notice to Tenant, to require Tenant (rather than someone other than Tenant) to pay the fixed annual rent and additional rent payable hereunder directly to Landlord. Furthermore, such acceptance of fixed annual rent and additional rent shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this lease, a subletting of the demised premises or Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this lease or a subletting or other occupancy of the demised premises by anyone other than Tenant, nor a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights or Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

H. Partial Comparative Year: If the Commencement Date shall occur during a comparative year commencing prior to the term hereof, then the additional rent due under any paragraph of this Article for the first comparative year (as defined in the relevant paragraph) shall be a proportionate share of said additional rent for the entire comparative year, said proportionate share to be based upon the length of time that the lease term will be in existence during such first comparative year. Upon the date of any expiration or termination of this lease (except termination because of Tenant’s default) whether the same be the date herein above set forth for the expiration of the term or any prior or subsequent date, a proportionate share of said additional rent for such comparative year during which such expiration or termination occurs shall immediately become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, if it was not theretofore already billed and paid. The said proportionate share shall be based upon the length of time that this lease shall have been in existence during such comparative year. Landlord shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, compute the additional rent due from Tenant, as aforesaid, which computations shall either be based on that comparative year’s actual figures or be an estimate based upon the most recent statements theretofore prepared by Landlord and furnished to Tenant as may be required under any paragraph in this Article. If an estimate is used, then Landlord shall cause statements to be prepared on the basis of the comparative year’s actual figures promptly after they are available, and thereupon, Landlord and Tenant shall make appropriate adjustments of any estimated payments theretofore made, including any refund that may be due Tenant hereunder.

I. ICAP:

(i) For the purposes of this Section 2.I, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “DLS” shall mean the Division of Labor Services of the DOBS or any successor agency to or hereafter becoming responsible for all or any relevant function of DLS as such functions relate to ICAP.

(b) The term “DOBS” shall mean the New York City Department of Business Services or any successor agency to or hereafter becoming responsible for all or any relevant function of DOBS as such functions relate to ICAP.

(c) The term “DOF” shall mean the New York City Department of Finance or any successor agency to or hereafter becoming responsible for all or any relevant function of DOF as such functions relate to ICAP.

(d) The term “DSBS” shall mean the New York City Department of Small Business Services or any successor agency to or hereafter becoming responsible for all or any relevant function of DSBS as such functions relate to ICAP.

(e) The term “ICAP” shall mean Industrial and Commercial Abatement Program or any successor to alternate program to the Industrial and Commercial Incentive Program as constituted on the date of this lease.

 

9


(ii) Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that Landlord has availed or intends to avail itself of certain exemptions and/or abatements of real estate taxes under the ICAP in connection with certain renovations and improvements made or to be made to the Building. Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of the ICAP including, but not limited to, the filing requirements of the DOF, the DSBS and the DOBS and its DLS and to cooperate with Landlord in Landlord’s compliance with the rules, regulations and requirements promulgated in connection with the ICAP by an of such departments or divisions or otherwise pursuant to law. In connection therewith, all of Tenant’s construction managers, contractors and subcontractors employed in connection with work performed by or on behalf of Tenant at the Building shall be contractually required by Tenant to comply with DSBS and DOBS and DLS and any other requirements applicable to construction projects benefiting from the ICAP. Such compliance, as of the date hereof, includes the following: the submission and approval of a Construction Employment Report, attendance, as requested by Landlord, at a pre-construction conference with representatives of DSBS and adherence to the provisions of Article 22 of the ICAP Rules and Regulations, the provisions of the New York City Charter, the provisions of Sections 11-256 through 11-267 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and the provisions of Executive order No. 50 (1980) and cooperation with Landlord with respect to Landlord’s application to obtain the ICAP exemption and/or abatements and the implementation of the ICAP through the period that the program shall be in effect. Furthermore, at Landlord’s request as may be necessary to comply with ICAP rules, Tenant shall (a) direct its architect or engineer to prepare a narrative description of the project with a construction budget to be submitted to Landlord, (b) report annually to Landlord the number of workers permanently engaged in employment in the demised premises, the nature of each worker’s employment, and to the extent applicable, the New York City residency of each worker, (c) provide access to the demised premises by employees and agents of the Department (as such term is defined in the ICAP rules and regulations) at all reasonable times on reasonable prior notice, (d) enforce the contractual obligations of Tenant’s construction managers, contractors, and subcontractors to comply with the DSBS requirements and any other requirements applicable to the Industrial and Commercial Incentive Program (e) submit required ICAP documentation which shall include copies of blueprints, plans and building permits, (f) furnish to Landlord (and cause its contractors and subcontractors to so furnish), simultaneously with the submission to any agency administering the ICAP, copies of all documents submitted by Tenant or required to be submitted by Tenant in connection with the ICAP (and cause its contractors and subcontractors to do the same) and (g) submit to Landlord on completion of the work, an architect’s letter of completion, a summary by trade of the costs incurred completing such work, certified by a reputable, independent certified public accountant.

 

3. ELECTRICITY

A. The parties agree, electricity distribution shall initially be on a “submetering” basis. If for any reason beyond Landlord’s control, including action by government or other authority asserting jurisdiction over the matter, a majority of the other office tenants of the Building, including Tenant, no longer can so obtain its electricity supply on a “submetering” basis, then and in such event Landlord will redistribute to Tenant the electricity for the demised premises, on a “rent inclusion” basis, as hereinafter provided.

B. Rent Inclusion: (i) If and so long as Landlord provides electricity to the demised premises on a rent inclusion basis, Section 3.C below shall not apply and Tenant agrees that the fixed annual rent shall be increased by the amount of the Electricity Rent Inclusion Factor (“ERIF”), as hereinafter defined, determined from time to time and by the amounts as hereinafter determined. Tenant acknowledges and agrees (a) that the fixed annual rent set forth in Article 2 of this lease does not yet, but, if Landlord is required to discontinuing the distribution of electricity on a “submetering” basis, is to, at such time, include initially an ERIF of $3.00 dollars per rentable square foot per annum to compensate Landlord for electrical wiring and other installations necessary for, and for its obtaining and making available to Tenant the redistribution of electric current as an additional service; and (b) that said ERIF, which shall be subject to periodic adjustments as hereinafter provided, has been partially based upon an estimate of Tenant’s connected electrical load, which shall be deemed to be the demand (KW), and hours of use thereof, which shall be deemed to be the energy (KWH) for ordinary lighting and light office equipment and the operation of typical small business machines, including copying machines, personal computers and peripheral equipment such as printers, telephone switching equipment and facsimile transmission machines (such lighting, machines and equipment are hereinafter called “Ordinary Equipment”) for forty-five (45) hours per week during the hours 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Mondays through Fridays, including holidays (“ordinary business hours”), with Landlord providing an average connected load of six (6) watts of electricity for all purposes per usable square foot, which shall be the maximum electric service Landlord shall be obligated to redistribute to the demised premises. Any installation and use of equipment other than Ordinary Equipment and/or any connected load and/or any energy usage by Tenant in excess of the foregoing shall result in adjustment of the ERIF as hereinafter provided.

 

10


(ii) If the cost to Landlord of electricity shall have been, or shall be, increased subsequent to April 30 of the year in which this lease is dated (whether such change occurs prior to or during the term of this lease), due to (a) any change in costs or fees paid by Landlord under any agreement for the supply and/or distribution of electricity to the Building or electric rates or service classifications applicable to Landlord, (b) any increase, subsequent to the last such electric rate or service classification change, in market prices, in fuel adjustments or charges of any kind, (c) any taxes, imposed or which may be imposed on Landlord’s electricity purchases, or on Landlord’s electricity redistribution, or (d) by virtue of any other reason or cause, then the ERIF, which is a portion of the fixed annual rent, shall be changed in the same percentage as any such change in cost due to changes in costs or fees paid by Landlord under any agreement for the supply and/or distribution of electricity to the Building or electric rates, service classifications, or market prices and, also, Tenant’s payment obligation for electricity redistribution shall change from time to time so as to reflect any such increase in any of the items listed in (a) through (d) of this paragraph from the date of any such increase (which may be billed retroactively). Sales taxes collectible by Landlord under applicable law in connection with the sale or re-distribution of electricity to Tenant shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent when billed. Any such percentage change in Landlord’s cost due to changes in costs reflected in the matters referred to in (a) through (d) above shall be computed by the application of the average consumption (energy and demand) of electricity for the entire Building for the twelve (12) full months immediately prior to the effective date of any such increase in costs or any changed methods of or rules for billing for same, on a consistent basis to the new rate and/or service classification and/or cost to the immediately prior existing rate and/or service classification and/or cost. If the average consumption of electricity for the entire Building for said prior twelve (12) months cannot reasonably be applied and used with respect to changed methods of or rules on billing, then the percentage increase shall be computed by the use of the average consumption (energy and demand) for the entire Building for the first three (3) months after such change, projected to a full twelve (12) months, so as to reflect the different seasons; and that same consumption, so projected, shall be applied to the rate and/or service classification and/or cost which existed immediately prior to the change. The parties agree that a reputable electrical consultant selected by Landlord (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord’s electrical consultant”) shall determine the percentage change for the changes in the ERIF as hereinabove provided, and that Landlord’s electrical consultant may from time to time make surveys in the demised premises of the electrical equipment and fixtures and the use of current. If any such survey shall reflect a connected electrical load (i.e., the sum of the continuous power ratings of all load-consuming apparatus, equipment, and devices which are or can be connected simultaneously to the Building’s electrical supply service) in the demised premises in excess of four and one-half (4  1 2 ) watts of electricity for all purposes per usable square foot and/or energy usage in excess of ordinary business hours (each such excess is hereinafter called “excess electricity”), then the connected load and/or the hours of use portion(s) of the then existing ERIF shall each be increased by an amount which is equal to a fraction of the then existing ERIF, the numerator of which is the excess electricity (i.e., excess connected load and/or excess usage) and the denominator of which is the connected load and/or the energy usage which was the basis for the computation of the then existing ERIF. Such fractions shall be determined by Landlord’s electrical consultant. The fixed annual rent shall then be appropriately adjusted, effective as of the date of any such change in connected load and/or usage, as disclosed by said survey. If such survey shall disclose installation or presence in the demised premises of other than Ordinary Equipment, then effective as of the date of said survey, there shall be added to the ERIF portion of the fixed annual rent (computed and fixed as hereinbefore described) an additional amount equal to what would be paid by Tenant for such load and usage of electricity (with the connected electrical load (as heretofore defined) deemed to be demand (KW) and the hours of use thereof deemed to be energy (KWH) as hereinbefore provided) under the rates or charges in effect and payable by Landlord as of April 30 of the year in which this lease is dated, which additional amount shall be further increased by all electricity cost charges to Landlord, as hereinabove provided from April 30 of the year in which this lease is dated through the date of billing.

(iii) In no event, whether because of surveys or for any other reason, is the per rentable square foot ERIF portion of the fixed annual rent (however increased as provided herein) in effect at any time to be reduced.

 

11


C. Submetering: (i) For the purposes of this Section 3.C, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Landlord’s Cost” for redistributed electricity means the product of (1) Landlord’s Cost Rates for the relevant Utility Billing Period multiplied by (2) Tenant’s electricity consumption (i.e., energy and demand) based on the meter readings referred to below.

(b) “Landlord’s Cost Rates” means the sum of Landlord’s Electricity Consumption Cost and Landlord’s Electricity Demand Cost.:

(c) “Landlord’s Electricity Consumption,” for any given Utility Billing Period means the number of kilowatt-hours of electricity consumed in and for the Building (including, without limitation, common areas, tenantable areas and mechanical areas) during said Utility Billing Period, as indicated on the applicable utility bills.

(d) “Landlord’s Electricity Consumption Cost,” (Landlord’s cost per KWH) for any given Utility Billing Period means the amount arrived at by dividing (x) Landlord’s KWH cost, as indicated on the applicable utility bills (inclusive of any taxes, including any taxes included in the computation of said utility bills) for Landlord’s Electricity Consumption for said Utility Billing Period, inclusive of any fuel adjustments or rate adjustments contained in said utility bill allocable to Landlord’s Electricity Consumption, by (y) Landlord’s Electricity Consumption (KWH) as indicated on said bills.

(e) “Landlord’s Electricity Demand,” for any given Utility Billing Period means the number of kilowatts of electricity demanded in and for the Building (including, without limitation, common areas, tenantable areas and mechanical areas) during said Utility Billing Period, as indicated on the applicable utility bill.

(f) “Landlord’s Electricity Demand Cost” (Landlord’s Cost per KW) for any given Utility Billing Period means the amount arrived at by dividing (x) Landlord’s KW cost, as indicated on the applicable utility bill (inclusive of any taxes, including any taxes included in the computation of said utility bill) for Landlord’s Electricity Demand for said Utility Billing Period, inclusive of any rate adjustments contained in said utility bill allocable to Landlord’s Electricity Demand (provided that same have not been included in the computation of Landlord’s Electricity Consumption Cost), by (y) Landlord’s Electricity Demand (KW) as indicated on said bill.

(g) “Utility Billing Period” means the respective period of electricity consumption and demand for which Landlord is charged on each successive bill from the utility company furnishing electricity to the Building.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of this lease, Landlord shall provide electricity to the demised premises (with Landlord providing an average connected load of six (6) watts of electricity for all purposes per usable square foot (exclusive of electricity provided to support up to fifty (50) tons of base building HVAC), which shall be the maximum electric service Landlord shall be obligated to redistribute to the demised premises) on a submetering usable basis throughout the term hereof. Tenant covenants and agrees to purchase the same from Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent at Landlord’s Cost plus seven (7%) percent thereof. Where more than one meter measures the service of Tenant in the Building, the KWH and KW recorded by each meter shall be added and the aggregate shall be billed as if measured by a single meter. Bills therefor shall be rendered at such times as Landlord may elect and the amount, as computed from a meter or meters and determined by Landlord’s electrical consultant in accordance with this Article, shall be deemed to be, and be paid as, additional rent. For purposes of determining Landlord’s Electricity Consumption Cost and Landlord’s Electricity Demand Cost, each amount appearing on any utility bill for demand, energy, fuel or rate adjustments shall be taken into account (where it cannot be determined from the utility bill whether such amount relates to consumption or to demand, it shall be deemed to relate to demand). If any submeter shall measure Tenant and any other tenant’s consumption of electricity, the cost of all such electricity consumption shall be allocated among Tenant and all other tenants whose electricity consumption is being measured by such submeter based upon the ratio of rentable square feet (as measured using the same methodology as used to calculate the rentable square feet in the demised premises for the purposes of this lease) in each of the demised premises and those portions of such other tenants’ premises served by such submeter bears to the total number of rentable square feet served by such submeter.

 

12


D. General Conditions: (i) All determinations (which may be presented or communicated in the form of any invoice, report, survey or letter modification to Tenant) (including, without limitation, the methodology employed) by Landlord’s electrical consultant pursuant to Section 3.B(ii) hereof shall be binding and conclusive on Landlord and on Tenant from and after the delivery of a copy of each presentation or communication of the relevant determination to Tenant, unless, within sixty (60) days after delivery thereof, time being of the essence, Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant disputes such determination (including, without limitation, any disagreement over the methodology employed by Landlord’s electrical consultant) by hand delivery of a written notice of such dispute to the office of Landlord’s managing agent in the Building. If Tenant so disputes any such determination it shall, within thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice of dispute to Landlord’s managing agent at its office in the Building as provided in the preceding sentence of this Section 3.D(i), at Tenant’s own expense, obtain from a reputable, independent electrical consultant Tenant’s own determinations in accordance with the provisions of this Article and deliver a copy of the determination (showing all calculations, data and describing all assumptions and criteria used to make the determination) made by Tenant’s consultant to Landlord by hand delivery thereof to the office of Landlord’s managing agent in the Building. Tenant’s consultant and Landlord’s electrical consultant then shall seek to agree on the disputed items set forth in Tenant’s notice to Landlord and remaining in dispute following delivery of determinations of Tenant’s consultant to Landlord’s managing agent. If they cannot agree within thirty (30) days after the delivery of Tenant’s determination as provided above to Landlord, they shall choose a third reputable electrical consultant, whose cost shall be shared equally by the parties, to make similar determinations that shall be controlling. If they cannot agree on such third consultant within ten (10) days, then either party may apply to the Supreme Court in the County of New York for such appointment. TENANT AGREES IF TENANT SHALL FAIL TO DISPUTE WITHIN THE AFORESAID SIXTY (60) DAY PERIOD ANY DETERMINATION BY LANDLORD’S ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT, ANY CALCULATION OR THE METHODOLOGY EMPLOYED BY LANDLORD’S ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT TO MAKE ANY CALCULATION OR SHALL FAIL TO COMPLY WITH ANY OTHER TIME PERIOD SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 3.D (E.G., THE THIRTY (30) DAY PERIOD TO DELIVER TENANT’S OWN DETERMINATION AS AFORESAID), TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE, TENANT SHALL HAVE IRREVOCABLY AND CONCLUSIVELY WAIVED THE RIGHT TO DISPUTE THE RELEVANT DETERMINATION, CALCULATION OR METHODOLOGY OF LANDLORD’S ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT. THE FACT THAT LANDLORD’S ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT IS OR HAS BEEN EMPLOYED BY OR IS OR HAS BEEN RETAINED BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD’S AFFILIATES TO PERFORM SERVICES FOR IT OR THEM (AND IRRESPECTIVE OF HOWEVER LONG SUCH RELATIONSHIP MAY HAVE EXISTED), SHALL NOT BE A REASON TO DISPUTE (OR BE A DEFENSE TO) ANY DETERMINATION MADE BY SUCH LANDLORD’S ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT OR DISQUALIFY LANDLORD’S CONSULTANT FROM PERFORMING ANY ACT OR SERVICE CONTEMPLATED BY THIS ARTICLE 3.

(ii) As a condition to Tenant’s right to initiate and maintain any such dispute of any determination, bill or charge made or rendered by or for the benefit of Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of additional rent or ERIF in accordance with the determinations made by Landlord’s electrical consultant or pursuant to any other Landlord’s bill until any such dispute has been finally determined in accordance with procedures specified in this Section 3.D. If the controlling determinations differ from Landlord’s electrical consultant or Landlord’s bill or charge, then the parties shall promptly make adjustment for any deficiency owed by Tenant or overage paid by Tenant.

(iii) At the option of Landlord, Tenant agrees to purchase from Landlord or its agents all lamps and bulbs used in the demised premises and to pay for the cost of installation thereof. Landlord shall install, maintain, repair and, if necessary, replace any meter or sub-meter measuring Tenant’s consumption of electricity in the demised premises provided, however, if any such repair or replacement is necessitated by the acts or omissions of Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors, then Tenant shall pay as additional rent hereunder all sums incurred by Landlord to repair or replace any meter or sub-meter serving the demised premises. If all or part of the submetering additional rent or the ERIF payable in accordance with this Article becomes uncollectable or reduced or refunded by virtue of any law, order or regulation, the parties agree that, at Landlord’s option, in lieu of submetering additional rent or ERIF, and in consideration of Tenant’s use of the Building’s electrical distribution system and receipt of redistributed electricity and payment by Landlord of consultants’ fees and other redistribution costs, the fixed annual rental rate(s) to be paid under this lease shall be increased by an “alternative charge” which shall be a sum equal to $3.00 per rentable square foot of the demised premises per year, changed in the same percentage as any increases in the cost to Landlord for electricity for the entire Building subsequent to April 30 of the year in which

 

13


this lease is dated because of electric rate or service classification or market price changes, as hereinabove provided. Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, additional rent under this Article shall commence on the date that Landlord tenders possession of the demised premises to Tenant. If Tenant is to be billed on an ERIF basis and Tenant has not commenced business in the demised premises or is performing its work for its initial installation or if Tenant is to be billed on a submeter basis and such submeter or submeters to measure Tenant’s KW and KWH has not or have not been not been installed and/or is not or are not yet functioning, Tenant shall pay for the distribution of electric power and use of Landlord’s facilities to provide electrical power to the demised premises, a charge equal to the amount that results from (a) multiplying $3.00 by the number rentable square feet within the demised premises, (b) dividing such result by 360 and (c) multiplying the result of (ii) by the number of days until Tenant commences occupancy in the demised premises for its business or the appropriate submeter(s) are installed and are functioning. The charge referred to in the preceding sentence shall be subject to increase based on the same formula as would be applied to ERIF billing subsequent to April 30 of the year in which this Lease is executed as if said $3.00 per rentable square foot were the initial ERIF hereunder.

(iv) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense that Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation. Tenant agrees not to connect any additional electrical equipment to the Building electric distribution system which shall increase consumption or demand beyond the capacity and rating of the electrical system directly servicing the demised premises without the Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request of Tenant, will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, there is adequate room for such installation and thereafter will be adequate space for Landlord’s future needs, the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or demised premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants. In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, Landlord will also at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions. In consideration of Landlord’s consent to the installation of such risers and other equipment and the distribution to the demised premises of additional electrical power as requested by Tenant, Landlord shall be paid, as additional rent, a one-time “connection” or “tap-in” fee on a per amp or per KW basis (as determined by Landlord) in an amount comparable to fees then being charged by Landlord to other tenants of the Building for similar consents or if there is no comparable fee at such time, in an amount determined by landlord to be competitive to fees being charged by landlords of comparable buildings in Manhattan for similar purposes but in no case less than one thousand ($1,000) dollars per amp. The parties acknowledge that they understand that it is anticipated that electric rates, charges, etc., may be changed by virtue of time-of-day rates, or other methods of billing, electricity purchases and the redistribution thereof, and fluctuations in the market price of electricity, and that the references in the foregoing paragraphs to changes in methods of or rules on billing are intended to include any such change. Anything herein above to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event is the submetering additional rent or ERIF, or any “alternative charge”, to be less than an amount equal to the total of Landlord’s payments to public utilities and/or others for the electricity consumed by Tenant (and any taxes on Landlord’s purchase of the same or on redistribution of same) plus seven (7%) percent for transmission line loss and for Landlord’s overhead, supervision and other redistribution costs. Landlord reserves the right, at any time upon thirty (30) days’ written notice, to change its furnishing of electricity to Tenant from a rent inclusion basis to a submetering basis, or vice versa provided such change is being made to a majority of the other office tenants of the Building. Landlord reserves the right to terminate the furnishing of electricity on a rent inclusion, submetering, or any other basis at any time, provided such termination is applicable to a majority of the other office tenants of the Building, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, in which event Tenant may make application directly to the public utility and/or other providers for Tenant’s entire separate supply of electric current and Landlord shall permit its wires and conduits, to the extent available and safely capable, to be used for such purpose and only to the extent of Tenant’s then authorized connected load. Any meters, risers or other equipment or connections necessary to furnish electricity on a submetering basis or to enable Tenant to obtain electric current directly from such utility shall be installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Only rigid conduit or electricity metal tubing (EMT) will be allowed. Landlord, upon the expiration of the aforesaid thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant may discontinue furnishing the electric current but this lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, the ERIF in effect at any time shall be for all purposes (including, without limitation, the computation of

 

14


rent escalations under Section 2.B) to be a portion of fixed annual rent. If Tenant was provided electricity on a rent inclusion basis when it was so discontinued, then commencing when Tenant receives such direct service and as long as Tenant shall continue to receive such service, the fixed annual rental rate payable under this lease shall be reduced by the amount of the ERIF which was payable immediately prior to such discontinuance of electricity on a rent inclusion basis.

(v) Landlord may, from time to time, following the expiration of the twelfth (12th) full month of the term of this lease (but not more frequently than three (3) times in any ninety (90) day period during any calendar year), cause Landlord’s electrical consultant to determine Tenant’s electrical requirements for the demised premises over the twelve (12) months immediately preceding each such determination. If Landlord’s electrical consultant shall determine that Tenant’s electrical requirements are less than the electrical capacity then available or which Landlord is responsible hereunder to provide to the demised premises, including electrical capacity necessary to properly operate the HVAC equipment located in the demised premises, then Landlord may, in its sole discretion, at any time following the fifteenth (15th) day after giving Tenant notice (hereinafter referred to as the “Electric Recapture Notice”) of Landlord’s intent to do so, recapture any excess electrical capacity then so determined to exist, unless Tenant shall have objected to such recapture in the manner hereinafter provided within such fifteen (15) day period, time being of the essence. The Electric Recapture Notice shall be (a) given not later than six (6) months following the determination of such excess capacity and (b) accompanied by an explanation in reasonable detail of how the determination of such excess capacity was made. Any objection to such recapture of excess electrical capacity shall be in writing specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such objection, including, without limitation, calculations of Tenant’s electrical requirements prepared by a licensed electrical engineer. Any such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of Section 3.D(i) above. If it then shall be determined that excess capacity exists, such excess capacity may forthwith be recaptured by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that the purpose of this paragraph (v) is to foster conservation of electric consumption in the Building and to reserve electric capacity in the Building for future planning and leasing and that Landlord’s recapturing such excess capacity or imposing such fee is a reasonable means to accomplish such goals.

(vi) Tenant acknowledges that amounts payable pursuant to this Article 3 are not intended merely to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs.

(vii) Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, if permitted by law, Landlord may contract separately with one or more other providers (each hereinafter referred to as an “Alternative Service Providers”) to provide one or more of the component services which together make up the entire package of electric service (e.g., transmission, generation, distribution and ancillary services) to the Building. If Landlord elects to contract with another Alternative Service Provider, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and each such Alternative Service Provider to effect any change to the method or means of providing and distributing electricity service to the demised premises or any other portion of the Building by reason of such change in the provision of electricity. Such cooperation shall include but not be limited to providing Landlord or any such Alternative Service Provider and any other person, upon prior notice, unimpeded access to the demised premises and to all wiring, conduit, lines, feeders, cable and risers, electricity panel boxes and any other component of the electrical distribution system within or adjacent to the demised premises. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if such change shall interfere with Tenant’s business or either the quantity or character of electric service is changed, interrupted or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements by reason of such change in the provision of electric service nor shall any such interference, change, interruption, unavailability or unsuitability constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or cause the ERIF portion of the fixed annual rent (however increased as provided herein) in effect at any time to be reduced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall take all commercially reasonable steps to minimize any interference with Tenant’s normal business operations in connection with any such access to minimize the duration of any interruption or unavailability of service provided, however, no such work need be performed on an overtime or premium pay basis.

 

4. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

A. Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this lease, nor underlet, or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent Landlord may withhold for any or no reason whatsoever, except as may

 

15


hereinafter be provided. The direct or indirect transfer of the beneficial or record ownership of (a) a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant or subtenant of this lease or (b) a majority of the total equity or voting interests or rights in any partnership or limited liability company tenant or subtenant or any other form of entity or organization, however accomplished, and whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, or the conversion of a tenant or subtenant entity to another form of entity including, without limitation, a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, or a transfer of control of any entity shall, in each case, be deemed an assignment of this lease or of such sublease. The merger or consolidation of a tenant or subtenant, whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of entity or organization, shall be deemed an assignment of this lease or of such sublease. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or underletting. In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance. A material modification, material amendment or any extension of a sublease shall be deemed a sublease. If any lien is filed against the demised premises or the Building of which the same form a part for brokerage services claimed to have been performed for Tenant, whether or not actually performed, the same shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by filing the bond permitted by law, or otherwise, and paying any other necessary sums, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and its agents and hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, losses or liability resulting from such lien for brokerage services rendered. For the purposes of this Article, an “interest” shall mean an estate, license, easement, use, profit or other claim with respect to real property or a right to participate, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, nominees, trustees or agents, in the decision making respecting any entity or other organization or any of the profits, losses, dividends, distributions, income, gain, losses or capital of any entity or other organization.

B. If Tenant desires to assign this lease (other than to a “Permitted Transferee,” as defined herein), or sublet all or substantially all of the premises (other than to a “Permitted Transferee,” as defined herein) for all or substantially all of the remainder of the term hereof, then Tenant shall give written notice of such desire to Landlord (the “Disposition Notice”) and Tenant shall be obligated to obtain Landlord’s consent with respect thereto. The Disposition Notice shall: (i) with respect to a proposed assignment of this lease, identify the date on which Tenant desires to have such assignment be effective (the “Assignment Effective Date”); or (ii) with respect to a proposed subletting of all or substantially all of the demised premises for all or substantially all of the balance of the term hereof, identify the following: (A) the square footage and location of the portion of the premises Tenant proposes to sublease, and (B) the date on which Tenant desires to have such subletting be effective (the “Sublease Effective Date”) and the proposed expiration date thereof. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Disposition Notice with respect to a proposed assignment of this lease, Landlord shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to Tenant, to accelerate the Expiration Date to the Assignment Effective Date (the “Assignment Recapture Right”). Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Disposition Notice with respect to a proposed subletting of all or substantially all of the demised premises for all or substantially all of the balance of the term hereof, Landlord shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to Tenant, to terminate this lease as to such proposed sublet space (the “Recapture Space”) as of the Sublease Effective Date (the “Sublet Recapture Right”; the Assignment Recapture Right and Sublet Recapture Right are sometimes collectively referred to as the “Recapture Right”). If Landlord exercises the Sublet Recapture Right, then (1) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, separately demise the remaining portion of the Premises from the Recapture Space; and (2) as of the Sublease Effective Date Tenant shall have no obligations under this lease with respect to the Recapture Space. If Tenant desires to sublease less than all or substantially all of the demised premises, or if the term of any proposed sublease is for less than all or substantially all of the balance of the term of this lease, then Landlord will not be permitted to recapture the subject portion of the demised premises but Tenant will nevertheless be obligated to obtain Landlord’s consent to such proposed sublease on the terms provided herein. For purposes hereof, (x) the term “all or substantially all” of the demised premises shall mean at least eighty (80%) percent of the rentable square footage of the demised premises and (y) the term “all or substantially all of the balance of the term” of this lease shall mean a proposed sublease the expiration date of which extends into the last twelve (12) months of the term of this lease.

 

16


C. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a specific assignment or subletting, or in any other circumstance where Tenant is required to provide the information described in this Section 4.C, Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord (a) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, (b) a duly executed counterpart of the proposed agreement of assignment or sublease, (c) reasonably satisfactory information as to the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and as to the nature of its proposed use of the space, and (d) banking, financial or other credit information relating to the proposed assignee or subtenant reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant.

D. If Landlord shall not have accepted Tenant’s offer, as provided in Section 4.B, then Landlord will, subject to Section 4.F below, not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to Tenant’s request for consent to such specific assignment or subletting. Any consent of Landlord under this Article shall be subject to the terms of this Article and the effectiveness of any assignment or sublease under this Article shall be conditioned upon there being no default by Tenant, beyond any grace period, under any of the monetary or material non-monetary terms, covenants and conditions of this lease at the time that Landlord’s consent to any such subletting or assignment is requested and on the date of the commencement of the term of any proposed sublease or the effective date of any proposed assignment.

E. Tenant understands and agrees that no assignment or subletting shall be effective unless and until Tenant, upon receiving any necessary Landlord’s written consent (and unless it was theretofore delivered to Landlord) causes a duly executed copy of the sublease or assignment to be delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days after execution thereof. Any such sublease shall provide that the subtenant shall comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this lease to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Any such assignment of lease shall contain an assumption by the assignee of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease to be performed by Tenant. Neither the listing of a name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the demised premises, the building directory or otherwise, nor the issuance of an ID badge or building pass shall vest any right or interest in this lease or the demised premises and shall not be deemed to be the consent of Landlord to any assignment or transfer of this lease, to any sublessee or licensee of the demised premises, or to any use or occupancy thereof by anyone not Tenant.

F. Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding:

(i) Tenant shall not advertise (but may list with brokers) its space for assignment or subletting at a rental rate lower than the greater of (a) the then Building rental rate for such space and (b) the rental rate then being paid by Tenant to Landlord.

(ii) The transfer of outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant, for purposes of this Article, shall not include sale of such stock by persons other than those deemed “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and which sale is effected through the “over the counter market” or through any recognized stock exchange.

(iii) No assignment or subletting shall be made:

(a) To any person or entity which shall at that time be a tenant, subtenant or other occupant (or an affiliate thereof) of any part of the Building of which the demised premises form a part, or who dealt with Landlord or Landlord’s agent (directly or through a broker) with respect to space in the Building during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent if comparable space is available for lease directly from Landlord elsewhere in the Building or if Landlord reasonably expects that comparable space will become available during the upcoming six (6) month period;

(b) By the legal representatives of Tenant or by any person to whom Tenant’s interest under this lease passes by operation of law, except in compliance with the provisions of this Article;

(c) To any person or entity for the conduct of a business which is not in keeping with the standards and the general character of the Building of which the demised premises form a part or whose business violates any then restrictive covenant or use restriction contained in any lease or other agreement affecting the Building;

 

17


(d) To more than two (2) subtenants;

(e) For a sublease term that shall expire not later than one (1) day prior to the expiration of the term of this lease;

(f) For any use of the premises other than a use permitted pursuant to Article 1 hereof; or

(g) Which would result in more than three (3) occupants (including Tenant) occupying the entire demised premises.

(iv) Intentionally deleted.

(v) No subtenant shall have a right to sublet further or assign its sublease without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto.

(vi) Except with respect to a sublease to Landlord made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.B above, any sublease shall provide that if this lease is rejected pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar or successor statute, (a) such rejection shall be treated by the subtenant as a termination of the term of this lease notwithstanding any contrary interpretation given by law to such rejection and (b) notwithstanding any such rejection/termination, the subtenant shall, at the option of Landlord, attorn to Landlord and will perform for Landlord’s benefit all the terms, covenants and conditions of such sublease as if such sublease were a direct lease between Landlord and such subtenant.

(vii) Any assignment of this lease shall be subject to the provisions of Article 1 hereof, the terms of which shall be controlling if any term of this Article conflicts with any term of Article 1 and have precedence over this Article.

(viii) No assignment of less than all of Tenant’s interest in this lease is permitted.

(ix) No assignment or subletting shall be effective if Tenant is then in default of any payment or other material obligation to be performed under this lease.

G. Anything herein above contained to the contrary notwithstanding (but subject to the provisions of Section 4.J below), the Recapture Right shall not apply to, and Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to an assignment of this lease or a sublease of all or part of the demised premises, to the sole parent of Tenant or to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant or of said parent of Tenant, provided the net worth of the transferee or subtenant, after such transaction, is equal to or greater than the greater of Tenant’s net worth on the date hereof or immediately prior to such transaction, and provided also that any such transaction complies with the other provisions of this Article. Tenant shall provide Landlord with banking, financial or other credit information relating to the Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the net worth of Tenant worth on the date hereof or immediately prior to such transaction, and the net worth of the assignee or subtenant immediately following such transaction.

H. Anything herein above contained to the contrary notwithstanding (but subject to the provisions of Section 4.F(viii) above and Section 4.J below), the Recapture Right shall not apply to, and Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to an assignment of this lease, or sublease of all or part of the demised premises, to any corporation (a) to which substantially all the assets of Tenant are transferred or (b) into which Tenant may be merged or consolidated, provided that the net worth of such transferee or of the resulting or surviving corporation, as the case may be, is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant and of any guarantor of this lease immediately prior to such transfer or on the date hereof, whichever is greater, and provided, also, that any such transaction complies with the other provisions of this Article. Tenant shall provide Landlord with banking, financial or other

 

18


credit information relating to Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the net worth of Tenant worth on the date hereof or immediately prior to such transaction, and the net worth of the assignee or subtenant immediately following such transaction. Any transferee pursuant to Paragraph G above or this Paragraph H shall be deemed a “Permitted Transferee”.

I. The transfer of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any corporate Tenant or of a majority of the total interests in any partnership Tenant or any other form of entity or organization, however accomplished, and whether in a single transaction or in a series of transactions which, in any such event, results in a “change of control” of Tenant shall be deemed an attempted assignment of this lease and without the prior consent, in writing, of Landlord, shall be a violation of this Article 4, and constitute a material default by Tenant hereunder without the giving of notice thereof or an opportunity to cure; provided, however, it is agreed that Landlord’s consent shall not be needed to said change in control or operation if, immediately following such transfer the net worth of Tenant is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transfer, as evidenced to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction.

J. No consent from Landlord shall be necessary under Sections 4.G and H above where (a) reasonably satisfactory proof is delivered to Landlord that the net worth and other provisions of Section 4.G or H, as the case may be, and the other provisions of this Article, have been satisfied and (b) Tenant and each guarantor of this lease, if any, in a writing reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s attorneys, unconditionally agree to remain primarily liable jointly and severally with any transferee or assignee, for the obligations of Tenant under this lease.

K. If Landlord shall not have accepted any required Tenant’s offer pursuant to Section 4.B and/or Tenant effects any assignment or subletting, then Tenant thereafter shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to fifty (50%) percent of (i) any rent or other consideration (excluding, however, the fair market value of fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property) paid to Tenant by any subtenant which (after deducting the costs of Tenant, if any, in effecting the subletting, including reasonable alteration costs, reasonable commissions, reasonable concessions and legal fees) is in excess of the rent, including all fixed annual rent and additional rent payable hereunder, allocable strictly on a per square foot basis, without regard to any other allocation of value, by dividing aggregate consideration by the rentable square feet of the area so sublet) to the subleased space which is then being paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof, and (ii) any other profit or gain (after deducting any necessary expenses incurred) realized by Tenant from any such subletting or assignment. All sums payable hereunder by Tenant shall be payable to Landlord as additional rent upon receipt thereof by Tenant.

L. Each subletting pursuant to this Article shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this lease. Notwithstanding any such subletting to any subtenant and/or acceptance of rent or additional rent by Landlord from any subtenant, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the payment of the fixed annual rent, additional rent and any other charge due and to become due hereunder and for the performance of all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this lease on the part of Tenant to be observed and performed and for all of the acts and omissions of any licensee, subtenant, or any other person claiming under or through any subtenant that shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this lease, and any such violation shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant. Tenant further agrees that, notwithstanding any such subletting, no further subletting (including, without limitation, any extensions or renewals of any initial sublettings) of the demised premises by Tenant, or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall, or will be, made, except upon compliance with, and subject to, the provisions of this Article.

M. Any assignment or transfer shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the assignee shall assume all of the obligations of this lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions contained herein shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers. The original named Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer whether or not in violation of the provisions hereof, and notwithstanding the acceptance of fixed annual rent and/or additional rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee or any other party, the original named Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the fixed annual rent and additional rent and for the other obligations of this lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

 

19


N. If Landlord shall decline to give consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise Landlord’s option under Section 4.B of this Article, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease. This provision shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand Landlord’s costs (including, without limitation, legal, architect’s and engineering fees) incurred in connection with reviewing Tenant’s request for any such consent.

O. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest to Tenant, and the due performance of the obligations of this lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed, shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this lease.

P. The listing of a name other than that of Tenant named herein, whether on the doors of the premises, the Building directory or otherwise shall not vest any right or interest in this lease or the premises and shall not be deemed to be the consent of Landlord to any assignment or transfer of this lease, to any sublessee of the premises, or to any use or occupancy thereof by anyone not Tenant named herein.

Q. Under no circumstance may this lease be assigned or the demised premises be sublet in whole or in part to a Prohibited Person (as defined in Article 47).

R. The term “Tenant” when used in this Article shall include the originally denominated Tenant and each proximate or remote assignee thereof or successor in interest thereto. The term “control” as used in this Article shall mean the right to exercise final decision making authority on behalf of any entity. Wherever in this Article Tenant or any other person is required to provide Landlord with banking, financial or other credit information such information shall include, without limitation, a balance sheet (in reasonable detail, listing all assets and liabilities and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of each relevant party to the transaction in question certified to Landlord by an independent certified public accountant.

 

5. DEFAULT

A. Landlord may terminate the term of this lease on notice to Tenant: (a) if fixed annual rent or additional rent or any other payment due hereunder is not paid within three (3) business days when due or if Landlord shall receive rent after the date when first due three (3) times within any twelve-month period (which shall be deemed to be a persistent default or behavior); or (b) if the Guarantor (as hereinafter defined), if any, defaults under the Guarantee (as hereinafter defined); or (c) unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this lease, if Tenant shall have failed to cure a default in the performance of any covenant of this lease (except the payment of rent), or any rule or regulation hereinafter set forth, within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord, or if such default cannot be completely cured in such time, if Tenant shall not promptly proceed to cure such default within said thirty (30) days, or shall not complete the curing of such default with due diligence; or (d) irrespective that Tenant’s interest in this lease may have been assigned (with or without Landlord’s consent [if permitted herein or by law]), if a petition in bankruptcy shall be filed by or against Tenant or if Tenant shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or receive the benefit of any insolvency or reorganization act; or (e) if a receiver or trustee is appointed for any portion of Tenant’s property and such appointment is not vacated within twenty (20) days; or (f) if an execution or attachment shall be issued under which the premises shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be taken or occupied by anyone other than Tenant; or (g) if the premises become and remain vacant or deserted for a period over ten (10) days following Tenant’s initial move-in; or (h if Tenant shall fail to move into or take possession of the premises within fifteen (15) days after commencement of the term of this lease; or (i) if Tenant shall have made a material misrepresentation herein; or (j) there shall occur any breach of Section 1.B hereof or any equity owner, member, manager, director, executive officer or other principal of Tenant engaging in any activity or conduct described in items (i) and (ii) of Section 1.B hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary set forth, Tenant shall not commit waste or cause any damage to any portion of the Building irrespective of whether within or without the demised premises. The willful infliction of damage on any property or the intentional or repetitive interference with the quiet enjoyment by any other occupant of the Building shall be deemed to be a conditional limitation of the term of this lease. Tenant shall not create any nuisance or other disturbance within the Building.

 

20


B. The termination of the term of this lease (which shall include, without limitation, any rights of renewal or extension thereof) shall be effective on the third (3rd) day following the notice first referred to in the preceding paragraph without the need for any further act and thereupon this lease shall terminate as completely as if that were the date originally fixed for the expiration of the term of this lease; but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided, and Landlord may institute summary or other proceedings to repossess the premises or re-enter and take possession of the premises by the exercise of self-help (which Tenant hereby expressly consents to) or any other means permitted by law. TENANT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE BENEFITS OF ANY LAW, STATUTE OR OTHER LEGAL AUTHORITY REQUIRING A PERIOD OF TIME (SUCH AS 5 DAYS) TO BE ADDED TO THE TIME REQUIRED HEREIN TO BE GIVEN FOR NOTICES. “Re-enter” and “re-entry” as used in this lease’s resort are not restricted to their technical legal meanings and include, without limiting the foregoing, Landlord’s right to self-help, self-help being expressly permitted hereby.

C. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all notices of default and demands for the payment of rent or performance of any other obligation shall be sent or delivered to the demised premises, together with the copies provided in Article 27, and notwithstanding that Tenant may have another office or place of business (of which Landlord may have actual knowledge) or may have vacated the demised premises, delivery of any such notice or demand or delivery of service of process to the demised premises shall be sufficient for all purposes (including, without limitation, obtaining jurisdiction over [and entry of judgment against] Tenant in any action or proceeding).

 

6. RE-LETTING, ETC.

A. Tenant hereby expressly waives any right of redemption granted by any present or future law. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants or provisions hereof Landlord shall have the right of injunction. Mention herein of any particular remedy shall not preclude Landlord from any other available remedy, including, without limitation, self-help. Landlord shall recover as liquidated damages, in addition to accrued rent and other charges, if Landlord’s re-entry is the result of Tenant’s bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization, the full rental for the maximum period allowed by any act relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

B. (i) In case of any re-entry, dispossess by summary proceedings or termination of the term hereof due to Tenant’s default, (x) the rent shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/or termination; (y) Landlord may re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Landlord’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease and may grant reasonable concessions or occupancy free of rent for any period; and (z) Tenant shall also pay Landlord as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to perform any obligation, at Landlord’s election, either of the amounts provided for in item (1) or item (2) below and, in addition thereto, the amounts provided for in item (3) below. Landlord shall have no obligation to re-let the premises, and its failure or refusal to do so, or failure to collect rent on re-letting, shall not affect Tenant’s liability hereunder. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to a credit or repayment for rerental income which exceed the sums payable to Tenant hereunder or which covers a period after the original term of this lease. Said items (1), (2) and (3) are as follows:

(1) A sum which, at the time of such re-entry, dispossess or termination, as the case may be, represents the then value (using a discount rate equal to the yield on United States Treasury obligations selected by Landlord maturing closest to the date set forth herein as the then established expiration date of the term of this lease) of the amount by which (x) the aggregate of the fixed annual rent and any regularly payable additional rent hereunder that would have been payable by Tenant for the period commencing with such re-entry, dispossess or termination, as the case may be, and ending on the date then established herein for the expiration of the term of this lease exceeds (y) the aggregate rental value of the demised premises determined by Landlord for the same period (which sum is sometimes hereinafter called “the lump sum payment”); or

(2) Sums equal to any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected (i.e., the amount of rents collected hereunder less all of the costs referred to in item (3) below incurred by Landlord) on account of the lease or leases of the demised premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease. Such deficiency shall become due and payable monthly, as it is determined; and

 

21


(3) A sum to be added to such lump sum payment or deficiency, as the case may be, equal to the reasonable expenses that Landlord incurs in connection with re-letting the demised premises and pursuing Landlord’s rights and remedies (whether or not any legal action is commenced) including, but not limited to, reasonable legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, reasonable brokerage commissions, reasonable advertising costs, the value of any reasonable rent-free period, the reasonable out of pocket costs of all alterations and decorations deemed advisable by Landlord to market the demised premises following such re-entry or dispossess or in connection with leasing the demised premises to a new tenant and reasonable out of pocket costs to keep the demised premises in good order and/or for preparing the same for re-letting.

(ii) For the purposes of determining the lump sum payment, estimates of (a) prospective rents, (b) reasonable leasing brokerage commissions, (c) reasonable allowances and other concessions offered to tenants, (d) reasonable contributions to tenant improvements, (so-called free rent periods, (e) periods the demised premises may remain vacant before being re-let, (f) and other customary leasing costs may be used as factors for determining the rental value of the demised premises.

C. If Landlord re-enters the premises for any cause, or if Tenant abandons or vacates the premises, any property left in the premises by Tenant shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right to retain or dispose of such property in any manner without any obligation to account therefor to Tenant. If Tenant shall at any time default hereunder, and if Landlord shall institute an action or summary proceeding against Tenant based upon such default, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable legal expenses and fees thereby incurred by Landlord.

D. IF TENANT SHALL AT ANY TIME DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY MONETARY OR NON-MONETARY OBLIGATION UNDER THIS LEASE AND LANDLORD SHALL (A) INSTITUTE ANY ACTION, SUMMARY PROCEEDING OR ARBITRATION OR (B) MAKE ANY CLAIM IN ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY TENANT OR BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST TENANT, THEN TENANT SHALL REIMBURSE LANDLORD (WHETHER OR NOT IT IS THE PREVAILING PARTY) FOR THE REASONABLE LEGAL FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES THEREBY INCURRED BY LANDLORD. FURTHERMORE, IF IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING OR ARBITRATION INSTITUTED BY LANDLORD, TENANT OR ANY OTHER PARTY, LANDLORD SHALL BE COMPELLED TO OR SHALL DEEM IT NECESSARY TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION HEREOF, IMPLEAD ANY PARTY OR DEFEND AGAINST ANY CLAIM MADE OR ACTION BROUGHT BY TENANT OR ANY OTHER PARTY SEEKING TO INVALIDATE, REJECT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE REJECTION OF THIS LEASE UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE THERETO) OR TO PREVENT THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY PROVISION HEREOF, LANDLORD SHALL LIKEWISE BE ENTITLED TO AND TENANT SHALL REIMBURSE LANDLORD (IF LANDLORD IS THE PREVAILING PARTY) FOR THE REASONABLE LEGAL FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES INCURRED BY LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDING, BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING OR ARBITRATION.

 

7. LANDLORD MAY CURE DEFAULTS

A. If Tenant shall default in performing any covenant or condition of this lease beyond applicable periods of notice and grace, Landlord may, in addition to the rights heretofore set forth in Articles 5 and 6, exercise any other remedy provided in this lease, at law or in equity and/or perform the same for the account of Tenant, and if Landlord, in connection therewith, or in connection with any default by Tenant, makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, such sums so paid or obligations incurred shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder, and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, together with interest at an annual rate equal to the average of all prime rates published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition) plus eight hundred (800) basis points calculated from the date of each expenditure by Landlord, within fifteen (15) days of rendition of any bill or statement therefor, and if Tenant’s lease term shall have expired at the time of the making of such expenditures or incurring such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Landlord as damages.

 

22


B. The exercise of any remedy hereunder shall not preclude Landlord from simultaneously therewith or subsequent thereto, exercising any and all other remedies permitted by law or in equity. All remedies are deemed to be cumulative and the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other. Landlord need not apply any security hereunder to cure a default by Tenant as a condition precedent to exercising any other right or remedy and the application of any such security shall not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

 

8. ALTERATIONS

A. Tenant shall make no change, alteration, addition or improvement (each hereinafter referred to as an “alteration”) in or to the demised premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if such alteration is not a “Tenant Alteration” (defined below) that complies with items (i) –(v) in Paragraph B below, and then only by contractors or mechanics and in such manner and with such materials as shall be reasonably approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed. Except for “Specialty Alterations” (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any permitted alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant in accordance herewith at the expiration of the term of this lease; provided, however, Tenant shall be required to remove any Specialty Alterations that Landlord so designates at the time Landlord grants its consent thereto. For purposes hereof, the term “Specialty Alterations” shall mean (i) Tenant’s trade fixtures, (ii) raised flooring, (iii) alterations which penetrate floor slabs or affect the exterior of the Building and (iv) safes or vaults and other installations which would be unusually difficult or expensive to remove. All alterations, to the demised premises, including, without limitation, window and central air conditioning equipment and duct work, if any, and fixtures, equipment and built-ins, except movable office furniture and equipment installed at the expense of Tenant, shall, unless Landlord elects otherwise in writing at the time consent is requested, become the property of Landlord, and shall be surrendered with the demised premises at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease. Any such alterations, additions and improvements that Landlord shall designate at the time consent is requested, shall be removed by Tenant and any damage repaired, at Tenant’s expense prior to the expiration of the term of this lease.

B. Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay approval of written requests (accompanied by plans and specifications suitable for filing, stamped and certified by an architect or engineer duly licensed in the State of New York) of Tenant to make nonstructural alterations, additions or improvements to the premises (“Tenant Alterations”) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to install Tenant’s personal property in the premises as will, in the judgment of Tenant, best adapt the premises for its needs, provided that Tenant complies with the following provisions:

(i) The Tenant Alterations will not result in a violation of or require a change in the certificate of occupancy applicable to the building;

(ii) The outside appearance of the building will not be affected and such Tenant Alterations will not weaken or impair the structure of the building, or lessen the value of the premises or the building;

(iii) No part of the building outside of the premises will be physically affected;

(iv) The functioning of the building equipment will not be adversely affected; and

(v) The Tenant Alterations will not affect utility services, or plumbing and electrical lines or other systems of the building.

Alterations which are merely cosmetic or decorative in nature may be performed by Tenant without first obtaining Landlord’s consent thereto but subject to Tenant’s compliance with all of the other provisions of this lease.

C. All Alterations shall be performed in accordance with the following conditions:

(i) All Alterations shall be performed in accordance with plans and specifications first submitted to Landlord for its prior written approval. No Alteration or the work to be performed with respect thereto

 

23


may result in the reduction of any environmental rating for the Building which may be in effect at the time consent to such alteration is requested, such as made pursuant to LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), Green Globes or Energy Star. In the event that Landlord shall not respond to a written request to approve of Tenant’s plans and/or plan modifications within ten (10) business days of receipt, then Tenant shall make a second written request therefor to Landlord with a copy sent simultaneously and in like manner to Morrison Cohen LLP, 909 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Lawrence B. Simon, Esq. (which second request shall state that it is a second request and that Landlord’s approval shall be deemed granted if Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days) and, if Landlord shall not respond within five (5) business days of receipt of such second written request, such plans or plan modifications shall be deemed approved by Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to send such second request simultaneously and in like manner to Landlord’s attorney as set forth above, Tenant shall be deemed to have not sent such second request to Landlord.

(ii) All Alterations shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of any such alterations, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and exhibit to Landlord each governmental permit required in connection with such alterations.

(iii) All Alterations shall be performed in compliance with all other applicable provisions of this lease (including, without limitation, Exhibit E, the Building Standard Environmental Design and Construction Guidelines), all Building regulations (including specifications for construction material and finishes criteria adopted by Landlord for the Building) and with all applicable laws, ordinances, directions, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, New York City Local Law No. 5/73 and New York City Local Law No. 58/87 and similar present or future laws, and regulations issued pursuant thereto, and also New York City Local Law No. 76, all laws referred to in Article 14 and similar present or future laws, and regulations issued pursuant thereto, on abatement, storage, transportation and disposal of asbestos, which work, if required, shall be effected at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by contractors and consultants approved by Landlord and in strict compliance with the aforesaid rules and regulations and with Landlord’s rules and regulations thereon. Landlord shall provide Tenant with an ACP-5 certificate for the demised premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant agrees not to perform any work that affects the structural elements of the Building or any building mechanical system. In performing any work, Tenant shall use, to the fullest extent feasible, materials from sustainable sources.

(iv) All work shall be performed with union labor having the proper jurisdictional qualifications by contractors and subcontractors reasonably approved by Landlord.

(v) All work to be performed by Tenant shall be done in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere with or disturb other tenants and occupants of the Building. No demolition or core drilling or welding shall be permitted between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays.

(vi) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in reviewing Tenant’s plans and specifications showing any alteration to the demised premises. During the course of any alterations or other work requiring a permit from any governmental authority, Tenant shall cause its contractors to provide payment and performance bonds issued by a surety company having an AM Best’s rating satisfactory to Landlord and the following insurance, also issued by an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord: worker’s compensation and disability insurance covering all persons employed for such work; commercial general liability and property damage insurance naming the holder of any mortgage on the Building, Landlord, its managing agent and its designees as additional insureds, with coverage of at least $5,000,000 combined single limit; builder’s risk insurance in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; and business automobile liability insurance for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a $1,000,000 combined single limit;

(vii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to commencing any Alteration, certificates of the insurance required under clause (vi) above naming with respect to such insurance, except workers compensation and disability insurance, Landlord, its managing agent, its mortgagees and other designees with an insurable interest, as additional insureds, together with the declaration page of each such insurance policy and the endorsements thereto designating such persons or parties as additional insureds.

 

24


(viii) Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, within sixty (60) days after final completion of any Alteration, Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord (a) final record drawings of the alteration including, as may be pertinent to the work performed, a reflected ceiling plan, mechanical and electrical drawings, partition plan and any other drawings which may be required to indicate accurately the layout and systems of the demised premises and (b) a summary by trade of the costs incurred performing such work and such other records as Landlord may require to document such costs, all certified (if so requested by Landlord) by a reputable, independent certified public accountant. Tenant shall require its architect to load and maintain such record plans on a CADD system.

(ix) For the purposes hereof, alterations referred to in this Article include any work to be performed by Tenant provided that Exhibit C shall govern with respect to the subject matter thereof in case of any conflict with this Article 8.

D. In any case under this Article 8 or any other provision of this lease it shall be required that Landlord’s consent is required for the use or employment of any contractor, vendor or other supplier of labor or material, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such consent shall under no circumstance be deemed a warranty, assurance or guarantee that such contractor, vendor or supplier is qualified for the work or engagement for which Tenant is retaining such contractor, vendor or supplier or that the work, services or materials being provided shall be in compliance with Tenant’s plans and specifications or comply with law or that any work shall be performed in a workmanlike fashion free of any defect. Tenant specifically disclaims and waives any right, claim or cause of action against Landlord based upon any such contractor, vendor or supplier’s defective work, material or service or failure to perform any work in accordance with any agreement, law or professional standard. The provisions of this Article 8.C shall be controlling whether or not any consent by Landlord to any such contractor, vendor or supplier contains any such or similar disclaimer or waiver of liability or any such contractor, vendor or supplier is related to Landlord or its managing agent.

E. Tenant shall not affix any sign, logo, emblem, banner, plaque or symbol on any exterior window, on any door opening on to a corridor, on any exterior wall demising the demised premises or on or about any portion of the demised premises in such a fashion as any sign, logo, emblem, banner, plaque or symbol is visible beyond the demised premises.

 

9. LIENS

Prior to commencement of any work in the demised premises, Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a written letter of authorization, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s counsel, signed by architects, engineers, designers and consultants to become involved in such work, which shall confirm that any of their drawings or plans are to be removed from any filing with governmental authorities, on request of Landlord, in the event that said architect, engineer or designer thereafter no longer is providing services with respect to the demised premises. With respect to contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and laborers, and architects, engineers and designers, for all work or materials to be furnished to Tenant at the premises, Tenant agrees to obtain and deliver to Landlord written and unconditional waivers of mechanics liens upon the premises or the Building, after payments to the contractors, their subcontractors and vendors, Tenant’s architects, engineers, designers and consultants, subject to any then applicable provisions of the Lien Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant at its expense shall cause any lien filed against the premises or the Building, for work or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, to be bonded or discharged of record within thirty (30) days after notice thereof. Breach of the obligation under the preceding sentence shall be deemed a material and substantial default by Tenant under this Lease and notwithstanding any provision of Section 5.A, no further notice shall be required for Landlord to exercise any right or remedy provided herein or by law.

 

10. REPAIRS; DESTRUCTION

A. Tenant shall keep the demised premises clean and in good order and repair. Tenant shall take good care of the demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein, and shall make all repairs necessary to keep them in good working order and condition, including structural repairs to be made at Tenant’s expense when those are necessitated by the act, omission or negligence of or any alteration by Tenant or its agents, employees or invitees. The air conditioning units or other equipment servicing the demised premises shall be maintained and

 

25


repaired pursuant to Article 30 hereof. The electric service for such units shall be provided by Landlord as additional electric service billed as provided in Article 3 hereof for service other than for Ordinary Equipment. The exterior walls of the Building, the windows and the portions of all window sills outside same and areas above any hung ceiling are not part of the demised premises, and Landlord hereby reserves all rights to such parts of the Building. Landlord shall replace, at the expense of Tenant, any plate glass and other glass damaged or broken from any cause whatsoever in and about the demised premises. Landlord shall maintain and repair the common areas of the Building, including the structural portions of the Building, and the Building systems serving the demised premises in accordance with Landlord’s standard practices.

B. If the demised premises shall be partially damaged or wholly rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty and Landlord shall not elect to terminate this lease as provided below in this Section 10.B, the damage shall be repaired at the expense of Landlord, but without prejudice to the rights of subrogation, if any, of Landlord’s insurer. Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any of Tenant’s property or any alteration or leasehold improvement made by or for Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any damage or destruction to the demised premises. The rent shall abate in proportion to the portion of the premises not usable by Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any delay in restoring the premises, Tenant’s sole remedy being the right to an abatement of rent, as above provided. If (a) the demised premises are rendered wholly untenantable or inaccessible by fire or other casualty and if Landlord shall decide not to restore the demised premises, (b) the demised premises are rendered wholly untenantable or inaccessible by fire or other casualty during the last twenty-four (24) months of the term hereof, or (c) if the Building shall be so damaged that Landlord shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it (whether or not the premises have been damaged), Landlord may within ninety (90) days after such fire or other cause give written notice to Tenant of its election that the term of this lease shall automatically expire no less than ten (10) days after such notice is given. If all or substantially all of the demised premises are rendered wholly untenantable or inaccessible by fire or other casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the term hereof, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease within sixty (60) days after such fire or casualty and the term of this lease shall automatically expire no less than ten (10) days after such notice is given. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the foregoing provisions of this Article shall govern and control in lieu thereof.

 

11. END OF TERM.

Tenant shall surrender the demised premises to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease in good order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty, and Tenant shall remove all of its property (except that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any wiring or cabling). Tenant agrees that any personal property remaining in the demised premises following the expiration of the term of this lease (or such earlier date as of which the term hereof may have been terminated) shall for all purposes be deemed conveyed to and to be the property of Landlord who shall be free to dispose of such property, at Tenant’s cost, in any manner Landlord deems desirable. Landlord may retain or assign any salvage or other residual value of such property. In consideration of Landlord’s disposing of such property (other than any wiring or cabling), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord or pay to Landlord any cost that Landlord may incur in disposing of such property within ten (10) days after demand therefor. Tenant shall indemnify and save Landlord harmless against all costs, claims, loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay. Additionally, the parties recognize and agree that other damage to Landlord resulting from any failure by Tenant timely to surrender the demised premises will be substantial, will exceed the amount of monthly rent theretofore payable hereunder, and will be impossible of accurate measurement. Tenant therefore agrees that if possession of the demised premises is not surrendered to Landlord within one (1) day after the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease, then Tenant will pay Landlord as liquidated damages for use and occupancy for each month and for each portion of any month during which Tenant holds over in the premises after expiration or termination of the term of this lease, a sum equal to two (2) times the average rent and additional rent which was payable per month under this lease during the last six (6) months of the term hereof. The aforesaid obligations shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease. Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, the acceptance of any rent shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding, and the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an agreement expressly “providing otherwise” within the meaning of Section 232-c of the Real Property Law of the State of New York and any successor law of like import. Tenant expressly waives, for itself and for any person claiming through or under the Tenant, any rights which the Tenant or

 

26


any such Person may have under the provisions of Section 2201 of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules and of any successor law of like import then in force in connection with any holdover summary proceedings which the Landlord may institute. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease. At any time during the term of this lease, Landlord may exhibit the demised premises to prospective purchasers, investors or mortgagees of Landlord’s interest therein. During the last year of the term of this lease, Landlord may exhibit the premises to prospective tenants.

 

12. SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL, ETC.

A. This lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate to any and all master leases of the Building Project, master, ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages, building loan agreements, leasehold mortgages, spreader and consolidation agreements and other similar documents and instruments (hereinafter referred to individually, as a “Superior Interest” and, collectively, as “Superior Interests”), which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the demised premises form a part and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, extensions, assignments, spreaders, consolidations and refinancings thereof and to all advances made or hereafter made thereunder. This Article shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be necessary. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written request execute any instrument in recordable form that Landlord or the holder of any Superior Interest may request. Tenant hereby appoints Landlord as Tenant’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact to execute any document of subordination on behalf of Tenant. The foregoing power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and not revocable during the term of this lease.

B. Any holder of a Superior Interest may elect that this lease shall have priority over such Superior Interest and, upon notification by such holder of a Superior Interest to Tenant, this lease shall be deemed to have priority over such Superior Interest, whether this lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of such Superior Interest. In the event that any master lease or any other ground or underlying lease is terminated as aforesaid, or if the interests of Landlord under this lease are transferred by reason of or assigned in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage, or if the holder of any mortgage acquires a lease in substitution therefor, or if the holder of any Superior Interest shall otherwise succeed to Landlord’s estate in the lease or the Building, or the rights of Landlord under this lease, then Tenant will, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 12.A above, at the option of the lessor under any such master lease or other ground or underlying lease, the holder of any other Superior Interest or such purchaser, assignee or lessee, as the case may be, to be exercised in writing, (a) attorn to it and will perform for its benefit all the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease on the Tenant’s part to be performed with the same force and effect as if said lessor, mortgagee or such purchaser, assignee or lessee, were the landlord originally named in this lease, or (b) enter into a new lease with said lessor, mortgagee or such purchaser, assignee or lessee, as landlord, for the remaining term of this lease and otherwise on the same terms, conditions and rentals as herein provided. The foregoing provisions shall inure to the benefit of any such successor landlord, shall apply notwithstanding that, as a matter of law, this lease may terminate upon the termination of any Superior Interest, shall be self-operative upon any such request and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to said provisions; provided, however, that upon request of any such successor landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver, from time to time, any instrument in recordable form that any successor landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.B, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to each such successor landlord, acknowledging such attornment and setting forth the terms and conditions of its tenancy. Upon such attornment, this lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the then executory terms of this lease except that such successor landlord shall not be: (a) liable for any previous act or omission or negligence of any prior landlord under this lease (including, without limitation, Landlord); (b) subject to any counterclaim, demand, defense, deficiency, credit or offset which Tenant might have against any prior landlord under this lease (including, without limitation, Landlord); (c) bound by any modification, amendment, cancellation or surrender of this lease or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent or additional rent, unless such modification, cancellation, surrender or prepayment shall have been approved in writing by the successor landlord; (d) bound by any security deposit, cleaning deposit or other prepaid charge which Tenant might have paid in advance to any prior landlord under this lease (including, without limitation, Landlord), unless such payments have been received by the successor landlord; and (e) bound by any agreement of any landlord under the lease (including, without limitation, Landlord) with respect to the completion of any improvements affecting the premises, the Building, the land or any part thereof or for the payment or reimbursement to Tenant of any contribution to the cost of the completion of any such improvements.

 

27


C. If the then current term of any master, ground or other underlying lease to which this lease is subordinate shall expire prior to the date set forth herein for the expiration of this lease, then, unless (i) the term of such underlying or other lease shall have been extended, which extension Landlord may arbitrarily decline to enter into or (ii) the holder of any Superior Interest shall elect, in writing, to have Tenant attorn to it, the term of this lease shall expire on the date of the expiration of any master, ground or other underlying lease to which this lease is subordinate, notwithstanding the later termination date herein above set forth. If any such master, ground or other underlying lease is renewed or if the holder of any Superior Interest shall elect, in writing, to have Tenant attorn to it, then the term of this lease shall not expire as herein above set forth and, Tenant shall attorn to the holder of such Superior Interest on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 12.B above for attornment.

D. From time to time, Tenant, on ten (10) days’ prior written request by Landlord, time being of the essence, will deliver to Landlord and the holder of any Superior Interest a statement in writing (on which any person to whom it is addressed or certified may rely) certifying that this lease is unmodified and is in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and identifying the modifications) and the dates to which the rent and other charges have been paid, the amounts of fixed annual and additional rents, stating the date of expiration of the term hereof and whether any renewal option exists (and if so, the terms thereof), stating whether any defense or counterclaim to the payment of any rent exists, whether any allowance or work is due to Tenant from Landlord, stating whether or not the Landlord is in default in performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge, stating whether any bankruptcy case has been commenced with respect to Tenant, and containing such other information as the holder of any Superior Interest may reasonably request. Any such statement that contains language to the effect that such statement is not a waiver of rights or remedies for possible but unspecified defaults or with respect to defaults discovered subsequent to the delivery of the statement and/or that in the case of a conflict between such statement and this lease that the terms of this lease control, shall not comply with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 12.D. If Tenant shall fail to deliver such a statement within such ten (10) day period, Landlord is hereby appointed the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of Tenant, coupled with an interest, for the purpose of executing and delivering such statement on behalf of Tenant and the holder of any such Superior Interest may rely on any such certificate so executed and delivered. Nothing contained herein will be deemed to impair any right, privilege or option of the holder of any Superior Interest. If, in connection with obtaining, continuing or renewing financing or refinancing for the Building and/or the land, any leasehold estate of Landlord under any master, ground or underlying lease, the lender shall request reasonable modifications to this lease as a condition to such financing or refinancing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, condition, delay or defer its consent thereto provided that such modifications do not increase Tenant’s monetary obligations hereunder or, other than to a de minimus extent, Tenant’s non-monetary obligations hereunder (Tenant agreeing that if Tenant may be required to give notices of any defaults by Landlord to such lender with the granting of such additional time for such curing as may be required for such lender to get possession of the said building and/or land, such increase in Tenant’s obligations shall be deemed a de minimus increase) or adversely (other than to a de minimus extent) affect the leasehold interest hereby created or the rights of Tenant thereunder. If any act or omission by Landlord shall give Tenant the right, immediately or after the lapse of time, to cancel or terminate this lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise any such right until: (a) it shall have given written notice of such act or omission to each holder of any Superior Interest of which it has written notice, and (b) a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following such notice (which reasonable period shall be equal to the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this lease to effect such remedy, plus an additional thirty (30) day period), provided such holder or lessor shall, with reasonable diligence, give Tenant notice of its intention to remedy such act or omission and shall commence and continue to act upon such intention.

 

13. CONDEMNATION

A. In the event that the whole of the demised premises shall be lawfully condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title (hereinafter referred to as the “date of taking”), and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or any condemning authority or entity for, or make any claim for, the value of any unexpired term of this lease, and the rent and additional rent shall be apportioned as of such date.

 

28


B. In the event that any part of the demised premises shall be so condemned or taken, then this lease shall be and remain unaffected by such condemnation or taking, except that the rent and additional rent allocable to the part so taken shall be apportioned as of the date of taking, provided, however, that Tenant may elect to cancel this lease in the event more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the demised premises should be so condemned or taken, provided such notice of election is given by Tenant to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days after the date when title shall vest in the condemning authority. Landlord shall promptly give Tenant copies of any notice received from the condemning authority as to vesting. Upon the giving of such notice, this lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) day following the date of such notice and the rent and additional rent shall be apportioned as of such termination date. Upon such partial taking and this lease continuing in force as to any part of the demised premises, the rent and additional rent shall be diminished by an amount representing the part of said rent and additional rent properly applicable to the portion or portions of the demised premises which may be so condemned or taken. If as a result of the partial taking (and this lease continuing in force as to the part of the demised premises not so taken), any part of the demised premises not taken is damaged, Landlord agrees with reasonable promptness to commence the work necessary to restore the damaged portion to the condition existing immediately prior to the taking (subject to Section 13.D below), and prosecute the same with reasonable diligence to its completion. In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree as to the amount by which the rent and additional rent shall be diminished, the matter shall be determined by arbitration in New York City.

C. Nothing herein provided shall preclude Tenant from appearing, claiming, proving and receiving in the condemnation proceeding, Tenant’s moving expenses, and the value of Tenant’s fixtures, or Tenant’s alterations, installations and improvements (to the extent, only, paid for by Tenant and not reimbursed by Landlord or by insurance), which do not become part of the Building, or property of Landlord; or, in the case of temporary taking, so long as rent hereunder is paid to Landlord, Tenant may make a claim for rental value of and damages to the demised premises (which are of a nature that Tenant is obligated hereunder to repair same) or damages to Tenant’s furniture and fixtures.

D. In the event that only a part of the demised premises shall be so taken and Tenant shall not have elected to cancel this lease as above provided, the entire award for a partial taking shall be paid to Landlord, and Landlord, at Landlord’s own expense, shall to the extent of the net proceeds (after deducting reasonable expenses including attorneys’ and appraisers’ fees and any sums payable to the holder of a Superior Interest) of the award restore the unaffected part of the Building to substantially the same condition and tenantability as existed prior to the taking.

E. Until said unaffected portion is restored, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement of rent for that portion of the premises which is being restored and is not usable until the completion of the restoration or until the said portion of the premises is used by Tenant, whichever occurs sooner. Said unaffected portion shall be restored within a reasonable time but not more than six (6) months after the taking; provided, however, if Landlord is delayed by strike, lockout, the elements, or other causes beyond Landlord’s control, the time for completion shall be extended for a period equivalent to the delay. Should Landlord fail to complete the restoration within the said six (6) months or the time as extended, Tenant may elect to cancel this lease and the term hereby granted provided such notice of election is given by Tenant to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days after the end of said six (6) months of time or the time as extended.

 

14. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

A. (i) Tenant at its expense shall comply with all laws, orders and regulations of any governmental authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the demised premises, whether any such law, order or regulation is in effect on, or enacted or made effective after, the date hereof, whether contemplated or foreseen on the date hereof or not (each of the foregoing being sometimes hereinafter referred to as a “Law”), which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the demised premises or the use or occupancy thereof. In no event shall Tenant be required to make any structural alterations to the demised premises or the Building in order to comply with any law unless violation of the same results from Tenant’s specific use or specific manner of use of the demised premises or otherwise arises from the acts or omissions of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors or any party occupying the demised premises or any portion thereof by or through Tenant.

 

29


(ii) If the Building shall hereafter be subject to any law, order or regulation affecting its structural integrity; the physical condition of its façade, roof, parapets, sidewalks, vaults or other exterior part thereof; its life, fire, sprinkler or other safety systems; its mechanical, plumbing, electrical or ventilating systems; the accessibility of the Building and its accouterments to the handicapped or disabled; the regulation, containment, abatement, or removal of Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined in Article 44) therein (including, without limitation, asbestos and asbestos containing materials) or any other installation, improvement or alteration, including, without limitation, compliance with New York City Local Law No. 5/73, Local Law 11/98, Local Law 16/84, Local Law 26/2004, Local Law 476, Local Law 564-A, Local Law 967-A, Local Law 973-A, Chapter 3 of Article 28 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the New York Energy Conservation Construction Code, any energy conservation code and any law respecting the conversion of the Building to utilize submeters to measure electricity consumption or any other law or regulation, which requires Landlord to incur any obligation or expense to install, alter, make any addition to, improve or repair the Building or any system thereof or any equipment or accouterment to any of the foregoing or install any new system, Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term hereof in monthly installments simultaneously with each installment of fixed annual rent, as additional rent hereunder, commencing on the first day following Landlord’s notice or demand for payment thereof, an amount equal to the product that results from multiplying (a) the quotient that results from dividing (x) the aggregate expenses (including, without limitation, expenses for material and labor, architectural, legal, engineering and other professional fees, interest on and other costs incurred in connection with any loan to finance such alteration, addition, or improvement, and all related equipment and apparatus, and rents for leased tools and equipment) incurred from time to time by Landlord (either prior to or during the term hereof) for such alteration, addition, improvement or repair and not theretofore recovered by Landlord from tenants under lease provisions comparable to this Section 14.A as of the date of Landlord’s demand for payment under this Section 14.A, by (y) the remaining period each such item of expenses may be amortized (as determined by Landlord) expressed in months (not exceeding 120) by (b) the number of months remaining in the term of this Lease by (c) The Percentage (as defined in Section 2.E (Tax Escalation)). Tenant acknowledges that the amortization period of any constituent part of any such alteration or improvement may be different from the amortization period of any other constituent part and any item of expense may be amortized over a period different than any other item of expense, and, also, that expenses may be incurred at different times including prior to or during the term hereof. Landlord may, therefore, separately compute the payments due by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph taking into account the various amortization periods of such constituent parts and their individual costs and the times at which expenses are incurred and bill Tenant taking each of those factors into account, billing separately for each component part. The monthly installments payable by Tenant on account of any such alteration, addition or improvement may vary depending on the various amortization periods selected by Landlord and costs of the constituent parts and by virtue of new or additional expenses being incurred from time to time. Tenant shall pay each such monthly amount, as determined above in this Section 14.A, as additional rent hereunder, over the term hereof until the earlier of the date that such expenses have been fully reimbursed to Landlord or the expiration of the term hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, any cost to be recovered pursuant to Article 44 shall not be duplicated in this Article 14 and if any cost could be recoverable under this Article 14 or Article 44, such cost shall be recovered pursuant to Article 44.

(iii) Landlord may elect to perform, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all work to comply with law as required pursuant to the preceding paragraph, both structural and non-structural, including asbestos abatement and abatement of any other hazardous or toxic material that may become necessary due to Tenant’s particular uses or methods of use of the demised premises or by reason of any Tenant installation, alteration, improvement or work and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of performing structural repairs or alterations required by Tenant’s acts or omissions.

B. Tenant shall require every person engaged by Tenant to clean any window in the premises from the outside, to use the equipment and safety devices required by Section 202 of the Labor Law and the rules of any governmental authority having or asserting jurisdiction.

C. Tenant at its expense shall comply with all requirements of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other similar body affecting the premises and shall not use the premises in a manner which shall increase the rate of fire insurance of Landlord or of any other tenant, over that in effect prior to this lease. If Tenant’s use of the premises increases the fire insurance rate, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such increased costs. That the premises are being used for the purpose set forth in Article 1 hereof shall not relieve Tenant from the foregoing duties, obligations and expenses.

 

30


15. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

Tenant will at no time use or occupy the premises in violation of any certificate of occupancy issued for or statute governing the use of the Building. The statement in this lease of the nature of the business to be conducted by Tenant shall not be deemed to constitute a representation or guaranty by Landlord that such use is lawful or permissible in the premises under the certificate of occupancy for the Building or any such statute.

 

16. POSSESSION

Except as set forth elsewhere herein, if Landlord shall be unable to give possession of the premises on the Commencement Date of the term because of the retention of possession of any occupant thereof or any alteration or construction work, or for any other reason except as hereinafter provided, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure. In such event, this lease shall stay in full force and effect, without extension of its term. However, the term hereunder shall not commence until the premises are available for possession by Tenant. If delay in possession is due solely to work, changes or decorations being made by or for Tenant, or is otherwise caused solely by Tenant, there shall be no rent abatement and the term and rent shall commence on the date(s) specified in this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to occupy the demised premises or other premises prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term, such occupancy shall be deemed to be pursuant to the terms of this lease, except that the parties shall separately agree as to the obligation of Tenant to pay rent for such occupancy. The provisions of this Article are intended to constitute an “express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223(a), New York Real Property Law. Landlord shall be deemed to have given and/or tendered possession of the demised premises to Tenant upon notifying Tenant that the demised premises are available for Tenant’s occupancy and, when applicable, that the keys or other means of entry to the demised premises may be obtained from Landlord at Landlord’s (or its agent’s) office in the Building.

 

17. QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that if Tenant pays the rent and additional rent and timely performs all of Tenant’s other obligations under this lease, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the demised premises, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease and to the Master Lease and other Superior Interests.

 

18. RIGHT OF ENTRY

Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the premises, Landlord, if and to the extent reasonably practicable, shall conceal any such pipes and conduits within the floors, walls and ceiling of the demised premises. Landlord or its agents shall have the right: (a) to enter or pass through the demised premises at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice (except in an emergency) and, in the event of an emergency, by reasonable force or otherwise, (b) to examine the same, (c) as heretofore provided, to exhibit the space to prospective tenants (during the last nine (9) months of the term hereof), purchasers, investors and lenders, (d) to make such repairs, installations, improvements, alterations or additions to the Building (whether or not the work to be performed is within the demised premises or for their benefit) or the demised premises, as may be required by law or as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or desirable, (e) to take back an insubstantial portion of the premises as may be reasonably required for such repairs, installations, improvements, alterations or additions provided that Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (but without any obligation to perform such work on an overtime or premium pay basis) to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s conduct of business in the demised premises as a result of the performance of such work and (f) to take into and store within and upon the demised premises all material that may be used in connection with any such repair, installation, improvement, alteration or addition work provided the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s normal business operations at the demised premises. Such entry, storage, work or taking back of a portion of the demised premises in connection with any such repair, installation, improvement, alteration or addition shall not constitute an eviction (whether actual or constructive) of Tenant in whole or in part or breach of the covenant of quiet enjoyment, shall not be grounds for any abatement of rent provided Landlord uses its commercially reasonable efforts (but without any obligation to perform such work on an overtime or premium pay basis) to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s

 

31


conduct of business in the demised premises as a result of the performance of such work, and shall not impose any liability on Landlord to Tenant by reason of inconvenience or injury to Tenant’s business or to the demised premises. Landlord shall have the right at any time, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction, and without incurring any liability to Tenant, to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, windows, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building and to change the name or number by which the Building is known.

 

19. VAULT SPACE

Anything contained in any plan or blueprint to the contrary notwithstanding, no vault or other space not within the Building property line is demised hereunder. Any use of such space by Tenant shall be deemed to be pursuant to a license, revocable at will by Landlord, without diminution of the rent payable hereunder. If Tenant shall use such vault space, any fees, taxes or charges made by any governmental authority for such space shall be paid by Tenant.

 

20. INDEMNITY

Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its members and supervisor, managing agent, other agents, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, principals, employees and tenants in common (whether disclosed or undisclosed) (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Landlord Parties”) from and against any and all claims, demands, liability, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising from or in connection with: (a) any breach or default by Tenant in the full and prompt payment and performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder; (b) the specific use or occupancy or specific manner of use or occupancy of the demised premises by Tenant or any person claiming under or through Tenant; (c) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any of its subtenants, assignees or licensees or its or their partners, principals, directors, officers, agents, invitees, employees, guests, customers or contractors during the term hereof; (d) any accident, injury or damage occurring in or about the demised premises during the term hereof; (e) the performance by Tenant of any alteration or improvement to the demised premises including, without limitation, Tenant’s failure to obtain any permit, authorization or license or failure to pay in full any contractor, subcontractor or materialmen performing work on such alteration, (f) mechanics lien filed, claimed or asserted in connection with any alteration or any other work, labor, services or materials done for or supplied to, or claimed to have been done for or supplied to, or claimed to have been done for or supplied to Tenant, or any person claiming through or under Tenant (other than in connection with Landlord’s Work) and (g) any certification made by any architect or engineer retained by or on behalf of Tenant to any governmental authority premises (as well as any certification also executed or submitted by Landlord) in connection with any alteration or improvement to the demised premises (other than in connection with Landlord’s Work). If any claim, action or proceeding is brought against any of the Landlord Parties for a matter covered by this indemnity, Tenant, upon notice from the indemnified person or entity, shall defend such claim, action or proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and the indemnified person or entity. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this lease.

 

21. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

A. If, by reason of (a) strike, (b) labor troubles, (c) governmental pre-emption in connection with a national emergency, (d) any rule, order or regulation of any governmental agency, (e) conditions of supply or demand, (f) conditions affected by, or actions (including without limitation any evacuation or closure of the Building) taken by Landlord or others reasonably intended to assure the health, security or safety of the Building or any person in response to, war, any act of terrorism or violence (even if not directed at the Building or any occupant thereof), or other national, state or municipal emergency (whether or not officially proclaimed by any governmental authority), (g) unavailability of power or any disruption of electrical or any other utility service, or (h) any other cause beyond Landlord’s control, Landlord does not fulfill any obligation under this lease or shall be unable to supply any service which Landlord is obligated to supply, this lease and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent hereunder shall in no wise be affected, impaired or excused. As Landlord shall learn of the happening of any of the foregoing conditions, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of such event and, if ascertainable, its estimated duration, and will proceed promptly and diligently with the fulfillment of its obligations as soon as reasonably possible.

 

32


B. This lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall in no way be affected because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations or to supply any service (e.g., heat, electricity, air conditioning, cleaning (if Landlord is obligated hereunder to furnish any of the same), elevators, water), by reason of any of the causes set forth in Section 21.A above. Landlord shall have the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant, to stop any service because of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations or improvements, reasonably necessary or desirable in the judgment of Landlord to the Building or the demised premises, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (but without any obligation to perform work on an overtime or premium pay basis) to minimize the duration of the foregoing and any inconvenience to Tenant arising therefrom. Neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Party shall be liable to Tenant or anyone else, for any loss or damage to person, property or business, unless due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees. Neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Party shall be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. Neither Landlord nor any of its agents shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling ceilings, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of said building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, including but not limited to the making or repairs and improvements, unless caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors, servants or employees; nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in said building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi public work; nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the demised premises or to the Building provided, however, nothing shall limit Landlord’s obligation to rectify or repair such latent defect to the extent Landlord is obligated therefor pursuant to the provisions of this lease. Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the demised premises or in the Building or of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment. Tenant’s failure to do so shall not limit Landlord’s obligation to rectify, repair or remedy the same. TENANT AGREES TO LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S ESTATE AND INTEREST IN THE BUILDING, OR THE LEASE OF THE BUILDING OF WHICH THE DEMISED PREMISES ARE A PART, OR THE PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OR TRANSFER THEREOF, FOR THE SATISFACTION OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY OF TENANT FOR THE COLLECTION OF A JUDGMENT (OR OTHER JUDICIAL PROCESS) REQUIRING THE PAYMENT OF MONEY BY LANDLORD. NO OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF THE LANDLORD PARTIES (AS DEFINED IN ARTICLE 20) SHALL BE SUBJECT TO LEVY, EXECUTION OR OTHER ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURE FOR THE SATISFACTION OF TENANT’S REMEDIES UNDER OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREUNDER, OR TENANT’S USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE DEMISED PREMISES OR ANY OTHER LIABILITY OF LANDLORD TO TENANT (EXCEPT FOR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, IN WHICH CASE TENANT MAY ALSO LOOK TO THE PROCEEDS OF ANY INSURANCE CARRIED BY LANDLORD IF NOT PAYABLE UNDER INSURANCE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED BY TENANT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF). IN NO EVENT SHALL TENANT BE ENTITLED TO MAKE, NOR SHALL TENANT MAKE, ANY CLAIM, AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM, FOR MONEY DAMAGES (NOR SHALL TENANT CLAIM ANY MONEY DAMAGES BY WAY OF SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR DEFENSE) BASED UPON ANY CLAIM OR ASSERTION BY TENANT THAT LANDLORD HAS UNREASONABLY WITHHELD, CONDITIONED DELAYED OR CONDITIONED ITS CONSENT OR APPROVAL TO A PROPOSED ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING OR TO ANY OTHER MATTER REQUIRING LANDLORD’S CONSENT UNDER THIS LEASE. TENANT’S SOLE REMEDY SHALL BE AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, INJUNCTION OR DECLARATORY JUDGMENT.

C. LANDLORD AND LANDLORD PARTIES ARE HEREBY RELEASED FROM AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY RESULTING FROM OR INCIDENTAL TO ANY CRIMINAL ACT OR TERRORIST ATTACK NOTWITHSTANDING ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF ANY ACCESS CONTROL OR SECURITY GUARD PERSONNEL THAT LANDLORD MAY FROM TIME TO TIME EMPLOY IN THE BUILDING TO CONTROL ACCESS TO THE BUILDING OR TO DETER UNLAWFUL ACTIVITY.

 

33


22. CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant expressly acknowledges that it has inspected the demised premises and is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof, subject to the completion of Landlord’s Work. Tenant agrees to accept the demised premises in their “as is” condition, except to the extent prescribed otherwise in Exhibit C hereto, and latent defects. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that, subject to the provisions of this lease, all systems servicing the demised premises shall be in working order on the Commencement Date. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord (a) has made no representation respecting the physical condition of the demised premises, including the existence or non-existence of any hazardous substances, any defects or other matters concerning their physical condition or area or their suitability for Tenant’s intended use and (b) shall have no obligation to do any work in and to the demised premises in order to make them suitable and ready for occupancy and use by Tenant, except such “Landlord’s Work” as may specifically be set forth in Exhibit C (Work Letter) annexed hereto and made part hereof.

 

23. SERVICES

A. Landlord shall provide no services not specifically set forth in this lease.

B. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall provide the cleaning services to the demised premises as more specifically set forth on Exhibit D annexed hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, all lavatories in the demised premises which are for general use by persons located in the demised premises will not be considered “private” or “executive” and shall be cleaned in the manner identified on Exhibit D. Tenant acknowledges that it has been advised that the cleaning contractor for the Building may be a subdivision or affiliate of Landlord. If Tenant elects to have cleaning services which exceed those which Landlord agrees to provide herein (as set forth on Exhibit D), Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, agrees to employ said contractor, or such other contractor as Landlord may from time to time designate, for any additional cleaning services provided to the demised premises, provided that the prices charged by any contractor designated by Landlord are comparable to the prices charged by other contractors for the same work. Tenant agrees that under no circumstance shall it employ any cleaning and maintenance contractor, nor any individual, firm or organization for such purposes (other than the contractor designated by Landlord), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld for any reason. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on whether the prices being charged by the contractor designated by the Landlord are comparable to those charged by other contractors, Landlord or Tenant may submit such dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to Article 40. While such dispute is pending resolution and as a condition to its initiation and the maintaining thereof, Tenant shall pay the charges billed by Landlord or its approved cleaning contractor, as the case may be.

C. (i) The demised premises will be cooled by two (2) water-cooled package units (“AC Units”) (one (1) twenty (20) ton unit and one (1) thirty (30) ton unit) furnished by Tenant as part of Tenant’s Installation Work which, together with the air conditioning equipment and appurtenances located in the demised premises (collectively, the “A/C Equipment”), provide cooled air to the demised premises for normal office usage during the cooling season for each year.

(ii) The A/C Equipment is and shall remain the property of Landlord. Tenant shall not abuse the A/C Equipment and shall operate the A/C Equipment only in accordance with the instructions that accompany such equipment and the design and performance specifications therefor, which covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof. Tenant shall not install any window or wall-through air conditioning units in the demised premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any damage to the A/C Equipment caused by Tenant or any employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant and for any replacement equipment made necessary by Tenant’s breach of its obligations in this paragraph. This obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof.

(iii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord in accordance with Article 3 of this lease for electricity consumed in connection with the A/C Equipment. The submeter measuring electricity consumed by the A/C Equipment will be the same submeter which measures electricity consumption in the demised premises generally.

(iv) Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall obtain a maintenance contract to service the A/C Equipment located in the demised premises.

 

34


(v) Landlord shall make available to Tenant, at no cost to Tenant, a total of fifty (50) tons of condenser water to the demised premises, all such condenser water to be generated by a winterized cooling tower and related equipment previously installed by Landlord upon the Building’s common areas. Such condenser water will be (A) delivered to the demised premises at the rate of 3 gallons per minute (gpm) per connected ton of A/C Equipment, at a maximum of 85 degree entering water temperature and 95 degree leaving water temperature for each A/C Unit located in the demised premises and a minimum of not less than 59 degrees and (B) made available to Tenant on the following days and at the following times: Mondays through Fridays from 8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. – 1:00 p.m. (excluding holidays in all instances). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will provide condenser water to the demised premises other than during the hours set forth in the preceding sentence provided that Tenant shall give notice to Landlord prior to 3:00 P.M. in the case of after hours service on weekdays and prior to 1:00 P.M. on Fridays in the case of after hours service on weekends. In such event, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent on demand, a charge of $80.00 for each hour (or portion thereof) that Tenant avails itself of such condenser water, subject to periodic adjustments as reasonably determined by Landlord. If, at any time subsequent to the one (1) year anniversary of the full occupancy of the demised premises it is determined that Tenant’s water condenser needs are less than that being allocated to the demised premises, Landlord reserves the right to recapture any excess water condenser capacity; provided, however, if Tenant’s water condenser capacity for the demised premises ever increases over the duration of the term hereof, as reasonably evidenced to Landlord, then Landlord, within ten (10) days of receipt of such evidence and Landlord’s agreement therewith, shall provide the previously recaptured excess water condenser capacity to the demised premises to the extent such excess capacity is then available. Tenant agrees that Tenant will be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the piping and related equipment from the branch shut-off valve at the main riser on the twenty-fifth (25 th ) floor in the Building and for all equipment located within the demised premises;

 

24. JURY WAIVER, DAMAGES

THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF SUCH PARTIES AGAINST THE OTHER WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE DEMISED PREMISES, OR FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY WHETHER PURSUANT TO STATUTE, IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OR BASIS OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING BREACH OF AN OBLIGATION TO MAKE ANY PAYMENT, FRAUD, DECEIT, MISREPRESENTATION OF FACT, FAILURE TO PERFORM ANY ACT, NEGLIGENCE, MISCONDUCT OF ANY NATURE OR VIOLATION OF STATUTE, RULE, REGULATION OR ORDINANCE. IF LANDLORD COMMENCES AGAINST TENANT ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDING OR OTHER ACTION TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES OR TO RECOVER ANY RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF WHATEVER NATURE OR DESCRIPTION IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION OTHER THAN A COMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM. NO DAMAGES SHALL BE AWARDED AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES (WHETHER ACTUAL, COMPENSATORY, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE) IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER JUDICIAL OR AN ARBITRATION) RELATING TO LANDLORD’S WITHHOLDING, DELAYING OR CONDITIONING ANY CONSENT OR APPROVAL OR THE REASONABLENESS OF ANY SUCH WITHHOLDING, DELAY OR CONDITION, TENANT’S SOLE REMEDY THEREFOR BEING AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, INJUNCTION OR DECLARATORY JUDGMENT.

 

25. NO WAIVER, CONSTRUCTIVE EVICTION, SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS, ETC.

A. No act or omission of Landlord or its agents shall constitute an actual or constructive partial or total eviction or give rise to a right of Tenant to terminate this lease or receive an abatement of any portion of its rent, or to be relieved of any other obligation hereunder or to be compensated for any loss or injury suffered by it, except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein. No act or omission of Landlord or its agents shall constitute acceptance of a surrender of the premises, except a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to Landlord or its agents shall not constitute a termination of this lease or a surrender of the premises. Acceptance by Landlord of less than the rent herein provided shall at Landlord’s option be deemed on account of earliest rent remaining unpaid. No endorsement on any check, or letter accompanying rent, shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and such

 

35


check may be cashed without prejudice to Landlord. No waiver of any provision of this lease shall be effective, unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, NO COURSE OF CONDUCT (FOR HOWEVER LONG IT MAY HAVE CONTINUED) THAT MAY HAVE DEVIATED FROM THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS LEASE OR CHANGE IN THE COURSE OF CONDUCT (HOWEVER LONG THE PREVIOUS COURSE OF CONDUCT MAY HAVE CONTINUED) OF LANDLORD (SUCH AS THE ACCEPTANCE OF LATE PAYMENT OF RENT WITHOUT COMPELLING PAYMENT OF A LATE CHARGE OR INSTITUTING ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING) SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A WAIVER OR AMENDMENT OF ANY TERM OF THIS LEASE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED SOLELY AS A TEMPORARY AND NON-BINDING ACCOMMODATION TO TENANT, AT TENANT’S REQUEST AND MADE WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO LANDLORD’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. This lease contains the entire agreement between the parties, and no modification thereof shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the party concerned. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations set forth in the Rider attached hereto and made a part hereof, and any reasonable modifications thereof or additions thereto provided the same do not increase the monetary obligations, materially increase the non-monetary obligations or materially decrease the rights of Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the violation of such rules and regulations by any other tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall enforce the rules and regulations in a non-discriminatory manner. Failure of Landlord to enforce any provision of this lease, or any rule or regulation, shall not be construed as the waiver of any subsequent violation of a provision of this lease, or any rule or regulation. This lease shall not be affected by nor shall Landlord in any way be liable for the closing, darkening or bricking up of windows in the demised premises or the relocation or alteration of any corridor to the demised premises, for any reason, including as the result of construction on any property of which the demised premises are not a part or by Landlord’s own acts. No easement for light and air is conveyed by this lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant’s obligation to make any and all adjustments and payments required by this lease, including, without limitation, the adjustments and payments of rent and additional rent referred to in Article 2 and Article 3 hereof, shall survive any expiration, termination or cancellation of this lease for a period of eighteen (18) months, except as otherwise expressly provided by written cancellation agreement between Landlord and Tenant.

C. Any delay or failure of Landlord in billing or tendering any invoice, statement provided for in any provision of this lease for all or any portion of any amount payable pursuant to this lease (whether denominated additional rent or otherwise), including, without limitation, any provision of Article 2 or Article 3 hereof (including, without limitation, any statement, invoice, bill, or notice of cost of living adjustment, operating expense escalation, tax escalation, or fuel and/or rate adjustment), shall not constitute a waiver of or in any way impair (a) Landlord’s right to bill Tenant at any subsequent time (during or subsequent to the term of this lease), retroactively for the entire amount so unbilled (which previously unbilled amount shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand therefor), and to collect any such amount or (b) Tenant’s continuing obligation to pay the same hereunder to the extent set forth in B above.

 

26. OCCUPANCY AND USE BY TENANT; SIGNAGE

A. Intentionally deleted.

B. Intentionally deleted.

C. Tenant shall not obstruct or permit the obstruction of the light, halls, areas, roof, stairway or entrances to the Building. Tenant will not affix, erect or inscribe any signs, projections, awnings, signals or advertisements of any kind to any part of the premises including the inside or outside of the windows or doors thereof and will not paint the outside of the doors thereof or the inside or outside of the windows thereof unless and until the style, size, color, construction and location thereof have been approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to withdraw such approval at any time and to require Tenant to remove any such signs, projections, awnings, signals or advertisements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent to Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s (non-illuminated) name and (non-illuminated) logo in the elevator lobby of the demised premises. Landlord also reserves to itself the sole right to designate the person, firm, corporation or other entity which shall do the work of lettering, installing or erecting of any and all signs to be affixed to the demised premises or the Building or to perform any such work itself, in which

 

36


case Tenant shall pay Landlord for such work at a competitive rate. In the event that said work is done by Tenant through any person, firm or corporation, other than Landlord or a person designated by Landlord, Landlord is hereby given the right to remove said signs without being liable to Tenant by reason thereof and to charge the cost of so doing to Tenant as additional rent payable on the first day of the next following month, or at Landlord’s option, on the first day of any subsequent month.

D. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in the lease to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may effect such work as is necessary to cause Tenant’s entrance door and entrance door signage on the demised premises, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to conform to the standards and specifications for entrance doors and entrance door signage as adopted by landlord from time to time. Landlord may effect such work at any time after the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its contractors (during Business Hours) such access as is necessary to perform such work. In the event Landlord installs a lobby directory in the Building, Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no cost or expense to Tenant, a proportionate number of listings (based upon the Operating Expense Percentage multiplied by the total number of listings on such directory) on such lobby directory.

(ii) It is further understood and agreed that any approved signage shall conform to the standards and specifications for signage as may be adopted by Landlord from time to time. In this regard, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its prior written approval a proposal regarding the content of any such entrance door signage. Any changes to such approved entrance door sign shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and to Landlord’s then standard signage specifications, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

E. (i) If Tenant shall install a wireless intranet, Internet, communications network or “Wi-Fi” (or other iteration thereof) capability (any of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as a “Network”) within the demised premises, such Network shall be for the use by and only by Tenant and its employees subject to the terms hereof. No antenna shall exceed one meter in size and shall, subject to the following provisions of this paragraph E, conform to all FCC specifications.

(ii) Tenant shall not solicit, suffer, or permit other tenants of the Building to use the Network or any other communications service, including, without limitation, any wired or wireless Internet service that passes through, is transmitted through, or emanates from the demised premises.

(iii) Tenant agrees that Tenant’s communications equipment and the communications equipment of Tenant’s service providers and contractors retained to service the demised premises including, without limitation, any antennas, switches, or other equipment (collectively hereinafter referred to as, “Tenant’s Communications Equipment”) shall be of a type and, if applicable, a frequency that will not cause radio frequency, electromagnetic, or other interference to any other party or any equipment of any other party including, without limitation, Landlord, other tenants, or occupants of the Building or any other party, in violation of FCC specifications concerning radio frequency interference (hereinafter referred to as “RFI”). In the event that Tenant’s Communications Equipment causes or is believed to cause any such prohibited RFI, upon receipt of notice from Landlord of such interference, Tenant will take all steps necessary to correct and eliminate the interference. If the prohibited RFI is not eliminated within twenty-four (24) hours (or a shorter period if Landlord believes a shorter period to be appropriate) then, upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall shut down the Tenant’s Communications Equipment pending resolution of the interference, with the exception of intermittent testing upon prior notice to and with the approval of Landlord. No Network or Tenant’s Communication Equipment may be installed in any lobby, corridor, building common area or any other area not within the exclusive control of Tenant.

(iv) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant lease rights, licenses, and other rights to various other tenants and occupants of the Building and to telecommunications service providers.

 

27. NOTICES

A. All bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given to Tenant under this lease shall be given or rendered in writing and delivered to the demised premises, or sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) or by nationally recognized overnight courier addressed to Tenant at the demised premises (or to such other address as Tenant may designate as its new address for such purpose by notice given to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this Article).

 

37


B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all bills, statements, notices, demands, requests and other communications from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Article 2 or Article 3 may be given, at Landlord’s option, by regular first class United States mail, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all notices of default and demands for the payment of rent or performance of any other obligation may be sent or delivered to the demised premises and notwithstanding that Tenant may have another office or place of business (of which Landlord may have actual knowledge) or may have vacated the demised premises, delivery of any such notice or demand or delivery of service of process to the demised premises shall be sufficient for all purposes (including, without limitation, obtaining jurisdiction over [and entry of judgment against] Tenant in any action or proceeding) unless Tenant shall have previously delivered written notice to Landlord of an alternative address for Tenant in the manner provided for in this lease.

C. Landlord hereby authorizes and appoints as Landlord’s agents, the then current managing agent of the Building and any attorney retained by Landlord at any time, jointly and severally, to act on Landlord’s behalf to make demands on and give notices to Tenant hereunder, including without limitation, (a) demands for payment of rent or additional rent, performance of any obligation, or curing of any default, (b) notices of default under or termination of the term of this lease, and (c) all other notices that may be required by law or this lease in connection with or as a predicate to any action or proceeding whether for rent, possession of the demised premises or enforcement of any other right or remedy. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) such managing agent and attorney, either together or individually, are authorized to give such notices and (ii) Tenant shall not (and hereby waives the right to) contest such authorization or raise any defense to any action or proceeding predicated on any allegation of lack of such authorization or that any such notice was not given by Landlord. No notice given by such managing agent or attorney shall be required to state or evidence the authority for giving the same and it shall be presumed conclusively that any such notice from any such managing agent or attorney was properly authorized.

D. All bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given to Landlord under this lease shall (whether or not stated herein) only be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if in writing and delivered to Landlord by certified mail (return receipt requested) or by nationally recognized overnight courier), in each case to Landlord addressed as follows

 

  

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C.

c/o Newmark Grubb Knight Frank

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attn:

with copies to:   

Malkin Holdings LLC

One Grand Central Place

60 East 42nd Street

New York, New York 10165

Attn: Legal

  

Morrison Cohen LLP

909 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn:

or at any other place that Landlord may designate by notice given in accordance with this Article 27.

E. Any such bill, statement, demand, notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to have been rendered or given when received, if delivered by hand, three (3) business days after being sent by registered or certified mail or one (1) full Business Day after being sent by nationally recognized overnight courier. TENANT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE BENEFITS OF ANY LAW, STATUTE OR OTHER LEGAL AUTHORITY REQUIRING A PERIOD OF TIME (SUCH AS 5 DAYS) TO BE ADDED TO THE TIME

 

38


REQUIRED HEREIN TO BE GIVEN FOR NOTICES. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 27 to the contrary, bills and statements issued by Landlord may be sent by the method(s) set forth hereinabove, without copies to any other party. This Article 27 has been specifically negotiated between the parties hereto.

 

28. WATER

Landlord shall supply, at no cost or expense to Tenant, water for ordinary lavatory and drinking purposes. Tenant shall not use water other than for ordinary lavatory and drinking uses. If Tenant does use water other than for ordinary lavatory and drinking purposes, Landlord may install a water meter to measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes and Tenant agrees to pay for the installation and maintenance thereof and for water consumed as shown on said meter.

 

29. SPRINKLER SYSTEM

If there shall be a “sprinkler system” in the demised premises for any period during this lease, Tenant shall pay $0 per month, for sprinkler supervisory service. If such sprinkler system is damaged by any act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, licensees or visitors, Tenant shall restore the system to good working condition at its own expense. Supplementing Article 14 and not in lieu thereof, if the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, the Insurance Services Office, any successor to any of them, any other organization hereafter performing any function of any of them or any governmental authority requires the installation or any alteration to a sprinkler system by reason of Tenant’s specific occupancy or specific use of the premises, including any alteration necessary to obtain the full allowance for a sprinkler system in the fire insurance rate of Landlord, or for any other reason, Tenant shall make such installation or alteration promptly, and at its own expense.

 

30. HEAT, REFUSE

Landlord shall furnish heat to the demised premises during Business Hours during the cold season in each year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide after-hours heating services at Landlord’s then existing schedule of rates for after-hours heating for tenants in the Building, provided that Tenant shall give notice to Landlord requesting such after-hours services prior to 3:00 P.M. in the case of after-hours service on weekdays and prior to 1:00 P.M. on Fridays in the case of after-hours service on weekends. Landlord may, upon the request of Tenant, remove Tenant’s extraordinary refuse from the Building and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost thereof.

 

31. SECURITY DEPOSIT

A. Tenant shall, upon the signing of this Lease, either (i) deposit with Landlord cash in the amount of $634,330.67 (the “Security Deposit”) or (ii) deliver to Landlord a letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) issued in favor of Landlord in the sum of the Security Deposit, in either case as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant may, during the term hereof, substitute the cash security described above with a Letter of Credit issued in favor of Landlord. Any Letter of Credit delivered by Tenant shall be an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (freely transferable by Landlord without cost to it, the expiration date of which shall not be earlier than the thirtieth (30th) day following the stated expiration of the term of this lease) in the amount of $634,330.67, issued or confirmed by a banking organization chartered by the United States of America, any of the several States thereof or the District of Columbia and insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, whose long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated in the highest category by at least two of Fitch Ratings, Ltd, (hereinafter referred to as “Fitch”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Service(hereinafter referred to as “S&P”) (hereinafter referred to collectively as, the “Rating Agencies”) or their respective successors (which on the date hereof means AAA from Fitch and S&P and Aaa from Moody’s) and has a short-term deposit rating in the highest category from at least two of the aforesaid Rating Agencies (which on the date hereof means F1 from Fitch, P-1 from Moody’s and A-1 from S&P) (the “LOC Criteria”). Such letter of credit may be presented at a branch located in New York County and shall be substantially in the form of the letter of credit annexed hereto and made part hereof as Exhibit B. Notwithstanding the foregoing requirements pertaining to the issuing banking organization, Landlord hereby agrees to accept a Letter of Credit issued by MB Financial Bank provided such Letter of Credit otherwise complies with the provision of this Article.

 

39


If at any time during the term hereof the banking organization which issued such letter of credit shall cease to satisfy the LOC Criteria (or in the event the Letter of Credit is issued by MB Financial Bank, if MB Financial Bank does not continue to meet the LOC Criteria to the same extent it meets the LOC Criteria as of the date of this lease) or such banking organization (including MB Financial Bank) shall be declared insolvent by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any applicable State regulatory authority or shall be placed on the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s “Watch List,” Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord, replace such letter of credit with another letter of credit issued by a banking organization that satisfies the LOC Criteria and failing doing so, Landlord may draw down the then extant letter of credit or if such letter of credit is not honored, require Tenant within ten (10) days after notice of such dishonoring to replace the letter of credit with cash security. Time shall be of the essence with respect to each such ten (10) day period set forth in this Section 31.D.

B. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand and as additional rent hereunder, all fees and charges paid by Landlord to the bank issuing the letter of credit or any portion thereof in connection with the transfer of same to any future owner of the Building. In the event of a default by Tenant of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this lease, beyond applicable periods of notice and grace, Landlord shall be permitted to draw down the entire amount of the letter of credit or any portion thereof and apply the proceeds (or a portion thereof in accordance with the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth). If Landlord shall, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, accept (i) a letter of credit the expiration date of which is earlier than the date prescribed in Section 31.D or (ii) a letter of credit that provides that it shall be automatically renewed unless the issuer shall advise Landlord that the letter of credit will not be renewed at least forty-five (45) days prior to the then expiring date thereof, then if Landlord shall receive notice of the issuer’s election not to renew the letter of credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw down the entire amount of the letter of credit at any time after receipt of such notice.

C. The letter of credit shall be returned to Tenant promptly following the expiration of the term of this lease, provided that no default shall have occurred. If any default, beyond applicable periods of notice and grace, occurs, Landlord may draw all or any portion of the letter of credit but no such draw shall work to diminish Landlord’s damages suffered by Landlord, it being agreed that the letter of credit is Landlord’s property and its return to Tenant is a reduction of the consideration for this lease in consideration of Tenant’s complete performance of its obligations.

D. In the event the Security Deposit held by Landlord is a cash security deposit then, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) Tenant shall, upon demand, deposit with Landlord the full amount so used, in order that Landlord shall have the full security deposit on hand at all times during the term of this lease. If Tenant shall comply fully with the terms of this lease, the security shall be returned to Tenant after the date fixed as the end of this lease. In the event of a sale or lease of the Building containing the demised premises, Landlord shall transfer the security to the purchaser or tenant, and Landlord shall thereupon be released from all liability for the return of the security and Tenant shall look solely to such purchaser or tenant for the return thereof. This provision shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the security to a new landlord. Tenant shall have no legal power to assign or encumber the security herein described. Landlord shall have no fiduciary obligation with respect to the security deposited hereunder, except as may be imposed by law.

(ii) Landlord may, in its sole discretion, hold such security in an interest-bearing savings account, in which case Tenant shall be entitled to the interest earned thereon annually, less the maximum administrative fee allowed to Landlord by law. Tenant shall execute such documents (including, without limitation, a W-9 form) as Landlord may reasonably require to open such account or sub-account into which the security deposit shall be deposited.

(iii) It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults, beyond applicable periods of notice and grace, in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of fixed annual rent and additional rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any fixed annual rent and additional rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default or for any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease, including, but not

 

40


limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the demised premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Landlord. The amount of the security deposit or any portion thereof applied to cure any default or reimburse Landlord for any costs or damages shall not be construed as liquidated damages or deemed to limit any damages for which Landlord has a right to recover or otherwise to limit any right or remedy of Landlord at law or in equity. Tenant further covenants that it shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the monies deposited or delivered under this Article 31 and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound be any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. In the event Landlord applies or retains any portion or all of the security deposited, Tenant shall forthwith restore the amount so applied or retained so that at all times the amount deposited shall be the amount herein above then required to be maintained as the security deposit, exclusive of accrued interest.

E. Provided that Tenant shall not (i) have previously been in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period under this Lease or (ii) then be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall, upon Tenant’s written request to be given not sooner than the five (5) year and ten (10) month anniversary of the Commencement Date, reduce the amount of the security deposit to an amount equal to $453,093.33. If the Security Deposit is in cash, Landlord will pay to Tenant the amount of any such reduction within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor. If the Security Deposit then held by Landlord is in the form of a Letter of Credit, Landlord will accept a Letter of Credit complying with the applicable provisions of this Lease in the proper reduced amount in exchange for the existing Letter of Credit, or will enter into an amendment of the existing Letter of Credit reducing the amount thereof to the proper reduced amount.

 

32. RENT CONTROL

In the event the fixed annual rent or additional rent or any part thereof provided to be paid by Tenant under the provisions of this lease during the demised term shall become uncollectable or shall be reduced or required to be reduced or refunded by virtue of any Federal, State, County or City law, order or regulation, or by any direction of a public officer or body pursuant to law, or the orders, rules, codes or regulations of any organization or entity formed pursuant to law, whether such organization or entity be public or private, then Landlord, at its option, may at anytime thereafter terminate this lease, by not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, on a date set forth in said notice, in which event this lease and the term hereof shall terminate and come to an end on the date fixed in said notice as if the said date were the date originally fixed herein for the termination of the demised term. Landlord shall not have the right so to terminate this lease if Tenant within such period of thirty (30) days shall in writing lawfully agree that the rentals herein reserved are a reasonable rental and agree to continue to pay said rentals, and if such agreement by Tenant shall then be legally enforceable by Landlord.

 

33. SHORING

Tenant shall permit any person authorized to make an excavation on land adjacent to the Building containing the premises to do any work within the premises necessary to preserve the wall of the Building from injury or damage, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for damages or abatement of rent by reason thereof.

 

34. EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE, ETC.

If the Building shall be sold, transferred or leased, or the lease thereof transferred or sold, Landlord shall be relieved of all future obligations and liabilities hereunder and the purchaser, transferee or tenant of the Building shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to perform all such obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder. In the event of such sale, transfer or lease, Landlord shall also be relieved of all existing obligations and liabilities hereunder, provided that the purchaser, transferee or tenant of the Building assumes in writing such obligations and liabilities.

 

41


35. RIGHTS OF SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; PARTIAL INVALIDITY

This lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and, except as otherwise provided herein, the assigns of the parties hereto. If any provision of any Article of this lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of that Article, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of said Article and of this lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

36. CAPTIONS

The captions herein are inserted only for convenience, and are in no way to be construed as a part of this lease or as a limitation of the scope of any provision of this lease.

 

37. LEASE SUBMISSION

A. Landlord and Tenant agree that this lease is submitted to Tenant on the understanding that it shall not be considered an offer and shall not bind Landlord in any way unless and until (a) Tenant has duly executed and delivered duplicate originals hereof to Landlord and tendered all sums and other documents due upon the execution hereof and (b) Landlord has executed and delivered a duplicate original of this lease to Tenant.

B. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of organization or association, each individual executing this lease on behalf of Tenant hereby agrees that by executing this lease such individual represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing entity and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

38. ELEVATORS AND LOADING

A. Except in the event of an emergency or as may be necessary in connection with any Alteration or change to the Building that Landlord may be undertaking, Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and freight elevator service on a non-exclusive basis 8:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. during all Business Days. Any use of freight elevator service on other days and times shall be on a first-come, “as available” basis and shall be scheduled in advance with Landlord, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s customary building standard charge therefor with a four (4) hour minimum charge, subject to increase once each calendar year during the term hereof; provided, however, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an aggregate of sixteen (16) hours of overtime freight elevator service for Tenant’s Installation Work and Tenant’s initial move-in to the demised premises at no charge to Tenant, which service shall be scheduled at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance with Landlord and used in blocks of time of not less than four (4) hours. There shall be no major loading or unloading in the Building between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays. Tenant acknowledges it has been advised that the freight elevators servicing the Building can be used from 8:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. on weekdays for less than truck load deliveries which will not unreasonably interfere with use of the freight elevator by or on behalf of Landlord and the other tenants of the Building.

B. It is the intention of Landlord to maintain in the Building, operatorless automatic control elevators. However, Landlord may, at its option, maintain in the Building either manually operated elevators or operatorless automatic control elevators or part one and part the other, and Landlord shall have the right from time to time during said term, to change, in whole or in part, from one to the other without notice to Tenant and without in any way constituting an eviction of Tenant or affecting the obligations of Tenant hereunder or incurring any liability to Tenant hereunder.

 

39. BROKERAGE

Tenant represents and warrants that it neither consulted nor negotiated with any broker or finder with regard to the demised premises other than Newmark Grubb Knight Frank. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and

 

42


save Landlord harmless from and against any claims for fees or commissions from anyone other than Newmark Grubb Knight Frank claiming to have dealt with Tenant in connection with the demised premises or this lease. Landlord agrees to pay any commission or fee owing to the aforesaid and Newmark Grubb Knight Frank pursuant to separate agreements with them. Nothing in this Article 39 shall be construed to be a third party beneficiary contract.

 

40. ARBITRATION

In each case specified in this lease in which resort to arbitration shall be required, such arbitration (unless otherwise specifically provided in other Sections of this lease) shall be in Manhattan in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the provisions of this lease, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Except as specifically set forth in this lease, there shall be no right to arbitrate any dispute arising out of this lease and any other action or proceeding shall be adjudicated in the state or federal courts sitting in New York County, New York.

 

41. INSURANCE

The following requirements (herein referred to collectively as the “Insurance Requirements”) shall be complied with by Tenant at all times during the term hereof:

A. At all times during the term hereof, Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s expense, the following insurance coverage:

(i) all risk property insurance, including theft and, if applicable, boiler and machinery coverage, written at replacement cost value in an adequate amount to avoid coinsurance and a replacement cost endorsement insuring Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all items of personal property of Tenant and including property of Tenant’s customers or clients, as the case may be, located in the demised premises;

(ii) broad form commercial general liability insurance written on a per occurrence basis with a per occurrence limit of not less than $5,000,000 and with other limits reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

(iii) business interruption insurance covering risk of loss due to the occurrence of any of the hazards covered by the insurance to be maintained by Tenant described in paragraph A(i) with coverage in a face amount of not less than the aggregate amount, for a period of 12 months following the insured-against peril, of 100% of all fixed annual rent and additional rent to be paid by Tenant under this lease;

(iv) worker’s compensation insurance and employer’s liability coverage in statutory limits, and New York State disability insurance as required by law, covering all employees; and

(v) such other coverage as Landlord may reasonably require with respect to the demised premises, its use and occupancy and the conduct or operation of business therein.

Landlord may, from time to time, but not more frequently than once every year, adjust the minimum limits set forth above.

B. All insurance policies to be maintained as set forth above (a) shall be issued by companies of recognized responsibility, licensed and admitted to do business in the State of New York, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and maintaining a rating of A-/XII or better in Best’s Insurance Reports-Property-Casualty (or an equivalent rating in any successor index adopted by Best’s or its successor), (b) shall provide that they may not be canceled or modified unless Landlord and all additional insureds and loss payees thereunder are given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such cancellation or modification, (c) shall name, as additional insureds, Landlord, the managing agent of the Building and any other person or entity whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant and (d) shall be primary and non-contributory in all respects. All policies providing fire and extended coverage property insurance coverage pursuant to paragraph A(i) shall name Landlord as loss payee with respect to improvements and alterations, and shall name Tenant as loss payee with respect to Tenant’s property.

 

43


C. Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance for the insurance coverage required by paragraph A and, if required by Landlord, copies of the declaration page of each policy and of the endorsements to such policies designating such persons or parties as additional insureds, providing for deductibles reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration thereof, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of renewal at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of any existing policy. If Tenant fails to procure or maintain any insurance required by this lease and to pay all premiums and charges therefor, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) procure and pay the same, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, for all such sums paid by Landlord. Any such payment shall not cure or waive any default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations hereunder, nor shall the foregoing right of Landlord to make such payment in any way limit, reduce, diminish or impair the rights of Landlord under the terms of this lease or at law or in equity arising as a result of any such default. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be obligated to advise Tenant of Tenant’s failure to procure or maintain any insurance required hereunder.

D. Tenant shall not carry separate or additional insurance, concurrent in form or contributing in the event of any loss or damage with any insurance required to be obtained by Tenant under this lease unless the parties required by Section 41.B above to be named as additional insureds or loss payees thereunder are so named. Tenant may carry any insurance coverage required of it hereunder pursuant to blanket policies of insurance so long as the coverage afforded Landlord and the other additional insureds or loss payees thereunder, as the case may be, shall not be less than the coverage that would be provided by direct policies.

E. Tenant agrees to include, if obtainable at no additional cost, in its fire insurance policy or policies on its furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions of its lease of space in the Building appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance company or companies (a) waive the right of subrogation against Landlord and/or any tenant of space in the Building with respect to losses payable under such policy or policies and/or (b) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. But should any additional premium be exacted for any such clause or clauses, Tenant shall be released from the obligation hereby imposed unless Landlord or the other tenants shall agree to pay such additional premium.

F. Tenant shall first seek recovery under its own insurance policy before proceeding against Landlord for any insured event. If there shall occur an event of loss that is (or would be) compensable under any insurance Tenant maintains or is required to maintain pursuant hereto, Tenant shall look to such insurance for compensation and shall not assert any claim therefor against Landlord, it being agreed further, that if Tenant shall fail to maintain any such insurance Landlord shall not be liable for damages to the extent the required insurance would have otherwise compensated Tenant therefor. Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, the self-insured, deductible or retained risk not paid by any such insurance shall be borne exclusively by Tenant. Landlord’s failure to procure any insurance or advise Tenant of its failure to procure any insurance shall not reduce or mitigate Tenant’s obligations or liabilities to Landlord.

 

42. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

43. LATE CHARGES

If Tenant shall fail to pay all or any part of any installment of fixed annual rent, additional rent or any other charge due hereunder for more than seven (7) days after the same shall have become due and payable, Tenant shall pay liquidated damages upon demand to Landlord of four ($.04) cents for each dollar of the amount that shall not have been paid to Landlord within such seven (7) days after becoming due and payable. The amount not paid and for which such liquidated damages are being imposed shall be increased each month by all unpaid sums due under the first sentence of this Article 43 not paid within twenty (20) days after first accruing and the entire amount thereof (i.e., the original unpaid amount, the liquidated damages with respect thereto and all additional accrued and unpaid liquidated damages not timely paid), shall be subject to the charge under this Article 43 (so that, for example, if the monthly annual rent due hereunder were $1,000, the liquidated damages sum due under this Article 43 would be $40 [$.04 x $1,000] for the first month that such rent were not timely paid [$1,040 in total] and $81.60 if such non-payment continued beyond the fifth day of the second month [$1,040 (unpaid first month’s rent and liquidated damages) + $1,000 (second month’s rent) = $2,040. $2,040 x $.04 =$81.60], making the total due for such second

 

44


month $2,121.60. If such sum were not paid the following month the liquidated damages sum would be $124.86 [$2,121.60 + $1,000 = $3,121.60. $3,121.60 x $.04 = 124.86], making the total due for such third month $3,246.46 and so on and so forth). Tenant acknowledges that the payment of rent after the date when first due shall result in loss and injury to Landlord the exact amount of which is not susceptible of reasonable calculation and that the aforesaid amount(s) of late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such losses and injury under the circumstances, especially after taking into account the grace period hereby afforded Tenant before such late charge is to be imposed. The sums payable pursuant to this Article 43 shall be without prejudice to any of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder at law and equity for non-payment or late payment of rent or other sums and in addition to any such rights and remedies, including the right to institute and prosecute a proceeding under Article 7 of the Real Property Actions and Proceedings Law. No failure by Landlord to insist upon the strict performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligation to pay liquidated damages as provided in this Article shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to enforce the provisions of this Article in any instance thereafter occurring. If Landlord receives only a portion of the amount due for any month, Landlord may, at its option, elect to apply such payment first to rent and then to late charges notwithstanding any contrary direction from Tenant. The provisions of this Article 43 shall not be construed in any way to extend the grace periods or notice periods provided for elsewhere in this lease.

 

44. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

A. (i) Tenant shall comply with all federal, state and local environmental protection and regulatory laws applicable to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises. However, nothing shall require Tenant to perform any alterations, installations or modifications to the demised premises in order to so comply unless required by Tenant’s specific use or specific manner of use of the demised premises as opposed to mere office use.

(ii) Tenant shall not use, generate, manufacture, store or dispose of any hazardous substance on, under or about the demised premises or the Building nor transport any hazardous substance thereto. Tenant shall immediately advise the Landlord, in writing of any and all enforcement, clean up, remediation, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened pursuant to any applicable laws relating to any hazardous substances; and all claims made or threatened by any person (including a governmental authority) against the demised premises, Tenant or Landlord relating to any damage, injury, costs, remedial action or cost recovery compensation arising out of or due to the existence of any hazardous substance in or about the demised premises or the Building.

(iii) Tenant shall participate in Landlord’s recycling program for the Building as from time to time implemented with respect to all recyclable waste generated or stored in the demised premises and if Landlord shall not have implemented such a program, Tenant shall promptly implement one for such recyclable waste.

B. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all actions, causes of action, claims, lawsuits, administrative proceedings, hearings, judgments, awards, fines, penalties, costs (including legal, engineers’, experts’, investigatory and consulting fees), damages, remediation activities and clean-up costs, liens, and all other liabilities incurred by Landlord whenever incurred, arising out of any Tenant’s act or failure to act resulting in (a) the existence or presence (or alleged existence or presence) on or about the Building of any hazardous substance or the release of any hazardous substance into the environment; (b) any personal injury or property damage resulting from any hazardous substance in or about the Building; (c) the violation of any federal, state or municipal environmental protection or regulatory law; or (d) the commencement or prosecution by any governmental authority or private person or entity of any judicial or administrative procedure arising out of any claims under any federal, state or municipal environmental protection or regulatory law or common law cause of action in which Landlord is named a party or in which it may intervene. The obligations of Tenant under this Section 44.B shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof.

C. “Hazardous substance” means any hazardous substance as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq., as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; hazardous waste as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq., as any of the foregoing may be amended or superseded; oil; petroleum product, derivative, compound or mixture; mineral, including asbestos; chemical; gas; medical waste; polychlorinated biphenyls (pcb’s); methane; radon; radioactive material; volatile hydrocarbons; or other material,

 

45


whether naturally occurring, man-made or the by-product of any process, which is toxic, harmful or hazardous or acutely hazardous to the environment or public health or safety; or any other substance the existence of which on or at any property would be the basis for a claim for damages, clean-up costs or remediation costs, fine, penalty or lien under any federal, state or municipal environmental protection or regulatory law or applicable common law.

D. Tenant shall cooperate, at no additional cost or expense to Tenant, with any effort by Landlord to obtain LEED, Green Globes, Energy Star (or similar) certification for the Building.

E. (i) Following notice to tenants commencing with the first comparison year following the year in which a capital improvement for energy conservation is placed in service, and continuing for the duration of the Payback Period, Landlord may charge Tenant monthly, in equal installments, as additional rent The Percentage (as defined in Section 2.D) of the aggregate Projected Annual Savings from such capital improvement for energy conservation. The Projected Annual Savings shall be conclusive and not subject to review.

(ii) For the purposes of this Section 44.E, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Capital improvement for energy conservation” means any alteration, addition, change, repair or replacement (whether structural or nonstructural) made by Landlord in or to the Building or the common areas or equipment or systems thereof, which under generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, is properly classified as a capital expenditure and the purpose of which is to reduce the Building’s consumption of electricity, oil, natural gas, steam, water or other utilities. The aggregate costs of any capital improvement for energy conservation shall include, without limitation, architectural, engineering and expediting fees, legal, consulting, inspection and commissioning fees actually incurred in connection therewith, but shall be deemed to include actual or imputed financing costs in connection therewith. The costs of any such capital improvement for energy conservation shall be deemed reduced by the amount of any NYSERDA or similar government or other incentives for energy efficiency improvements actually received by Landlord to defray the costs of such capital improvement for energy conservation, and shall further be reduced by any energy efficiency tax credits or similar energy-efficiency-based tax incentives actually accruing to Landlord as a result of such capital improvement for energy conservation.

(b) “Independent Engineer” means an independent professional engineer (whether or not previously employed or retained by Landlord or any affiliate thereof and irrespective of however long such relationship may have lasted), licensed by the State of New York or an energy management specialist, in each case, with at least six (6) years’ experience in performing energy audits on commercial property similar to the Building. Such employment or retention by or affiliation to Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates shall not be grounds to dispute any such Projected Annual Savings.

(c) “Payback Period” means the length of time (expressed in months) obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate costs of any such capital improvement for energy conservation, by (y) the Projected Annual Savings. By way of example: if the aggregate costs of such capital improvement for energy conservation are $2,000,000 and the Projected Annual Savings are $500,000, then the simple payback period for such Capital Improvement is forty-eight (48) months.

(d) “Projected Annual Savings” means the anticipated or estimated average annual savings (whether or not actually realized) in the Building’s annual utility costs (subject to reasonable assumptions and qualifications of the Building’s consumption of electricity, oil, natural gas, steam, water or other utilities), determined using commonly applied engineering methods by the Independent Engineer selected by Landlord that will be generated by a capital improvement for energy conservation.

 

45. LEASE FULLY NEGOTIATED

In construing this lease, it shall be deemed to be a document fully negotiated and drafted jointly by counsel to Landlord and counsel to Tenant and the authorship of any term or provision hereof shall not be deemed germane to its meaning. The existence or non-existence in any prior draft hereof of any term or provision whether included herein or not shall not be relevant to the establishment of the intent of the parties hereto or the meaning of any term or provision hereof and may not be used as evidence to establish any such intent or meaning.

 

46


46. SMOKING RESTRICTIONS

There shall be no smoking within the demised premises or any other portion of the Building.

 

47. ANTI-TERRORISM REQUIREMENTS

Tenant represents and warrants that (a) neither Tenant nor any person, group or entity who owns any direct or indirect beneficial interest in Tenant or any of them, is listed on the list maintained by the United States Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (commonly known as the OFAC List) or otherwise qualifies as a terrorist, Specially Designated National and Blocked Person or a person with whom business by a United States citizen or resident is prohibited (each referred to herein as a “Prohibited Person”); (b) neither Tenant nor any person, group or entity who owns any direct or indirect beneficial interest in Tenant or any of them is in violation of any anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism statute, including, without limitation, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, U.S. Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA PATRIOT Act), and the related regulations issued thereunder, including temporary regulations, and Executive Orders (including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224) issued in connection therewith, all as amended from time to time; and (c) neither Tenant nor any person, group or entity who owns any direct or indirect interest in Tenant is acting on behalf of a Prohibited Person. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities and costs (including fines, penalties and legal costs) arising from any misrepresentation in this Article or Landlord’s reliance thereon. Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease.

 

48. CONDOMINIUM PROVISIONS

A. Landlord reserves (and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has) the right to convert (or join or acquiesce in the conversion of) the Building or Building Project to condominium form of ownership (hereinafter referred to as a “Conversion”) of which the demised premises may, in the sponsor and Landlord’s sole discretion, constitute all or a portion of a condominium unit (hereinafter referred to as the “Unit”). If the Building is converted to condominium form of ownership, then this lease shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect, except as follows:

(i) Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, references to the Building or Building Project shall be deemed to be references to the Unit;

(ii) Rents based upon increases in Expenses and/or Real Estate Taxes shall be payable upon the following terms:

(a) The Percentage applicable to real estate taxes [and/or Expenses, as the case may be,] shall be recomputed as a decimal fraction carried to four places beyond the decimal point by dividing the rentable square feet of the demised premises by the rentable square feet of the Unit (as each such area is determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment);

(b) Expenses shall include all expenses heretofore defined and all charges, assessments and special assessments payable by the owner of or attributable to the Unit pursuant to the condominium’s declaration of condominium, its bylaws or resolution of the board of managers or condominium association having jurisdiction of the Unit;

(c) Expenses and base year taxes shall be recomputed by Landlord using its reasonable judgment to allocate to the Unit the actual expenses and real estate taxes as would have been allocated to the Unit for Base Year and base tax year had the condominium then been in existence and such amounts as Landlord shall have determined shall be deemed the Expenses and the base year taxes and base tax year, respectively;

 

47


(d) if any such conversion shall be effective on a date that is not the first day of a relevant comparative year, additional rent for increases in Expenses and real estate taxes, as the case may be, shall be calculated for the periods before and following the effective date of such conversion according to the appropriate methodology for such period and accordingly prorated for each such period; and

(e) All such determinations by Landlord in (b) and (c) shall be subject to Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of information sufficient to enable Tenant to reach its own determination of the allocations and Tenant shall have the right to object to the same. Any dispute which remains unresolved shall be determined by arbitration.

B. Regardless of whether or not Tenant may have a sufficient interest in the Building Project pursuant to law to require its consent to the declaration of condominium, its bylaws, floor plans or any other document required to effect a Conversion (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Condominium Documents”) and all applications and filings involved in the Conversion, Tenant does hereby specifically waive such rights, and if such rights cannot be waived, does hereby consent to such matters in advance and to the Conversion itself to create a condominium form of ownership for the Building (herein referred to as a “Condominium”).

C. In the event of a Conversion in which the premises are converted into one or more separately saleable units, Tenant does hereby agree in advance to attorn to any purchaser of any unit(s) which shall consist of the Premises and recognizes such purchaser as landlord under the terms and provisions of this lease and no further consent of Tenant shall be required as long as the purchaser of any such unit(s) agrees in writing to honor the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder.

D. This lease shall be subordinate to all Condominium Documents. Upon such Conversion, if the Condominium Documents provide for the performance of any obligations that would have been Landlord’s obligations under this lease, Landlord will cause the board of managers of the Condominium or of the Unit of which the demised premises are a part to perform such obligations, but in no event shall any rights or remedies of Tenant hereunder be materially diminished, conditioned or negated or its obligations materially increased by such operation of the Condominium Documents. It is expressly understood and agreed that the demised premises are intended to be a part of the Condominium, and to be subject to the Condominium Documents. Tenant agrees that the aforesaid subordination shall be self-operative without the need for any further action but Tenant shall execute and deliver such documents as Landlord may require to confirm or further effect such subordination. If the Condominium shall be formed, Tenant shall not perform any act, or fail to perform any act, if such performance or failure to perform would be a violation of, or cause Landlord to be in default under, any of the Condominium Documents but in no event shall any rights or remedies of Tenant hereunder be materially diminished, conditioned or negated or its obligations materially increased by such operation of the Condominium Documents. During the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to be bound by all of the terms contained in the Condominium Documents that pertain to an occupant of the Condominium Unit of which the demised premises form a part or of the common elements of such Condominium, except if and to the extent that compliance with such terms and obligations shall be Landlord’s obligation pursuant to one or more express provisions of this lease and in no event shall the Tenant be responsible for common charges or maintenance payments under the Condominium Documents, except as hereinabove provided. Tenant agrees to observe all of the rules and regulations of the Condominium and the board of managers of the Condominium and/or the Unit of which the demised premises form a part (each, a “Board”) but in no event shall any rights or remedies of Tenant hereunder be materially diminished, conditioned or negated or its obligations materially increased by such operation of the Condominium Documents. Tenant expressly agrees that the applicable Board shall have the power to enforce against Tenant (and each and every immediate and remote assignee or subtenant of Tenant) the terms of the Condominium Documents, if the actions of Tenant (or such assignee or subtenant) shall be in breach of the Condominium Documents, to the extent that the same would entitle the applicable Board to enforce the terms of the Condominium Documents against Landlord.

E. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this lease, any provision of this lease that requires Landlord to “cause the Board” to provide services or perform any other act shall be deemed to require Landlord to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Board to do the same but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any failure in performance resulting from the failure in performance by the Board, Landlord’s obligations hereunder are accordingly conditional where such obligations require such parallel performance by the Board, provided that Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, expeditiously and diligently use commercially

 

48


reasonable efforts to enforce such rights as Landlord may have against the Board under the Condominium Documents for the benefit of Tenant upon Tenant’s written request therefor (and to forward to the Board any notices or requests for consent as Tenant may reasonably request) including instituting any legal action or proceeding or arbitration to enforce the Board’s obligations. Landlord agrees that the Condominium declaration recorded for the Building shall obligate the Board to perform Landlord’s maintenance, repair and replacements obligations hereunder that relate to “common elements” or shall give the Landlord access and the privilege to perform the same.

 

49. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

“Business Days” shall mean all days, except Saturdays, Sundays and all days celebrated as holidays under union contracts applicable to the Building. “Business Hours” shall mean 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Business Days. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereunder” and similar words shall be interpreted as being references to this lease as a whole and not merely the clause, paragraph, Section or Article in which such word appears. The term “demised premises” is used interchangeably with the term “premises”. The words “shall” and “will” are interchangeable, each imposing a mandatory obligation upon the party to whom such verb applies. The words “include” and “including” shall be interpreted to mean “including, without limitation.” The word “control” and the variations thereof used in this lease shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the regulations promulgated under it. Wherever appropriate in this lease, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular or plural of any defined term or other word shall, as the context may require, be deemed to include, as the case may be, either the singular or the plural. All Article and paragraph and subsection references set forth herein shall, unless the context otherwise specifically requires, be deemed references to the Articles, paragraphs and subsections of this lease. The usable square feet of the demised premises shall be calculated in accordance with the Recommended Method of Floor Measurement for Office Buildings of the Real Estate Board of New York, Inc. in effect as of the date hereof. Wherever herein Tenant is required to comply with laws, orders and regulations of any governmental authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the demised premises, such laws, orders and regulations shall include, without limitation, each Law referenced in Article 14 and any other Law referenced in Article 44, as each may be amended and any successor statutes of like or similar import. References to Landlord as having no liability to Tenant shall mean that, except as otherwise provided in this lease, Tenant is not entitled to terminate this lease, to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial or total, to receive any abatement or diminution of rent, to be relieved in any manner of any of its other obligations hereunder, to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this lease or with respect to tenant’s use or occupancy of the demised premises. Whenever in this Lease the word “default” is used with respect to any obligation to be performed by Tenant or whenever any right of Tenant shall be conditioned upon Tenant not then being in default, a default not continuing or a default not having occurred, the term “default” shall mean simply the failure to perform an obligation on or before first date such obligation was to have been performed. Such a default shall be deemed to have occurred whether or not such obligation is subsequently performed (including performance within any so-called cure or grace period), such cure is accepted by Landlord or any notice of such default had been given. The term “termination of this lease” or any variant thereof shall mean the “termination of the term of this lease.”

 

50. APPLICABLE LAW

This lease shall be deemed to have been made in New York County, New York, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of New York. ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, TO THIS LEASE SHALL BE LITIGATED ONLY IN COURTS LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK. LANDLORD AND TENANT, ANY GUARANTOR OF THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, HEREBY SUBJECT THEMSELVES TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITH SUCH COUNTY. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO RAISE ANY DEFENSE BASED UPON INCONVENIENT FORUM OR MAKE ANY PLEA OR MOTION SEEKING TO REMOVE ANY CASE TO ANOTHER VENUE.

 

51. TENANT’S TERMINATION OPTION

Tenant shall have the option to cancel and terminate this lease effective as of the five (5) year ten (10) month anniversary of the Commencement Date (such effective date being hereinafter referred to as the “Early

 

49


Termination Date”) by written notice (the “Early Termination Notice”) delivered to Landlord no later than twelve (12) months prior to the Early Termination Date, time being of the essence. In connection with Tenant’s exercise of the termination option set forth herein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount (the “Termination Payment”) equal to (a) two (2) months of the fixed annual rent for the entire demised premises at the escalated rate effective as of the Early Termination Date plus (b) the amount of the then unamortized cost (based upon amortizing such cost over the originally scheduled term of this lease) of (i) the actual, out of pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of Landlord’s Work, (ii) the brokerage commission paid in connection with this Agreement and (iii) the value of the free rent provided to Tenant pursuant to this Agreement (i.e., $941,911.33) (the costs set forth in (i) through (iii), collectively, the “Costs”), plus eight (8%) percent per annum on the unamortized Costs for the period from the Commencement Date through and including the Early Termination Date. The entire Termination Payment shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days, time being of the essence, after Landlord notifies Tenant, in writing, of the amount of the Termination Payment, which Landlord agrees to provide as soon as reasonably practicable following its receipt of the Early Termination Notice. Within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s receipt of the Early Termination Notice, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the Costs. Upon timely delivery of the Early Termination Notice and the Termination Payment, this lease, as modified hereby, will expire on the Early Termination Date as if such date were the Expiration Date and Tenant shall vacate the demised premises on or before the Early Termination Date, leaving the same in the condition otherwise required upon the expiration or sooner termination of this lease.

The effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of the foregoing option is expressly conditioned upon (1) there not being any uncured monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant under this lease (a) beyond all applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods at the time of the exercise of said option and (b) as of the Early Termination Date and (2) Landlord’s receipt of the entire Termination Payment at the time set forth above. The Termination Payment shall be paid by Tenant and received by Landlord as consideration for the privilege of termination when, as and if Tenant exercises the said option to terminate this lease.

 

52. TENANT’S EXTENSION OPTION

A. Provided (i) this lease shall then be in full force and effect, (ii) Tenant shall not be in default hereunder beyond all applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods of any monetary or material non-monetary obligations either as of the date of Tenant’s exercise of the extension option described herein or as of the day which would otherwise be the first day of the Extension Term, as defined herein (which conditions regarding default may be waived by Landlord in its sole discretion), and (iii) Tenant shall then be in physical occupancy of the entire demised premises, Tenant shall have one (1) option to extend the term of this lease for an additional term of five (5) years (the “Extension Term”). The Extension Term shall commence on the day immediately following the Expiration Date and shall expire on the day prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Expiration Date unless the Extension Term shall sooner end pursuant to any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this lease or pursuant to law. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s intention to exercise such option on or before the date which is not less than eighteen (18) months nor more than twenty-one (21) months prior to the Expiration Date, and upon the giving of such notice, this lease and the term hereof shall be extended without execution or delivery of any other or further documents, with the same force and effect as if the Extension Term had originally been included in the term of this lease, and the Expiration Date shall thereupon be deemed to be the last day of the Extension Term. Except as otherwise provided in this Article, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease shall continue in full force and effect during the Extension Term, including items of additional rent and escalation rent which shall remain payable on the terms herein set forth.

B. The fixed annual rent payable by Tenant for the demised premises during the Extension Term shall be equal to the then fair market rent for the demised premises, which shall be determined as the fixed annual rent for comparable office space in a comparable building taking into account the actual base years for operating expenses and taxes which would be applicable (the “FMR”). For purposes of determining the FMR during the Extension Term, it should be assumed that Tenant is not receiving a prevailing market inducement package (i.e., free rent, work letter and the like), since Tenant will not be receiving such inducement package. The FMR shall be determined in accordance with the following procedure:

(i) Immediately after the exercise by Tenant of its option under paragraph (A) above, Landlord and Tenant shall use their best efforts to agree upon the FMR for the Extension Term. In the event

 

50


Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement within fifteen (15) business days after the date of Tenant’s notice of exercise of its option, Landlord and Tenant shall each select a reputable, independent, qualified, licensed real estate broker having an office in New York County, with at least ten (10) years experience as a commercial real estate broker, who is familiar with the rentals then being charged in the Building and in comparable buildings (respectively, “Landlord’s Broker” and “Tenant’s Broker”), who shall confer promptly after their selection by Landlord and Tenant and shall use their best efforts to agree upon the FMR. If Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days after the date of Tenant’s notice of exercise of its option, then within ten (10) days thereafter, they shall designate a third reputable, independent, qualified, licensed real estate broker having an office in New York County (the “Independent Broker”). Upon the failure of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker to agree upon the designation of the Independent Broker, then the Independent Broker shall be appointed by a Justice of the Supreme Court of the State of New York upon ten (10) days notice, or by any other court in New York County having jurisdiction and exercising functions similar to those exercised by the Supreme Court of the State of New York. Concurrently with such appointment, Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker shall each submit a letter to the Independent Broker, with a copy to Landlord and Tenant, setting forth such broker’s estimate of the FMR (respectively, “Landlord’s Broker’s Letter” and “Tenant’s Broker’s Letter”).

(ii) In the event the FMR set forth in Landlord’s Broker’s Letter and Tenant’s Broker’s Letter shall differ by $4.00 per rentable square foot or less, then the FMR shall not be determined by the Independent Broker, and the FMR shall be the average of the FMR set forth in Landlord’s Broker’s Letter and Tenant’s Broker’s Letter. In the event the FMR set forth in Landlord’s Broker’s Letter and Tenant’s Broker’s Letter shall differ by more than $4.00 per rentable square foot per annum, the Independent Broker shall conduct such investigations and hearings as he may deem appropriate and shall, within sixty (60) days after the date of his designation, choose either the rental set forth in Landlord’s Broker’s Letter or Tenant’s Broker’s Letter to be the FMR during the Extension Term and such choice shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Once such determination has been made, the fixed annual rent payable by Tenant for the Extension Term shall be the FMR, as finally determined in accordance with this Article. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fees and expenses of its respective broker. Such FMR shall thereafter be subject to adjustment as elsewhere provided in this lease. The fees and expenses of the Independent Broker shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

C. In the event the Extension Term shall commence prior to the determination of the fixed annual rent for the Extension Term as herein provided, then the fixed annual rent to be paid by Tenant to Landlord until such determination has been made shall be the rent in effect for the demised premises for the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the commencement of the Extension Term, including fixed annual rent, all escalations and additional rent payable pursuant to the provisions of this lease. After such determination has been made for the fixed annual rent to be paid by Tenant during the Extension Term, any deficiency in fixed annual rent due from Tenant to Landlord during the Extension Term shall be paid within ten (10) days after demand therefor and any overage paid by Tenant shall be promptly credit against the next due installments of fixed annual rent until such overage has been fully exhausted.

D. Promptly after the fixed annual rent has been determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver an agreement setting forth the fixed annual rent for the demised premises for the Extension Term, as finally determined, provided the failure of the parties to do so shall not affect their respective rights and obligations hereunder.

 

53. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

A. In the event Landlord shall receive a bona fide offer during the term hereof to lease any space on the 24th floor in the building, then, provided Tenant shall not then be in default, beyond applicable periods of notice and grace of any monetary or material non-monetary obligations hereunder and at least five (5) years is then remaining on the term of this Lease (including any then exercised extension option), Landlord shall send written notice thereof (the “First Refusal Notice”) to Tenant by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, which notice shall be accompanied by a brief description of the material terms offered by the prospective tenant. Such description shall include the name of the prospective tenant, the space proposed to be leased by the prospective tenant, the square footage of the space, the term of the proposed lease (including the proposed commencement date thereof) and the method for determining electricity and, if the Option Commencement Date (as defined below) is expected to occur on or before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, such First Refusal Notice

 

51


shall also include the proposed fixed annual rent, rent escalation terms, other scheduled additional rent (including base years), the number of months of free rent, if any, work to be performed by Landlord, if any, and tenant improvements contribution to be made by Landlord, if any. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 53 or in Article 52, if at the time of Landlord’s First Refusal Notice there are more than 21 months remaining before the Expiration Date but less five (5) years remaining in the term hereof, Landlord shall permit Tenant to extend the term of this lease prior to the date which is twenty-one (21) months prior to the Expiration Date provided, however, that simultaneously therewith Tenant elects to lease the Option Space as contemplated in this Article.

B. Within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives the First Refusal Notice, time being of the essence , Tenant shall have the right to elect to lease the space which is the subject of such First Refusal Notice (the “Option Space”) on the same terms and conditions as are outlined in such First Refusal Notice and, if Tenant elects to lease such space on such terms and conditions, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly proceed to enter into a lease modification agreement on such terms and conditions; provided, however, if Tenant elects to lease such space, then (a) if the commencement date of the term with respect to the Option Space (the “Option Commencement Date”) is prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the initial fixed annual rent shall be the product of (x) the rentable square footage of the Option Space and (y) the then per square foot escalated rent of the premises originally demised under this lease (i.e., the sum of the fixed annual rent, as escalated and all additional rent then being charged under this lease with respect to such space) (it being agreed that all other terms and conditions, other than fixed annual rent (which will be determined as set forth above), shall be as outlined in such First Refusal Notice including, for example, the number of months of free rent, if any, the work to be performed by Landlord, if any, and the tenant improvements contribution to be made by Landlord, if any) and (b) if the Option Commencement Date is on or after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the initial fixed annual rent shall be the FMR of the Option Space as of the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Option Commencement Date. Regardless of the expiration date set forth in the First Refusal Notice, the expiration date of Tenant’s lease of the Option Space shall be the Expiration Date of this lease, as same may be extended pursuant to the provisions of this lease. The FMR shall be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 52 above. In either case, during the term of the lease with respect to the Option Space, the initial fixed annual rent for the Option Space (determined in the manner set forth above) shall be subject to operating expense and real estate tax escalations, at the same time and in the same manner as applicable to the balance of the demised premises. In the event the Option Commencement Date is prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the $5.00 per square foot increase as of the five (5) year five (5) month and one (1) week anniversary of the Commencement Date contemplated in Article 2 shall also be applicable to the Option Space. The additional security deposit required for the Option Space as of the Option Commencement Date shall be reasonably agreed to between Landlord and Tenant in the lease modification agreement.

C. In the event Tenant shall fail or elect not to exercise its option to lease such space within the time provided in Paragraph B above, Landlord shall be free to consummate the transaction summarized in the First Refusal Notice with the prospective tenant, it being agreed that the terms of the lease entered into between Landlord and the prospective tenant identified in such First Refusal Notice only must be substantially similar to, but not identical to, the summary of the transaction as provided in the First Refusal Notice, and further provided that if Landlord fails to consummate such a substantially similar transaction with the proposed tenant within ninety (90) days after delivery of its First Refusal Notice to Tenant, the space shall again be offered to Tenant pursuant hereto.

 

54. SET BACK AND TERRACE

Tenant shall be permitted access to and use of the Northwest setback (the “Setback”) on the twenty-fifth (25 th ) floor of the building, solely for purposes of Tenant’s installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of Tenant’s supplemental air conditioning units (the “Supplemental A/C Equipment”) provided that Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, obtains any necessary governmental approvals and performs all improvements necessary to render Tenant’s use thereof compliant with all applicable laws, codes, rules, regulations and requirements. Tenant acknowledges that (a) the Setback is not part of the premises demised to Tenant hereunder (and Landlord shall have no obligation to, and will not, provide any services to the Setback), but Tenant’s use of the Setback is otherwise subject to the applicable terms, covenants and conditions of this lease and Tenant’s obligation to comply therewith, (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work on or to the Setback, (c) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this lease, Tenant shall in no event make any alterations,

 

52


installations, additions or improvements to or otherwise install any fixtures, equipment, furniture or decorations in or on the Setback without the prior written consent of Landlord and, if granted, all fixtures and equipment shall be secured to the floor of the setback in a manner which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (d) Tenant shall not interfere with and shall use due care to avoid damage to the Setback, the exterior of the building and any building equipment located thereon, (e) Tenant shall have the exclusive (as to other tenants or occupants of the building) use of the Setback subject, however, to the right of Landlord to obtain access thereto through the demised premises for purposes of making repairs or alterations thereto. In the event of such access by Landlord, Landlord will use its commercially reasonable efforts (but without the obligation to incur overtime or premium pay charges) to minimize disruption to Tenant’s use of the Setback or the demised premises, (f) in connection with Tenant’s use of the Setback, Tenant shall take such actions as are necessary to prevent disturbance to other tenants and occupants of the building and shall neither install nor use any items on the Setback which are or could be dangerous or hazardous, (g) Tenant shall maintain the Setback free of debris and rubbish and shall cause proper receptacles that comply with applicable law to be established thereon, (h) any smoking on the Setback shall comply with applicable law, (i) upon Landlord’s written request therefor, Tenant shall immediately remove any installation, equipment and fixtures on the Setback which Landlord reasonably believes creates an unsafe or unsightly condition or otherwise adversely affects the appearance of the building, (j) Tenant shall be solely responsible for all damage to the Setback (and the building) resulting from Tenant’s use thereof, (k) Landlord makes no warranty nor representation as to the suitability of the Setback for Tenant’s intended use or its condition, (l) Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any loss, liability, cost or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from Tenant’s use of the Setback including, but not limited to, any damage to property or injury to persons arising therefrom (such agreement to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord to survive the expiration or earlier termination of this lease), (m) Tenant agrees to maintain the Setback in good condition and repair at all times, subject to normal wear and tear, and to repair promptly any conditions of disrepair arising from and after the date of this lease, (n) Tenant shall not utilize combustible materials on the Setback, or suffer or permit any unsafe or illegal activity on the Setback including, but not limited to, the discarding of objects or materials over the walls surrounding the same, (o) Tenant shall be solely responsible for constructing a means of egress to the Setback and, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall install, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, a reasonable and effective covering on the Setback to prevent any damage thereto arising from Tenant’s use thereof as contemplated herein, (p) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall perform its work with respect to the Setback in such a manner (and with such contractors and subcontractors) so that Landlord’s roof warranties are not made void or otherwise impaired, (q) Tenant’s use of the Setback will be in compliance with all applicable laws, codes, rules, regulations and requirements, (r) Tenant may not use the Setback for “assembly” purposes, (s) with respect to any Supplemental A/C Equipment placed on the Setback by Tenant, Tenant agrees that (i) it shall provide Landlord with Tenant’s plans and specifications with respect thereto, which plans shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, (ii) the installation, use, maintenance and removal of the Supplemental A/C Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole cost, expense and risk (even if building personal assist in connection therewith) and shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, rules and regulations, (iii) the weight of the Supplemental A/C Equipment to be installed by Tenant shall not exceed that which may, in Landlord’s sole but reasonable discretion, exceed that which may be supported by the Setback, (iv) the location of the Supplemental A/C Equipment on the Setback shall be as shown on Tenant’s Installation Work plans, (v) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this lease, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall remove the Supplemental A/C Equipment from the Setback and restore the affected portion thereof (such obligation of Tenant to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this lease), (vi) Tenant shall use Landlord’s roofing contractor in connection with the penetrations to the Setback, if any, required in connection with the Supplemental A/C Equipment, and (vii) electricity provided to the Supplemental A/C Equipment shall be used and paid for by Tenant in accordance with Article 3 of this lease and (t) nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed as a warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Setback.

 

55. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

A. For purposes of this Article 55, the term “First Offer Space” shall mean the entire thirty-fourth (34th) floor (as indicated on Exhibit F annexed hereto) in the Building.

B. Provided (i) Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default under the terms and conditions of this lease beyond applicable periods of notice and grace as of both the date of the giving of the Acceptance Notice and the First Offer Space Inclusion Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined), and (ii) Tenant

 

53


(or an assignee pursuant to an assignment which, pursuant to the provisions of this lease, did not require Landlord’s prior written consent thereto) is in physical occupancy of not less than 80% of the demised premises, Tenant shall have the right to include the First Offer Space in the demised premises when and if it shall become available for leasing by Landlord during the term hereof. Any attempt to exercise the first offer right provided herein under any one or more of such circumstances shall be null and void. Landlord shall not renew the existing tenant in the First Offer Space or enter into, or offer for lease, all or any portion of the First Offer Space to any third party without first offering the First Offer Space to Tenant pursuant to this Article, it being agreed that any offer to Tenant of the First Offer Space shall be for the entire First Offer Space and at one time.

C. Such first offer shall be made by Landlord to Tenant by written notice (hereinafter called “Landlord’s Notice”), (i) on or after April 1, 2013 (subject to the following subparagraph (ii)), or (ii) promptly following the termination or surrender of the existing prior to the scheduled expiration of the existing lease (if the effective date thereof is prior to May 31, 2013). Landlord’s Notice shall specify the date the First Offer Space is expected by Landlord to become available for leasing by Tenant (the “First Offer Space Scheduled Commencement Date”), which First Offer Space Scheduled Commencement Date shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of Landlord’s Notice. The expiration date of the term with respect to the First Offer Space will be the Expiration Date (as the same may be extended pursuant to the provisions of this lease). Not later than ten (10) business days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, time being of the essence, Tenant shall, if it so elects, give Landlord a written notice (the “Acceptance Notice”) agreeing to lease the First Offer Space as set forth in Landlord’s Notice. Subject to the terms hereof, if Tenant timely commits to accept Landlord’s offer with respect to the First Offer Space, time being of the essence, then the parties hereto shall be immediately bound thereby and shall promptly execute and deliver a written amendment to this lease reasonably satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant, so that the First Offer Space shall be added to and included in the demised premises for the period (i) commencing on the date (the “First Offer Space Inclusion Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (y) the date on which Tenant shall take exclusive possession of the First Offer Space for purposes of construction or the conduct of business and (z) the First Offer Space Scheduled Commencement Date for such First Offer Space provided the First Offer Space is vacant and broom clean and otherwise in the condition required by this Article and (ii) ending on the Expiration Date hereof (as the same may be extended pursuant to the provisions of this lease).

The inclusion of the First Offer Space shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of this lease, except as otherwise stated in this Article, and upon such additional terms and conditions as are set forth in this Article. Tenant shall only be permitted to lease all (but not part) of the First Offer Space pursuant to the provisions of this Article.

D. As of the First Offer Space Inclusion Date, this lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder will be modified to reflect the changes set forth in Paragraph G below. The additional security deposit required for the First Offer Space shall be agreed to between Landlord and Tenant prior to the First Offer Space Scheduled Commencement Date.

E. Tenant shall accept the First Offer Space in its “as is” condition and state of repair existing as of the date of the First Offer Space Inclusion Date, and Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials or incur any expense (including the granting of any allowance to Tenant with respect thereto) to prepare such First Offer Space for Tenant’s occupancy, nor shall Tenant be entitled to a credit against fixed annual rent or any other rent concession with respect to such First Offer Space. The foregoing factors shall be taken into account when determining the FMR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall deliver such First Offer Space to Tenant vacant and free of all tenancies and occupants with all building systems servicing such First Offer Space in working order.

F. The initial fixed annual rent for the First Offer Space shall be the FMR of the First Offer Space as of the First Offer Space Inclusion Date. The FMR shall be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 52 above. Such initial fixed annual rent shall be subject to escalations as otherwise provided in this lease including, but not limited to, operating expense and real estate tax escalations (as modified by Paragraph G below), at the same time and in the same manner as applicable to the balance of the demised premises and such factors shall be considered when determining FMR.

G. Tenant shall pay to Landlord additional rent with respect to the First Offer Space from and after the First Offer Space Inclusion Date in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, except that:

 

54


(i) the term “The Percentage” provided for in Articles 2D(ii)(b) and 2E(ii)(h) shall mean 1.67%, and

(ii) the term “Base Year” provided for in Article 2C(ii)(a) shall mean the calendar year in which the First Offer Space Inclusion Date occurs;

(iii) in Article 2E(ii), the term: (a) “base year taxes” shall mean the real estate taxes payable with respect to the Building, any improvements related thereto and the land on which the Building or such other improvements are situated for the tax year in which the First Offer Space Inclusion Date occurs multiplied by applying the applicable tax rate to the base year tax assessment for such tax year; (b) “base tax year” shall mean the tax year in which the First Offer Space Inclusion Date occurs; and (c) “base tax year assessment” shall mean the taxable assessed value (giving effect to any abatement, exemption or credit) of the Building, other improvements related thereto and the land on which the Building is situated for the applicable tax year; and

(iv) For all purposes of this lease the parties agree that the rentable square foot area of the First Offer Space shall be deemed to be 12,753 rentable square feet irrespective of any disparity between such figure and any actual measurement of such area.

H. Any work performed by Tenant in the First Offer Space shall be subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this lease. All alterations permitted to be made to the First Offer Space shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor.

I. Once Tenant has delivered the Acceptance Notice, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of such First Offer Space to Tenant on or prior to the First Offer Space Scheduled Commencement Date. If Landlord fails to cause the First Offer Space Inclusion Date to occur on or prior to such First Offer Space Scheduled Commencement Date and such failure is due to (a) the holding over or retention of possession by any tenant or occupant in the First Offer Space, and/or (b) any other reason outside of Landlord’s control, then (x) Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on such date, (y) Tenant waives the right to rescind its lease of the then existing premises leased hereunder or to recover any damages that may result from the failure of Landlord to deliver possession of the First Offer Space and agrees that the provisions of this subparagraph shall constitute an “express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law, and (z) Landlord shall promptly institute and thereafter diligently prosecute holdover or other appropriate proceedings (or settle the same under a settlement stipulation providing for the occupant to vacate the First Offer Space on a date which Landlord reasonably believes is a date earlier than the date on which Landlord would obtain possession of such First Offer Space if Landlord were to continue to diligently prosecute such holdover or other appropriate proceeding) against any occupant of the First Offer Space.

J. Tenant shall be given the first opportunity to lease the First Offer Space, in accordance with the terms of this Article, provided, however, that if Tenant does not elect to accept the First Offer Space, in accordance with this Article and within the applicable time period, time being of the essence, then (i) Tenant shall have waived and relinquished its right to lease the First Offer Space pursuant to this Article, (ii) Landlord shall at any time thereafter be entitled to lease the First Offer Space to others at such rental and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may desire, and (iii) Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall promptly deliver to Landlord (and any other person or entity designated by Landlord) a notice acknowledging that Tenant has forever waived and relinquished its right to lease the First Offer Space.

K. The first offer right set forth herein may not be severed from this lease or separately sold or transferred.

[signature page follows]

 

55


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C.
By:   Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, Agent
By:  

/s/ Scott J. Klau

  Name: Scott J. Klau
  Title:   EVP & Principal
TENANT:
On Deck Capital, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Cory R. Kampfer

  Name: Cory R. Kampfer
  Title:   General Counsel

 

56


EXHIBIT A

to Lease

between

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

Diagram of Demised Premises


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

to Lease

between

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

Letter of Credit


Letter of Credit

[Letterhead of the Bank]

                    , 201    

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C.

c/o Newmark Grubb Knight Frank

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.

Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.            (“Letter of Credit”) in your favor, for the account of [name of Tenant] for the amount of [amount of security deposit], available from time to time on or after the date hereof and not later than the close of business on [insert a date which is not less than one year after the Commencement Date] or such later date through which this credit may be automatically extended and renewed as set forth below. Drawings under this Letter of Credit shall be by one or more sight drafts, in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto, presented at our office, bearing this Letter of Credit number and accompanied by the original of this Letter of Credit.

Partial drawings under this Letter of Credit are permitted. We shall, immediately after each presentation of this Letter of Credit, return the same to you, marking this Letter of Credit to show the amount paid by us and the date of such payment.

This Letter of Credit may be transferred or assigned one or more times without our consent and without cost to you upon presentation to us of (i) a duly completed transfer instruction in the form of Exhibit 2 to this Letter of Credit and (ii) the original of this Letter of Credit. No other documents or presentations shall be required by us in connection with any such transfer or assignment of this Letter of Credit.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH EACH DRAWER, ENDORSER AND BONA FIDE HOLDER OF ANY DRAFT DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT SUCH DRAFT SHALL BE DULY HONORED ON DUE PRESENTATION TO US.

It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that it shall automatically be extended and renewed for additional periods of one year from the then current expiration date hereof. However, this Letter of Credit shall not be automatically extended and renewed if, at least forty-five (45) days prior to any such expiration date, we notify you in writing at your address set forth above (or in any transfer instruction, if applicable), by certified mail, return receipt requested, that we elect not to so extend and renew this Letter of Credit. In the event we shall have so notified you of our election not to so extend and renew this Letter of Credit, then the entire face or principal amount of this Letter of Credit (as the same may have been reduced as set forth above) may be drawn upon at any time during the ten (10) days immediately preceding the then current expiration date of this Letter of Credit upon the presentation by you of only a sight draft bearing this Letter of Credit number and the original of this Letter of Credit. This Letter of Credit, if automatically extended and renewed, shall continue as set forth herein, except that the expiration date hereof shall be the first anniversary of the then current expiration date of this Letter of Credit.

Subject to the last paragraph of this Letter of Credit, this Letter of Credit sets forth the full terms of our undertaking, and such undertaking shall not in any way be modified, amended or amplified by reference to any document, instrument or agreement referred to in this Letter of Credit or in which this Letter of Credit is referred to or to which this Letter of Credit relates; and any such reference shall not be deemed to incorporate herein the terms of any such referenced document, instrument or agreement.


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EXPIRE AT THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON [insert a date which is not less than one year and one month after the commencement date after the term of the Lease] or such later date through which this Letter of Credit may be automatically extended and renewed as set forth above.

All drafts, documents, instructions and communications pertinent to this Letter of Credit must be presented to our office located at             , New York, New York             , Attention: Letter of Credit Department, or at any other office in New York, New York which may be designated by our written notice delivered to you.

This Letter of Credit is issued subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600, and any amendments thereof. This Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and shall, as to matters not governed by said Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of said State.

 

Yours very truly,
[Name of Issuing Bank]
By:  

 

  Authorized Signature


Exhibit 1 to Letter of Credit No.

DRAFT

Letter of Credit No.:

Date of Letter Credit:

Date of this Draft:

                    , 201    

To the Order of

Pay                     ($                     ) Dollars at sight for value received under Letter of Credit No.

To:         [Insert name and address

of Issuing Bank]

This Draft is payable only at: [Insert name and address of Issuing Bank]

                                                                                      L.L.C.

 

By:  

 

  Title:


EXHIBIT 2 To Letter of Credit No.

                    , 201    

INSTRUCTION TO TRANSFER IN FULL

New York, New York

Attention: Letter of Credit Division

 

Re:

  

Your Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.

Gentlemen:

The undersigned beneficially irrevocably transfers all rights of the undersigned beneficiary to draw under the above Letter of Credit to:

 

(Name of Transferee)

(Address of Transferee)

By this transfer all rights of the undersigned beneficiary in such Letter of Credit are transferred to the transferee.

The above Letter of Credit is returned herewith, and in accordance therewith we ask you to issue a new irrevocable Letter of Credit in favor of the above-named transferee in the amount of $             and with other provisions consistent with the above Letter of Credit.

 

Very truly yours,  
[Bank]    
  By:  

 


EXHIBIT C

to Lease

between

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

Work Letter


A. Landlord shall, within three (3) months of the Commencement Date, install the electric meters and/or submeters therein in the demised premises as contemplated in Paragraph 3D(iii) hereof (the “Landlord’s Work”). In addition, within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an ACP-5 certificate evidencing that the demised premises is free and clear of all asbestos containing materials.

B. Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance of up to $1,618,588.80 to defray the cost of work to be performed by Tenant in the demised premises prior to Tenant’s initial occupancy thereof (such work, “Tenant’s Installation Work”). Such sum (“Landlord’s Contribution”) shall be payable (as hereinafter provided) against requisitions therefor accompanied by (i) the certification of Tenant’s architect that the work described on such requisition has been completed in good and workmanlike fashion substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications theretofore approved by Landlord, (ii) a list specifying in reasonable detail the work performed for which such requisition is being submitted and the portion of the amount of such requisition allocated to each such item of work and (iii) waivers of mechanics liens for all work for which such installment of Landlord’s Contribution has been requisitioned, from each contractor, sub-contractor, vendor and supplier of labor and material for whom such installment of Landlord’s Contribution is being requisitioned. Each such installment of Landlord’s Contribution shall be subject to a retainage amount equal to ten (10%) percent (as reflected in the formula for payment set forth in the penultimate sentence of this paragraph B) and the amount of such retainage shall be paid to Tenant upon final completion of Tenant’s Installation Work and delivery to Landlord of documents referred to in (i) through (iii) of this paragraph B (including valid waivers of lien from each such contractor, sub-contractor, vendor and supplier of labor and material, representing that all payments due to each of them have been made and no additional sums will be due and owing in connection with work theretofore contracted) and such certificates of occupancy or use, permits and sign-offs from governmental agencies as may be required in connection with Tenant’s Installation Work. Payments on account of Landlord’s Contribution shall not be payable more frequently than monthly. Each such installment of Landlord’s Contribution (other than payment of the retainage amount after final completion of Tenant’ s Installation Work) shall be equal to the difference between (x) the product which results from multiplying (i) the Landlord’s Contribution by (ii) .9 by (iii) the percentage of Tenant’s Installation Work completed to the date of Tenant’s requisition for payment as certified to Landlord by Tenant’s architect and (y) all prior payments on account of Landlord’s Contribution. If it shall appear to Landlord in the exercise of its reasonable judgment that at any time the remaining portion of Landlord’s Contribution shall not be sufficient to complete Tenant’s Installation Work, then prior to making any further payments on account of Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord may require Tenant to (and Tenant shall) deposit with Landlord a sum (as Landlord shall determine in the exercise of its reasonable judgment) which together with the balance of Landlord’s Contribution, shall be sufficient to complete all such Tenant’s Installation Work. No portion of Landlord’s Contribution shall be applied by Tenant against expenses for furniture, office equipment or other personal property provided, however, up to $209,120.00 of Landlord’s Contribution may be used by Tenant for “soft” costs incurred by Tenant which are attributable to Tenant’s Installation Work (e.g., the costs of Tenant’s architect, engineer and expediter and permit and filing fees) including, without limitation, the cost of Tenant’s IT cabling. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that out of Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant will (a) purchase and install one or more HVAC units totaling not less than fifty (50) tons in the aggregate and (b) add additional or modify the existing men’s and women’s bathrooms so as to cause the demised premises, in either case, to comply with all applicable governmental requirements. For the avoidance of doubt, the new additional bathrooms installed by Tenant located in the demised premises will not be considered “private” or “executive” and shall be cleaned in the manner identified on Exhibit D.

C. The installation or connection to the Building systems of each item of Tenant’s property and systems shall be performed at Tenant’s expense.

D. Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s expense, in addition to any other insurance required pursuant to this lease with respect to alterations, a Builders “All Risk” insurance policy (Broad Form) covering the full replacement cost of the Building Work and Tenant’s Installation Work and the materials and supplies delivered and stored in the demised premises for the purpose of being incorporated in such work.

E. Notwithstanding anything herein set forth to the contrary, within thirty (30) days after final completion of Tenant’s Installation Work, Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord final record drawings of the Tenant Installation Work including, as may be pertinent to the work performed, a reflected ceiling plan, mechanical and electrical drawings, partition plan and any other drawings which may be required to indicate accurately the layout


and systems of the demised premises. Tenant shall require its architect to load and maintain such record plans on a CADD system and to deliver diskettes or other medium suitable for Landlord’s needs and compatible, if feasible, with Landlord’s computer applications, so as to enable Landlord to use such CADD-saved plans. Tenant shall move into the demised premises after substantial completion of the Tenant Installation Work. Landlord shall, at request of Tenant, schedule the Building’s freight elevator (or a passenger elevator converted for use as a freight elevator) for Tenant’s move into the demised premises after 6:00 p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. Such use shall be subject to a prior reservation by some other tenant and or the need by the Landlord for the use of such elevator for other operating or construction purposes.


EXHIBIT D

to Lease

between

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

Cleaning Specifications


1.    General
   All flooring swept nightly.
   All carpeted areas and rugs carpet-swept nightly and vacuum cleaned weekly.
   Wastepaper baskets and ashtrays emptied nightly (excluding kitchen and kitchenette areas and all so-called “wet” garbage) and damp dusted when necessary.
   All baseboards, chair rails and trim dusted nightly.
   All water fountains washed clean nightly.
   Slopsink rooms cleaned nightly.
2.    Lavatories (other than Tenant’s private and executive lavatories)
   All flooring swept and washed nightly.
   All basins, bowls, urinals and toilet seats (both sides) washed nightly.
   All partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles dusted nightly.
   Paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles emptied and cleaned nightly (and replenished at Tenant’s expense).
3.    High Dusting - Office Area
   Do all high dusting approximately once a month, including the following:
   Dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and panel wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.
   Dust all vertical surfaces such as walls, partitions, ventilating louvers and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.
   Dust all lighting fixtures (exterior only).
   Dust all overhead pipes, sprinklers, etc.
   Dust all Venetian blinds and window frames approximately once every two months.
4.    Periodic Cleaning - Office Area
   Wipe clean all interior metal as necessary.
   Dust all door louvers and other ventilating louvers within reach weekly.
5.    Periodic Cleaning - Lavatories (other than Tenant’s private and executive lavatories)
   Machine-scrub flooring when necessary.
   Wash all partitions, tile walls and enamel surfaces monthly with proper disinfectant when necessary.
   Dust exterior of lighting fixtures monthly.
6.    Windows
   Clean outside windows, when necessary, approximately 2 times a year, weather and scaffold conditions permitting.


EXHIBIT E

to Lease

between

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On-Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

Building Standard Environmental Design and Construction Guidelines


Energy Efficiency:

Reduce lighting power density from ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007 standards by at least 10% and up to or exceeding 35%. This may be achieved through efficient lighting design, use of low wattage fixtures and reflective surfaces as well as LED task lights and day-lighting optimization strategies. This measure is to be implemented if the simple payback period is demonstrated to be five years or less based on projected savings and estimated cost subject to the Building team’s review.

Implement lighting controls, including daylight dimming controls for 50% of lighting load and occupancy sensors for 75% of connected lighting load. This measure is to be implemented if the simple payback period is demonstrated to be five years or less based on projected savings and estimated cost subject to the Building team’s review.

Optimize energy performance of HVAC systems through equipment efficiency and zoning controls, VAV distribution systems, static pressure reset and right sizing equipment based on efficient lighting and plug loads.

Specify CFC-free refrigerants. If possible, also specify HCFC-free refrigerants.

Implement Demand Controlled Ventilation through the use of CO2 sensors throughout the space and in the return air stream to the Air Handling Unit serving the space and tie in to controls.

Tie in radiators to VAV box controls and BMS.

Install local instantaneous hot water heaters. This measure is to be implemented if the simple payback period is demonstrated to be five years or less based on projected savings and estimated cost subject to the Building team’s review.

Target lighting and plug load of 2.0-2.5 Watts per square foot or less of connected load.

Reduce plug loads by specifying equipment and appliances (including, without limitation, computers, monitors, printers, refrigerators, dishwashers, water coolers, copiers, and A/V and IT equipment) that meet or exceed Energy Star requirements.

Implement plug load management strategies including occupancy sensors, outlet-based controls, and/or software programs. This measure is to be implemented if the simple payback period is demonstrated to be five years or less based on projected savings and estimated cost subject to the Building team’s review.

Perform commissioning of energy systems within the space (including, without limitation, lighting, HVAC and electrical) to ensure design optimizes performance and systems are constructed and function per efficient design.

Utilize the Building’s Tenant Energy Management System, which is provided to tenants at no cost, and provides continuous real time usage data, benchmarking data and real time feedback in the form of actionable recommendations which will incentivize and encourage tenants to reduce their energy usage.

Water Efficiency:

Specify ultra low flow or high efficiency plumbing fixtures, including, without limitation, lavatory sinks, water closets, urinals, showers and pantry sinks.

Materials and Resources:

Maintain and reuse existing non-structural interior components wherever possible.

Divert construction waste from landfills through aggressive recycling and donation programs. Include target recycling and diversion percentages in waste hauler contracts.


Reuse materials whenever possible, including construction materials.

Specify recycled content materials whenever possible, which may include, without limitation, gypsum board, acoustical tiles, carpet and carpet backing.

Specify regionally produced and extracted materials (within a 500 mile radius) whenever possible.

Specify rapidly renewable resources whenever possible, including, without limitation, bamboo, wool, linoleum and cork.

Specify and use wood products certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).

Indoor Environmental Quality:

Monitor delivery of outside air to ensure indoor air quality and outdoor airflow compliance with ASHRAE 62.1-2007 and ASHRAE 55 requirements.

Implement Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plans during performance of work and prior to occupancy to minimize the presence and spread of air pollutants.

Specify and install low-emitting (low or no Volatile Organic Compounds) adhesives, sealants, paints, coatings, flooring systems, composite wood and agrifiber products, systems furniture and seating. Specify and install composite wood and agrifiber products and associated adhesives to contain no added urea-formaldehyde (NAUF).

Design and build to offer occupants control of lighting (task lights at workstations) and temperature (under-floor air diffusers).

Design and build to optimize daylight and views for occupants, which may be achieved through a design that includes interior rather than perimeter offices, or perimeter offices with glass fronts if perimeter offices are a design requirement.

Furniture partitions should be 42” or lower in height. Additional privacy may be achieved through clear partition glass installed above the furniture panels.


EXHIBIT F

to Lease

between

1400 Broadway Associates L.L.C., Landlord

and

On-Deck Capital, Inc., Tenant

First Offer Space


 

LOGO


RIDER ANNEXED TO AND MADE A PART OF LEASE BETWEEN

1400 BROADWAY ASSOCIATES L.L.C., AS LANDLORD

AND ON-DECK CAPITAL, INC., AS TENANT

RULES AND REGULATIONS

REFERRED

TO IN THIS LEASE

1. No animals, birds, bicycles or vehicles shall be brought into or kept in the premises. The premises shall not be used for manufacturing or commercial repairing or for sale or display or merchandise or as a lodging place, or for any immoral or illegal purpose, nor shall the premises be used for a public stenographer or typist; barber or beauty shop; telephone, secretarial or messenger service; employment, travel or tourist agency; school or classroom; commercial document reproduction; or for any use other than specifically provided for in the tenant’s lease. Tenant shall not cause or permit in the premises any disturbing noises which may interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings, any cooking or objectionable odors, or any nuisance of any kind, or any inflammable or explosive fluid, chemical or substance. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate so as to prevent the same.

2. The toilet rooms and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purposes other than those, for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rags, ink, chemicals or other unsuitable substances shall be thrown therein. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or into hallways, stairways or elevators, nor place food or objects on outside windowsills. Tenant shall not obstruct or cover the halls, stairways and elevators, or use them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to or from tenant’s premises, nor shall skylights, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light into the Building be covered or obstructed n any way.

3. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the premises in excess of the load per square foot, which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes in the premises. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by tenant, at tenant’s expense, only with Landlord’s consent and in settings approved by Landlord to control weight, vibration, noise and annoyance. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars, pipes or cigarettes in the elevators of the Building is prohibited. If the premises are on the ground floor of the Building the tenant thereof at its expense shall keep the sidewalks and curb in front of the premises clean and free from ice, snow, dirt and rubbish.

4. Tenant shall not move any heavy or bulky materials into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, and then only during such hours and in such manner as landlord shall approve. If any material or equipment requires special handling, tenant shall employ only persons holding a Master Rigger’s License to do such work, and all such work shall comply with all legal requirements. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building, and to exclude any freight which violates any rule, regulation or other provision of this lease.

5. No sign, advertisement, notice or thing shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord may remove anything installed in violation of this provision, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal. Interior signs on doors and directories shall be inscribed or affixed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall control the color, size, style and location of all signs, advertisement and notices. No advertising of any kind by Tenant shall refer to the Building, unless first approved in writing by Landlord.


6. No article shall be fastened to, or holes drilled or nails or screws driven into, the ceilings, walls, doors or other portions of the premises, nor shall any part of the premises be painted, papered or otherwise covered, or in any way marked or broken, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

7. No existing locks shall be changed, nor shall any additional locks or bolts of any kind be placed upon any door or window by Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord. At the termination of this lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys for any portion of the premises or Building. Before leaving the premises at any time, Tenant shall close all windows and close and lock all doors.

8. No Tenant shall purchase or obtain for use in the premises any spring water, ice, towels, food, bootblacking, barbering, or other such services furnished by any company or person not approved by Landlord. Any necessary exterminating work in the premises shall be done at Tenant’s expenses, at such times, in such manner and by such company as Landlord shall require. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building, from 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m., and at all hours on Sunday and legal holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord. Landlord will furnish passes to all persons reasonably designated by Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for the acts of all persons to whom passes are issued at Tenant’s request.

9. Whenever Tenant shall submit to Landlord any plan, agreement or other document for Landlord’s consent or approval, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional rent, on demand, and administrative fee equal to the sum of the reasonable fees of any architect, engineer or attorney employed by Landlord to review said plan, agreement or document and Landlord’s administrative costs for same.

10. The use in the demised premises of auxiliary heating devices, such as portable electric heaters, heat lamps or other devices whose principal function at the time of operation is to produce space heating, is prohibited.

 

11. Landlord may require that all doors opening on to corridors be kept closed.

In case of any conflict or inconsistency between any provisions of this lease and any of the rules and regulations as originally or as hereafter adopted, the provisions of this lease shall control.

Exhibit 10.13

Amended and Restated

Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrower:    On Deck Capital, Inc.
Address:    1400 Broadway, 25th Floor
   New York, New York 10018
Date:    November 3, 2014

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into on the above date between SQUARE 1 BANK (“Lender”), whose address is 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, and the borrower named above (“Borrower”), whose chief executive office is located at the above address (“Borrower’s Address”). The Schedule to this Agreement (the “Schedule”) shall for all purposes be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and the same is an integral part of this Agreement. (Definitions of certain terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Section 8 below.)

Lender and Borrower hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 7, 2013 between Lender and Borrower (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing LSA”) shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, and the terms and provisions of the Existing LSA shall be superseded by this Agreement. All of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing LSA, the “Existing Obligations”) outstanding under the Existing LSA shall continue as Obligations hereunder to the extent not repaid on the date hereof, and this Agreement is given as a substitution of and modification of, and not as a payment of or novation of, the indebtedness, liabilities and Existing Obligations of Borrower under the Existing LSA.

Any and all security agreements, pledge agreements, certified resolutions, guaranties, subordination agreements, intercreditor agreements, warrants, letter of credit agreements, foreign exchange agreements, treasury management agreements, and other documents, instruments and agreements relating to the Existing LSA continue in full force and effect and any references therein to the Existing LSA shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement.

1. LOANS.

1.1 Loans. Lender will make loans to Borrower (the “Loans”), in amounts not to exceed the limit shown on the Schedule (the “Credit Limit”), subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Loans may be repaid and reborrowed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Interest. All Loans and all other monetary Obligations shall bear interest at the interest rate shown on the Schedule. Accrued interest shall be payable monthly, on the last day of the month, and shall be charged to Borrower’s loan account (and, if unpaid, the same shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate as the other Loans).

1.3 Overadvances. If at any time or for any reason the total of all outstanding Loans and all other monetary Obligations exceeds the Credit Limit (an “Overadvance”), Borrower shall pay the amount of the excess to Lender within one Business Day after its knowledge thereof, without notice or demand. Without limitation on the foregoing, if an Overadvance exists as of 5:00 P.M. Durham, North Carolina time on any day, Lender may cease making any Loans hereunder until no Overadvance exists. Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay to Lender the amount of any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Lender interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

-1-


1.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay Lender the fees shown on the Schedule, which are in addition to all interest and other sums payable to Lender and are not refundable.

1.5 Loan Requests. To obtain a Loan, Borrower shall make a request to Lender by email or facsimile. Loan requests received after 1:00 PM Eastern Time will be deemed made on the next Business Day. Lender may rely on any email, facsimile or telephone request for a Loan given by a person whom Lender reasonably believes is an authorized representative of Borrower, and Borrower will indemnify Lender for any loss Lender suffers as a result of that reliance.

2. SECURITY INTEREST. To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations when due, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all of the following (collectively, the “Collateral”): all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to all of the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located: all Accounts; all Inventory; all Equipment; the Operating Account and any other Deposit Account held at Lender or with respect to which Borrower, Lender and the depositary bank have executed and delivered a deposit account control agreement; all General Intangibles (including without limitation all Intellectual Property); all Investment Property; all Other Property (including without limitation all Customer Loans and Customer Loan Documentation); and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above, and all guaranties and security for any of the above, and all substitutions and replacements for, additions, accessions, attachments, accessories, and improvements to, and proceeds (including proceeds of any insurance policies, proceeds of proceeds and claims against third parties) of, any and all of the above, and all Borrower’s books relating to any and all of the above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the following property (the “Excluded Property”):

(i) property which consists of a license of Intellectual Property to Borrower, pursuant to a license which is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such prohibition on assignability is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 9408 of the Code);

(ii) property which consists of a lease of Equipment leased to Borrower pursuant to a capital lease which by its terms is non-assignable (but only to the extent such prohibition on assignability is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9407 of the Code);

(iii) property other than Customer Loans and Cash, if the granting of a security interest in the property is prohibited by enforceable provisions of applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral; or

(iv) property that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, but only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law, and provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien; or

(v) “intent-to-use” Trademarks until such time as the Borrower begins to use such Trademarks;

(vi) any Customer Loan and related assets (including any “Related Security”, as defined in the Permitted SPE Financings) sold or transferred or purported to be sold or transferred by Borrower pursuant to a transaction permitted under this Agreement, including a Permitted SPE Sale, a Permitted Charged-Off Sale and a Permitted Whole Loan Sale, and from and after the date of any such sale any collections and other proceeds received by Borrower with respect to such Customer Loan and related assets (other than (A) the Purchase Price paid to Borrower in connection with such sale, and (B) any distributions made to Borrower in connection with such sale); or

(vii) any Excluded Account.

3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER.

In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows, and Borrower covenants that the following representations will continue to be true (except to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a particular date), and that Borrower will at all times comply with all of the following covenants, throughout the term of this Agreement and until all Obligations (other than contingent, unmatured indemnification Obligations) have been paid and performed in full:

3.1 Corporate Existence and Authority. Borrower is, and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization. Borrower is and will continue to be qualified

 

-2-


and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would result in a Material Adverse Change. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Borrower’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Borrower’s by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Borrower or its property, and (v) do not constitute grounds for acceleration of any indebtedness or obligations in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate, under any agreement or instrument which is binding upon Borrower or its property.

3.2 Name; Trade Names and Styles. As of the date hereof, the name of Borrower set forth in the heading to this Agreement is its correct name. Listed in the Representations are all prior names of Borrower and all of Borrower’s present and prior trade names, as of the date hereof. Borrower shall give Lender 30 days’ prior written notice before changing its name or doing business under any other name. Borrower has complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all laws relating to the conduct of business under a fictitious business name, except where all failures to do so will not result in damage to Borrower of more than a total of $250,000.

3.3 Place of Business; Location of Collateral. As of the date hereof, the address set forth in the heading to this Agreement is Borrower’s chief executive office. In addition, as of the date hereof, Borrower has places of business and Collateral is located only at the locations set forth in the Representations. Borrower will give Lender at least 15 days prior written notice before opening any additional place of business, changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Collateral to a location other than Borrower’s Address or one of the locations set forth in the Representations, except that Borrower may maintain sales offices in the ordinary course of business at which not more than a total of $250,000 fair market value of Equipment and Inventory is located.

3.4 Title to Collateral; Perfection; Permitted Liens.

(a) Borrower is now, and will at all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for items of Equipment which are leased to Borrower, and except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business. The Collateral now is and will remain free and clear of any and all Liens and adverse claims, except for Permitted Liens. Lender now has, and will continue to have, a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to the Permitted Liens, and Borrower will at all times take commercially reasonable measures to defend Lender’s security interest in the Collateral against all claims of others.

(b) [intentionally omitted].

(c) In the event that Borrower shall at any time after the date hereof have any commercial tort claims against others, which it is asserting or intends to assert, and in which the potential recovery exceeds $100,000, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender thereof in writing and provide Lender with such information regarding the same as Lender shall request. Such notification to Lender shall constitute a grant of a security interest in the commercial tort claim and all proceeds thereof to Lender, and Borrower shall execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as Lender shall request in connection therewith.

(d) None of the Collateral now is or will be affixed to any real property in such a manner, or with such intent, as to become a fixture. Borrower will keep in full force and effect, and will comply with all material terms of, any lease of real property where any of the Collateral now or in the future may be located, except in each case to the extent its failure to do so would not result in total damages for all such failures in excess of $1,000,000.

(e) Except as disclosed in the Representations, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any material license or other agreement that is required for the conduct of Borrower’s business and that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property required for the conduct of Borrower’s business.

(f) Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made in writing to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

3.5 [intentionally omitted]

 

-3-


3.6 Maintenance of Collateral. Borrower will maintain all tangible Collateral in good working condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and Borrower will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose. Borrower will immediately advise Lender in writing of any material loss or damage to the Collateral having a value in excess of $250,000.

3.7 Books and Records. Borrower has maintained and will maintain at Borrower’s Address books and records, which are complete and accurate in all material respects, and comprise an accounting system in accordance with GAAP in all material respects.

3.8 Financial Condition, Statements and Reports. All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Lender have been, and will be, prepared in conformity with GAAP, and now and in the future will fairly present the results of operations and financial condition of Borrower, in accordance with GAAP, at the times and for the periods therein stated (except for non-compliance with FAS 123R (FASB ASC 718) in monthly financial statements, and, in the case of interim financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments). Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to Lender and the date hereof, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

3.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed, and will timely file, all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by Borrower, except in each case to the extent its failure to do so is not reasonably likely to result in damages or penalties incurred by Borrower in excess of $250,000 in total. Borrower may, however, defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (i) in good faith contests Borrower’s obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (iii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a Lien upon any of the Collateral. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

3.10 Compliance with Law. Borrower has, to the best of its knowledge, complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to Borrower, except to the extent its failure to do so is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, including, but not limited to, those relating to Borrower’s ownership of real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of Borrower’s business, and all environmental matters. Borrower has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

3.11 Litigation. As of the date hereof, there is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower in any court or before any governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to Borrower) involving any claim against Borrower of more than $250,000. Borrower will promptly inform Lender in writing of any claim, proceeding, litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted against Borrower involving any claim against Borrower of more than $250,000.

3.12 Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely for Borrower’s working capital and repayment of certain existing indebtedness to existing lenders to Borrower. Borrower is not purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock.”

3.13 Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4. CUSTOMER LOANS.

4.1 Customer Loan Documentation. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall furnish Lender with copies (or, at Lender’s request after an Event of Default, originals to the extent originals exist) of all Customer Loan Documentation, and Borrower warrants the genuineness of all of the foregoing, and absent any delivery of Customer Loan Documentation to Lender, Borrower shall at all times retain possession of all Customer Loan Documentation.

 

-4-


4.2 Accounts with Lender. Borrower shall open and maintain a deposit account with Lender into which Lender may credit Loans to be made to Borrower. Lender may from time to time in its discretion make Loans to Borrower to cover checks or other items or charges that Borrower has drawn or made against the any account Borrower maintains with Lender or to cause payment of amounts due under the Loan Documents. Borrower authorizes Lender to make such Loans from time to time by means of appropriate entries of credits to such account sufficient to cover any such charges then presented, such Loans to be subject to the terms of this Agreement as though made pursuant to a request from Borrower.

4.3 Verifications. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Customer Loan Obligor the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Customer Loan, by means of mail, telephone or otherwise, either in the name of Borrower or Lender or such other name as Lender may choose.

5. ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF BORROWER.

5.1 Financial and Other Covenants. Borrower shall at all times comply with the financial and other covenants set forth in the Schedule.

5.2 Insurance. Borrower shall, at all times insure all of the tangible personal property Collateral and carry such other business insurance, with insurers reasonably acceptable to Lender, in such form and amounts as Lender may reasonably require and that are customary and in accordance with standard practices for Borrower’s industry and locations, and Borrower shall provide evidence of such insurance to Lender. All such insurance policies shall name Lender as loss payee, and shall contain a lenders loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to Lender. Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance (other than proceeds from Borrower’s business interruption insurance, which shall be released to Borrower unless a material portion of the Obligations has been accelerated in connection with the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 7.1(k) or 7.1(l)), if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall release to Borrower such insurance proceeds, which shall be utilized by Borrower for such purposes that are in accordance with this Agreement as its Board of Directors shall determine after receipt of such proceeds. Lender may require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds so released will be so used. If Borrower fails to provide or pay for any insurance, Lender may, but is not obligated to, obtain the same at Borrower’s expense. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender copies of all material reports made to insurance companies.

5.3 Reports. Borrower, at its expense, shall provide Lender with the written reports set forth in the Schedule, and such other written reports with respect to Borrower as Lender shall from time to time specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

5.4 Access to Collateral, Books and Records. At reasonable times, and on two Business Days’ notice, Lender, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral, and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s books and records. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense and the charge therefor shall be $1,000 per person per day (or such other amount as shall represent Lender’s then current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation any additional costs and expenses of outside auditors retained by Lender); provided that Borrower shall not be required to reimburse Lender for the cost of more than two such audits, or for an aggregate of more than $20,000, in any fiscal year, except that such limitations shall not apply if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5.5 Negative Covenants. Except as may be permitted in the Schedule, Borrower shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its Good Faith Business Judgment), do any of the following:

(i) merge or consolidate with another corporation or entity;

(ii) acquire any assets, except (A) for assets acquired in the ordinary course of business, (B) for acquisitions of assets outside the ordinary course of business in a total amount not exceeding a total of $500,000 in any fiscal year, (C) for assets acquired outside the ordinary course of business, after written notice to Lender, the acquisition of which was approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, (D) repurchases of Customer Loans previously sold, or transferred to an SPE pursuant to a transaction permitted under this Agreement, if required by the underlying sale or transfer documents, and (E) repurchases of Customer Loans previously sold, or transferred in a Permitted Whole Loan Sale, if required by the underlying sale or transfer documents;

(iii) enter into any transaction outside the ordinary course of business that is not dealt with in another subparagraph of this Section 5.5, except for such transactions that, in the aggregate, do not involve more than $500,000 in any fiscal year;

(iv) sell or transfer any Collateral, except for (A) Permitted SPE Sales, (B) Permitted Whole Loan Sales, (C) Permitted Charged-Off Sales, (D) the sale of obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the ordinary course of business, and (E) the sale or transfer of Collateral (other than Customer Loans) outside the ordinary course of business that was approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors.

 

-5-


(v) make any loans of any money or other assets or any other Investments, other than (A) Permitted Investments, (B) loans made in the ordinary course of business (providing loans and other credit products to commercial borrowers shall be deemed in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business for purposes of this Section 5), (C) Investments in Canadian Subsidiaries which are in businesses similar to that of Borrower and which are permitted by Section 5.5(xiv), in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000, and in Domestic Subsidiaries which are in businesses similar to that of Borrower and which are permitted by Section 5.5(xiv), (D) Investments permitted in another subparagraph of this Section 5.5, and (E) other Investments not exceeding a total of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year;

(vi) create, incur, assume or permit to be outstanding any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness;

(vii) guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or entity, other than Permitted Guarantees;

(viii) pay or declare any dividends on Borrower’s stock (except for dividends payable solely in stock of Borrower);

(ix) redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of Borrower’s stock or other equity securities, except for (A) repurchases of stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000 in any fiscal year, or (B) any redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of Borrower’s stock or other equity securities made using only the proceeds received from any substantially contemporaneous equity issuance of Borrower;

(x) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto, or become an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(xi) directly or indirectly enter into, or permit to exist, any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (A) any Permitted SPE Sale made in connection with a Permitted SPE Financing (and transactions reasonably related thereto or contemplated therein, including any servicing arrangements), (B) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, and are on fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, and (C) transactions existing on the date hereof and set forth in the Representations; or

(xii) reincorporate in another state;

(xiii) change its fiscal year, without written notice to Lender within five Business Days thereafter;

(xiv) create a Subsidiary (other than any SPE and ODSC, LLC), except for the creation of (A) any Domestic Subsidiary that was approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors and that, within 10 Business Days after the date it is created, executes and delivers all such documents and takes all such actions as Lender determines are necessary or appropriate for such Subsidiary to become, at Lender’s option, either a co-borrower hereunder or a guarantor hereof, including providing Lender with a first-priority perfected security interest in all of its assets (other than assets of the type described in Sections 2(i) – 2(v) hereof) to secure its obligations as a co-borrower or guarantor, and (B) any Canadian Subsidiary which was approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; in the case of both (A) and (B), provided that after giving effect to the foregoing, no Default or Event of Default would occur, and subject to Section 5.5(v);

(xv) dissolve or elect to dissolve; or

(xvi) agree to do any of the foregoing, unless such agreement provides that it is subject to the prior written consent of Lender.

Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only permitted if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a result of such transaction, except that Permitted SPE Sales, Permitted Whole Loan Sales and Permitted Charged-Off Sales permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section shall still be permitted unless a material portion of the Obligations has been accelerated in connection with the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 7.1(k) or 7.1(l).

5.6 Litigation Cooperation. Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower and such suit or proceeding is not instituted by Lender against Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates, Borrower shall, without expense to Lender, make available Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

5.7 Notification of Changes. Borrower will give Lender written notice of any change in its executive officers within ten days after the date of such change.

 

-6-


5.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall promptly give Lender written notice of any applications or registrations it files or obtains with respect to Intellectual Property filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, including the date of any such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

(b) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property, (ii) detect infringements of the Intellectual Property, and (iii) not allow any material Intellectual Property to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public except as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower.

5.9 Deposit of Cash Purchase Price . Borrower shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, into the Operating Account, the cash Purchase Price received by it, if any, for the sale of Customer Loans and related assets (including any related security).

5.10 Further Assurances. Borrower agrees, at its expense, on request by Lender, to execute all documents and take all actions, as Lender, may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens), and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6. TERM.

6.1 Maturity Date. The financing provided by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement shall continue in effect until the maturity date set forth on the Schedule (the “Maturity Date”), subject to Section 6.3 below.

6.2 Early Termination. The financing provided by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Maturity Date as follows: (i) by Borrower, effective 20 days after written notice of termination is given to Lender; or (ii) by Lender at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice, effective immediately.

6.3 Payment of Obligations. On the Maturity Date or on any earlier effective date of termination of the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower shall pay and perform in full all Obligations (other than the Surviving Obligations), whether evidenced by installment notes or otherwise, and whether or not all or any part of such Obligations are otherwise then due and payable. Notwithstanding any termination of the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement, all of Lender’s security interests in all of the Collateral and all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations (other than the Surviving Obligations) have been paid and performed in full; provided that Lender may, in its sole discretion, refuse to make any further Loans after termination. No termination shall in any way affect or impair any right or remedy of Lender, nor shall any such termination relieve Borrower of any Obligation to Lender, until all of the Obligations (other than the Surviving Obligations) have been paid and performed in full. Upon payment in full of all of the Obligations (other than the Surviving Obligations), Lender shall, at Borrower’s expense, release or terminate all financing statements and other filings in favor of Lender as may be required to fully terminate Lender’s security interests, provided that there are no suits, actions, proceedings or claims pending or threatened against any Person indemnified by Borrower under this Agreement with respect to which indemnity has been or may be sought, upon Lender’s receipt of the following, in form and content satisfactory to Lender: (i) cash payment in full of all of the Obligations (other than contingent, unmatured indemnification Obligations) and performance by Borrower of all non-monetary Obligations (other than the Surviving Obligations) under this Agreement, (ii) written confirmation by Borrower that the commitment of Lender to make Loans under this Agreement has terminated, (iii) a general release of all claims against Lender, its officers, directors, agents, attorneys and Affiliates by Borrower relating to Lender’s performance and obligations under the Loan Documents, on Lender’s standard form, and (iv) an agreement by Borrower to indemnify Lender for any payments received by Lender that are applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be returned or otherwise not paid for any reason.

6.4 Surviving Obligations. Upon termination of the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement and payment in full all Obligations (other than the Surviving Obligations), the provisions of this Agreement shall terminate, provided that the following provisions shall continue in effect and be applicable to the Surviving Obligations: Sections 5.6, 7.1(k), 7.1(l), 7.2(b), applicable definitions under Section 8, 9.5 through 9.16, 9.19 through 9.20, and Section 3 of the Schedule relating to the Success Fee.

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

7.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement, and Borrower shall give Lender immediate written notice thereof:

(a) Any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Lender by Borrower or any of Borrower’s officers, employees or agents, now or in the future, shall be untrue or misleading in a material respect when made or deemed to be made; or

 

-7-


(b) Except as may be provided otherwise in Section 7.1(c) below, Borrower shall fail to pay (i) when due any Loan or, (ii) within one Business Day after the date due, any interest thereon, or (iii) within two Business Days after the date due, any other monetary Obligation; or

(c) if (i) Borrower shall fail to pay any Overadvance within one Business Day after its knowledge thereof, and (ii) Lender shall give written notice to Borrower that Lender elects to declare an Event of Default based on clause (i) above (and, notwithstanding Section 9.5, such notice may be given by Lender by email, which notice will be effective when given); or

(d) Borrower shall fail to comply with any non-monetary Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured, or shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 5.4 (titled “Access to Collateral, Books and Records”), Section 5.5 (titled “Negative Covenants”), Section 5 of the Schedule (titled “Financial and Other Covenants”) (but subject to any equity cure provisions that may be set forth in Section 5 of the Schedule), Sections 6(a), 6(d) and 6(f) of the Schedule (titled “Reporting”), or Section 8 of the Schedule (titled “Additional Provisions”); or

(e) Borrower shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation, which failure is not cured within ten Business Days after the earlier of the date (i) such failure first becomes known or should have become known in the exercise of reasonable diligence by an officer of Borrower, or (ii) Lender gives written notice thereof to Borrower; or

(f) any Collateral becomes subject to any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) which is not released within ten Business Days after the earlier of the date that (i) such failure first becomes known to an officer of Borrower, or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Lender; or

(g) any Collateral is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 15 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if the aggregate amount of judgments or other claims that have become Liens on any of the Collateral ever exceeds $250,000 for more than 20 days, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of the Collateral by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and such notice of lien, levy, or assessment is not released within 10 Business Days;

(h) any default or event of default occurs under any obligation secured by a Permitted Lien in excess of $250,000 (for all such obligations) (other than any obligation governed by Section 7.1(n) below), which is not cured within any applicable cure period or waived in writing by the holder of the Permitted Lien; or

(i) Borrower breaches any material contract or obligation (other than any obligation governed by Section 7.1(n) below), which has resulted or may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

(j) a final, judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $250,000 shall be rendered against Borrower, and the same remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 Business Days or more; or

(k) Dissolution, termination of existence, temporary or permanent suspension of business, or insolvency of Borrower; or appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian (which appointment is not rescinded within 15 Business Days), for all or any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by Borrower; or

(l) the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding against Borrower, which is not cured by the dismissal thereof within 60 days after the date commenced; or

(m) with respect to any Permitted SPE Sale, Borrower shall not have been paid at least 75% of the Purchase Price for the Customer Loans sold or transferred in such Permitted SPE Sale contemporaneously with such sale in cash by depositing the same in the Operating Account;

(n) an event of default shall occur under any Permitted SPE Financing with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 and such event of default results in the acceleration of amounts owed thereunder or the exercising of remedies with respect to such event of default; or

(o) Borrower makes any payment on account of any indebtedness or obligation which has been subordinated to the Obligations, other than as permitted in the applicable subordination agreement, or if any Person who has subordinated such indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits its subordination agreement and Borrower has acquiesced to or taken action that resulted in such termination or limit; or

(p) a Change in Control shall occur; or

 

-8-


(q) there is a change in the person(s) holding any two of the positions of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, or Chief Financial Officer, of the Borrower (e.g., two persons holding the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, respectively, or one person holding both positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, etc.), and such person(s) is not replaced with another person(s) acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment within 30 days after the first date that both such positions are vacant; or

(r) Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any transfer of any of its property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law; or

(s) a Material Adverse Change shall occur.

Lender may cease making any Loans hereunder during any of the cure periods specified above in clauses (c), (g), (k), or (l), and thereafter if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, Lender, at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower), may do any one or more of the following: (a) Cease making Loans or otherwise extending credit to Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (b) Accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable, notwithstanding any deferred or installment payments allowed by any instrument evidencing or relating to any Obligation; (c) Take possession of any or all of the Collateral wherever it may be found, and for that purpose Borrower hereby authorizes Lender without judicial process to enter onto any of Borrower’s premises without interference to search for, take possession of, keep, store, or remove any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive control thereof, without charge for so long as Lender deems it necessary, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, in order to complete the enforcement of its rights under this Agreement or any other agreement; provided, however, that should Lender seek to take possession of any of the Collateral by court process, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives: (i) any bond and any surety or security relating thereto required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident to such possession; (ii) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof; and (iii) any requirement that Lender retain possession of, and not dispose of, any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment; (d) Require Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places designated by Lender which are reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower, and to remove the Collateral to such locations as Lender may deem advisable; (e) Complete the processing, manufacturing or repair of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and, for such purpose and for the purpose of removal, Lender shall have the right to use Borrower’s premises, Equipment and all other property without charge; (f) Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, in its condition at the time Lender obtains possession of it or after further manufacturing, processing or repair, at one or more public and/or private sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale. Lender shall have the right to conduct such disposition on Borrower’s premises without charge, for such time or times as Lender deems reasonable, or on Lender’s premises, or elsewhere and the Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition. Lender may directly or through any Affiliate purchase or lease any Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition. Any sale or other disposition of Collateral shall not relieve Borrower of any liability Borrower may have if any Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at the time of sale; (g) demand payment of, and collect any Accounts, General Intangibles, Customer Loans and other Collateral and, in connection therewith, Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to endorse or sign Borrower’s name on all collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, to take possession of and open mail addressed to Borrower and remove therefrom payments made with respect to any item of the Collateral or proceeds thereof, and, in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle any of the foregoing for less than face value; (h) demand and receive possession of any of Borrower’s federal and state income tax returns and the books and records utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto; and (i) set off any of the Obligations against any general, special or other Deposit Accounts of Borrower maintained with Lender. All reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Lender with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations. Without limiting any of Lender’s rights and remedies, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest rate applicable to the Obligations shall be increased by an additional two percent per annum (the “Default Rate”).

7.3 Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness. Borrower and Lender agree that a sale or other disposition (collectively, “Sale”) of any Collateral which complies with the following standards will conclusively be deemed to be commercially reasonable: (i) notice of the Sale is given to Borrower at least ten days prior to the Sale, and, in the case of a public Sale, notice of the Sale is published at least five days before the date of the Sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the Sale is to be conducted; (ii) notice of the Sale describes the Collateral in general, non-specific terms;

 

-9-


(iii) the Sale is conducted at a place designated by Lender, with or without the Collateral being present; (iv) the Sale commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m; (v) payment of the purchase price in cash or by cashier’s check or wire transfer is required; (vi) with respect to any Sale of any of the Collateral, Lender may (but is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly from Borrower any and all information concerning the same. Lender shall be free to employ other methods of noticing and selling the Collateral, in its discretion, if they are commercially reasonable.

7.4 Investment Property. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, and distributions with respect to, Investment Property in trust for Lender, and Borrower shall deliver all such payments, proceeds and distributions to Lender, immediately upon receipt, in their original form, duly endorsed, to be applied to the Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine. Borrower recognizes that Lender may be unable to make a public sale of any or all of the Investment Property, by reason of prohibitions contained in applicable securities laws or otherwise, and expressly agrees that a private sale to a restricted group of purchasers for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof shall be considered a commercially reasonable sale thereof.

7.5 Power of Attorney. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, without limiting Lender’s other rights and remedies, Borrower grants to Lender an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, authorizing and permitting Lender (acting through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time, at its option, but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at Borrower’s expense, to do any or all of the following, in Borrower’s name or otherwise, but Lender agrees that if it exercises any right hereunder, it will do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner: (a) execute on behalf of Borrower any documents that Lender may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem advisable in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s security interest in the Collateral, or in order to exercise a right of Borrower or Lender, or in order to fully consummate all the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and all other Loan Documents; (b) execute on behalf of Borrower, any invoices relating to any Account or other Collateral, any draft against any Account Debtor and any notice to any Account Debtor, any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any Notice of Lien, claim of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien; (c) take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral; endorse the name of Borrower upon any instruments, or documents, evidence of payment or Collateral that may come into Lender’s possession; (d) endorse all checks and other forms of remittances received by Lender; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien and adverse claim in or to any of the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; (f) grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts, General Intangibles and Customer Loans for less than face value and execute all releases and other documents in connection therewith; (g) pay any sums required on account of Borrower’s taxes or to secure the release of any Liens therefor, or both; (h) settle and adjust, and give releases of, any insurance claim that relates to any of the Collateral and obtain payment therefor; (i) instruct any third party having custody or control of any books or records belonging to, or relating to, Borrower to give Lender the same rights of access and other rights with respect thereto as Lender has under this Agreement; and (j) take any action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Documents; (k) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Lender without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending exhibits thereto, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (l) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Lender may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (k) and (l) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. Any and all reasonable sums paid and any and all reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be payable on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations. In no event shall Lender’s rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of Lender’s other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of the business, management or properties of Borrower.

7.6 Application of Proceeds. All proceeds realized as the result of any Sale of the Collateral shall be applied by Lender first to the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and third to the principal of the Obligations, in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. If, Lender, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any Sale of Collateral, Lender shall have the option, exercisable at any time, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Lender of the cash therefor.

 

-10-


7.7 Remedies Cumulative. In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, Lender shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into between Lender and Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive. Exercise or partial exercise by Lender of one or more of its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Lender from subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies. The failure or delay of Lender to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid and performed.

7.8 Liability. Lender shall not be responsible or liable for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Customer Loan, or for settling any Customer Loan in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Lender be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to any Customer Loan or any Customer Loan Documentation, provided in each case that it acts in its Good Faith Business Judgment. Nothing in this Section 7.8 shall, however, relieve Lender from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Debtor ” means the obligor on an Account, General Intangible, Customer Loan or other Collateral.

Accounts ” means all present and future “accounts” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Approved Fund ” means any Person that, in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit that generally have an original par amount in excess of $10,000,000 and that is administered or managed by an entity that is not included in the list of entities set forth in clause (b) of the definition of Direct Competitor or any Affiliate thereof.

Borrower’s Credit Policy ” shall mean Borrower’s Credit Policy dated April 14, 2014, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, with such changes thereto after the date hereof as are from time to time approved by the Credit Committee of the Board of Directors of Borrower, provided that (i) the Credit Policy continues to be similar to the credit policy attached hereto as Exhibit A and (ii) any such changes would not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to Lender.

Business Day ” means a day on which Lender is open for business.

Canadian Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof.

Change in Control ” means a transaction other than a bona fide equity financing or series of financings on terms and from investors reasonably acceptable to Lender in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction, provided that for the avoidance of doubt, an initial underwritten public offering of stock of the Borrower pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “Initial Public Offering”), shall not constitute a “Change of Control” under this Agreement.

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of North Carolina from time to time.

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 above.

Contingent Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such

 

-11-


Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

continuing ” and “ during the continuance of ” when used with reference to a Default or Event of Default means that the Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not been either waived in writing by Lender or cured within any applicable cure period.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Copyrights ” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

Customer Loan ” means a commercial loan made by Borrower in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, or by the Originating Bank and acquired by Borrower from the Originating Bank in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, and all sums due from the Customer Loan Obligor in connection therewith, which loan has not been sold or transferred, or purported to be sold or transferred, by Borrower.

Customer Loan Documentation ” means the promissory notes, loan agreements and other documentation entered into from time to time between Borrower and its customers relating to Customer Loans, as such documentation may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Credit Policy.

Customer Loan Obligor ” means the person or entity to whom a loan is made by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business, and any guarantor thereof or other person liable thereon.

Daily Pay Customer Loan ” means any Customer Loan for which Payments are generally due on every Business Day.

Default ” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 above.

Deposit Accounts ” means all present and future “deposit accounts” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all general and special bank accounts, demand accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit.

Direct Competitor ” means (a) any Person engaged in the same or similar line of business as Borrower, (b) any Person that is a direct competitor of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower and is identified as such by Borrower to Lender prior to the date hereof (as such list is updated by Borrower from time to time, and acknowledged in writing by Lender (such acknowledgment not to be unreasonably withheld)) or (c) any Affiliate of any such Person; provided that, any Person (other than any Person listed in clause (b) and their Affiliates) that either (i) both (A) has a market capitalization equal to or greater than $5 billion and (B) that is in the business of investing in commercial loans that generally have an original par amount in excess of $10,000,000 or (ii) that is an Approved Fund, shall in either case not be deemed a “Direct Competitor” hereunder.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Equipment ” means all present and future “equipment” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Event of Default ” means any of the events set forth in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

Excluded Account ” means all Deposit Accounts other than the Operating Account and any other Deposit Account held at Lender or with respect to which Borrower, Lender and the depositary bank have executed and delivered a deposit account control agreement.

Expected Yield ” means, with respect to any Customer Loan, the expected aggregate annualized rate of return (calculated inclusive of all interest and fees (other than any Upfront Fees)) of such Customer Loan over the life of such Customer Loan (assuming (x) in the case of a Daily Pay Customer Loan, a 252 or 257-day, as applicable, year, and (y) in the case of a Weekly Pay Customer Loan, a 52-week year (or, in any case, such other number of payment days set forth in the Credit Policy for a 12-month term Customer Loan).

 

-12-


FFOR ” means Fund for ODC Receivables LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

General Intangibles ” means all present and future “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all Intellectual Property, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Good Faith Business Judgment ” means Lender’s business judgment, exercised reasonably (from the perspective of an asset-based lender), honestly and in good faith and not arbitrarily.

including ” means including (but not limited to).

Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness created, assumed or incurred in any manner by Borrower representing money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities, notes, bonds debentures or similar instruments), (b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (c) the Obligations, (d) obligations and liabilities of any Person secured by a Lien or claim on property owned by Borrower, even though Borrower has not assumed or become liable therefor, (e) obligations and liabilities created or arising under any capital lease or conditional sales contract or other title retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by Borrower, even though the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller or lender are limited to repossession or otherwise limited; (f) all obligations of Borrower on or with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; and (g) the amount of any Contingent Obligations.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents; any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; all licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use; and all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other state, federal or other bankruptcy or insolvency law, now or hereafter in effect, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation, or other relief.

Inventory ” means all present and future “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit, and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” means any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, securities, partnership interest, limited liability company interest, or other interests), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person, including the creation or capital contribution to a wholly-owned or partially-owned Subsidiary)

Investment Property ” means all present and future investment property, securities, stocks, bonds, debentures, debt securities, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, options, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, and all options and warrants to purchase any of the foregoing, wherever located, and all other securities of every kind, whether certificated or uncertificated.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

-13-


Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Representations, and all other present and future documents, instruments and agreements between Lender and Borrower relating to this Agreement, and all amendments and modifications thereto and replacements therefor.

Material Adverse Change ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform, in all material respects, its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

Material Modification ” means, with respect to any Customer Loan, a reduction in the interest rate, an extension of the term, a reduction in any required payment or extension of a payment date or a reduction in the outstanding Principal Balance, or a release of any guarantor in each case as reflected in an amendment to the Customer Loan Documentation.

Obligations ” means all present and future Loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, guaranties, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any time owing by Borrower to Lender, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or any note or other instrument or document, or otherwise, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, those acquired by assignment and any participation by Lender in Borrower’s debts owing to others, and any interest and other obligations that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney’s fees, expert witness fees, audit fees, letter of credit fees, collateral monitoring fees, closing fees, facility fees, termination fees, minimum interest charges and any other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Documents.

Operating Account ” means the deposit account of Borrower numbered 1830006548 at MB Financial Bank (or any successor account thereto held with a bank that has entered into with Lender a deposit account control agreement covering such account in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender).

Originating Bank ” means BofI Federal Bank or another chartered bank that originates Customer Loans.

Other Property ” means the following as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and all rights relating thereto: all present and future “commercial tort claims” (including without limitation any commercial tort claims identified in the Representations), “documents”, “instruments”, “promissory notes”, “chattel paper”, “letters of credit”, “letter-of-credit rights”, “fixtures”, “farm products” and “money”; and all other goods and personal property of every kind, tangible and intangible, whether or not governed by the Code.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 1.3.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Lender for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Loans.

Permitted Charged-Off Sale ” means the sale of Charged-Off Customer Loans and related assets (including any related security) by the Borrower to any third party from time to time pursuant to the terms of any document or agreement entered into between the Borrower and such third party, in good-faith and in an arm’s length transaction, providing for the sale of specific assets by the Borrower to such third party in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business; provided, that such sale is made without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Borrower (other than customary representations regarding title and absence of liens on the Charged-Off Customer Loans, and the status of Borrower, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), and provided that 100% of the Purchase Price for such Customer Loans shall be paid contemporaneously with such sale in cash by depositing the same in the Operating Account.

Permitted Guarantee ” means any (i) unsecured guarantee by the Borrower (or similar instrument providing unsecured recourse to Borrower) of up to 5% of the obligations of, or commitments to, an SPE under any Permitted SPE Financing, plus any expenses related to the enforcement thereof, (ii) unsecured guarantee by the Borrower (or similar instrument providing unsecured recourse to Borrower) of the obligations of, or commitments to, an SPE under any Permitted SPE Financing, plus any expenses related to the enforcement thereof, which guarantee is triggered upon the occurrence of certain actions or omission to act by the Borrower, applicable SPE and other related persons, or (iii) the payment of any expenses of an SPE in connection with the SPE’s establishment and entry into a Permitted SPE Financing.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) the Obligations;

 

-14-


(ii) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof in a total principal amount set forth on the Schedule;

(iii) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(v) capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens in an aggregate amount not exceeding $1,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided the amount of such capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness do not exceed, at the time they were incurred, the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property so leased or financed with such Indebtedness;

(vi) amounts owed pursuant to any real property lease of the Borrower for Borrower’s locations;

(vii) accounting accruals associated with legal, audit, marketing and consulting costs incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(viii) Indebtedness under any Permitted Guarantee;

(ix) Indebtedness of Borrower under any letter of credit issued on behalf of Borrower in favor of a landlord under a real property lease of the Borrower; and

(x) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness in clauses (ii) through (x) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased and the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit B;

(ii) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Lender’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and Lender’s money market accounts; Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Lender or subject to a control agreement in favor of Lender;

(iii) Investments not to exceed $250,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(iv) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(v) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; and

(vi) Investments in an SPE in connection with a Permitted SPE Sale.

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) purchase money security interests in specific items of Equipment;

(ii) leases of specific items of Equipment;

(iii) Liens for taxes fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies either (y) not delinquent not yet payable or (z) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its books, provided that such Lien shall not have priority over any of the Liens of Lender in the Collateral;

(iv) additional security interests which are consented to in writing by Lender, which consent may be withheld in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and which are subordinate to the security interest of Lender pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in such form and containing such provisions as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(vi) security interests being terminated substantially concurrently with this Agreement;

 

-15-


(vii) Liens (other than Liens imposed by ERISA) incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of workers compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other like laws or to secure the performance of statutory obligations, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 at any time;

(viii) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, workers, repairmen, fillers and common carriers arising by operation of law for amounts that are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $25,000 at any time; and

(ix) deposits or pledges of cash to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases, surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of a like nature arising in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 at any time;

(x) Liens in favor of Lender;

(xi) Liens disclosed in the Representations;

(xii) (A) Liens in favor of an SPE intended as a “fall back” Lien should a Permitted SPE Sale of Customer Loans from Borrower to such SPE fail to qualify as a “true sale” within the meaning of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code and provided such Liens are limited to the assets sold or transferred; and (B) Liens in favor of a purchaser of Customer Loans in a Permitted Whole Loan Sale intended as a “fall back” Lien should a sale or transfer of such Customer Loans from Borrower to such purchaser fail to qualify as a “true sale” within the meaning of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code and provided such Liens are limited to the assets sold or transferred (or purported to be sold or transferred);

(xiii) Liens of BofI Federal Bank (“BOFI”) in account nos. 200000100897 and 200000102133 pledged to support Borrower’s obligations pursuant to the terms of the Master Business Loan Marketing Agreement between Borrower and BOFI dated July 19, 2012 (as amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “ BOFI Agreement ”), provided, however that the amount in such account shall not exceed the minimum commercially reasonable amount necessary to support Borrower’s obligations under the BOFI Agreement;

(xiv) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, provided they are non-exclusive and do not interfere with the business of Borrower; and

(xvi) Liens in favor of collecting banks arising under Section 4-210 of any Uniform Commercial Code.

Lender will have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under subparagraph (iv) above, that the holder of the additional security interest or voluntary Lien sign a subordination agreement on Lender’s then standard form, acknowledge that the security interest is subordinate to the security interest in favor of Lender, and agree not to take any action to enforce its subordinate security interest so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, and that Borrower agree that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate security interest shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

Permitted SPE Financing ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “ Permitted SPE Sale ”.

Permitted SPE Sale ” means the sale of Customer Loans and related assets (including any related security) by the Borrower to any SPE from time to time pursuant to the terms of any document or agreement entered into between the Borrower and such SPE providing for the sale of specific assets by the Borrower to such SPE in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business, in connection with a bona fide financing transaction (each such financing, a “Permitted SPE Financing”).

Permitted Whole Loan Sale ” means the sale of Customer Loans by the Borrower to any Person who is not an Affiliate from time to time pursuant to the terms of any whole loan sale program entered into between the Borrower and such Person providing for the sale of specific assets by the Borrower to such Person in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business; provided, in each case, that 100% of the Purchase Price for such Customer Loans shall be paid contemporaneously with such sale in cash by depositing the same in the Operating Account.

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

Prime Rate ” means the variable rate of interest per annum, most recently announced by Lender as its “prime rate” (whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Lender).

Principal Balance ” means, in respect of any Customer Loans, as of any date of determination, an amount determined by application of the following procedure: (i) first, take the original aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Customer Loan; (ii) second, take the number of loan payments required to be made in respect of such Customer Loan in accordance with such customer’s then current Customer Loan Documentation; (iii) third, take the Expected Yield for such Customer Loan

 

-16-


(calculated based upon such customer’s then current Customer Loan Documentation); (iv) fourth, take the number of loan payments that have been made in respect of such Customer Loan as of (and including) such date; (v) fifth, for each such loan payment that has been made in respect of such Customer Loan as of (and including) such date, assume that such payment was comprised of (1) a deemed interest portion (calculated based upon the Expected Yield), and (2) a deemed principal portion comprised of the remainder of such loan payment (if any) after the deemed interest portion has been deducted; and (vi) sixth, for each such loan payment that has been made in respect of such Customer Loan as of (and including) such date, apply such payment as described in clause (v) above, and reduce the original aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Customer Loan (with respect to the first payment received with respect to such Customer Loan) or the Deemed Unpaid Principal Balance (as defined below) (with respect to each other payment received with respect to such Customer Loan) by the deemed principal portion calculated as described in clause (v) above - the result after application of the deemed principal portion will be the “Deemed Unpaid Principal Balance” of such Customer Loan as of such date. On any date of determination, In respect of any Customer Loan as of such date of determination, the “Principal Balance” of such Customer Loan shall be the original aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Customer Loan (if no payments have been received in respect of such Customer Loan) or the “Deemed Unpaid Principal Balance” of such Customer Loan (if one or more payments have been received in respect of such Customer Loan).

Purchase Price ” with respect to a Customer Loan means an amount received by Borrower in connection with the sale by Borrower of such Customer Loan, which in the case of a Permitted SPE Sale or a Permitted Whole Loan Sale shall not be less than the Principal Balance of the Customer Loan at the date of the sale

Qualified Cash ” means Borrower’s cash held in the Operating Account provided that the bank at which the Operating Account is held has entered into with Lender a deposit account control agreement covering such account, providing Lender with a first-priority security interest in such cash, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, and that such deposit account control agreement remains in full force and effect and no termination thereof, or closure of the Operating Account, is pending.

Qualified Customer Loans ” means Customer Loans, which meet all of the Minimum Qualification Requirements. The “Minimum Qualification Requirements” are as follows:

 

  (i) the Customer Loan shall meet all of the requirements of Borrower’s Credit Policy, and shall not have reached its maturity date;

 

  (ii) all payments on the Customer Loan shall be in equal payments, due on each of the regular scheduled payment dates per year, which fully amortize the principal amount of the Customer Loan and all interest thereon over the term of the Customer Loan, and Borrower shall be permitted to cause such payments to be made by ACH debit, pursuant to authority from the Customer Loan Obligor in the Customer Loan Documentation;

 

  (iii) shall not have a Missed Payment Factor (as defined in the Schedule) of more than 10;

 

  (iv) the Customer Loan Documentation relating to the Customer Loan shall conform in all material respects to the Borrower’s current form of Customer Loan Documentation or otherwise be acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment and shall comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties herein;

 

  (v) the Customer Loan Documentation relating to the Customer Loan shall not have been subject to a Material Modification, without the Lender’s prior written consent;

 

  (vi) repayment of the Customer Loan shall not be subject to any contingencies;

 

  (vii) the Customer Loan shall not be owing from a Customer Loan Obligor who has or has asserted any defense or counterclaim (whether or not relating to the particular Customer Loan), but if a Customer Loan is owing from a Customer Loan Obligor who has or has asserted any defense or counterclaim, the Customer Loan will not be Qualified under this clause only to the extent of the amount of the defense or counterclaim;

 

  (viii) the Customer Loan shall not be owing from an Affiliate of Borrower;

 

  (ix) the Customer Loan shall arise from a loan made for business purposes and not personal, family or household purposes;

 

  (x) the Customer Loan shall not be owing from a Customer Loan Obligor which is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or which fails or goes out of a material portion of its business;

 

  (xi) the Customer Loan shall not be owing from a Customer Loan Obligor located outside the United States;

 

  (xii) [Reserved];

 

-17-


  (xiii) To Borrower’s best knowledge, no facts, events or occurrences exist that, in any way, impair the validity or enforceability of such Customer Loan or tend to reduce the amount payable thereunder from the amounts shown thereon or on any schedule submitted to Lender;

 

  (xiv) To Borrower’s best knowledge, each Customer Loan Obligor under such Customer Loan had the capacity to contract at the time any contract or other document giving rise to the Customer Loan was executed;

 

  (xv) All requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations, including, without limitation, usury laws and truth-in-lending disclosure laws, in respect of such Customer Loan and all Customer Loan Documentation related thereto have been complied with in all material respects;

 

  (xvi) To Borrower’s best knowledge, all Customer Loan Documentation relating to such Customer Loan represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Customer Loan Obligor thereunder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws (including, but not limited to principles of equity) affecting the rights of creditors generally;

 

  (xvii) No right of rescission, set-off, counter-claim or defense of usury or other defense has been asserted with respect to the Customer Loan or the Customer Loan Documentation relating thereto;

 

  (xviii) The Customer Loan represents an undisputed bona fide existing unconditional obligation of the Customer Loan Obligor created by a loan to the Customer Loan Obligor by the Borrower or the Originating Bank, in the ordinary course of their business; and

 

  (xix) All unpaid balances appearing in all reports and statements provided by Borrower with respect to the Customer Loan are and shall be true and correct in all material respects, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all Customer Loan Documentation relating to the Customer Loan are genuine.

Representations ” means the written Representations and Warranties provided by Borrower to Lender referred to in the Schedule.

SBAF ” means Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

SBFT ” means Small Business Funding Trust, a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

SPE ” means any one of the wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower that is a “Special Purpose Entity” in existence from time to time which currently shall include the SPE’s identified as such on Exhibit B hereto and after the date hereof shall include any other “Special Purpose Entity” Subsidiary that is created or maintained for the purpose of financing Customer Loans

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

Success Fee ” is defined in Section 3 of the Schedule.

Surviving Obligations ” means (i) the Obligation to pay the Success Fee when due, and (ii) contingent, unmatured indemnification Obligations under this Agreement.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Upfront Fees ” means, with respect to any Customer Loan, the sum of any fees charged by Borrower or the Originating Bank, as the case may be, to a Customer Loan Obligor in connection with the disbursement of a loan, as set forth in the Customer Loan Documentation related to such Customer Loan, which are deducted from the initial amount disbursed to such Customer Loan Obligor, including the “Origination Fee” set forth on the applicable Customer Loan Documentation.

Weekly Pay Customer Loan ” means any Customer Loan for which Payments are generally due once per week.

Other Terms . All accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

-18-


9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

9.1 Application of Payments. All payments with respect to the Obligations shall be applied as directed by Borrower, provided that, in the absence of such direction or upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all such payments may be applied, and in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment reversed and re-applied, to the Obligations, in such order and manner as Lender shall determine in its Good Faith Business Judgment. Lender shall not be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and Lender may charge Borrower’s loan account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Lender unpaid. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 1:00 PM Eastern Time on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day, and Payments received by Lender shall be deemed applied by Lender on account of the Obligations on the Business Day received by Lender in immediately available funds.

9.2 Increased Costs and Reduced Return . If Lender shall have determined that the adoption or implementation of, or any change in, any law, rule, treaty or regulation, or any policy, guideline or directive of, or any change in, the interpretation or administration thereof by, any court, central bank or other administrative or governmental authority, or compliance by Lender with any directive of, or guideline from, any central bank or other Governmental Authority or the introduction of, or change in, any accounting principles applicable to Lender (whether or not having the force of law), in each case, occurring after the date hereof, shall (i) subject the Lender to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made hereunder, or change the basis of taxation of payments to Lender of any amounts payable hereunder (except for taxes on the overall net income of Lender), (ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against any Loan, or against assets of or held by, or deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender, or (iii) impose on Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement or any Loan, and the result of any event referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making any Loan, or agreeing to make any Loan or to reduce any amount received or receivable by Lender, then, upon demand by Lender, the Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate the Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amount. All amounts payable under this Section shall bear interest from the date of demand by the Lender until payment in full to the Lender at the highest interest rate applicable to the Obligations. With respect to this Section 9.2, Lender shall treat Borrower no differently than Lender treats other similarly situated Borrowers. A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section, specifying the event herein above described and the nature of such event shall be submitted by the Lender to the Borrower, setting forth the additional amount due and an explanation of the calculation thereof, and the Lender’s reasons for invoking the provisions of this Section, and the same shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error.

9.3 Charges to Accounts. Lender may, in its discretion, require that Borrower pay monetary Obligations in cash to Lender, or charge them to Borrower’s Loan account (in which event they will bear interest at the same rate applicable to the Loans), or any of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts maintained with Lender.

9.4 Monthly Accountings. Lender shall provide Borrower monthly with an account of advances, charges, expenses and payments made pursuant to this Agreement. Such account shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on Borrower and an account stated (except for reverses and reapplications of payments made and corrections of errors discovered by Lender), unless Borrower notifies Lender in writing to the contrary within 60 days after such account is rendered, describing the nature of any alleged errors or omissions.

9.5 Notices. All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either personally or by reputable private delivery service or by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, addressed (i) to Borrower at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (ii) to Lender at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (iii) for either party at any other address designated in writing by one party to the other party. All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or two Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

9.6 Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

9.7 Integration. This Agreement and such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete agreement between Borrower and Lender and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement. There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in this Agreement or in other written agreements signed by the parties in connection herewith.

9.8 Waivers; Indemnity. The failure of Lender at any time or times to require Borrower to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive or diminish any right of Lender later to demand

 

-19-


and receive strict compliance therewith. Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar. None of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or knowledge of Lender or its agents or employees, but only by a specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of Lender and delivered to Borrower. Borrower waives the benefit of all statutes of limitations relating to any of the Obligations or this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Lender on which Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by Lender, unless expressly required by this Agreement. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent, directors, officers, employees, agents, and attorneys, and to hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions, causes of action, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees), of every kind, which they may sustain or incur based upon or arising out of any of the Obligations, or any relationship or agreement between Lender and Borrower, or any other matter, relating to Borrower or the Obligations; provided that this indemnity shall not extend to damages proximately caused by the indemnitee’s (or any of its Affiliates’) own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity agreement set forth in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall for all purposes continue in full force and effect.

9.9 Liability. NEITHER LENDER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LOSSES OR DAMAGES, OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, MADE, CLAIMED, INCURRED OR SUFFERED BY BORROWER OR ANY OTHER PARTY THROUGH THE ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF LENDER, OR ITS PARENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS, BUT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL RELIEVE LENDER OR IT’S AFFILIATES’, SUBSIDIARIES’, DIRECTORS’, OFFICERS’, EMPLOYEES’, AGENTS’ OR ATTORNEYS’ FROM LIABILITY FOR THEIR OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. NEITHER LENDER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO BORROWER OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER ACT, OMISSION OR TRANSACTION.

9.10 Amendment. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrower and a duly authorized officer of Lender.

9.11 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance by Borrower of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

9.12 Attorneys Fees and Costs. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ and consultant’s fees (whether incurred before, during or after an Insolvency Proceeding), and all filing, recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Lender, pursuant to, or in connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit is filed), including, but not limited to, any reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs Lender incurs in order to do the following: prepare and negotiate this Agreement and all present and future documents relating to this Agreement; obtain legal advice in connection with this Agreement or Borrower; enforce, or seek to enforce, any of its rights; prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, Account Debtors; commence, intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding; initiate any complaint to be relieved of any automatic stay in bankruptcy; file or prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party claim, or other claim; examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral or any of Borrower’s books and records; protect, obtain possession of, lease, dispose of, or otherwise enforce Lender’s security interest in, the Collateral; and otherwise represent Lender in any litigation relating to Borrower. All attorneys’ fees and costs to which Lender may be entitled pursuant to this Paragraph shall immediately become part of Borrower’s Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.

9.13 Benefit of Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Borrower and Lender; provided, however, that (a) Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender and (b) Lender may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement (including without limitation, the assignment of a participation under this Agreement) to a Direct Competitor of the Borrower, unless a material portion of the Obligations has been accelerated in connection with the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 7.1(k) or 7.1(l). No consent by Lender to any assignment shall release Borrower from its liability for the Obligations.

 

-20-


9.14 Joint and Several Liability. If Borrower consists of more than one Person, their liability shall be joint and several, and the compromise of any claim with, or the release of, any Borrower shall not constitute a compromise with, or a release of, any other Borrower.

9.15 Limitation of Actions. Any claim or cause of action by Borrower against Lender, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, based upon, arising from, or relating to this Loan Agreement, or any other Loan Document, or any other transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto, or any other matter, cause or thing whatsoever, occurred, done, omitted or suffered to be done by Lender, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, shall be barred unless asserted by Borrower by the commencement of an action or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction by the filing of a complaint within two years after the first act, occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action, or any part thereof, is based, and the service of a summons and complaint on an officer of Lender, or on any other person authorized to accept service on behalf of Lender, within thirty (30) days thereafter. Borrower agrees that such two-year period is a reasonable and sufficient time for Borrower to investigate and act upon any such claim or cause of action. The two-year period provided herein shall not be waived, tolled, or extended except by the written consent of Lender in its sole discretion. This provision shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

9.16 Paragraph Headings; Construction. Paragraph headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience. Borrower and Lender acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement. This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against Lender or Borrower under any rule of construction or otherwise.

9.17 Public Announcement. Borrower and Lender shall jointly prepare a public announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each of Borrower and Lender, after receiving the consent of the other, may publicize the same in marketing materials, newspapers and other publications, and otherwise, and in connection therewith may use the other’s name, tradenames and logos.

9.18 Confidentiality . Lender agrees to use the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own proprietary information, to maintain the confidentiality of any and all proprietary, trade secret or confidential information provided to or received by Lender from the Borrower, which indicates that it is confidential or would reasonably be understood to be confidential, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices and contractual information, customer lists, and employee relation matters, provided that Lender may disclose such information to its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, affiliates, participants, prospective participants, assignees and prospective assignees, if they are aware of, or are informed of, the confidential nature of the information and are instructed to keep such information confidential, and such other Persons to whom Lender shall at any time be required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law, and provided, that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to disclosures made by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment in connection with the enforcement of its rights or remedies after an Event of Default. The confidentiality agreement in this Section supersedes any prior confidentiality agreement of Lender relating to Borrower.

9.19 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Arbitration. This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of North Carolina. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement or the relationship between Borrower and Lender, and any and all other claims of Borrower against Lender of any kind, shall be brought only in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Durham County, North Carolina or the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, and each consents to the jurisdiction of an such court, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens ; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against Borrower in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Borrower consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in this Agreement or by any other method permitted by law. If the jury waiver set forth in Section 9.20 below is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein

 

-21-


shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in Durham County, North Carolina in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitrator shall apply North Carolina law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Section. The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the arbitrator. Unless and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

-22-


9.20 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial. LENDER AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

Borrower:
On Deck Capital, Inc.
By  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Title  

  Chief Financial Officer

Lender:
Square 1 Bank
By  

/s/ Richard Suhl

  Title  

  SVP

[Signature Page—Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

 

-23-

Exhibit 10.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of September 15, 2014

among

ONDECK ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES TRUST 2013-1 LLC,

as Borrower

VARIOUS LENDERS,

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent,

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent, and Lead Arranger

 

 

$167,647,000 Securitization Warehouse Facility

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

1.1 Definitions

     1   

1.2 Accounting Terms

     36   

1.3 Interpretation, etc

     37   

1.4 Amendment and Restatement

     37   

SECTION 2. LOANS

     37   

2.1 Revolving Loans

     38   

2.2 Pro Rata Shares

     42   

2.3 Use of Proceeds

     42   

2.4 Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes

     43   

2.5 Interest on Loans

     43   

2.6 Default Interest

     44   

2.7 Fees

     45   

2.8 Revolving Commitment Termination Date

     45   

2.9 Voluntary Commitment Reductions

     45   

2.10 Borrowing Base Deficiency

     46   

2.11 Controlled Accounts

     46   

2.12 Application of Proceeds

     50   

2.13 General Provisions Regarding Payments

     52   

2.14 Ratable Sharing

     53   

2.15 Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy

     54   

2.16 Taxes; Withholding, etc

     56   

2.17 Obligation to Mitigate

     58   

2.18 Defaulting Lenders

     59   

2.19 Removal or Replacement of a Lender

     60   

2.20 The Paying Agent

     61   

2.21 Duties of Paying Agent

     65   

2.22 Intention of Parties

     67   

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     67   

3.1 Closing Date

     67   

3.2 Conditions to Each Credit Extension

     69   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     71   

4.1 Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification; Other Names

     71   

4.2 Capital Stock and Ownership

     71   

4.3 Due Authorization

     71   

4.4 No Conflict

     71   

4.5 Governmental Consents

     72   

4.6 Binding Obligation

     72   

4.7 Eligible Receivables

     72   

4.8 Historical Financial Statements

     72   

4.9 No Material Adverse Effect

     72   

4.10 Adverse Proceedings, etc

     72   

4.12 Title to Assets

     73   

4.13 No Indebtedness

     73   

4.14 No Defaults

     73   

4.15 Material Contracts

     73   

4.16 Government Contracts

     73   

4.17 Governmental Regulation

     73   

4.18 Margin Stock

     73   

4.19 Employee Benefit Plans

     74   

4.20 Certain Fees

     74   

4.21 Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance

     74   

4.23 Compliance with Statutes, etc

     74   

4.24 Matters Pertaining to Related Agreements

     74   

4.25 Disclosure

     75   

4.26 Patriot Act

     75   

4.27 Remittance of Collections

     75   

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     75   

5.1 Financial Statements and Other Reports

     75   

5.2 Existence

     78   

5.3 Payment of Taxes and Claims

     78   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

5.4 Insurance

     79   

5.5 Inspections; Compliance Audits; Regulatory Review

     79   

5.6 Compliance with Laws

     80   

5.7 Separateness

     80   

5.8 Further Assurances

     80   

5.9 Communication with Accountants

     80   

5.10 Special Covenants Regarding CRR Compliance

     81   

5.11 Acquisition of Receivables from Holdings

     81   

5.12 No Adverse Selection

     82   

5.13 Class B Lender Information Rights

     82   

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     82   

6.1 Indebtedness

     82   

6.2 Liens

     82   

6.3 Equitable Lien

     82   

6.4 No Further Negative Pledges

     82   

6.5 Restricted Junior Payments

     82   

6.6 Subsidiaries

     83   

6.7 Investments

     83   

6.8 Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions

     83   

6.9 Sales and Lease-Backs

     83   

6.10 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates

     83   

6.11 Conduct of Business

     83   

6.12 Fiscal Year

     83   

6.13 Servicer; Backup Servicer; Custodian

     83   

6.14 Acquisitions of Receivables

     84   

6.15 Independent Manager

     84   

6.16 Organizational Agreements and Credit Documents

     85   

6.17 Changes in Underwriting or Other Policies

     86   

6.18 Receivable Forms

     86   

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     86   

7.1 Events of Default    

     86   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

SECTION 8. AGENTS

     90   

8.1 Appointment of Agents

     90   

8.2 Powers and Duties

     91   

8.3 General Immunity

     91   

8.4 Agents Entitled to Act as Lender

     92   

8.5 Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment

     93   

8.6 Right to Indemnity

     93   

8.7 Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

     94   

8.8 Collateral Documents

     96   

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

     97   

9.1 Notices

     97   

9.2 Expenses

     97   

9.3 Indemnity

     98   

9.4 Reserved

     99   

9.5 Amendments and Waivers

     99   

9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations

     101   

9.7 Independence of Covenants

     105   

9.8 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

     105   

9.9 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

     105   

9.10 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside

     105   

9.11 Severability

     106   

9.12 Obligations Several; Actions in Concert

     106   

9.13 Headings

     106   

9.14 APPLICABLE LAW

     106   

9.15 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

     106   

9.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     107   

9.17 Confidentiality

     108   

9.18 Usury Savings Clause

     109   

9.19 Counterparts    

     109   

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

9.20 Effectiveness

     109   

9.21 Patriot Act

     109   

9.22 Limitation of Liability

     109   

9.23 No Proceedings

     110   

 

v


APPENDICES:    A    Revolving Commitments
   B    Notice Addresses
   C    Eligibility Criteria
   D    Excess Concentration Amounts
   E    Portfolio Performance Covenants
   F    Calculation of Receivable Yield and Outstanding Principal Balance
   G    Selection Procedures
SCHEDULES:    1.1-A    Equity Owners of Holdings
   1.1-B    Financial Covenants
   4.1    Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification; Trade Names
   4.2    Capital Stock and Ownership
EXHIBITS:    A-1    Form of Funding Notice
   B-1    Form of Class A Revolving Loan Note
   B-2    Form of Class B Revolving Loan Note
   C-1    Form of Compliance Certificate
   C-2    Form of Borrowing Base Report and Certificate
   D    Form of Assignment Agreement
   E    Form of Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status
   F-1    Form of Closing Date Certificate
   G    Form of Controlled Account Voluntary Payment Notice
   H    Form of Financing Statement

 

vi


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of September 15, 2014, is entered into by and among ONDECK ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES TRUST 2013-1 LLC , a Delaware limited liability company ( “Company” ), the Lenders party hereto from time to time, DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH , as Administrative Agent for the Class A Revolving Lenders (in such capacity, “Administrative Agent” ) and as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent” ), DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS , as Paying Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, “ Paying Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. (“DBSI” ), as Lead Arranger, Syndication Agent (in such capacity, “Syndication Agent” ) and Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “Documentation Agent” ).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.1 hereof;

WHEREAS , the Company, the Lenders party hereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent, DBSI, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 16, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment thereto dated as of November 14, 2013, that certain Second Amendment thereto dated as of April 7, 2013 and that certain Third Amendment thereto dated as of July 2, 2014, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , in order to continue the existing indebtedness of the Company and, among other things, to increase the Revolving Commitment, the Company has requested that the Existing Credit Agreement be amended and restated in its entirety (the “ Amendment and Restatement ”), and the Lenders party thereto are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions . The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

“15 Day Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that have a Missed Payment Factor of fifteen (15) or higher as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.


“10-20 Day Delinquent Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable with a Missed Payment Factor of more than ten (10) but less than twenty-one (21) and with respect to which a Payment has been received on at least one of the last three (3) Payment Dates.

“AA Indemnitee Agent Party” as defined in Section 8.6(a) .

“Accrued Interest Amount” means, as of any day, the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans payable hereunder, assuming for this purpose that the Cost of Funds Rate for each Class A Revolving Loan funded by a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender for each day since the most recent Interest Payment Date was equal to the rate per annum determined by the Paying Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate (or any successor thereto) for deposits in dollars for a period of one month (as set forth by the Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by the Paying Agent in its sole discretion) (the “Daily LIBOR Rate” ) plus the amount, if any, by which the average of the Cost of Funds Rates for such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender for each day during the three immediately preceding Interest Periods exceeded the average of the Daily LIBOR Rates on each day during such Interest Periods.

“ACH Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

“ACH Receivable” means each Receivable with respect to which the underlying Receivables Obligor has entered into an ACH Agreement.

“Act” as defined in Section 4.26 .

“Adjusted EPOB” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of (a) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date over (b) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate Excess Concentration Amounts as of such date and (ii) the product of 70% and the aggregate Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance of all 10-20 Day Delinquent Receivables as of such date.

“Adjusted Interest Collections” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the product of (i) the sum of (x) all Collections received during such Monthly Period that were not applied by the Servicer to reduce the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Pledged Receivables in accordance with Section 2(a)(i)(4) of the Servicing Agreement and (y) all Collections received during such Monthly Period that were recoveries with respect to Charged-Off Receivables (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent) and (ii) the quotient of 21 divided by the number of Business Days in such Monthly Period minus (b) the aggregate amount paid by Company on the related Interest Payment Date pursuant to clauses (a)(i) , (a)(ii) , (a)(iii) , (a)(v) and (a)(vii) of Section 2.12 .

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the LIBO Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.

 

2


“Administrative Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto. The term “Administrative Agent” shall include, for all purposes of the Credit Documents, any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section  8.7(a)(i) (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to the last sentence thereof).

“Adverse Proceeding” means any action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign, whether pending or, to the knowledge of Company or Holdings, threatened in writing against or affecting Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, or any of their respective property.

“Affected Party ” means any Lender, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, any Class A Managing Agent, any Liquidity Provider and, with respect to each of the foregoing, the parent company or holding company that controls such Person.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” means the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agency Agreement” means that certain Secured Party Representative Services Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, between Holdings and the UCC Agent, or any successor or other agreement with a UCC Agent serving substantially the same purpose.

“Agent” means each of the Class A Managing Agents, Paying Agent, Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Documentation Agent.

“Aggregate Amounts Due” as defined in Section 2.14 .

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2014, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Alternative Rate” means, with respect to a Loan on any day, an interest rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the related Interest Period; provided , however , that if a LIBOR Disruption Event is continuing on such day, the Alternative Rate shall be an interest rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate in effect on such day.

“Amendment and Restatement” as defined in the Recitals hereto.

“Amendment Effective Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

3


“Amendment Effective Date Certificate” means an Amendment Effective Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 .

“Applicable Class A Advance Rate” means 85%.

“Applicable Class B Advance Rate” means 95%.

Approved State ” means each of the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia; provided, however, that, in the event that the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion to revoke the designation or restore a previously revoked designation of any jurisdiction as an “Approved State” due to a change in, or change in the interpretation of, the regulations or law (including case law) relating to (i) the origination, administration, servicing or terms, including interest rates, of any loan made to a Receivables Obligor; (ii) the choice of law, or the enforceability of the choice of law, that governs a loan made to a Receivables Obligor; or (iii) the choice of venue or the choice of jurisdiction, or the enforceability of the choice of venue or the choice of jurisdiction, that governs a loan made to a Receivables Obligor, then upon receipt by Company of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, each such jurisdiction shall or shall no longer constitute an “ Approved State ”, as applicable.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date, by and between Company, as Purchaser, and the Seller, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, whereby the Seller has agreed to sell and Company has agreed to purchase Eligible Receivables from time to time.

“Asset Sale” means a sale, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer, license or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of Holdings’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D , with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Administrative Agent.

“Authorized Officer” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, general counsel, treasurer, corporate secretary, controller or senior vice president of capital markets (or, in each case, the equivalent thereof).

“Average Excess Spread” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the average of the Excess Spread determined for such Monthly Period and the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Monthly Period.

“Backup Servicer” means Portfolio Financial Servicing Company or any replacement thereof appointed by the Requisite Lenders in accordance with Section 6.13 , who will perform backup servicing and backup verification functions with respect to the Eligible Receivables.

 

4


“Backup Servicing Agreement” means that certain Backup Servicing Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date among Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and Backup Servicer, as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with Section 6.16 , and any other agreement entered into from time to time among Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and Backup Servicer with respect to the backup servicing and verification of the Eligible Receivables.

“Backup Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Backup Servicing Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “ Bankruptcy ,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Blocked Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , executed by an Authorized Officer of Company and delivered to Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Paying Agent and each Lender, which sets forth the calculation of each of the Class A Borrowing Base and the Class B Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each component thereof.

“Borrowing Base Deficiency” means either a Class A Borrowing Base Deficiency or a Class B Borrowing Base Deficiency, as applicable.

“Borrowing Base Report” means a report substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , executed by an Authorized Officer of Company and delivered to Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Paying Agent and each Lender, which attaches a Borrowing Base Certificate.

“Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

“Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person (i) as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person or (ii) as lessee which is a transaction of a type commonly known as a “synthetic lease” (i.e., a transaction that is treated as an operating lease for accounting purposes but with respect to which payments of rent are intended to be treated as payments of principal and interest on a loan for Federal income tax purposes).

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

 

5


“Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand, securities account or deposit account; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “ Cash ” shall exclude any amounts that would not be considered “cash” under GAAP or “cash” as recorded on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means, as of any day, (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such day; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such day and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such day and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000 and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

“Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

“Change of Control” means, at any time, (a) prior to the Initial Public Equity Offering, the equity owners of Holdings as of the Amendment Effective Date set forth on Schedule 1.1-A (the “ Existing Holders ”) shall cease to beneficially own and control at least a majority on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of Holdings; (b) on the date of or any time after the Initial Public Equity Offering, (i) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are given meaning in the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder) is or becomes the owner, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of the IPO Entity and (ii) and the percentage on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of the IPO Entity so held is greater than the percentage on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of the IPO Entity held by the Existing Holders, unless the Existing Holders, directly or indirectly, otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy or otherwise) to designate, nominate or appoint (and do so designate, nominate or appoint) a majority of the board of directors of the IPO Entity; (c) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or

 

6


other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is given meaning in the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder); (d) at any time during any consecutive two-year period after an Initial Public Equity Offering, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the IPO Entity (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by the board of directors of the IPO Entity or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the IPO Entity was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the IPO Entity then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election, appointment or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the IPO Entity then in office; or (e) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of Company.

“Charged-Off Receivable ” means a Receivable which, in each case, consistent with the Underwriting Policies, has or should have been written off Company’s books as uncollectable.

“Chattel Paper” means any “chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC, including electronic chattel paper, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company.

“Class” means a class of Revolving Loans hereunder, designated Class A Revolving Loans or Class B Revolving Loans.

“Class A Applicable Margin” means with respect to each Class A Lender Group the “Class A Applicable Margin” described in the Fee Letter between Company and such Class A Lender Group.

“Class A Borrowing Base” means, as of any day, an amount equal to the lesser of:

(a) (i) the Applicable Class A Advance Rate multiplied by the Adjusted EPOB at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections in the Lockbox Account and the Collection Account to the extent such Collections and other funds have already been applied to reduce the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance minus (iii) 105% of the sum of the Accrued Interest Amount as of such day and the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid fees and expenses due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement; and

(b) the Class A Revolving Commitments on such day.

With respect to any calculation of the Class A Borrowing Base with respect to any Credit Date solely for the purpose of determining Class A Revolving Availability for a requested Class A Revolving Loan, the Class A Borrowing Base will be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Eligible Receivables to be purchased with the proceeds of such Loan. With respect to any calculation of the Class A Borrowing Base for any other purpose, the Class A Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and each Lender with such adjustments as the Paying Agent identifies pursuant to Section 2.21 .

 

7


“Class A Borrowing Base Deficiency” means, as of any day, the amount, if any, by which the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments exceeds the Class A Borrowing Base.

“Class A Conduit Lending Limit” means, for any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender, the maximum principal amount of Class A Revolving Loans which may be advanced by such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender as set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, and as such amount may be modified from time to time by notice from the related Class A Managing Agent to Company and the Administrative Agent.

“Class A Indemnitee” means an Indemnitee who is a Class A Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Class A Revolving Lender or an officer, partner, director, trustee, employee or agent of a Class A Revolving Lender.

“Class A Lender Group” means any Class A Managing Agent and its related Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders, if any, and Class A Revolving Committed Lenders.

“Class A Lender Group Limit” means, for any Class A Lender Group, the amount set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof.

“Class A Lender Group Percentage” means, for any Class A Lender Group, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (expressed out to five decimal places), the numerator of which is the aggregate of the Class A Revolving Commitments of all Class A Revolving Committed Lenders in such Class A Lender Group and the denominator of which is the Class A Revolving Commitments.

“Class A Managing Agent” means, as to any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender or Class A Revolving Committed Lender, the Person listed on Appendix A as the “Class A Managing Agent” for such Lenders, together with its respective successors and permitted assigns.

“Class A Revolving Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Class A Borrowing Base exceeds the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments.

“Class A Revolving Committed Lender” means, as to any Class A Lender Group, each of the financial institutions listed on Appendix A as a “Class A Revolving Committed Lender” for such Class A Lender Group, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto as a Class A Revolving Committed Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

“Class A Revolving Commitment” means the commitment of a Class A Revolving Committed Lender to make or otherwise fund any Class A Revolving Loan and “ Class A Revolving Commitments ” means such commitments of all Class A Revolving Committed Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Class A Revolving Committed Lender’s Class A Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The Class A Revolving Commitment of each Class A Revolving Committed Lender will be equal to zero on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

8


“Class A Revolving Conduit Lender” means collectively, the Persons identified as “Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders” on Appendix A and any other Person that becomes a party hereto as a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement

“Class A Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Class A Lender Group, as of any date of determination, (a) prior to the termination of the Class A Revolving Commitments, the sum of the Class A Revolving Commitments of the Class A Revolving Committed Lenders in such Class A Lender Group; and (b) after the termination of the Class A Revolving Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans owing to the Class A Revolving Committed Lenders and the Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders in such Class A Lender Group.

“Class A Revolving Lender” means each Class A Revolving Committed Lender and each Class A Revolving Conduit Lender.

“Class A Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Class A Revolving Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.1 .

“Class A Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Class B Applicable Margin” means with respect to each Class B Lender the “Class B Applicable Margin” described in the Fee Letter between Company and such Class B Lender.

“Class B Borrowing Base” means, as of any day, an amount equal to the lesser of:

(a) (i) the Applicable Class B Advance Rate multiplied by the Adjusted EPOB at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections in the Lockbox Account and the Collection Account to the extent such Collections and other funds have already been applied to reduce the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance, minus (iii) 105% of the sum of the Accrued Interest Amount as of such day and the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid fees and expenses due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement, minus (iv) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans as of such date; and

(b) the Class B Revolving Commitments on such day.

With respect to any calculation of the Class B Borrowing Base with respect to any Credit Date solely for the purpose of determining Class B Revolving Availability for a requested Class B Revolving Loan, the Class B Borrowing Base will be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Eligible Receivables to be purchased with the proceeds of such Loan. With respect to any calculation of the Class B Borrowing Base for any other purpose, the Class B Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base

 

9


Certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and each Lender, as adjusted to reflect any adjustments identified by the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.21 .

“Class B Borrowing Base Deficiency” means, as of any day, the amount, if any, by which the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments exceeds the Class B Borrowing Base.

“Class B Indemnitee” means an Indemnitee who is a Class B Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Class B Revolving Lender or an officer, partner, director, trustee, employee or agent of a Class B Revolving Lender.

“Class B Revolving Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Class B Borrowing Base exceeds the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments.

“Class B Revolving Commitment” means the commitment of a Class B Revolving Lender to make or otherwise fund any Class B Revolving Loan and “Class B Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Class B Revolving Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Class B Revolving Lender’s Class B Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Class B Revolving Commitments as of the Amendment Effective Date is $17,647,000. The Class B Revolving Commitment of each Class B Revolving Lender will be equal to zero on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Class B Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Class B Revolving Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Class B Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Class B Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Class B Revolving Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class B Revolving Loans of that Lender.

“Class B Revolving Lender” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Class B Revolving Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto as a Class B Revolving Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

“Class B Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Class B Revolving Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.1 .

“Class B Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-2 , as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Capital Stock) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

10


“Collateral Assignment” means that certain Collateral Assignment dated as of August 16, 2013 by Company for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.

“Collateral Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Control Agreements, the Collateral Assignment and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by, or on behalf or at the request of, Company or Holdings pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, as the case may be, in order to grant to, or perfect in favor of, Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of Company as security for the Obligations or to protect or preserve the interests of Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties therein.

“Collateral Receipt and Exception Report” shall mean the “Trust Receipt” as defined in the Custodial Agreement.

“Collection Account” means a Securities Account with account number OD1301.1 at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in the name of Company.

“Collections” means, with respect to each Pledged Receivable, any and all cash collections and other cash proceeds of such Pledged Receivable (whether in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, electronic transfers or any other form of cash payment), including, without limitation, all prepayments, all overdue payments, all prepayment penalties and early termination penalties, all finance charges, if any, all amounts collected as interest, fees (including, without limitation, any servicing fees, any origination fees, any loan guaranty fees and, any platform fees), or charges for late payments with respect to such Pledged Receivable, all recoveries with respect to each Charged-Off Receivable (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent), all investment proceeds and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on Collections as a result of the investment thereof pursuant to Section 6.7 , all proceeds of any sale, transfer or other disposition of any Pledged Receivable by Company and all deposits, payments or recoveries made in respect of any Pledged Receivable to any Controlled Account, or received by Company in respect of a Pledged Receivable, and all payments representing a disposition of any Pledged Receivable.

“Commercial Paper” means the short term promissory notes issued by a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in the commercial paper market.

“Committed Lender Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Class A Revolving Committed Lender in any Class A Lender Group, the Class A Revolving Commitment of such Class A Revolving Committed Lender at such time, divided by the aggregate amount of the Class A Revolving Commitments of all Class A Revolving Committed Lenders in such Class A Lender Group at such time.

“Company” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

“Compliance Review” as defined in Section 5.5(b) .

 

11


Consolidated Liquidity” means, as of any date of determination, an amount determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, equal to the sum of (i) unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of such date, plus , (ii) amounts (if any) in the Reserve Account as of such date, plus (iii) the sum of the Class A Revolving Availability and the Class B Revolving Availability as of such date of determination, plus (iv) the aggregate amount of all unused and available credit commitments under any credit facilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of such date; provided , as of such date, all of the conditions to funding such amounts under clause (iii) and (iv), as the case may be, have been fully satisfied (other than delivery of prior notice of funding and pre-funding notices, opinions and certificates that are reasonably capable of delivery as of such date) and no lender under such credit facilities shall have refused to make a loan or other advance thereunder at any time after a request for a loan was made thereunder.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including all accrued and unpaid interest on the foregoing, provided , that accounts payable, accrued expenses, liabilities for leasehold improvements and deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not be included in any determination of Consolidated Total Debt.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

“Control Agreements” means collectively, the Lockbox Account Control Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Blocked Account Control Agreement.

“Controlled Account” means each of the Reserve Account, the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account, and the “ Controlled Accounts ” means all of such accounts.

“Controlled Account Bank” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

“Convertible Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings that (a) is convertible to equity, including convertible preferred stock, (b) requires no payment of principal thereof or interest thereon and (c) is fully subordinated to all indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Cost of Funds Rate” means, with respect to any Class A Revolving Loan on any day (i) to the extent such Class A Revolving Loan is funded or maintained on such day by a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender through the issuance of Commercial Paper, the CP Rate and (ii) otherwise, the Alternative Rate.

 

12


“CP Rate” means, with respect to any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender on any day, the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average cost (as reasonably determined by the related Managing Agent, and which shall include (without duplication), the fees and commissions of placement agents and dealers, incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender, other borrowings by such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender and any other costs associated with the issuance of Commercial Paper) to the extent related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that is allocated, in whole or in part, by such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender or its related Managing Agent to fund or maintain a Class A Revolving Loan (or portion thereof) on such day; provided, however, that if any component of any such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the “CP Rate” for such day, the related Managing Agent shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum.

“Credit Card Issuer” means a member of Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover and PayPal.

“Credit Card Payment” means an amount owing by Credit Card Issuer to a Receivables Obligor (i) in respect of a purchase made by a customer of such Receivables Obligor, (ii) paid for using a credit card issued by such Credit Card Issuer, and (iii) that is required by the applicable Transfer Account Loan Documentation to be deposited into a Transfer Account.

“Credit Date” means the date of a Credit Extension.

“Credit Document” means any of this Agreement, the Revolving Loan Notes, if any, the Collateral Documents, the Fee Letters, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement, the Undertakings Agreement and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by Company or Holdings for the benefit of any Agent or any Lender in connection herewith.

“Credit Document Amendments” as defined in Section 3.2(a) .

“Credit Extension” means the making of a Loan.

“CRR” means Articles 404-410 of The European Union Capital Requirements Regulation (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013), as amended.

“Cumulative Defaults” means, with respect to any Vintage Pool as of the end of any Monthly Period, the sum for all Receivables in such Vintage Pool that became Defaulted Receivables of the Outstanding Principal Balances thereof determined as of the date on which they became Defaulted Receivables less any Collections received on such Defaulted Receivables from and after the date on which they became Defaulted Receivables (measured for the period commencing from the origination of each such Receivable to the end of such Monthly Period).

“Cumulative Static Pool Default Ratio” means, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the aggregate Cumulative Defaults in respect of any Vintage Pool as of the last day of the most recently ended Monthly Period and (ii) the

 

13


denominator of which is (a) for any Vintage Pool other than the Q2 Vintage Pool, the aggregate original Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables comprising such Vintage Pool, and (b) for the Q2 Vintage Pool, the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables comprising the Q2 Vintage Pool as of the date such Receivables were sold to Company.

“Custodial Agreement” mean the Custodial Services Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and between Company, Servicer, Custodian and Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Custodian” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as the provider of services under the Custodial Agreement, or any successor thereto in such capacity appointed in accordance with the Custodial Agreement, and approved by the Requisite Lenders.

“DBSI” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Excess” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans of all Lenders of the applicable Class (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders of such Class (other than such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their respective Defaulted Loans of such Class) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans of such Class of such Defaulting Lender.

“Default Interest Rate” as defined in Section 2.6 .

“Default Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date of the applicable Funding Default, and ending on the earliest of the following dates: (i) the date on which all Revolving Commitments are cancelled or terminated and/or the Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (ii) the date on which (a) the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or by the non-pro rata application of any payments of the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), and (b) such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered to Company and Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder with respect to its Revolving Commitments, and (iii) the date on which Company, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender in writing.

“Defaulted Loan” as defined in Section 2.18 .

 

14


“Defaulted Receivable” means, with respect to any date of determination, a Receivable which (i) is a Charged-Off Receivable or (ii) has a Missed Payment Factor of sixty (60) or higher.

“Defaulting Lender” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“Delinquent Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable with a Missed Payment Factor of one (1) or higher as of such date.

“Deposit Account” means a “deposit account” (as defined in the UCC), including a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

“Designated Officer” means, with respect to Company, any Person with the title of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel.

“Determination Date” means the last day of each Monthly Period.

“Direct Competitor” means (a) each Person that is listed on the “List of Direct Competitors” provided to the Paying Agent by the Company on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, as such list may be updated by the Company from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Paying Agent after the Closing Date identifying one or more Persons engaged in the same or similar line of business as Holdings (each Person described in this clause (a), a “ Listed Competitor ”), and (b) (i) any clearly identifiable Affiliate of any Listed Competitor on the basis of such Affiliate’s name or (ii) any Affiliate of any Listed Competitor which the Company, either before or after its receipt of notification of a proposed assignment to such Affiliate, has identified in writing to the Paying Agent as an Affiliate of a Listed Competitor.

“Document Checklist” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

“Documentation Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the lawful money of the United States.

“E-Sign Receivable” means any Receivable for which the signature or record of agreement of the Receivables Obligor is obtained through the use and capture of electronic signatures, click-through consents or other electronically recorded assents.

 

15


“Early Termination Fee” means a fee payable in connection with any reduction or termination of any Revolving Commitments (other than any termination pursuant to Section 7.1) on or prior to August 16, 2015 in an amount equal to (i) with respect to the Class A Lenders, the projected income generated by the Class A Applicable Margin and fees the Class A Revolving Lenders expected to earn pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) with respect to the Class B Lenders, the projected income generated by the Class B Applicable Margin and fees the Class B Revolving Lenders expected to earn pursuant to this Agreement, but in each case which they will not earn as a result of such reduction or termination during the period from and including the date of such reduction or termination to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date as reasonably determined by the Lenders and based on the assumptions that the Class A Revolving Commitments during such period were equal to the Class A Revolving Commitments at the time of such termination and the Class B Revolving Commitments during such period were equal to the Class B Revolving Commitments at the time of such termination and those Revolving Commitments were fully utilized during such period.

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) any Lender or any Lender Affiliate (other than a natural person), and (ii) any other Person (other than a natural Person) approved by Company, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and Administrative Agent (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that any failure to approve any assignment to a Direct Competitor shall be deemed reasonable); provided , that (y) neither Holdings nor any Affiliate of Holdings shall, in any event, be an Eligible Assignee, and (z) no Direct Competitor shall be an Eligible Assignee so long as no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

“Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Outstanding Principal Balance for all Eligible Receivables as of such date.

“Eligible Receivable” means a Receivable with respect to which the Eligibility Criteria are satisfied as of the applicable date of determination.

“Eligible Receivables Obligor” means a Receivables Obligor that satisfies the criteria specified in Appendix C hereto under the definition of “Eligible Receivables Obligor”, subject to any changes agreed to by each of the Requisite Class A Lenders, the Requisite Class B Lenders and Company from time to time after the Amendment Effective Date.

“Eligibility Criteria” means the criteria specified in Appendix C hereto under the definition of “Eligibility Criteria”, subject to any changes agreed to by each of the Requisite Class A Lenders, the Requisite Class B Lenders and Company from time to time after the Amendment Effective Date.

“Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

 

16


“ERISA Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA Affiliate of a Person shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of such Person within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of such Person and with respect to liabilities arising after such period, but only to the extent that such Person could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA as a result of its relationship with such former ERISA Affiliate.

“ERISA Event” means (i) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for thirty (30) day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or, with respect to any Pension Plan or

 

17


Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, or the assets thereof, or against Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to Section 303(k) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

“Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

“Event of Default” means each of the events set forth in Section 7.1 .

“Excess Concentration Amounts” means the amounts set forth on Appendix D hereto.

“Excess Spread” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the product of (a) 12 times (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the excess, if any, of (x) the Adjusted Interest Collections for such Monthly Period over (y) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such Monthly Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the average daily Outstanding Principal Balance of Pledged Receivables for such Monthly Period.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Affected Party, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Affected Party being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes with respect to such Affected Party, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Affected Party with respect to an applicable interest in a Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Affected Party became an Affected Party or (ii) such Affected Party changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16(b), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Affected Party’s assignor immediately before such Affected Party became an Affected Party or to such Affected Party immediately before it changed its lending office, and (c) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Existing Credit Agreement” as defined in the Recitals hereto.

“Existing Credit Documents” as defined in Section 1.4 .

“Existing Obligations” as defined in Section 1.4 .

 

18


“Face Amount” means in relation to any Commercial Paper (i) if issued on a discount basis, the face amount stated therein and (ii) if issued on an interest-bearing basis, the principal amount stated therein plus the amount of all interest accrued or to accrue thereon on or prior to its stated maturity date.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as of the date of this agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantially comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.

“Fee Letters” means (i) the letter agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date between the Company and DBSI, (ii) each letter agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date between the Company and the Class A Lender Group party thereto, (iii) each letter agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date between the Company and the Class B Revolving Lender party thereto, and (iv) the letter agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date between the Company and the Paying Agent.

“Financial Covenants” means the financial covenants set forth on Schedule 1.1-B hereto.

“Financial Officer Certification” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of Holdings that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“Financial Plan” as defined in Section 5.1(k) .

“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is perfected and is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject.

“Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

“Funded Indebtedness” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary of Holdings from time to time to finance (in whole or in part) a portfolio of Receivables.

“Funding Default” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Funding Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a) .

“Funding Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

 

19


“GAAP” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2 , United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof.

“Gemini Class A Lender Group” means the Gemini Class A Lender Group set forth on Appendix A .

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

“Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

“Historical Financial Statements” means as of the Amendment Effective Date, (i) the audited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, for the Fiscal Year ended 2013, consisting of balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, and (ii) for the interim period from January 1, 2014 to the Amendment Effective Date, internally prepared, unaudited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, consisting of a balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each quarterly period completed prior to forty-six (46) days before the Amendment Effective Date and for each Monthly Period completed prior to thirty-one days prior to the Amendment Effective Date, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), certified by the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of Holdings that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject, if applicable, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“Holdings” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Holdings Working Capital Debt ” means any Indebtedness of Holdings of the type described in clause (i) or clause (v) of the definition of “Indebtedness” that is secured in whole or in part by a security interest in Receivables, including any Convertible Debt that is so secured.

Hot Backup Servicer Event ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the Monthly Period most recently ended, that any one of the following events shall have occurred with respect to such Monthly Period: (a) the Excess Spread was less than 20.0%;

 

20


(b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was greater than 15.0%; or (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was greater than 8.0%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Hot Backup Servicer Event shall be deemed to no longer exist from and after the date upon which the Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure has occurred (provided that only one Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder).

Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure ” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to the three Monthly Periods most recently ended, that each of the following conditions has been satisfied with respect to each such Monthly Period after the occurrence of a Hot Backup Servicer Event: (a) the Average Excess Spread was greater than 26.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was less than 13.0%; (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was less than 6.75%; and (d) no Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure shall have previously occurred.

“Increased-Cost Lenders” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Indebtedness” as applied to any Person, means, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP; (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business that are unsecured and not overdue by more than six (6) months unless being contested in good faith and any such obligations incurred under ERISA); (v) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; (vi) the face amount of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (vii) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another; (viii) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that the obligation of the obligor thereof will be paid or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof; (ix) any liability of such Person for an obligation of another through any Contractual Obligation (contingent or otherwise) (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (b) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (ix), the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (viii) above; and (x) all obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes.

“Indemnified Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (excluding any amounts not otherwise payable by Company under Section 2.16(b)(iii) but including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one (1)

 

21


counsel for Class A Indemnitees and one counsel for Class B Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any reasonable and documented fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, any Related Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Credit Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral)).

“Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Credit Document.

“Indemnitee” as defined in Section 9.3 .

“Indemnitee Agent Party” as defined in Section 8.6(b) .

“Independent Manager” as defined in Section 6.15 .

“Initial Public Equity Offering” means an initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of the IPO Entity pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act, which yields not less than $50,000,000 in Net Cash Proceeds.

“Intangible Assets” means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

“Interest Payment Date” means the fifteenth calendar day after the end of each Monthly Period, and if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

“Interest Period” means an interest period (i) initially, commencing on and including the Original Closing Date and ending on but excluding the initial Interest Payment Date; and (ii) thereafter, commencing on and including each Interest Payment Date and ending on and excluding the immediately succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , that no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is four (4) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date.

 

22


“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

“Investment” means (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by Company of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person; (ii) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, from any Person, of any Capital Stock of such Person; and (iii) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by Company to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

“IPO Entity” means, at any time at and after the Initial Public Equity Offering, Holdings or a parent entity of Holdings, as the case may be, the common Capital Stock of which were issued or otherwise sold pursuant to the Initial Public Equity Offering; provided that, immediately following the Initial Public Equity Offering, (i) if the IPO Entity is not Holdings, Holdings is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the IPO Entity and (ii) the IPO Entity owns, directly or through its subsidiaries, substantially all the businesses and assets owned or conducted, directly or indirectly, by Holdings immediately prior to the Initial Public Equity Offering.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

“Key Equipment Class A Lender Group” means the Key Equipment Class A Lender Group set forth on Appendix A .

“Key Person Event” means the occurrence, after the Amendment Effective Date, of each of the following events: (i) the termination or resignation of each of the officers holding the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer as of the Amendment Effective Date, (ii) the failure by Holdings to replace each such officer with a replacement officer acceptable to the Requisite Lenders in their Permitted Discretion within ninety (90) days after the second such termination or resignation, and (iii) the delivery by the Administrative Agent of written notice to Company after such ninety (90) day period notifying Company that a “Key Person Event” has occurred.

“Lender” means each Class A Revolving Lender and each Class B Revolving Lender.

“Lender Affiliate” means, as applied to any Lender or Agent, any Related Fund and any Person directly or indirectly controlling (including any member of senior management of such Person), controlled by, or under common control with, such Lender or Agent. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person,

 

23


means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio as of any day of (a) Consolidated Total Debt, excluding Subordinated Debt and Convertible Indebtedness, as of such day, to (b) the sum of (i) Holdings’ total stockholders’ equity as of such day, (ii) Warranty Liability as of such day and (iii) the sum of Subordinated Debt and Convertible Indebtedness as of such day.

“LIBO Rate” means, for any Loan (or portion thereof) for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Paying Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second Business Day before the first day of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate (or any successor thereto) for deposits in dollars for a period of one month (as set forth by the Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by the Paying Agent in its sole discretion); provided , that if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” shall be the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) of the respective rates notified to the Paying Agent by Deutsche Bank AG as the rate at which Deutsche Bank AG offers deposits in Dollars at or about 10:00 a.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period, in the interbank eurocurrency market where the eurocurrency and foreign currency and exchange operations in respect of its Eurodollar loans are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the applicable amount of the outstanding principal balance to be accruing interest at the LIBO Rate during such Interest Period.

LIBO Rate Reserve Percentage” means, for any Interest Period in respect of which interest is computed by reference to the LIBO Rate, the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) (or if more than one such percentage shall be applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurocurrency Liabilities is determined) having a term approximating such Interest Period.

“LIBOR Disruption Event” means, with respect to any Interest Period, any of the following: (i) a determination by any Lender or any Liquidity Provider that it would be contrary to law or to the directive of any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) to obtain dollars in the London interbank market to make, fund or maintain Loans during such Interest Period, (ii) the failure of the source listed in the definition of “LIBO Rate” to publish a London interbank offered rate as of 11:00 a.m. on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, together with the failure of Deutsche Bank AG to provide notice of an alternate rate (each as contemplated in such definition), (iii) a

 

24


determination by any Lender or Liquidity Provider that the rate at which deposits of United States dollars are being offered in the London interbank market does not accurately reflect the cost to such Person of making, funding or maintaining its Loans for such Interest Period or (iv) the inability of such Lender or Liquidity Provider, because of market events not under the control of such Person, to obtain United States dollars in the London interbank market to make, fund or maintain its Loans for such Interest Period.

“Lien” means (i) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

“Limited Liability Company Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6.16 .

“Liquidation Fees” means, in the event of any prepayment of a Class A Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) owing to a Class A Revolving Lender, and for the Interest Period during which such Class A Revolving Loan was prepaid, the amount, if any, by which (i) interest would have accrued at the Cost of Funds Rate for each day during such Interest Period on the reduction of the principal amount of such Class A Revolving Loan during such Interest Period had such reduction not occurred, exceeds (ii) the positive income, if any, received by such Class A Revolving Lender from the investment of the proceeds of such reduction. A certificate as to the amount of any Liquidation Fee (including the computation of such amount) shall be submitted by the Class A Managing Agent on behalf of the affected Class A Revolving Lender to Company and Paying Agent and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Liquidity Agreement means a liquidity loan agreement, asset purchase agreement or similar agreement entered into by a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender with a group of financial institutions in connection with this Agreement.

Liquidity Provider ” means any of the financial institutions from time to time party to any Liquidity Agreement with a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender.

“Loan” means a Revolving Loan.

“Lockbox Account” means a Deposit Account with account number 1830012203 at MB Financial Bank, N.A. in the name of Company.

“Lockbox Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Lockbox System” as defined in Section 2.11(c) .

 

25


“Margin Stock” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

“Marketplace Receivables” means, with respect to any Fiscal Quarter, any Receivables sold by Holdings to one or more non-Affiliated purchasers during such Fiscal Quarter pursuant to a whole loan sale agreement or a similar agreement.

“Master Record” as defined in the Custodial Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of Company or Holdings; (ii) the ability of Company to pay any Obligations or Company or Holdings to fully and timely perform, in any material respect, its obligations under any Credit Document; (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect, or enforceability against Company or Holdings of any Credit Document to which it is a party; (iv) the existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of any security interest in the Pledged Receivables; (v) the validity, collectability, or enforceability of the Pledged Receivables taken as a whole or in any material part, or (vi) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, any Agent and any Lender or any Secured Party under any Credit Document.

“Material Change Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 .

“Material Contract” means any contract or other arrangement to which Company is a party (other than the Credit Documents or the Related Agreements) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Material Modification” means, with respect to any Receivable, a reduction in the interest rate, an extension of the term, a reduction in, or change in frequency of, any required Payment or extension of a Payment Date or a reduction in the Outstanding Principal Balance.

“Material Underwriting Policy Change” means any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies, if such change or modification could reasonably be expected to be adverse to Lenders or the Collateral, provided that any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies relating solely to the addition or modification of a Receivable product type introduced after the Original Closing Date (each, a “New Product” ) shall not be deemed to be a Material Underwriting Policy Change unless and until, during any Monthly Period, the aggregate origination by Holdings of New Products exceeds (on a funded basis) the aggregate origination by Holdings of all Receivable products (at which point any such change or modification shall be deemed to be a Material Underwriting Policy Change). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any New Product shall no longer be considered a New Product for purposes of this definition subsequent to the time such New Product is generally (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) able to be financed hereunder or under another credit facility provided by the Administrative Agent or its affiliates.

“Materials” as defined in Section 5.5(b) .

 

26


“Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables that have a Missed Payment Factor of 15 or higher as of the last day of such Monthly Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of the last day of such Monthly Period.

“Maximum Delinquency Rate” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of the last day of such Monthly Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of the last day of such Monthly Period.

“Maximum Upfront Fee” means, with respect to each Receivable, the greater of (a) $695 and (b) 3.5% of the original aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Receivable.

“Minimum Retained Membership Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10(a) .

“Missed Payment Factor” means, in respect of any Receivable, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount equal to (i) the total past due amount of Payments in respect of such Receivable, divided by (ii) the required periodic Payment in respect of such Receivable as set forth in the related Receivable Agreement and (b) the number of Payment Dates, if any, past the Receivable maturity date on which a Payment was due but not received.

“Monthly Period” means the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of such calendar month.

“Monthly Reporting Date” means the third Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date.

“Monthly Servicing Report” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

“NAIC” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

“Net Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Permitted Asset Sale, an amount equal to: (i) Cash payments received by, or on behalf of, Company from such Permitted Asset Sale, minus (ii) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale to the extent paid or payable to non-Affiliates, including (a) income or gains taxes

 

27


payable by the seller as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale during the tax period the sale occurs and (b) a reasonable reserve for any recourse for a breach of the representations and warranties made by Company to the purchaser in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale; provided that upon release of any such reserve, the amount released shall be considered Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean with respect to any equity issuance, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and reasonable investment banker’s fees, underwriting discounts or commissions, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

“New Product” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Material Underwriting Policy Change.”

“Non-Consenting Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Non-US Lender” as defined in Section 2.16(e)(i) .

“Notice of Amendment” as defined in Section 6.18 .

“Obligations” means all obligations of every nature of Company from time to time owed to the Agents (including former Agents), the Lenders or any of them, in each case under any Credit Document, whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to Company, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against Company for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

“On Deck Score” means that numerical value ranging from 250 to 700 that represents Holdings’ evaluation of the creditworthiness of a business and its likelihood of default on a commercial loan or other similar credit arrangement generated by “version 4” of the proprietary methodology developed and maintained by Holdings, as such methodology is applied in accordance with the other aspects of the Underwriting Policies, and as such methodology and other aspects of the Underwriting Policies may be revised and updated from time to time in accordance with Section 6.17 .

“Online Document Checklist” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

“Online Product” or “On Deck Online” means any Receivable underwritten by Holdings regarding which Holdings did not review data from either the operating checking account or merchant processing data of the applicable Receivables Obligor prior to the funding of such Receivable.

“Organizational Documents” means (i) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, as amended, and its by-laws, as amended, (ii) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (iii) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, and (iv) with respect to any limited liability company, its

 

28


articles of organization or certificate of formation, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended, including, in the case of Company, the Limited Liability Company Agreement. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

“Original Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d)(ii).

“Original Closing Date” means August 16, 2013.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Affected Party, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Affected Party and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Affected Party having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Revolving Loan or Credit Document).

“Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date with respect to any Receivable, the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable as set forth on the Servicer’s books and records as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, however , that the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Pledged Receivable that has become a Charged-Off Loan will be zero.

“Participant Register” as defined in Section 9.6(h) .

“Paying Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Payment means, with respect to any Receivable, the required scheduled loan payment in respect of such Receivable, as set forth in the applicable Receivable Agreement.

Payment Dates means, with respect to any Receivable, the date a payment is due in accordance with the Receivable Agreement with respect to such Receivable as in effect as of the date of determination.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

“Permitted Asset Sale” means so long as all Net Asset Sale Proceeds are contemporaneously remitted to the Collection Account, (a) the sale by Company of Receivables to Holdings pursuant to any repurchase obligations of Holdings under the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) the sale by the Servicer on behalf of Company of Charged-Off Receivables to any third party in accordance with the Servicing Standard, provided , that such sales are made

 

29


without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Company (other than customary representations regarding title and absence of liens on the Charged-Off Receivables, and the status of Company, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), (c) the sale by Company of Receivables (x) to Holdings who immediately thereafter sells such Receivables to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings or (y) directly to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings, in either case in connection with a term securitization transaction involving the issuance of securities rated at least investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and such Receivables and special-purpose Subsidiary so long as, in either case, (i) the amount received by Company therefore and deposited into the Collection Account is no less than the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balances of such Receivables, (ii) such sale is made without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Company (other than customary representations regarding title, absence of liens on the Receivables, status of Company, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), (iii) the manner in which such Receivables were selected by Company does not adversely affect the Lenders, (iv) the agreement pursuant to which such Receivables were sold to Holdings or such special-purpose Subsidiary, as the case may be, contains an obligation on the part of Holdings or such special-purpose Subsidiary to not file or join in filing any involuntary bankruptcy petition against Company prior to the end of the period that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all Obligations of Company under this Agreement and not to cooperate with or encourage others to file involuntary bankruptcy petitions against Company during the same period, and (v) unless otherwise waived by the Requisite Lenders in accordance with this Agreement, on the Business Day prior to such sale, (A) the Pro Forma 15 Day Delinquency Percentage shall not be greater than the 15 Day Delinquency Percentage, before giving effect to such sale, and (B) the Pro Forma Delinquency Percentage shall not be greater than the Delinquency Percentage, before giving effect to such sale, and (d) the sale by the Company of Receivables with the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders.

“Permitted Discretion” means, with respect to any Person, a determination or judgment made by such Person in good faith in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured lender) credit or business judgment.

“Permitted Investments” means the following, subject to qualifications hereinafter set forth: (i) obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, when such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; (ii) federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit, time deposits, banker’s acceptances, and repurchase agreements having maturities of not more than 365 days of any bank, the short-term debt obligations of which are rated A-1+ (or the equivalent) by each of the rating agencies and, if it has a term in excess of three months, the long-term debt obligations of which are rated AAA (or the equivalent) by each of the Moody’s and S&P; (iii) deposits that are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. (FDIC); (iv) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (iii) above; and (v) such other investments as to which the Administrative Agent consent in its sole discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Permitted Investments (i) shall exclude any security with the S&P’s “r” symbol (or any other rating agency’s corresponding symbol)

 

30


attached to the rating (indicating high volatility or dramatic fluctuations in their expected returns because of market risk), as well as any mortgage-backed securities and any security of the type commonly known as “strips”; (ii) shall not have maturities in excess of one year; (iii) shall be limited to those instruments that have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change; and (iv) shall exclude any investment where the right to receive principal and interest derived from the underlying investment provides a yield to maturity in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment. Interest may either be fixed or variable, and any variable interest must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a single fixed spread (if any), and move proportionately with that index. No investment shall be made which requires a payment above par for an obligation if the obligation may be prepaid at the option of the issuer thereof prior to its maturity. All investments shall mature or be redeemable upon the option of the holder thereof on or prior to the earlier of (x) three months from the date of their purchase or (y) the Business Day preceding the day before the date such amounts are required to be applied hereunder.

“Permitted Liens” means Liens in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties granted pursuant to any Credit Document.

“Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

Pledged Receivables ” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Portfolio” means the Receivables purchased by Company from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Portfolio Performance Covenant” means the portfolio performance covenants specified in Appendix E .

“Portfolio Weighted Average Receivable Yield” means as of any date of determination, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing (a) the sum, for all Eligible Receivables, of the product of (i) the Receivable Yield for each such Receivable multiplied by (ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable as of such date, by (b) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date.

“Prime Rate” means, as of any day, the rate of interest per annum equal to the prime rate publicly announced by the majority of the eleven largest commercial banks chartered under United States Federal or State banking law as its prime rate (or similar base rate) in effect at its principal office. The determination of such eleven largest commercial banks shall be based upon deposits as of the prior year-end, as reported in the American Banker or such other source as may be reasonably selected by the Paying Agent.

“Principal Office” means, for Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B , or such other office as Administrative Agent may

 

31


from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender; provided , however , that for the purpose of making any payment on the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, the Principal Office of Administrative Agent shall be 60 Wall Street, 3 rd Floor, New York, New York 10005 (or such other location within the City and State of New York as Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender).

“Processor” means, with respect to any Receivable, a Person engaged in the business of processing credit card payments that has been engaged by the related Receivables Obligor to provide processing services with respect to designated future Credit Card Payments to be paid to such Receivables Obligor.

“Processor Agreement” means an agreement between a Receivables Obligor and a Processor with respect to the processing of certain Credit Card Payments due to such Receivables Obligor.

“Processing Bank” means, with respect to any Receivable, a bank that has been engaged by the Servicer to collect Credit Card Payments from the related Processor and to remit such funds to the applicable Receivables Obligor’s Transfer Accounts.

“Pro Forma 15 Day Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Asset Sale, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that have a Missed Payment Factor of fifteen (15) or higher as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“Pro Forma Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Asset Sale, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“Pro Rata Share” means with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to (a) any Class A Lender Group and the Class A Revolving Lenders in such Class A Lender Group, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Class A Revolving Exposure of such Class A Lender Group by (ii) the aggregate Class A Revolving Exposure of all Class A Lender Groups or (b) any Class B Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Class B Revolving Exposure of that Class B Lender by (ii) the aggregate Class B Revolving Exposure of all Class B Lenders.

“Q2 Vintage Pool” means the pool of Receivables originated by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank during the first and second Fiscal Quarters of 2013 and acquired by Company.

 

32


“Re-Aged” means returning a delinquent, open-end account to current status without collecting the total amount of principal, interest, and fees that are contractually due.

“Receivable Agreements” means, collectively, with respect to any Receivable, a Business Loan and Security Agreement, a Business Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, the Authorization Agreement for Direct Deposit (ACH Credit) and Direct Payments (ACH Debit), in each case, in substantially the forms attached to the Undertakings Agreement and as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and, if applicable, the Transfer Account Loan Documentation related to such Receivable, and the other documents related thereto to which the Receivables Obligor is a party.

“Receivable File” means, with respect to any Receivable, (i) copies of each applicable document listed in the definition of “Receivable Agreements,” (ii) the UCC financing statement, if any, filed against the Receivables Obligor in connection with the origination of such Receivable and (iii) copies of each of the documents required by, and listed in, the Document Checklist attached to the Custodial Agreement, each of which may be in electronic form.

“Receivable Yield” means, with respect to any Receivable, the imputed interest rate that is calculated on the basis of the expected aggregate annualized rate of return (calculated inclusive of all interest and fees (other than any Upfront Fees)) of such Receivable over the life of such Receivable (assuming in all cases a 252-day year, in the case of a Receivable originated on July 1, 2013 or thereafter, or a 257-day year, in the case of a Receivable originated prior to July 1, 2013 (or such other number of Payment Dates set forth in the Underwriting Policies for a 12-month term Receivable). An example of the foregoing calculation is set forth on Appendix F hereto.

“Receivables” means any loan or similar contract with a Receivables Obligor pursuant to which Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank extends credit to such Receivables Obligor pursuant to the applicable Receivable Agreements, including all rights under any and all security documents or supporting obligations related thereto, including the applicable Receivable Agreements.

Receivables Account Bank ” means, with respect to any Receivables, (i) BofI Federal Bank, a federal savings institution, and (ii) any other institution that (a) is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities and that originates and owns Receivables for Holdings pursuant to a Receivables Program Agreement, and (b) has been approved by the Requisite Lenders in their Permitted Discretion as an originator for purposes of this Agreement.

“Receivables Guarantor” means with respect to any Receivables Obligor, (a) each holder of the Capital Stock (or equivalent ownership or beneficial interest) of such Receivables Obligor in the case of a Receivables Obligor which is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or equivalent entity, who has agreed to unconditionally guarantee all of the obligations of the related Receivables Obligor under the related Receivable Agreements or (b) the natural person operating as the Receivables Obligor, if the Receivables Obligor is a sole proprietor.

 

33


“Receivables Obligor” means with respect to any Receivable, the Person or Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such Receivable, excluding any Receivables Guarantor referred to in clause (a) of the definition of “Receivables Guarantor.”

“Receivables Program Agreement” means the (i) Master Business Loan Marketing Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2012, between Holdings and BofI Federal Bank, a federal savings institution (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Requisite Lenders to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.16 ) and (ii) any other agreement between Holdings and a Receivables Account Bank pursuant to which Holdings may refer applicants for small business loans conforming to the Underwriting Policies to such Receivables Account Bank and such Receivables Account Bank has the discretion to fund or not fund a loan to such applicant based on its own evaluation of such applicant and containing those provisions as are reasonably necessary to ensure that the transfer of small business loans by such Receivables Account Bank to Holdings thereunder are treated as absolute sales (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Requisite Lenders to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.16 ).

“Register” as defined in Section 2.4(b) .

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

“Related Agreements” means, collectively the Organizational Documents of Company, each Receivables Program Agreement and the Transfer Account Loan Documentation.

“Related Fund” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

“Related Security” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d)(ii).

“Replacement Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Requirements of Law” means as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule, ordinance, order, judgment, Governmental Authorization, or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

 

34


“Requisite Class A Lenders” means one or more Class A Managing Agents for Class A Lender Groups whose aggregate Class A Revolving Exposures equal or exceed 50% of the sum of the Class A Revolving Exposures of all Class A Lender Groups; provided, however, that, for all purposes other than (i) the definition of Backup Servicer or any amendment or modification thereto or to the definition of Backup Servicing Agreement, (ii) any amendments or modifications to the definition of Hot Backup Servicer Event or Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure or any waiver of the occurrence of any Hot Backup Servicer Event, (iii) any amendments or modifications to the definition of Servicing Transition Expenses or Servicing Transition Period, (iv) any amendment or modification to, or waiver of, Section 2.11(e) or Section 6.13 and (v) for all purposes of the Servicing Agreement, any Backup Servicing Agreement or any Successor Servicing Agreement, Requisite Class A Lenders shall include at least two Class A Lender Groups whose aggregate Class A Revolving Exposure equals or exceeds $15,000,000.

“Requisite Class B Lenders” means one or more Class B Revolving Lenders having or holding Class B Revolving Exposure and representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Class B Revolving Exposure of all Class B Revolving Lenders.

“Requisite Lenders” means (a) until the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall have occurred and all Class A Revolving Loans and all other Obligations owing to the Class A Lender Groups have been paid in full in cash, the Requisite Class A Lenders and (b) thereafter, the Requisite Class B Lenders.

Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Reserve Account Funding Amount” means, on any day during a Reserve Account Funding Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the product of (i) 0.625%, and (ii) the Class A Revolving Commitments, over (b) the amount then on deposit in the Reserve Account.

“Reserve Account Funding Event” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the Monthly Period most recently ended, that any one of the following events shall have occurred with respect to such Monthly Period: (a) the Average Excess Spread was less than 26.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was greater than 13.0%; or (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was greater than 6.75%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reserve Account Funding Event shall be deemed to no longer exist from and after any date upon which the Reserve Account Funding Event Cure has occurred (provided that only one Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder).

“Reserve Account Funding Event Cure” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the three Monthly Periods most recently ended, that each of the following conditions has been satisfied with respect to each such Monthly Period after the occurrence of a Reserve Account Funding Event: (a) the Average Excess Spread was greater than 26.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was less than 13.0%; (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was less than 6.75% and (d) no Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall have previously occurred.

 

35


“Reserve Account Funding Period” means the period commencing on the first day after the Original Closing Date on which a Reserve Account Funding Event shall occur and ending on the first day thereafter on which the Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall occur, and the period commencing on the first day thereafter on which another Reserve Account Funding Event shall occur and ending on the Termination Date.

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of Capital Stock to the holders of that class; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding; and (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding.

“Retained Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10 .

“Revolving Availability” means Class A Revolving Availability or Class B Revolving Availability, as applicable.

“Revolving Commitment” means a Class A Revolving Commitment or Class B Revolving Commitment, as applicable.

“Revolving Commitment Period” means the period from the Original Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is the second anniversary of the Amendment Effective Date; (ii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.9(b) ; and (iii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 7.1 .

“Revolving Exposure” means, (a) with respect to any Class A Lender Group as of any date of determination, such Class A Lender Group’s Class A Revolving Exposure and (b) with respect to any Class B Revolving Lender as of any date of determination, such Class B Revolving Lender’s Class B Revolving Exposure.

“Revolving Loan” means a Class A Revolving Loan or a Class B Revolving Loan, as applicable.

“Revolving Loan Note” means Class A Revolving Loan Note or a Class B Revolving Loan Note as applicable.

“Risk Retention Requirements” means the CRR, as supplemented by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 625/2014 of 13 March 2014 and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 602/2014 of 4 June 2014.

“Rolling 3-Month Average Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate” means, for any Monthly Period, the arithmetic average Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate for such Monthly Period and the two (2) Monthly Periods immediately preceding such Monthly Period.

 

36


“Rolling 3-Month Average Maximum Delinquency Rate” means, for any Monthly Period, the arithmetic average Maximum Delinquency Rate for such Monthly Period and the two (2) Monthly Periods immediately preceding such Monthly Period.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and its permitted successors and assigns.

“SBAF” means Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“SBAF Receivables” means certain Receivables (i) previously owned by SBAF, and (ii) sold by SBAF to Holdings prior to the Amendment Effective Date in accordance with the Existing Credit Agreement.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Parties” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“Securities Account” means a “securities account” (as defined in the UCC).

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Security Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date between Company and the Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Selection Procedures” means the procedures for selecting Receivables set forth on Appendix G hereto.

“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Senior Default Interest ” means, for any Interest Payment Date, an amount equal to 75% of the aggregate amount of additional interest that accrued on the Class A Revolving Loans during the Interest Period ending on but excluding such Interest Payment Date pursuant to Section 2.6 .

 

37


“Servicer” means Holdings, in its capacity as the “Servicer” under the Servicing Agreement, and, after any removal or resignation of Holdings as the “Servicer” in accordance with the Servicing Agreement, any Successor Servicer.

“Servicer Default” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Servicing Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date between Company, Holdings and the Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and, after the appointment of any Successor Servicer, the Successor Servicing Agreement to which such Successor Servicer is a party, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Servicing Fees” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement; provided, however that, after the appointment of any Successor Servicer, the Servicing Fees shall mean the Successor Servicer Fees payable to such Successor Servicer.

“Servicing Reports” means the Servicing Reports delivered pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, including the Monthly Servicing Report.

“Servicing Standard” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Servicing Transition Expenses” means all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the assumption of servicing of the Pledged Receivables by a Successor Servicer after the delivery of a Termination Notice to the Servicer.

“Servicing Transition Period” means the period commencing on the giving of a Termination Notice and ending such number of days thereafter as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

“Solvent” means, with respect to Company or Holdings, that as of the date of determination, both (i) (a) the sum of such entity’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such entity’s present assets; (b) such entity’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date; and (c) such entity has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (ii) such entity is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under laws applicable to it relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

“Specified Event of Default” means any Event of Default occurring under Sections 7.1(a) , (f) , (g) , (h) , (j) , (l) , (m), (o)  or (p) ; provided, however , that an Event of Default

 

38


occurring under Section 7.1(m) shall not constitute a Specified Event of Default if the Servicer Default triggering such Event of Default resulted only (x) from the occurrence of an Event of Default or (y) the breach of a Financial Covenant unless such breach was the result of Tangible Net Worth being less than $15,000,000 as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter.

“SPV Indebtedness” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings from time to time solely to finance a portfolio of Receivables.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings that is fully subordinated to all senior indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such senior indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding.

“Successor Servicer” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicer Fees” means the servicing fees payable to a Successor Servicer pursuant to a Successor Servicing Agreement.

“Syndication Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Tangible Net Worth” means, as of any day, the total of (a) Holdings’ total stockholders’ equity, minus (b) all Intangible Assets of Holdings, minus (c) all amounts due to Holdings from its Affiliates, plus (d) any Convertible Indebtedness, plus (e) any Warranty Liability.

“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Terminated Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

 

39


Termination Date ” means the date on, and as of, which (a) all Loans have been repaid in full in cash, (b) all other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made) under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents have been paid in full in cash or otherwise completely discharged, and (c) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall have occurred.

“Termination Notice” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Class A Revolving Loans.

“Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Class B Revolving Loans.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings or Company on or within ninety (90) days after the Amendment Effective Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Document Amendments.

“Transfer Account” means an account in the name of a Receivables Obligor maintained at Rocky Mountain Bank & Trust or Kenney Bank & Trust (or any successor financial institution or financial institutions approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion, serving substantially the same purpose) where all Credit Card Payments attributable to such Receivables Obligor are paid.

“Transfer Account Loan Documentation” means, with respect to any Transfer Account Receivable, collectively, the documentation related to such Receivable and the other documents related thereto.

“Transfer Account Receivable” means any Receivable with respect to which (i) the related Receivables Obligor has instructed the related Processor, pursuant to the related Processor Agreement, to remit certain Credit Card Payments to the designated Transfer Account for such Receivables Obligor, (ii) the related Processor has agreed, pursuant to the related Processor Agreement, to remit such Credit Card Payments to the designated Transfer Account for such Receivables Obligor, and (iii) the related Receivables Obligor has authorized Servicer, pursuant to the related Receivable Agreement, to debit from such Receivables Obligor’s Transfer Account on each Business Day the amounts owing under the related Receivable Agreement.

“Transfer Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“UCC Agent” means Corporation Service Company, a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as agent for Holdings or other entity or entities providing secured party representation services for Holdings from time to time.

 

40


Undertakings Agreement ” means that certain agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Holdings, the Company, the lenders party thereto, the Paying Agent and the Administrative Agent.

“Underwriting Policies” means the credit policies and procedures of Holdings, including the underwriting guidelines and OnDeck Score methodology, and the collection policies and procedures of Holdings, in each case in effect as of the Amendment Effective Date and in the form attached to the Undertakings Agreement, as such policies, procedures, guidelines and methodologies may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.17 .

“Upfront Fees” means, with respect to any Receivable, the sum of any fees charged by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank, as the case may be, to a Receivables Obligor in connection with the disbursement of a loan, as set forth in the Business Loan and Security Agreement Supplement related to such Receivable, which are deducted from the initial amount disbursed to such Receivables Obligor, including the “Origination Fee” set forth on the applicable Receivable Agreement.

“Vintage Pool” means, as of any date of determination, the pool of Receivables originated by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank and acquired by Company during any completed Fiscal Quarter. The Q2 Vintage Pool shall also be deemed a Vintage Pool for all purposes hereunder. Except with respect to the Q2 Vintage Pool, the first Fiscal Quarter to be measured will be the quarter ending September 30, 2013.

“Warranty Liability” means, as of any day, the aggregate stated balance sheet fair value of all outstanding warrants exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred shares of Holdings determined in accordance with GAAP.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Company to Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(b ) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.1(d) , if applicable). If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either Company, the Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP and accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements and (b) Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. If Administrative Agent, Company and the Administrative Agent cannot agree upon the required amendments within thirty (30) days following the date of implementation of any applicable change in GAAP, then all financial statements delivered and all calculations of financial covenants and other standards and terms in accordance with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be prepared, delivered and made without regard to the underlying change in GAAP.

 

41


1.3 Interpretation, etc. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not no limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

1.4 Amendment and Restatement . In order to facilitate the Amendment and Restatement:

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be and hereby are amended and restated to the extent provided by this Agreement.

(b) All of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “ Existing Obligations ”) outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and other “Credit Documents” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “ Existing Credit Documents ”) shall continue as Obligations hereunder to the extent not repaid on the Amendment Effective Date, and this Agreement is given as a substitution of and modification of, to the extent provided herein, and not as a payment of or novation of, the indebtedness, liabilities and Existing Obligations of the Company under the Existing Credit Agreement, and neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereunder is intended to constitute a novation or rescission of the Existing Credit Agreement or any obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 2. LOANS

2.1 Revolving Loans .

(a) Revolving Commitments .

(i) During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including, without limitation delivery of an updated Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) , (i) each Class A Revolving Conduit Lender may in its sole discretion, and each Class A Revolving Committed Lender shall, if the Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in its related Class A Lender Group elects not to (or if there is no Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in its related Class A Lender Group), make Class A Revolving Loans to Company in an amount, for each Class A Lender Group, equal to its Class A Lender Group Percentage of the amount requested by Company pursuant to this Section 2.1 , provided that no Class A Revolving Lender shall make any such Class A Revolving Loan or portion thereof to the extent that, after giving effect to such Class A Revolving Loan:

a) the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments exceeds the Class A Borrowing Base;

 

42


b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans funded by such Class A Revolving Lender hereunder shall exceed its Class A Conduit Lending Limit (in the case of a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender) or Class A Revolving Commitment (in the case of a Class A Revolving Committed Lender); or

c) the sum of (1) the aggregate Face Amount of Commercial Paper issued by the Class A Revolving Conduit Lender(s) in such Class A Lender Group to fund or maintain the Class A Revolving Loans hereunder and (2) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans funded hereunder by the Lenders in such Class A Lender Group other than through the issuance of Commercial Paper, shall exceed the Class A Lender Group Limit for such Lender Group.

(ii) During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including, without limitation delivery of an updated Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) , each Class B Revolving Lender severally agrees to make Class B Revolving Loans to Company in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lender’s Class B Revolving Commitment; provided that no Class B Revolving Lender shall make any such Class B Revolving Loan or portion thereof to the extent that, after giving effect to such Class B Revolving Loan:

a) the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments exceeds the Class B Borrowing Base; or

b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class B Revolving Loans funded by such Class B Revolving Lender hereunder shall exceed its Class B Revolving Commitment.

(b) Amounts borrowed pursuant to Section 2.1(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period, and any repayment of the Loans (other than (i) pursuant to Section 2.10 (which circumstance shall be governed by Section 2.10 ), (ii) on any Interest Payment Date upon which no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which circumstances shall be governed by Section 2.12(a) ) or (iii) on a date upon which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which circumstance shall be governed by Section 2.12(b) )) shall be applied as directed by Company, provided , that each repayment of the Class B Revolving Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

 

43


(c) If there is more than one Class A Revolving Committed Lender in a Class A Lender Group, each such Class A Revolving Committed Lender shall lend its Committed Lender Pro Rata Share of such Class A Lender Group’s Class A Lender Group Percentage of each requested Class A Revolving Loan, to the extent such Class A Revolving Loan is not made by the related Class A Revolving Conduit Lender(s). Each borrowing of Class A Revolving Loans hereunder shall consist of Class A Revolving Loans made on the same day by each of the Class A Lender Groups ratably according to their respective Class A Lender Group Percentages.

(d) Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

(i) Class A Revolving Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000, and Class B Revolving Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $50,000.

(ii) Subject to Section 2.1(h), whenever Company desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent, each Class B Revolving Lender, the Custodian and the Paying Agent a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date provided , that (x) the Company shall review such Funding Notice on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed Credit Date and (y) if following such review it has determined that a Receivable would not qualify as an Eligible Receivable by virtue of clause (h) of the Eligibility Criteria not being satisfied then (1) such Receivable shall be deemed to be excluded from the Borrowing Base Certificate included in such Funding Notice (each, an “ Original Borrowing Base Certificate ”) (and any certification related thereto contained therein or in the Credit Documents) and (2) the Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent, each Class B Revolving Lender, the Custodian and the Paying Agent a revised Funding Notice no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least one (1) Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date and such revised Funding Notice (and the corresponding Borrowing Base Certificate (each, a “ Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate ”)) shall be modified solely to make adjustments necessary to exclude any such Receivable that would not qualify as an Eligible Receivable by virtue of clause (h) of the Eligibility Criteria including any reductions due to any resulting Excess Concentration Amounts, if any. Each Funding Notice shall be delivered with a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting sufficient Class A Revolving Availability and Class B Revolving Availability, as applicable, for the requested Revolving Loans and a Borrowing Base Report.

(iii) Each Lender not in a Class A Lender Group shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Paying Agent, and each Lender in a Class A Lender Group shall make the amount of its Class A Revolving Loan available to its applicable Class A Managing Agent who shall make such Revolving Loan available to the Paying Agent, in each case, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, and the Paying Agent shall remit such funds to the Company not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars to the account of Company designated in the related Funding Notice.

 

44


(iv) Company may borrow Class A Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1, purchase Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) and/or repay Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) no more than three times a week in the aggregate. Company may borrow Class B Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1 no more than once a week (which day shall also be a day on which Company is borrowing Class A Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1 , purchasing Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , and/or repaying Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or, if it is not such a day, it shall count as such a day solely for purposes of the weekly limit set forth in the immediately preceding sentence).

(e) Deemed Requests for Revolving Loans to Pay Required Payments . All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable to Lenders of any Class under this Agreement or any Credit Document may be paid from the proceeds of Revolving Loans of such Class, made pursuant to a Funding Notice from Company pursuant to Section 2.1(d) .

(f) Class A Revolving Conduit Lender Acceptance or Rejection. If a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender shall receive a Funding Notice, such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender shall instruct the related Class A Managing Agent to accept or reject such request by no later than the close of business on the Business Day of the receipt of the applicable Funding Notice. If a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender rejects a Funding Notice, the related Class A Managing Agent shall promptly notify Company and the related Class A Revolving Committed Lender(s) of such rejection. If a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender declines to fund any portion of the Class A Revolving Loans requested of the Class A Lender Group of which it is a member in a Funding Notice, the Borrower may cancel and rescind such Funding Notice in its entirety upon notice thereof received by the Administrative Agent and each Class A Managing Agent prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the proposed Credit Date. At no time will a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender be obligated to make Class A Revolving Loans hereunder regardless of any notice given or not given pursuant to this Section.

(g) Committed Lender’s Commitment .

(i) If a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender rejects a Funding Notice and Company has not cancelled such Funding Notice in accordance with Section 2.1(f) above, or if there is no Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in a Class A Revolving Lender Group, any Class A Revolving Loan requested by Company in such Funding Notice shall be made by the related Class A Revolving Committed Lenders in such Class A Lender Group on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Committed Lender Pro Rata Share of such Class A Revolving Loan.

(ii) The obligations of any Class A Revolving Committed Lender to make Class A Revolving Loans hereunder are several from the obligations of any other Class A Revolving Committed Lenders (whether or not in the same Class A Lender Group). The failure of any Class A Revolving Committed Lender to make Class A Revolving Loans hereunder shall not release the obligations of any other Class A Revolving Committed Lender (whether or not in the same Class A Lender Group) to make Loans hereunder, but no Class A Revolving Committed Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Class A Revolving Committed Lender to make any Class A Revolving Loan hereunder.

 

45


(iii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Class A Revolving Committed Lender shall not be obligated to fund any Class A Revolving Loan at any time if, after giving effect to such Class A Revolving Loan, the aggregate outstanding Class A Revolving Loans funded by such Class A Revolving Committed Lender hereunder would exceed an amount equal to (i) such Class A Revolving Committed Lender’s Commitment, minus (ii) such Class A Revolving Committed Lender’s ratable share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class A Revolving Loans held by the Class A Revolving Conduit Lender(s) in such Class A Revolving Committed Lender’s Class A Lender Group.

(h) Certain Borrowing Limitations . Notwithstanding the other provision of this Agreement:

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) each Funding Notice requesting Class A Revolving Loans and specifying a Credit Date which is thirty-one (31) or more days following the date of such Funding Notice shall constitute a “ Funding Notice (31-Day) ”, and each other Funding Notice shall constitute a “ Funding Notice (Overnight) ”, and (ii) Class A Revolving Loans made pursuant to a Funding Notice (31-Day) shall, for long as they remain outstanding (as determined pursuant to this Section 2.1(h) ), constitute “ Class A Revolving Loans (31-Day) ”, and any other Class A Revolving Loans shall, for long as they remain outstanding (as determined pursuant to this Section 2.1(h) ), constitute “ Class A Revolving Loans (Overnight) .” Company hereby agrees to designate on the first page of each Funding Notice whether such Funding Notice is a Funding Notice (31-Day) or a Funding Notice (Overnight).

(ii) Company shall not submit a Funding Notice (Overnight) and no Class A Revolving Lender shall be required to make any Class A Revolving Loans (Overnight) if, solely as a result of making such Class A Revolving Loans (Overnight), the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans (Overnight) would exceed 20% of the aggregate Class A Revolving Commitments. In determining the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans (Overnight) for purposes of this Section 2.1(h) , repayments of Class A Revolving Loans shall be deemed to be allocated first to the reduction of outstanding principal amount of Class A Revolving Loans (Overnight).

(iii) Upon submission of a Funding Notice (31-Day), Company may request in writing that the applicable Class A Revolving Lenders waive the minimum thirty-one (31)-day notice requirement for Class A Revolving Loans (31-Day) and fund the Class A Revolving Loans requested under such Funding Notice (31-Day) on the Business Day proposed by Company in such written request (which Business Day shall be at least two (2) Business Days after the date of delivery of such Funding Notice (31-Day) if such Funding Notice (31-Day) was delivered by 11:00 a.m. (New

 

46


York City time), or at least three (3) Business Days after the date of delivery of such Funding Notice (31-Day) if such Funding Notice (31-Day) was delivered after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time)). Each Class A Revolving Lender receiving such a written request may accept such request and such earlier funding date, in its sole and exclusive discretion, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day of its receipt of such written request (or no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the next Business Day if it receives such written request after noon (New York City time)), and if not so accepted by each applicable Class A Revolving Lender, such request and such earlier funding date shall be deemed to have been rejected. If such written request and such earlier funding date are so accepted, then such earlier date shall be deemed to be the Credit Date for such Funding Notice (31-Day). Notwithstanding any such acceptance by the applicable Class A Revolving Lenders, Class A Revolving Loans made pursuant to such Funding Notice (31-Day) shall nonetheless constitute Class A Revolving Loans (31-Day) for as long as they remain outstanding (as determined pursuant to this Section 2.1(h) ).

(iv) The acceptance by a Class A Revolving Lender of an earlier Credit Date for a Class A Revolving Loan (31-Day) on one or more occasions shall not constitute a waiver, amendment or impairment of, or otherwise affect, the absolute right of such Class A Revolving Lender to receive at least thirty-one (31) days’ prior written notice before such Class A Revolving Lender is obligated to make any subsequent Revolving Loans (31-Day).

2.2 Pro Rata Shares. Subject to the rights of any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender to elect to fund or not fund a Class A Revolving Loan as described in Section 2.1 , all Loans of each Class shall be made by Class A Lender Groups or Class B Revolving Lenders, as applicable, simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder nor shall any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder.

2.3 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans made after the Original Closing Date shall be applied by Company to (a) finance the acquisition of Eligible Receivables from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) pay Transaction Costs and ongoing fees and expenses of Company hereunder and (c) in the case of Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.1(e) , to make payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts owing to the Lenders under the Credit Documents. No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

2.4 Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes .

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt . Each Lender (or, if applicable, its related Class A Managing Agent) shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of Company to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall

 

47


be conclusive and binding on Company, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; and provided further , in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern absent manifest error.

(b) Register . Paying Agent shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Class A Lender Groups and the Class B Revolving Lenders and the Revolving Commitments and Loans of each Class A Lender Group and Class B Revolving Lender from time to time (the “Register” ). The Register shall be available for inspection by Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Paying Agent shall record in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Loans, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company. Each Class A Managing Agent and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided , failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any Loan. Company hereby designates the entity serving as Paying Agent to serve as Company’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.4 , and Company hereby agrees that, to the extent such entity serves in such capacity, the entity serving as Paying Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees .”

(c) Revolving Loan Notes . If so requested by any Class A Managing Agent for a Class A Lender Group or Class B Revolving Lender by written notice to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at any time after the Original Closing Date, Company shall execute and deliver to such Class A Managing Agent for a Class A Lender Group or Class B Revolving Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Class A Lender Group or such Class B Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 9.6 ), promptly after Company’s receipt of such notice) a Class A Revolving Loan Note or Class B Revolving Loan Note, as applicable, to evidence such Class A Lender Group’s or Class B Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans.

2.5 Interest on Loans .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, (i) the Class A Revolving Loans shall accrue interest daily in an amount equal to the product of (A) the unpaid principal amount thereof as of such day and (B) the Cost of Funds Rate for such day plus the Class A Applicable Margin, and (ii) the Class B Revolving Loans shall accrue interest daily in an amount equal to the product of (A) the unpaid principal amount thereof as of such day and (B) the greater of (1) 1.00% and (2) the LIBO Rate for such period (unless a LIBOR Disruption Event has occurred and is continuing, in which case such rate shall be the Prime Rate less 1.00%) plus the Class B Applicable Margin.

(b) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan shall be included, and the date of payment of

 

48


such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan shall be excluded; provided , if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one (1) day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on and to each Interest Payment Date; (ii) upon any prepayment of that Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) at maturity.

(d) If applicable, each Class A Managing Agent shall deliver to Company and Paying Agent, two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Rate Determination Date an invoice, setting forth (i) an estimate of the amount of interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) to the Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders in its Class A Lender Group based on the CP Rate for each such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender for each day during the Interest Period to which such Interest Rate Determination Date relates and (ii) the amount of any variation between the amount of interest payable to each such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender for the preceding Interest Period based on such notices and estimates and accrued but unpaid interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) payable to such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender for such Interest Period based on its final determination of the CP Rate for such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender for each day during such Interest Period. The amount of any shortfall in interest payable to any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(a) based on such variation shall be included in the portion of interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) payable to such Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, and the amount of any overpayment of interest to any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender based on such variation shall be credited against the portion of interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) otherwise payable to such Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

2.6 Default Interest . Subject to Section 9.18 , upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable in accordance with Section 2.12(b) at a rate that is 3.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 3.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder) (the “ Default Interest Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.6 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

2.7 Fees .

(a) Company agrees to pay to the Person entitled to payment thereunder the amounts set forth in any Fee Letter. Company agrees to pay any Liquidation Fees payable to a Class A Revolving Lender in connection with a repayment of Class A Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) .

 

49


(b) All fees referred to in Section 2.7(a) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable monthly in arrears on (i) each Interest Payment Date during the Revolving Commitment Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii) on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

2.8 Revolving Commitment Termination Date . Company shall repay the Revolving Loans in full on or before the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

2.9 Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

(a) [Reserved] .

(b) Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

(i) Subject to payment of any Early Termination Fee or prepayment premium described in Section 2.9(c) , Company may, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender, at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Class A Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments or the Class B Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments, as applicable, in each case at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , any such partial reduction of the Class A Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount and any such partial reduction of the Class B Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount; and provided further that any such reduction of the Class A Revolving Commitments shall effect a ratable reduction of the Class A Revolving Commitments of each Class A Revolving Committed Lender and of each Class A Lender Group’s Class A Lender Group Limit.

(ii) Company’s notice shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in Company’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each applicable Class A Revolving Committed Lender and/or Class B Revolving Lender proportionately to its applicable Pro Rata Share thereof.

(c) Call Protection . If Company voluntarily reduces or terminates any Revolving Commitments as provided in Section 2.9(b) , Company shall pay to Paying Agent, on behalf of the Lenders whose Revolving Commitments were terminated or reduced, on the date of such reduction or termination, the amounts (if any) described in the Undertakings Agreement.

2.10 Borrowing Base Deficiency . Company shall prepay the Revolving Loans within two (2) Business Day of the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or

 

50


Transaction Manager (or in each case, the equivalent thereof) of Company becoming aware that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists and (ii) receipt by Company of notice from any Agent or any Lender that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, in each case in an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency, which shall be applied, first , to prepay the Class A Revolving Loans as necessary to cure any Class A Borrowing Base Deficiency, and, second , to prepay the Class B Revolving Loans as necessary to cure any Class B Borrowing Base Deficiency.

2.11 Controlled Accounts .

(a) Company shall establish and maintain cash management systems reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, with respect to blocked account arrangements. Other than a cash management deposit account (the “ Funding Account ”) maintained at the Paying Agent into which proceeds of Loans may be funded at the direction of Company, Company shall not establish or maintain a Deposit Account or Securities Account other than a Controlled Account and Company shall not, and shall cause Servicer not to deposit Collections or proceeds thereof in a Securities Account or Deposit Account which is not a Controlled Account ( provided , that, inadvertent and non-reoccurring errors by Servicer in applying such Collections or proceeds that are promptly, and in any event within two (2) Business Days after Servicer or Company has (or should have had in the exercise of reasonable diligence) knowledge thereof, cured shall not be considered a breach of this covenant). All Collections and proceeds of Collateral shall be subject to an express trust for the benefit of Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and shall be delivered to Lenders for application to the Obligations or any other amount due under any other Credit Document as set forth in this Agreement.

(b) On or prior to the Original Closing Date, Company caused to be established and shall thereafter cause to be maintained, (i) a trust account (or sub-accounts) in the name of Company and under the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent designated as the “ Collection Account ” in each case bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and subject to the applicable Securities Account Control Agreement and (ii) a Deposit Account into which the proceeds of all Pledged Receivables, including by automatic debit from Receivables Obligors’ operating accounts, shall be deposited in the name of Company designated as the “ Lockbox Account ” as to which the Collateral Agent has sole dominion and control over such account for the benefit of the Secured Parties within the meaning of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC pursuant to the Lockbox Account Control Agreement. The Lockbox Account Control Agreement will provide that all funds in the Lockbox Account will be swept daily into the Collection Account.

(c) Lockbox System.

(i) Company has established pursuant to the Lockbox Account Control Agreement and the other Control Agreements for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a system of lockboxes and related accounts or deposit accounts as described in Sections 2.11(a) and (b)  (the “ Lockbox System ”) into which (subject to the proviso in Section 2.11(a) ) all Collections shall be deposited.

 

51


(ii) Company shall using a method reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent grant Backup Servicer (and its delegates) read-only access to the Lockbox Account.

(iii) Company shall not establish any lockbox or lockbox arrangement without the consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, and prior to establishing any such lockbox or lockbox arrangement, Company shall cause each bank or financial institution with which it seeks to establish such a lockbox or lockbox arrangement, to enter into a control agreement with respect thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

(iv) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, Company shall not (A) change the general instructions given to the Servicer in respect of payments on account of Pledged Receivables to be deposited in the Lockbox System or (B) change any instructions given to any bank or financial institution which in any manner redirects any Collections or proceeds thereof in the Lockbox System to any account which is not a Controlled Account.

(v) Company acknowledges and agrees that (A) the funds on deposit in the Lockbox System shall continue to be collateral security for the Obligations secured thereby, and (B) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the election of the Requisite Lenders, the funds on deposit in the Lockbox System may be applied as provided in Section 2.12(b) .

(vi) Company has directed, and will at all times hereafter direct, the Servicer to direct payment from each of the Receivables Obligors on account of Pledged Receivables directly to the Lockbox System. Company agrees (A) to instruct the Servicer to instruct each Receivables Obligor to make all payments with respect to Pledged Receivables directly to the Lockbox System and (B) promptly (and, except as set forth in the proviso to this Section 2.11(c)(vi) , in no event later than two (2) Business Days following receipt) to deposit all payments received by it on account of Pledged Receivables, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, money orders or otherwise, in the Lockbox System in precisely the form in which they are received (but with any endorsements of Company necessary for deposit or collection), and until they are so deposited to hold such payments in trust for and as the property of the Collateral Agent; provided , however , that with respect to any payment received that does not contain sufficient identification of the account number to which such payment relates or cannot be processed due to an act beyond the control of the Servicer, such deposit shall be made no later than the second Business Day following the date on which such account number is identified or such payment can be processed, as applicable.

(vii) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and shall be continuing, Company or its designee shall be permitted to direct the investment of the funds from time to time held in the Controlled Accounts (A) in Permitted Investments and to sell or liquidate such Permitted Investments and reinvest proceeds from such sale or liquidation in other Permitted Investments (but none of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall have liability whatsoever in respect of any

 

52


failure by the Controlled Account Bank to do so), with all such proceeds and reinvestments to be held in the applicable Controlled Account; provided , however , that the maturity of the Permitted Investments on deposit in the Controlled Accounts shall be no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which such funds are required to be withdrawn therefrom pursuant to this Agreement, (B) to repay the Loans in accordance with Section 2.1(b) , provided , however , that (w) in order to effect any such repayment from a Controlled Account, Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender a Controlled Account Voluntary Payment Notice in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the date of any such repayment specifying the date of prepayment, the amount to be repaid per Class and the Controlled Account from which such repayment shall be made, (x) no more than three (3) borrowings of Class A Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 , purchases of Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) and/or repayments of Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) may be made in any calendar week and no such repayment may occur on any Interest Payment Date, (y) the minimum amount of any such repayment on the Class A Revolving Loans shall be $250,000 and the minimum amount of any such repayment on the Class B Revolving Loans shall be $500,000, and (z) after giving effect to each such repayment, an amount equal to not less than the sum of (i) during any Reserve Account Funding Period, any Reserve Account Funding Amount and (ii) the aggregate of 105% of the aggregate pro forma amount of interest, fees and expenses projected to be due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement, if any, for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period, based on the Accrued Interest Amount on such date and a projection of the interest to accrue on the Loans during the remainder of the applicable Interest Period using the same assumptions as are contained in the calculation of the Accrued Interest Amount, and the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments and the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments on such date (after giving effect to such repayments), shall remain in the Controlled Accounts, or (C) to purchase additional Eligible Receivables pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, provided, that (w) a Borrowing Base Certificate (evidencing sufficient Revolving Availability after giving effect to the release of Collections and the making of any Loan being made on such date and that after giving effect to the release of Collections, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes, or would result from such release that would constitute, a Borrowing Base Deficiency, Default or Event of Default) and a Borrowing Base Report shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent, the Custodian, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of any such proposed purchase or release, (x) if such purchase of Eligible Receivables were being funded with Loans, the conditions for making such Loans on such date contained in Section 3.3(a)(iii) , Section 3.3(a)(vi) and Section 3.3(a)(vii) would be satisfied as of such date, (y) Company may purchase Eligible Receivables pursuant to this Section 2.12(c)(vii)(C) , repay Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) and/or borrow Class A Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 no more than three times a week in the aggregate, and provided, further, that if such withdrawal from the

 

53


Collection Account does not occur simultaneously with the making of a Loan by the Lenders hereunder pursuant to the delivery of a Funding Notice, such withdrawal shall be considered a “Revolving Loan” solely for purposes of Section 2.1(d)(iv) and (z) after giving effect to such release, an amount equal to not less than the sum of (i) during any Reserve Account Funding Period, any Reserve Account Funding Amount and (ii) the aggregate of 105% of the aggregate pro forma amount of interest, fees and expenses projected to be due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement, if any, for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period, based on the Accrued Interest Amount on such date and a projection of the interest to accrue on the Loans during the remainder of the applicable Interest Period using the same assumptions as are contained in the calculation of the Accrued Interest Amount, and the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments and the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments on such date shall remain in the Controlled Accounts.

(viii) All income and gains from the investment of funds in the Controlled Accounts shall be retained in the respective Controlled Account from which they were derived, until each Interest Payment Date, at which time such income and gains shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.12(a) or (b)  (or, if sooner, until utilized for a repayment pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or a purchase of additional Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) ), as the case may be. As between Company and Collateral Agent, Company shall treat all income, gains and losses from the investment of amounts in the Controlled Accounts as its income or loss for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

(d) Transfer Accounts . Company agrees to instruct the Servicer to (i) deduct from the related Transfer Account any amounts owed to Company, and (ii) remit such amounts directly to a Controlled Account by no later than the second Business Day immediately following the deposit of such amounts in the related Transfer Account. Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each applicable Receivables Obligor to cause all amounts owing in respect of a Transfer Account Receivable to be remitted directly to the applicable Transfer Account by the applicable Processor in accordance with the applicable Processor Agreement.

(e) Reserve Account . On or prior to the Original Closing Date, Company caused to be established and shall thereafter cause to be maintained a Deposit Account in the name of Company designated as the “ Reserve Account ” as to which the Collateral Agent has control over such account for the benefit of the Lenders within the meaning of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC pursuant to the Blocked Account Control Agreement. The Reserve Account will be funded during a Reserve Account Funding Period with funds available therefor pursuant to Section 2.12(a) . At any time after the giving of a Termination Notice by the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall, at the written direction of the Administrative Agent, withdraw from time to time up to an aggregate amount of $100,000 from the Reserve Account to pay Servicing Transition Expenses during the Servicing Transition Period. On the first Interest Payment Date after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Paying Agent shall, at the written direction of the Administrative Agent, transfer into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with

 

54


Section 2.12(b) the amount by which the amount in the Reserve Account exceeds the excess, if any, of $100,000 over the aggregate amount previously withdrawn from the Reserve Account to pay Servicing Transition Expenses. If the first Interest Payment Date after the end of a Servicing Transition Period is during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Paying Agent shall, at the written direction of the Administrative Agent, transfer into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(b) all amounts in the Reserve Account. If, after the first Reserve Account Funding Event to occur hereunder, a Reserve Account Funding Event Cure occurs, on the next Interest Payment Date after the occurrence of such Reserve Account Funding Event Cure the Paying Agent shall, at the direction of Company, transfer all amounts in the Reserve Account into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(a) . For the avoidance of doubt, only one Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder.

2.12 Application of Proceeds.

(a) Application of Amounts in the Collection Account . So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (after giving effect to the application of funds in accordance herewith on the relevant date), on each Interest Payment Date, all amounts in the Controlled Accounts (other than the Reserve Account) shall be applied by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report as follows:

(i) first, to Company, on a pari passu basis, (A) amounts sufficient for Company to maintain its limited liability company existence and to pay similar expenses up to an amount not to exceed $1,000 in any Fiscal Year, and only to the extent not previously distributed to Company during such Fiscal Year pursuant to clause (ix) below, and (B) to pay any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(ii) second, on a pari passu basis, (A) to Company to pay any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Custodian and the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts), (B) to Administrative Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, (C) to Collateral Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents and (D) to Paying Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Paying Agent under the Credit Documents; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of costs, fees or indemnities payable to Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed $450,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(iii) third, on a pro rata basis, to the Class A Managing Agents to pay costs, fees, any Liquidation Fees and accrued interest calculated in accordance with Section 2.5(a)(i) on the Class A Revolving Loans and expenses payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(iv) fourth , on a pro rata basis, to Class A Managing Agents in an amount necessary to reduce any Class A Borrowing Base Deficiency to zero;

 

55


(v) fifth, on a pro rata basis, to the Class B Revolving Lenders to pay costs, fees, and accrued interest calculated in accordance with Section 2.5(a)(ii) on the Class B Revolving Loans and expenses payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(vi) sixth , on a pro rata basis, to the Class B Revolving Lenders in an amount necessary to reduce any Class B Borrowing Base Deficiency to zero;

(vii) seventh , to pay to Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Paying Agent any costs, fees or indemnities not paid in accordance with clause (ii) above;

(viii) eighth , during a Reserve Account Funding Period, to the Reserve Account an amount equal to any Reserve Account Funding Amount;

(ix) ninth , to pay all other Obligations or any other amount then due and payable hereunder;

(x) tenth , at the election of Company, on a pro rata basis, to the Class A Managing Agents or the Class B Revolving Lenders, as applicable, to repay the principal of the Class A Revolving Loans or the Class B Revolving Loans, respectively, provided , that each repayment of the Class B Revolving Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000; and

(xi) eleventh , prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, and provided that no Borrowing Base Deficiency would occur after giving effect to such distribution, any remainder to Company or as Company shall direct consistent with Section 6.5 .

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, on each Interest Payment Date, all amounts in the Controlled Accounts shall be applied by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report as follows:

(i) first, to Company, on a pari passu basis, (A) amounts sufficient for Company to maintain its limited liability company existence and to pay similar expenses up to an amount not to exceed $1,000 in any Fiscal Year, and only to the extent not previously distributed to Company during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(i) or 2.12(a)(ix) above, and (B) to pay any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(ii) second, on a pari passu basis, (A) to Company to pay any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Custodian and the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts), (B) to Administrative Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, (C) to Collateral Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents and (D) to Paying Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Paying Agent under the Credit Documents;

 

56


(iii) third, on a pro rata basis, to the Class A Managing Agents to pay costs, fees, any Liquidation Fees and accrued interest calculated in accordance with Section 2.5(a)(i) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any additional interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.6 ) on the Class A Revolving Loans and expenses payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(iv) fourth , on a pro rata basis, to the Class A Managing Agents until the Class A Revolving Loans are paid in full;

(v) fifth, on a pro rata basis, to the Class A Managing Agents to pay any Senior Default Interest for such Interest Payment Date and any unpaid Senior Default Interest for any prior Interest Payment Date;

(vi) sixth, on a pro rata basis, to the Class B Revolving Lenders to pay costs, fees, and accrued interest calculated in accordance with Section 2.5(a)(ii) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any additional interest accruing under Section 2.6 ) on the Class B Revolving Loans and expenses payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(vii) seventh , on a pro rata basis, to the Class B Revolving Lenders until the Class B Revolving Loans are paid in full;

(viii) eighth, on a pro rata basis, to the Class A Managing Agents to pay any additional interest accruing under Section 2.6 on the Class A Revolving Loans not paid pursuant to clause (v) above;

(ix) ninth , on a pro rata basis, to the Class B Revolving Lenders to pay any additional interest accruing under Section 2.6 on the Class B Revolving Loans;

(x) tenth , to pay all other Obligations or any other amount then due and payable hereunder; and

(xi) eleventh, any remainder to Company.

2.13 General Provisions Regarding Payments .

(a) All payments by Company of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds, without defense, recoupment, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and paid not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due via wire transfer of immediately available funds. Funds received after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by Company on the next Business Day (provided, that any repayment made pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or any application of funds by Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.12 on any Interest Payment Date shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made in accordance with the deadlines and payment requirements described in this Section 2.13 ).

(b) All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans or payments pursuant to Section 2.10 ) shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid.

 

57


(c) Paying Agent shall promptly distribute to each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender at such address as such Class A Managing Agent and such Class B Revolving Lender shall indicate in writing, the applicable Pro Rata Share of each Class A Lender Group and each Class B Revolving Lender of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due with respect thereto, including, without limitation, all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by Paying Agent. Each Class A Managing Agent shall allocate all payments received by it from Paying Agent under this Section 2.13(c) to the Class A Revolving Lenders in the related Class A Lender Group.

(d) Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder.

(e) Except as set forth in the proviso to Section 2.13(a) , Paying Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of Company hereunder to them that is not made in same day funds prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment. Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Paying Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day. Paying Agent shall give prompt notice via electronic mail to Company and Administrative Agent if any payment is non-conforming. Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1(a) . Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Interest Rate determined pursuant to Section 2.6 from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

2.14 Ratable Sharing . Lenders hereby agree among themselves that, except as otherwise provided in the Collateral Documents with respect to amounts realized from the exercise of rights with respect to Liens on the Collateral, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “Aggregate Amounts Due” to such Lender) which is greater than such Lender would be entitled pursuant to this Agreement, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that the recovery of such Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by the applicable Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them pursuant to this Agreement; provided , if all or

 

58


part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

2.15 Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

(a) Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.16 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Affected Party shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by such Affected Party with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date hereof (or with respect to any Lender which becomes a Lender after the date hereof, effective after such date) by any central bank or other Governmental Authority or quasi-Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) subjects such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) to any additional Tax (other than an Excluded Tax) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC or other insurance or charge or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Party; or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Affected Party of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, if such Affected Party deems such change to be material, Company shall promptly pay to such Affected Party, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Affected Party in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Affected Party for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder and any reasonable expenses related thereto. Such Affected Party shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Affected Party under this Section 2.15(a) , which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

59


(b) Capital Adequacy Adjustment . In the event that any Affected Party shall have determined in its sole discretion (which determination shall, absent manifest effort, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that (i) the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by any Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling such Affected Party with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, in each case after the Amendment Effective Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Affected Party or any company controlling such Affected Party as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Affected Party’s Loans or Revolving Commitments, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans to a level below that which such Affected Party or such controlling company could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Affected Party or such controlling company with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Company from such Affected Party of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Company shall pay to such Affected Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Party or such controlling company on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Affected Party shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Affected Party under this Section 2.15(b) , which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.15 shall apply, without limitation, to all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued by any Governmental Authority (x) under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute and (y) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.

(c) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Affected Party to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Affected Party’s right to demand such compensation, provided that Company shall not be required to compensate an Affected Party pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the date that such Affected Party notifies Company of the matters giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Affected Party’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

2.16 Taxes; Withholding, etc.

(a) Payments to Be Free and Clear . Subject to Section 2.16(b) , all sums payable by Company hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall (except to the

 

60


extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within the United States or any political subdivision in or of the United States or any other jurisdiction from or to which a payment is made by or on behalf of Company or by any federation or organization of which the United States or any such jurisdiction is a member at the time of payment.

(b) Withholding of Taxes . If Company or any other Person is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any such Tax from any sum paid or payable by Company to an Affected Party under any of the Credit Documents: (i) Company shall notify Paying Agent of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Company becomes aware of it; (ii) Company or the Paying Agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay any such Tax to the relevant Governmental Authority before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on Company) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Paying Agent or such Affected Party, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Paying Agent or such Affected Party; (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by Company in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment (and any withholdings imposed on additional amounts payable under this paragraph), such Affected Party receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; and (iv) within thirty (30) days after paying any sum from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, Company shall deliver to Paying Agent evidence satisfactory to the other Affected Parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority.

(c) Indemnification by Company . Company shall indemnify each Affected Party, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any additional amounts required to be paid by Company pursuant to Section  2.16(b) , payable or paid by such Affected Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Affected Party and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Company by an Affected Party (with a copy to the Paying Agent), or by the Paying Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of an Affected Party, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Affected Party shall severally indemnify the Paying Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Taxes attributable to such Affected Party (but only to the extent the Company has not already indemnified the Paying Agent for such Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so) and (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Affected Party’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.6(h) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, in either case, that are payable or paid by the Paying Agent in connection with any Credit Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Affected

 

61


Party by the Paying Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Affected Party hereby authorizes the Paying Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Affected Party under any Credit Document or otherwise payable by the Paying Agent to the Affected Party from any other source against any amount due to the Paying Agent.

(e) Evidence of Exemption From U.S. Withholding Tax .

(i) Each Lender that is not a United States Person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “Non-US Lender” ) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Paying Agent for transmission to Company, on or prior to the Original Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Original Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Company or Paying Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, 8BEN-E or W-8ECI or W-8IMY (with appropriate attachments) (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Lender is not subject to, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents, or (B) if such Lender is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot deliver Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY or W-8ECI pursuant to clause (A) above and is relying on the so called “portfolio interest exception”, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status together with two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or 8BEN-E (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Lender is not subject, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of interest payable under any of the Credit Documents. Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.16(e)(i) or Section 2.16(e)(ii) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to Paying Agent for transmission to Company two new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, 8BEN-E, W-8IMY, or W-8ECI, or, if relying on the “portfolio interest exception”, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or 8BEN-E (or any successor form), as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to payments to such Lender under the Credit Documents, or notify Paying

 

62


Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence. Company shall not be required to pay any additional amount in respect of U.S. Federal withholding taxes to any Non-US Lender under Section 2.16(b)(iii) if such Lender shall have failed (1) to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence referred to in this Section 2.16(e)(i) or Section 2.16(e)(ii) , or (2) to notify Paying Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence, as the case may be; provided , if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.16(e)(i) and Section 2.16(e)(ii) on the Original Closing Date or on the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender, as applicable, nothing in this last sentence of Section 2.16(e)(i) shall relieve Company of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described herein.

(ii) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Company and the Paying Agent on or prior to the Original Closing Date or the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Company or the Paying Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is a U.S. Person and exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Company and the Paying Agent at the time or times reasonably requested by Company or the Paying Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Company or the Paying Agent as may be necessary for Company and the Paying Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(e)(iii) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

2.17 Obligation to Mitigate . Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.15 or 2.16 , it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions through another office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.16

 

63


would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments or Loans through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments or Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided , such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.17 unless Company agrees to pay all reasonable and incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Company pursuant to this Section 2.17 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.18 Defaulting Lenders . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that other than at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority, any Lender defaults (in each case, a “Defaulting Lender” ) in its obligation to fund (a “Funding Default” ) any Revolving Loan (in each case, a “Defaulted Loan” ), then (a) during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Credit Documents; (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, until such time as the Default Excess, if any, with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, (i) any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders of the applicable Class as if such Defaulting Lender had no Revolving Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (ii) any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans of the applicable Class shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender) of such Class as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Class of such Defaulting Lender, it being understood and agreed that Company shall be entitled to retain any portion of any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans of the applicable Class that is not paid to such Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the operation of the provisions of this clause (b); (c) such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment and outstanding Revolving Loans shall be excluded for purposes of calculating any Revolving Commitment fee payable to Lenders in respect of any day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Revolving Commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.7 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment in respect of any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender; and (d) the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments or the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments, as applicable, as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender. No Revolving Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.18 , performance by Company of its obligations hereunder and the other Credit Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of any Funding Default or the operation of this Section 2.18 . The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.18 are in addition to other rights and remedies which Company may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default and which Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default or violation of Section 8.5(c) .

 

64


2.19 Removal or Replacement of a Lender . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that: (a) (i) any Lender (an “Increased-Cost Lender” ) shall give notice to Company that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.15 or 2.16 , (ii) the circumstances which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Default Period for such Defaulting Lender shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 9.5(b) , the consent of Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender” ) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “Terminated Lender” ), Company may, by giving written notice to any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, each Class A Revolving Lender in such Terminated Lender’s Class A Lender Group (and such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, each other such Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees identified by Company (each a “Replacement Lender” ) in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 ; provided , (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, and (B) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.7 ; (2) on the date of such assignment, Company shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.16 and any other amounts due to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders; and (3) in the event such Terminated Lender is an Increased-Cost Lender, such assignment will result in a reduction in any claims for payments under Section 2.15 or 2.16 , as applicable, and (4) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender. Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments and, if applicable, the Revolving Commitments of such other Lenders, such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , any rights of such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender and such other Lenders.

2.20 The Paying Agent.

(a) The Lenders hereby appoint Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the initial Paying Agent. All payments of amounts due and payable in respect of the Obligations that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be made by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report.

 

65


(b) The Company shall pay to the Paying Agent the applicable fees payable pursuant to the Fee Letter with the Paying Agent.

(c) The Paying Agent hereby agrees that, subject to the provisions of this Section, it shall:

(i) hold any sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Obligations in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender notice of any default by the Company in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Obligations of which it has actual knowledge;

(iii) comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable State law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it in respect of any Obligations of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith; and

(iv) provide to the Agents such information as is required to be delivered under the Internal Revenue Code or any State law applicable to the particular Paying Agent, relating to payments made by the Paying Agent under this Agreement.

(d) Each Paying Agent (other than the initial Paying Agent) shall be appointed by the Lenders with the prior written consent of the Company.

(e) The Company shall indemnify the Paying Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred, other than in connection with the willful misconduct, fraud, gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Paying Agent, arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations under and in accordance with this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Agreement. All such amounts shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.12 and such indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Paying Agent.

(f) The Paying Agent undertakes to perform such duties, and only such duties, as are expressly set forth in this Agreement. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Paying Agent. The Paying Agent may conclusively rely on the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed in any certificates or opinions furnished to the Paying Agent pursuant to and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement.

(g) The Paying Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the direction or request of Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent, or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review.

 

66


(h) The Paying Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless an authorized officer of the Paying Agent obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Paying Agent receives written notice of such event from the Company, the Servicer, any Secured Party or any Agent, as the case may be. The receipt and/or delivery of reports and other information under this Agreement by the Paying Agent shall not constitute notice or actual or constructive knowledge of any Default or Event of Default contained therein.

(i) The Paying Agent shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability shall not be reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Paying Agent to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(j) The Paying Agent may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate of an Authorized Officer, any Monthly Servicing Report, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(k) The Paying Agent may consult with counsel of its choice with regard to legal questions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the advice or opinion of such counsel, selected with due care, shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by the Paying Agent in good faith and in accordance therewith.

(l) The Paying Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies vested in it by this Agreement or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or in relation to this Agreement, at the request, order or direction of the Administrative Agent or any Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, or such Agent shall have offered to the Paying Agent security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.

(m) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 2.21 , the Paying Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by a Lender, a Class A Managing Agent or the Administrative Agent; provided, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Paying Agent of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation shall be, in the opinion of the Paying Agent, not reasonably assured by the Company, the Paying Agent may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Paying Agent, shall be reimbursed by the Company to the extent of funds available therefor pursuant to Section 2.12 .

 

67


(n) The Paying Agent shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent, the Company, the Servicer, any Agent, any Lender or any other Person.

(o) Any Person into which the Paying Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which to Paying Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Paying Agent, shall be the successor of the Paying Agent under this Agreement, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

(p) The Paying Agent does not assume and shall have no responsibility for, and makes no representation as to, monitoring the value of any Collateral.

(q) If the Paying Agent shall at any time receive conflicting instructions from the Administrative Agent and the Company or the Servicer or any other party to this Agreement and the conflict between such instructions cannot be resolved by reference to the terms of this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the instructions of the Administrative Agent. The Paying Agent may rely upon the validity of documents delivered to it, without investigation as to their authenticity or legal effectiveness, and the parties to this Agreement will hold the Paying Agent harmless from any claims that may arise or be asserted against the Paying Agent because of the invalidity of any such documents or their failure to fulfill their intended purpose.

(r) The Paying Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to disregard any and all notices or instructions given by any other party hereto or by any other person, firm or corporation, except only such notices or instructions as are herein provided for and orders or process of any court entered or issued with or without jurisdiction. If any property subject hereto is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any court order, or in case any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court affecting such property or any part hereof, then and in any of such events the Paying Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to rely upon and comply with any such order, writ, judgment or decree, and if it complies with any such order, writ, judgment or decree it shall not be liable to any other party hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance even though such order, writ, judgment or decree maybe subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

(s) The Paying Agent may: (i) terminate its obligations as Paying Agent under this Agreement (subject to the terms set forth herein) upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Paying Agent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Company shall have accepted appointment by the Lenders as Paying Agent, pursuant hereto and shall have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; or (ii) be removed at any time by written demand, of

 

68


the Requisite Lenders, delivered to the Paying Agent, the Company and the Servicer. In the event of such termination or removal, the Lenders with the consent of the Company shall appoint a successor paying. If, however, a successor paying agent is not appointed by the Lenders within ninety (90) days after the giving of notice of resignation, the Paying Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Paying Agent.

(t) Any successor Paying Agent appointed pursuant hereto shall (i) execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, and to the predecessor Paying Agent an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the predecessor Paying Agent shall become effective and such successor Paying Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor as Paying Agent under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Paying Agent. The predecessor Paying Agent shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Paying Agent all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Company and the predecessor Paying Agent shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be requested for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Paying Agent all such rights, powers, duties, and obligations.

(u) The Company shall reimburse the Paying Agent for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Paying Agent incurred in connection with the succession of any successor Paying Agent including in transferring any funds in its possession to the successor Paying Agent.

(v) The Paying Agent shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the Controlled Accounts or any other moneys held by the Paying Agent pursuant to this Agreement in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from Company. In no event shall the Paying Agent be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Paying Agent shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Company to provide timely written investment direction.

(w) If the Paying Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder or shall receive instructions from any of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement which, in the reasonable opinion of the Paying Agent, are in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall be entitled (without incurring any liability therefor to the Company or any other Person) to (i) consult with outside counsel of its choosing and act or refrain from acting based on the advice of such counsel and (ii) refrain from taking any action until it shall be directed otherwise in writing by all of the parties hereto or by final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(x) The Paying Agent shall incur no liability nor be responsible to Company or any other Person for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control that significantly and adversely affect the Paying Agent’s ability to perform with respect to this Agreement. Such acts shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God, strikes, work stoppages, acts of terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility.

 

69


(y) The Paying Agent may execute any of its powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Paying Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(z) The Lenders hereby authorize and direct the Paying Agent to execute and deliver the Undertakings Agreement.

2.21 Duties of Paying Agent .

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Upon receipt of any Borrowing Base Report and the related Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(ii) , Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , Paying Agent shall, on the Business Day following receipt of such Borrowing Base Report, to the extent that Paying Agent has access to all information necessary to perform the duties set forth herein:

(i) compare the beginning Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance set forth in such Borrowing Base Report with the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables listed in the Master Record and identify any discrepancy;

(ii) compare the number of Pledged Receivables listed in the Master Record with the number of Pledged Receivables provided to the Paying Agent by the Custodian pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Custodial Agreement as the number of Pledged Receivables for which the Custodian holds a Receivables File pursuant to the Custodial Agreement and identify any discrepancy;

(iii) confirm that each Pledged Receivable listed in the Master Record has a unique loan identification number;

(iv) compare the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Report as the amount on deposit in the Collection Account with the amount shown on deposit in the Collection Account and identify any discrepancy;

(v) in the case of a Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , recalculate the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Report as the amount that will be on deposit in the Collection Account after giving effect to the related repayment of Loans or the related purchase of Eligible Receivables set forth therein and identify any discrepancy;

(vi) confirm that the Accrued Interest Amount and an estimate of accrued fees as of the date of repayment or the Transfer Date, as the case may be, multiplied by 105%, is the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Request as 105% of the estimated amount of accrued interest and fees and identify any discrepancy;

 

70


(vii) recalculate the Class A Revolving Availability and the Class B Revolving Availability based on the Class A Borrowing Base and the Class B Borrowing Base set forth in such Borrowing Base Report and the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments and the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments set forth in the Paying Agent’s records and identify any discrepancies;

(viii) in the case of a Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) , (A) confirm that the Class A Revolving Loans requested in the related Funding Request are not greater than the Class A Revolving Availability and the amount of Class B Revolving Loans requested in the related Funding Request are not greater than the Class B Revolving Availability and (B) confirm that, after giving effect to such Revolving Loans, the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Loans will not exceeds the Class A Revolving Commitments and the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Loans will not exceed the Class B Revolving Commitments; and

(xii) notify the Class A Managing Agents and the Class B Lenders of the results of such review.

(b) Monthly Servicing Reports . Upon receipt of any Monthly Servicing Report delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(e) , Paying Agent shall, to the extent that Paying Agent has access to all information necessary to perform the duties set forth herein:

(i) compare the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance set forth therein with the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables listed in the Master Record and identify any discrepancy;

(ii) confirm the aggregate repayments of Revolving Loans during the period covered by the Monthly Servicing Report set forth therein with the Borrowing Base Reports delivered to Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) during such period and identify any discrepancies;

(iii) compare the amount set forth therein as the amount on deposit in the Collection Account with the amount shown on deposit in the Collection Account and identify any discrepancy;

(iv) compare the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and unused fees payable to the Class A Revolving Lenders and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and unused fees payable to the Class B Revolving Lenders, respectively, set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoices received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancies;

(v) compare the amount of Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer set forth therein to the amount set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(vi) compare the amount of Backup Servicing Fees and expenses payable to the Backup Servicer set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

 

71


(vii) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Custodian set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(viii) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Collateral Agent set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(ix) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Paying Agent set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice submitted by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(x) recalculate the Class A Revolving Availability and the Class B Revolving Availability based on the Class A Borrowing Base and the Class B Borrowing Base set forth therein and the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments and the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments set forth in the Paying Agent’s records and identify any discrepancies; and

(xi) notify the Class A Managing Agents and the Class B Lenders of the results of such review.

(c) Direct Competitor List . The Paying Agent shall maintain the List of Direct Competitors described in clause (a) of the definition of “Direct Competitor”, and upon receipt of any update to such list as described in such definition, the Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of such update (and thereafter the Paying Agent shall maintain the List of Direct Competitors as so updated).

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, Paying Agent’s sole responsibility with respect to the obligations set forth in Sections 2.21(a) and (b) is to compare or confirm information in the Borrowing Base Report or Monthly Servicing Report, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.21 based on the information indicated therein received by Paying Agent from Company, the Servicer or the Custodian, as the case may be. Paying Agent’s sole responsibility with respect to the obligations set forth in Sections 2.21(c) is to maintain and provide notice of updates to the list described therein as required by the terms of such Section.

2.22 Intention of Parties . It is the intention of the parties that the Loans be characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. The terms of the Loans shall be interpreted to further this intention and neither the Lenders nor Company will take an inconsistent position on any federal, state or local tax return.

 

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of the Existing Credit Agreement . The Existing Credit Agreement became effective on the Original Closing Date subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement . The amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement provided for

 

72


hereby shall become effective on the Amendment Effective Date subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.5 , of the following conditions on or before the Amendment Effective Date:

(a) Credit Documents and Related Agreements . Each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender shall have received copies of this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Undertakings Agreement, Amendment No. 2 to the Custodial Agreement and each Fee Letter dated as of the Amendment Effective Date (collectively, the “Credit Document Amendments ”), originally executed and delivered by each applicable Person.

(b) Organizational Documents; Incumbency . Each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by Company and Holdings, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, (x) certified as of the Amendment Effective Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate governmental official and (y) certified by its secretary or an assistant secretary as of the Amendment Effective Date, in each case as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Document Amendments to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each of Company and Holdings approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Document Amendments to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Amendment Effective Date, certified as of the Amendment Effective Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each of Company and Holdings’ jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and, with respect to Company, in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Amendment Effective Date; and (v) such other documents as any Class A Managing Agent or Class B Revolving Lender may reasonably request.

(c) Organizational and Capital Structure . The organizational structure and capital structure of Holdings and the Company, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.2 .

(d) Transaction Costs . On or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Lender Company’s reasonable best estimate of the Transaction Costs (other than fees payable to any Agent).

(e) Governmental Authorizations and Consents . Company and Holdings shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary or advisable to be obtained by them, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents

 

73


or the financing thereof and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

(f) Financial Plan . Each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender shall have received from Company the Financial Plan for Fiscal Year 2014 and each Fiscal Year through the final maturity date for the Loans.

(g) Opinions of Counsel to Company and Holdings . Each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender and counsel to Administrative Agent shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of DLA Piper (US) LLP, counsel for Company and Holdings, as to such other matters as any Class A Managing Agent or Class B Revolving Lender may reasonably request, dated as of the Amendment Effective Date and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender (and Company hereby instructs, and Holdings shall instruct, such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agents and Lenders).

(h) Fees . Company shall have paid all fees payable by it on the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the Fee Letters (which amounts may be paid with the proceeds of a Credit Extension).

(i) Amendment Effective Date Certificate . Holdings and Company shall have delivered to each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender an originally executed Amendment Effective Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto.

(k) No Litigation . There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable discretion of any Class A Managing Agent or any Class B Revolving Lender, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs any of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(l) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2013, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(m) No Default or Event of Default . No Default, Event of Default or Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(n) Ratings of Commercial Paper . The Class A Managing Agent for the Gemini Class A Lender Group shall have received, to the extent required, evidence satisfactory to it that this Agreement will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of the Commercial Paper issued by the Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in the Gemini Class A Lender Group by any rating agency then rating such Commercial Paper.

(o) Completion of Proceedings . All partnership, corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and

 

74


all documents incidental thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender and counsel to Administrative Agent, and each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender, and counsel to Administrative Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

Each Agent and Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date.

3.3 Conditions to Each Credit Extension .

(a) Conditions Precedent . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan on any Credit Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.5 , of the following conditions precedent:

(i) Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, Custodian, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice together with a Borrowing Base Certificate, evidencing sufficient Revolving Availability with respect to the requested Loans, and a Borrowing Base Report;

(ii) both before and after making any Revolving Loans requested on such Credit Date, the Total Utilization of Class A Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Class A Borrowing Base and the Total Utilization of Class B Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Class B Borrowing Base;

(iii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, other than those representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of that Credit Date, except, in each case, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct in all respects, as the case may be on and as of such earlier date, provided, that the representations and warranties in any Original Borrowing Base Certificate shall be excluded from the certification in this Section 3.3(a)(iii) to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(d)(ii);

(iv) as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default;

(v) the Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender shall have received the Borrowing Base Report for the Business Day prior to the Credit Date which shall be delivered on a pro forma basis for the first Credit Date hereunder;

 

75


(vi) as of such Credit Date, no Key Person Event shall have occurred; and

(vii) in accordance with the terms of the Custodial Agreement, Company has delivered, or caused to be delivered to the Custodian, the Receivable File related to each Receivable that is, on such Credit Date, being transferred and delivered to Company pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, and the Collateral Agent has received a Collateral Receipt and Exception Report from the Custodian, which Collateral Receipt and Exception Report is acceptable to the Collateral Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Any Agent or Requisite Lenders shall be entitled, but not obligated to, request and receive, prior to the making of any Credit Extension, additional information reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party confirming the satisfaction of any of the foregoing if, in the Permitted Discretion of such Agent or Requisite Lenders such request is warranted under the circumstances.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Paying Agent shall not be responsible or liable for determining whether any conditions precedent to making a Loan have been satisfied.

(b) Notices . Any Funding Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer in a writing delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender.

 

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Agents and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, Company represents and warrants to each Agent and Lender that each and every of its representations and warranties contained in the Existing Credit Agreement was true and correct as of the Original Closing Date and each Credit Date prior to the Amendment Effective Date (excluding any representation and warranty contained in Section 4.7 breached by Company as a result of the breach by Holdings of a representation and warranty contained in Part 1 of Schedule A to the Asset Purchase Agreement if Holdings shall have (or will, if requested in accordance with Section 3.01(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement) satisfied its obligations in respect of such breach under Section 3.01(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement), and on the Amendment Effective Date, each Credit Date after the Amendment Effective Date and on each Transfer Date, that the following statements are true and correct:

4.1 Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification; Other Names . Company (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation as identified in Schedule 4.1 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good

 

76


standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company does not operate or do business under any assumed, trade or fictitious name. Company has no Subsidiaries.

4.2 Capital Stock and Ownership . The Capital Stock of Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. As of the date hereof, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Company is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Capital Stock of Company outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Company of any additional membership interests or other Capital Stock of Company or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Capital Stock of Company. Schedule 4.2 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of Company as of the Amendment Effective Date.

4.3 Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which Company is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Company.

4.4 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Credit Documents to which it is party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not (a) violate in any material respect any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Company, any of the Organizational Documents of Company, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Company; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Company; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Company (other than any Permitted Liens); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Company, except for such approvals or consents which have been obtained.

4.5 Governmental Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Credit Documents to which Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Collateral Agent for filing and/or recordation, as of the Original Closing Date other than (a) those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, or (b) any consents or approvals the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Binding Obligation . Each Credit Document to which Company is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Company and is the legally valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

77


4.7 Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable that is identified by Company as an Eligible Receivable in a Borrowing Base Certificate satisfies all of the criteria set forth in the definition of Eligibility Criteria (other than any Receivable identified as an Eligible Receivable in any Original Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(d)(ii)).

4.8 Historical Financial Statements . The Historical Financial Statements and any financial statements delivered to the Agents and the Lenders pursuant Section 5.1(b) or (c)  after the Amendment Effective Date were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

4.9 Financial Plan. On and as of the Amendment Effective Date, the projections set forth in the Financial Plan delivered prior to the Amendment Effective Date are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of Holdings; provided, the projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the projections may differ from such projections and that the differences may be material; provided further, as of the Amendment Effective Date, the management of Holdings believed that the projections were reasonable and attainable.

4.10 No Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2013, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11 Adverse Proceedings, etc. There are no Adverse Proceedings (other than counter claims relating to ordinary course collection actions by or on behalf of Company) pending against Company that challenges Company’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is a party or that individually or in the aggregate are material to Company. Company is not (a) in violation of any applicable laws in any material respect, or (b) subject to or in default with respect to any judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other Governmental Authority.

 

78


4.12 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.3 , all material tax returns and reports of Company required to be filed by it have been timely filed, and all material taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Company and upon its properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. Company knows of no proposed tax assessment against Company which is not being actively contested by Company in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

4.13 Title to Assets . Company has no fee, leasehold or other property interests in any real property assets. Company has good and valid title to all of its assets reflected in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 . Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens. All Liens purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document in favor of Collateral Agent are First Priority Liens.

4.14 No Indebtedness . Company has no Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness incurred under (or contemplated by) the terms of this Agreement or otherwise permitted hereunder.

4.15 No Defaults . Company is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.16 Material Contracts . Company is not a party to any Material Contracts.

4.17 Government Contracts . Company is not a party to any contract or agreement with any Governmental Authority, and the Pledged Receivables are not subject to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3727) or any similar state or local law.

4.18 Governmental Regulation . Company is not subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. Company is not a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4.19 Margin Stock . Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made to Company will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

79


4.20 Employee Benefit Plans . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company does not maintain or contribute to any Employee Benefit Plan.

4.21 Certain Fees . No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect hereto or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.22 Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance . Company is and, upon the incurrence of any Credit Extension by Company on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, will be, Solvent. Company is not transferring any Collateral with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors. Company shall not use the proceeds from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to give preference to any class of creditors. Company has given fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the sale of the Receivables by Holdings under the Asset Purchase Agreement.

4.23 Compliance with Statutes, etc. Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property.

4.24 Matters Pertaining to Related Agreements .

(a) Delivery . Company has delivered, or caused to be delivered, to each Agent and each Lender complete and correct copies of (i) each Related Agreement and of all exhibits and schedules thereto as of the Original Closing Date, and (ii) copies of any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to or waiver of each Related Agreement entered into after the Original Closing Date.

(b) The Asset Purchase Agreement creates a valid transfer and assignment to Company of all right, title and interest of Holdings in and to all Pledged Receivables and all Related Security conveyed to Company thereunder and Company has a First Priority perfected security interest therein. Company has given reasonably equivalent value to Holdings in consideration for the transfer to Company by Holdings of the Pledged Receivables and Related Security pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

(c) Each Receivables Program Agreement creates a valid transfer and assignment to Holdings of all right, title and interest of the Receivables Account Bank in and to all Receivables and Related Security conveyed or purported to be conveyed to Holdings thereunder. Holdings has given reasonably equivalent value to the Receivables Account Bank in consideration for the transfer to Holdings by the Receivables Account Bank of the Receivables and Related Security pursuant to the applicable Receivables Program Agreement.

4.25 Disclosure . No documents, certificates, written statements or other written information furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Holdings or Company for use in connection

 

80


with the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or taken as a whole, omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Company, in the case of any document not furnished by either of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made, provided, that , projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials were prepared based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.

4.26 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, Company and Holdings are in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “Act” ). No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

4.27 Remittance of Collections. Company represents and warrants that each remittance of Collections by it hereunder to any Agent, any Class A Managing Agent or any Lender hereunder will have been (a) in payment of a debt incurred by Company in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of Company and (b) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs.

 

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Company covenants and agrees that until the Termination Date, Company shall perform (or cause to be performed, as applicable) all covenants in this Section 5 .

5.1 Financial Statements and Other Reports . Unless otherwise provided below, Company or its designee will deliver to each Agent and each Lender:

(a) Monthly Reports . Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (including any month in which the Original Closing Date occurred), the consolidated balance sheet of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company as at the end of such month and the related consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and consolidated statements of cash flows of Holdings and Company, in each case for such month and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a schedule of reconciliations for any reclassifications with respect to prior months or periods (and, in

 

81


connection therewith, copies of any restated financial statements for any impacted month or period) a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto and any other operating reports prepared by the management of Holdings for such period as may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender;

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . Promptly after becoming available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days (or, with respect to the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, sixty (60) days) after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated balance sheet of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company, in each case, as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and Company, in each case, for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto and, prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, any other operating reports prepared by the management of Holdings for such period as may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender;

(c) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of (A) Holdings and (B) Company, in each case, as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and Company, in each case, for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Holdings, and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which report shall be unqualified (other than any qualification related solely to the potential inability of Company to refinance the Obligations prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) (such report shall also include (x) a detailed summary of any audit adjustments; (y) a reconciliation of any audit adjustments or reclassifications to the previously provided monthly or quarterly financials; and (z) restated monthly or quarterly financials for any impacted periods);

(d) Compliance Certificates . Together with each delivery of financial statements of each of Holdings and Company pursuant to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.1(c) , a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate;

(e) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation

 

82


of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or 5.1(c) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(f) Collateral Reporting .

(i) On each Monthly Reporting Date, with each Funding Notice, and at such other times as any Agent or Lender shall request in its Permitted Discretion, a Borrowing Base Certificate (calculated as of the close of business of the previous Monthly Period or as of a date no later than three (3) Business Days prior to such request), together with a reconciliation to the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender. Each Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender shall bear a signed statement by an Authorized Officer certifying the accuracy and completeness in all material respects of all information included therein. The execution and delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate (other than any Original Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(d)(ii)) shall in each instance constitute a representation and warranty by Company to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender that each Receivable included therein as an “Eligible Receivable” is, in fact, an Eligible Receivable. In the event any request for a Loan, or a Borrowing Base Certificate or other information required by this Section 5.1(f) is delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender by Company electronically or otherwise without signature, such request, or such Borrowing Base Certificate or other information shall, upon such delivery, be deemed to be signed and certified on behalf of Company by an Authorized Officer and constitute a representation to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender as to the authenticity thereof. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to review and adjust any such calculation of the Borrowing Base to reflect exclusions from Eligible Receivables or such other matters as are necessary to determine the Borrowing Base, but in each case only to the extent the Administrative Agent is expressly provided such discretion by this Agreement.

(ii) On each Monthly Reporting Date, (A) the Monthly Servicing Report to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Revolving Lender on the terms and conditions set forth in the Servicing Agreement, and (B) the Master Record to the Paying Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Credit Documents, no Lender or Agent (other than the Paying Agent) shall have a right to receive the Master Record.

 

83


(g) Legal Update . Together with each delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(d) and otherwise promptly upon any Authorized Officer’s knowledge thereof, written notice of the occurrence of any material legal developments reasonably expected to have a significant adverse impact on Holdings’ commercial loan program (or, if there are no such material legal developments since the last update provided by Company pursuant to this Section 5.1(g), a written confirmation that there are no such legal developments since such last update).

(h) Notice of Default . Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to Holdings or Company with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or Company or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) ; or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of its Authorized Officers specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condition, and what action Holdings or Company, as applicable, has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(i) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company obtaining knowledge of an Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Company to Lenders or any material development in any such Adverse Proceeding (including any adverse ruling or significant adverse development in any Adverse Proceeding) that would be reasonably expected to have a significant adverse impact on Company or Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to Company or Holdings to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(j) ERISA . (i) Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company becoming aware of the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of (1) each Schedule SB (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each affected Pension Plan; (2) all notices received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any affected Employee Benefit Plan of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries thereof, or, with respect to any affected Pension Plan or affected Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (with respect to an affected Multiemployer Plan, to the extent that Holdings or the Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate, as applicable, has rights to access such documents, reports or filings), as any Agent or Lender shall reasonably request;

(k) Financial Plan . Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, as soon as practicable and in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the

 

84


beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year and each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) through the final maturity date of the Loans (a “Financial Plan”), including (i) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Year, together with pro forma Compliance Certificates for each such Fiscal Year and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based, (ii) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each month of each such Fiscal Year, (iii) forecasts demonstrating projected compliance with the Financial Covenants through the final maturity date of the Loans, and (iv) forecasts demonstrating adequate liquidity through the final maturity date of the Loans, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agents and forecasted in accordance with GAAP, other than cash flows, which may be forecasted in accordance with the usual and customary accounting practices of Holdings);

(l) Notice of Change in Board of Directors . Subject to Section 6.15, with reasonable promptness, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, written notice to each Agent and Lender of any change in the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Company;

(m) Information Regarding Collateral . Prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any change (i) in Company’s corporate name, (ii) in Company’s identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization, or (iii) in Company’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Company agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral and for the Collateral at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest as contemplated in the Collateral Documents;

(n) Public Reporting . After the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, the obligations in Sections 5.1(a) and (b)  in respect of Holdings’ financial statements may be satisfied by furnishing, at the option of Holdings, the applicable financial statements as described above or Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K or Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC, as applicable;

(o) Other Information .

(i) Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, promptly upon their becoming available, and in each case to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder, copies of all material reports, including all year-end summaries, annual reports, budgets, business plans, a quarterly delivery of Holdings’ capitalization table, written consents or matters pertaining to a vote of security holders sent generally by Holdings to its security holders acting in such capacity or by any Subsidiary of Holdings to its security holders other than Holdings or another Subsidiary of Holdings;

(ii) not later than Friday of each week (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) in which a Borrowing Base Report has not otherwise been delivered hereunder, a Borrowing Base Report; and

(iii) such material information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender, in each case, which relate to Company’s or Holdings’ financial or business condition or the Collateral.

 

85


5.2 Existence . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8 , Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business.

5.3 Payment of Taxes and Claims . Company will pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. Company will not file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries). In addition, Company agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Credit Document.

5.4 Insurance . Company shall cause Holdings to maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, (a) all insurance required to be maintained under the Servicing Agreement, (b) business interruption insurance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (c) casualty insurance, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Each Agent and Lender hereby agrees and acknowledges that the insurance maintained by Holdings on the Original Closing Date satisfies the requirements set forth in this Section 5.4 .

5.5 Inspections; Compliance Audits; Regulatory Review .

(a) Company will permit or cause to be permitted, as applicable, any authorized representatives designated by any Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of the properties of Company or Holdings, at any time, and from time to time upon reasonable advance notice and during normal working hours, to (i) inspect, copy and take extracts from its

 

86


financial and accounting records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any Person, including, without limitation, employees of Company or Holdings and independent public accountants and (ii) verify the compliance by Company or Holdings with the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and/or the Underwriting Policies, as applicable. Company agrees to pay Agents’ then customary charge for field examinations and audits and the preparation of reports thereof performed or prepared (A) at any time during the existence of a Default or an Event of Default and (B) otherwise up to three (3) times in any calendar year, provided Company shall not be obligated to pay more than $150,000 in the aggregate during any twelve-month period in connection with any examination or audit described in this Section 5.5(a)(ii)(B) . If any Agent engages any independent certified public accountants or other third-party provider to prepare any such report, such Agent shall make such report available to any Class A Manager or Lender, upon request, provided, that delivery of any such report may be conditioned on prior receipt by such independent certified public accountants or other third party provider of the acknowledgements and agreements that such independent certified public accountants or third party provider customarily requires of recipients of reports of that kind.

(b) At any time during the existence of an Event of Default and otherwise one (1) time in any calendar quarter, the Administrative Agent or its designee, may, at Company’s expense, perform a compliance review (a “ Compliance Review ”) with five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to verify the compliance by Company and Holdings with Requirements of Law related to the Pledged Receivables and to review the materials prepared in accordance with Section 5.5(d) . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, cooperate with all reasonable requests and provide the Administrative Agent with all necessary assistance and information in connection with each such Compliance Review. In connection with any such Compliance Review, Company will permit any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to review Company’s form of Receivable Agreements, Underwriting Policies, information processes and controls, compliance practices and procedures and marketing materials (“ Materials ”). Such authorized representatives may make written recommendations regarding Company’s compliance with applicable Requirements of Law, and Company shall consult in good faith with the Administrative Agent regarding such recommendations. In connection with any Compliance Review pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) , the Administrative Agent agrees to use a single regulatory counsel.

(c) In connection with any inspection pursuant to Section 5.5(a) or a Compliance Review, the Administrative Agent or its designee may contact a Receivables Obligor as reasonably necessary to perform such inspection or Compliance Review, as the case may be, provided , however , that such contact shall be made in the name of, and in cooperation with, Holdings and Company, unless Holdings (i) has failed to so cooperate for at least ten (10) Business Days after receiving a written request from the Administrative Agent requesting such cooperation, or (ii) is no longer the “Servicer” under the Servicing Agreement.

5.6 Lenders Meetings . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, upon the request of Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in a meeting of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at Company’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent.

 

87


5.7 Compliance with Laws . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, comply with the Requirements of Law, noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8 Separateness . Company shall at all times comply with Section 5(d), Section 7, Sections 9(e) and (f), Section 10, Section 28, Section 30 and Section 31 (or any successor sections) of the Limited Liability Company Agreement, and shall not violate or cause to be violated the assumptions made with respect to Company in any opinion letter pertaining to substantive consolidation delivered to Lenders in connection with the Credit Documents.

5.9 Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time upon the request of any Agent or Lender, Company will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as such Agent or Lender may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Credit Documents, including providing Lenders with any information reasonably requested pursuant to Section 9.21 . In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Company shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent or any Class A Revolving Lender may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are secured by substantially all of the assets of Company.

5.10 Communication with Accountants . Company authorizes Administrative Agent to communicate directly with Company’s independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct such accountants to communicate directly with Administrative Agent and authorizes such accountants to (and, upon Administrative Agent’s request therefor (at the request of any Agent), shall request that such accountants) communicate to Administrative Agent information relating to Company with respect to the business, results of operations and financial condition of Company (including the delivery of audit drafts and letters to management), provided that advance notice of such communication is given to Company, and Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cause an officer to be present during any such communication. Company agrees that the Administrative Agent may communicate with Company’s independent certified public accountants pursuant to this Section 5.9 (a) at any time (i) during the existence of a Default or an Event of Default, (ii) upon any event or circumstance which has a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) upon any material change (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion) in Holdings’ or Company’s accounting principles and policies and (b) otherwise, up to two (2) times in any calendar year. The failure of Company to be present during such communication after given such reasonable opportunity shall in no way impair the rights of the Administrative Agent under this Section 5.9.

5.11 Special Covenants Regarding CRR Compliance . Holdings, in its capacity as sole member of Company, represents that, on the Original Closing Date, its membership interest in the Borrower (the “Retained Interest” ) represents a net economic interest in the Receivables which is not less than 5% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivables, except to the extent permitted under the Risk Retention Requirements, and the Retained Interest takes the form of the first loss tranche in accordance with Article 404(1)(d) of the CRR, as represented by overcollateralization with respect to each Receivable. Holdings agrees that, from the Original Closing Date until the Termination Date, it shall, for the benefit of each Lender and each Class A Managing Agent and each holding company of any Lender or any Class A Managing Agent that is required to comply with the requirements of the CRR, unless each such

 

88


Class A Managing Agent shall otherwise consent in writing: (a) hold such membership interest on an ongoing basis until the Termination Date; provided, that Holdings shall not be restricted by this Section 5.10(a) from transferring one or more senior interests in the membership interest, so long as it maintains the most subordinate interest in such membership interest and such subordinate interest satisfies the requirements of Article 404(1)(d) of the CRR (the “Minimum Retained Membership Interest” );

(b) not sell or subject the Minimum Retained Membership Interest to any hedge, credit risk mitigation or short position that is not permitted under the Risk Retention Requirements;

(c) for the purpose of each Monthly Servicing Report, confirm to the Servicer that it continues to comply with subsections (a) and (b) above;

(d) provide notice promptly to each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Lender in the event it has breached subsections (a) or (b) above;

(e) notify each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Lender of any change to the form of retention of the Retained Interest; and

(f) provide all information which any Class A Managing Agent or any Class B Lender reasonably requests in order for such Class A Managing Agent or such Class B Lender to comply with its obligations under the Risk Retention Requirements with respect to the Loans made by it hereunder.

5.12 Acquisition of Receivables from Holdings . With respect to each Pledged Receivable, Company shall (a) acquire such Receivable pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) take all actions necessary to perfect, protect and more fully evidence Company’s ownership of such Receivable, including, without limitation, executing or causing to be executed (or filing or causing to be filed) such other instruments or notices as may be necessary or appropriate, and (c) take all additional action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to perfect, protect and more fully evidence the respective interests of Company, the Agents, and the Lenders.

5.13 No Adverse Selection . Company shall cause Holdings, when selecting any Receivable sold to the Company hereunder, to comply with the Selection Procedures.

5.14 Class B Lender Information Rights . Company shall provide to each Class B Lender (a) substantially contemporaneously with its provision to the Administrative Agent any written information required to be provided to the Administrative Agent under any Credit Document, and (b) prompt written notice of (i) any Event of Default under this Agreement and (ii) any written waiver or consent provided under, or any amendment of, any Credit Document.

5.15 Minimum Sales Requirement . (a) With respect to each Fiscal Quarter in which the average daily unpaid principal amount of the Class A Revolving Loans is less than 90% of the average daily Class A Revolving Commitments during such Fiscal Quarter, Holdings shall have sold during such Fiscal Quarter Receivables to Company selected by it in accordance with the Selection Procedures in an amount (with respect to any Fiscal Quarter, the “ Available

 

89


Eligible Receivables Amount ”) equal to at least 50% of the excess of (A) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Eligible Receivables originated by Holdings or originated by a Receivables Account Bank and sold to Holdings or an Affiliate of Holdings during such Fiscal Quarter over (B) the sum of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivables originated during such Fiscal Quarter that Holdings is obligated to sell, or may sell in order to maximize the funds available thereunder to Holdings, to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with one or more term securitization transactions involving the issuance of securities of a fixed not variable amount rated at least investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all such Receivables originated during such Fiscal Quarter that are Marketplace Receivables. For all purposes of the foregoing, (1) with respect to any Fiscal Quarter, any such Receivables that are originated in such Fiscal Quarter but sold to Company or another Subsidiary of Holdings or as a Marketplace Receivable in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Quarter shall be deemed to have been originated in the Fiscal Quarter in which they were sold, and (2) each percentage under this Section 5.15(a) shall be calculated based on the original Outstanding Principal Balances of the applicable Receivables.

(b) During any Monthly Period, the Administrative Agent may in its Permitted Discretion request that Holdings calculate and report to the Administrative Agent its month-to-date satisfaction of the requirements of Section 5.15(a) (it being understood that any such result shall be delivered for informational purposes only and shall not be deemed to require Holdings to comply with the requirements of Section 5.15(a) on an intra-month basis).

(c) When Holdings selects Receivables to sell to Company or any other Subsidiary of Holdings that has incurred Funded Indebtedness for the purposes of financing Receivables with substantially similar eligibility criteria, it shall utilize the Selection Procedures.

 

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Company covenants and agrees that, until the Termination Date, Company shall perform (or cause to be performed, as applicable) all covenants in this Section 6 .

6.1 Indebtedness . Company shall not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except the Obligations.

6.2 Liens . Company shall not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit the filing of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income or profits under the UCC of any State or under any similar recording or notice statute, except Permitted Liens.

6.3 Equitable Lien . If Company shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, it shall make or cause to be made

 

90


effective provisions whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided , notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall not be construed as a consent by Requisite Lenders to the creation or assumption of any such Lien not otherwise permitted hereby.

6.4 No Further Negative Pledges . Except pursuant to the Credit Documents Company shall not enter into any Contractual Obligation prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

6.5 Restricted Junior Payments . Company shall not through any manner or means or through any other Person to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart, or agree to declare, order, pay, make or set apart, any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment except that, Restricted Junior Payments may be made by Company from time to time with respect to any amounts distributed to Company in accordance with Section 2.12(a)(xi) .

6.6 Subsidiaries . Company shall not form, create, organize, incorporate or otherwise have any Subsidiaries.

6.7 Investments . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including without limitation any Joint Venture, except Investments in Cash, Permitted Investments and Receivables (and property received from time to time in connection with the workout or insolvency of any Receivables Obligor), and Permitted Investments in the Controlled Accounts.

6.8 Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions . Company shall not enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than, provided no Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.1(a) , 7.1(g) , 7.1(h) or 7.1(p) has occurred and is continuing, Permitted Asset Sales; provided that Permitted Asset Sales under clause (d) of the definition thereof shall be permitted at all times subject to receipt of the consent required therein), or acquire by purchase or otherwise (other than acquisitions of Eligible Receivables, or Permitted Investments in a Controlled Account (and property received from time to time in connection with the workout or insolvency of any Receivables Obligor)) the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any Person.

6.9 Sales and Lease-Backs . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which Company (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person, or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Company to any Person in connection with such lease.

 

91


6.10 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any holder of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or with any Affiliate of Holdings or of any such holder other than the transactions contemplated or permitted by the Credit Documents and the Related Agreements.

6.11 Conduct of Business . From and after the Original Closing Date, Company shall not engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Company on the Original Closing Date.

6.12 Fiscal Year . Company shall not change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 st .

6.13 Servicer; Backup Servicer; Custodian

(a) Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Servicer, the Backup Servicer and the Custodian to comply at all times with the applicable terms of the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement and the Custodial Agreement. The Company may not (i) terminate, remove, replace Servicer, Backup Servicer or the Custodian or (ii) subcontract out any portion of the servicing or permit third party servicing other than the Backup Servicer, except, in each case, with the consent of the Requisite Lenders in their Permitted Discretion. The Administrative Agent may not terminate, remove, or replace the Servicer except in accordance with the Servicing Agreement. The Administrative Agent may not terminate, remove, or replace the Backup Servicer or the Custodian except with the prior consent of Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may terminate and replace the Backup Servicer at any time without the consent of Company after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or Servicer Default.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Hot Backup Servicer Event, the Administrative Agent may instruct the Backup Servicer to provide “hot” backup servicing under the Backup Servicing Agreement ( provided that, if after a Hot Backup Servicer Event to occur hereunder, a Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure occurs, the Administrative Agent shall, at the direction of Company, instruct the Backup Servicer to (i) stop providing hot” backup servicing under the Backup Servicing Agreement and (ii) again begin providing only “warm” backup servicing under the Backup Servicing Agreement). Company shall pay all reasonable and customary fees, costs and expenses of the Backup Servicer.

6.14 Acquisitions of Receivables . Company may not acquire Receivables from any Person other than Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

6.15 Independent Manager . Company shall not fail at any time to have at least one independent manager (an “ Independent Manager ”) who:

(a) is provided by a nationally recognized provider of independent directors;

(b) is not and has not been employed by Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates as an officer, director, partner, manager, member (other

 

92


than as a special member in the case of single member Delaware limited liability companies), employee, attorney or counsel of, Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to any person who serves as an independent director or an independent manager for any Affiliate of any of Company or Holdings;

(c) is not, and has not been within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a customer or creditor of, or supplier to, Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates who derives any of its purchases or revenue from its activities with Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates thereof (other than a de minimis amount);

(d) is not, and has not been within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a person who controls or is under common control with any Person described by clause (b) or (c) above;

(e) does not have, and has not had within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a personal services contract with Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, from which fees and other compensation received by the person pursuant to such personal services contract would exceed 5% of his or her gross revenues during the preceding calendar year;

(f) is not affiliated with a tax-exempt entity that receives, or has received within the five years prior to such appointment as an Independent Manager, contributions from Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in excess of the lesser of (i) 3% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year and (ii) 5% of the contributions received by the tax-exempt entity during such fiscal year;

(g) is not and has not been a shareholder (or other equity owner) of any of Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager;

(h) is not a member of the immediate family of any Person described by clause (b) through (g) above;

(i) is not, and was not within the five years prior to such appointment as an Independent Manager, a financial institution to which Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates owes outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money in a sum exceeding more than 5% of Holdings’ total consolidated assets;

(j) has prior experience as an independent director or manager for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy; and

(k) has at least three (3) years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.

 

93


Upon Company learning of the death or incapacity of an Independent Manager, Company shall have ten (10) Business Days following such death or incapacity to appoint a replacement Independent Manager. Any replacement of an Independent Manager will be permitted only upon (a) two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to each Agent and Lender, (b) Company’s certification that any replacement manager will satisfy the criteria set forth in clauses (a)-(i) of this Section 6.15 and (c) the Administrative Agent’ written consent to the appointment of such replacement manager. For the avoidance of doubt, other than in the event of the death or incapacity of an Independent Manager, Company shall at all times have an Independent Manager and may not terminate any Independent Manager without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent the Administrative Agent may withhold in its sole discretion.

6.16 Organizational Agreements and Credit Documents . Except as otherwise expressly permitted by other provisions of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, Company shall not (a) enter into any contract with any Person other than the Credit Documents, any Related Agreement to which it is a party, and an agreement related to the appointment of the Independent Manager and process agent, in each case, as of the Original Closing Date or any agreement entered into in connection with a Permitted Asset Sale; (b) amend, restate, supplement or modify, or permit any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to, its Organizational Documents, without obtaining the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification, as the case may be; (c) agree to any termination, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, or permit any termination, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waivers of, any of the provisions of any Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders. Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, amend, restate, supplement or modify in any material respect any Receivables Program Agreement without providing prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Lender and obtaining the consent thereto of the Requisite Lenders; provided, however that the Requisite Lenders shall be deemed to have consented to any such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification if the Requisite Lenders do not object to such proposed amendment, restatement, supplement or modification in writing to Company within seven (7) Business Days of the Administrative Agent’s receipt of written notice of such proposed amendment, restatement, supplement or modification.

6.17 Changes in Underwriting or Other Policies; Certain Methodologies . Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies without providing prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Lender (collectively, the “ Notice Parties ”). Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any Material Underwriting Policy Change, including any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies of which the Notice Parties receives written notice that either the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Class B Lenders, in the exercise of their respective Permitted Discretion, determines to

 

94


be a Material Underwriting Policy Change and notifies Company of such determination within seven (7) Business Days of their receipt of such notice, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Class A Lenders and the Requisite Class B Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Company shall not agree to, and shall cause the Servicer not to, make any change to the Servicer’s methodology for calculating the unpaid principal balance of Pledged Receivables without the prior written consent of the Requisite Class A Lenders and the Requisite Class B Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

6.18 Receivable Forms. Company shall not acquire Receivables which are not on the form of applicable Receivable Agreement attached to the Undertakings Agreement (or any successor form approved after the Amendment Effective Date in accordance with this Section 6.18 ). Company shall provide, or cause Holdings to provide, prior written notice to Administrative Agent, each Class A Managing Agent and each Class B Lender of any proposed change or variation to the form of any Receivable Agreement, including a reasonably detailed description of the proposed change or variation (a “ Notice of Amendment ”). The Administrative Agent shall, within five (5) Business Days of Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Notice of Amendment, notify Company if the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, has determined that such proposed change or variation is material (a “ Material Change Notice ”), and upon receipt of such Material Change Notice, Company shall not, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any change or variation set forth in the Notice of Amendment without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders, unless such change or variation is required by any Requirement of Law. The Requisite Lenders may reasonably withhold such consent until they have received a satisfactory opinion of Company’s counsel regarding compliance of such revised form with any Requirement of Law reasonably expected to be applicable thereto. If, within five (5) Business Days of Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Notice of Amendment, the Administrative Agent has not provided a Material Change Notice to Company or Holdings, Company or Holdings may make the change or variation to the applicable form of Receivable Agreement proposed in such Notice of Amendment.

 

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Events of Default . If any one or more of the following events shall occur.

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Other than with respect to a Borrowing Base Deficiency, failure by Company to pay (i) when due, the principal of and premium, if any, on any Loan whether at stated maturity (including on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date), by acceleration or otherwise; (ii) within two (2) Business Days after its due date, any interest on any Loan or any fee due hereunder; or (iii) within thirty (30) days after its due date, any other amount due hereunder; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements .

(i) Failure of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness ( other than SPV Indebtedness) with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or breach or default by Holdings or

 

95


any Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness (other than SPV Indebtedness) with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefore, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, such Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be, provided that any such failure, breach or default, as the case may be, shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder only after the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to Company that such failure, breach or default constitutes an Event of Default hereunder; or

(ii) (A) Failure of any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Company) to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of SPV Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000; or (B) (1) breach or default by any such Subsidiary with respect to any material term of (x) one or more items of SPV Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (y) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of SPV Indebtedness and (2) the continuation of such breach or default for more than seven (7) Business Days (or, if such breach or default is subject to any grace period, for more than seven (7) Business Days beyond such grace period), if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, such Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be, provided that any such failure, breach or default, as the case may be, shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder only after the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to Company that such failure, breach or default constitutes an Event of Default hereunder; or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants. Failure of Company to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.3 , Section 2.11 , Section 5.1(a) , Section 5.1(f) , Section 5.1(h) , Section 5.2 , Section 5.6 , Section 5.7 or Section 6 , or failure to distribute Collections in accordance with Section 2.12 ; or

(d) Breach of Representations, etc. Any representation or warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by Company or Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by Company or Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect, other than any representation, warranty, certification or other statement which is qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representation, warranty, certification or other statement shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case, as of the date made or deemed made and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of Company or Holdings becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company of notice from any Agent or Lender of such default; or

 

96


(e) Other Defaults Under Credit Documents . Company or Holdings shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Credit Documents other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 7.1 and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of Company or Holdings becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company or Holdings of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(f) Breach of Portfolio Performance Covenants . A breach of any Portfolio Performance Covenant shall have occurred; or

(g) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Company or Holdings in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Company or Holdings under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Company or Holdings, or over all or a substantial part of its respective property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Company or Holdings for all or a substantial part of its respective property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of Company or Holdings, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for sixty (60) days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

(h) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc . (i) Company or Holdings shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its respective property; or Company or Holdings shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Company or Holdings shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Company or Holdings (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 7.1(g) ; or

(i) Judgments and Attachments .

(i) Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process (to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Company or any of its assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; or

 

97


(ii) Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving in any individual case or in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $1,000,000 (in any case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) or any of its assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(iii) Any tax lien or lien of the PBGC shall be entered or filed against Company or Holdings (involving, with respect to Holdings only, an amount in excess of $1,000,000) or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days;

(j) Dissolution . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Company or Holdings decreeing the dissolution or split up of Company or Holdings, as the case may be, and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or

(k) Employee Benefit Plans . (i) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect during the term hereof or result in a Lien being imposed on the Collateral; or (ii) Company shall establish or contribute to any Employee Benefit Plan; or

(l) Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; or

(m) Servicing Agreement . A Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(n) Backup Servicer Default . The Backup Servicing Agreement shall terminate for any reason and, provided that the Administrative Agent shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to timely engage a replacement Backup Servicer following such termination, within ninety (90) days of such termination no replacement agreement with an alternative backup servicer shall be effective; or

(o) Borrowing Base Deficiency; Repurchase Failure. (i) Failure by Company to pay any Borrowing Base Deficiency within two (2) Business Days after the due date thereof, or (ii) failure of Holdings to repurchase any Receivable as and when required under the Asset Purchase Agreement; or

(p) Collateral Documents and other Credit Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) this Agreement or any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or the enforceability thereof shall be impaired in any material respect, or the Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document (in each case, other than (A) by reason of

 

98


a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or (B) the satisfaction in full of the Obligations and any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document in accordance with the terms hereof); or (ii) any of the Credit Documents for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations and any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made), shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or a party thereto or Holdings, as the case may be, shall repudiate its obligations thereunder or shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing; or

(q) Breach of Financial Covenants . A breach of any Financial Covenant shall have occurred; or

(r) Investment Company Act . Holdings or Company become subject to any federal or state statute or regulation which may render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable, or Company becomes a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940;

THEN , upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and shall, at the written request of the Requisite Lenders, take any of the following actions: (w) upon notice to the Company, terminate the Revolving Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Revolving Commitments, (x) upon notice to the Company, declare the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans and all other Obligations immediately due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Company; (y) direct the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and (z) take any and all other actions and exercise any and all other rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents; provided that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(g) or 7.1(h) , the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans and all other Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, and the Revolving Commitments shall automatically and immediately terminate, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Company. In addition, pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, the Administrative Agent may terminate the Servicing Agreement and appoint a Successor Servicer upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default.

 

SECTION 8. AGENTS

8.1 Appointment of Agents . Each Class A Revolving Lender hereby authorizes Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch to act as Administrative Agent to the Class A Revolving Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and each Class A Revolving Lender hereby authorizes Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, in such capacity, to act as its agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Each Lender hereby authorizes Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, to act as the Collateral Agent on its behalf under the Credit Documents. DBSI is hereby appointed Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent hereunder. Each Agent hereby agrees to act upon the express conditions contained herein

 

99


and the other Credit Documents, as applicable. The provisions of this Section 8 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and neither Company or Holdings shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent (other than Administrative Agent) shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, Administrative Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Class A Revolving Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Class B Lender, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Each of Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent, without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates. As of the Original Closing Date, DBSI, in its capacity as Syndication Agent or in its capacity as Documentation Agent, shall not have any obligations but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 8 .

8.2 Powers and Duties . Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent (other than Administrative Agent) to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Class A Revolving Lender irrevocably authorizes Administrative Agent to take such action on such Class A Revolving Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Credit Documents. Each such Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. No such Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Credit Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing herein or any of the other Credit Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any such Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Credit Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

8.3 General Immunity .

(a) No Responsibility for Certain Matters . No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Credit Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of Company or Holdings to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of Company or Holdings or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Credit Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or to make

 

100


any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Paying Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the component amounts thereof.

(b) Exculpatory Provisions Relating to Administrative Agent . Neither Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Class A Revolving Lenders for any action taken or omitted by Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents except to the extent caused by Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Credit Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until Administrative Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Class A Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite Class A Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), Administrative Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and Company), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Class A Revolving Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against Administrative Agent as a result of Administrative Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Credit Documents in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Class A Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ).

(c) Exculpatory Provisions Relating to Other Agents . No Agent (other than Administrative Agent) nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. Each such Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Credit Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each such Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and Company), accountants, experts and other

 

101


professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any such Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Credit Documents in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ).

8.4 Agents Entitled to Act as Lender . Any agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Holdings or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Company for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

8.5 Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment .

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and Company in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and Company. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

(b) Each Class A Managing Agent and each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Original Closing Date.

8.6 Right to Indemnity .

(a) Administrative Agent . The Class A Revolving Committed Lenders in each Class A Lender Group, in proportion to their respective Committed Lender Pro Rata Shares of the Pro Rata Share of such Class A Lender Group, severally agrees to indemnify Administrative Agent, its Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents (each, an “AA Indemnitee Agent Party” ), to the extent that such AA Indemnitee Agent Party shall not have been reimbursed by Company or Holdings, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such AA

 

102


Indemnitee Agent Party in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such AA Indemnitee Agent Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH AA INDEMNITEE AGENT PARTY ; provided, no Class A Revolving Committed Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such AA Indemnitee Agent Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. If any indemnity furnished to any AA Indemnitee Agent Party for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such AA Indemnitee Agent Party, be insufficient or become impaired, such AA Indemnitee Agent Party may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided, in no event shall this sentence require any Class A Revolving Committed Lender in a Class A Lender Group to indemnify any AA Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Class A Revolving Lender’s Committed Lender Pro Rata Share of such Class A Lender Group’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Class A Revolving Committed Lender to indemnify any AA Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) Other Agents. Each Lender (or, in the case of any Class A Lender Group, each Class A Revolving Committed Lender in such Class A Lender Group, in proportion to its Committed Lender Pro Rata Share), in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent (other than Administrative Agent), their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents of each Agent (each, an “Indemnitee Agent Party” ), to the extent that such Indemnitee Agent Party shall not have been reimbursed by Company or Holdings, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee Agent Party in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Indemnitee Agent Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE AGENT PARTY ; provided , no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Indemnitee Agent Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. If any indemnity furnished to any Indemnitee Agent Party for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Indemnitee Agent Party, be insufficient or become impaired, such Indemnitee Agent Party may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty,

 

103


action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof (or, in the case of any Class A Revolving Committed Lender in a Class A Lender Group, such Class A Revolving Committed Lender’s Committed Lender Pro Rata Share of the Pro Rata Share of such Class A Lender Group thereof); and provided further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

8.7 Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent .

(a) Administrative Agent .

(i) Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to the Class A Managing Agents and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, Requisite Class A Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent provided , that the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of such successor Administrative Agent, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder. If Administrative Agent is a Class A Revolving Lender or an Affiliate thereof on the date on which the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall have occurred and all Class A Revolving Loans and all other Obligations owing to the Class A Lender Groups have been paid in full in cash, such Administrative Agent shall provide immediate notice of resignation to the Company, and the Requisite Class B Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent; provided, that the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent that is not a Class B Lender or an Affiliate thereof shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Administrative Agent may assign its rights and duties as Administrative Agent hereunder to one of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Class A Revolving Lenders; provided that Company and the Class A Revolving Lenders

 

104


may deem and treat such assigning Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Administrative Agent provides written notice to Company and the Class A Revolving Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

(b) Collateral Agent .

(i) Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Collateral Agent provided, that the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent and the retiring Collateral Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held under the Collateral Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of such successor Collateral Agent and the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, whereupon such retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Collateral Agent may assign its rights and duties as Collateral Agent hereunder to one of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Lenders; provided that Company and the Lenders may deem and treat such assigning Collateral Agent as Collateral Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Collateral Agent provides written notice to Company and the Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

8.8 Collateral Documents. Each Lender hereby further authorizes Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of Lenders, to be the agent for and representative of Lenders with respect to the Collateral and the Collateral Documents. Subject to Section 9.5 , without further written consent or authorization from Lenders, Collateral Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject

 

105


of a sale or other disposition of assets permitted hereby or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.5 ) have otherwise consented. Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Company, the Agents and each Lender hereby agree that (i) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by Collateral Agent at such sale. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Credit Documents, prior to consummating any such public or private sale, the Collateral Agent shall provide the Class B Lenders with the right (exercisable for a period of one (1) Business Day after written notice) to purchase any such Collateral for cash in immediately available funds at a price equal to $0.03125 higher than the next highest legitimate and observable third-party bid.

 

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to Company, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or Documentation Agent shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Appendix B or in the other relevant Credit Document, and in the case of any Class A Managing Agent or Lender, the address as indicated on Appendix B or otherwise indicated to Administrative Agent in writing. Each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent, provided , however, that Company may deliver, or cause to be delivered, the Borrowing Base Certificate, Borrowing Base Report and any financial statements or reports (including any collateral performance tests) by electronic mail pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent until any Agent or Lender notifies Company that it can no longer receive such documents using electronic mail. Any Borrowing Base Certificate, Borrowing Base Report or financial statements or reports sent to an electronic mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, if available, return electronic mail or other written acknowledgement), provided , that if such document is sent after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard time, such document shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day.

 

106


9.2 Expenses . Company agrees to pay promptly (a) (i) all the Administrative Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and customary fees and expenses of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, counsel to the Administrative Agent) of negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents, including the Credit Document Amendments, and any consents, waivers or other amendments or modifications to the Credit Documents, (ii) all the Paying Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and customary fees and expenses of counsel to the Paying Agent) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto, including the Credit Document Amendments, (iii) the reasonable and customary fees and expenses of a single counsel to KeyBank National Association (as successor by merger to Key Equipment Finance, Inc.) in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Document Amendments and any consents or waivers of, or other amendments or modifications to, the Credit Documents, and in connection with the administration of the Credit Documents and (iv) the reasonable and customary fees and expenses of a single counsel to the Class B Revolving Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Document Amendments and any consents or waivers of, or other amendments or modifications to, the Credit Documents, and in connection with the administration of the Credit Documents; (b) all the actual, documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of creating, perfecting and enforcing Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of a single counsel for all Agents; (c) subject to the terms of this Agreement (including any limitations set forth in Section 5.5 ), all the Administrative Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable fees, expenses for, and disbursements of any of Administrative Agent’s, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers incurred by Administrative Agent; (d) subject to the terms of this Agreement, all the actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (e) subject in all cases to any express limitations set forth in any Credit Document, all other actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; (f) to the Class A Managing Agent for the Gemini Class A Lender Group all out-of-pocket expenses (including any amounts due to the rating agencies rating the Commercial Paper issued by the Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in the Gemini Class A Lender Group) incurred in connection with satisfying the condition precedent set forth in Section 3.2(n) , and (g) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, all documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and costs of settlement, incurred by any Agent or any Lender in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from Company or Holdings hereunder or under the other Credit Documents by reason of such Default or Event of Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

 

107


9.3 Indemnity .

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 9.2 , whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Company agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Affected Party and each Agent, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnitee” ), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE excluding any amounts not otherwise payable by Company under Section 2.16(b)(iii) ; provided , Company shall not have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order of that Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 9.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Company shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Company shall not assert, and Company hereby waives, any claim against any Affected Party or Agent and their respective Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Revolving Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and Company hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

9.4 Reserved .

9.5 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Requisite Lenders’ Consent . Subject to Sections 9.5(b) and 9.5(c) , no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by Company or Holdings therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Company, Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

 

108


(b) Affected Lenders’ Consent . Without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) that would be affected thereby, no amendment, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) extend the scheduled final maturity of any Loan or Revolving Loan Note;

(ii) waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment);

(iii) reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.8 ) or any fee payable hereunder;

(iv) extend the time for payment of any such interest or fees;

(v) reduce the principal amount of any Loan;

(vi) (x) amend the definition of “Class A Borrowing Base” or “Class B Borrowing Base” or (y) amend, modify, terminate or waive Section 2.12 , Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 or any provision of this Section 9.5(b) or Section 9.5(c) ;

(vii) amend the definition of “Requisite Lenders”, “Requisite Class A Lenders,” “Requisite Class B Revolving Lenders,” “Class A Revolving Exposure,” “Class B Revolving Exposure,” “Committed Lender Pro Rata Share,” “Pro Rata Share,” “Applicable Class A Advance Rate,” “Applicable Class B Advance Rate,” “Class A Revolving Availability,” “Class B “Revolving Availability” or any definition used therein ; provided , with the consent of Administrative Agent, Company and the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Requisite Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Original Closing Date;

(viii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents; or

(ix) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company or Holdings of any of its respective rights and obligations under any Credit Document.

(c) Other Consents . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by Company or Holdings therefrom, shall:

(i) increase any Revolving Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender; provided , no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender;

 

109


(ii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 3.3(a) with regard to any Credit Extension of the Class A Revolving Lenders without the consent of the Requisite Class A Lenders; or amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 3.3(a) with regard to any Credit Extension of the Class B Revolving Lenders without the consent of the Requisite Class B Revolving Lenders;

(iii) amend the definitions of “Eligibility Criteria” or “Eligible Receivables Obligor” or amend any portion of Appendix C without the consent of each of the Requisite Class A Lenders and the Requisite Class B Lenders;

(iv) amend or modify any provision of Sections 2.11 , other than Sections 2.11(c)(vii) and 2.11(e) , without the consent of each of the Requisite Class A Lenders and the Requisite Class B Lenders; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such amendment or modification during the continuance of any Hot Backup Servicer Event, Event of Default or Servicer Default shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders;

(v) amend or modify any provision of Section 7.1 without the consent of each of the Requisite Class A Lenders and the Requisite Class B Lenders; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders; or

(vi) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 8 as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent.

(d) Execution of Amendments, etc. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of the Requisite Class A Lenders or any Class A Revolving Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of the Requisite Class A Lenders or such Class A Revolving Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Company or Holdings in any case shall entitle Company or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 9.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Company, on Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.5 , if the Administrative Agent and Company shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case that is immaterial (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), in any provision of the Credit Documents, then the Administrative Agent (as applicable, and in its respective capacity thereunder, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent) and Company shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent by the Requisite Lenders if the same is not objected to in writing by the Requisite Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

 

110


9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations .

(a) Generally . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders. Neither Company’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by it without the prior written consent of all Lenders. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, Indemnitee Agent Parties under Section 8.6 , Indemnitees under Section 9.3 , their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Register . Company, Paying Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Revolving Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been delivered to and accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in Section 9.6(e) . Prior to such recordation, all amounts owed with respect to the applicable Revolving Commitment or Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in the Register as the owner thereof, and any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Revolving Commitments or Loans.

(c) Right to Assign . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , however , that each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any Loan and any related Revolving Commitments) to any Person constituting an Eligible Assignee. Each such assignment pursuant to this Section 9.6(c) (other than an assignment to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (i) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee”) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $15,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans.

(d) Mechanics . The assigning Lender and the assignee thereof shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement, together with such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.16(e) .

(e) Notice of Assignment . Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt and acceptance of a duly executed and completed Assignment Agreement and any forms, certificates or other evidence required by this Agreement in connection therewith, Administrative Agent shall (i) provide Paying Agent with written notice of such assignment, and Paying Agent shall record the information contained in such notice in the Register, (ii) give prompt notice thereof to Company, and (iii) maintain a copy of such Assignment Agreement.

 

111


(f) Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery of the Existing Credit Agreement or upon executing and delivering an Assignment Agreement, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Original Closing Date or as of the applicable Effective Date (as defined in the applicable Assignment Agreement) that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Revolving Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it will make or invest in, as the case may be, its Revolving Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Revolving Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.6 , the disposition of such Revolving Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

(g) Effect of Assignment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 9.6 , as of the “Effective Date” specified in the applicable Assignment Agreement: (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent such rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned thereby pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof under Section 9.8 ) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided , anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising prior to the effective date of such assignment; (iii) the Revolving Commitments shall be modified to reflect the Revolving Commitment of such assignee and any Revolving Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Revolving Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Revolving Loan Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon Company shall issue and deliver new Revolving Loan Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Revolving Commitments and/or outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(h) Participations . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or a Direct Competitor) in all or any part of its Revolving Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation. The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Revolving Loan Note in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees

 

112


thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Revolving Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Revolving Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents (except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating. Company agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (c) of this Section; provided , (i) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation, unless the sale of the participation to such participant is made with Company’s prior written consent, and (ii) a participant that would be a Non-US Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless a Company (through a Designated Officer) is notified of the participation at the time it is sold to such participant and such participant agrees, for the benefit of Company, to comply with Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender. Any Lender that sells such a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in such participation and other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person other than Company (through a Designated Officer), including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest or obligations under any Credit Document, except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent (in its capacity as Paying Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Designated Officer of Company at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Company shall not disclose the identity of any Participant of any Lender or any information relating to such Participant’s interest or obligation to any Person, provided that Company may make (1) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender and to their agents and advisors provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and will be instructed to keep such information confidential, and (2) disclosures required or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or

 

113


other legal proceeding; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, Company shall make reasonable efforts to notify the applicable Lender of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of Company by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

(i) Certain Other Assignments . In addition to any other assignment permitted pursuant to this Section 9.6 :

(i) any Lender may assign, pledge and/or grant a security interest in, all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Revolving Loan Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided , no Lender, as between Company and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge, and provided further , in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder; and

(ii) any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender may (i) with notice to the Company, and with the consent of the Managing Agent for the Lender Group of which it is a member, assign at any time all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and interests herein to (A) any other Lender, (B) any commercial paper conduit managed by such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender’s sponsor or administrator bank if the Commercial Paper of such commercial paper conduit have short-term ratings from S&P and Moody’s that are equivalent to or higher than the short-term ratings by S&P and Moody’s of the Commercial Paper of such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender, (C) any Affiliate of such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender’s sponsor bank or (D) any Liquidity Provider with respect to such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender.

9.7 Independence of Covenants . All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

9.8 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of Company set forth in Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 9.2 , 9.3 , and 9.10 , the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.14 , 8.3(b) and 8.6 and the agreements of all parties hereto set forth in Sections 9.22 and 9.23 shall survive the payment of the Loans and the termination hereof.

 

114


9.9 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Credit Documents. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

9.10 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside . Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Company or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder. To the extent that Company makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

9.11 Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or any Revolving Loan Note or other Credit Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9.12 Obligations Several; Actions in Concer t . The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. Anything in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or any Revolving Loan Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations without first obtaining the prior written consent of the applicable Agent (other than the Paying Agent) or Requisite Lenders (as applicable), it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and any Revolving Loan Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders (as applicable).

 

115


9.13 Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

9.14 APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

9.15 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION .

(A) ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST COMPANY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY (a) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (b) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (c) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9.1 AND TO ANY PROCESS AGENT SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.1 ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER COMPANY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (d) AGREES THAT AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST COMPANY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B) COMPANY HEREBY AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED ON IT BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE ADDRESSES PERTAINING TO IT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 9.1 OR ON CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, 1180 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, SUITE 120, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036 AND HEREBY APPOINTS CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS. ANY AND ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ANY OTHER NOTICE IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AGAINST COMPANY IF GIVEN BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, OR BY ANY OTHER MEANS OR MAIL WHICH REQUIRES A SIGNED RECEIPT, POSTAGE PREPAID, MAILED AS PROVIDED ABOVE. IN THE EVENT CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS AS AFORESAID AND IF COMPANY SHALL NOT MAINTAIN AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK CITY, COMPANY SHALL PROMPTLY APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT QUALIFIED TO ACT AS AN AGENT FOR

 

116


SERVICE OF PROCESS WITH RESPECT TO THE COURTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 9.15 ABOVE, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, AS COMPANY’S AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON COMPANY’S BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

9.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 9.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

9.17 Confidentiality . Each Agent and Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding Holdings and its Subsidiaries and their businesses obtained by such Lender or Agent confidential and shall not disclose such information; provided , however , that, in any event, a Lender or Agent may make (a) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender or Agent and to their agents, auditors, attorneys and advisors (and to other persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 9.17 ) provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to keep, or with respect to the Collateral Agent and Paying Agent such Persons will be instructed to keep, such information confidential, (b) disclosures of such information to any other Lender or Agent, (c) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation by such

 

117


Lender of any Revolving Loans or any participations therein, provided that no disclosure shall be made to any Direct Competitor except in connection with an assignment or potential assignment to a Direct Competitor that is an Eligible Assignee and such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to hold such confidential information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.17 , (d) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it, (e) disclosure to any Lender’s financing source or the directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, independent or internal auditors, financial advisors or other professional advisors of such financing source who, in each case, agree to hold confidential such confidential information substantially in accordance with this Section 9.17 , (f) disclosures required by any applicable statute, law, rule or regulation or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by any regulatory body or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or other legal proceeding; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender or Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify Company of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender or Agent by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and (e) any other disclosure authorized by the Company in writing in advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the disclosure of any information that is or becomes publicly known or information obtained by a Lender or Agent from sources other than the Company other than as a result of a disclosure by an Agent or Lender known (or that should have reasonably been known) to be in violation of this Section 9.17 , and (ii) on or after the Original Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may, at its own expense issue news releases and publish “tombstone” advertisements and other announcements generally describing this transaction in newspapers, trade journals and other appropriate media (which may include use of logos of Company or Holdings) (collectively, “ Trade Announcements ”). Company shall not issue, and shall cause Holdings not to issue, any Trade Announcement using the name of any Agent or Lender, or their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereunder except (x) disclosures required by applicable law, regulation, legal process or the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or (y) with the prior approval of Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

9.18 Usury Savings Clause . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged or agreed to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Company shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if

 

118


the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Company to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest, throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

9.19 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.20 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Company and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.

9.21 Patriot Act . Each Lender and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Company that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Company, which information includes the name and address of Company and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Company in accordance with the Act.

9.22 Limitation of Liability.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations of the Class A Revolving Conduit Lenders under this Agreement are solely the corporate obligations of each such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender and shall be payable only at such time as funds are actually received by, or are available to, such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender in excess of funds necessary to pay in full all outstanding Commercial Paper issued by such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender and, to the extent funds are not available to pay such obligations, the claims relating thereto shall not constitute a claim against such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender. Each party hereto agrees that the payment of any claim (as defined in Section 101 of Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code) of any such party shall be subordinated to the payment in full of all Commercial Paper.

(b) No recourse under any obligation, covenant or agreement of any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender contained in this Agreement shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, member, manager, employee or agent of such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender or any of its Affiliates (solely by virtue of such capacity) by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that this Agreement is solely a corporate obligation of

 

119


such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender, and that no personal liability whatever shall attach to or be incurred by any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, member, manager, employee or agent of any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender or any of its Affiliates (solely by virtue of such capacity) or any of them under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements of such Class A Revolving Conduit Lender contained in this Agreement, or implied therefrom, and that any and all personal liability for breaches by any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender of any of such obligations, covenants or agreements, either at common law or at equity, or by statute, rule or regulation, of every such incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, member, manager, employee or agent is hereby expressly waived as a condition of and in consideration for the execution of this Agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not relieve any such Person from any liability it might otherwise have as a result of fraudulent actions taken or fraudulent omissions made by them.

9.23 No Proceedings . Company, each Lender, each Managing Agent and each Agent each hereby agrees that it will not institute against any Class A Revolving Conduit Lender any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws so long as any Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit Lender shall be outstanding or there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the last day on which any such Commercial Paper shall have been outstanding.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

120


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. , for purposes of Sections 5.10 and 5.13 only
By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name:   Howard Katzenberg
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
ONDECK ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES TRUST 2013-1 LLC , as Company
By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name:   Howard Katzenberg
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Karan Mehta

  Name:   Karan Mehta
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Kevin A. Tanzer

  Name:   Kevin Tanzer
  Title:   Managing Director
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent and Lead Arranger
By:  

/s/ Karan Mehta

  Name:   Karan Mehta
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Kevin A. Tanzer

  Name:   Kevin Tanzer
  Title:   Managing Director


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Paying Agent
By:  

/s/ Lucy Hsieh

  Name:   Lucy Hsieh
  Title:   Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ Rajesh Rampersaud

  Name:   Rajesh Rampersaud
  Title:   Assistant Vice President
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Class A Revolving Committed Lender
By:  

/s/ Karan Mehta

  Name:   Karan Mehta
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Colin Bennett

  Name:   Colin Bennett
  Title:   Director
GEMINI SECURITIZATION CORP. LLC, as a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender
By:  

/s/ David V. DeAngelis

  Name:   David V. DeAngelis
  Title:   Vice President
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Class A Revolving Conduit Lender
By:  

/s/ Richard Andersen

  Name:   Richard Andersen
  Title:   Designated Signer
WATERFALL ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC, ON BEHALF OF ONE OR MORE OF ITS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CLIENTS , as a Class B Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas Capasse

  Name:   Thomas Capasse
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 10.15

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 21, 2011

by and among

SMALL BUSINESS ASSET FUND 2009 LLC,

as the Borrower,

EACH SUBSEQUENT LENDER PARTY

HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

as the Lenders,

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Collateral Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   
  SECTION 1.01.    Certain Defined Terms      1   
  SECTION 1.02.    Computation of Time Periods      13   
ARTICLE II THE FACILITY      13   
  SECTION 2.01.    Commitments      13   
  SECTION 2.02.    Procedure for All Draws      14   
  SECTION 2.03.    Security; Notes      15   
  SECTION 2.04.    Interest      15   
  SECTION 2.05.    Principal Repayments      15   
  SECTION 2.06.    Payment Priorities So Long as No Event of Default Exists      16   
  SECTION 2.07.    Payment Priorities During the Existence of an Event of Default      17   
  SECTION 2.08.    Pro Rata; Borrowing Base Condition Satisfaction Determinations      18   
  SECTION 2.09.    Sale of Qualifying Loan Assets; Affiliate Transactions      18   
  SECTION 2.10.    Payments and Computations, Etc      19   
  SECTION 2.11.    Use of Proceeds      19   
ARTICLE III SECURITY INTEREST      19   
  SECTION 3.01.    Grant of a Security Interest      19   
  SECTION 3.02.    Security for Obligations      20   
  SECTION 3.03.    Delivery and Other Perfection      20   
  SECTION 3.04.    Collateral Assignment of Agreements      20   
  SECTION 3.05.    Investments in Eligible Investments; Purchase of Qualifying Loan Assets      20   
  SECTION 3.06.    Account Control Provisions      21   
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      24   
  SECTION 4.01.    Representations and Warranties of the Borrower      24   
  SECTION 4.02.    Representations and Warranties of each Lender      25   
  SECTION 4.03.    Acknowledgement      25   
ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER      25   
  SECTION 5.01.    Affirmative Covenants      25   
  SECTION 5.02.    Negative Covenants      27   
ARTICLE VI REPORTING REQUIREMENTS      28   
  SECTION 6.01.    Reporting Requirements      28   
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT      28   
  SECTION 7.01.    Events of Default      28   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

              Page  
  SECTION 7.02.    Waiver      30   
ARTICLE VIII APPOINTMENT OF COLLATERAL AGENT      30   
  SECTION 8.01.    Appointment and Authority      30   
  SECTION 8.02.    Powers and Duties of the Collateral Agent      31   
  SECTION 8.03.    Exculpatory Provisions      32   
  SECTION 8.04.    Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Agent      35   
  SECTION 8.05.    Reliance by Collateral Agent      35   
  SECTION 8.06.    Delegation of Duties      35   
  SECTION 8.07.    Resignation or Replacement of Collateral Agent      36   
  SECTION 8.08.    Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent and Other Lenders      36   
  SECTION 8.09.    Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim      37   
  SECTION 8.10.    Collateral and Guaranty Matters      37   
  SECTION 8.11.    Extension of Rights      38   
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS      38   
  SECTION 9.01.    Amendments, Etc      38   
  SECTION 9.02.    Notices, Etc      39   
  SECTION 9.03.    No Waiver; Remedies      39   
  SECTION 9.04.    Fees, Costs, Expenses & Indemnities      39   
  SECTION 9.05.    Binding Effect      41   
  SECTION 9.06.    Assignment; Register      41   
  SECTION 9.07.    Bankruptcy Non-Petition and Limited Recourse      42   
  SECTION 9.08.    Confidentiality      43   
  SECTION 9.09.    Governing Law      43   
  SECTION 9.10.    Execution in Counterparts      43   
  SECTION 9.11.    Jurisdiction, Etc      43   
  SECTION 9.12.    Waiver of Jury Trial      44   
  SECTION 9.13.    Conflict      44   
  SECTION 9.14.    Severability      44   
  SECTION 9.15.    Headings      44   
  SECTION 9.16.    Electronic Communications      45   
  SECTION 9.17.    Further Assurances      45   
  SECTION 9.18.    Merger and Integration      45   
  SECTION 9.19.    Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Regulations      45   

 

-ii-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated March 21, 2011, which amends and restates the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated July 13, 2009, and is effective for all purposes as of April 24, 2009, is by and among Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), each Lender (as defined herein) a party hereto from time to time, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”).

RECITALS

Each Lender, upon its execution and delivery (and the Borrower’s acceptance) of its respective Commitment Form, hereby agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to provide a secured revolving loan to the Borrower which shall provide for Draws from time to time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment. The proceeds of the Draws, in conjunction with equity contributions from the Equityholder to the Borrower and borrowings under the Subordinated Note, will be used to finance the Borrower’s purchase from the Seller of Qualifying Loan Assets pursuant to the Master Purchase Agreement.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (ii) section, subsection, and exhibit or schedule references contained in this Agreement are references to sections, subsections, exhibits and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (iii) with respect to all terms in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other gender; (iv) references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography, facsimile, electronic transmission and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; (v) references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all subsequent amendments, amendments and restatements and supplements thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; (vi) references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and (vii) references to laws include their amendments and supplements, the rules and regulations thereunder and any successors thereto; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.”

Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(a)(i) .

 

-1-


Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to the Outstanding Principal Balance owed to any Lender hereunder as of any date, any accrued but unpaid interest on such Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 5% or more of the voting stock of such Person or to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balances of all Lenders as of such date.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory statement hereto.

Amortization Start Date Notice “ means a notice in substantially the form set forth hereto as Exhibit G .

Asset ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Purchase Agreement.

Assigned Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04 .

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory statement hereto.

Borrowing Base Condition ” means that, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate Market Value of all Eligible Investments owned by the Borrower and pledged to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders, and (b) the aggregate Market Value of all other Assets owned by the Borrower and pledged to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders, shall exceed the product of (i) the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, and (ii) 110%.

Borrowing Base Condition Report ” means a report, substantially in the form set forth hereto as Exhibit A , to be delivered by the Servicer to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 6.01(b) .

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are required or authorized by law or executive order to be closed in New York City, New York.

Calculation Date ” means, with respect to any Calculation Period, the last day of such Calculation Period.

Calculation Period ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the calendar month (or portion thereof, if applicable) immediately preceding such Payment Date.

 

-2-


Closing Date ” means either the Initial Closing Date (for any Draw made pursuant to a Commitment made by an Initial Lender on the date hereof) or a Subsequent Closing Date (for any Draw made pursuant to a Commitment made by a Subsequent Lender after the date hereof).

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

Collateral Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(a)(i)(C) .

Collateral Agent ” means the Person described as the Collateral Agent in the introductory statement hereto, or any of its permitted successors and assigns hereunder.

Collateral Agent Expenses ” means any costs, expenses, disbursements, and to the extent permitted hereunder, indemnity amounts (including reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Collateral Agent Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a) hereof.

Collection Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(a)(i)(A) .

Commitment ” means the firm commitment of each Lender to fund Draws hereunder in accordance with Article II . The Commitment of each Initial Lender is set forth opposite such Initial Lender’s name on the signature page to the Initial Lender Commitment Form executed and delivered by such Initial Lender to the Borrower. The Commitment of each Subsequent Lender is set forth opposite such Subsequent Lender’s name on the signature page to the Subsequent Lender Commitment Form executed and delivered by such Subsequent Lender to the Borrower.

Commitment Form ” means each Initial Lender Commitment Form or Subsequent Lender Commitment Form, as applicable.

Confidential Information ” means information that the Borrower furnishes to the Collateral Agent or any Lender, but does not include any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public or that is or becomes available to the Collateral Agent or such Lender from a source other than the Borrower.

Covenant Termination Date ” means the first date upon which all Obligations (other than contingent, unmatured indemnification Obligations) hereunder have been paid in full in cash and no other Commitments may again be accepted hereunder.

Debt ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 120 days incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds,

 

-3-


debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, (h) all Debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above or clause (i) below and other payment obligations (collectively, “ Guaranteed Debt ”) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Guaranteed Debt or to loan or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Guaranteed Debt, (2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Guaranteed Debt or to assure the holder of such Guaranteed Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (i) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above (including Guaranteed Debt) secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt.

Default ” means any Event of Default or any event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

Deliver ” or “ Delivered ” or “ Delivery ” means the taking of the following steps:

(a) in the case of each Certificated Security (other than a Clearing Corporation Security) or Instrument,

(i) causing the delivery of such Certificated Security or Instrument to the Collateral Agent registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its affiliated nominee or endorsed to the Collateral Agent or in blank;

(ii) causing the Collateral Agent to continuously indicate on its books and records that such Certificated Security or Instrument is credited to the Collateral Account; and

(iii) causing the Collateral Agent to maintain continuous possession of such Certificated Security or Instrument;

(b) in the case of each Uncertificated Security (other than a Clearing Corporation Security),

(i) causing such Uncertificated Security to be continuously registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Collateral Agent; and

 

-4-


(ii) causing the Collateral Agent to continuously indicate on its books and records that such Uncertificated Security is credited to the Collateral Account;

(c) in the case of each Clearing Corporation Security,

(i) causing the relevant Clearing Corporation to credit such Clearing Corporation Security to the securities account of the Collateral Agent; and

(ii) causing the Collateral Agent to continuously indicate on its books and records that such Clearing Corporation Security is credited to the Collateral Account;

(d) in the case of each security issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or agency or instrumentality thereof and that is maintained in book-entry records of a Federal Reserve Bank (“ FRB ”) (each such security, a “ Government Security ”),

(i) causing the creation of a Security Entitlement to such Government Security by the credit of such Government Security to the securities account of the Collateral Agent at such FRB; and

(ii) causing the Collateral Agent to continuously indicate on its books and records that such Government Security is credited to the Collateral Account;

(e) in the case of each Security Entitlement not governed by clauses (a) through (d) above,

(i) causing a Securities Intermediary (A) to indicate on its books and records that the underlying Financial Asset has been credited to the Collateral Agent’s securities account, (B) to receive a Financial Asset from a Securities Intermediary or acquiring the underlying Financial Asset for a Securities Intermediary, and in either case, accepting it for credit to the Collateral Agent’s securities account or (C) to become obligated under other law, regulation or rule to credit the underlying Financial Asset to a Security Intermediary’s securities account;

(ii) causing such Securities Intermediary to make entries on its books and records continuously identifying such Security Entitlement as belonging to the Collateral Agent and continuously indicating on its books and records that such Security Entitlement is credited to the Collateral Agent’s securities account; and

(iii) causing the Collateral Agent to continuously indicate on its books and records that such Security Entitlement (or all rights and property of the Collateral Agent representing such Security Entitlement) is credited to the Collateral Account;

(f) in the case of cash or money,

(a) causing the delivery of such cash or money to the Collateral Agent;

 

-5-


(b) causing the Collateral Agent to treat such cash or money as a Financial Asset maintained by such Collateral Agent for credit to the applicable Account in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of the UCC; and

(c) causing the Collateral Agent to continuously indicate on its books and records that such cash or money is credited to the applicable Account; and

(e) in the case of each general intangible, causing the filing of a Financing Statement in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and obtaining any and all consents required by the underlying instruments relating to any such general intangibles for the transfer of ownership and/or pledge hereunder (except to the extent that the requirement for such consent is rendered ineffective under Section 9-406 of the UCC).

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this definition that are defined in the UCC are used in this definition as defined therein.

Designated Rate ” means, with respect to (a) the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Initial Lender (in its capacity as such), 15.0% per annum, and (b) the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Subsequent Lender (in its capacity as such), the lesser of (i) the amount set forth in such Subsequent Lender’s Commitment Form, and (ii) 15.0% per annum.

Draw ” means any loan of funds by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Article II .

Draw Condition Precedent ” means each of the following conditions precedent: (a) all representations and warranties of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents shall be true and correct; (b) with respect only to any Draws occurring after the first Borrowing Base Condition Report is delivered hereunder, the Borrowing Base Condition shall be satisfied; and (c) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Draw Date ” means any date specified in a Draw Notice as a Draw Date.

Draw-Down Period ” means, (a) with respect to any Commitment made on the Initial Closing Date, the Initial Draw-Down Period, and (b) with respect to any Commitment made on a Subsequent Closing Date, the applicable Subsequent Draw-Down Period.

Draw Notice ” means a notice, substantially in the form set forth hereto as Exhibit B , pursuant to which the Borrower requests Draws from the Lenders.

Eligible Investments ” means any United States dollar investment that, at the time it is Delivered to the Collateral Agent (directly or through an intermediary or bailee), is one or more of the following obligations or securities:

(a) direct obligations of, and obligations the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully and expressly guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the obligations of which are expressly backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America;

 

-6-


(b) demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, trust accounts with, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America (including the Collateral Agent) or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state banking authorities, in each case payable within 183 days of issuance, so long as the commercial paper and/or the debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company (or, in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding company system, the commercial paper or debt obligations of such holding company) at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment have the Eligible Investment Required Ratings;

(c) unleveraged repurchase obligations with respect to (i) any security described in clause (a) above or (ii) any other security issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (b) above or entered into with an entity (acting as principal) with, or whose parent company has, the Eligible Investment Required Ratings;

(d) securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any entity formed under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that have a credit rating of “Aaa” from Moody’s and “AAA” from S&P at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment;

(e) commercial paper or other short-term obligations with the Eligible Investment Required Ratings and that either bear interest or are sold at a discount from the face amount thereof and have a maturity of not more than 183 days from their date of issuance; provided that this clause (e) shall not include extendible commercial paper or asset backed commercial paper;

(g) money market funds domiciled outside of the United States which funds have, at all times, credit ratings of “Aaa” and “MR1+” by Moody’s and “AAAm” or “AAAm-G” by S&P, respectively;

provided , however , that Eligible Investments shall be held until maturity except as otherwise specifically provided herein and shall include only such obligations or securities, other than those referred to in clause (g) above, as mature (or are putable at par to the issuer thereof) no later than the Business Day prior to the next Payment Date, unless such Eligible Investments are issued by the Collateral Agent in its capacity as a banking institution, in which event such Eligible Investments may mature on such Payment Date; provided , further , that none of the foregoing obligations or securities shall constitute Eligible Investments if (i) such obligation or security has an “f”, “r”, “p”, “pi”, “q” or “t” subscript assigned by S&P, (ii) all, or substantially all, of the remaining amounts payable thereunder consist of interest and not principal payments, (ii) such obligation or security is subject to U.S. withholding tax, (iii) such obligation or security is subject to foreign withholding tax unless the issuer of the security is required to make “gross-up” payments for the full amount of such foreign withholding tax, (iv) such obligation or security is secured by real property or (v) such obligation or security is purchased at a price greater than 100% of the principal or face amount thereof. Eligible Investments may include, without limitation, those investments for which the Collateral Agent or an Affiliate of the Collateral Agent provides services and receives compensation.

 

-7-


Eligible Investment Required Ratings ” means short-term credit ratings of “P-1” from Moody’s and “A-1+” from S&P or, in the case of any Eligible Investment with a maturity of longer than 91 days, long-term credit ratings of at least “Aa2” from Moody’s and “AAA” from S&P.

Eligible Person ” means any Person that: (a) has been approved by the Borrower to be a Lender (or an assignee of a Lender, as the case may be) hereunder in its sole discretion; and (b) is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act).

Equityholder ” means On Deck, in its capacity as the sole equity owner of the Borrower.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and as implemented and interpreted.

ERISA Group ” means the Borrower and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (n) of the Code. Any former member of the ERISA Group shall continue to be considered a member of the ERISA Group within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was a member of the ERISA Group and with respect to liabilities arising after such period for which the Borrower could be liable under the Code or ERISA.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 .

Excess Proceeds ” means any amounts permitted to be distributed (and that are distributed) to the Equityholder from time to time pursuant to either of Sections 2.06(d) or 2.07(b)(v) as either a distribution on the Borrower’s equity or as a payment of principal or interest on the Subordinated Note (in each case, as directed by the Borrower).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States from time to time.

Hedge Agreements ” means interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other similar agreements.

Initial Closing Date ” means the date hereof.

Initial Lender ” means each Eligible Person that becomes a Lender on the date hereof by executing and delivering to the Borrower an Initial Lender Commitment Form.

Initial Lender Commitment Form ” means the form set forth hereto as Exhibit C , pursuant to which each Initial Lender has made its Commitment hereunder on the Initial Closing Date.

Initial Draw-Down Period ” means the period from the Initial Closing Date until the 90 th day to occur thereafter.

 

-8-


Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Lender ” means each Initial Lender or Subsequent Lender, as applicable.

Lien ” means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.

Manager ” means On Deck, in it capacity as the “Manager” of the Borrower.

Market Value ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) with respect to any Eligible Investment, par plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon;

(b) with respect to any Performing Asset, par plus any accrued but unpaid interest; and

(c) with respect to any Non-Performing Asset: (i) if the applicable payment default has continued for a period of 60 or less calendar days, the amount reasonably believed by the Borrower to be the recoverable value of such Asset over the next 12 months; (ii) if the applicable payment default has continued for a period of more than 60 calendar days but less than 90 calendar days, and the applicable obligor continues to make payments on such Non-Performing Asset, the amount reasonably believed by the Borrower to be the recoverable value of such Asset over the next 12 months; (iii) if the applicable payment default has continued for a period of more than 60 calendar days but less than 90 calendar days, and the applicable obligor has made no payments on such Non-Performing Asset during such period, $0; and (iv) if the applicable payment default has continued for a period of 90 or more calendar days, $0; provided , that with respect to any Asset described in clause (c)(iii) or (c)(iv) above that has been determined to have a Market Value of $0, if after the date of any such determination the Obligor of such Asset resumes making payment on such Asset pursuant to a payment plan approved by the Borrower, then from and after the date such payments resume (and for so long as such payments continue) such Asset shall be deemed to be a Performing Asset for all purposes hereunder.

Master Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Master Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between On Deck, as the seller thereunder, and the Borrower, as the purchaser thereunder.

Monthly Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a) .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Non-Performing Asset ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any Asset owned by the Borrower regarding which a payment event of default has occurred under the applicable Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement and has continued for a period of 15 or more calendar days.

 

-9-


Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of a Lender in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, evidencing the indebtedness owed by the Borrower to such Lender hereunder.

Notice of Exclusive Control ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(c)(iii) .

Obligations ” means all present and future indebtedness and other liabilities and obligations (howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or due or to become due) of the Borrower to the Lenders arising under this Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document.

Obligor ” means a borrower under a Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement.

On Deck ” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation with operations in Arlington, Virginia.

Outstanding Principal Balance ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all Draws funded by such Lender to the Borrower hereunder on or prior to such date, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Reinvested Interest (if any) added thereto pursuant to Section 2.01(c) on or prior to such date, over (b) the aggregate amount of all principal repayments thereon received by such Lender from the Borrower on or prior to such date.

Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to the Borrower, the Borrower’s certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Payment Date ” means the 15 th day of each month, commencing in April 2009.

Performing Asset ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any Asset owned by the Borrower that is not a Non-Performing Asset.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

Plan ” means an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), whether or not any such Plan is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Prepayment Premium ” means, with respect to any optional prepayment made to any Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(b) prior to the 1 year anniversary of the Initial Closing Date, an amount equal to 2% of the amount of any such optional prepayment.

Prohibited Transaction ” means a transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA and to which Section 406 of ERISA applies, that is not exempted by a statutory or administrative or individual exemption pursuant to Section 408 of ERISA

 

-10-


Purchase and Sale Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Purchase Agreement.

Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement ” means an On Deck Capital Business Loan and Security Agreement, or any successor form thereto, as in effect from time to time, pursuant to which On Deck makes a loan to an Obligor.

Qualifying Expenses ” means fees and expenses of the Borrower incurred from time to time in the ordinary course of its business.

Qualifying Loan Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Purchase Agreement.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(b) .

Reinvestment Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c) .

Reinvestment End Date ” means, with respect to any Lender that made a Reinvestment Election in its Commitment Form, the earlier of (a) the 12-month anniversary of the Closing Date for such Lender’s Commitment or such later date mutually agreed to in writing (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) by the Borrower and such Lender, (b) the 90 th day after (but not including) the date upon which such Lender provides a Reinvestment End Date Notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Collateral Agent), (c) any day on which the Borrower provides a Reinvestment End Date Notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Collateral Agent), or (d) the Scheduled Reinvestment End Date.

Reinvestment End Date Notice ” means a notice in substantially the form set forth hereto as Exhibit E , pursuant to which (a) a Lender may notify the Borrower that it no longer wants to have its Accrued Interest retained by the Borrower and added to the principal balance of such Lender’s Draws and instead desires to commence receiving payments of Accrued Interest on each Payment Date, or (b) the Borrower may notify a Lender that such Lender’s Accrued Interest will no longer be retained by the Borrower and added to the principal balance of such Lender’s Draws and instead the Borrower will commence distributing payments of Accrued Interest to such Lender on each Payment Date.

Reinvested Interest ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Accrued Interest that is not distributed on such Payment Date but is instead added to the principal balance of such Lender’s Draws pursuant to Section 2.01(c) .

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” means (a) for all purposes of this Agreement other than Section 7.02 , at any time Lenders owed at least 66-2/3% of the then Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments, and (b) for purposes of Section 7.02, (i) if at any time there are fewer than four (4) Lenders hereunder, all Lenders, and (ii) if at any time there are four (4) or more Lenders hereunder, Lenders owed at least 75% of the then Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having at least 75% of the Commitments.

 

-11-


Reserve Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(a)(i)(B) .

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Scheduled Amortization Start Date ” means, with respect to any Lender who did not make a Reinvestment Election in its Commitment Form, the earlier of (a) the date designated in such Commitment Form as the “Scheduled Amortization Start Date” or such later date mutually agreed to thereafter in writing (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) by the Borrower and such Lender, (b) the 90 th day after (but not including) the date upon which such Lender provides an Amortization Start Date Notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Collateral Agent), (c) any day on which the Borrower provides an Amortization Start Date Notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Collateral Agent), or (d) the Scheduled Reinvestment End Date.

Scheduled Reinvestment End Date ” means the date that is the 4 th year anniversary of the Initial Closing Date.

Secured Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Purchase Agreement.

Servicer ” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Servicing Agreement ” means that certain Commercial Loan Servicing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among On Deck and the Borrower.

Servicing Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Subordinated Note ” means that certain Subordinated Note, dated as of the date hereof, between On Deck and the Borrower.

Subsequent Closing Date ” means any date after the Initial Closing Date designated as such by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.01(b) upon which a Subsequent Lender makes a Commitment hereunder by executing and delivering to the Borrower a Subsequent Lender Commitment Form.

Subsequent Draw-Down Period ” means, with respect to any Commitment made by a Subsequent Lender, the period from the Subsequent Closing Date for such Commitment until the Subsequent Draw-Down Period End Date for such Commitment.

 

-12-


Subsequent Draw-Down Period End Date ” means, with respect to any Commitment made by a Subsequent Lender, the earlier of (a) the Scheduled Reinvestment End Date, and (b) the date designated in such Subsequent Lender’s Subsequent Lender Commitment Form as the “Subsequent Draw-Down Period End Date” (which date shall in each case be at least 90 days after the Subsequent Closing Date for such Commitment) or such later date mutually agreed to thereafter in writing (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) by the Borrower and such Subsequent Lender.

Subsequent Lender ” means each Eligible Person that becomes a Lender after the Initial Closing Date by executing and delivering to the Borrower a Subsequent Lender Commitment Form.

Subsequent Lender Commitment Form ” means the form set forth hereto as Exhibit F , pursuant to which each Subsequent Lender makes its Commitment hereunder on the respective Subsequent Closing Date.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, the Master Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, and the Subordinated Note.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods .

In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”.

ARTICLE II

THE FACILITY

SECTION 2.01. Commitments .

(a) Initial Closing Date . On the date hereof, each Initial Lender has executed and delivered to the Borrower an Initial Lender Commitment Form. Pursuant thereto, and on the terms

 

-13-


and conditions hereinafter set forth, each Initial Lender agrees to fund Draws to the Borrower from time to time during the Initial Draw-Down Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Initial Lender’s Commitment, provided , however , that under no circumstances shall any Initial Lender be required to fund any Draw unless, both prior to and after giving effect to such Draw, each Draw Condition Precedent shall be satisfied.

(b) Subsequent Closing Dates . Until the Scheduled Reinvestment End Date, the Borrower may designate no more than two Business Days during each calendar month as a Subsequent Closing Date. On each Subsequent Closing Date, the Borrower may accept Commitments from one or more Subsequent Lenders. On the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, each Subsequent Lender agrees, effective upon its execution and delivery to the Borrower of its Subsequent Lender Commitment Form (a copy of which shall be provided to the Collateral Agent prior to such Subsequent Draw Date), to fund Draws to the Borrower from time to time during the applicable Subsequent Draw-Down Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Subsequent Lender’s Commitment, provided , however , that under no circumstances shall any Subsequent Lender be required to fund any Draw unless, both prior to and after giving effect to such Draw, each Draw Condition Precedent shall be satisfied.

(c) Reinvestment of Interest . In its Commitment Form, each Lender may elect (any such election, a “ Reinvestment Election ”), in lieu of receiving payments of Accrued Interest on each Payment Date, to instead have such Accrued Interest retained by the Borrower and added to the outstanding principal balance of such Lender’s Draws on the first day of each calendar month. Each Reinvestment Election shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the applicable Reinvestment End Date, and (ii) the existence of an Event of Default, after which Accrued Interest will be distributed to such Lender on each Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.07 , as applicable.

(d) Each Commitment hereunder shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as shall be agreed to by the Borrower from time to time).

SECTION 2.02. Procedure for All Draws .

(a) With respect to any Commitment, on any Business Day during the Draw-Down Period for such Commitment the Borrower may request, whereupon the Lender shall fund, a Draw, provided, that, the Borrower may only request one (1) Draw per week.

(b) Each Draw (other than any Draws made on the Initial Closing Date or on any Subsequent Closing Date, in each case from a Lender making a Commitment on such Closing Date) shall be made on no less than seven (7) calendar days irrevocable written notice from the Borrower to the applicable Lender, with a copy to the Collateral Agent, in the form of a Draw Notice.

(c) If, with respect to any requested Draw on any date, more than one Lender has a Commitment subject to being drawn on such date, the Draw amount will be allocated by the Borrower among such Commitments as follows until the entire amount being drawn on such date

 

-14-


has been satisfied: first , pro rata to Lenders with the earliest Closing Date; second , pro rata to Lenders with the next earliest Closing Date; and so on. As used in this Section 2.02(c) , the term pro rata shall be determined as of any date with respect to Lenders with the same Closing Date for their Commitments based on the remaining undrawn Commitment of each such Lender on such date as a percentage of the aggregate remaining undrawn Commitments of all such Lenders on such date.

(d) The Lender shall, assuming each Draw Condition Precedent is satisfied as of such date, fund to the Reserve Account on the applicable Draw Date, no later than 3:00 P.M. (New York City time), in immediately available funds, the amount of such Draw.

SECTION 2.03. Security; Notes .

All Draws shall be secured by the Collateral as described in Article III and shall be evidenced by a Note issued by the Borrower to the applicable Lender on the Closing Date of the Commitment pursuant to which such Draw was made.

SECTION 2.04. Interest .

Each Lender’s Outstanding Principal Balance shall bear interest at the Designated Rate. Interest (other than Reinvested Interest) shall be payable on each Payment Date for the immediately preceding Calculation Period. Reinvested Interest will be added to the principal balance of the applicable Lender’s Draws on the first day of each calendar month as described in Section 2.01(c) .

SECTION 2.05. Principal Repayments .

(a) Scheduled Principal Repayments . Principal repayments will be due and payable to the Lenders as follows:

(i) with respect to the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Lender who did not make a Reinvestment Election in its Commitment Form, such Outstanding Principal Balance shall be payable in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the first Payment Date to occur after the later of (a) the last day of the applicable Draw-Down Period, and (b) the Scheduled Amortization Start Date, and continuing for the next 11 Payment Dates, with the balance due and payable in full on the 12 th Payment Date to occur thereafter; and

(ii) with respect to the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Lender who did make a Reinvestment Election in its Commitment Form, such Outstanding Principal Balance shall be payable in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the first Payment Date to occur after the later of (a) the last day of the applicable Draw-Down Period, and (b) the applicable Reinvestment End Date, and continuing for the next 11 Payment Dates, with the balance due and payable in full on the 12 th Payment Date to occur thereafter.

 

-15-


(b) Optional Principal Prepayments . The Borrower may, at any time or from time to time on any Business Day after the 6-month anniversary of the Initial Closing Date direct the Collateral Agent in writing to prepay all or a portion of the Outstanding Principal Balance of all Lenders on a pro rata basis from amounts in the Accounts; provided , that , any such direction must be received by the Collateral Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. one Business Day prior to the date of any such prepayment, and provided , further , that any such optional prepayment shall include any applicable Prepayment Premium owed to any Lender. Each such direction shall specify the date and amount of any such prepayment and the Accounts from which the amounts to be used for such prepayments shall be taken. If any such optional prepayment occurs on a date other than a Payment Date, each Lender’s Outstanding Principal Balance shall be automatically lowered as of the date of such prepayment by the amount so prepaid for all purposes of this Agreement (including, without limitation, for purposes of calculating Accrued Interest thereafter pursuant to Section 2.04) . As used in this Section 2.05 , the term pro rata shall be determined as of any date for any Lender based on the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Lender on such date as a percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may, at any time or from time to time, direct the Collateral Agent in writing to prepay all or a portion of the Outstanding Principal Balance of any individual Lender if such individual Lender makes a written request for prepayment and the Borrower determines, in its sole discretion, to accommodate such written request.

SECTION 2.06. Payment Priorities So Long as No Event of Default Exists .

(a) So long as no Event of Default of which the Collateral Agent has actual knowledge exists, and so long as there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Accounts, the Collateral Agent shall apply funds on deposit in the Accounts as described in this Section 2.06 .

(b) By no later than 10:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to each Payment Date, the Borrower will provide the Collateral Agent with a written notification specifying the amount and accounts to be debited, to be distributed on such Payment Date in accordance with this Section 2.06 . Thereafter, the Collateral Agent shall on such Payment Date if no Event of Default of which the Collateral Agent has actual knowledge exists, and so long as there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Accounts, transfer the specified funds held in the Collection Account in the following amounts and priority:

(i) first , (A) to the Servicer, the amount of any accrued but unpaid Servicing Fee, (B) to the Collateral Agent, the amount of any accrued but unpaid Collateral Agent Fees and Collateral Agent Expenses and (C) to the Borrower, the amount of any Qualifying Expenses incurred by the Borrower during the previous Calculation Period;

 

-16-


(ii) second , pro rata to each Lender, the amount of any unpaid Accrued Interest owing to such Lender on such date with respect to the immediately preceding Calculation Period;

(iii) third , pro rata to each Lender, any principal amount due such Lender on such date; and

(iv) fourth , all remaining amounts to the Reserve Account.

(c) To the extent the amount of funds in the Collection Account are insufficient to fund the allocations described in priorities first , second and third above, the Collateral Agent shall be directed in writing to utilize amounts in the Reserve Account (if any) in order to fund such allocations.

(d) If with respect to any Payment Date the Borrowing Base Condition was satisfied as of the immediately preceding Calculation Date, then after application of the payments described above on such Payment Date, the Collateral Agent shall, upon the written direction of the Borrower, distribute to the Equityholder any remaining funds in the Reserve Account in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the amount set forth in such written direction, and (ii) the maximum amount (if any) that could be distributed to the Equityholder on such Payment Date so that after such distribution the Borrowing Base Condition remains satisfied. Further, if with respect to any other Business Day the Borrowing Base Condition was satisfied as of the immediately preceding Calculation Date, then the Collateral Agent shall, upon the written direction of the Borrower (but in any case not more frequently than once per calendar week), distribute to the Equityholder any remaining funds in the Reserve Account in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the amount set forth in such written direction, and (ii) the maximum amount (if any) that could be distributed to the Equityholder on such Business Day so that after such distribution the Borrowing Base Condition remains satisfied.

SECTION 2.07. Payment Priorities During the Existence of an Event of Default .

(a) So long as an Event of Default of which the Collateral Agent has actual knowledge exists, and so long as there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Account, the Collateral Agent shall apply funds on deposit in the Accounts as described in this Section 2.07 .

 

-17-


(b) By no later than 10:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to each Payment Date on which an Event of Default exists, the Borrower will provide the Collateral Agent with a written notification specifying the amount and accounts to be debited, to be distributed on such Payment Date in accordance with this Section 2.07 . Thereafter, the Collateral Agent shall on such Payment Date if an Event of Default of which the Collateral Agent has actual knowledge exists, and so long as there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Accounts, transfer the specified funds held in the Accounts in the following amounts and priority:

(i) first , (A) to the Servicer, the amount of any accrued but unpaid Servicing Fee, and (B) to the Collateral Agent, the amount of any accrued but unpaid Collateral Agent Fees and Collateral Agent Expenses and (C) to the Borrower, the amount of any Qualifying Expenses of the Borrower then due and payable;

(ii) second , pro rata to each Lender, the amount of any unpaid Accrued Interest owing to such Lender on such date with respect to the immediately preceding Calculation Period;

(iii) third , pro rata to each Lender, any principal amount due such Lender on such date; and

(iv) fourth , pro rata to each Lender, all other funds contained in the Accounts until each Lender’s Outstanding Principal Balance is paid in full; and

(v) fifth , any remaining amounts to the Borrower (or, upon the written direction of the Borrower, to the Equityholder).

SECTION 2.08. Pro Rata; Borrowing Base Condition Satisfaction Determinations .

(a) As used in Section 2.06 and 2.07 , the term pro rata shall be determined as of any date based on the Outstanding Principal Balance owed each Lender on such date as a percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance on such date.

(b) Each determination by the Collateral Agent required by this Agreement of the satisfaction or non-satisfaction of the Borrowing Base Condition shall be made by the Collateral Agent based solely on the Borrowing Base Condition Report delivered to the Collateral Agent by the Servicer with respect to the immediately preceding Calculation Date, and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in relying on each such report in making any determination hereunder.

SECTION 2.09. Sale of Qualifying Loan Assets; Affiliate Transactions .

(a) The Borrower shall be permitted to sell Qualifying Loan Assets from time to time, provided that (i) the proceeds of such sale shall be immediately deposited into the Collection Account to be disbursed in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.07 (as the case may be), (ii) no Default has occurred or is continuing or would result from such sale, and (iii) after giving effect to such sale and the application of the proceeds of such sale pursuant to the terms hereof, the Borrowing Base Condition shall be satisfied (determined, in each case, by reference to the last Borrowing Base Condition Report delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.01(b)) . Upon the deposit of the proceeds of any such permitted sale into the Collection Account in accordance with

 

-18-


this Section 2.09(a) , the Lien of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on such Qualifying Loan Assets shall be automatically released without any further need for action on the part of any Person. With respect to any Qualifying Loan Asset sold by the Borrower, the Lien of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on such Qualifying Loan Asset shall be automatically released without any further need for action on the part of any Person.

(b) [Intentionally left blank]

SECTION 2.10. Payments and Computations, Etc .

(a) All computations of interest shall be made on the basis of a year consisting of three hundred sixty (360) days for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest hereunder.

SECTION 2.11. Use of Proceeds .

The proceeds of the Draws shall be used (and the Borrower agrees that it shall use such proceeds) solely for the purposes of (a) paying Servicer Fees, Collateral Agent Fees, Collateral Agent Expenses and Qualifying Expenses, and (b) purchasing Qualifying Assets from the Seller pursuant to the Master Purchase Agreement and Eligible Investments otherwise permitted to be purchased under the Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE III

SECURITY INTEREST

SECTION 3.01. Grant of a Security Interest .

To secure the prompt and complete payment when due of the Obligations and the performance by the Borrower of all of the covenants and obligations to be performed by it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, the Borrower hereby (a) collaterally assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Lenders (the Collateral Agent in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”), and (b) grants a continuing first priority security interest to the Secured Party, in all of the Qualifying Loan Assets and all other assets and property of the Borrower from time to time, including, without limitation, the Accounts and all Eligible Investments contained therein, and all other related rights, benefits, income and proceeds thereof, as well as the Assigned Documents and all related rights, benefits, income and proceeds thereof (all such assets, collectively, the “ Collateral ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral shall not include Excess Proceeds, and the Borrower does not hereby assign, pledge or grant a security interest in any such amounts.

 

-19-


SECTION 3.02. Security for Obligations .

The security interest in the Collateral granted by the Borrower hereunder secures the payment in full of all the Obligations.

SECTION 3.03. Delivery and Other Perfection .

In furtherance of the collateral arrangements contemplated herein, the Borrower shall:

(a)(i) on or prior to the date hereof, establish the Accounts in respect of the Collateral and the proceeds thereof in its name at the Collateral Agent, and (ii) Deliver each item of Collateral to the Secured Party as Collateral hereunder on the date of its acquisition of such Collateral; and

(b) if any of the Collateral pledged by the Borrower hereunder is from time to time received by or otherwise in the possession of the Borrower, forthwith take such action as may be required to ensure the Secured Party’s continuing perfected first priority security interest in such Collateral.

SECTION 3.04. Collateral Assignment of Agreements .

The Borrower hereby collaterally assigns to the Secured Party, all of the Borrower’s right and title to and interest in, to and under (but not any obligations under) the Master Purchase Agreement, each Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement related to each Qualifying Loan Asset, all other agreements, documents and instruments evidencing, securing or guarantying any Collateral and all other agreements, documents and instruments related to any of the foregoing (the “ Assigned Documents ”). The parties hereto agree that such assignment to the Secured Party shall terminate on the Covenant Termination Date.

SECTION 3.05. Investments in Eligible Investments; Purchase of Qualifying Loan Assets .

(a) Cash on deposit in any Account may be invested at any time in Eligible Investments pursuant to the specific written investment direction from the Borrower to the Secured Party (which direction may be a standing direction).

(b) In addition, so long as no Event of Default exists, cash on deposit in any Account may be used to purchase Qualifying Loan Assets from the Seller in accordance with the Master

 

-20-


Purchase Agreement. Prior to any transfer of proceeds from the Accounts to the Seller to effect such a sale, the Borrower shall deliver to the Secured Party the executed Purchase and Sale Agreement relating to such sale.

SECTION 3.06. Account Control Provisions .

(a) Establishment of Accounts.

(i) The Borrower hereby directs the Collateral Agent to establish, and the Collateral Agent hereby does establish, the following non-interest bearing trust accounts (such accounts and sub-accounts and any successor accounts, the “Accounts”), each to be maintained by the Collateral Agent as a securities intermediary and to be held in trust in the name of the Borrower for the benefit of the Secured Party:

(A) a securities account (account number OD0901.2) at the Collateral Agent (the “ Collection Account ”), into which all amounts received with respect to the Collateral shall be deposited and from which certain amounts shall be distributed from time to time, each in accordance with this Agreement;

(B) a securities account (account number OD0901.3) at the Collateral Agent (the “ Reserve Account ”), into which the Draws and certain other amounts are funded from time to time and from which certain amounts shall be distributed from time to time, each in accordance this Agreement; and

(C) a securities account (account number OD0901.4) at the Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Account ”), to which certain Collateral shall be credited from time to time (for purposes of UCC perfection).

(ii) The Collateral Agent hereby confirms and agrees that:

(A) the Accounts shall be deemed to be “securities accounts” as defined in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC;

(B) the Collateral Agent shall not change the name or account number of any Account without prior written notice to each of the parties hereto;

(C) all securities or other property underlying any financial assets credited to the Accounts in accordance with this Agreement shall be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent, indorsed to the Collateral Agent in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Collateral Agent and in no case will any financial asset credited to any Account be registered in the name of the Borrower, payable to the order of the Borrower or specially indorsed to the Borrower except to the extent the foregoing have been specially indorsed to the Collateral Agent or in blank;

 

-21-


(D) all property and payment delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement will be promptly credited to the appropriate Account;

(E) each Account is an account to which financial assets are or may be credited, and the Collateral Agent shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, treat the Borrower as entitled to exercise the rights that comprise any financial asset credited to the account; and

(F) the Collateral Agent shall promptly deliver copies of all statements, confirmations and other correspondence concerning the Accounts and/or any financial assets credited thereto simultaneously to each of the Borrower and the Secured Party (unless the Collateral Agent shall also be the Secured Party) at the address for each set forth in Section 9.02 of this Agreement.

(b) “Financial Assets” Election . The Collateral Agent hereby agrees that each item of property (whether investment property, financial asset, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Account shall be treated as a “financial asset” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC.

(c) Entitlement Orders; Instructions .

(i) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.06(d) , the Collateral Agent will comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the UCC) originated by the Borrower without further consent by the Lenders.

(ii) If at any time the Collateral Agent shall receive any order from the Required Lenders directing transfer or redemption of any financial asset in any Account, the Collateral Agent shall comply (and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to comply) with, and is fully entitled to rely upon, such entitlement order without further consent by the Borrower or any other person.

(iii) If the Required Lenders notifies the Collateral Agent that the Secured Party will exercise exclusive control over the Accounts (a “ Notice of Exclusive Control ”), the Collateral Agent, upon reasonable opportunity to act upon such notice, will (A) cease complying with entitlement orders or other directions concerning the Accounts originated by the Borrower, and (B) cease distributing to the Borrower interest and other distributions on property in the Accounts, and (C) so long as there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Accounts, on the next Payment Date begin to apply funds in the Accounts in accordance with Section 2.07 (rather than Section 2.06) .

(iv) With respect to cash credited to the Accounts, the Collateral Agent hereby agrees to comply (and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to comply) with

 

-22-


instructions (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(12) of the UCC) originated only by the Required Lenders directing disposition of the funds in such account without further consent by the Borrower or any other person. The parties hereby agree that such instructions are set forth in Section 2.06 or 2.07 , as applicable.

(d) Subordination of Lien; Waiver of Set Off .

(i) In the event that the Collateral Agent has or subsequently obtains by agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, a security interest in any Account or any security entitlement credited thereto, the Collateral Agent hereby agrees that such security interest shall be subordinate to the security interest of the Secured Party except for the amounts described in the immediately succeeding paragraph.

(ii) The financial assets and other items deposited in or credited to any Account will not be subject to deduction, set off, banker’s lien, or any other right in favor of any Person (except that the Collateral Agent may set off (A) all amounts due to the Collateral Agent in respect of its customary fees and expenses for the routine maintenance and operation of each Account including overdraft fees, (B) the face amount of any checks which have been credited to any Account but are subsequently returned unpaid because of uncollected or insufficient funds, (C) the amount of any overdraft in any of the Accounts, (D) the amount of any credit to any of the Accounts made in error, and (E) obligations and liabilities arising out of any cash management or deposit services provided by Collateral Agent in connection with any of the Accounts).

(e) Choice of Law . Regardless of any other provision in this Agreement or any other agreement, for purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Collateral Agent’s jurisdiction (within the meaning of Section 8-110 of the UCC), and the Accounts (as well as the security entitlements related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. To the extent that any Account (into which cash is credited as set forth herein) is characterized as a “deposit account” (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(29) of the UCC), New York shall be deemed to be the “bank’s jurisdiction” (within the meaning of Section 9-304(b) of the UCC).

(f) Adverse Claims . As of the date hereof, except for the claims and interest of the Secured Party and of the Borrower in the Accounts, the Collateral Agent has not received notice of any claim to, or interest in, any Account or in any “financial asset” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) credited thereto. If any person asserts any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Account or in any financial asset carried therein, the Collateral Agent will promptly notify the Secured Party and the Borrower thereof of any such lien, encumbrance or adverse claim it receives actual notice of.

 

-23-


(g) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Collateral Agent hereby makes the following representations, warranties and covenants:

(i) The Collateral Agent is a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC;

(ii) The Accounts have been established as set forth in Section 3.06(a) and will be maintained in the manner set forth herein until the Covenant Termination Date; and

(iii) This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Collateral Agent.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower .

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Borrower is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Transaction Document, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are within the Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the Borrower’s Organizational Documents, or (ii) any law or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of any Transaction Document, except for those authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

(d) Each Transaction Document (other than the Notes) has been, and each of the Notes when delivered hereunder will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement is, and each of the Notes when delivered hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

(e) The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no proceeds of any Draw will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

 

-24-


(f) The Borrower is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties of each Lender .

Each Lender represents and warrants to the Borrower on the Closing Date of its Commitment hereunder and upon its funding of each Draw under such Commitment:

(a) The Lender is aware that its interest hereunder is subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9.06 .

(b) Neither the Lender, nor any of his, her or its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged, or will engage, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising in connection with its Commitment hereunder.

(c) The Lender represents and warrants that it is investing hereunder for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws.

(d) The Lender is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, with full power and authority to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 4.03. Acknowledgement .

The Borrower and each of the Lenders agree that (a) the investment program offered hereby is intended to be a loan program rather than a securities offering, (b) no securities are offered hereby, and (c) all provisions set forth in this Agreement contemplating compliance with securities laws are included only as a cautionary matter in case this investment program were to be deemed to be a securities offering as a result of future changes in, or interpretation of, law.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants .

Until the Covenant Termination Date, the Borrower will:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc . Comply in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders.

 

-25-


(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc . Pay and discharge before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its property; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained, unless and until any Lien resulting therefrom attaches to its property and becomes enforceable against its other creditors.

(c) Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc . Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights and franchises.

(d) Visitation Rights . At any reasonable time and upon reasonable notice, and from time to time, permit the Collateral Agent or any of the Lenders or any agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Borrower, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower with any of their officers or directors and with their independent certified public accountants.

(e) Keeping of Books . Keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP.

(f) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . Maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(g) Compliance with Organizational Documents . The Borrower will observe all organizational procedures required by its Organizational Documents and the laws of its jurisdiction of formation. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower will limit the scope of its business to: (i) the acquisition of Qualifying Loan Assets and Eligible Investments and the ownership and management of Qualifying Loan Assets, Eligible Investments and the other assets constituting Collateral; (ii) the sale of Assets as and when permitted under the Transaction Documents; (iii) entering into and performing under the Transaction Documents; (iv) exercising any rights or remedies in connection with the Assets and participating in the committees (official or otherwise) or other groups formed by creditors of an obligor to the extent that to provide or withhold such consent would not conflict with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and (v) engaging in any activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related to the foregoing and necessary, convenient or advisable to accomplish the foregoing. The Borrower will maintain its limited liability company existence in good standing under the laws of Delaware and will promptly obtain and thereafter maintain qualifications to do business as a foreign limited liability company in any other state in which it does business and in which it is required to so qualify under applicable law.

(h) Remittances . If the Borrower receives any payment relating to any Asset owned by it, the Borrower will remit such payment to the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of the Borrower’s receipt thereof. The Borrower shall cause the Seller, if the Seller receives any payment relating to any Asset owned by the Borrower, to remit such payment to the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of the Seller’s receipt thereof.

 

-26-


SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants .

Until the Covenant Termination Date, the Borrower will not:

(a) No Debt . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except Debt incurred under the Transaction Documents.

(b) No Liens . Create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than any Lien created by the Transaction Documents), or assign any right to receive income other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents.

(c) ERISA .

(i) Permit any of the members of its ERISA Group to incur any liability or obligation with respect to a Plan; or

(ii) take or omit to take any action which would result in (A) any of the Collateral being treated as “plan assets” under Section 3(42) of ERISA, or (B) the occurrence of any Prohibited Transaction.

(d) Restrictions on Certain Activities . Except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents, the Borrower shall not: (i) guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate; (ii) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business, other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under the Transaction Documents; (iii) own or acquire any investment other than Assets, Eligible Investments, and Draws and the proceeds thereof; (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests, other than such activities as are expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents; or (v) create, form or otherwise acquire any Subsidiaries.

(e) Restrictions on Use of Collateral . The Borrower shall not transfer, assign, convey, grant, bargain, sell, set over, deliver or otherwise dispose of, or pledge or hypothecate, directly or indirectly, any interest in the Collateral to any person other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, or engage in financing transactions or similar transactions with respect to any of the Collateral with any person other than the Lenders (other than in connection with the Subordinated Note), in each case so long as such Collateral is subject to this Agreement.

(f) No Modification of Organizational Documents . The Borrower shall not modify in any material respect or terminate any of its Organizational Documents.

 

-27-


(g) No Amendment of Other Transaction Documents . The Borrower shall not amend any of the other Transaction Documents without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(h) No Other Accounts . The Borrower shall not open or maintain any deposit, security or any similar account other than the Accounts.

(i) Further Assurances . At any time from time to time upon prior written request of the Collateral Agent, at the sole expense of the Borrower, the Borrower will promptly and duly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement including the first priority security interest granted hereunder and of the rights and powers herein granted (including, among other things, authorizing the filing of such Financing Statements under the UCC as the Collateral Agent may request).

ARTICLE VI

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 6.01. Reporting Requirements .

Until the Covenant Termination Date, the Borrower will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders:

(a) as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after the occurrence of any Default, a statement of an officer of the Manager setting forth details of such Default and the action that the Manager, on behalf of the Borrower, has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(b) by no later than the fifth (5 th ) Business Day of each calendar month, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Base Condition Report setting forth a calculation of the Borrowing Base Condition as of the immediately preceding Calculation Date; and

(c) such other information respecting the Borrower as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default .

If any of the following events (each, an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal amount of any Draw when the same becomes due and payable, or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Draw when the same becomes due and payable, in each case within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

 

-28-


(b) the Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (b); or

(c) any representation or warranty made by the Borrower in connection with any Transaction Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Collateral Agent or any Lender; or

(d) the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in any Transaction Document on its part to be performed or observed if such failure shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Collateral Agent or any Lender; or

(e) the Borrower shall become an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or

(f) as of any Calculation Date, the sum of (i) the aggregate Market Value of all Eligible Investments owned by the Borrower and pledged to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders, and (ii) the aggregate Market Value of all other Assets owned by the Borrower and pledged to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders, falls below an amount equal to the product of (1) the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, and (2) 105%, and such shortfall shall continue for sixty (60) consecutive days;

then , and in any such event, (i) the obligation of each Lender to make Draws hereunder shall be automatically terminated, and (ii) the Collateral Agent shall at the written direction of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided , however , that in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default described in clause (b) above, the Aggregate

 

-29-


Outstanding Principal Balance, all such interest and all such other amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. Further, upon the occurrence of any such declaration, the parties hereto acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received from the Requested Lenders a Notice of Exclusive Control.

SECTION 7.02. Waiver .

Any Event of Default may be waived only with the written consent of the Required Lenders. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Lender may direct the Collateral Agent in writing to distribute (and the Collateral Agent hereby agrees to distribute upon receipt of such written direction) to all other Lenders a communication regarding such Event of Default, provided that , with respect to each such Event of Default, each Lender shall be entitled to issue only one (1) such direction.

ARTICLE VIII

APPOINTMENT OF COLLATERAL AGENT

SECTION 8.01. Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act on its behalf as the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article VIII are solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Borrower to secure the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.06 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Transaction Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the written direction of the Lenders), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

 

-30-


SECTION 8.02. Powers and Duties of the Collateral Agent .

(a) No later than the eighth (8th) Business Day of each month, the Collateral Agent shall prepare and provide to each Lender (with a copy to the Borrower) a report (a “ Monthly Report ”) (in each case for the immediately preceding Calculation Period) containing the following:

(i) for such Lender, such Lender’s Outstanding Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date;

(ii) for such Lender, the amount of Accrued Interest due such Lender with respect to the immediately preceding Calculation Period;

(iii) for such Lender, the amount of Reinvested Interest (if any) that was added to such Lender’s Outstanding Principal Balance on the first day of such calendar month with respect to the immediately preceding Calculation Period;

(iv) the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Calculation Date;

(v) the aggregate amount of principal and interest collections received with respect to the Qualifying Loan Assets in the immediately preceding Calculation Period;

(vi) the aggregate interest and principal amounts payable on the upcoming Payment Date to all Lenders;

(vii) the balance in each Account as of the immediately preceding Calculation Date;

(viii) the cumulative amount of each Draw funded during the immediately preceding month and the remaining current Commitments as of such date; and

(ix) whether the Collateral Agent has knowledge or has been given notice of any Default or an Event of Default then existing.

(b) Each Monthly Report will also attach as an exhibit a copy of the latest Borrowing Base Condition Report distributed by the Borrower.

If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Collateral Agent is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Collateral Agent may request written instructions, upon which it can conclusively rely and be fully protected in so doing, from the Borrower as to the course of action desired by it. If the Collateral Agent does not receive such instructions within two (2) Business Days after it has requested them, it may, but shall be under no duty to, act; and the Collateral Agent shall be fully protected for such action or inaction, take or refrain from taking such action. The Collateral Agent shall act in accordance with instructions received after such two-Business Day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take, action

 

-31-


inconsistent with such instructions. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on the advice of legal counsel and independent accountants in performing its duties hereunder and shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if it acts in accordance with such advice.

Nothing herein shall prevent the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any Person.

SECTION 8.03. Exculpatory Provisions .

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(a) The Collateral Agent shall not have any duties, obligations or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth in this Agreement or such other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and no implied covenants, functions or responsibilities shall be read into this Agreement or other Transaction Documents or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders, provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Transaction Document or applicable law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the direction or request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Collateral Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 9.01 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review.

 

-32-


(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) the contents of any notice, request, certificate, opinion, direction, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Transaction Documents, or (v) the satisfaction of any Draw Condition Precedent, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(d) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default unless and until the Collateral Agent has received a written notice or a certificate from the Borrower or a Lender stating that a Default has occurred. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever either prior to or after receiving such notice or certificate to inquire whether a Default has in fact occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice or certificate so furnished to it.

(e) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the Accounts or any other moneys held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Borrower. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Collateral Agent shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Borrower to provide timely written investment direction.

(f) The Collateral Agent shall have no duty or obligation to obtain, preserve or monitor the perfection, continuation of perfection or the sufficiency or validity of any security interest in or related to the Collateral or to prepare or file any UCC financing statement or continuation statement or to determine the adequacy of any such statement prepared by the Borrower.

(g) None of the provisions of this Agreement shall require the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(h) In no event shall the Collateral Agent be liable for such special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

-33-


(i) If the Collateral Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder or shall receive instructions from any of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement which, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, are in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled (without incurring any liability therefor to the Borrower or any other Person) to (i) consult with outside counsel of its choosing and act or refrain from acting based on the advice of such counsel and (ii) refrain from taking any action until it shall be directed otherwise in writing by all of the parties hereto or by final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(j) The Collateral Agent shall be under no duty to institute or defend any proceeding unless the Collateral Agent has been furnished with an indemnity satisfactory to it and the subject of such proceeding is part of its duties under this Agreement.

(k) The Collateral Agent shall incur no liability nor be responsible to the Borrower or any other Person for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control that significantly and adversely affect the Collateral Agent’s ability to perform with respect to this Agreement. Such acts shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God, strikes, work stoppages, acts of terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility.

(l) Any corporation into which the Collateral Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the business of the Collateral Agent shall be the successor of the Collateral Agent hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper with the Collateral Agent hereto or any further act on the part of any of the Collateral Agent hereto except where an instrument of transfer or assignment is required by law to effect such succession.

(m) The Collateral Agent shall have no liability or responsibility for the acts or omissions of any other party to any of Transaction Documents.

(n) The Collateral Agent shall have no duty or obligation to obtain or solicit any of the Collateral or any of the funds to be deposited in any of the Accounts and shall have a duty only to accept such Collateral or funds delivered to it in accordance with this Agreement.

(o) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or officers of the Collateral Agent, unless it shall be conclusively determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review, that the Collateral Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(p) The Secured Party shall be afforded all of the rights, protections, privileges, indemnities, immunities and standard of care afforded to the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

-34-


SECTION 8.04. Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Agent .

The Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Borrower and the Lenders as follows:

(a) The Collateral Agent is a New York banking corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New York and has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligations of the Collateral Agent enforceable against the Collateral Agent in accordance with its terms subject, as to enforcement, (i) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Collateral Agent and (ii) to general equitable principles (whether enforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the documents and instruments required hereunder will not violate any provision of the Articles of Association or by-laws of the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 8.05. Reliance by Collateral Agent .

The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, opinion, direction, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Collateral Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Draw that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Collateral Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.06. Delegation of Duties .

The Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Transaction Document by or through any one or more sub-agents (which shall include but shall not be limited to agents, attorneys, custodians, nominees or attorneys-

 

-35-


in-fact) appointed by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. Any such sub-agent and the Related Parties of the Collateral Agent shall be afforded the same rights, obligations and protections applicable to the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the actions or non-actions of any such sub-agent or Related Party selected by it with due care and in good faith. The Borrower shall be an express third-party beneficiary of, and shall be entitled to enforce as if a party thereto, any agreement entered into between the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent or Related Party pursuant to this Section 8.06 (and the Collateral Agent shall cause each such agreement to expressly so provide).

SECTION 8.07. Resignation or Replacement of Collateral Agent .

The Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Further, the Borrower and the Required Lenders may at any time by notice to the Collateral Agent, remove the Collateral Agent. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Collateral Agent gives notice of its resignation or receives notice of its removal, as the case may be, then the retiring or removed Collateral Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor. Upon the appointment of a successor, Collateral Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) or removed Collateral Agent, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties, responsibilities and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section) and (ii) and following payment in full of all amounts due and owing to the retiring or removed Collateral Agent hereunder the retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall transfer to the successor, at the expense of the Borrower, all Collateral held by it hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Collateral Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, the provisions of this Article VIII and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Collateral Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Collateral Agent was acting as Collateral Agent.

SECTION 8.08. Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents

 

-36-


and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 8.09. Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

(a) In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Draw shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance owing and unpaid and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Collateral Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel.

(b) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Collateral Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Collateral Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.10. Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

(a) The Lenders irrevocably authorize and hereby direct the Collateral Agent to automatically release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Transaction Document (i) upon the occurrence of the Covenant Termination Date, (ii) that is sold or

 

-37-


to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof.

(b) Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property pursuant to this Section 8.10 . In each case as specified in this Section 8.10 , the Collateral Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Borrower such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and this Section 8.10 .

SECTION 8.11. Extension of Rights .

The Collateral Agent shall have under all other Transaction Documents to which it is party the same rights, privileges, protections, indemnities, immunities and standard of care that are afforded to it under this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01. Amendments, Etc .

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following: (a) waive any Draw Condition Precedent; (b) increase the Commitments of the Lenders (provided , that the Commitment of any one Lender may be increased with the consent of such Lender); (c) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder; (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Draws or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder; (e) as described in Section 7.02, waive any Event of Default; (f) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance, or the number of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; (g) release any material portion of any Collateral held to secure the obligations of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents (except as expressly provided for herein or in the other Transaction Documents); or (h) amend this Section 9.01; and provided further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights, protections, privileges, indemnities, immunities, standard of care or duties of the Collateral Agent under any Transaction Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsequent Draw-Down Period with respect to any on Subsequent Lender may be amended with the consent of such Subsequent Lender.

 

-38-


SECTION 9.02. Notices, Etc .

All notices, directions, requests and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier, telegraphic, telex or e-mail communication) and mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, delivered or e-mailed, if to the Borrower, at its address at c/o On Deck Capital, Inc., 155 East 56 th Street, 4 th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Noah Breslow (e-mail: nbreslow@ondeckcapital.com); if to any Lender, at the address set forth in its Commitment Form; and if to the Collateral Agent, at its address at Louis Bodi, Alternative and Structured Finance Services, Trust & Securities Services, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60 Wall Street, 26 th Floor – MS NYC 602606, New York, New York 10005; or, as to the Borrower or the Collateral Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed or e-mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback or sent by e-mail (provided no notice is received by the e-mail sender within one (1) hour thereafter indicating that such e-mail was undeliverable or otherwise not delivered), as applicable. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

SECTION 9.03. No Waiver; Remedies .

No failure on the part of any Lender or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 9.04. Fees, Costs, Expenses & Indemnities .

(a) The Borrower covenants and agrees to pay in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.07 hereof, as applicable, and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to receive, as compensation for the Collateral Agent’s services, the amounts set forth in a separate agreement between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent (such amounts, the “ Collateral Agent Fee ”). The Borrower further covenants and agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, agents, accountants and experts for the Collateral Agent

 

-39-


with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Collateral Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under the Transaction Documents. The Borrower further agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable fees, expenses, disbursements and advances of its agents, counsel, accountants and experts and any costs of collection), in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, respectively, in connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 9.04(a) .

(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and each of its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, representatives, agents and advisors (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities , obligations, penalties, causes of action, demands, judgments, suits, costs, disbursements and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in any way relating to or arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with or by reason of (including, without limitation, in connection with any investigation, litigation or proceeding or preparation of a defense in connection therewith) (i) the Transaction Documents, (ii) any action taken or not taken by any Indemnified Party pursuant to the Transaction Documents or otherwise incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated therein, or (iii) the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Draws, except, in each case, to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability, obligations, penalties, causes of action, demands, judgments, suits, costs, disbursements or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 9.04(b) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower, its directors, equityholders or creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

(c) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 9.04 and in Article VIII and of the Lenders contained in this Section 9.04 , shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations, the Collateral Agent Expenses and the Collateral Agent Fees, the Covenant Termination Date, the termination and discharge of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent.

(d) Each Lender agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and each of its Affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower), from and against such Lender’s ratable share of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable fees, expenses, and disbursements of financial and legal advisors) of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates, directors,

 

-40-


officers, employees agents and advisors in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable to the Collateral Agent and any of its Affiliates, and any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Collateral Agent’s, Affiliates’, directors’, officers’, employees’, agents’ or advisors’ gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of financial and legal advisors) incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of its rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or other Transaction Documents, to the extent that the Collateral Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.

SECTION 9.05. Binding Effect .

This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Collateral Agent and when the Collateral Agent shall have received executed Initial Commitment Forms from each Initial Lender, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and each Initial Lender and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall also be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Subsequent Lender and its respective successors and assigns when the Collateral Agent shall have received an executed Subsequent Commitment Form from such Subsequent Lender.

SECTION 9.06. Assignment; Register .

(a) The Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written unanimous consent of the Lenders. No Lender shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or under the Notes or any interest herein or under the Notes except to an Eligible Person and pursuant to a form of assignment and assumption agreement reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.02 a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and the Outstanding Principal Balance owing to, each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

-41-


(c) Upon two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent, the Borrower and each Lender shall be permitted during normal business hours, and at their own expense, to examine and make copies of the Register in the possession of or under the control of the Collateral Agent relating to this Agreement; provided , however , that (i) such examination shall not interfere with the Collateral Agent’s performance of its normal business and operations, and (ii) the Borrower and each Lender shall comply with all bank rules and regulations while on the premises of the Collateral Agent, and if requested by the Collateral Agent, shall provide all reasonably requested documentation pertaining to the individuals who will be on such premises.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, no Lender may pledge, grant a security interest in or otherwise encumber all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement in favor of any Person without the prior written consent of the Borrower.

SECTION 9.07. Bankruptcy Non-Petition and Limited Recourse .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither the Collateral Agent nor any Lender may, prior to the date which is two years and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period plus one day) after the payment in full of all the Draws, institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Borrower either any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under United States federal or state bankruptcy laws, or any similar laws; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement by the Collateral Agent, the Lenders or the Borrower (a) shall preclude, or be deemed to estop, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders (i) from taking any action prior to the expiration of the applicable preference period in (A) any case or proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Borrower or (B) any involuntary insolvency proceeding filed or commenced against the Borrower by a Person other than the Collateral Agent or any Lender, (ii) from commencing against the Borrower or any properties of the Borrower any legal action which is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceeding, or (iii) from otherwise participating in such proceeding commenced by any other Person. The Borrower’s obligations hereunder will be solely the corporate obligations of the Borrower, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any Lender will have any recourse to any of the directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, governors or Affiliates of the Borrower with respect to any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, indemnities or other obligations in connection with any transactions contemplated hereby. The Obligations shall be limited to the net proceeds of the Collateral (if any), and following realization of the Collateral and its application in accordance with this Agreement, any outstanding Obligations, and any claims in respect thereof, shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. The provisions of this Section 9.07 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

-42-


SECTION 9.08. Confidentiality .

Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall disclose any Confidential Information to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Borrower, other than (a) to the Collateral Agent’s or such Lender’s Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors, and then only on a confidential basis, (b) as required by any statute, law, rule or regulation or judicial process, or (c) with respect to the Collateral Agent only, (i) to any government agency or regulatory body having or claiming authority to regulate or oversee any respects of the Collateral Agent’s business or that of its affiliates, (ii) pursuant to any subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar demand or request of any court, regulatory authority, arbitrator or arbitration to which the Collateral Agent or an affiliate or an officer, director, employer or shareholder thereof is a party, (iii) in any preliminary or final offering circular, registration statement or contract or other document pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement approved in advance by the Borrower or (iv) independent or internal auditor, agent, employee or attorney of the Collateral Agent having a need to know the same, provided that the Collateral Agent advises such recipient of the confidential nature of the information being disclosed.

SECTION 9.09. Governing Law .

This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 9.10. Execution in Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11. Jurisdiction, Etc .

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Notes in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

-43-


(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

SECTION 9.12. Waiver of Jury Trial .

Each of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes or the actions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement thereof.

SECTION 9.13. Conflict .

In the event that any of the terms and provisions of any other agreement between any of the parties hereto conflict or are inconsistent with any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control in all respects.

SECTION 9.14. Severability .

If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. Headings .

Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

 

-44-


SECTION 9.16. Electronic Communications .

Excluding all documents for which a signature is expressly requested and unless otherwise provided herein, communications may be via e-mail, provided that if communication by e-mail is required under this Agreement, but is not available for any reason, any other suitable means of written communication providing for same or next day delivery shall be used in lieu thereof, including, but not limited to, by facsimile transmission or personal delivery.

SECTION 9.17. Further Assurances .

Each of the parties hereby agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the other party hereto in order to more fully effect the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.18. Merger and Integration .

This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents set forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

SECTION 9.19. Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Regulations .

In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering (“ Applicable Law ”), the Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Collateral Agent. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Collateral Agent, upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Collateral Agent to comply with Applicable Law.

 

-45-


SUBSEQUENT LENDER COMMITMENT FORM

 

To: SMALL BUSINESS ASSET FUND 2009 LLC
  c/o On Deck Capital, Inc.
  1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor
  New York, NY 10018

[DATE]

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), dated March 21, 2011 and effective for all purposes as of April 24, 2009, by and among Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), each Lender (as defined therein) that is a party thereto from time to time, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as the “ Collateral Agent ” therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Agreement, the undersigned (the “ Lender ”) hereby agrees, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, to fund Draws to the Borrower from time to time during the period from the date hereof until the Subsequent Draw-Down Period End Date (as described below) to occur hereafter in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Commitment amount set forth below alongside the signature of the Lender.

For purposes of the Agreement, the Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Subsequent Draw-Down Period End Date shall be [DATE].

The Lender hereby elects to receive payments of Accrued Interest on each Payment Date. For purposes of the Agreement, the Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Scheduled Amortization Start Date shall be [DATE] and the Subsequent Closing date shall be [DATE].

For purposes of the Agreement, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Rate applicable to any Draws advanced pursuant to the Agreement shall be      percent (      %) per annum.

By its signature hereto, the Lender hereby (a) agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and agrees to all of the rights and obligations set forth therein, and (b) makes to the Borrower, as of the date hereof, each representation and warranty set forth in Section 4.02 of the Agreement.

This Subsequent Commitment Form is intended to be read and construed in conjunction with the Agreement. Accordingly, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Subsequent Commitment Form and the Agreement, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Lender of this Subsequent Commitment Form shall constitute an agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, with the same effect as if each of such separate but related agreements were separately signed. Lender agrees that pursuant to Section 9.18 of the Agreement, this Subsequent Commitment Form shall be deemed to be a Transaction Document and shall form a part of the Agreement. By its signature hereto, the Lender acknowledges and agrees that (a) the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on (and shall be entitled to) the benefits of the Lender’s representations, warranties and agreements made


herein and in the Agreement and (b) notwithstanding anything to the contrary, On Deck shall have the exclusive right to determine, in its sole discretion, what assets shall be sold to Borrower pursuant to the Master Purchase Agreement, with no obligation, fiduciary or otherwise, to Lender, regardless of the impact of such selection process on Lender or Borrower.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Subsequent Lender Commitment Form on the date indicated above with the intent of being bound to the terms hereof.

 

  [LENDER]
Commitment: $[AMOUNT]   By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
  Address for notices pursuant to Section 9.02 :
  [ADDRESS]
  Agreed and Accepted:
  SMALL BUSINESS ASSET FUND 2009 LLC
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  


January 10, 2014

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

26th Floor – MS NYC 60-2606

New York, New York 10005

Each Lender a signatory hereto

The Seller under the Master Purchase Agreement described below

 

  Re: Omnibus Amendment

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain:

 

  a. Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2011 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), each Lender party thereto from time to time, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent );

 

  b. Master Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2009 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Master Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, as the “Purchaser” thereunder, and On Deck Capital, Inc. (“ On Deck ”), as the “Seller” thereunder (the “ Seller ”); and

 

  c. Commercial Loan Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2009 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Servicing Agreement ,” and together with the Loan Agreement and the Master Purchase Agreement, the “ Agreements ”), by and among the Borrower, as the “Owner” thereunder, and On Deck, as the “Servicer” thereunder (the “ Servicer ”).

The Borrower has requested that certain provisions of the Loan Agreement be amended and the undersigned Lenders (with such Lenders constituting the “Required Lenders” for purposes of the Loan Agreement) and the Collateral Agent have agreed to such amendment, on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein. The Borrower and the Seller have agreed that certain provisions of the Master Purchase Agreement shall be amended on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein. The Borrower and the Servicer have agreed that certain provisions of the Servicing Agreement shall be amended on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein.

All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement.


The following amendments are hereby approved:

 

  Section   1.   Amendment to the Loan Agreement . From and after the date first set forth above, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
    a.   The definition of “Master Purchase Agreement” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition:
      Master Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Master Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2009, between On Deck, as the seller thereunder, and the Borrower, as the purchaser thereunder, as such agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
    b.   The definition of “Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition:
      Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement ” means a Qualifying Loan Asset Agreement as defined in the Master Purchase Agreement.
    c.   The definition of “Servicing Agreement” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition:
      Servicing Agreement ” means that certain Commercial Loan Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2009, between On Deck, as the servicer thereunder, and the Borrower, as the owner thereunder, as such agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
  Section   2.   Amendment to the Master Purchase Agreement . From and after the date first set forth above, the Master Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
    a.   The definition of “Asset” set forth in Section 1.2 of the Master Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition:
      Asset ” means a (a) small business term loan, or (b) fully funded participation in a line of credit or revolving loan, in each case that is originated from time to time by the Seller pursuant to a Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement.
    b.   The definition of “Qualifying Loan Asset File” set forth in Section 1.2 of the Master Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition:
      Qualifying Loan Asset File ” means, with respect to each Qualifying Loan Asset, a file containing the Qualifying Loan Asset Agreement for such Qualifying Loan Asset, any Financing Statement filed on the Obligor thereunder, and with respect to any Asset described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, a copy of any participation agreement (or schedules to any master participation agreement, as applicable) evidencing and describing the participation sold to the Purchaser.


    c.   The definition of “Qualifying Loan Asset Agreement” set forth in Section 1.2 of the Master Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition:
      Qualifying Loan Asset Agreement ” means (a) with respect to any Asset described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, an On Deck Capital Business Loan and Security Agreement, and (b) with respect to any Asset described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, an On Deck Capital Business Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, or in each case any successor form thereto as in effect from time to time.
  Section   3.   Amendment to the Servicing Agreement . From and after the date first set forth above, the Servicing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
    a.   Section 2(d) of the Servicing Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
      “(d) Upon payment in full of any Asset (other than a funded participation where obligations of the underlying Obligor under the applicable Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement remain), or otherwise in accordance with the Servicer’s customary policies, the Servicer shall take all necessary action to release the applicable lien.”
    b.   The last sentence of Section 2 of the Servicing Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
      “Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Servicer acknowledges and agrees that the Servicer shall have no ownership rights in and to the Assets or any Servicing Collateral, and (ii) as to any Asset that is a participation in a line of credit or revolving loan and other than as may be expressly provided in any participation agreement related thereto, the Servicer’s obligations in respect of such Asset shall be limited to those activities consistent with the Owner’s participation in such Asset (and Owner acknowledges and agrees that the Servicer shall not be required to preform any duties specified in this Section 2 to the extent the performance of such duties would be inconsistent with the Owner’s participation in (rather than outright ownership of) such Asset).
    c.   Exhibit C of the Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting item “1.” therein and replacing it with the following:
      “1. The applicable Qualifying Asset Loan Agreement, together with any assignment executed by the Seller in favor of the Owner, and if applicable, a copy of any participation agreement (or schedules to any master participation agreement, as applicable) evidencing and describing the participation sold to the Owner.”
  Section   4.   Continuation of Agreements . From and after the date first set forth above, (a) the Agreements, as amended hereby, are and shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed, and (b) each reference to a respective Agreement in any Transaction Document shall mean and be a reference to such Agreement as amended hereby. No provision of this letter shall be deemed to waive or modify any rights of any party under an Agreement except to the extent specifically set forth herein. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, except to the extent specifically set forth herein, the provisions of each Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and that the execution of this agreement by each party hereto does not operate as a waiver of any of their respective rights, powers, or privileges under the respective Agreement.


  Section   5.   General Provisions .
    a.   This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
    b.   This letter shall inure to the benefit of each party thereto and their respective successors and assigns.
    c.   This letter, together with the Agreements and the other Transaction Documents, contains the entire and exclusive agreement of the parties hereto with reference to matters discussed herein and therein. This letter supersedes all prior drafts and communications with respect thereto.
    d.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


Please indicate your acceptance of and agreement with the terms and conditions set forth herein by signing in the space below.

 

Very truly yours,
SMALL BUSINESS ASSET FUND 2009 LLC
By:  

/s/ Cory Kampfer

  Name: Cory Kampfer
  Title: Officer

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

[illegible]

Silicon Valley Community Foundation
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Scott Carmack

Leader Capital Corp. / Scott Carmack
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Sections 2 and 3 only):
ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.,
as Seller under the Master Purchase Agreement

 

By:  

/s/ Cory R. Kampfer

  Name: Cory R. Kampfer
  Title: General Counsel
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

SF Capital Investments, LP

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Leonard Saltz

  Name: Leonard Saltz  
  Title: General Partner  

Gary Saltz Foundation, Inc.

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Leonard Saltz

  Name: Leonard Saltz
  Title: Treasurer


AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Charlie Kireker

Managing Member Spruce Ventures, LLC
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Denise Tanzman

Denise Tanzman
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Wesley T. Chan

Wesley T. Chan, as Trustee of Wesley Chan TTEE Revocable Living
Trust of Wesley T. Chan U/A DTD 01/06/2009
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Roger C. Lipitz

Roger C. Lipitz
Admin Member
Ocean Assets LLC
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):
SPINDRIFT EQUITIES, LLC

/s/ James Bishop, Jr.

Name:   James Bishop, Jr.
Title:   Manager, Spindrift Management, LLC
  Its Manager
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

[illegible]

Trustee, 2011 Joshua M. Kopelman Investment Trust


AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

[illegible]

2011 Rena M. Kopelman Investment Trust
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Rena Kopelman

Rena Kopelman, Trustee under Item THIRD-B
U/A/T of Joshua M. Kopelman dated 3/26/04
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Joshua M. Kopelman

Joshua M. Kopelman
AGREED AND ACCEPTED (for purposes of Section 1 only):

/s/ Scott Carmack

Leader Capital Corp. / Scott Carmack

Exhibit 10.16

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of October 17, 2014

among

ON DECK ASSET COMPANY, LLC,

as Borrower

VARIOUS LENDERS,

and

ODBL IV, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

$50,000,000 Securitization Facility

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

SECTION 1.

  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   
   1.1   Definitions      1   
   1.2   Accounting Terms      35   
   1.3   Interpretation, etc.      35   
   1.4   Amendment and Restatement      35   

SECTION 2.

  LOANS      36   
   2.1   Revolving Loans      36   
   2.2   Pro Rata Shares      38   
   2.3   Use of Proceeds      38   
   2.4   Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes      38   
   2.5   Interest on Loans      39   
   2.6   Default Interest      39   
   2.7   [Reserved]      40   
   2.8   Revolving Commitment Termination Date      40   
   2.9   Voluntary Commitment Reductions      40   
   2.10   Borrowing Base Deficiency      40   
   2.11   Controlled Accounts      40   
   2.12   Application of Proceeds      44   
   2.13   General Provisions Regarding Payments      46   
   2.14   Ratable Sharing      47   
   2.17   Obligation to Mitigate      52   
   2.18   Defaulting Lenders      52   
   2.19   Removal or Replacement of a Lender      53   
   2.20   The Paying Agent      54   
   2.21   Duties of Paying Agent      58   

SECTION 3.

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      62   
   3.3   Conditions to Each Credit Extension      64   

SECTION 4.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      66   
   4.1   Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification; Other Names      66   
   4.2   Capital Stock and Ownership      66   
   4.3   Due Authorization      66   
   4.4   No Conflict      67   
   4.5   Governmental Consents      67   
   4.6   Binding Obligation      67   
   4.7   Eligible Receivables      67   
   4.8   Historical Financial Statements      67   
   4.9   Financial Plan      67   
   4.10   No Material Adverse Effect      68   
   4.11   Adverse Proceedings, etc.      68   

 

i


   4.12   Payment of Taxes      68   
   4.13   Title to Assets      68   
   4.14   No Indebtedness      68   
   4.15   No Defaults      68   
   4.16   Material Contracts      68   
   4.17   Government Contracts      69   
   4.18   Governmental Regulation      69   
   4.19   Margin Stock      69   
   4.20   Employee Benefit Plans      69   
   4.21   Certain Fees      69   
   4.22   Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance      69   
   4.23   Compliance with Statutes, etc.      69   
   4.24   Matters Pertaining to Related Agreements      69   
   4.25   Disclosure      70   
   4.26   Patriot Act      70   
   4.27   Remittance of Collections      70   

SECTION 5.

  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      71   
   5.1   Financial Statements and Other Reports      71   
   5.2   Existence      75   
   5.3   Payment of Taxes and Claims      75   
   5.4   Insurance      75   
   5.5   Inspections; Compliance Audits; Regulatory Review      76   
   5.6   Lenders Meetings      77   
   5.7   Compliance with Laws      77   
   5.8   Separateness      77   
   5.9   Further Assurances      77   
   5.10   Communication with Accountants      77   
   5.11   Acquisition of Receivables from Holdings      78   

SECTION 6.

  NEGATIVE COVENANTS      78   
   6.1   Indebtedness      78   
   6.2   Liens      78   
   6.3   Equitable Lien      78   
   6.4   No Further Negative Pledges      78   
   6.5   Restricted Junior Payments      78   
   6.6   Subsidiaries      79   
   6.7   Investments      79   
   6.8   Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions      79   
   6.9   Sales and Lease-Backs      79   
   6.10   Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates      79   
   6.11   Conduct of Business      79   
   6.12   Fiscal Year      79   
   6.13   Servicer; Backup Servicer; Custodian      79   
   6.14   Acquisitions of Receivables      80   
   6.15   Independent Manager      80   
   6.16   Organizational Agreements and Credit Documents      82   

 

ii


   6.17   Changes in Underwriting or Other Policies      82   
   6.18   Receivable Forms      82   
SECTION 7.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT      83   
   7.1   Events of Default      83   
SECTION 8.   AGENTS      87   
   8.1   Appointment of Agents      87   
   8.2   Powers and Duties      87   
   8.3   General Immunity      88   
   8.4   Agents Entitled to Act as Lender      89   
   8.5   Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment      89   
   8.6   Right to Indemnity      89   
   8.7   Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent      90   
   8.8   Collateral Documents      91   
SECTION 9.   MISCELLANEOUS      92   
   9.1   Notices      92   
   9.2   Expenses      92   
   9.3   Indemnity      93   
   9.4   Reserved      94   
   9.5   Amendments and Waivers      94   
   9.6   Successors and Assigns; Participations      96   
   9.7   Independence of Covenants      99   
   9.8   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements      99   
   9.9   No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative      99   
   9.10   Marshalling; Payments Set Aside      100   
   9.11   Severability      100   
   9.12   Obligations Several; Actions in Concert      100   
   9.13   Headings      100   
   9.14   APPLICABLE LAW      101   
   9.15   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION      101   
   9.16   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      102   
   9.17   Confidentiality      102   
   9.18   Usury Savings Clause      103   
   9.19   Counterparts      104   
   9.20   Effectiveness      104   
   9.21   Patriot Act      104   

 

iii


APPENDICES:    A    Revolving Commitments
   B    Notice Addresses
   C    Eligibility Criteria
   D    Excess Concentration Amounts
   E    Portfolio Performance Covenants
   F    Calculation of Receivable Yield and Outstanding Principal Balance
SCHEDULES:    1.1-A    Equity Owners of Holdings
   1.1-B    Financial Covenants
   4.1    Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification; Trade Names
   4.2    Capital Stock and Ownership
EXHIBITS:    A    Form of Funding Notice
   B    Form of Revolving Loan Note
   C-1    Form of Compliance Certificate
   C-2    Form of Borrowing Base Report and Certificate
   D    Form of Assignment Agreement
   E    Form of Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status
   F    Form of Amendment Effective Date Certificate
   G    Form of Controlled Account Voluntary Payment Notice
   H    Form of Financing Statement

 

iv


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of October 17, 2014, is entered into by and among ON DECK ASSET COMPANY, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company ( “Company” ), the Lenders party hereto from time to time and ODBL IV, LLC , as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, “Administrative Agent” ) and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Paying Agent (in such capacity, “Paying Agent” ) and as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent” ).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.1 hereof;

WHEREAS , the Company, the Lenders party hereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Paying Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 23, 2013 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of November 21, 2013, that certain Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of January 2, 2014, that certain Waiver, Consent and Amendment thereto dated as of April 30, 2014, that certain Amendment No. 4 thereto dated as of July 11, 2014 and as otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , in order to continue the existing indebtedness of the Company the Company has requested that the Existing Credit Agreement be amended and restated in its entirety (the “ Amendment and Restatement ”), and the Lenders party thereto are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions . The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

“15 Day Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that had a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, fifteen (15) or higher, or (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, three (3) or higher, in each case, as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“10-20 Day Delinquent Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable with a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, more


than ten (10) but less than twenty-one (21) and a Payment has been received on such Receivable on at least one of the last three (3) Payment Dates, and (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, more than two (2) but less than or equal to four (4), and a Payment has been received on such Receivable on the last Payment Date.

“91% Eligible Receivable” means a Receivable with respect to which the Eligibility Criteria (other than the FICO score requirements set forth in clauses (vv) through (yy) thereof) are satisfied as of the applicable date of determination.

“Accrued Interest Amount” means, as of any day, the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans payable hereunder.

“ACH Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

“ACH Receivable” means each Receivable with respect to which the underlying Receivables Obligor has entered into an ACH Agreement.

“Act” as defined in Section 4.26 .

“Adjusted EPOB” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of (a) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date over (b) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate Excess Concentration Amounts as of such date and (ii) the product of 70% and the aggregate Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance of all 10-20 Day Delinquent Receivables as of such date.

“Adjusted Interest Collections” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the product of (i) the sum of (x) all Collections received during such Monthly Period that were not applied by the Servicer to reduce the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Pledged Receivables in accordance with Section 2(a)(i)(4) of the Servicing Agreement and (y) all Collections received during such Monthly Period that were recoveries with respect to Charged-Off Receivables (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent) and (ii) the quotient of 21 divided by the number of Business Days in such Monthly Period minus (b) the aggregate amount paid by Company on the related Interest Payment Date pursuant to clauses (a)(i) , (a)(ii) , (a)(iii) and (a)(v) of Section 2.12 .

“Administrative Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Adverse Proceeding” means any action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign, whether pending or, to the knowledge of Company or Holdings, threatened in writing against or affecting Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, or any of their respective property.

“Affected Party” means any Lender, ODBL IV, LLC, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and, with respect to each of the foregoing, the parent company or holding company that controls such Person.

 

2


“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” means the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agency Agreement” means that certain Secured Party Representative Services Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, between Holdings and the UCC Agent, or any successor or other agreement with a UCC Agent serving substantially the same purpose.

“Agent” means each of the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent.

“Aggregate Amounts Due” as defined in Section 2.14 .

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Amendment and Restatement” as defined in the Recitals hereto.

“Amendment Effective Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Amendment Effective Date Certificate” means an Amendment Effective Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

“Applicable Advance Rate” means (a) for Eligible Receivables other than 91% Eligible Receivables, 95%, and (b) for Eligible Receivables constituting 91% Eligible Receivables, 91%.

“Applicable Margin” means the “Applicable Margin” described in the Undertakings Agreement.

Approved State ” means each of the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia; provided, however, that, in the event that the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion to revoke the designation or restore a previously revoked designation of any jurisdiction as an “Approved State” due to a change in, or change in the interpretation of, the regulations or law (including case law) relating to (i) the origination, administration, servicing or terms, including interest rates, of any loan made to a Receivables Obligor; (ii) the choice of law, or the enforceability of the choice of law, that governs a loan made to a Receivables Obligor; or (iii) the choice of venue or the choice of jurisdiction, or the enforceability of the choice of venue or the choice of jurisdiction, that governs a loan made to a Receivables Obligor, then upon receipt by Company of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, each such jurisdiction shall or shall no longer constitute an “ Approved State ”, as applicable.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date, by and between Company, as

 

3


Purchaser, and the Seller, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, whereby the Seller has agreed to sell and Company has agreed to purchase Eligible Receivables from time to time.

“Asset Sale” means a sale, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer, license or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of Holdings’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D , with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Administrative Agent.

“Authorized Officer” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, general counsel, treasurer, corporate secretary, controller or senior vice president of capital markets (or, in each case, the equivalent thereof).

“Average Excess Spread” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the average of the Excess Spread determined for such Monthly Period and the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Monthly Period.

“Backup Servicer” means Portfolio Financial Servicing Company or any replacement thereof appointed by the Requisite Lenders in accordance with Section 6.13 , who will perform backup servicing and backup verification functions with respect to the Eligible Receivables.

“Backup Servicing Agreement” means that certain Backup Servicing Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date among Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and Backup Servicer, as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with Section 6.16 , and any other agreement entered into from time to time among Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and Backup Servicer with respect to the backup servicing and verification of the Eligible Receivables.

“Backup Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Backup Servicing Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “ Bankruptcy ,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Blocked Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any day, an amount equal to the lesser of:

(a) (i) the Applicable Advance Rate multiplied by the Adjusted EPOB at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections in the Lockbox Account and the Collection

 

4


Account to the extent such Collections and other funds have already been applied to reduce the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance, minus (iii) 105% of the sum of the Accrued Interest Amount as of such day and the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid fees and expenses due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement; and

(b) the Revolving Commitments on such day.

With respect to any calculation of the Borrowing Base with respect to any Credit Date solely for the purpose of determining Revolving Availability for a requested Revolving Loan, the Borrowing Base will be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Eligible Receivables to be purchased with the proceeds of such Revolving Loan. With respect to any calculation of the Borrowing Base for any other purpose, the Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Lender, with such adjustments as the Paying Agent identifies pursuant to Section 2.21 .

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , executed by an Authorized Officer of Company and delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender, which sets forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each component thereof.

“Borrowing Base Deficiency” means, as of any day, the amount, if any, by which the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceeds the Borrowing Base.

“Borrowing Base Report” means a report substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , executed by an Authorized Officer of Company and delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender, which attaches a Borrowing Base Certificate.

“Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

“Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person (i) as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person or (ii) as lessee which is a transaction of a type commonly known as a “synthetic lease” (i.e., a transaction that is treated as an operating lease for accounting purposes but with respect to which payments of rent are intended to be treated as payments of principal and interest on a loan for Federal income tax purposes).

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

 

5


“Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand, securities account or deposit account; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “ Cash ” shall exclude any amounts that would not be considered “cash” under GAAP or “cash” as recorded on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means, as of any day, (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such day; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such day and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such day and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000 and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

“Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

“Change of Control” means, at any time, (a) prior to the Initial Public Equity Offering, the equity owners of Holdings as of the Amendment Effective Date set forth on Schedule 1.1-A (the “ Existing Holders ”) shall cease to beneficially own and control at least a majority on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of Holdings; (b) on the date of or any time after the Initial Public Equity Offering, (i) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are given meaning in the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder) is or becomes the owner, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of the IPO Entity and (ii) and the percentage on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of the IPO Entity so held is greater than the percentage on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of the IPO Entity held by the Existing Holders, unless the Existing Holders, directly or indirectly, otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy or otherwise) to designate, nominate or appoint (and do so designate, nominate or appoint) a majority of the board of directors of the IPO Entity; (c) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is given meaning in the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder); (d) at any time during any consecutive

 

6


two-year period after an Initial Public Equity Offering, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the IPO Entity (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by the board of directors of the IPO Entity or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the IPO Entity was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the IPO Entity then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election, appointment or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the IPO Entity then in office; or (e) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of Company.

“Charged-Off Receivable means a Receivable which, in each case, consistent with the Underwriting Policies, has or should have been written off Company’s books as uncollectable.

“Chattel Paper” means any “chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC, including electronic chattel paper, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Capital Stock) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Collateral Assignment” means that certain Collateral Assignment dated as of the Original Closing Date by Company for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.

“Collateral Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Control Agreements, the Collateral Assignment and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by, or on behalf or at the request of, Company or Holdings pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, as the case may be, in order to grant to, or perfect in favor of, Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of Company as security for the Obligations or to protect or preserve the interests of Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties therein.

“Collateral Receipt and Exception Report” shall mean the “Trust Receipt” as defined in the Custodial Agreement.

“Collection Account” means a Securities Account with account number OD1302.1 at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in the name of Company.

“Collections” means, with respect to each Pledged Receivable, any and all cash collections and other cash proceeds of such Pledged Receivable (whether in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, electronic transfers or any other form of cash payment), including, without limitation, all prepayments, all overdue payments, all prepayment penalties and early termination penalties, all finance charges, if any, all amounts collected as interest, fees (including, without limitation, any servicing fees, any origination fees, any loan guaranty fees and, any platform fees), or charges for late payments with respect to such Pledged Receivable, all

 

7


recoveries with respect to each Charged-Off Receivable (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent), all investment proceeds and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on Collections as a result of the investment thereof pursuant to Section 6.7 , all proceeds of any sale, transfer or other disposition of any Pledged Receivable by Company and all deposits, payments or recoveries made in respect of any Pledged Receivable to any Controlled Account, or received by Company in respect of a Pledged Receivable, and all payments representing a disposition of any Pledged Receivable.

“Company” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

“Compliance Review” as defined in Section 5.5(b) .

Consolidated Liquidity” means, as of any date of determination, an amount determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, equal to the sum of (i) unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of such date, plus , (ii) amounts (if any) in the Reserve Account as of such date, plus (iii) the Revolving Availability as of such date of determination, plus (iv) the aggregate amount of all unused and available credit commitments under any credit facilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of such date; provided , as of such date, all of the conditions to funding such amounts under clause (iii) and (iv), as the case may be, have been fully satisfied (other than delivery of prior notice of funding and pre-funding notices, opinions and certificates that are reasonably capable of delivery as of such date) and no lender under such credit facilities shall have refused to make a loan or other advance thereunder at any time after a request for a loan was made thereunder.

Consolidated Total Debt means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including all accrued and unpaid interest on the foregoing, provided , that accounts payable, accrued expenses, liabilities for leasehold improvements and deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not be included in any determination of Consolidated Total Debt.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

“Control Agreements” means collectively, the Lockbox Account Control Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Blocked Account Control Agreement.

“Controlled Account” means each of the Reserve Account, the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account, and the Controlled Accounts means all of such accounts.

“Controlled Account Bank” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

 

8


“Convertible Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings that (a) is convertible to equity, including convertible preferred stock, (b) requires no payment of principal thereof or interest thereon and (c) is fully subordinated to all indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Credit Card Issuer” means a member of Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover and PayPal.

“Credit Card Payment” means an amount owing by Credit Card Issuer to a Receivables Obligor (i) in respect of a purchase made by a customer of such Receivables Obligor, (ii) paid for using a credit card issued by such Credit Card Issuer, and (iii) that is required by the applicable Transfer Account Loan Documentation to be deposited into a Transfer Account.

“Credit Date” means the date of a Credit Extension.

“Credit Document” means any of this Agreement, the Revolving Loan Notes, if any, the Collateral Documents, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Undertakings Agreement and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by Company or Holdings for the benefit of any Agent or any Lender in connection herewith.

“Credit Document Amendments” as defined in Section 3.2(a) .

“Credit Extension” means the making of a Revolving Loan.

Cumulative Defaults ” means, with respect to any Vintage Pool as of the end of any Monthly Period, the sum for all Receivables in such Vintage Pool that became Defaulted Receivables of the Outstanding Principal Balances thereof determined as of the date on which they became Defaulted Receivables less any Collections received on such Defaulted Receivables from and after the date on which they became Defaulted Receivables (measured for the period commencing from the origination of each such Receivable to the end of such Monthly Period).

“Cumulative Static Pool Default Ratio” means, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Cumulative Defaults in respect of any Vintage Pool as of the last day of the most recently ended Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is (i) for any Vintage Pool other than the Q3 Vintage Pool, the aggregate original Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables comprising such Vintage Pool, and (ii) for the Q3 Vintage Pool, the aggregate original Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables comprising the Q3 Vintage Pool as of the date such Receivables were sold to the Company.

“Custodial Agreement” mean the Custodial Services Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and between Company, Servicer, Custodian and Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

9


“Custodian” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as the provider of services under the Custodial Agreement, or any successor thereto in such capacity appointed in accordance with the Custodial Agreement, and approved by the Requisite Lenders.

“Daily Pay Receivable” means any Receivable for which a Payment is generally due on every Business Day.

DB Credit Facility means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2014, among On Deck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC, as the borrower, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Paying Agent, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent and Lead Arranger , as the same may be or has been amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Debtor Relief Laws means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Excess” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans of all Lenders (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders (other than such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their respective Defaulted Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender.

“Default Interest Rate” as defined in Section 2.6 .

“Default Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date of the applicable Funding Default, and ending on the earliest of the following dates: (i) the date on which all Revolving Commitments are cancelled or terminated and/or the Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (ii) the date on which (a) the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or by the non-pro rata application of any payments of the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), and (b) such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered to Company and Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder with respect to its Revolving Commitments, and (iii) the date on which Company, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender in writing.

“Defaulted Loan” as defined in Section 2.18 .

 

10


“Defaulted Receivable” means, with respect to any date of determination, a Receivable which (i) is a Charged-Off Receivable or (ii) has a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, sixty (60) or higher or (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, twelve (12) or higher.

“Defaulting Lender” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“Delinquent Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable with a Missed Payment Factor of one (1) or higher as of such date.

“Deposit Account” means a “deposit account” (as defined in the UCC), including a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

“Designated Officer” means, with respect to Company, any Person with the title of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel.

“Determination Date” means the last day of each Monthly Period.

“Direct Competitor” means (a) each Person that is listed on the “List of Direct Competitors” provided to the Paying Agent by the Company on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, as such list may be updated by the Company from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Paying Agent after the Amendment Effective Date identifying one or more Persons engaged in the same or similar line of business as Holdings (each Person described in this clause (a), a “ Listed Competitor ”), and (b) (i) any clearly identifiable Affiliate of any Listed Competitor on the basis of such Affiliate’s name or (ii) any Affiliate of any Listed Competitor which the Company, either before or after its receipt of notification of a proposed assignment to such Affiliate, has identified in writing to the Paying Agent as an Affiliate of a Listed Competitor.

“Document Checklist” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the lawful money of the United States.

“E-Sign Receivable” means any Receivable for which the signature or record of agreement of the Receivables Obligor is obtained through the use and capture of electronic signatures, click-through consents or other electronically recorded assents.

 

11


“Eligible Assignee” means (i) any Lender or any Lender Affiliate (other than a natural person), and (ii) any other Person (other than a natural Person) approved by Company, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and Administrative Agent (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that any failure to approve any assignment to a Direct Competitor shall be deemed reasonable); provided , that (y) neither Holdings nor any Affiliate of Holdings shall, in any event, be an Eligible Assignee, and (z) no Direct Competitor shall be an Eligible Assignee so long as no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

“Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Outstanding Principal Balance for all Eligible Receivables as of such date.

“Eligible Receivable” means (a) a Receivable with respect to which the Eligibility Criteria are satisfied as of the applicable date of determination, and (b) a 91% Eligible Receivable.

“Eligible Receivables Obligor” means a Receivables Obligor that satisfies the criteria specified in Appendix C hereto under the definition of “Eligible Receivables Obligor”, subject to any changes agreed to by each of the Requisite Lenders and Company from time to time after the Amendment Effective Date.

“Eligibility Criteria” means the criteria specified in Appendix C hereto under the definition of Eligibility Criteria , subject to any changes agreed to by each of the Requisite Lenders and Company from time to time after the Amendment Effective Date.

“Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA Affiliate of a Person shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of such Person within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of such Person and with respect to liabilities arising after such period, but only to the extent that such Person could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA as a result of its relationship with such former ERISA Affiliate.

 

12


“ERISA Event” means (i) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for thirty (30) day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, or the assets thereof, or against Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to Section 303(k) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

“Event of Default” means each of the events set forth in Section 7.1 .

“Excess Concentration Amounts” means the amounts set forth on Appendix D hereto.

 

13


“Excess Spread” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the product of (a) 12 times (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the excess, if any, of (x) the Adjusted Interest Collections for such Monthly Period over (y) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such Monthly Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the average daily Outstanding Principal Balance of Pledged Receivables for such Monthly Period.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Affected Party, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Affected Party being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes with respect to such Affected Party, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Affected Party with respect to an applicable interest in a Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Affected Party became an Affected Party or (ii) such Affected Party changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16(b), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Affected Party’s assignor immediately before such Affected Party became an Affected Party or to such Affected Party immediately before it changed its lending office, and (c) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Existing Credit Agreement” as defined in the Recitals hereto.

“Existing Credit Documents” as defined in Section 1.4 .

“Existing Obligations” as defined in Section 1.4 .

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as of the date of this agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantially comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.

“Financial Covenants ” means the financial covenants set forth on Schedule 1.1-B hereto.

“Financial Officer Certification” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of Holdings that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“Financial Plan” as defined in Section 5.1(k) .

 

14


“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is perfected and is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject.

“Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

“Funded Indebtedness” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary of Holdings from time to time to finance (in whole or in part) a portfolio of Receivables.

“Funding Default” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Funding Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a) .

“Funding Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

“GAAP” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2 , United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

“Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

“Historical Financial Statements” means as of the Amendment Effective Date, (i) the audited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, for the Fiscal Year ended 2013, consisting of balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, and (ii) for the interim period from January 1, 2014 to the Amendment Effective Date, internally prepared, unaudited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, consisting of a balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each quarterly period completed prior to forty-six (46) days before the Amendment Effective Date and for each Monthly Period completed prior to thirty-one (31) days prior to the Amendment Effective Date,

 

15


in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), certified by the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of Holdings that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject, if applicable, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“Holdings” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Holdings Working Capital Debt ” means any Indebtedness of Holdings of the type described in clause (i) or clause (v) of the definition of “Indebtedness” that is secured in whole or in part by a security interest in Receivables, including any Convertible Debt that is so secured.

Hot Backup Servicer Event ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the Monthly Period most recently ended, that any one of the following events shall have occurred with respect to such Monthly Period: (a) the Excess Spread was less than 19.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was greater than 16.0%; or (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was greater than 9.0%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Hot Backup Servicer Event shall be deemed to no longer exist from and after the date upon which the Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure has occurred (provided that only one Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder).

Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure ” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to the three Monthly Periods most recently ended, that each of the following conditions has been satisfied with respect to each such Monthly Period after the occurrence of a Hot Backup Servicer Event: (a) the Average Excess Spread was greater than 25.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was less than 14.0%; (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was less than 7.75%; and (d) no Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure shall have previously occurred.

“Increased-Cost Lenders” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Indebtedness” as applied to any Person, means, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP; (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business that are unsecured and not overdue by more than six (6) months unless being contested in good faith and any such obligations incurred under ERISA); (v) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; (vi) the face amount of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (vii) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another; (viii) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that the obligation of the obligor thereof will be paid

 

16


or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof; (ix) any liability of such Person for an obligation of another through any Contractual Obligation (contingent or otherwise) (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (b) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (ix), the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (viii) above; and (x) all obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes.

“Indemnified Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (excluding any amounts not otherwise payable by Company under Section 2.16(b)(iii) but including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any reasonable and documented fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, any Related Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Credit Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral)).

“Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Credit Document.

“Indemnitee” as defined in Section 9.3 .

“Indemnitee Agent Party” as defined in Section 8.6 .

“Independent Manager” as defined in Section 6.15 .

“Initial Public Equity Offering” means an initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of the IPO Entity pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act, which yields not less than $50,000,000 in Net Cash Proceeds.

“Intangible Assets” means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

 

17


“Interest Payment Date” means the fifteenth calendar day after the end of each Monthly Period, and if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

“Interest Period” means an interest period (i) initially, commencing on and including the Original Closing Date and ending on but excluding the initial Interest Payment Date; and (ii) thereafter, commencing on and including each Interest Payment Date and ending on and excluding the immediately succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , that no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is four (4) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date.

“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

“Investment” means (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by Company of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person; (ii) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, from any Person, of any Capital Stock of such Person; and (iii) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by Company to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

“IPO Entity” means, at any time at and after the Initial Public Equity Offering, Holdings or a parent entity of Holdings, as the case may be, the common Capital Stock of which were issued or otherwise sold pursuant to the Initial Public Equity Offering; provided that, immediately following the Initial Public Equity Offering, (i) if the IPO Entity is not Holdings, Holdings is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the IPO Entity and (ii) the IPO Entity owns, directly or through its subsidiaries, substantially all the businesses and assets owned or conducted, directly or indirectly, by Holdings immediately prior to the Initial Pubic Equity Offering.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

“Key Person Event” means the occurrence, after the Amendment Effective Date, of each of the following events: (i) the termination or resignation of each of the officers holding the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer as of the Amendment Effective Date, (ii) the failure by Holdings to replace each such officer with a replacement officer acceptable to the Requisite Lenders in their Permitted Discretion within ninety (90) days after the second such termination or resignation, and (iii) the delivery by the Administrative Agent of written notice to Company after such ninety (90) day period notifying Company that a “Key Person Event” has occurred.

 

18


“Lender” means each provider of financing listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

“Lender Affiliate” means, as applied to any Lender or Agent, any Related Fund and any Person directly or indirectly controlling (including any member of senior management of such Person), controlled by, or under common control with, such Lender or Agent. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio as of any day of (a) Consolidated Total Debt, excluding Subordinated Debt and Convertible Indebtedness, as of such day, to (b) the sum of (i) Holdings’ total stockholders’ equity as of such day, (ii) Warranty Liability as of such day and (iii) the sum of Subordinated Debt and Convertible Indebtedness as of such day.

“LIBO Rate” means, for any Revolving Loan (or portion thereof) for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Paying Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second Business Day before the first day of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate (or any successor thereto) for deposits in dollars for a period of one month (as set forth by the Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by the Paying Agent in its sole discretion); provided , that if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” shall be the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) listed in The Wall Street Journal, “Money Rates” table at or about 10:00 a.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period (or, if no such rate is listed two Business Days prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period, the rate listed on the Business Day on which such rate was last listed).

“Lien” means (i) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

“Limited Liability Company Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6.16 .

 

19


“Lockbox Account” means a Deposit Account with account number 180012408 at MB Financial Bank, N.A. in the name of Company.

“Lockbox Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Lockbox System” as defined in Section 2.11(c) .

“Margin Stock” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

“Master Record” as defined in the Custodial Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of Company or Holdings; (ii) the ability of Company to pay any Obligations or Company or Holdings to fully and timely perform, in any material respect, its obligations under any Credit Document; (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect, or enforceability against Company or Holdings of any Credit Document to which it is a party; (iv) the existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of any security interest in the Pledged Receivables; (v) the validity, collectability, or enforceability of the Pledged Receivables taken as a whole or in any material part, or (vi) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, any Agent and any Lender or any Secured Party under any Credit Document.

“Material Change Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 .

“Material Contract” means any contract or other arrangement to which Company is a party (other than the Credit Documents or the Related Agreements) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Material Modification” means, with respect to any Receivable, a reduction in the interest rate, an extension of the term, a reduction in, or change in frequency of, any required Payment or extension of a Payment Date or a reduction in the Outstanding Principal Balance.

“Material Underwriting Policy Change” means any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies, if such change or modification could reasonably be expected to be adverse to Lenders or the Collateral, provided that any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies relating solely to the addition or modification of a Receivable product type introduced after the Original Closing Date (each, a “New Product” ) shall not be deemed to be a Material Underwriting Policy Change unless and until, during any Monthly Period, the aggregate origination by Holdings of New Products exceeds (on a funded basis) the aggregate origination by Holdings of all Receivable products (at which point any such change or modification shall be deemed to be a Material Underwriting Policy Change). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any New Product shall no longer be considered a New Product for purposes of this definition subsequent to the time such New Product is generally (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) able to be financed hereunder or under another credit facility provided by the Administrative Agent or its affiliates.

 

20


“Materials” as defined in Section 5.5(b) .

“Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables that had a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, fifteen (15) or higher, or (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, three (3) or higher, in each case, as of the last day of such Monthly Period, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of the last day of such Monthly Period.

“Maximum Delinquency Rate” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of the last day of such Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables (other than Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of the last day of such Monthly Period.

“Maximum Upfront Fee” means, with respect to each Receivable, the greater of (a) $695 and (b) 3.5% of the original aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Receivable.

Missed Payment Factor ” means, in respect of any Receivable, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount equal to (i) the total past due amount of Payments in respect of such Receivable, divided by (ii) the required periodic Payment in respect of such Receivable as set forth in the related Receivable Agreement and (b) the number of Payment Dates, if any, past the Receivable maturity date on which a Payment was due but not received.

“Monthly Period” means the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of such calendar month.

“Monthly Reporting Date” means the third Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date.

“Monthly Servicing Report” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

“NAIC” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

“Net Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Permitted Asset Sale, an amount equal to: (i) Cash payments received by, or on behalf of, Company from such Permitted Asset Sale, minus (ii) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with such Permitted

 

21


Asset Sale to the extent paid or payable to non-Affiliates, including (a) income or gains taxes payable by the seller as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale during the tax period the sale occurs and (b) a reasonable reserve for any recourse for a breach of the representations and warranties made by Company to the purchaser in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale; provided that upon release of any such reserve, the amount released shall be considered Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean with respect to any equity issuance, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and reasonable investment banker’s fees, underwriting discounts or commissions, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

“New Product” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Material Underwriting Policy Change.”

“Non-Consenting Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Non-Creditworthy Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Non-US Lender” as defined in Section 2.16(d)(i) .

“Notice of Amendment” as defined in Section 6.18 .

“Obligations” means all obligations of every nature of Company from time to time owed to the Agents (including former Agents), the Lenders or any of them, in each case under any Credit Document, whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to Company, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against Company for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

“On Deck Score” means that numerical value ranging from 250 to 700 that represents Holdings’ evaluation of the creditworthiness of a business and its likelihood of default on a commercial loan or other similar credit arrangement generated by “version 4” of the proprietary methodology developed and maintained by Holdings, as such methodology is applied in accordance with the other aspects of the Underwriting Policies, and as such methodology and other aspects of the Underwriting Policies may be revised and updated from time to time in accordance with Section 6.17 .

“Online Product” or “On Deck Online” means any Receivable underwritten by Holdings regarding which Holdings did not review data from either the operating checking account or merchant processing data of the applicable Receivables Obligor prior to the funding of such Receivable.

“Organizational Documents” means (i) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, as amended, and its by-laws, as amended, (ii) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (iii) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, and (iv) with respect to any limited liability company, its

 

22


articles of organization or certificate of formation, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended, including, in the case of Company, the Limited Liability Agreement. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

“Original Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(ii) .

“Original Closing Date” means October 23, 2013.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Affected Party, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Affected Party and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Affected Party having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Revolving Loan or Credit Document).

“Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date with respect to any Receivable, the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable as set forth on the Servicer’s books and records as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, however , that the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Pledged Receivable that has become a Charged-Off Receivable will be zero.

“Participant Register” as defined in Section 9.6(h) .

“Paying Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

Payment ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the required scheduled loan payment in respect of such Receivable, as set forth in the applicable Receivable Agreement.

Payment Dates ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the date a payment is due in accordance with the Receivable Agreement with respect to such Receivable as in effect as of the date of determination.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

“Permitted Asset Sale” means so long as all Net Asset Sale Proceeds are contemporaneously remitted to the Collection Account, (a) the sale by Company of Receivables to Holdings pursuant to any repurchase obligations of Holdings under the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) the sale by the Servicer on behalf of Company of Charged-Off Receivables to any third party in accordance with the Servicing Standard, provided , that such sales are made

 

23


without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Company (other than customary representations regarding title and absence of liens on the Charged-Off Receivables, and the status of Company, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), (c) the sale by Company of Receivables (x) to Holdings who immediately thereafter sells such Receivables to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings or (y) directly to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings, in either case in connection with a term securitization transaction involving the issuance of securities rated at least investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and such Receivables and special-purpose Subsidiary so long as, in either case, (i) the amount received by Company therefore and deposited into the Collection Account is no less than the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balances of such Receivables, (ii) such sale is made without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Company (other than customary representations regarding title, absence of liens on the Receivables, status of Company, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), (iii) the manner in which such Receivables were selected by Company does not adversely affect the Lenders, (iv) the agreement pursuant to which such Receivables were sold to Holdings or such special-purpose Subsidiary, as the case may be, contains an obligation on the part of Holdings or such special-purpose Subsidiary to not file or join in filing any involuntary bankruptcy petition against Company prior to the end of the period that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all Obligations of Company under this Agreement and not to cooperate with or encourage others to file involuntary bankruptcy petitions against Company during the same period, and (v) unless otherwise waived by the Requisite Lenders in accordance with this Agreement, on the Business Day prior to such sale, (A) the Pro Forma 15 Day Delinquency Percentage shall not be greater than the 15 Day Delinquency Percentage, before giving effect to such sale, and (B) the Pro Forma Delinquency Percentage shall not be greater than the Delinquency Percentage, before giving effect to such sale, and (d) the sale by the Company of Receivables with the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders.

“Permitted Discretion” means, with respect to any Person, a determination or judgment made by such Person in good faith in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured lender) credit or business judgment.

“Permitted Investments” means the following, subject to qualifications hereinafter set forth: (i) obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, when such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; (ii) federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit, time deposits, banker’s acceptances, and repurchase agreements having maturities of not more than 365 days of any bank, the short-term debt obligations of which are rated A-1+ (or the equivalent) by each of the rating agencies and, if it has a term in excess of three months, the long-term debt obligations of which are rated AAA (or the equivalent) by each of the Moody’s and S&P; (iii) deposits that are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. (FDIC); (iv) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (iii) above; and (v) such other investments as to which the Administrative Agent consent in its sole discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Permitted Investments ” (i) shall exclude any security with the S&P’s “r” symbol (or any other rating agency’s corresponding symbol)

 

24


attached to the rating (indicating high volatility or dramatic fluctuations in their expected returns because of market risk), as well as any mortgage-backed securities and any security of the type commonly known as “strips”; (ii) shall not have maturities in excess of one year; (iii) shall be limited to those instruments that have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change; and (iv) shall exclude any investment where the right to receive principal and interest derived from the underlying investment provides a yield to maturity in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment. Interest may either be fixed or variable, and any variable interest must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a single fixed spread (if any), and move proportionately with that index. No investment shall be made which requires a payment above par for an obligation if the obligation may be prepaid at the option of the issuer thereof prior to its maturity. All investments shall mature or be redeemable upon the option of the holder thereof on or prior to the earlier of (x) three months from the date of their purchase or (y) the Business Day preceding the day before the date such amounts are required to be applied hereunder.

“Permitted Liens” means Liens in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties granted pursuant to any Credit Document.

“Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

Pledged Receivables ” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Portfolio” means the Receivables purchased by Company from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Portfolio Performance Covenant” means the portfolio performance covenants specified in Appendix E .

“Portfolio Weighted Average Receivable Yield” means as of any date of determination, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing (a) the sum, for all Eligible Receivables, of the product of (i) the Receivable Yield for each such Receivable multiplied by (ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable as of such date, by (b) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date.

“Prime Rate” means, as of any day, the rate of interest per annum equal to the prime rate publicly announced by the majority of the eleven largest commercial banks chartered under United States Federal or State banking law as its prime rate (or similar base rate) in effect at its principal office. The determination of such eleven largest commercial banks shall be based upon deposits as of the prior year-end, as reported in the American Banker or such other source as may be reasonably selected by the Paying Agent.

“Principal Office” means, for Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B , or such other office as Administrative Agent may

 

25


from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender; provided , however , that for the purpose of making any payment on the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, the Principal Office of Administrative Agent shall be as set forth on Appendix B (or such other location within the City and State of New York as Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender).

“Processor” means, with respect to any Receivable, a Person engaged in the business of processing credit card payments that has been engaged by the related Receivables Obligor to provide processing services with respect to designated future Credit Card Payments to be paid to such Receivables Obligor.

“Processor Agreement” means an agreement between a Receivables Obligor and a Processor with respect to the processing of certain Credit Card Payments due to such Receivables Obligor.

“Processing Bank” means, with respect to any Receivable, a bank that has been engaged by the Servicer to collect Credit Card Payments from the related Processor and to remit such funds to the applicable Receivables Obligor’s Transfer Accounts.

“Pro Forma 15 Day Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Asset Sale, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that had a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, fifteen (15) or higher, or (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, three (3) or higher, in each case, as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“Pro Forma Delinquency Percentage” means, as of one Business Day prior to any Permitted Asset Sale described in clause (c) of the definition thereof, after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Asset Sale, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Delinquent Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) that are Pledged Receivables as of such Business Day, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Charged-Off Receivables) as of such Business Day.

“Pro Rata Share” means with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

“Q3 Vintage Pool” means the pool of Receivables originated by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank during the first, second and third Fiscal Quarters of 2013 and acquired by Company.

“Re-Aged” means returning a delinquent, open-end account to current status without collecting the total amount of principal, interest, and fees that are contractually due.

 

26


“Receivable Agreements” means, collectively, with respect to any Receivable, a Business Loan and Security Agreement, a Business Loan and Security Agreement Supplement or Loan Summary, the Authorization Agreement for Direct Deposit (ACH Credit) and Direct Payments (ACH Debit), in each case, in substantially the forms attached to the Undertakings Agreement and as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and, if applicable, the Transfer Account Loan Documentation related to such Receivable, and the other documents related thereto to which the Receivables Obligor is a party.

“Receivable File” means, with respect to any Receivable, (i) copies of each applicable document listed in the definition of “Receivable Agreements,” (ii) the UCC financing statement, if any, filed against the Receivables Obligor in connection with the origination of such Receivable and (iii) copies of each of the documents required by, and listed in, the Document Checklist attached to the Custodial Agreement, each of which may be in electronic form.

Receivable Yield ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the imputed interest rate that is calculated on the basis of the expected aggregate annualized rate of return (calculated inclusive of all interest and fees (other than any Upfront Fees)) of such Receivable over the life of such Receivable.

Such calculation shall assume:

i) 52 Payment Dates per annum, for Weekly Pay Receivables;

ii) 252 Payment Dates per annum, for Daily Pay Receivables that were originated on or after July 1, 2013; and

iii) 257 Payment Dates per annum, for Daily Pay Receivables that were originated prior to July 1, 2013 (or such other number of Payment Dates set forth in the Underwriting Policies for a 12-month term Receivable). An example of the foregoing calculation is set forth on Appendix F hereto.

“Receivables” means any loan or similar contract with a Receivables Obligor pursuant to which Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank extends credit to such Receivables Obligor pursuant to the applicable Receivable Agreements, including all rights under any and all security documents or supporting obligations related thereto, including the applicable Receivable Agreements.

“Receivables Account Bank” means, with respect to any Receivables, (i) BofI Federal Bank, a federal savings institution, and (ii) any other institution that (a) is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities and that originates and owns Receivables for Holdings pursuant to a Receivables Program Agreement, and (b) has been approved by the Requisite Lenders in their Permitted Discretion as an originator for purposes of this Agreement.

“Receivables Guarantor” means with respect to any Receivables Obligor, (a) each holder of the Capital Stock (or equivalent ownership or beneficial interest) of such

 

27


Receivables Obligor in the case of a Receivables Obligor which is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or equivalent entity, who has agreed to unconditionally guarantee all of the obligations of the related Receivables Obligor under the related Receivable Agreements or (b) the natural person operating as the Receivables Obligor, if the Receivables Obligor is a sole proprietor.

“Receivables Obligor” means with respect to any Receivable, the Person or Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such Receivable, excluding any Receivables Guarantor referred to in clause (a) of the definition of “Receivables Guarantor.”

“Receivables Program Agreement” means the (i) Master Business Loan Marketing Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2012, between Holdings and BofI Federal Bank, a federal savings institution (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Requisite Lenders to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.16 ) and (ii) any other agreement between Holdings and a Receivables Account Bank pursuant to which Holdings may refer applicants for small business loans conforming to the Underwriting Policies to such Receivables Account Bank and such Receivables Account Bank has the discretion to fund or not fund a loan to such applicant based on its own evaluation of such applicant and containing those provisions as are reasonably necessary to ensure that the transfer of small business loans by such Receivables Account Bank to Holdings thereunder are treated as absolute sales (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Requisite Lenders to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.16 ).

“Register” as defined in Section 2.4(b) .

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

“Related Agreements” means, collectively the Organizational Documents of Company, each Receivables Program Agreement and the Transfer Account Loan Documentation.

“Related Fund” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

“Related Security” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(ii) .

“Replacement Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Requirements of Law” means as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule, ordinance, order, judgment, Governmental Authorization, or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

 

28


“Requisite Lenders” means one or more Lenders having or holding Revolving Exposure and representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

Reserve Account ” means a Deposit Account with account number OD1302.2 at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in the name of Company.

Reserve Account Funding Amount ” means, on any day during a Reserve Account Funding Period, the excess, if any, of $170,000 over the amount then on deposit in the Reserve Account.

Reserve Account Funding Event ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the Monthly Period most recently ended, that any one of the following events shall have occurred with respect to such Monthly Period: (a) the Average Excess Spread was less than 25.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was greater than 14.0%; or (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was greater than 7.75%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reserve Account Funding Event shall be deemed to no longer exist from and after any date upon which the Reserve Account Funding Event Cure has occurred (provided that only one Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder).

Reserve Account Funding Event Cure ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the three Monthly Periods most recently ended, that each of the following conditions has been satisfied with respect to each such Monthly Period after the occurrence of a Reserve Account Funding Event: (a) the Average Excess Spread was greater than 25.0%; (b) the Maximum Delinquency Rate was less than 14.0%; (c) the Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate was less than 7.75% and (d) no Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall have previously occurred.

Reserve Account Funding Period ” means the period commencing on the first day after the Original Closing Date on which a Reserve Account Funding Event shall occur and ending on the first day thereafter on which the Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall occur, and the period commencing on the first day thereafter on which another Reserve Account Funding Event shall occur and ending on the Termination Date.

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of Capital Stock to the holders of that class; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding; and (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding.

“Revolving Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments.

 

29


“Revolving Commitment” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and “Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Amendment Effective Date is $50,000,000. The Revolving Commitment of each Lender will be equal to zero on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Revolving Commitment Period” means the period from the Original Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is the second anniversary of the Original Closing Date; (ii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.9(b) ; and (iii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 7.1 .

“Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

“Revolving Loan” means a Revolving Loan made by a Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.1 .

“Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Rolling 3-Month Average Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate” means, for any Monthly Period, the arithmetic average Maximum 15 Day Delinquency Rate for such Monthly Period and the two (2) Monthly Periods immediately preceding such Monthly Period.

“Rolling 3-Month Average Maximum Delinquency Rate” means, for any Monthly Period, the arithmetic average Maximum Delinquency Rate for such Monthly Period and the two (2) Monthly Periods immediately preceding such Monthly Period.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and its permitted successors and assigns.

“SBAF” means Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“SBAF Receivables” means certain Receivables (i) previously owned by SBAF, and (ii) sold by SBAF to Holdings prior to the Amendment Effective Date in accordance with the Existing Credit Agreement.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

30


“Secured Parties” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“Securities Account” means a “securities account” (as defined in the UCC).

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Security Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date between Company and the Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Servicer” means Holdings, in its capacity as the “Servicer” under the Servicing Agreement, and, after any removal or resignation of Holdings as the “Servicer” in accordance with the Servicing Agreement, any Successor Servicer.

“Servicer Default” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Servicing Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date between Company, Holdings and the Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and, after the appointment of any Successor Servicer, the Successor Servicing Agreement to which such Successor Servicer is a party, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Servicing Fees” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement; provided, however that, after the appointment of any Successor Servicer, the Servicing Fees shall mean the Successor Servicer Fees payable to such Successor Servicer.

“Servicing Reports” means the Servicing Reports delivered pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, including the Monthly Servicing Report.

“Servicing Standard” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

 

31


“Servicing Transition Expenses” means all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the assumption of servicing of the Pledged Receivables by a Successor Servicer after the delivery of a Termination Notice to the Servicer.

“Servicing Transition Period” means the period commencing on the giving of a Termination Notice and ending such number of days thereafter as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

“Solvent” means, with respect to Company or Holdings, that as of the date of determination, both (i) (a) the sum of such entity’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such entity’s present assets; (b) such entity’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Original Closing Date; and (c) such entity has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (ii) such entity is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under laws applicable to it relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

“Specified Event of Default” means any Event of Default occurring under Sections 7.1(a) , (f) , (g) , (h) , (j) , (l) , (m) , (o)  or (p) ; provided , however , that an Event of Default occurring under Section 7.1(m) shall not constitute a Specified Event of Default if the Servicer Default triggering such Event of Default resulted only (x) from the occurrence of an Event of Default or (y) the breach of a Financial Covenant unless such breach was the result of Tangible Net Worth being less than $15,000,000 as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter.

“SPV Indebtedness” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings from time to time solely to finance a portfolio of Receivables.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings that is fully subordinated to all senior indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such senior indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 

32


“Successor Servicer” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicer Fees” means the servicing fees payable to a Successor Servicer pursuant to a Successor Servicing Agreement.

“Tangible Net Worth” means, as of any day, the total of (a) Holdings’ total stockholders’ equity, minus (b) all Intangible Assets of Holdings, minus (c) all amounts due to Holdings from its Affiliates, plus (d) any Convertible Indebtedness, plus (e) any Warranty Liability.

“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Terminated Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

Termination Date ” means the date on, and as of, which (a) all Revolving Loans have been repaid in full in cash, (b) all other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made) under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents have been paid in full in cash or otherwise completely discharged, and (c) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall have occurred.

“Termination Notice” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings or Company on or within ninety (90) days after the Amendment Effective Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Document Amendments.

“Transfer Account” means an account in the name of a Receivables Obligor maintained at Rocky Mountain Bank & Trust or Kenney Bank & Trust (or any successor financial institution or financial institutions approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion, serving substantially the same purpose) where all Credit Card Payments attributable to such Receivables Obligor are paid.

 

33


“Transfer Account Loan Documentation” means, with respect to any Transfer Account Receivable, collectively, the documentation related to such Receivable and the other documents related thereto.

“Transfer Account Receivable” means any Receivable with respect to which (i) the related Receivables Obligor has instructed the related Processor, pursuant to the related Processor Agreement, to remit certain Credit Card Payments to the designated Transfer Account for such Receivables Obligor, (ii) the related Processor has agreed, pursuant to the related Processor Agreement, to remit such Credit Card Payments to the designated Transfer Account for such Receivables Obligor, and (iii) the related Receivables Obligor has authorized Servicer, pursuant to the related Receivable Agreement, to debit from such Receivables Obligor’s Transfer Account on each Business Day the amounts owing under the related Receivable Agreement.

“Transfer Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“UCC Agent” means Corporation Service Company, a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as agent for Holdings or other entity or entities providing secured party representation services for Holdings from time to time.

Undertakings Agreement ” means that certain agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Holdings, the Company, the lenders party thereto, the Paying Agent and the Administrative Agent.

“Underwriting Policies” means the credit policies and procedures of Holdings, including the underwriting guidelines and OnDeck Score methodology, and the collection policies and procedures of Holdings, in each case in effect as of the Amendment Effective Date and in the form attached to the Undertakings Agreement, as such policies, procedures, guidelines and methodologies may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.17 .

“Upfront Fees” means, with respect to any Receivable, the sum of any fees charged by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank, as the case may be, to a Receivables Obligor in connection with the disbursement of a loan, as set forth in the Receivable Agreement related to such Receivable, which are deducted from the initial amount disbursed to such Receivables Obligor, including the “Origination Fee” set forth on the applicable Receivable Agreement.

“Vintage Pool” means, as of any date of determination, the pool of Receivables originated by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank and acquired by Company during any completed Fiscal Quarter. The Q3 Vintage Pool shall also be deemed a Vintage Pool for all purposes hereunder. Except with respect to the Q3 Vintage Pool, the first Fiscal Quarter to be measured will be the quarter ending December 31, 2013.

 

34


“Warranty Liability” means, as of any day, the aggregate stated balance sheet fair value of all outstanding warrants exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred shares of Holdings determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Weekly Pay Receivable” means any Receivable for which a Payment is generally due once per week.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Company to Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(b) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.1(d) , if applicable). If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either Company, the Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP and accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements and (b) Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent and each Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. If Administrative Agent, Company and the Administrative Agent cannot agree upon the required amendments within thirty (30) days following the date of implementation of any applicable change in GAAP, then all financial statements delivered and all calculations of financial covenants and other standards and terms in accordance with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be prepared, delivered and made without regard to the underlying change in GAAP.

1.3 Interpretation, etc. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not no limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

1.4 Amendment and Restatement . In order to facilitate the Amendment and Restatement:

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be and hereby are amended and restated to the extent provided by this Agreement.

 

35


(b) All of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “ Existing Obligations ”) outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and other “Credit Documents” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the “ Existing Credit Documents ”) shall continue as Obligations hereunder to the extent not repaid on the Amendment Effective Date, and this Agreement is given as a substitution of and modification of, to the extent provided herein, and not as a payment of or novation of, the indebtedness, liabilities and Existing Obligations of the Company under the Existing Credit Agreement, and neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereunder is intended to constitute a novation or rescission of the Existing Credit Agreement or any obligations hereunder.

SECTION 2. LOANS

2.1 Revolving Loans .

(a) Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including, without limitation delivery of an updated Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) , each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to Company in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that no Lender shall make any such Revolving Loan or portion thereof to the extent that, after giving effect to such Revolving Loan:

(i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceeds the Borrowing Base; or

(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans funded by such Lender hereunder shall exceed its Revolving Commitment.

(b) Amounts borrowed pursuant to Section 2.1(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period, and any repayment of the Revolving Loans (other than (i) pursuant to Section 2.10 (which circumstance shall be governed by Section 2.10 ), (ii) on any Interest Payment Date upon which no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which circumstances shall be governed by Section 2.12(a) ) or (iii) on a date upon which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which circumstance shall be governed by Section 2.12(b) )) shall be applied as directed by Company. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

(c) Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

(i) Revolving Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $100,000.

(ii) Whenever Company desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Custodian a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City

 

36


time) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date; provided , that x) the Company shall review such Funding Notice on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed Credit Date and (y) if following such review it has determined that a Receivable would not qualify as an Eligible Receivable by virtue of clause (h) of the Eligibility Criteria not being satisfied then (1) such Receivable shall be deemed to be excluded from the Borrowing Base Certificate included in such Funding Notice (each, an “ Original Borrowing Base Certificate ”) (and any certification related thereto contained therein or in the Credit Documents) and (2) the Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent, the Custodian and the Paying Agent a revised Funding Notice no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least one (1) Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date and such revised Funding Notice (and the corresponding Borrowing Base Certificate (each, a “ Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate ”)) shall be modified solely to make adjustments necessary to exclude any such Receivable that would not qualify as an Eligible Receivable by virtue of clause (h) of the Eligibility Criteria including any reductions due to any resulting Excess Concentration Amounts, if any. Each such Funding Notice shall be delivered with a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting sufficient Revolving Availability for the requested Revolving Loans and a Borrowing Base Report.

(iii) Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Paying Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, and the Paying Agent shall remit such funds to the Company not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars to the account of Company designated in the related Funding Notice.

(iv) Company may borrow Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1, purchase Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) and/or repay Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) no more than one (1) time per week in the aggregate, provided, that the Company may borrow Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1, purchase Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) and/or repay Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) one (1) additional time per week with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

(d) Deemed Requests for Revolving Loans to Pay Required Payments . All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable to Lenders under this Agreement or any Credit Document may be paid from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, made pursuant to a Funding Notice from Company pursuant to Section 2.1(c) .

 

37


2.2 Pro Rata Shares . All Revolving Loans shall be made by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan requested hereunder nor shall any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan requested hereunder.

2.3 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Revolving Loans made after the Original Closing Date shall be applied by Company to (a) finance the acquisition of Eligible Receivables from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) pay Transaction Costs and ongoing fees and expenses of Company hereunder and (c) in the case of Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) , to make payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts owing to the Lenders under the Credit Documents. No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

2.4 Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes.

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt . Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of Company to such Lender, including the amounts of the Revolving Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Revolving Loans; and provided further , in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern absent manifest error.

(b) Register . The Paying Agent shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “Register” ). The Register shall be available for inspection by Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Paying Agent shall record in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Revolving Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided , failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any Revolving Loan. Company hereby designates the entity serving as the Paying Agent to serve as Company’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.4 , and Company hereby agrees that, to the extent such entity serves in such capacity, the entity serving as the Paying Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees .”

 

38


(c) Revolving Loan Notes . If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at any time after the Original Closing Date, Company shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 9.6 ), promptly after Company’s receipt of such notice) a Revolving Loan Note to evidence such Lender’s Revolving Loans.

2.5 Interest on Loans .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Revolving Loans shall accrue interest daily in an amount equal to the product of (A) the unpaid principal amount thereof as of such day and (B) the LIBO Rate for such period plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Revolving Loan, the date of the making of such Revolving Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Loan shall be included, and the date of payment of such Revolving Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Loan shall be excluded; provided , if a Revolving Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one (1) day’s interest shall be paid on that Revolving Loan.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Revolving Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on and to each Interest Payment Date; (ii) upon any prepayment of that Revolving Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) at maturity.

2.6 Default Interest . Subject to Section 9.18 , upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments on the Revolving Loans not paid on the Interest Payment Date for the Interest Period in which such interest accrued or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable in accordance with Section 2.12(b) at a rate that is 3.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Revolving Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 3.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder) (the “ Default Interest Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.6 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

39


2.7 [Reserved] .

2.8 Revolving Commitment Termination Date . Company shall repay the Revolving Loans in full on or before the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

2.9 Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Subject to the payment of any amounts set forth in Section 2.9(d) , Company may, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to Administrative Agent, at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(c) Company’s notice shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in Company’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its applicable Pro Rata Share thereof.

(d) Call Protection . If Company voluntarily reduces or terminates any Revolving Commitments as provided in Section 2.9(b) , Company shall pay to Paying Agent, on behalf of the Lenders whose Revolving Commitments were terminated or reduced, on the date of such reduction or termination, the amounts (if any) described in the Undertakings Agreement.

2.10 Borrowing Base Deficiency . Company shall prepay the Revolving Loans within two (2) Business Day of the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer, the Chief Financial Officer (or in each case, the equivalent thereof) of Company becoming aware that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists and (ii) receipt by Company of notice from any Agent or any Lender that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, in each case in an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency, which shall be applied to prepay the Revolving Loans as necessary to cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency.

2.11 Controlled Accounts.

(a) Company shall establish and maintain cash management systems reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, with respect to blocked account arrangements. Other than a cash management deposit account (the “ Funding Account ”) maintained at the Paying Agent into which proceeds of Revolving Loans may be funded at the direction of Company, Company shall not establish or maintain a Deposit Account or Securities Account other than a Controlled Account and Company shall not, and shall cause Servicer not to deposit Collections or proceeds thereof in a Securities Account or Deposit Account which is not a Controlled Account ( provided , that, inadvertent and non-reoccurring

 

40


errors by Servicer in applying such Collections or proceeds that are promptly, and in any event within two (2) Business Days after Servicer or Company has (or should have had in the exercise of reasonable diligence) knowledge thereof, cured shall not be considered a breach of this covenant). All Collections and proceeds of Collateral shall be subject to an express trust for the benefit of Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and shall be delivered to Lenders for application to the Obligations or any other amount due under any other Credit Document as set forth in this Agreement.

(b) On or prior to the Original Closing Date, Company caused to be established and shall thereafter cause to be maintained, (i) a trust account (or sub-accounts) in the name of Company and under the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent designated as the “ Collection Account ” in each case bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and subject to the applicable Securities Account Control Agreement and (ii) a Deposit Account into which the proceeds of all Pledged Receivables, including by automatic debit from Receivables Obligors’ operating accounts, shall be deposited in the name of Company designated as the “ Lockbox Account ” as to which the Collateral Agent has sole dominion and control over such account for the benefit of the Secured Parties within the meaning of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC pursuant to the Lockbox Account Control Agreement. The Lockbox Account Control Agreement will provide that all funds in the Lockbox Account will be swept daily into the Collection Account.

(c) Lockbox System.

(i) Company has established pursuant to the Lockbox Account Control Agreement and the other Control Agreements for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a system of lockboxes and related accounts or deposit accounts as described in Sections 2.11(a) and (b)  (the “ Lockbox System ”) into which (subject to the proviso in Section 2.11(a) ) all Collections shall be deposited.

(ii) Company shall, using a method reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, grant Backup Servicer (and its delegates) read-only access to the Lockbox Account.

(iii) Company shall not establish any lockbox or lockbox arrangement without the consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, and prior to establishing any such lockbox or lockbox arrangement, Company shall cause each bank or financial institution with which it seeks to establish such a lockbox or lockbox arrangement, to enter into a control agreement with respect thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

(iv) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, Company shall not (A) change the general instructions given to the Servicer in respect of payments on account of Pledged Receivables to be deposited in the Lockbox System or (B) change any instructions given to any bank or financial institution which in any manner redirects any Collections or proceeds thereof in the Lockbox System to any account which is not a Controlled Account.

 

41


(v) Company acknowledges and agrees that (A) the funds on deposit in the Lockbox System shall continue to be collateral security for the Obligations secured thereby, and (B) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the election of the Requisite Lenders, the funds on deposit in the Lockbox System may be applied as provided in Section 2.12(b) .

(vi) Company has directed, and will at all times hereafter direct, the Servicer to direct payment from each of the Receivables Obligors on account of Pledged Receivables directly to the Lockbox System. Company agrees (A) to instruct the Servicer to instruct each Receivables Obligor to make all payments with respect to Pledged Receivables directly to the Lockbox System and (B) promptly (and, except as set forth in the proviso to this Section 2.11(c)(vi) , in no event later than two (2) Business Days following receipt) to deposit all payments received by it on account of Pledged Receivables, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, money orders or otherwise, in the Lockbox System in precisely the form in which they are received (but with any endorsements of Company necessary for deposit or collection), and until they are so deposited to hold such payments in trust for and as the property of the Collateral Agent; provided , however , that with respect to any payment received that does not contain sufficient identification of the account number to which such payment relates or cannot be processed due to an act beyond the control of the Servicer, such deposit shall be made no later than the second Business Day following the date on which such account number is identified or such payment can be processed, as applicable.

(vii) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and shall be continuing, Company or its designee shall be permitted to direct the investment of the funds from time to time held in the Controlled Accounts (A) in Permitted Investments and to sell or liquidate such Permitted Investments and reinvest proceeds from such sale or liquidation in other Permitted Investments (but none of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall have liability whatsoever in respect of any failure by the Controlled Account Bank to do so), with all such proceeds and reinvestments to be held in the applicable Controlled Account; provided , however , that the maturity of the Permitted Investments on deposit in the Controlled Accounts shall be no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which such funds are required to be withdrawn therefrom pursuant to this Agreement, (B) to repay the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.1(b) , provided , however , that (w) in order to effect any such repayment from a Controlled Account, Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and Paying Agent, a Controlled Account Voluntary Payment Notice in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the date of any such repayment specifying the date of prepayment, the amount to be repaid and the Controlled Account from which such repayment shall be made, (x) unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(iv) , no more than one (1) borrowing of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 , purchase of Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) and/or repayment of Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) may be made in any calendar week and no such repayment may occur on any Interest Payment Date, (y) the minimum amount of any such repayment on the Revolving Loans shall be $100,000, and (z) after giving effect to each such repayment,

 

42


an amount equal to not less than the sum of (i) during any Reserve Account Funding Period, any Reserve Account Funding Amount and (ii) the aggregate of 105% of the aggregate pro forma amount of interest, fees and expenses projected to be due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement, if any, for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period, based on the Accrued Interest Amount on such date and a projection of the interest to accrue on the Revolving Loans during the remainder of the applicable Interest Period using the same assumptions as are contained in the calculation of the Accrued Interest Amount, and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments on such date (after giving effect to such repayments), shall remain in the Controlled Accounts, or (C) to purchase additional Eligible Receivables pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, provided, that (w) a Borrowing Base Certificate (evidencing sufficient Revolving Availability after giving effect to the release of Collections and the making of any Revolving Loan being made on such date and that after giving effect to the release of Collections, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes, or would result from such release that would constitute, a Borrowing Base Deficiency, Default or Event of Default) and a Borrowing Base Report shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Custodian no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of any such proposed purchase or release, (x) if such purchase of Eligible Receivables were being funded with Revolving Loans, the conditions for making such Revolving Loans on such date contained in Section 3.3(a)(iii) , Section 3.3(a)(vi) and Section 3.3(a)(vii) would be satisfied as of such date, (y) Company may purchase Eligible Receivables pursuant to this Section 2.12(c)(vii)(C) , repay Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) and/or borrow Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 no more than one (1) time a week in the aggregate (unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(iv ) and provided, further, that if such withdrawal from the Collection Account does not occur simultaneously with the making of a Revolving Loan by the Lenders hereunder pursuant to the delivery of a Funding Notice, such withdrawal shall be considered a “Revolving Loan” solely for purposes of Section 2.1(c)(iv) and (z) after giving effect to such release, an amount equal to not less than the sum of (i) during any Reserve Account Funding Period, any Reserve Account Funding Amount and (ii) the aggregate of 105% of the aggregate pro forma amount of interest, fees and expenses projected to be due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement, if any, for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period, based on the Accrued Interest Amount on such date and a projection of the interest to accrue on the Revolving Loans during the remainder of the applicable Interest Period using the same assumptions as are contained in the calculation of the Accrued Interest Amount, and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments on such date shall remain in the Controlled Accounts.

(viii) All income and gains from the investment of funds in the Controlled Accounts shall be retained in the respective Controlled Account from which they were derived, until each Interest Payment Date, at which time such income and gains shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.12(a) or (b)  (or, if sooner, until utilized for a repayment pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or a purchase of additional Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) ), as the case may be. As between

 

43


Company and Collateral Agent, Company shall treat all income, gains and losses from the investment of amounts in the Controlled Accounts as its income or loss for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

(d) Transfer Accounts . Company agrees to instruct the Servicer to (i) deduct from the related Transfer Account any amounts owed to Company, and (ii) remit such amounts directly to a Controlled Account by no later than the second Business Day immediately following the deposit of such amounts in the related Transfer Account. Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each applicable Receivables Obligor to cause all amounts owing in respect of a Transfer Account Receivable to be remitted directly to the applicable Transfer Account by the applicable Processor in accordance with the applicable Processor Agreement.

(e) Reserve Account . On or prior to the Original Closing Date Company caused to be established and shall thereafter cause to be maintained a Deposit Account in the name of Company designated as the “ Reserve Account ” as to which the Collateral Agent has control over such account for the benefit of the Lenders within the meaning of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC pursuant to the Blocked Account Control Agreement. The Reserve Account will be funded during a Reserve Account Funding Period with funds available therefor pursuant to Section 2.12(a) . At any time after the giving of a Termination Notice by the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall at the written direction of the Administrative Agent withdraw from time to time up to an aggregate amount of $100,000 from the Reserve Account to pay Servicing Transition Expenses during the Servicing Transition Period. On the first Interest Payment Date after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Paying Agent shall at the written direction of the Administrative Agent transfer into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(b) the amount by which the amount in the Reserve Account exceeds the excess, if any, of $100,000 over the aggregate amount previously withdrawn from the Reserve Account to pay Servicing Transition Expenses. If the first Interest Payment Date after the end of a Servicing Transition Period is during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Paying Agent shall at the written direction of the Administrative Agent transfer into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(b) all amounts in the Reserve Account. If, after the first Reserve Account Funding Event to occur hereunder, a Reserve Account Funding Event Cure occurs, on the next Interest Payment Date after the occurrence of such Reserve Account Funding Event Cure the Paying Agent shall, at the direction of Company, transfer all amounts in the Reserve Account into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(a) . For the avoidance of doubt, only one Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder.

2.12 Application of Proceeds.

(a) Application of Amounts in the Collection Account . So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (after giving effect to the application of funds in accordance herewith on the relevant date), on each Interest Payment Date, all amounts in the Controlled Accounts (other than the Reserve Account) shall be applied by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report as follows:

(i) first, to Company, on a pari passu basis, (A) amounts sufficient for Company to maintain its limited liability company existence and to pay similar expenses up to an amount not to exceed $1,000 in any Fiscal Year, and only to the extent not previously distributed to Company during such Fiscal Year pursuant to clause (ix) below, and (B) to pay any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

 

44


(ii) second, on a pari passu basis, (A) to Company to pay any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Custodian and the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts), (B) to Administrative Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents; (C) to Collateral Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents; and (D) to Paying Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Paying Agent under the Credit Documents; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of costs, fees or indemnities payable to Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed $450,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(iii) third, on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders to pay costs, fees, and accrued interest calculated in accordance with Section 2.5(a) on the Revolving Loans and expenses payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(iv) fourth , on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders in an amount necessary to reduce any Borrowing Base Deficiency to zero;

(v) fifth , to pay to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and Collateral Agent any costs, fees or indemnities not paid in accordance with clause (ii) above;

(vi) sixth , during a Reserve Account Funding Period, to the Reserve Account an amount equal to any Reserve Account Funding Amount;

(vii) seventh , to pay all other Obligations or any other amount then due and payable hereunder;

(viii) eighth , at the election of Company, on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders, as applicable, to repay the principal of the Revolving Loans; and

(ix) ninth , prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, and provided that no Borrowing Base Deficiency would occur after giving effect to such distribution, any remainder to Company or as Company shall direct consistent with Section 6.5 .

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, on each Interest Payment Date, all amounts in the Controlled Accounts shall be applied by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report as follows:

(i) first, to Company, on a pari passu basis, (A) amounts sufficient for Company to maintain its limited liability company existence and to pay similar expenses

 

45


up to an amount not to exceed $1,000 in any Fiscal Year, and only to the extent not previously distributed to Company during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(i) or 2.12(a)(ix) above, and (B) to pay any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(ii) second, on a pari passu basis, (A) to Company to pay any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Custodian and the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts), (B) to Administrative Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents (C) to Collateral Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents and (D) to Paying Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Paying Agent under the Credit Documents;

(iii) third, on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders to pay costs, fees, and accrued interest calculated in accordance with Section 2.5(a) (and including any additional interest accruing under Section 2.6 ) on the Revolving Loans and expenses payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(iv) fourth , on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders until the Revolving Loans are paid in full;

(v) fifth, to pay all other Obligations or any other amount then due and payable hereunder; and

(vi) sixth, any remainder to Company.

2.13 General Provisions Regarding Payments.

(a) All payments by Company of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds, without defense, recoupment, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and paid not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due via wire transfer of immediately available funds. Funds received after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by Company on the next Business Day (provided, that any repayment made pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or any application of funds by Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.12 on any Interest Payment Date shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made in accordance with the deadlines and payment requirements described in this Section 2.13 ).

(b) All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Revolving Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans or payments pursuant to Section 2.10 ) shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid.

(c) Paying Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, the applicable Pro Rata Share of each Lender of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due with respect thereto, including, without limitation, all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by Paying Agent.

 

46


(d) Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder.

(e) Except as set forth in the proviso to Section 2.13(a) , Paying Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of Company hereunder to them that is not made in same day funds prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment. Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Paying Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day. Paying Agent shall give prompt notice via electronic mail to Company and Administrative Agent if any payment is non-conforming. Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1(a) . Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Interest Rate determined pursuant to Section 2.6 from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

2.14 Ratable Sharing . Lenders hereby agree among themselves that, except as otherwise provided in the Collateral Documents with respect to amounts realized from the exercise of rights with respect to Liens on the Collateral, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Revolving Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “Aggregate Amounts Due” to such Lender) which is greater than such Lender would be entitled pursuant to this Agreement, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and each Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that the recovery of such Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by the applicable Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them pursuant to this Agreement; provided , if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

 

47


2.15 Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy.

(a) Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.16 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Affected Party shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by such Affected Party with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date hereof (or with respect to any Lender which becomes a Lender after the date hereof, effective after such date) by any central bank or other Governmental Authority or quasi-Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) subjects such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) to any additional Tax (other than an Excluded Tax) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC or other insurance or charge or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Party; or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Affected Party of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, if such Affected Party deems such change to be material, Company shall promptly pay to such Affected Party, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Affected Party in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Affected Party for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder and any reasonable expenses related thereto. Such Affected Party shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Affected Party under this Section 2.15(a) , which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

(b) Capital Adequacy Adjustment . In the event that any Affected Party shall have determined in its sole discretion (which determination shall, absent manifest effort, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that (i) the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by any Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling such Affected Party with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, in each case after the Amendment Effective Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Affected

 

48


Party or any company controlling such Affected Party as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Affected Party’s Loans or Revolving Commitments, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans to a level below that which such Affected Party or such controlling company could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Affected Party or such controlling company with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Company from such Affected Party of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Company shall pay to such Affected Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Party or such controlling company on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Affected Party shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Affected Party under this Section 2.15(b) , which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.15 shall apply, without limitation, to all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued by any Governmental Authority (x) under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute and (y) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.

(c) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Affected Party to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Affected Party’s right to demand such compensation, provided that Company shall not be required to compensate an Affected Party pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than thirty (30) days prior to the date that such Affected Party notifies Company of the matters giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Affected Party’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.15 , with respect to any Affected Party that is not a bank or a broker-dealer, the Company shall not be required to pay any increased costs under this Section 2.15 if the payment of such increased cost would cause the Company’s all-in cost of borrowing hereunder, for the applicable period to be in excess of the LIBO Rate plus 10%.

2.16 Taxes; Withholding, etc .

(a) Payments to Be Free and Clear . Subject to Section 2.16(b) , all sums payable by Company hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within the United States or any political subdivision in or of the United States or any other jurisdiction from or to which a payment is made by or on behalf of Company or by any federation or organization of which the United States or any such jurisdiction is a member at the time of payment.

 

49


(b) Withholding of Taxes . If Company or any other Person is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any such Tax from any sum paid or payable by Company to an Affected Party under any of the Credit Documents: (i) Company shall notify Paying Agent of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Company becomes aware of it; (ii) Company or the Paying Agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay any such Tax to the relevant Governmental Authority before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on Company) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Paying Agent or such Affected Party, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Paying Agent or such Affected Party; (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by Company in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment (and any withholdings imposed on additional amounts payable under this paragraph), such Affected Party receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; and (iv) within thirty (30) days after paying any sum from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, Company shall deliver to Paying Agent evidence satisfactory to the other Affected Parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority.

(c) Indemnification by Company . Company shall indemnify each Affected Party, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any additional amounts required to be paid by Company pursuant to Section 2.16(b) , payable or paid by such Affected Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Affected Party and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Company by an Affected Party (with a copy to the Paying Agent), or by the Paying Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of an Affected Party, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Exemption From U.S. Withholding Tax .

(i) Each Lender that is not a United States Person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “Non-US Lender” ) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Paying Agent for transmission to Company, on or prior to the Original Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Original Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Company or Paying Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI or W-8IMY (with appropriate attachments) (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Lender is not subject to, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, deduction or withholding of United States federal

 

50


income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents, or (B) if such Lender is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot deliver Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY or W-8ECI pursuant to clause (A) above and is relying on the so called “portfolio interest exception”, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status together with two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Lender is not subject, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of interest payable under any of the Credit Documents. Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.16(d)(i) or Section 2.16(d)(ii) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to Paying Agent for transmission to Company two new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8IMY, or W-8ECI, or, if relying on the “portfolio interest exception”, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to payments to such Lender under the Credit Documents, or notify Paying Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence. Company shall not be required to pay any additional amount in respect of U.S. Federal withholding taxes to any Non-US Lender under Section 2.16(b)(iii) if such Lender shall have failed (1) to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence referred to in this Section 2.16(d)(i) or Section 2.16(d)(ii) , or (2) to notify Paying Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence, as the case may be; provided , if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.16(d)(i) and Section 2.16(d)(ii) on the Original Closing Date or on the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender, as applicable, nothing in this last sentence of Section 2.16(d)(i) shall relieve Company of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described herein.

(ii) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Company and the Paying Agent on or prior to the Original Closing Date or the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment Agreement (and

 

51


from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Company or the Paying Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is a U.S. Person and exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Company and the Paying Agent at the time or times reasonably requested by Company or the Paying Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Company or the Paying Agent as may be necessary for Company and the Paying Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(d)(iii) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

2.17 Obligation to Mitigate . Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Revolving Loans becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.16 , it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions through another office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to 2.16 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided , such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.17 unless Company agrees to pay all reasonable and incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Company pursuant to this Section 2.17 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.18 Defaulting Lenders . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that other than at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority, any Lender defaults (in each case, a “Defaulting Lender” ) in its obligation to fund (a “Funding Default” ) any Revolving Loan (in each case, a “Defaulted Loan” ), then (a) during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Credit Documents; (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, until such time as the Default Excess, if any, with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, (i) any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall be applied

 

52


to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Revolving Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (ii) any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender) as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender, it being understood and agreed that Company shall be entitled to retain any portion of any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans that is not paid to such Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the operation of the provisions of this clause (b); (c) such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment and outstanding Revolving Loans shall be excluded for purposes of calculating any Revolving Commitment fee payable to Lenders in respect of any day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Revolving Commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.7 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment in respect of any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender; and (d) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments, as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender. No Revolving Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.18 , performance by Company of its obligations hereunder and the other Credit Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of any Funding Default or the operation of this Section 2.18 . The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.18 are in addition to other rights and remedies which Company may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default and which Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default or violation of Section 8.5(c) .

2.19 Removal or Replacement of a Lender . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that: (a) (i) any Lender (an “Increased-Cost Lender” ) shall give notice to Company that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.16 , (ii) the circumstances which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Default Period for such Defaulting Lender shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 9.5(b) , the consent of Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender” ) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; or (d) (i) any Lender fails to be a creditworthy entity (in terms of its remaining funding obligations under this Agreement and taking into account any guaranty or other credit support of such Lender’s funding obligations under this Agreement) by March 1, 2014 (a “Non-Creditworthy Lender” ) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender, Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Creditworthy Lender (the “Terminated Lender” ), Company may, by giving written notice to any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, each other such Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Revolving Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees identified by Company (each a “Replacement Lender” ) in accordance

 

53


with the provisions of Section 9.6 ; provided , (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Revolving Loans of the Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, and (B) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.7 ; (2) on the date of such assignment, Company shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16 and any other amounts due to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders; and (3) in the event such Terminated Lender is an Increased-Cost Lender, such assignment will result in a reduction in any claims for payments under Section 2.16 , as applicable, and (4) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender. Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments and, if applicable, the Revolving Commitments of such other Lenders, such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , any rights of such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender and such other Lenders.

2.20 The Paying Agent.

(a) The Lenders hereby appoint Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the initial Paying Agent. All payments of amounts due and payable in respect of the Obligations that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be made by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report.

(b) The Paying Agent hereby agrees that, subject to the provisions of this Section, it shall:

(i) hold any sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Obligations in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Administrative Agent and each Lender notice of any default by the Company in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Obligations of which it has actual knowledge;

(iii) comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable State law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it in respect of any Obligations of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith; and

(iv) provide to the Agents such information as is required to be delivered under the Internal Revenue Code or any State law applicable to the particular Paying Agent, relating to payments made by the Paying Agent under this Agreement.

 

54


(d) Each Paying Agent (other than the initial Paying Agent) shall be appointed by the Lenders with the prior written consent of the Company.

(e) The Company shall indemnify the Paying Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred, other than in connection with the willful misconduct, fraud, gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Paying Agent, arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations under and in accordance with this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Agreement. All such amounts shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.12 and such indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Paying Agent.

(f) The Paying Agent undertakes to perform such duties, and only such duties, as are expressly set forth in this Agreement. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Paying Agent. The Paying Agent may conclusively rely on the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed in any certificates or opinions furnished to the Paying Agent pursuant to and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement.

(g) The Paying Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the direction or request of Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent, or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review.

(h) The Paying Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless an authorized officer of the Paying Agent obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Paying Agent receives written notice of such event from the Company, the Servicer, any Secured Party or any Agent, as the case may be. The receipt and/or delivery of reports and other information under this Agreement by the Paying Agent shall not constitute notice or actual or constructive knowledge of any Default or Event of Default contained therein.

(i) The Paying Agent shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability shall not be reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Paying Agent to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(j) The Paying Agent may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate of an Authorized Officer, any Monthly Servicing Report, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

55


(k) The Paying Agent may consult with counsel of its choice with regard to legal questions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the advice or opinion of such counsel, selected with due care, shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by the Paying Agent in good faith and in accordance therewith.

(l) The Paying Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies vested in it by this Agreement or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or in relation to this Agreement, at the request, order or direction of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, such Lender or such Agent shall have offered to the Paying Agent security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.

(m) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 2.21 , the Paying Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by a Lender or the Administrative Agent; provided, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Paying Agent of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation shall be, in the opinion of the Paying Agent, not reasonably assured by the Company, the Paying Agent may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Paying Agent, shall be reimbursed by the Company to the extent of funds available therefor pursuant to Section 2.12 .

(n) The Paying Agent shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent, the Company, the Servicer, any Agent, any Lender or any other Person.

(o) Any Person into which the Paying Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which to Paying Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Paying Agent, shall be the successor of the Paying Agent under this Agreement, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

(p) The Paying Agent does not assume and shall have no responsibility for, and makes no representation as to, monitoring the value of any Collateral.

(q) If the Paying Agent shall at any time receive conflicting instructions from the Administrative Agent and the Company or the Servicer or any other party to this Agreement and the conflict between such instructions cannot be resolved by reference to the terms of this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the instructions of the Administrative Agent. The Paying Agent may rely upon the validity of documents delivered to it, without investigation as to their authenticity or legal effectiveness, and the parties to this Agreement will hold the Paying Agent harmless from any claims that may arise or be asserted against the Paying Agent because of the invalidity of any such documents or their failure to fulfill their intended purpose.

 

56


(r) The Paying Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to disregard any and all notices or instructions given by any other party hereto or by any other person, firm or corporation, except only such notices or instructions as are herein provided for and orders or process of any court entered or issued with or without jurisdiction. If any property subject hereto is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any court order, or in case any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court affecting such property or any part hereof, then and in any of such events the Paying Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to rely upon and comply with any such order, writ, judgment or decree, and if it complies with any such order, writ, judgment or decree it shall not be liable to any other party hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance even though such order, writ, judgment or decree maybe subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

(s) The Paying Agent may: (i) terminate its obligations as Paying Agent under this Agreement (subject to the terms set forth herein) upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Paying Agent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Company shall have accepted appointment by the Lenders as Paying Agent, pursuant hereto and shall have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; or (ii) be removed at any time by written demand, of the Requisite Lenders, delivered to the Paying Agent, the Company and the Servicer. In the event of such termination or removal, the Lenders with the consent of the Company shall appoint a successor paying. If, however, a successor paying agent is not appointed by the Lenders within ninety (90) days after the giving of notice of resignation, the Paying Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Paying Agent.

(t) Any successor Paying Agent appointed pursuant hereto shall (i) execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, and to the predecessor Paying Agent an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the predecessor Paying Agent shall become effective and such successor Paying Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor as Paying Agent under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Paying Agent. The predecessor Paying Agent shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Paying Agent all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Company and the predecessor Paying Agent shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be requested for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Paying Agent all such rights, powers, duties, and obligations.

(u) The Company shall reimburse the Paying Agent for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Paying Agent incurred in connection with the succession of any successor Paying Agent including in transferring any funds in its possession to the successor Paying Agent.

 

57


(v) The Paying Agent shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the Controlled Accounts or any other moneys held by the Paying Agent pursuant to this Agreement in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from Company. In no event shall the Paying Agent be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Paying Agent shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Company to provide timely written investment direction.

(w) If the Paying Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder or shall receive instructions from any of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement which, in the reasonable opinion of the Paying Agent, are in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall be entitled (without incurring any liability therefor to the Company or any other Person) to (i) consult with outside counsel of its choosing and act or refrain from acting based on the advice of such counsel and (ii) refrain from taking any action until it shall be directed otherwise in writing by all of the parties hereto or by final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(x) The Paying Agent shall incur no liability nor be responsible to Company or any other Person for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control that significantly and adversely affect the Paying Agent’s ability to perform with respect to this Agreement. Such acts shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God, strikes, work stoppages, acts of terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility.

(y) The Paying Agent may execute any of its powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Paying Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(z) The Lenders hereby authorize and direct the Paying Agent, Collateral Agent and the Custodian, as applicable, to execute and deliver the Credit Document Amendments.

2.21 Duties of Paying Agent .

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Upon receipt of any Borrowing Base Report and the related Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(ii) , Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , Paying Agent shall, on the Business Day following receipt of such Borrowing Base Report, to the extent that Paying Agent has access to all information necessary to perform the duties set forth herein:

(i) compare the beginning Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance set forth in such Borrowing Base Report with the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables listed in the Master Record and identify any discrepancy;

 

58


(ii) compare the number of Pledged Receivables listed in the Master Record with the number of Pledged Receivables provided to the Paying Agent by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Custodial Agreement as the number of Pledged Receivables for which the Custodian holds a Receivables File pursuant to the Custodial Agreement and identify any discrepancy;

(iii) confirm that each Pledged Receivable listed in the Master Record has a unique loan identification number;

(iv) compare the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Report as the amount on deposit in the Collection Account with the amount shown on deposit in the Collection Account and identify any discrepancy;

(v) in the case of a Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , recalculate the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Report as the amount that will be on deposit in the Collection Account after giving effect to the related repayment of Loans or the related purchase of Eligible Receivables set forth therein and identify any discrepancy;

(vi) confirm that the Accrued Interest Amount and an estimate of accrued fees as of the date of repayment or the Transfer Date, as the case may be, multiplied by 105%, is the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Request as 105% of the estimated amount of accrued interest and fees and identify any discrepancy;

(vii) recalculate the Revolving Availability based on the Borrowing Base set forth in such Borrowing Base Report and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments set forth in the Paying Agent’s records and identify any discrepancies;

(viii) in the case of a Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) , (A) confirm that the Revolving Loans requested in the related Funding Request are not greater than the Revolving Availability and (B) confirm that, after giving effect to such Revolving Loans, the Total Utilization of Revolving Loans will not exceed the Revolving Commitment; and

(ix) notify the Lenders of the results of such review.

(b) Monthly Servicing Reports . Upon receipt of any Monthly Servicing Report delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(e) , Paying Agent shall, to the extent that Paying Agent has access to all information necessary to perform the duties set forth herein:

(i) compare the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance set forth therein with the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables listed in the Master Record and identify any discrepancy;

(ii) confirm the aggregate repayments of Revolving Loans during the period covered by the Monthly Servicing Report set forth therein with the Borrowing Base Reports delivered to Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) during such period and identify any discrepancies;

 

59


(iii) compare the amount set forth therein as the amount on deposit in the Collection Account with the amount shown on deposit in the Collection Account and identify any discrepancy;

(iv) compare the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and unused fees payable to the Revolving Lenders set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoices received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancies;

(v) compare the amount of Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer set forth therein to the amount set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(vi) compare the amount of Backup Servicing Fees and expenses payable to the Backup Servicer set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(vii) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Custodian set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(viii) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Collateral Agent set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(ix) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Paying Agent set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice submitted by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(x) recalculate the Revolving Availability based on the Borrowing Base set forth therein and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments set forth in the Paying Agent’s records and identify any discrepancies; and

(xi) notify the Lenders of the results of such review.

(c) The Paying Agent shall maintain the List of Direct Competitors described in clause (a) of the definition of “Direct Competitor”, and upon receipt of any update to such list as described in such definition, the Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of such update (and thereafter the Paying Agent shall maintain the List of Direct Competitors as so updated).

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, Paying Agent’s sole responsibility with respect to the obligations set forth in Sections 2.21(a) and (b)  is to compare or confirm information in the Borrowing Base Report or Monthly Servicing Report, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.21 based on the information indicated therein received by Paying Agent from Company, the Servicer or the Custodian, as the case may be. Paying Agent’s sole responsibility with respect to the obligations set forth in Section 2.21(c) is to maintain and provide notice of updates to the list described therein as required by the terms of such Section.

 

60


2.22 Collateral Agent.

(a) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, indemnities and immunities as the Paying Agent hereunder.

(b) In addition to Section 2.22(a) , the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the following additional protections:

(i) The Collateral Agent shall have no duty (A) to see to any recording, filing, or depositing of this Agreement or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, re-filing or re-depositing of any thereof, (B) to see to any insurance, or (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the Collateral;

(ii) The Collateral Agent shall be authorized to, but shall not be responsible for, filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting any security interest in the Collateral. It is expressly agreed, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, that the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for (A) monitoring the perfection, continuation of perfection or the sufficiency or validity of any security interest in or related to the Collateral, (B) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral, or (C) taking any action to protect against any diminution in value of the Collateral;

(iii) The Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement and any other Credit Document or Credit Document Amendment (A) if such action would, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, in good faith (which may be based on the advice or opinion of counsel), be contrary to applicable law, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or Credit Document Amendment, (B) if such action is not provided for in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or Credit Document Amendment, (C) if, in connection with the taking of any such action hereunder, under any other Credit Document or Credit Document Amendment that would constitute an exercise of remedies, it shall not first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders against any and all risk of nonpayment, liability and expense that may be incurred by it, its agents or its counsel by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action, or (D) if the Collateral Agent would be required to make payments on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to its obligations as Collateral Agent hereunder, it does not first receive from the Lenders sufficient funds for such payment;

(iv) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action under this or any other Credit Document or Credit Document Amendment if taking such action (A) would subject the Collateral Agent to a tax in any jurisdiction where it is not then subject to a tax, or (B) would require the Collateral Agent to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified;

 

61


(v) Neither the Collateral Agent nor its respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

2.23 Intention of Parties .

It is the intention of the parties that the Revolving Loans be characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. The terms of the Revolving Loans shall be interpreted to further this intention and neither the Lenders nor Company will take an inconsistent position on any federal, state or local tax return.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of the Existing Credit Agreement . The Existing Credit Agreement became effective on the Original Closing Date subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement . The amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement provided for hereby shall become effective on the Amendment Effective Date subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.5 , of the following conditions on or before the Amendment Effective Date:

(a) Credit Documents and Related Agreements . The Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have each received copies of this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Undertakings Agreement, Amendment No. 1 to the Security Agreement and Amendment No. 2 to the Custodial Agreement (collectively, the “Credit Document Amendments ”), originally executed and delivered by each applicable Person.

(b) Organizational Documents; Incumbency . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by Company and Holdings, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, (x) certified as of the Amendment Effective Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate governmental official and (y)

 

62


certified by its secretary or an assistant secretary as of the Amendment Effective Date, in each case as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Document Amendments to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each of Company and Holdings approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Document Amendments to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Amendment Effective Date, certified as of the Amendment Effective Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each of Company and Holdings’ jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and, with respect to Company, in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Amendment Effective Date; and (v) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) Organizational and Capital Structure . The organizational structure and capital structure of Holdings and the Company, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.2 .

(d) Transaction Costs . On or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, Company’s reasonable best estimate of the Transaction Costs (other than fees payable to any Agent).

(e) Governmental Authorizations and Consents . Company and Holdings shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary or advisable to be obtained by them, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or the financing thereof and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

(f) Financial Plan . The Administrative Agent shall have received from Company the Financial Plan for Fiscal Year 2014 and each Fiscal Year through the final maturity date for the Revolving Loans.

(g) Opinions of Counsel to Company and Holdings . The Administrative Agent and counsel to Administrative Agent shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of DLA Piper (US) LLP, counsel for Company and Holdings, as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, dated as of the Amendment Effective Date and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and Company hereby instructs, and Holdings shall instruct, such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agents and Lenders).

 

63


(h) Amendment Effective Date Certificate . Holdings and Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an originally executed Amendment Effective Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto.

(i) No Litigation . There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs any of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2013, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) No Default or Event of Default . No Default, Event of Default or Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(l) Completion of Proceedings . All partnership, corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incidental thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and counsel to Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent, and counsel to Administrative Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

The Administrative Agent and each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and Credit Document Amendment and each other document required to be approved by the Administrative Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Amendment Effective Date.

3.3 Conditions to Each Credit Extension .

(a) Conditions Precedent . The obligation of each Lender to make any Revolving Loan on any Credit Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.5 , of the following conditions precedent:

(i) Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and Custodian shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice together with a Borrowing Base Certificate, evidencing sufficient Revolving Availability with respect to the requested Revolving Loans, and a Borrowing Base Report;

(ii) both before and after making any Revolving Loans requested on such Credit Date, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Borrowing Base;

 

64


(iii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, other than those representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of that Credit Date, except, in each case, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct in all respects, as the case may be on and as of such earlier date, provided , that the representations and warranties in any Original Borrowing Base Certificate shall be excluded from the certification in this Section 3.3(a)(iii) to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(ii) ;

(iv) as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default;

(v) the Administrative Agent and Paying Agent shall have received the Borrowing Base Report for the Business Day prior to the Credit Date which shall be delivered on a pro forma basis for the first Credit Date hereunder;

(vi) as of such Credit Date, no Key Person Event shall have occurred; and

(vii) in accordance with the terms of the Custodial Agreement, Company has delivered, or caused to be delivered to the Custodian, all original or authoritative copies of all agreements related to each Receivable, including all applicable Receivable Agreements (including any counterparts) that are, on such Credit Date, being transferred and delivered to Company pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, and the Collateral Agent has received a Collateral Receipt and Exception Report from the Custodian, which Collateral Receipt and Exception Report is acceptable to the Collateral Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Any Agent or Requisite Lenders shall be entitled, but not obligated to, request and receive, prior to the making of any Credit Extension, additional information reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party confirming the satisfaction of any of the foregoing if, in the Permitted Discretion of such Agent or Requisite Lenders such request is warranted under the circumstances.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Paying Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible or liable for determining whether any conditions precedent to making a Loan have been satisfied.

(b) Notices . Any Funding Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer in a writing delivered to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent. In lieu of delivering a Notice, Company may give Administrative Agent and Paying Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing or conversion/continuation, as the case may be; provided each such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to

 

65


Administrative Agent and Paying Agent before the applicable date of borrowing. None of the Administrative Agent, Paying Agent or any Lender shall incur any liability to Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that Administrative Agent or Paying Agent, as applicable, believes in good faith to have been given by a duly Authorized Officer or other person authorized on behalf of Company or for otherwise acting in good faith.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Agents and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, Company represents and warrants to each Agent and Lender that each and every of its representations and warranties contained in the Existing Credit Agreement was true and correct as of the Original Closing Date and each Credit Date prior to the Amendment Effective Date (excluding any representation and warranty contained in Section 4.7 breached by Company as a result of the breach by Holdings of a representation and warranty contained in Part 1 of Schedule A to the Asset Purchase Agreement if Holdings shall have (or will, if requested in accordance with Section 3.01(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement) satisfied its obligations in respect of such breach under Section 3.01(b) of the Asset Purchase Agreement), and on the Amendment Effective Date, each Credit Date after the Amendment Effective Date and on each Transfer Date, that the following statements are true and correct:

4.1 Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification; Other Names . Company (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation as identified in Schedule 4.1 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company does not operate or do business under any assumed, trade or fictitious name. Company has no Subsidiaries.

4.2 Capital Stock and Ownership . The Capital Stock of Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. As of the date hereof, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Company is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Capital Stock of Company outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Company of any additional membership interests or other Capital Stock of Company or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Capital Stock of Company. Schedule 4.2 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of Company as of the Amendment Effective Date.

4.3 Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which Company is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Company.

 

66


4.4 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Credit Documents to which it is party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not (a) violate in any material respect any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Company, any of the Organizational Documents of Company, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Company; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Company; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Company (other than any Permitted Liens); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Company, except for such approvals or consents which have been obtained.

4.5 Governmental Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Credit Documents to which Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Collateral Agent for filing and/or recordation, as of the Original Closing Date other than (a) those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, or (b) any consents or approvals the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Binding Obligation . Each Credit Document to which Company is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Company and is the legally valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4.7 Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable that is identified by Company as an Eligible Receivable in a Borrowing Base Certificate satisfies all of the criteria set forth in the definition of Eligibility Criteria (other than any Receivable identified as an Eligible Receivable in any Original Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(ii) ).

4.8 Historical Financial Statements . The Historical Financial Statements and any financial statements delivered to the Agents and the Lenders pursuant Section 5.1(b) or (c)  after the Amendment Effective Date were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

4.9 Financial Plan . On and as of the Amendment Effective Date, the projections set forth in the Financial Plan delivered prior to the Amendment Effective Date are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of Holdings; provided, the projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the projections may differ from such projections and that the differences may be material; provided further, as of the Amendment Effective Date, the management of Holdings believed that the projections were reasonable and attainable.

 

67


4.10 No Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2013, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11 Adverse Proceedings, etc . There are no Adverse Proceedings (other than counter claims relating to ordinary course collection actions by or on behalf of Company) pending against Company that challenges Company’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is a party or that individually or in the aggregate are material to Company. Company is not (a) in violation of any applicable laws in any material respect, or (b) subject to or in default with respect to any judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other Governmental Authority.

4.12 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.3 , all material tax returns and reports of Company required to be filed by it have been timely filed, and all material taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Company and upon its properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. Company knows of no proposed tax assessment against Company which is not being actively contested by Company in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

4.13 Title to Assets . Company has no fee, leasehold or other property interests in any real property assets. Company has good and valid title to all of its assets reflected in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 . Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens. All Liens purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document in favor of Collateral Agent are First Priority Liens.

4.14 No Indebtedness . Company has no Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness incurred under (or contemplated by) the terms of this Agreement or otherwise permitted hereunder.

4.15 No Defaults . Company is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.16 Material Contracts . Company is not a party to any Material Contracts.

 

68


4.17 Government Contracts . Company is not a party to any contract or agreement with any Governmental Authority, and the Pledged Receivables are not subject to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3727) or any similar state or local law.

4.18 Governmental Regulation . Company is not subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. Company is not a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4.19 Margin Stock . Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans made to Company will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

4.20 Employee Benefit Plans . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company does not maintain or contribute to any Employee Benefit Plan.

4.21 Certain Fees . No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect hereto or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.22 Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance . Company is and, upon the incurrence of any Credit Extension by Company on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, will be, Solvent. Company is not transferring any Collateral with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors. Company shall not use the proceeds from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to give preference to any class of creditors. Company has given fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the sale of the Receivables by Holdings under the Asset Purchase Agreement.

4.23 Compliance with Statutes, etc . Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property.

4.24 Matters Pertaining to Related Agreements.

(a) Delivery . Company has delivered, or caused to be delivered, to each Agent and each Lender complete and correct copies of (i) each Related Agreement and of all exhibits and schedules thereto as of the Original Closing Date, and (ii) copies of any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to or waiver of each Related Agreement entered into after the Original Closing Date.

 

69


(b) The Asset Purchase Agreement creates a valid transfer and assignment to Company of all right, title and interest of Holdings in and to all Pledged Receivables and all Related Security conveyed to Company thereunder and Company has a First Priority perfected security interest therein. Company has given reasonably equivalent value to Holdings in consideration for the transfer to Company by Holdings of the Pledged Receivables and Related Security pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

(c) Each Receivables Program Agreement creates a valid transfer and assignment to Holdings of all right, title and interest of the Receivables Account Bank in and to all Receivables and Related Security conveyed or purported to be conveyed to Holdings thereunder. Holdings has given reasonably equivalent value to the Receivables Account Bank in consideration for the transfer to Holdings by the Receivables Account Bank of the Receivables and Related Security pursuant to the applicable Receivables Program Agreement.

4.25 Disclosure . No documents, certificates, written statements or other written information furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Holdings or Company for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or taken as a whole, omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Company, in the case of any document not furnished by either of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made, provided, that , projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials were prepared based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.

4.26 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, Company and Holdings are in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “Act” ). No part of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

4.27 Remittance of Collections . Company represents and warrants that each remittance of Collections by it hereunder to any Agent or any Lender hereunder will have been (a) in payment of a debt incurred by Company in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of Company and (b) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs.

 

70


SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Company covenants and agrees that until the Termination Date, Company shall perform (or cause to be performed, as applicable) all covenants in this Section 5 .

5.1 Financial Statements and Other Reports . Unless otherwise provided below, Company or its designee will deliver to each Agent and each Lender:

(a) Monthly Reports . Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (including any month in which the Original Closing Date occurred), the consolidated balance sheet of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company as at the end of such month and the related consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and consolidated statements of cash flows of Holdings and Company, in each case for such month and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a schedule of reconciliations for any reclassifications with respect to prior months or periods (and, in connection therewith, copies of any restated financial statements for any impacted month or period) a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto and any other operating reports prepared by the management of Holdings for such period as may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender;

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . Promptly after becoming available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days (or, with respect to the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, sixty (60) days) after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated balance sheet of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company, in each case, as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and Company, in each case, for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto and, prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, any other operating reports prepared by the management of Holdings for such period as may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender; provided that after the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, none of the foregoing shall be required with respect to the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year;

(c) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of (A) Holdings and (B) Company, in each case, as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and Company, in each case, for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Holdings, and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which report shall be unqualified (other than any qualification related solely to the potential inability of Company to refinance the

 

71


Obligations prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) (such report shall also include (x) a detailed summary of any audit adjustments; (y) a reconciliation of any audit adjustments or reclassifications to the previously provided monthly or quarterly financials; and (z) restated monthly or quarterly financials for any impacted periods);

(d) Compliance Certificates . Together with each delivery of financial statements of each of Holdings and Company pursuant to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.1(c) , a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate;

(e) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or 5.1(c) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(f) Collateral Reporting .

(i) On each Monthly Reporting Date, with each Funding Notice, and at such other times as any Agent or Lender shall request in its Permitted Discretion, a Borrowing Base Certificate (calculated as of the close of business of the previous Monthly Period or as of a date no later than three (3) Business Days prior to such request), together with a reconciliation to the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent. Each Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent shall bear a signed statement by an Authorized Officer certifying the accuracy and completeness in all material respects of all information included therein. The execution and delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate (other than any Original Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(ii) ) shall in each instance constitute a representation and warranty by Company to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent that each Receivable included therein as an “Eligible Receivable” is, in fact, an Eligible Receivable. In the event any request for a Revolving Loan, or a Borrowing Base Certificate or other information required by this Section 5.1(f) is delivered to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent by Company electronically or otherwise without signature, such request, or such Borrowing Base Certificate or other information shall, upon such delivery, be

 

72


deemed to be signed and certified on behalf of Company by an Authorized Officer and constitute a representation to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent as to the authenticity thereof. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to review and adjust any such calculation of the Borrowing Base to reflect exclusions from Eligible Receivables or such other matters as are necessary to determine the Borrowing Base, but in each case only to the extent the Administrative Agent is expressly provided such discretion by this Agreement.

(ii) On each Monthly Reporting Date, (A) the Monthly Servicing Report to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Servicing Agreement, and (B) the Master Record to the Paying Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Credit Documents, no Lender or Agent (other than the Paying Agent) shall have a right to receive the Master Record.

(g) Legal Update . Together with each delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(d) and otherwise promptly upon any Authorized Officer’s knowledge thereof, written notice of the occurrence of any material legal developments reasonably expected to have a significant adverse impact on Holdings’ commercial loan program (or, if there are no such material legal developments since the last update provided by Company pursuant to this Section 5.1(g) , a written confirmation that there are no such legal developments since such last update);

(h) Notice of Default . Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to Holdings or Company with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or Company or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) ; or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of its Authorized Officers specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condition, and what action Holdings or Company, as applicable, has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(i) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company obtaining knowledge of an Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Company to Lenders or any material development in any such Adverse Proceeding (including any adverse ruling or significant adverse development in any Adverse Proceeding) that would be reasonably expected to have a significant adverse impact on Company or Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to Company or Holdings to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(j) ERISA . (i) Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company becoming aware of the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of

 

73


Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of (1) each Schedule SB (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each affected Pension Plan; (2) all notices received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any affected Employee Benefit Plan of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries thereof, or, with respect to any affected Pension Plan or affected Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (with respect to an affected Multiemployer Plan, to the extent that Holdings or the Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate, as applicable, has rights to access such documents, reports or filings), as any Agent or Lender shall reasonably request;

(k) Financial Plan . Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, as soon as practicable and in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year and each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) through the final maturity date of the Revolving Loans (a “ Financial Plan ”), including (i) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Year, together with pro forma Compliance Certificates for each such Fiscal Year and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based, (ii) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each month of each such Fiscal Year, (iii) forecasts demonstrating projected compliance with the Financial Covenants through the final maturity date of the Revolving Loans, and (iv) forecasts demonstrating adequate liquidity through the final maturity date of the Revolving Loans, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agents and forecasted in accordance with GAAP, other than cash flows, which may be forecasted in accordance with the usual and customary accounting practices of Holdings);

(l) Notice of Change in Board of Directors . Subject to Section 6.20 , with reasonable promptness, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, written notice to each Agent and Lender of any change in the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Company;

(m) Information Regarding Collateral . Prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any change (i) in Company’s corporate name, (ii) in Company’s identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization, or (iii) in Company’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Company agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral and for the Collateral at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest as contemplated in the Collateral Documents;

(n) Public Reporting . After the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, the obligations in Sections 5.1(b) and (c)  in respect of Holdings’ financial statements may be satisfied by furnishing, at the option of Holdings, the applicable financial statements as described above or Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K or Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC, as applicable;

 

74


(o) Other Information .

(i) Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Equity Offering, promptly upon their becoming available, and in each case to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder, copies of all material reports, including all year-end summaries, annual reports, budgets, business plans, a quarterly delivery of Holdings’ capitalization table, written consents or matters pertaining to a vote of security holders sent generally by Holdings to its security holders acting in such capacity or by any Subsidiary of Holdings to its security holders other than Holdings or another Subsidiary of Holdings;

(ii) not later than Friday of each week (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) in which a Borrowing Base Report has not otherwise been delivered hereunder, a Borrowing Base Report; and

(iii) such material information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender, in each case, which relate to Company’s or Holdings’ financial or business condition or the Collateral.

5.2 Existence . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8 , Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business.

5.3 Payment of Taxes and Claims . Company will pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. Company will not file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries). In addition, Company agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Credit Document.

5.4 Insurance . Company shall cause Holdings to maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, (a) all insurance required to be maintained under the Servicing Agreement, (b) business interruption insurance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (c) casualty insurance, such public liability insurance, third party

 

75


property damage insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Each Agent and Lender hereby agrees and acknowledges that the insurance maintained by Holdings on the Original Closing Date satisfies the requirements set forth in this Section 5.4 .

5.5 Inspections; Compliance Audits; Regulatory Review .

(a) Company will permit or cause to be permitted, as applicable, any authorized representatives designated by any Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of the properties of Company or Holdings, at any time, and from time to time upon reasonable advance notice and during normal working hours, to (i) inspect, copy and take extracts from its financial and accounting records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any Person, including, without limitation, employees of Company or Holdings and independent public accountants and (ii) verify the compliance by Company or Holdings with the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and/or the Underwriting Policies, as applicable. Company agrees to pay Agents’ then customary charge for field examinations and audits and the preparation of reports thereof performed or prepared (A) at any time during the existence of a Default or an Event of Default and (B) otherwise up to one (1) time in any calendar year, provided Company shall not be obligated to pay more than $25,000 in the aggregate during any twelve-month period in connection with any examination or audit described in this Section 5.5(a)(ii)(B) . If any Agent engages any independent certified public accountants or other third-party provider to prepare any such report, such Agent shall make such report available to any Lender, upon request, provided, that delivery of any such report may be conditioned on prior receipt by such independent certified public accountants or other third party provider of the acknowledgements and agreements that such independent certified public accountants or third party provider customarily requires of recipients of reports of that kind.

(b) At any time during the existence of an Event of Default and otherwise one (1) time in any calendar quarter, the Administrative Agent or its designee, may, at Company’s expense, perform a compliance review (a “ Compliance Review ”) with five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to verify the compliance by Company and Holdings with Requirements of Law related to the Pledged Receivables and to review the materials prepared in accordance with Section 5.5(d) . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, cooperate with all reasonable requests and provide the Administrative Agent with all necessary assistance and information in connection with each such Compliance Review. In connection with any such Compliance Review, Company will permit any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to review Company’s form of Receivable Agreements, Underwriting Policies, information processes and controls, compliance practices and procedures and marketing materials (“ Materials ”). Such authorized representatives may make written recommendations regarding Company’s compliance with applicable Requirements of Law, and Company shall consult in good faith with the Administrative Agent regarding such recommendations. In connection with any Compliance Review pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) , the Administrative Agent agrees to use a single regulatory counsel.

 

76


(c) In connection with any inspection pursuant to Section 5.5(a) or a Compliance Review, the Administrative Agent or its designee may contact a Receivables Obligor as reasonably necessary to perform such inspection or Compliance Review, as the case may be, provided , however , that such contact shall be made in the name of, and in cooperation with, Holdings and Company, unless Holdings (i) has failed to so cooperate for at least ten (10) Business Days after receiving a written request from the Administrative Agent requesting such cooperation, or (ii) is no longer the “Servicer” under the Servicing Agreement.

5.6 Lenders Meetings . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, upon the request of Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in a meeting of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at Company’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent.

5.7 Compliance with Laws . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, comply with the Requirements of Law, noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8 Separateness . Company shall at all times comply with Section 5(d), Section 7, Sections 9(e) and (f), Section 10, Section 28, Section 30 and Section 31 (or any successor sections) of the Limited Liability Company Agreement, and shall not violate or cause to be violated the assumptions made with respect to Company in any opinion letter pertaining to substantive consolidation delivered to Lenders in connection with the Credit Documents.

5.9 Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time upon the request of any Agent or Lender, Company will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as such Agent or Lender may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Credit Documents, including providing Lenders with any information reasonably requested pursuant to Section 9.21 . In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Company shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are secured by substantially all of the assets of Company.

5.10 Communication with Accountants . Company authorizes Administrative Agent to communicate directly with Company’s independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct such accountants to communicate directly with Administrative Agent and authorizes such accountants to (and, upon Administrative Agent’s request therefor (at the request of any Agent), shall request that such accountants) communicate to Administrative Agent information relating to Company with respect to the business, results of operations and financial condition of Company (including the delivery of audit drafts and letters to management), provided that advance notice of such communication is given to Company, and Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cause an officer to be present during any such communication. Company agrees that the Administrative Agent may communicate with Company’s independent certified public accountants pursuant to this Section 5.10 (a) at any time (i) during the existence of a Default or an Event of Default, (ii) upon any event or circumstance which has a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) upon any material change (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion) in Holdings’ or Company’s accounting

 

77


principles and policies and (b) otherwise, up to two (2) times in any calendar year. The failure of Company to be present during such communication after given such reasonable opportunity shall in no way impair the rights of the Administrative Agent under this Section 5.10 .

5.11 Acquisition of Receivables from Holdings . With respect to each Pledged Receivable, Company shall (a) acquire such Receivable pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) take all actions necessary to perfect, protect and more fully evidence Company’s ownership of such Receivable, including, without limitation, executing or causing to be executed (or filing or causing to be filed) such other instruments or notices as may be necessary or appropriate, and (c) take all additional action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to perfect, protect and more fully evidence the respective interests of Company, the Agents, and the Lenders.

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Company covenants and agrees that, until the Termination Date, Company shall perform (or cause to be performed, as applicable) all covenants in this Section 6 .

6.1 Indebtedness . Company shall not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except the Obligations.

6.2 Liens . Company shall not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit the filing of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income or profits under the UCC of any State or under any similar recording or notice statute, except Permitted Liens.

6.3 Equitable Lien . If Company shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, it shall make or cause to be made effective provisions whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided , notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall not be construed as a consent by Requisite Lenders to the creation or assumption of any such Lien not otherwise permitted hereby.

6.4 No Further Negative Pledges . Except pursuant to the Credit Documents Company shall not enter into any Contractual Obligation prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

6.5 Restricted Junior Payments . Company shall not through any manner or means or through any other Person to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart, or agree to declare, order, pay, make or set apart, any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment except that, Restricted Junior Payments may be made by Company from time to time with respect to any amounts distributed to Company in accordance with Section 2.12(a)(ix) .

 

78


6.6 Subsidiaries . Company shall not form, create, organize, incorporate or otherwise have any Subsidiaries.

6.7 Investments . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including without limitation any Joint Venture, except Investments in Cash, Permitted Investments and Receivables (and property received from time to time in connection with the workout or insolvency of any Receivables Obligor), and Permitted Investments in the Controlled Accounts.

6.8 Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions . Company shall not enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than, provided no Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.1(a) , 7.1(g) , 7.1(h) or 7.1(p) has occurred and is continuing, Permitted Asset Sales; provided that Permitted Asset Sales under clause (d) of the definition thereof shall be permitted at all times subject to receipt of the consent required therein), or acquire by purchase or otherwise (other than acquisitions of Eligible Receivables, or Permitted Investments in a Controlled Account (and property received from time to time in connection with the workout or insolvency of any Receivables Obligor)) the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any Person.

6.9 Sales and Lease-Backs . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which Company (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person, or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Company to any Person in connection with such lease.

6.10 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any holder of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or with any Affiliate of Holdings or of any such holder other than the transactions contemplated or permitted by the Credit Documents and the Related Agreements.

6.11 Conduct of Business . From and after the Original Closing Date, Company shall not engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Company on the Original Closing Date.

6.12 Fiscal Year . Company shall not change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 st .

6.13 Servicer; Backup Servicer; Custodian

(a) Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Servicer, the Backup Servicer and the Custodian to comply at all times with the applicable terms of the

 

79


Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement and the Custodial Agreement. The Company may not (i) terminate, remove, replace Servicer, Backup Servicer or the Custodian or (ii) subcontract out any portion of the servicing or permit third party servicing other than the Backup Servicer, except, in each case, with the consent of the Requisite Lenders in their Permitted Discretion. The Administrative Agent may not terminate, remove, or replace the Servicer except in accordance with the Servicing Agreement. The Administrative Agent may not terminate, remove, or replace the Backup Servicer or the Custodian except with the prior consent of Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may terminate and replace the Backup Servicer at any time without the consent of Company after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or Servicer Default.

(b) Upon the occurrence of (1) for so long as the DB Credit Facility is in effect, a “Hot Backup Servicer Event” thereunder and the election by the Administrative Agent under the DB Credit Facility to transition to “hot” backup servicing, or (2) after the termination of the DB Credit Facility, a Hot Backup Servicer Event, the Administrative Agent may instruct the Backup Servicer to provide “hot” backup servicing under the Backup Servicing Agreement (provided that, with respect to clause (2) above, if after a Hot Backup Servicer Event to occur hereunder, a Hot Backup Servicer Event Cure occurs, the Administrative Agent shall, at the direction of Company, instruct the Backup Servicer to (i) stop providing hot” backup servicing under the Backup Servicing Agreement and (ii) again begin providing only “warm” backup servicing under the Backup Servicing Agreement). Company shall pay all reasonable and customary fees, costs and expenses of the Backup Servicer.

6.14 Acquisitions of Receivables. Company may not acquire Receivables from any Person other than Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

6.15 Independent Manager. Company shall not fail at any time to have at least one independent manager (an “ Independent Manager ”) who:

(a) is provided by a nationally recognized provider of independent directors;

(b) is not and has not been employed by Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates as an officer, director, partner, manager, member (other than as a special member in the case of single member Delaware limited liability companies), employee, attorney or counsel of, Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to any person who serves as an independent director or an independent manager for any Affiliate of any of Company or Holdings;

(c) is not, and has not been within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a customer or creditor of, or supplier to, Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates who derives any of its purchases or revenue from its activities with Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates thereof (other than a de minimis amount);

 

80


(d) is not, and has not been within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a person who controls or is under common control with any Person described by clause (b) or (c) above;

(e) does not have, and has not had within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a personal services contract with Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, from which fees and other compensation received by the person pursuant to such personal services contract would exceed 5% of his or her gross revenues during the preceding calendar year;

(f) is not affiliated with a tax-exempt entity that receives, or has received within the five years prior to such appointment as an Independent Manager, contributions from Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in excess of the lesser of (i) 3% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year and (ii) 5% of the contributions received by the tax-exempt entity during such fiscal year;

(g) is not and has not been a shareholder (or other equity owner) of any of Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager;

(h) is not a member of the immediate family of any Person described by clause (b) through (g) above;

(i) is not, and was not within the five years prior to such appointment as an Independent Manager, a financial institution to which Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates owes outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money in a sum exceeding more than 5% of Holdings’ total consolidated assets;

(j) has prior experience as an independent director or manager for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy; and

(k) has at least three (3) years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.

Upon Company learning of the death or incapacity of an Independent Manager, Company shall have ten (10) Business Days following such death or incapacity to appoint a replacement Independent Manager. Any replacement of an Independent Manager will be permitted only upon (a) two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to each Agent and Lender, (b) Company’s certification that any replacement manager will satisfy the criteria set forth in clauses (a)-(i) of this Section 6.15 and (c) the Administrative Agent’ written consent to the appointment of such replacement manager. For the avoidance of doubt, other than in the event of the death or incapacity of an Independent Manager, Company shall at all times have an Independent Manager and may not terminate any Independent Manager without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent the Administrative Agent may withhold in its sole discretion.

 

81


6.16 Organizational Agreements and Credit Documents. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by other provisions of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, Company shall not (a) enter into any contract with any Person other than the Credit Documents, any Related Agreement to which it is a party, and an agreement related to the appointment of the Independent Manager and process agent, in each case, as of the Original Closing Date or any agreement entered into in connection with a Permitted Asset Sale; (b) amend, restate, supplement or modify, or permit any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to, its Organizational Documents, without obtaining the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification, as the case may be; (c) agree to any termination, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, or permit any termination, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waivers of, any of the provisions of any Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders. Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, amend, restate, supplement or modify in any material respect any Receivables Program Agreement without providing prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and obtaining the consent thereto of the Requisite Lenders; provided, however that the Requisite Lenders shall be deemed to have consented to any such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification if the Requisite Lenders do not object to such proposed amendment, restatement, supplement or modification in writing to Company within seven (7) Business Days of the Administrative Agent’s receipt of written notice of such proposed amendment, restatement, supplement or modification.

6.17 Changes in Underwriting or Other Policies. Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies without providing prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, (collectively, the “ Notice Parties ”). Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any Material Underwriting Policy Change, including any change or modification to the Underwriting Policies of which the Notice Parties receive written notice that either the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders, in the exercise of their respective Permitted Discretion, determines to be a Material Underwriting Policy Change and notifies Company of such determination within seven (7) Business Days of their receipt of such notice, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Company shall not agree to, and shall cause the Servicer not to, make any change to the Servicer’s methodology for calculating the unpaid principal balance of Pledged Receivables without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

6.18 Receivable Forms. Company shall not acquire Receivables which are not on the form of applicable Receivable Agreement attached to the Undertakings Agreement (or any successor form approved after the Amendment Effective Date in accordance with this Section 6.18 ). Company shall provide, or cause Holdings to provide, prior written notice to Administrative Agent of any proposed change or variation to the form of any Receivable Agreement, including a reasonably detailed description of the proposed change or variation (a “ Notice of Amendment ”). The Administrative Agent shall, within five (5) Business Days of

 

82


Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Notice of Amendment, notify Company if the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, has determined that such proposed change or variation is material (a “ Material Change Notice ”), and upon receipt of such Material Change Notice, Company shall not, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any change or variation set forth in the Notice of Amendment without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders, unless such change or variation is required by any Requirement of Law. The Requisite Lenders may reasonably withhold such consent until they have received a satisfactory opinion of Company’s counsel regarding compliance of such revised form with any Requirement of Law reasonably expected to be applicable thereto. If, within five (5) Business Days of Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Notice of Amendment, the Administrative Agent has not provided a Material Change Notice to Company or Holdings, Company or Holdings may make the change or variation to the applicable form of Receivable Agreement proposed in such Notice of Amendment.

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Events of Default. If any one or more of the following events shall occur.

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Other than with respect to a Borrowing Base Deficiency, failure by Company to pay (i) when due, the principal of and premium, if any, on any Revolving Loan whether at stated maturity (including on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date), by acceleration or otherwise; (ii) within two (2) Business Days after its due date, any interest on any Revolving Loan or any fee due hereunder; or (iii) within thirty (30) days after its due date, any other amount due hereunder; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements .

(i) Failure of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness ( other than SPV Indebtedness) with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or breach or default by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness (other than SPV Indebtedness) with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefore, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, such Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be, provided that any such failure, breach or default, as the case may be, shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder only after the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to Company that such failure, breach or default constitutes an Event of Default hereunder; or

(ii) (A) Failure of any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Company) to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of SPV Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000;

 

83


or (B) (1) breach or default by any such Subsidiary with respect to any material term of (x) one or more items of SPV Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (y) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of SPV Indebtedness and (2) the continuation of such breach or default for more than seven (7) Business Days (or, if such breach or default is subject to any grace period, for more than seven (7) Business Days beyond such grace period), if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, such Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be, provided that any such failure, breach or default, as the case may be, shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder only after the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to Company that such failure, breach or default constitutes an Event of Default hereunder; or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants. Failure of Company to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.3 , Section 2.11 , Section 5.1(a) , Section 5.1(f) , Section 5.1(h) , Section 5.2 , Section 5.6 , Section 5.7 or Section 6 , or failure to distribute Collections in accordance with Section 2.12 ; or

(d) Breach of Representations, etc. Any representation or warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by Company or Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by Company or Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect, other than any representation, warranty, certification or other statement which is qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representation, warranty, certification or other statement shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case, as of the date made or deemed made and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of Company or Holdings becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company of notice from any Agent or Lender of such default; or

(e) Other Defaults Under Credit Documents . Company or Holdings shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Credit Documents other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 7.1 and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of Company or Holdings becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company or Holdings of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(f) Breach of Portfolio Performance Covenants . A breach of any Portfolio Performance Covenant shall have occurred and the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to the Company that a Default under this Section 7.1(f) has occurred and is continuing; or

(g) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Company or Holdings

 

84


in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Company or Holdings under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Company or Holdings, or over all or a substantial part of its respective property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Company or Holdings for all or a substantial part of its respective property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of Company or Holdings, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for sixty (60) days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

(h) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc . (i) Company or Holdings shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its respective property; or Company or Holdings shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Company or Holdings shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Company or Holdings (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 7.1(g) ; or

(i) Judgments and Attachments .

(i) Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process (to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Company or any of its assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(ii) Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving in any individual case or in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $1,000,000 (in any case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) or any of its assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(iii) Any tax lien or lien of the PBGC shall be entered or filed against Company or Holdings (involving, with respect to Holdings only, an amount in excess of $1,000,000) or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days;

 

85


(j) Dissolution . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Company or Holdings decreeing the dissolution or split up of Company or Holdings, as the case may be, and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or

(k) Employee Benefit Plans . (i) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect during the term hereof or result in a Lien being imposed on the Collateral; or (ii) Company shall establish or contribute to any Employee Benefit Plan; or

(l) Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; or

(m) Servicing Agreement . A Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(n) Backup Servicer Default . The Backup Servicing Agreement shall terminate for any reason and, provided that the Administrative Agent shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to timely engage a replacement Backup Servicer following such termination, within ninety (90) days of such termination no replacement agreement with an alternative backup servicer shall be effective; or

(o) Borrowing Base Deficiency; Repurchase Failure. (i) Failure by Company to pay any Borrowing Base Deficiency within two (2) Business Days after the due date thereof, or (ii) failure of Holdings to repurchase any Receivable as and when required under the Asset Purchase Agreement; or

(p) Collateral Documents and other Credit Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) this Agreement or any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or the enforceability thereof shall be impaired in any material respect, or the Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document (in each case, other than (A) by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or (B) the satisfaction in full of the Obligations and any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document in accordance with the terms hereof); or (ii) any of the Credit Documents for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations and any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made), shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or a party thereto or Holdings, as the case may be, shall repudiate its obligations thereunder or shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing; or

(q) Breach of Financial Covenants . A breach of any Financial Covenant shall have occurred; or

(r) Investment Company Act. Holdings or Company become subject to any federal or state statute or regulation which may render all or any portion of the Obligations

 

86


unenforceable, or Company becomes a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940;

THEN , upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and shall, at the written request of the Requisite Lenders, take any of the following actions: (w) upon notice to the Company, terminate the Revolving Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Revolving Commitments, (x) upon notice to the Company, declare the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations immediately due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Company; (y) direct the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and (z) take any and all other actions and exercise any and all other rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents; provided that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(g) or 7.1(h) , the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, and the Revolving Commitments shall automatically and immediately terminate, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Company. In addition, pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, the Administrative Agent may terminate the Servicing Agreement and appoint a Successor Servicer upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default.

SECTION 8. AGENTS

8.1 Appointment of Agents . Each Lender hereby authorizes ODBL IV, LLC to act as Administrative Agent to the Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes ODBL IV, LLC, in such capacity, to act as its agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Each Lender hereby authorizes Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, to act as the Collateral Agent on its behalf under the Credit Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Credit Documents, as applicable. The provisions of this Section 8 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and neither Company or Holdings shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent (other than Administrative Agent) shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

8.2 Powers and Duties . Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent (other than Administrative Agent) to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender irrevocably authorizes Administrative Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Credit

 

87


Documents. Each such Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. No such Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Credit Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing herein or any of the other Credit Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any such Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Credit Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

8.3 General Immunity .

(a) No Responsibility for Certain Matters . No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Credit Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of Company or Holdings to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of Company or Holdings or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Credit Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Paying Agent nor the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans or the component amounts thereof.

(b) Exculpatory Provisions Relating to Agents . No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. Each such Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Credit Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each such Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and Company), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any such Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Credit Documents in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ).

 

88


8.4 Agents Entitled to Act as Lender . Any agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Revolving Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Holdings or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Company for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

8.5 Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment .

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and Company in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and Company. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Revolving Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Original Closing Date.

8.6 Right to Indemnity . Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents of each Agent (each, an “Indemnitee Agent Party” ), to the extent that such Indemnitee Agent Party shall not have been reimbursed by Company or Holdings, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee Agent Party in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Indemnitee Agent Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE AGENT PARTY ; provided , no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,

 

89


judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Indemnitee Agent Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. If any indemnity furnished to any Indemnitee Agent Party for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Indemnitee Agent Party, be insufficient or become impaired, such Indemnitee Agent Party may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

8.7 Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

(a) Administrative Agent .

(i) Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent provided , that the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of such successor Administrative Agent, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Administrative Agent may assign its rights and duties as Administrative Agent hereunder to one of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Revolving Lenders; provided that Company and the Lenders may deem and treat such assigning Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Administrative Agent provides written notice to Company and the Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

 

90


(b) Collateral Agent .

(i) Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Collateral Agent provided , that the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent and the retiring Collateral Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held under the Collateral Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of such successor Collateral Agent and the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, whereupon such retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Collateral Agent may assign its rights and duties as Collateral Agent hereunder to one of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Lenders; provided that Company and the Lenders may deem and treat such assigning Collateral Agent as Collateral Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Collateral Agent provides written notice to Company and the Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

8.8 Collateral Documents . Each Lender hereby further authorizes Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of Lenders, to be the agent for and representative of Lenders with respect to the Collateral and the Collateral Documents. Subject to Section 9.5 , without further written consent or authorization from Lenders, Collateral Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of a sale or other disposition of assets permitted hereby or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.5 ) have otherwise consented. Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Company, the Agents and each Lender hereby agree that (a) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral

 

91


Documents may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, and (b) in the event of a foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by Collateral Agent at such sale.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to Company, Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Appendix B or in the other relevant Credit Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Appendix B or otherwise indicated to Administrative Agent in writing. Each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent, provided , however, that Company may deliver, or cause to be delivered, the Borrowing Base Certificate, Borrowing Base Report and any financial statements or reports (including any collateral performance tests) by electronic mail pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent until any Agent or Lender notifies Company that it can no longer receive such documents using electronic mail. Any Borrowing Base Certificate, Borrowing Base Report or financial statements or reports sent to an electronic mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, if available, return electronic mail or other written acknowledgement), provided , that if such document is sent after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard time, such document shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day.

9.2 Expenses . Company agrees to pay promptly (a) (i) all the Administrative Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and customary fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent of negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents, including the Credit Document Amendments and any consents, waivers or other amendments or modifications to the Credit Documents and (ii) reasonable and customary fees and expenses of a single counsel to the Lenders in connection with any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to the Credit Documents, including the Credit Document Amendments; (b) all the actual, documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of creating, perfecting and enforcing Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of a single counsel for all Agents; (c) subject to the terms of this Agreement (including any

 

92


limitations set forth in Section 5.5 ), all the Administrative Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable fees, expenses for, and disbursements of any of Administrative Agent’s, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers incurred by Administrative Agent; (d) subject to the terms of this Agreement, all the actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (e) subject in all cases to any express limitations set forth in any Credit Document, all other actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Revolving Loans and Commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (f) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, all documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and costs of settlement, incurred by any Agent or any Lender in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from Company or Holdings hereunder or under the other Credit Documents by reason of such Default or Event of Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

9.3 Indemnity .

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 9.2 , whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Company agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Affected Party and each Agent, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnitee” ), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE excluding any amounts not otherwise payable by Company under Section 2.16(b)(iii) ; provided , Company shall not have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order of that Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 9.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Company shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Company shall not assert, and Company hereby waives, any claim against any affected Party or Agent and their respective Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this

 

93


Agreement or any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Revolving Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and Company hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

9.4 Reserved .

9.5 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Requisite Lenders’ Consent . Subject to Sections 9.5(b) and 9.5(c) , no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by Company or Holdings therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Company, Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

(b) Affected Lenders’ Consent . Without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) that would be affected thereby, no amendment, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) extend the scheduled final maturity of any Revolving Loan or Revolving Loan Note;

(ii) waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment);

(iii) reduce the rate of interest on any Revolving Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.8 ) or any fee payable hereunder;

(iv) extend the time for payment of any such interest or fees;

(v) reduce the principal amount of any Revolving Loan;

(vi) (x) amend the definition of “Borrowing Base” or (y) amend, modify, terminate or waive Section 2.12 , Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 or any provision of this Section 9.5(b) or Section 9.5(c) ;

(vii) amend the definition of “Requisite Lenders”, “Revolving Exposure,” “Pro Rata Share,” “Applicable Advance Rate,” “Revolving Availability,” or any definition used therein ; provided , with the consent of Administrative Agent, Company and the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Requisite Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Original Closing Date;

(viii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents; or

 

94


(ix) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company or Holdings of any of its respective rights and obligations under any Credit Document.

(c) Other Consents . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by Company or Holdings therefrom, shall:

(i) increase any Revolving Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender; provided , no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender;

(ii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 3.3(a) with regard to any Credit Extension without the consent of the Requisite Lenders;

(iii) amend the definitions of “Eligibility Criteria” or “Eligible Receivables Obligor” or amend any portion of Appendix C without the consent of each of the Requisite Lenders;

(iv) amend or modify any provision of Sections 2.11 , other than Sections 2.11(c)(vii) and 2.11(e) , without the consent of each of the Requisite Lenders; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such amendment or modification during the continuance of any Hot Backup Servicer Event, Event of Default or Servicer Default shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders;

(v) amend or modify any provision of Section 7.1 without the consent of each of the Requisite Lenders; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders; or

(vi) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 8 as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent.

(d) Execution of Amendments, etc. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of the Requisite Lenders or any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of the Requisite Lenders or such Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Company or Holdings in any case shall entitle Company or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 9.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Company, on Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.5 , if the Administrative Agent and Company shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case that is immaterial (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), in any provision of the Credit Documents, then the Administrative Agent (as applicable, and in its

 

95


respective capacity thereunder, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent) and Company shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent by the Requisite Lenders if the same is not objected to in writing by the Requisite Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations .

(a) Generally . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders. Neither Company’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by it without the prior written consent of all Lenders. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, Indemnitee Agent Parties under Section 8.6 , Indemnitees under Section 9.3 , their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Register . Company, the Paying Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Revolving Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been delivered to and accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in Section 9.6(e) . Prior to such recordation, all amounts owed with respect to the applicable Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in the Register as the owner thereof, and any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans.

(c) Right to Assign . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , however , that each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any Revolving Loan and any related Revolving Commitments) to any Person constituting an Eligible Assignee. Each such assignment pursuant to this Section 9.6(c) (other than an assignment to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (i) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee”) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $10,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans.

(d) Mechanics . The assigning Lender and the assignee thereof shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement, together with such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.16(d) .

 

96


(e) Notice of Assignment . Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt and acceptance of a duly executed and completed Assignment Agreement and any forms, certificates or other evidence required by this Agreement in connection therewith, Administrative Agent shall (i) provide Paying Agent with written notice of such assignment, and shall record the information contained in such notice in the Register, (ii) give prompt notice thereof to Company, and (iii) maintain a copy of such Assignment Agreement.

(f) Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery of the Existing Credit Agreement or upon executing and delivering an Assignment Agreement, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Original Closing Date or as of the applicable Effective Date (as defined in the applicable Assignment Agreement) that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it will make or invest in, as the case may be, its Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.6 , the disposition of such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

(g) Effect of Assignment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 9.6 , as of the “Effective Date” specified in the applicable Assignment Agreement: (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent such rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned thereby pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof under Section 9.8 ) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided , anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising prior to the effective date of such assignment; (iii) the Revolving Commitments shall be modified to reflect the Revolving Commitment of such assignee and any Revolving Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Revolving Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Revolving Loan Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon Company shall issue and deliver new Revolving Loan Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Revolving Commitments and/or outstanding Revolving Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

 

97


(h) Participations . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or a Direct Competitor) in all or any part of its Revolving Commitments, Revolving Loans or in any other Obligation. The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Revolving Loan or Revolving Loan Note in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Revolving Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents (except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents) supporting the Revolving Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating. Company agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 or 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (c) of this Section; provided , (i) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation, unless the sale of the participation to such participant is made with Company’s prior written consent, and (ii) a participant that would be a Non-US Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless Company (through a Designated Officer) is notified of the participation at the time it is sold to such participant and such participant agrees, for the benefit of Company, to comply with Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender. Any Lender that sells such a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in such participation and other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person other than Company (through a Designated Officer), including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest or obligations under any Credit Document, except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent (in its capacity as Paying Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a

 

98


Participant Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by Company at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent (in its capacity as Paying Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Designated Officer of Company at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Company shall not disclose the identity of any Participant of any Lender or any information relating to such Participant’s interest or obligation to any Person, provided that Company may make (1) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender and to their agents and advisors provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and will be instructed to keep such information confidential, and (2) disclosures required or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or other legal proceeding; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, Company shall make reasonable efforts to notify the applicable Lender of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of Company by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

(i) Certain Other Assignments . In addition to any other assignment permitted pursuant to this Section 9.6 any Lender may assign, pledge and/or grant a security interest in, all or any portion of its Revolving Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Revolving Loan Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided , no Lender, as between Company and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge, and provided further , in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

9.7 Independence of Covenants . All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

9.8 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of Company set forth in Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 9.2 , 9.3 and 9.10 , the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.14 and 8.6 shall survive the payment of the Revolving Loans and the termination hereof.

9.9 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power,

 

99


right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Credit Documents. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

9.10 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside . Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Company or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder. To the extent that Company makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

9.11 Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or any Revolving Loan Note or other Credit Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9.12 Obligations Several; Actions in Concer t . The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. Anything in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or any Revolving Loan Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations without first obtaining the prior written consent of the applicable Agent (other than the Paying Agent) or Requisite Lenders (as applicable), it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and any Revolving Loan Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders (as applicable).

9.13 Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

 

100


9.14 APPLICABLE LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

9.15 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION .

(A) ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST COMPANY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY (a) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (b) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (c) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9.1 AND TO ANY PROCESS AGENT SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.1 ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER COMPANY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (d) AGREES THAT AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST COMPANY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B) COMPANY HEREBY AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED ON IT BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE ADDRESSES PERTAINING TO IT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 9.1 OR ON CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, 1180 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, SUITE 120, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036 AND HEREBY APPOINTS CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS. ANY AND ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ANY OTHER NOTICE IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AGAINST COMPANY IF GIVEN BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, OR BY ANY OTHER MEANS OR MAIL WHICH REQUIRES A SIGNED RECEIPT, POSTAGE PREPAID, MAILED AS PROVIDED ABOVE. IN THE EVENT CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS AS AFORESAID AND IF COMPANY SHALL NOT MAINTAIN AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK CITY, COMPANY SHALL PROMPTLY APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT QUALIFIED TO ACT AS AN AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS WITH RESPECT TO THE COURTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 9.15 ABOVE, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, AS COMPANY’S AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON COMPANY’S BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

 

101


9.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 9.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REVOLVING LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

9.17 Confidentiality . Each Agent and Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding Holdings and its Subsidiaries and their businesses obtained by such Lender or Agent confidential and shall not disclose such information; provided , however , that, in any event, a Lender or Agent may make (a) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender or Agent and to their agents, auditors, attorneys and advisors (and to other persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 9.17 ) provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to keep, or with respect to the Collateral Agent and Paying Agent such Persons will be instructed to keep, such information confidential, (b) disclosures of such information to any other Lender or Agent, (c) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation by such Lender of any Revolving Loans or any participations therein, provided that no disclosure shall be made to any Direct Competitor except in connection with an assignment or potential assignment

 

102


to a Direct Competitor that is an Eligible Assignee and such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to hold such confidential information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.17 , (d) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it, (e) disclosure to any Lender’s financing source or the directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, independent or internal auditors, financial advisors or other professional advisors of such financing source who, in each case, agree to hold confidential such confidential information substantially in accordance with this Section 9.17 , (f) disclosures required by any applicable statute, law, rule or regulation or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by any regulatory body or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or other legal proceeding; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender or Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify Company of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender or Agent by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and (e) any other disclosure authorized by the Company in writing in advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the disclosure of any information that is or becomes publicly known or information obtained by a Lender or Agent from sources other than the Company other than as a result of a disclosure by an Agent or Lender known (or that should have reasonably been known) to be in violation of this Section 9.17 , and (ii) on or after the Original Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may, at its own expense issue news releases and publish “tombstone” advertisements and other announcements generally describing this transaction in newspapers, trade journals and other appropriate media (which may include use of logos of Company or Holdings) (collectively, “ Trade Announcements ”). Company shall not issue, and shall cause Holdings not to issue, any Trade Announcement using the name of any Agent or Lender, or their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereunder except (x) disclosures required by applicable law, regulation, legal process or the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or (y) with the prior approval of Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

9.18 Usury Savings Clause . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged or agreed to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Revolving Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Company shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Company to conform strictly to any applicable usury

 

103


laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans made hereunder or be refunded to Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest, throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

9.19 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.20 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Company and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.

9.21 Patriot Act . Each Lender and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Company that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Company, which information includes the name and address of Company and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Company in accordance with the Act.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

104


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC. , for purposes of Section 5.10 only
By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name: Howard Katzenberg
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
ON DECK ASSET COMPANY, LLC , as Company
By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name: Howard Katzenberg
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
ODBL IV, LLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Tom Capasse

  Name: Tom Capasse
  Title: Authorized Signer
ODBL IV, LLC,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Tom Capasse

  Name: Tom Capasse
  Title: Authorized Signer
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Paying Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Lucy Hsieh

  Name: Lucy Hsieh
  Title: Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ Rajesh Rampersaud

  Name: Rajesh Rampersaud
  Title: Assistant Vice President

Exhibit 10.17

ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC,

as Issuer

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Indenture Trustee

 

 

BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of May 8, 2014

 

 

Asset Backed Notes

(Issuable in Series of Notes)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1.

    

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1   

Section 1.1.

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.2.

 

Cross-References

     1   

Section 1.3.

 

Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication

     1   

Section 1.4.

 

Rules of Construction

     2   

ARTICLE 2.

    

THE NOTES

     2   

Section 2.1.

 

Designation and Terms of Notes

     2   

Section 2.2.

 

Notes Issuable in Series

     3   

Section 2.3.

 

Execution and Authentication

     5   

Section 2.4.

 

Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes

     6   

Section 2.5.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

     9   

Section 2.6.

 

Appointment of Paying Agent

     10   

Section 2.7.

 

Persons Deemed Owners

     11   

Section 2.8.

 

Noteholder List

     11   

Section 2.9.

 

Treasury Notes

     12   

Section 2.10.

 

Book-Entry Notes

     13   

Section 2.11.

 

Definitive Notes

     13   

Section 2.12.

 

Global Note

     14   

Section 2.13.

 

Principal and Interest

     14   

Section 2.14.

 

Cancellation

     15   

ARTICLE 3.

    

SECURITY

     16   

Section 3.1.

 

Grant of Security Interest

     16   

Section 3.2.

 

Transaction Documents

     17   

Section 3.3.

 

Release of Issuer Assets

     17   

Section 3.4.

 

Officer’s Certificate

     18   

Section 3.5.

 

Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees

     18   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 4.

    

REPORTS

     18   

Section 4.1.

 

Servicer Reports

     18   

Section 4.2.

 

Communication to Noteholders

     19   

Section 4.3.

 

Rule 144A Information

     19   

Section 4.4.

 

Reports by the Issuer

     19   

Section 4.5.

 

Reports by the Indenture Trustee

     20   

ARTICLE 5.

    

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

     21   

Section 5.1.

 

Issuer Accounts

     21   

Section 5.2.

 

Collections of Money

     22   

Section 5.3.

 

Collections and Allocations

     22   

ARTICLE 6.

    

DISTRIBUTIONS

     23   

Section 6.1.

 

Distributions in General

     23   

Section 6.2.

 

Optional Prepayment Notes

     24   

ARTICLE 7.

    

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     24   

Section 7.1.

 

Existence and Power

     24   

Section 7.2.

 

Authorization

     24   

Section 7.3.

 

Binding Effect

     25   

Section 7.4.

 

Litigation

     25   

Section 7.5.

 

No ERISA Plan

     25   

Section 7.6.

 

Tax Filings and Expenses

     25   

Section 7.7.

 

Disclosure

     25   

Section 7.8.

 

Investment Company Act

     26   

Section 7.9.

 

Regulations T, U and X

     26   

Section 7.10.

 

No Consent

     26   

Section 7.11.

 

Solvency

     26   

Section 7.12.

 

Security Interests

     26   

Section 7.13.

 

Binding Effect of Certain Agreements

     27   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 7.14.

 

Non Existence of Other Agreements

     27   

Section 7.15.

 

Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws

     28   

Section 7.16.

 

Other Representations

     28   

Section 7.17.

 

Ownership of the Issuer

     28   

ARTICLE 8.

    

COVENANTS

     28   

Section 8.1.

 

Payment of Notes

     28   

Section 8.2.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     29   

Section 8.3.

 

Payment of Obligations

     29   

Section 8.4.

 

Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence

     29   

Section 8.5.

 

Compliance with Laws

     29   

Section 8.6.

 

Inspection of Property, Books and Records

     30   

Section 8.7.

 

Compliance with Transaction Documents; Issuer Assets

     30   

Section 8.8.

 

Notice of Defaults

     31   

Section 8.9.

 

Notice of Material Proceedings

     31   

Section 8.10.

 

Further Requests

     31   

Section 8.11.

 

Protection of Issuer Assets

     32   

Section 8.12.

 

Annual Opinion of Counsel

     32   

Section 8.13.

 

Liens

     33   

Section 8.14.

 

Other Indebtedness

     33   

Section 8.15.

 

Mergers

     33   

Section 8.16.

 

Sales of Issuer Assets

     33   

Section 8.17.

 

Acquisition of Assets

     33   

Section 8.18.

 

Legal Name; Location Under Section 9-301

     33   

Section 8.19.

 

Organizational Documents

     34   

Section 8.20.

 

Investments

     34   

Section 8.21.

 

Non-Petition; No Other Agreements

     34   

Section 8.22.

 

Other Business

     34   

Section 8.23.

 

Maintenance of Separate Existence

     34   

Section 8.24.

 

Use of Proceeds of Notes

     34   

Section 8.25.

 

No ERISA Plan

     34   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 8.26.

 

Dividends

     35   

Section 8.27.

 

Tax Matters

     35   

Section 8.28.

 

Purchase and Sale of Assets

     35   

ARTICLE 9.

    

REMEDIES

     35   

Section 9.1.

 

Events of Default

     35   

Section 9.2.

 

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     36   

Section 9.3.

 

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by the Indenture Trustee

     37   

Section 9.4.

 

Remedies; Priorities

     39   

Section 9.5.

 

Optional Preservation of the Issuer Assets

     40   

Section 9.6.

 

Limitation on Suits

     40   

Section 9.7.

 

Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest

     41   

Section 9.8.

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     41   

Section 9.9.

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     41   

Section 9.10.

 

Delay or Omission Not a Waiver

     42   

Section 9.11.

 

Control by Noteholders

     42   

Section 9.12.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     43   

Section 9.13.

 

Undertaking for Costs

     43   

Section 9.14.

 

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

     44   

Section 9.15.

 

Action on Notes

     44   

ARTICLE 10.

    

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     44   

Section 10.1.

 

Duties of the Indenture Trustee

     44   

Section 10.2.

 

Rights of the Indenture Trustee

     45   

Section 10.3.

 

Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer

     48   

Section 10.4.

 

Indenture Trustee May Own Notes

     49   

Section 10.5.

 

Notice of Defaults

     49   

Section 10.6.

 

Compensation; Indemnity

     49   

Section 10.7.

 

Eligibility Requirements for Indenture Trustee

     50   

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 10.8.

 

Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee

     50   

Section 10.9.

 

Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger

     51   

Section 10.10.

 

Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee

     52   

Section 10.11.

 

Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee

     53   

Section 10.12.

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer

     54   

ARTICLE 11.

    

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     54   

Section 11.1.

 

Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations

     54   

Section 11.2.

 

Application of Trust Money

     55   

Section 11.3.

 

Repayment to the Issuer

     55   

ARTICLE 12.

    

AMENDMENTS

     56   

Section 12.1.

 

Without Consent of the Noteholders

     56   

Section 12.2.

 

With Consent of the Noteholders

     57   

Section 12.3.

 

Supplements

     58   

Section 12.4.

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     58   

Section 12.5.

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     58   

Section 12.6.

 

The Indenture Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     58   

Section 12.7.

 

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

     59   

ARTICLE 13.

    

MISCELLANEOUS

     59   

Section 13.1.

 

Compliance Certificates

     59   

Section 13.2.

 

Forms of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee

     61   

Section 13.3.

 

Actions of Noteholders

     61   

Section 13.4.

 

Notices

     62   

Section 13.5.

 

Conflict with TIA

     64   

Section 13.6.

 

Rules by the Indenture Trustee

     64   

Section 13.7.

 

Duplicate Originals

     64   

Section 13.8.

 

Benefits of Indenture

     64   

Section 13.9.

 

Payment on Business Day

     64   

 

v


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 13.10.

 

Governing Law

     65   

Section 13.11.

 

Severability of Provisions

     65   

Section 13.12.

 

Counterparts

     65   

Section 13.13.

 

Successors

     65   

Section 13.14.

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     65   

Section 13.15.

 

Recording of Indenture

     66   

Section 13.16.

 

No Petition

     66   

Section 13.17.

 

Non-Recourse

     66   

Section 13.18.

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     66   

Section 13.19.

 

Submission to Jurisdiction

     66   

 

EXHIBIT A    Form of Deposit Report
EXHIBIT B    Form of Settlement Statement

 

vi


BASE INDENTURE, dated as of May 8, 2014, between ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC, a special purpose limited liability company established under the laws of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Indenture Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Asset Backed Notes (the “ Notes ”), issuable as provided in this Base Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Base Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Issuer proposes to do all the things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer as hereinafter provided;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the receipt of the Notes by the Noteholders, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Noteholders, as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1. Definitions .

Certain capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Definitions List attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “ Definitions List ”), as such Definitions List may be amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 1.2. Cross-References .

Unless otherwise specified, references in this Base Indenture and in each other Transaction Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of this Base Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.3. Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication .

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of the Indenture, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in the Indenture, in accordance with GAAP.

 

1


When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.4. Rules of Construction .

In the Indenture (including any schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto), unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(ii) references to an agreement or document are to such agreement or document as amended, supplemented, restated and otherwise modified from time to time and to any successor agreement or document, as applicable (whether or not already so stated);

(iii) unless specifically stated otherwise, all references to any statute, rule or regulation are to such statute, rule or regulation as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and to any successor statute, rule or regulation;

(iv) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Indenture, and reference to any Person in a particular capacity only refers to such Person in such capacity;

(v) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(vi) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(vii) with respect to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”;

(viii) references to the “related Monthly Period” with respect to any Payment Date mean the Monthly Period that immediately precedes such Payment Date; and

(ix) references to the “related Payment Date” with respect to any Monthly Period mean the Payment Date that immediately follows such Monthly Period.

ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

Section 2.1. Designation and Terms of Notes .

(a) Each Series of Notes and any Class thereof shall be issued in fully registered form (the “ Registered Notes ”), substantially in the form specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other

 

2


variations as are required or permitted hereby or by the related Indenture Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined to be appropriate by the Authorized Officer executing such Notes, as evidenced by his execution of the Notes. All Notes of any Series of Notes, except as specified in the related Indenture Supplement, shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Base Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. Each Series of Notes shall be issued in the denominations set forth in the related Indenture Supplement.

Section 2.2. Notes Issuable in Series .

(a) The Notes may be issued in one or more Series. Each Series of Notes shall be created by an Indenture Supplement.

(b) Notes of a new Series of Notes from time to time may be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee upon the receipt by the Indenture Trustee of an Issuer Request at least two (2) Business Days (or, in the case of the initial Series of Notes, on the Series Closing Date for such Series of Notes and, in the case of any other Series of Notes, such shorter time as is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) in advance of the related Series Closing Date and upon delivery by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee, and receipt by the Indenture Trustee, of the following:

(i) an Issuer Order authorizing and directing the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such new Series of Notes by the Indenture Trustee and specifying the designation of such new Series of Notes, the Initial Invested Amount (or the method for calculating such Initial Invested Amount) of such new Series of Notes and the Note Rate (or the method for allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if any, with respect to such Series;

(ii) an Indenture Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in this Section 2.2(b) executed by the Issuer and specifying the Principal Terms of such new Series of Notes;

(iii) a Tax Opinion;

(iv) written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such issuance;

(v) an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, that after giving effect to the issuance of such new Series of Notes on the related Series Closing Date, (i) neither an Amortization Event nor a Potential Amortization Event with respect to any Series of Notes (other than any Series of Notes that will be refinanced with the proceeds of such new Series of

 

3


Notes) is continuing or will occur as a result of such issuance, (ii) the issuance of the new Series of Notes will not result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound or any order of any court or administrative agency entered in any suit, action or other judicial or administrative proceeding to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property may be bound or to which it or its property may be subject, (iii) all conditions precedent provided in this Base Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement with respect to the authentication and delivery of the new Series of Notes have been complied with, and (iv) all representations and warranties of the Issuer set forth in the Indenture and each Transaction Document are true and correct in all material respects (to the extent any such representations and warranties do not incorporate a materiality limitation in their terms) as of the Series Closing Date.

(vi) such other documents, instruments, certifications, agreements or other items as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require.

(c) In conjunction with the issuance of a new Series of Notes, the parties hereto shall execute an Indenture Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to such newly issued Series of Notes, which may include without limitation:

(i) its name or designation;

(ii) the Initial Invested Amount of such Series or the method of calculating the Initial Invested Amount of such Series;

(iii) the Note Rate (or formula for the determination thereof) with respect to such Series;

(iv) the Series Closing Date;

(v) each Rating Agency rating such Series, if any;

(vi) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any;

(vii) the interest payment date or dates and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue;

(viii) the Legal Final Payment Date and the Series Termination Date;

(ix) the method of allocating Collections with respect to such Series, including the Invested Percentage;

(x) the method by which the principal amount of Notes of such Series shall amortize or accrete;

(xi) the names of any Series Accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such accounts and the use of moneys therein;

 

4


(xii) the Series Servicing Fee and the Series Backup Servicing Fee;

(xiii) the terms on which the Notes of such Series may be redeemed, repurchased or remarketed to other investors;

(xiv) any deposit of funds to be made into any Series Account on the Series Closing Date;

(xv) the number of Classes of such Series, and if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class;

(xvi) the priority of any Series of Notes with respect to any other Series of Notes;

(xvii) the interest rate hedges required to be maintained with respect to such Series, if any; and

(xviii) any other relevant terms of such Series (including whether or not such Series will be pledged as collateral for an issuance by an Affiliate Issuer) that do not change the terms of any Series of Notes Outstanding and that do not prevent the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding with respect to the issuance of such new Series of Notes (all such terms, the “ Principal Terms ” of such Series).

The terms of such Indenture Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Base Indenture solely as applied to such new Series of Notes.

(d) Unless otherwise specified in a Series Supplement for a new Series of Notes, the Issuer may direct the Indenture Trustee to deposit all or a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of such new Series of Notes into a Series Account for another Series of Notes and may specify that the proceeds from the sale of such new Series of Notes may be used to reduce the Invested Amount of another Series of Notes.

Section 2.3. Execution and Authentication .

(a) The Notes shall, upon issue pursuant to Section 2.2 , be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer and delivered by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided herein. If an Authorized Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(b) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes of any particular Series of Notes executed by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for authentication, together with one or more Issuer Orders for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Indenture Trustee, in accordance with such Issuer Order and this Base Indenture, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes. If specified in the related Indenture Supplement for any Series of Notes, the Indenture

 

5


Trustee shall authenticate and deliver outside the United States the Global Note that is issued upon original issuance thereof, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, to the Depository against payment of the purchase price therefor. If specified in the related Indenture Supplement for any Series of Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate Book-Entry Notes that are issued upon original issuance thereof, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, to a Clearing Agency, or its nominee as provided in Section 2.10 against payment of the purchase price thereof.

(c) No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein, duly executed by the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of a Responsible Officer. Such signatures on such certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Note has been duly authenticated under the Indenture. The Indenture Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the term of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Indenture Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Base Indenture to authentication by the Indenture Trustee includes authentication by such agent. The Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes of a Series of Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

(d) Each Note shall be dated and issued as of the date of its authentication by the Indenture Trustee.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.14 , together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 13.2 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Issuer, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes .

(a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained by a transfer agent and registrar (the “ Transfer Agent and Registrar ”), a register (the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall provide for the registration of the Notes of each Series of

 

6


Notes (unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement) and of transfers and exchanges of the Notes as herein provided. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is hereby initially appointed Transfer Agent and Registrar for the purposes of registering the Notes and transfers and exchanges of the Notes as herein provided. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days’ written notice to the Indenture Trustee; provided , however , that such resignation shall not be effective and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall continue to perform its duties as Transfer Agent and Registrar until the Indenture Trustee has appointed a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar with the written consent of the Issuer.

If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Issuer will give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Transfer Agent and Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Transfer Agent and Register, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof.

An institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall continue to be the Transfer Agent and Registrar without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Indenture Trustee or such Transfer Agent and Registrar.

The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall maintain in The City of New York (and, if so specified in the related Indenture Supplement for any Series of Notes, any other city designated in such Indenture Supplement) an office or offices or agency or agencies where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. The Transfer Agent and Registrar initially designates DB Services Americas, Inc., MSJCK01-0218, 5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, Attention: Shareholder Services for such purposes. The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and to the Noteholders of any change in the location of such office or agency.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if the requirements of Section 2.4(b) and Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and after the Issuer has executed, the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and (if the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different than the Indenture Trustee, then the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same Class and a like aggregate principal amount.

At the option of any Holder of Registered Notes, Registered Notes may be exchanged for other Registered Notes of the same Series of Notes in authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Registered Notes to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose.

 

7


Whenever any Notes of any Series of Notes are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and after the Issuer has executed, the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and (if the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different than the Indenture Trustee, then the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver to the Noteholder, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, with a medallion signature guarantee, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require.

The preceding provisions of this Section 2.4 notwithstanding, the Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of any Note of any Series of Notes for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment in full of the Notes of such Series.

Unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, no service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes.

All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall cancel and destroy any Global Notes upon its exchange in full for Definitive Notes.

The Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as applicable, Registered Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under the Indenture and the Notes.

None of the Indenture Trustee, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

8


The Indenture Trustee, the Transfer Agent, the Registrar and the Paying Agent shall have no responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depository.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, registration of transfer of Registered Notes containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Registered Notes (which legend shall be set forth in the Indenture Supplement relating to such Notes) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such related Indenture Supplement are satisfied.

Section 2.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes .

If (a) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Indenture Trustee such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to save each of them harmless, then provided that the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and after the Issuer has executed, the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Indenture Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver (in compliance with applicable law), in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and aggregate principal amount; provided , however , that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be due and payable, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC) of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

In connection with the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.5 , the Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith. Any duplicate Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Issuer whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed note shall be found at any time.

 

9


Section 2.6. Appointment of Paying Agent .

(a) The Indenture Trustee may appoint a Paying Agent with respect to the Notes. The Indenture Trustee hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the initial Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds and make distributions to Noteholders from the appropriate account or accounts maintained for the benefit of Noteholders as specified in this Base Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement for any Series of Notes pursuant to Article 5 . The Indenture Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent, if the Indenture Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under the Indenture in any material respect or for other good cause. The Indenture Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency, if any, of the removal of any Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days’ written notice to the Indenture Trustee. In the event that any Paying Agent shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Indenture Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a bank or trust company and may be the Indenture Trustee) with the written consent of the Issuer, which consent shall not be required if such successor Paying Agent is the Indenture Trustee. Any reference in the Indenture to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

(b) The Indenture Trustee shall cause each Paying Agent (other than itself) to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee that such Paying Agent will:

(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer of which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

(iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of the Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by the Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

(v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

 

10


An institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of the Paying Agent shall continue to be the Paying Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent.

(c) Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent or a Clearing Agency in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the written direction and expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York City, and in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in London, if applicable, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment.

Section 2.7. Persons Deemed Owners .

Prior to due presentation of a Note for registration of transfer, the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article 5 (as described in any Indenture Supplement) and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent nor the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 2.8. Noteholder List .

The Indenture Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and Registrar to the Issuer or the Paying Agent, within five Business Days after receipt by the Indenture Trustee of a written request therefor from the Issuer or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, a list in such form as the Issuer or the Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Noteholders of each Series of Notes as of the most recent Record Date for payments to such Noteholders. Unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, Noteholders of any Series of Notes having an aggregate principal amount aggregating not less than 10% of the Invested Amount of such Series (the “ Applicants ”) may apply in writing to the Indenture Trustee, and if such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Noteholders of any Series of Notes with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Indenture Trustee, after having been indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by such Applicants for its costs

 

11


and expenses, shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Noteholders held by the Indenture Trustee and shall give the Issuer notice that such request has been made, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application. Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of receipt of such Applicants’ request. Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees with the Indenture Trustee that neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall be held liable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders hereunder, regardless of the source from which such information was obtained.

The Indenture Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes. If the Indenture Trustee is not the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Payment Date and at such other time as the Indenture Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes.

Section 2.9. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Noteholders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (other than an Affiliate Issuer) shall be considered as though they are not Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of which the Indenture Trustee has received written notice of such ownership shall be so disregarded. The Issuer shall promptly furnish to the Indenture Trustee written notice of the acquisition, transfer or other ownership of any Notes by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (other than an Affiliate Issuer); provided that the failure to furnish such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute an Event of Default, an Amortization Event with respect to any Series of Notes, or any other default or adverse consequence under the Transaction Documents. Absent written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such ownership, the Indenture Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the identity of the individual beneficial owners of the Notes. Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall promptly furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned or held by, or for the account of, the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (other than an Affiliate Issuer), and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are entitled to participate in any direction, waiver, consent for the purpose of any such determination.

 

12


Section 2.10. Book-Entry Notes .

Unless otherwise provided in any related Indenture Supplement, the Notes, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be delivered to the depository specified in such Indenture Supplement (the “ Depository ”) which shall be the Clearing Agency, on behalf of such Series of Notes. The Notes of each Series of Notes shall, unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency. No Beneficial Owner will receive a definitive note representing such Beneficial Owner’s interest in the related Series of Notes, except as provided in Section 2.11 . Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes of any Series of Notes (“ Definitive Notes ”) have been issued to Beneficial Owners pursuant to Section 2.11 :

(a) the provisions of this Section 2.10 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

(b) the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Indenture Trustee may deal with the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Beneficial Owners; and

(c) the rights of Beneficial Owners of each such Series shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Beneficial Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to actions by the Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by the Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Clearing Agency, as registered holder of the Notes of such Series for distribution to the Beneficial Owners in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency. Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series of Notes, unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.11 , the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants.

Section 2.11. Definitive Notes .

(a) The Notes of any Series of Notes, to the extent provided in the related Indenture Supplement, upon original issuance, may be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. The applicable Indenture Supplement shall set forth the legend relating to the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Definitive Notes and such other restrictions as may be applicable.

(b) If (i) (A) the Issuer advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement, and (B) the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Issuer, at its option, advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency with respect to any Series of Notes or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Servicer

 

13


Default, Beneficial Owners of a Majority in Interest of a Series of Notes advise the Indenture Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Beneficial Owners, the Indenture Trustee shall notify all Beneficial Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Beneficial Owners of such Series requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the Notes of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and (if the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different than the Indenture Trustee, then the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver the Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Issuer nor the Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes of such Series as Noteholders of such Series hereunder.

Section 2.12. Global Note .

If specified in the related Indenture Supplement for any Series of Notes, the Notes may be initially issued in the form of a single temporary Global Note (the “ Global Note ”) in bearer form, without interest coupons, in the denomination of the Initial Invested Amount and substantially in the form attached to the related Indenture Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall apply to such Global Note. The Global Note will be authenticated by the Indenture Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Definitive Notes. The Global Note may be exchanged in the manner described in the related Indenture Supplement for Registered Notes in definitive form.

Section 2.13. Principal and Interest .

(a) The principal of each Series of Notes shall be payable at the times and in the amount set forth in the related Indenture Supplement and in accordance with Section 6.1 .

(b) Each Series of Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the related Indenture Supplement and such interest shall be payable on each Payment Date for such Series in accordance with Section 6.1 and the related Indenture Supplement.

(c) Except as provided in the following sentence, the Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to a Payment Date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the principal and interest payable on such Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Note upon any registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such Note subsequent to such Record Date. Any interest payable at maturity shall be paid to the Person to whom the principal of such Note is payable.

 

14


(d) If the Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on the Notes of any Series of Notes, such interest, to the extent paid on any date that is more than five (5) Business Days after the applicable due date, shall, at the option of the Issuer, cease to be payable to the Persons who were Noteholders of such Series on the applicable Record Date and the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner, plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Noteholders of such Series on a subsequent special record date which date shall be at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, at the rate provided in the Indenture and in the Notes of such Series. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, and at least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail to Noteholders of such Series a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid; provided, however, that if the Issuer elects to have the Indenture Trustee mail such notice to the Noteholders of such Series in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, then the Issuer shall provide to the Indenture Trustee, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date such notice is to be mailed to the Noteholders of such Series, an Issuer Order requesting that the Indenture Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice.

Section 2.14. Cancellation .

The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall forward to the Indenture Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Indenture Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and the principal of and all accrued interest on all such cancelled Notes shall be deemed to have been paid in full (and such payment of principal and interest shall be deemed to have been made to the relevant Noteholders) and such cancelled Notes shall be deemed no longer to be outstanding for all purposes hereunder. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Indenture Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Indenture Trustee’s standard disposition procedures unless the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it pursuant to an Issuer Order.

 

15


ARTICLE 3.

SECURITY

Section 3.1. Grant of Security Interest .

(a) To secure the Issuer Obligations, the Issuer hereby pledges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, and hereby grants to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, a security interest in, all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the Issuer or in which the Issuer now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

(i) all Pooled Loans including all Pooled Loans hereinafter acquired by the Issuer, and all Related Security with respect thereto, including all monies due and to become due to the Issuer thereon and all amounts received with respect thereto on and after the applicable Transfer Date;

(ii) the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account, including all funds held in the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account and all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, or instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing investment of such amounts and all proceeds thereof, and all claims of the Issuer in and to such funds;

(iii) each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture, the Notes and any agreements relating to the issuance or the purchase of any Notes), including all monies due and to become due to the Issuer thereunder or in connection therewith, whether payable as fees, expenses, costs, indemnities, insurance recoveries, damages for the breach thereof or otherwise, and all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under or with respect to each of such Transaction Documents (whether arising pursuant to the terms of such Transaction Documents or otherwise available to the Issuer at law or in equity), including, without limitation, the right of the Issuer to enforce each of such Transaction Documents and to give or withhold any and all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or with respect to such Transaction Documents; and

(iv) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing including, without limitation, all present and future claims, demands, causes of action and chooses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion thereof, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing.

(b) The foregoing grant is made in trust to secure the Issuer Obligations, equally and ratably without prejudice, priority (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Indenture Supplement) or distinction, and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, all as provided in the Indenture. The Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Noteholders, acknowledges and accepts such grant. This Base Indenture constitutes a security agreement under the UCC.

 

16


(c) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Base Indenture or the rights of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer shall be permitted, without the consent of the Indenture Trustee, to (i) agree to purchase Loans from the Seller pursuant to Section 2.01(b) of the Loan Purchase Agreement, (ii) consent to judicial proceedings by the Servicer against Obligors pursuant to Section 2(a) of the Servicing Agreement, (iii) terminate the Person acting as the Backup Servicer in accordance with Section 4.2.3 of the Backup Servicing Agreement, provided, that, prior to the effectiveness of any such termination, a Replacement Backup Servicer (as defined in the Backup Servicing Agreement) shall have been appointed in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Backup Servicing Agreement and (iv) remove the Person acting as the Custodian under the Custodial Agreement pursuant to Section 5.3(m) of the Custodial Agreement, provided, that, prior to the effectiveness of any such removal, a replacement Custodian shall have been appointed in accordance with Section 5.3(m) of the Custodial Agreement.

Section 3.2. Transaction Documents .

Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee, as directed in writing by the Holders of a Majority in Interest of any Outstanding Series of Notes, to do so and at the Issuer’s expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by any party to a Transaction Document of its obligations under such Transaction Document in accordance with the applicable terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indenture Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such party of each of its obligations under such Transaction Document. If (i) the Issuer shall have failed, within 30 days of receiving the direction of the Indenture Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Indenture Trustee, (ii) the Issuer refuses to take any such action, or (iii) the Indenture Trustee reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, the Indenture Trustee may (without obligation) take such previously directed action and any related action permitted under the Indenture (without the need under this provision or any other provision under the Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action), on behalf of the Issuer and the Noteholders.

Section 3.3. Release of Issuer Assets .

(a) The Indenture Trustee shall when required by the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement execute instruments to release property from the Lien of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the same. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Section 3.3 shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys.

 

17


(b) The Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding and upon notification of the conditions set forth in Article 11 , release any remaining portion of the Issuer Assets from the Lien of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement and release to the Issuer any funds then on deposit in the Issuer Accounts. The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the Lien of the Indenture pursuant to this Section 3.3(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Order accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if the Indenture is qualified under the TIA and the TIA so requires) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§ 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 13.1 .

(c) Upon any sale of Charged-Off Loans by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2(a) of the Servicing Agreement, the Lien of the Indenture Trustee in those Charged-Off Loans shall be automatically released (without recourse, representation or warranty) without further action required on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer.

Section 3.4. Officer’s Certificate .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in any Indenture Supplement or in any Transaction Document, in connection with any request to the Indenture Trustee to take any action with respect to the release of any property from the Lien of this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or to convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the same, the Indenture Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate outlining the steps required to complete any such action, and certifying that (i) such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of any remaining Noteholders and (ii) that all conditions precedent under the Indenture to such action have been satisfied.

Section 3.5. Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees .

The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp or other similar tax and any penalties or interest with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with the Indenture (to the extent relating to the Notes or the Collateral). The Issuer shall pay, or reimburse the Indenture Trustee for, any and all amounts in respect of, all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or reasonably determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of the Indenture.

ARTICLE 4.

REPORTS

Section 4.1. Servicer Reports .

The Issuer will maintain, or cause to be maintained, copies of each report delivered to it by the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement, and will make such reports available to the Indenture Trustee upon request, solely for the benefit of the Noteholders of the applicable Series of Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall make such reports available to such Noteholders as provided under the terms of the Transaction Documents.

 

18


In addition, the Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee:

(i) prior to 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) on each Deposit Date, a copy of a report, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, with such changes thereto as are mutually acceptable to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee from time to time (a “ Deposit Report ”), prepared and delivered by the Servicer to the Issuer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, setting forth the aggregate amount of Collections deposited in the Collection Account on such Deposit Date; and

(ii) prior to 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on each Monthly Reporting Date, a copy of a settlement statement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (a “ Settlement Statement ”), prepared and delivered by the Servicer to the Issuer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, setting forth the information required to be set forth therein under the Servicing Agreement and each Indenture Supplement and such other information as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably request.

Section 4.2. Communication to Noteholders .

(a) If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes.

(b) If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).

Section 4.3. Rule 144A Information .

For so long as any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder or Beneficial Owner and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder or Beneficial Owner upon the request of such Noteholder or Beneficial Owner or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.4. Reports by the Issuer .

(a) Unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, prior to Noon (New York City time) on each Monthly Reporting Date, the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent, and the Indenture Trustee shall forward to each Noteholder of each Series of Notes Outstanding, the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to such Series.

 

19


(b) Unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, on or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2015, the Indenture Trustee shall furnish to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Noteholder of a Series of Notes a statement prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer containing the information which is required to be contained in the Monthly Settlement Statements with respect to such Series aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Noteholder, together with such other customary information (consistent with the treatment of the Notes as debt) as the Issuer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax returns (each such statement, an “ Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement ”). Such obligations of the Issuer to prepare and the Indenture Trustee to distribute the Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time in effect.

Section 4.5. Reports by the Indenture Trustee .

If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, within 60 days after each March 31, beginning on March 31 in the first year after the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if required by TIA § 313(a), the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA § 313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). A copy of each such report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Securities and Exchange Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

20


ARTICLE 5.

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 5.1. Issuer Accounts .

(a) Establishment of Collection Account . On or prior to the date hereof, the Issuer, the Collection Account Depository and the Indenture Trustee shall have entered into the Collection Account Control Agreement pursuant to which the Issuer shall establish and maintain the Collection Account for the benefit of the Noteholders. If at any time the Collection Account is no longer an Eligible Deposit Account, the Issuer shall (i) cause the Collection Account to be moved to a Qualified Trust Institution or Qualified Institution, (ii) cause the depositary maintaining the new Collection Account to enter into a new Collection Account Control Agreement on terms substantially similar to the existing Collection Account Control Agreement and (iii) deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, to the effect that the new Collection Account Control Agreement is effective to create a first priority, perfected security interest in favor of the Indenture Trustee in the Collection Account.

(b) Establishment of Lockbox Account . On or prior to the date hereof, the Issuer, the Lockbox Account Depository and the Indenture Trustee shall have entered into the Lockbox Account Control Agreement pursuant to which the Issuer shall establish and maintain the Lockbox Account for the benefit of the Noteholders. If at any time the Lockbox Account is no longer an Eligible Deposit Account, the Issuer shall (i) cause the Lockbox Account to be moved to a Qualified Trust Institution or Qualified Institution, (ii) cause the depositary maintaining the new Lockbox Account to enter into a new Lockbox Account Control Agreement on terms substantially similar to the existing Lockbox Account Control Agreement and (iii) deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, to the effect that the new Lockbox Account Control Agreement is effective to create a first priority, perfected security interest in favor of the Indenture Trustee in the Lockbox Account.

(c) Series Accounts . If so provided in the related Indenture Supplement, the Issuer, for the benefit of the related Noteholders, shall establish and maintain one or more Series Accounts and/or administrative subaccounts of the Collection Account to facilitate the proper allocation of Collections in accordance with the terms of such Indenture Supplement. Each such Series Account shall bear a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Noteholders of such Series. Each such Series Account will be an Eligible Deposit Account, if so provided in the related Indenture Supplement and will have the other features and be applied as set forth in the related Indenture Supplement.

(d) Administration of the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account . The funds on deposit in the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account shall remain uninvested.

 

21


Section 5.2. Collections of Money .

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the Issuer Assets, the Indenture Trustee may (without obligation) take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and any right to proceeds thereafter as provided in Article 9 .

Section 5.3. Collections and Allocations .

(a) Collections in General . Until this Base Indenture and all Indenture Supplements are terminated pursuant to Section 11.1 , the Issuer shall cause all Collections due and to become due to the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, under or in connection with the Collateral to be remitted directly into the Collection Account or the Lockbox Account in accordance with Section 2(a)(i) of the Servicing Agreement. The Issuer agrees that if any Collections shall be received by the Issuer in an account other than the Collection Account or the Lockbox Account, such monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds will not be commingled by the Issuer with any of its other funds or property, if any, but will be held separate and apart therefrom and shall be held in trust by the Issuer for, and immediately (but in any event within two Business Days from receipt) remitted to, the Collection Account or the Lockbox Account, as applicable. Any Collections that are received by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture shall be promptly deposited in the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in this Article 5 .

(b) Allocations for Noteholders . On each Deposit Date, the Issuer shall allocate the Collections deposited into the Collection Account on such Deposit Date in accordance with this Article 5 and shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw the required amounts from the Collection Account and make the required deposits in any Series Account in accordance with this Article 5 , as modified by any Indenture Supplement. The Issuer shall make such deposits or payments on the date indicated therein in immediately available funds or as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement for any Series of Notes. The Issuer has agreed to furnish to the Indenture Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, written instructions to make the aforementioned withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account and any Series Accounts specified herein or in any Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly follow any such written instructions.

 

22


(c) Sharing Collections . In the manner described in the related Indenture Supplement, to the extent that Collections that are allocated to any Series of Notes on a Deposit Date are not needed to make payments to Noteholders of such Series of Notes or required to be deposited in a Series Account for such Series Notes on such Deposit Date, such Collections may, at the direction of the Issuer, be applied to cover principal payments due to or for the benefit of Noteholders of another Series of Notes. Any such reallocation will not result in a reduction in the Invested Amount of the Series of Notes to which such Collections were initially allocated.

(d) Allocations After Certain Events of Default . If all Series of Notes Outstanding shall have been declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default defined in clause (d)  or (e)  of Section 9.1 , then to the extent that Collections that are allocated to any Series of Notes on a Payment Date are not needed to make payments of principal of, or interest on, the Notes of such Series, such Collections shall be applied to cover principal payments due on the Notes of all other Series of Notes then Outstanding on a pro rata basis based on the Invested Percentages of such other Series of Notes.

[THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE 5 IS RESERVED AND MAY BE SPECIFIED IN ANY INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES OF NOTES.]

ARTICLE 6.

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1. Distributions in General .

(a) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, on each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Noteholders of each Series of Notes of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto hereunder by wire transfer or check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Noteholder at the address for such Noteholder appearing in the Note Register except that with respect to Notes registered in the name of a Clearing Agency or its nominee, such amounts shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds released by the Indenture Trustee or the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Account no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the Payment Date for credit to the account designated by such Clearing Agency or its nominee, as applicable. The final payment of any Definitive Note, however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Definitive Note at the offices or agencies specified in the notice of final distribution with respect to such Definitive Note on a Payment Date that is a Business Day in the place of presentation.

(b) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement (i) all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes will have the same priority and (ii) in the event that on any date of determination the amount available to make payments to the Noteholders of a Series of Notes is not sufficient to pay all sums required to be paid to such Noteholders on such date, then the Noteholders of each Class of such Series will receive its ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount due to each such Class) of the aggregate amount available to be distributed in respect of the Notes of such Series.

 

23


Section 6.2. Optional Prepayment Notes .

To the extent provided in an Indenture Supplement related to a Series of Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to prepay all Outstanding Notes of such Series or of a Class of such Series at such times, for the amounts and as otherwise specified in such Indenture Supplement.

ARTICLE 7.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Issuer hereby represents and warrants, for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, as follows as of each Series Closing Date:

Section 7.1. Existence and Power .

The Issuer is (a) a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, except to the extent that the failure to have all powers and governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.2. Authorization .

The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Base Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within the Issuer’s limited liability company powers, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action, (c) require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official which has not been obtained and (d) do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirement of Law or any provision of the Issuer Certificate of Formation or the Issuer Limited Liability Company Agreement or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the Issuer Assets, except for Permitted Liens. This Base Indenture and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Issuer.

 

24


Section 7.3. Binding Effect .

This Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

Section 7.4. Litigation .

There is no action, suit or proceeding pending against or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened against or affecting the Issuer before any court or arbitrator or any Governmental Authority that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or which in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Base Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any other Transaction Document or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

Section 7.5. No ERISA Plan .

The Issuer has not established and does not maintain or contribute to any Pension Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and will not do so as long as any Notes are Outstanding.

Section 7.6. Tax Filings and Expenses .

The Issuer has filed all federal tax returns which are required to be filed (whether informational returns or not), and has paid all taxes due, if any, pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Issuer, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books. The Issuer has timely filed all state and local tax returns and reports that, to its knowledge, are required to be filed by it, and has paid all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or its property, income, business, franchises or assets otherwise due and payable, except those that are being contested in good faith by proper proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books or where failure to file or pay such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer has paid all fees and expenses required to be paid by it in connection with the conduct of its business, the maintenance of its existence and its qualification as a foreign limited liability company authorized to do business in each State in which it is required to so qualify, except where failure to pay such fees and expenses would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.7. Disclosure .

All certificates, reports, statements, documents and other information furnished to the Indenture Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer pursuant to any provision of this Base Indenture or any Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, this Base Indenture or any Transaction Document, shall, at the time the same are so furnished, be complete and correct to the extent necessary to give

 

25


the Indenture Trustee true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and the furnishing of the same to the Indenture Trustee shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer made on the date the same are furnished to the Indenture Trustee to the effect specified herein.

Section 7.8. Investment Company Act .

The Issuer is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment company” within the meaning of, and is not required to register as an “investment company” under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 7.9. Regulations T, U and X .

The proceeds of the Notes will not be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined or used in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof). The Issuer is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

Section 7.10. No Consent .

No consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery of this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or for the performance of any of the Issuer’s obligations hereunder or thereunder or under any other Transaction Document other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings as shall have been obtained by the Issuer prior to such Series Closing Date or as contemplated in Section 7.12 .

Section 7.11. Solvency .

Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Issuer is solvent within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and the Issuer is not the subject of any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy or insolvency law and no Insolvency Event has occurred with respect to the Issuer.

Section 7.12. Security Interests .

The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders that as of the date hereof and each Series Closing Date:

(a) This Base Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

 

26


(b) The Pooled Loans constitute “accounts,” “payment intangibles” or the proceeds thereof under the UCC, each of the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account constitutes a “deposit account” under the UCC, and the remaining Collateral constitutes “general intangibles” under the UCC.

(c) It owns and has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(d) Other than the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Base Indenture, it has not pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. It has not authorized the filing of, nor is it aware of, any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than any financing statement relating to any security interest granted pursuant hereto. It is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Issuer.

(e) The Issuer has caused or will have caused, within ten days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing offices in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Indenture Trustee hereunder. Any financing statements filed or to be filed against the Issuer in favor of the Indenture Trustee in connection herewith describing the Collateral contains or will contain a statement to the following effect: “A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Indenture Trustee.”

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Base Indenture, the perfection representations contained in this Section 7.12 shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until such time as all obligations hereunder and under the Notes have been finally and fully paid and performed. No failure or delay on the part of the Indenture Trustee in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to this Base Indenture, together with any Indenture Supplement, shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to this Base Indenture, together with any Indenture Supplement, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

Section 7.13. Binding Effect of Certain Agreements .

Each of the Transaction Documents (other than this Base Indenture) is in full force and effect and there are no outstanding Events of Default or Potential Events of Default.

Section 7.14. Non Existence of Other Agreements .

(a) Other than as permitted by Section 8.14 and Section 8.21 , (i) the Issuer is not a party to any contract or agreement of any kind or nature and (ii) the Issuer is not subject to any obligations or liabilities of any kind or nature in favor of any third party, including, without limitation, any Contingent Obligations.

 

27


(b) The Issuer has not engaged in any activities since its formation other than (i) activities incidental to its formation, (ii) the authorization and issue of Series of Notes from time to time, (iii) the execution of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (iv) the performance of the activities referred to in or contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

Section 7.15. Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws .

The Issuer is not (i) in violation of the Issuer Certificate of Formation or the Issuer Limited Liability Company Agreement, (ii) in violation of any Requirement of Law to which it or its property or assets may be subject or (iii) in violation of any Contractual Obligation with respect to the Issuer.

Section 7.16. Other Representations .

All representations and warranties of the Issuer made in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct (in all material respects to the extent any such representations and warranties do not incorporate a materiality limitation in their terms) and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

Section 7.17. Ownership of the Issuer .

All of the issued and outstanding common membership interests in the Issuer are owned by OnDeck, all of which common membership interests have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by OnDeck free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided, however , that any membership interests (whether common, preferred, or of any other designation or class) in the Issuer (the “ SPV Issuer Equity ”) may be pledged for the benefit of one or more Pledged Equity Secured Parties pursuant to any Pledged Equity Security Agreement as long as such Pledged Equity Security Agreement contains the Required Standstill Provisions. The Issuer has no subsidiaries and owns no capital stock of, or other equity interest in, any Person.

ARTICLE 8.

COVENANTS

Section 8.1. Payment of Notes .

The Issuer shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Indenture Supplement. Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Indenture Supplement, principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due.

 

28


Section 8.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 8.2 to the contrary, the Indenture Trustee shall not serve as an agent or office for the purpose of service of process on behalf of the Issuer.

Section 8.3. Payment of Obligations .

The Issuer will pay and discharge, at or before maturity, all of its respective material obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, tax liabilities and other governmental claims, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will maintain, in accordance with GAAP, reserves as appropriate for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 8.4. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence .

The Issuer will maintain its existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations make such qualification necessary.

Section 8.5. Compliance with Laws .

The Issuer will comply in all respects with all Requirements of Law and all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of Governmental Authorities except where the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and where such noncompliance would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29


Section 8.6. Inspection of Property, Books and Records .

The Issuer will keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to the Issuer Assets and its business activities in accordance with GAAP; and will permit the Indenture Trustee to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors and employees, all at such reasonable times upon reasonable notice and as often as may reasonably be requested.

Section 8.7. Compliance with Transaction Documents; Issuer Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.1(c) and Section 8.7(d) , the Issuer will not take any action and will use its commercially reasonable efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Issuer Assets or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except, in each case as expressly provided in this Base Indenture, any other Transaction Document or such other instrument or agreement.

(b) The Issuer shall punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Base Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and in the instruments and agreements included in the Issuer Assets, including but not limited to preparing (or causing to be prepared) and filing (or causing to be filed) all UCC financing statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of the Indenture in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein.

(c) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under the Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer pursuant to Section 2(a)(vii) of the Servicing Agreement to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under the Indenture and the Issuer hereby identifies the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee for purposes of this Section 8.7(c) .

(d) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Base Indenture or the rights of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees that it will not (i) amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate, surrender, or discharge, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver, surrender, or discharge of, the terms of any of the Issuer Assets, including any of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture, the amendment of which shall be governed by Article 12 ), or consent to the assignment of any such Transaction Document by any other party thereto; or (ii) waive timely performance or observance by the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer or the Custodian under any Transaction Document to which such Person is a party other than any Transaction Document that relates solely to a Series of Notes; (each action described in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, a “ Transaction Document Action ”), in each case, without (A) the prior written consent of the Requisite Noteholders, (B) satisfaction of the

 

30


Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Outstanding Series of Notes in respect of such Transaction Document Action and (C) satisfaction of any other applicable conditions as may be set forth in any Indenture Supplement; provided , that, if any such Transaction Document Action does not materially adversely affect the Noteholders of one or more, but not all, Series of Notes (as substantiated by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer to such effect), any such Series of Notes that is not materially adversely affected by such Transaction Document Action shall be deemed not to be Outstanding for purposes of obtaining such consent (and the related calculation of Requisite Noteholders shall be modified accordingly); provided , further, if any such Transaction Document Action does not materially adversely affect any Noteholders (as substantiated by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer to such effect), the Issuer shall be entitled to effect such action without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder; provided , further, if any such Transaction Document Action adversely affects the rights, protections, indemnities, duties or obligations of (i) the Indenture Trustee, such Transaction Documents Action shall require the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee, or (ii) the Custodian, such Transaction Document Action shall require the prior written consent of the Custodian. It shall not be necessary for the consent of any Person pursuant to this Section 8.7(d) for such Person to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such Person consents to the substance thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, any amendment, modification, waiver, supplement, termination or surrender of any Transaction Document relating solely to a particular Series of Notes shall be deemed not to materially adversely affect the Noteholders of any other Series of Notes.

Section 8.8. Notice of Defaults .

Promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon an Authorized Officer of the Issuer becoming aware of any Potential Amortization Event with respect to a Series of Notes, Amortization Event with respect to a Series of Notes, Servicer Default, Potential Servicer Default, Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, the Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee written notice thereof, together with an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by the Issuer.

Section 8.9. Notice of Material Proceedings .

Promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon an Authorized Officer of the Issuer becoming aware thereof, the Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee written notice of the commencement or existence of any proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority against or affecting the Issuer that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.10. Further Requests .

The Issuer will promptly furnish to the Indenture Trustee such further instruments and such other information as, and in such form as, the Indenture Trustee may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Base Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

31


Section 8.11. Protection of Issuer Assets .

The Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, a first Lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the Collateral. The Issuer will from time to time prepare (or shall cause to be prepared), execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:

(a) maintain or preserve the Lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Base Indenture and the Indenture Supplements or carry out more effectively the purposes thereof;

(b) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and the Indenture Supplements;

(c) enforce the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders in any of the Issuer Assets; or

(d) preserve and defend title to the Issuer Assets and the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders in the Issuer Assets against the claims of all persons and parties.

The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral. The Indenture Trustee shall have no obligation to prepare, monitor or determine the necessity for the filing of any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument with respect to the perfection of the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral, but will otherwise cooperate with the Issuer in connection with the filing of any such financing statements, continuation statements and/or other instruments.

Section 8.12. Annual Opinion of Counsel .

On or before March 31 of each calendar year, commencing with March 31, 2015, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture or any Supplement hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the authorization and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any Supplement hereto, and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the

 

32


perfection of the Lien and security interest of this Base Indenture until March 31 in the following calendar year. For the avoidance of doubt, any Opinion of Counsel furnished in connection with this Section 8.12 may be combined with other Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the other Transaction Documents.

Section 8.13. Liens .

The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of the Issuer Assets, other than (i) Liens in favor of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and (ii) other Permitted Liens.

Section 8.14. Other Indebtedness .

The Issuer will not create, assume, incur, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) Indebtedness hereunder or under any Indenture Supplement and (ii) Indebtedness contemplated under any other Transaction Document.

Section 8.15. Mergers .

The Issuer will not merge or consolidate with or into any other Person.

Section 8.16. Sales of Issuer Assets .

The Issuer will not sell, lease, transfer, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any Issuer Assets, except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

Section 8.17. Acquisition of Assets .

The Issuer will not acquire, by long term or operating lease or otherwise, any assets except in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

Section 8.18. Legal Name; Location Under Section 9-301 .

The Issuer will change neither its location (within the meaning of Section 9-301 of the UCC) nor its legal name without sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Indenture Trustee. In the event that the Issuer desires to so change its location or legal name, the Issuer will make any required filings and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name the Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel confirming that all required filings have been made to continue the perfected interest of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders in the Collateral in respect of the new location or new legal name of the Issuer and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

 

33


Section 8.19. Organizational Documents .

The Issuer will not make any material amendment to the Issuer Certificate of Formation or the Issuer Limited Liability Company Agreement, unless, prior to such amendment, each Rating Agency confirms that after giving effect to such amendment the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment.

Section 8.20. Investments .

The Issuer will not make, incur, or suffer to exist any loan, advance, extension of credit or other investment in any Person other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

Section 8.21. Non-Petition; No Other Agreements .

The Issuer shall cause each party to a Transaction Document or any other document or agreement incidental thereto, in each case, to which the Issuer is a party, to agree to a customary “non-petition” covenant. The Issuer will not enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument other than any Transaction Document or documents and agreements incidental thereto.

Section 8.22. Other Business .

The Issuer will not engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction other than acquiring Loans and the Related Security with respect thereto pursuant to the Loan Purchase Agreement and funding the purchase price of Loans and the Related Security with respect thereto through the issuance and sale of Notes, in each case pursuant to the Transaction Documents, and incurring and paying ordinary course operating expenses and other activities related to or incidental to any of the foregoing.

Section 8.23. Maintenance of Separate Existence .

The Issuer shall at all times comply with the separateness covenants set forth in the Issuer Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Section 8.24. Use of Proceeds of Notes .

The Issuer shall use the net proceeds of each Series of Notes in accordance with the provisions of the related Indenture Supplement.

Section 8.25. No ERISA Plan .

The Issuer will not establish or maintain or contribute to any Pension Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

34


Section 8.26. Dividends .

The Issuer will not declare or pay any dividends or distributions on any of its membership interests, or make any purchase, redemption or other acquisition of, any of its membership interests; provided , however , that so long as no Event of Default or Amortization Event with respect to any Series of Notes has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Issuer may declare and pay distributions as permitted under applicable law.

Section 8.27. Tax Matters .

The Issuer shall not take (or, to the extent within its control, permit any other Person to take) any action that could reasonably be expected to cause the Issuer to be classified as any entity other than a partnership or disregarded entity within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation §301.7701-3.

Section 8.28. Purchase and Sale of Assets .

The Issuer will not acquire or dispose of assets for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or decreasing losses resulting from market value changes. The Issuer will not purchase or otherwise acquire any asset that is not an “eligible asset” within the meaning of Rule 3a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act; provided , however , that the Issuer may purchase or otherwise acquire an asset that is not an “eligible asset” to the extent that the purchase or acquisition of such asset is considered related or incidental to the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring “eligible assets” under Rule 3a-7.

ARTICLE 9.

REMEDIES

Section 9.1. Events of Default .

Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, with respect to any Series of Notes, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory body having jurisdiction reaches a final determination that the Issuer is an “ investment company ” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

(b) the Issuer at any time receives a final determination that it will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

(c) an Insolvency Event shall have occurred with respect to the Issuer;

(d) the default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of five Business Days;

(e) the default in the payment of principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable; or

 

35


(f) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in the Base Indenture or the Indenture Supplement for such Series of Notes (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) which default materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders of such Series of Notes, and which default shall continue or not be cured for a period of thirty (30) days (or for such longer period, not in excess of sixty (60) days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within sixty (60) days or less and the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Indenture Trustee to the effect that the Issuer has commenced, or will promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such default) after there shall have been given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by Holders of a Majority in Interest of such Series of Notes, a written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder.

Section 9.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

If an Event of Default referred to in clause (c)  of Section 9.1 has occurred, the unpaid principal amount of all Series of Notes, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, and all other amounts due to the Noteholders under this Base Indenture and each Indenture Supplement, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

If any Event of Default referred to in clause (a) , (b) , (d) , or (e)  of Section 9.1 has occurred and is continuing, then the Indenture Trustee or the Requisite Noteholders may, by written notice delivered to an Authorized Officer of the Issuer (and to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee if given by the Noteholders) (such notice, a “ Notice of Acceleration ”), declare all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default referred to in clause (f)  of Section 9.1 shall occur and be continuing with respect to any Series of Notes, then and in every such case the Indenture Trustee or Holders of a Majority in Interest of such Series of Notes may give a Notice of Acceleration to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee, if given by the Noteholders of such Series of Notes) declaring all the Notes of such Series to be immediately due and payable and, upon any such declaration, the unpaid principal amount of such Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after a Notice of Acceleration has been delivered with respect to the Notes (or a particular Series of Notes) and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter set forth in this Article 9 , the Requisite Noteholders (or, in the case of the acceleration of a particular Series of Notes, the Holders of a Majority in Interest of the Notes of such Series), by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul the declaration made in such Notice of Acceleration and its consequences; provided , that no such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

36


Section 9.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by the Indenture Trustee .

(a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of five Business Days or (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of any Notes when the same becomes due and payable, by acceleration or at stated maturity, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the Note Rate borne by the Notes, and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b) In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, as more particularly provided in Section 9.4 , in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders, by such appropriate proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by the Indenture or by law.

(d) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Issuer Assets, proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or Indenture Trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for, or taken possession of, the Issuer or its property or such other obligor, or such Person or the property of such other obligor or such Person, or in the case of any other comparable judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, other obligor upon the Notes or such Person or to the creditors or property of the Issuer, such other obligor or such Person, the Indenture Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

 

37


(i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a result of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) and of the Noteholders allowed in such proceedings;

(ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of the Notes in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or person performing similar functions in any such proceedings;

(iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

(iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, such other obligor upon the Notes, any Person claiming an ownership interest in the Issuer Assets, their respective creditors and their property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(e) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar person.

(f) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Base Indenture, under any Indenture Supplement or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

38


(g) In any proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of the Indenture to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such proceedings.

Section 9.4. Remedies; Priorities .

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding and such Series has been accelerated under Section 9.2 , the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to enforce the obligations of the Issuer hereunder in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes of such Series or under the Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes moneys adjudged due.

(b) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding and all Series of Notes Outstanding have been accelerated under Section 9.2 , the Indenture Trustee (subject to Section 9.5 ) may do one or more of the following:

(i) institute proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture with respect to the Issuer Assets;

(ii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes; and

(iii) sell Collateral or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law;

provided that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Collateral following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default referred to in clause (d)  or (e)  of Section 9.1 , unless (A) the Holders of Notes representing 100% of the Aggregate Invested Amount consent thereto, (B) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, or (C)(1) the Indenture Trustee determines that the Collateral will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been declared due and payable and (2) the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of a Majority in Interest of the Holders of each Series of Notes. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clause (B)  or (C)  above, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and may conclusively rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Collateral for such purposes. due.

 

39


(c) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding, the Indenture Trustee may exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Custodian or any other party to any of the Transaction Documents under or in connection with any of the Transaction Documents in respect of such Event of Default, including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Custodian or any other party of each of their respective obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Transaction Documents, and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

(d) If the Indenture Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 9 , such money or property shall be held by the Indenture Trustee as additional collateral hereunder and the Indenture Trustee shall pay out such money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due under Section 10.6 ; and

SECOND: to the Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 .

Section 9.5. Optional Preservation of the Issuer Assets .

If the Notes of each Series of Notes Outstanding have been declared to be due and payable under Section 9.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the Collateral. In determining whether to maintain possession of the Collateral, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Collateral for such purpose. Nothing contained in this Section 9.5 shall be construed to require the Indenture Trustee to preserve the Collateral securing the Issuer Obligations, including without limitation, if prohibited by applicable law or if the Indenture Trustee is authorized, directed or permitted to liquidate the Collateral pursuant to Section 9.4(b) .

Section 9.6. Limitation on Suits .

No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy thereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

 

40


(b) Holders of each Series of Notes Outstanding holding Notes evidencing at least 25% of the Notes of such Series have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as the Indenture Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Indenture Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

(d) the Indenture Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such proceedings; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Requisite Noteholders;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of the Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of the Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of the Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under the Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

Section 9.7. Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest .

Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in the Indenture and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 9.8. Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 9.9. Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

41


Section 9.10. Delay or Omission Not a Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Indenture Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 9 or by law to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

Section 9.11. Control by Noteholders .

The Requisite Noteholders shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee; provided that

(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with the Indenture;

(b) if an Event of Default is with respect to less than all Series of Notes Outstanding, then the Indenture Trustee’s rights and remedies shall be limited to the rights and remedies pertaining only to those Series of Notes with respect to which such Event of Default has occurred and the Indenture Trustee shall exercise such rights and remedies at the direction of the Holders of more than 50% of the aggregate Invested Amounts of all Series of Notes with respect to which such Event of Default shall have occurred (or, if an Event of Default with respect to a single Series of Notes Outstanding shall have occurred, a Majority in Interest of such Series of Notes Outstanding);

(c) subject to the express terms of Section 9.4 , any direction to the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Collateral shall be by the Holders of Notes representing not less than 100% of the Aggregate Invested Amount;

(d) if the conditions set forth in Section 9.5 have been satisfied and the Indenture Trustee elects to retain the Collateral pursuant to such Section, then any direction to the Indenture Trustee by Holders of Notes representing less than 100% of the Aggregate Invested Amount to sell or liquidate the Issuer Assets shall be of no force and effect;

(e) the Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; and

(f) such direction shall be in writing;

 

42


provided , further , that, subject to Section 10.1 , the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability or might materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

Section 9.12. Waiver of Past Defaults .

Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes of all Series of Notes or any Series of Notes as provided in Section 9.2 , the Requisite Noteholders (or, if an Event of Default with respect to less than all Series of Notes Outstanding has occurred, the Holders of more than 50% of the aggregate Invested Amounts of all Series of Notes with respect to which an Event of Default shall have occurred) may, on behalf of all such Holders, waive any past Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default (a) in payment of principal of or interest on any of the Notes, or (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note, which, in each case, may only be waived by 100% of the Holders of the Notes. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes Outstanding shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively, such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 9.13. Undertaking for Costs .

All parties to this Base Indenture and each Indenture Supplement agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as the Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such Proceeding of an undertaking to pay the costs of such Proceeding, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such Proceeding, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Invested Amount of any Series of Notes, or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement (after giving effect to applicable grace periods).

 

43


Section 9.14. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Section 9.15. Action on Notes .

The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. Neither the Lien of this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Issuer Assets or upon any of the other assets of the Issuer.

ARTICLE 10.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

Section 10.1. Duties of the Indenture Trustee .

(a) If an Amortization Event with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; provided, however , that the Indenture Trustee shall only be required to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise in the conduct of his own affairs with respect to a Series of Notes Outstanding with respect to which the Amortization Event has occurred.

(b) Except during the continuance of (x) an Event of Default or (y) an Amortization Event with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding, solely with respect to such Series of Notes Outstanding,

(i) the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and

 

44


(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision of the Indenture are specifically required to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) Subject to Section 10.1(a) , no provision of the Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Indenture Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own bad faith or willful misconduct; provided , however , that:

(i) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts nor shall the Indenture Trustee be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the Indenture or in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 9.11 ; and

(ii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in the Indenture shall in any event require the Indenture Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of any Person under any of the Transaction Documents.

Section 10.2. Rights of the Indenture Trustee .

Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1 :

(a) The Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting based upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by or presented by the proper person.

(b) The Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Indenture Trustee may act through agents, custodians and nominees and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent, custodian or nominee so long as such agent, custodian or nominee is selected and appointed with due care.

 

45


(d) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture; provided , that the Indenture Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

(e) The Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by Holders of the Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the Invested Amount of any Series of Notes; provided , however , that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Indenture Trustee of the costs, expenses, or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation shall be, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Indenture Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee may require indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such cost, expense, or liability or payment of such expenses as a condition precedent to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Issuer or, if paid by the Indenture Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Issuer upon demand.

(f) The Indenture Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any cash held in the Collection Account, the Lockbox Account, any Series Account or any other moneys held by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Issuer which may be in the form of standing instructions or otherwise. In no event shall the Indenture Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Indenture Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Issuer to provide timely written investment direction.

(g) The right of the Indenture Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in the Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act.

(h) The Indenture Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder.

(i) The Indenture Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, Amortization Event, Potential Amortization Event, Potential Servicer Default or Servicer Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee obtains actual knowledge thereof or receives written notice of such event at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture.

(j) The Indenture Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure by any Person to comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents, unless a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or receives written notice of any event which is in fact a failure by such Person to comply at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture.

 

46


(k) Anything in the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Indenture Trustee be liable for special, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Indenture Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(l) The Indenture Trustee shall have no duty (A) to record, file, or deposit this Base Indenture, the Transaction Documents or any agreement referred to herein or therein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to monitor or maintain any such recording or filing or depositing or to rerecord, refile, or redeposit any thereof, (B) to insure the Issuer Assets or (C) to pay or discharge any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to assessed or levied against, any part of the Collateral.

(m) Whenever in the administration of the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Indenture Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

(n) The Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture or to conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(o) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 10.1(b)(ii), the Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Indenture Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Indenture Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(p) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Indenture Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Indenture Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(q) The Indenture Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to the Indenture.

 

47


(r) In no event shall the Indenture Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility, or any other causes outside the Indenture Trustee’s control whether or not of the same class or kind as specified above; it being understood that the Indenture Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

(s) Every provisions of the Indenture or the Transaction Documents relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provision of this Article 10.

(t) The delivery of reports, information and documents to the Indenture Trustee shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder.

(u) The Indenture Trustee shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under the Indenture, any Transaction Document or any other related document if such action (i) would, in the reasonable opinion of the Indenture Trustee, in good faith (which may be based on the advice or opinion of counsel), be contrary to applicable law, the Indenture, any Transaction Document or any other related document or (ii) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, is not provided for in the Indenture, any Transaction Document or any other related document.

(v) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Indenture Trustee, including, without limitation, its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Indenture Trustee in each Transaction Document and other document related hereto to which it is a party.

Section 10.3. Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Indenture Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein and in the Notes (other than the certificate of authentication on the Notes). Except as set forth in Section 10.11 , the Indenture Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of the Indenture or of the Notes (other than the certificate of authentication on the Notes) or of any of the Issuer Assets. The Indenture Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of any of the Notes or of the proceeds of such Notes, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Issuer in respect of the Issuer Assets.

 

48


Section 10.4. Indenture Trustee May Own Notes .

The Indenture Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Indenture Trustee.

Section 10.5. Notice of Defaults .

If a Potential Event of Default, an Event of Default, a Potential Amortization Event or an Amortization Event, in each case with respect to any Series of Notes, occurs and is continuing and if it is either actually known or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office referencing the Indenture and the applicable Series of Notes, if any, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice thereof within forty-five (45) days after such knowledge or notice occurs. Except in the case of a Potential Event of Default or an Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 313(c) of the TIA in payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note), the Indenture Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Noteholders.

Section 10.6. Compensation; Indemnity .

The Issuer shall pay to the Indenture Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services hereunder in accordance with each Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall indemnify, defend and hold the Indenture Trustee, its officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, tax, judgment, penalty, cause of action, damage, cost or expense (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, in accordance with and subject to the terms of each Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity; provided , however , a failure by the Indenture Trustee to promptly notify the Issuer of a claim for which it may seek indemnity shall not relieve the Issuer from its obligation to indemnify the Indenture Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be liable to reimburse and indemnify the Indenture Trustee from and against any of the foregoing expenses or indemnities arising or resulting from its own negligence or wilful misconduct as conclusively determined by the judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction no longer subject to appeal or review.

 

49


The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.6 shall survive the resignation or termination of the Indenture Trustee and the discharge of the Indenture. When the Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(c) , the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

Section 10.7. Eligibility Requirements for Indenture Trustee .

The Indenture Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “Baa3” by Moody’s and “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, and shall satisfy the requirements for a trustee set forth in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 10.7 , the risk-based capital or the combined capital and surplus of such corporation, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be its risk-based capital or combined capital and surplus as set forth in the most recent report of condition so published.

If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA §310(a) and the Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA §310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA §310(b)(9); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in the TIA §310(b)(1) are met.

If at any time the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.7 , the Indenture Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.8 .

Section 10.8. Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee .

(a) The Indenture Trustee may give notice of its intent to resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Requisite Noteholders may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying the Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Indenture Trustee if:

(i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.7 ;

(ii) the Indenture Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

50


(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Indenture Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Indenture Trustee gives notice of its intent to resign or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee.

(c) A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer and thereupon the resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. The successor Indenture Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Noteholders. The retiring Indenture Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as the Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.

(d) If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within sixty (60) days after the retiring Indenture Trustee gives notice of its intent to resign or is removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a Majority in Interest of each Series of Notes Outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

(e) If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.7 , any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

(f) Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 10.8(c) and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Indenture Trustee.

(g) Notwithstanding the resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Indenture Trustee.

Section 10.9. Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger .

If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall provide the Issuer written notice of any such transaction.

 

51


In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by the Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Indenture Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor Indenture Trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such certificate of authentication shall have the same full force as is provided anywhere in the Notes or in the Indenture with respect to the certificate of authentication of the Indenture Trustee.

Section 10.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.10 , such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor Indenture Trustee under Section 10.7 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 10.8 . No co-trustee shall be appointed without the consent of the Issuer unless such appointment is required as a matter of state law or to enable the Indenture Trustee to perform its functions hereunder.

(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i) The Notes of each Series of Notes shall be authenticated and delivered solely by the Indenture Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Indenture Trustee;

(ii) All rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform, such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Issuer Assets or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustees, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee;

 

52


(iii) No trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

(iv) The Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustees.

(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Base Indenture and the conditions of this Article 10 . Each separate trustee and co-trustees, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, specifically including every provision of this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Issuer.

(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor Indenture Trustee.

(e) In connection with the appointment of a co-trustees, the Indenture Trustee may, at any time, at the Indenture Trustee’s sole cost and expense, without notice to the Noteholders, delegate its duties under this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement to any Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the terms hereof and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such co-trustee so long as such co-trustee is appointed by the Indenture Trustee with due care.

Section 10.11. Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee .

The Indenture Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Noteholders that:

(i) The Indenture Trustee is a New York banking corporation organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York;

 

53


(ii) The Indenture Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and to authenticate the Notes, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and to authenticate the Notes;

(iii) This Base Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Indenture Trustee; and

(iv) The Indenture Trustee meets the requirements of eligibility as an Indenture Trustee hereunder set forth in Section 10.7 .

Section 10.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer .

If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b) and an Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 11.

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 11.1. Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations .

(a) The Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except that (i) the Issuer’s obligations under Sections 2.4 , 2.14 and 10.6 , (ii) the Indenture Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 11.3 and the Indenture Trustee’s and the Noteholders’ obligations under Section 13.16 shall survive) when all Outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation and the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder.

(b) In addition, except as may be provided to the contrary in any Indenture Supplement, the Issuer may terminate all of its obligations under the Indenture if:

(i) The Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Indenture Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Indenture Trustee, to pay, when due, principal and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of said principal and interest with respect to the Notes;

 

54


(ii) The Issuer delivers to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel to the same effect; and

(iii) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding.

Then, the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as provided in this Section 11.1 ), and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture.

(c) After such irrevocable deposit made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth herein, the Indenture Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal or interest on the Notes, the U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as to principal or interest at least one Business Day before such payment date in such amounts as will provide the necessary money. U.S. Government Obligations shall not be callable at the issuer’s option.

Section 11.2. Application of Trust Money .

The Indenture Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 11.1 . The Indenture Trustee shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent in accordance with the Indenture to the payment of principal and interest on the Notes.

The provisions of this Section 11.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 11.3. Repayment to the Issuer .

The Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon written request any excess money or, pursuant to Section 2.4 , return any Notes held by them at any time.

The provisions of this Section 11.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

 

55


ARTICLE 12.

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Without Consent of the Noteholders .

Without the consent of any Noteholder, but subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend, modify, or waive the provisions of this Base Indenture or, unless otherwise specified therein, any Indenture Supplement:

(a) to create a new Series of Notes;

(b) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of any Noteholders (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all Series of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such Series) or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer ( provided, however , that the Issuer will not pursuant to this Section 12.1(b) surrender any right or power it has under the Transaction Documents);

(c) to mortgage, pledge, convey, assign and transfer to the Indenture Trustee any additional property or assets, or increase the amount of such property or assets that are required as security for the Notes and to specify the terms and conditions upon which such additional property or assets are to be held and dealt with by the Indenture Trustee and to set forth such other provisions in respect thereof as may be required by the Indenture or as may, consistent with the provisions of the Indenture, be deemed appropriate by the Issuer, or to correct or amplify the description of any such property or assets at any time so mortgaged, pledged, conveyed and transferred to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders;

(d) to cure any mistake, ambiguity, defect, or inconsistency or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any Indenture Supplement or in any Notes issued hereunder;

(e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more Series of Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Indenture Trustee;

(f) to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any Indenture Supplement which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture or in any Indenture Supplement; or

(g) if the Indenture is required to be qualified under the TIA, to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to the Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA;

provided, however, that, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder.

 

56


Section 12.2. With Consent of the Noteholders .

(a) Except as provided in Section 12.1 , the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Indenture Supplement (except as otherwise set forth in such Indenture Supplement) may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if (i) such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and is consented to in writing by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and, unless otherwise specified in an Indenture Supplement for a Series of Notes, the Requisite Noteholders and (ii) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment, modification, or waiver; provided , that, if any such amendment, modification or waiver does not materially adversely affect the Noteholders of one or more, but not all, Series of Notes (as substantiated by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer to such effect), any such Series of Notes that is not materially adversely affected by such amendment, modification or waiver shall be deemed not to be Outstanding for purposes of obtaining such consent (and the related calculation of Requisite Noteholders shall be modified accordingly).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject, in each case, to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding):

(i) any modification of this Section 12.2 , any requirement hereunder that any particular action be taken by Noteholders holding the relevant percentage in principal amount of the Notes or any change in the definition of the terms “Pool Outstanding Principal Balance”, “Outstanding Principal Balance” and “Outstanding” shall require the consent of the Required Noteholders;

(ii) any amendment, waiver or other modification to this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement that would (A) extend the due date for, or reduce the interest rate or principal amount of any Note, or the amount of any scheduled repayment or prepayment of principal of or interest on any Note (or reduce the principal amount of or rate of interest on any Note) shall require the consent of each Holder of the Note affected thereby; (B) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any Noteholder individually in comparison to any other Noteholder shall require the consent of such Noteholder; or (C) amend or otherwise modify any Amortization Event shall require the consent of each Noteholder to which such Amortization Event applies; and

(iii) any amendment, waiver or other modification that would (A) approve the assignment or transfer by the Issuer of any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, except pursuant to the express terms hereof or thereof; or (B) release any obligor under any Transaction Documents to which it is a party, except pursuant to the express terms hereof or of such Transaction Document, shall require in each case the consent of the Required Noteholders; provided , however , if any such amendment, waiver, or other modification relating to a Transaction Document relates solely to a single Series of Notes (as substantiated by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer to such effect), then all other Series of Notes shall be deemed not to be Outstanding for purposes of obtaining the foregoing consent (and the related calculation of Required Noteholders shall be modified accordingly); provided , further that with respect to any such amendment, waiver or other modification relating to a Transaction Document or portion thereof that does not

 

57


adversely affect in any material respect a Series of Notes (as substantiated by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer to such effect), then such Series of Notes shall be deemed not to be Outstanding for purposes of obtaining the foregoing consent (and the related calculation of Required Noteholders shall be modified accordingly).

(c) No failure or delay on the part of any Noteholder or the Indenture Trustee in exercising any power or right under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of any Person pursuant to this Section for such Person to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such Person consents to the substance thereof.

Section 12.3. Supplements .

Each amendment or other modification to the Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a Supplement. In addition to the manner provided in Sections 12.1 and 12.2(b) , each Indenture Supplement may be amended as provided in such Indenture Supplement.

Section 12.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note if the Indenture Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Noteholder. The Issuer may fix a record date for determining which Noteholders must consent to such amendment or waiver.

Section 12.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Indenture Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

Section 12.6. The Indenture Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .

The Indenture Trustee shall sign any Supplement authorized pursuant to this Article 12 if the Supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Indenture Trustee. If it does, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, sign

 

58


it. In signing any Supplement, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive and, subject to Section 10.1 , shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by the Indenture and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer in accordance with its terms.

Section 12.7. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment of the Indenture and every Supplement executed pursuant to this Article 12 shall comply in all respects with the TIA.

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. Compliance Certificates .

(a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of the Indenture, upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in the Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (ii) if the Indenture is qualified under the TIA and the TIA so requires, an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants or other experts meeting the applicable requirements of this Section 13.1 , except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of the Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture shall include:

(i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition;

(ii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenant or condition has been complied with;

(iii) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory such condition or covenant has been complied with;

(iv) if the Indenture is qualified under the TIA and the TIA so requires, prior to the deposit of any property or securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the Lien of the

 

59


Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 13.1(a) or elsewhere in the Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the property or securities to be so deposited;

(v) whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iv), the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (iv) and this clause (v), is 10% or more of the Aggregate Invested Amount, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Aggregate Invested Amount;

(vi) if the Indenture is qualified under the TIA and the TIA so requires, whenever any property or securities are to be released from the Lien of the Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the security under the Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof;

(vii) whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (vi), the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property, or securities released from the Lien of the Indenture since the commencement of the then current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (vi) and this clause (vii), equals 10% or more of the Aggregate Invested Amount, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the then Aggregate Invested Amount.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.3 or any provision of this Section 13.1 , without any action by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer may (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of the Issuer Assets as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents and (B) make cash payments out of the Issuer Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents.

 

60


Section 13.2. Forms of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee .

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person my certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or any Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Seller, the Servicer or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Seller, the Servicer or the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under the Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Whenever in the Indenture, in connection with any application, certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall deliver any document (x) as a condition of the granting of such application, or (y) as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in each case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Indenture Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article 10 and shall incur no liability for its acting in reliance thereon.

Section 13.3. Actions of Noteholders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by the Indenture to be given or taken by the Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Indenture Trustee and, when required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of the Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.3 .

 

61


(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Noteholder of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act by a Noteholder shall bind every Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, or omitted to be done, by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, regardless of whether notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(d) The Indenture Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section 13.3 as it shall deem necessary.

(e) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

Section 13.4. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee to the other shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, electronic mail, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Issuer:

OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC

1400 Broadway, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attn: On Deck Capital, Inc. – General Counsel

with a copy to:

On Deck Capital, Inc.

1400 Broadway, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10018

Attn: On Deck Capital, Inc. – General Counsel

If to the Indenture Trustee:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

1761 East St. Andrews Place

Santa Ana, California 92705

Attn: Trust Administration—OnDeck 2014-1

The Issuer or the Indenture Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided , however , the Issuer may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

 

62


Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first class mail shall be deemed given five (5) days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by telex, telecopier, or electronic mail shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice, and (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier.

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture to the contrary, the Indenture Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to the Indenture or the Notes.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Noteholders, it shall mail a copy to the Indenture Trustee at the same time.

In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee agree to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to the Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Indenture Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Indenture Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Indenture Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Indenture Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Indenture Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Indenture Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested to, in the case of DBRS Inc., at the following address: 140 Broadway, New York, New York 10005. Where the Indenture provides for notice to each Rating Agency, failure to furnish such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute an Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, an Amortization Event or a Potential Amortization Event with respect to any Series of Notes or any other default or adverse consequence under the Transaction Documents.

(b) Where the Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if sent in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed (if any) for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to a Noteholder is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any

 

63


notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made that is satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 13.5. Conflict with TIA .

If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA and any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to be included in the Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control.

If the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by the Indenture) are a part of and govern the Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

Section 13.6. Rules by the Indenture Trustee .

The Indenture Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Noteholders.

Section 13.7. Duplicate Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Base Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Base Indenture.

Section 13.8. Benefits of Indenture .

Except as set forth in an Indenture Supplement, nothing in the Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.

Section 13.9. Payment on Business Day .

In any case where any Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any), as the case may be, need not be made

 

64


on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Payment Date, redemption date, or maturity date; provided, however, that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Payment Date, redemption date, or maturity date, as the case may be.

Section 13.10. Governing Law .

THIS BASE INDENTURE, AND ALL MATTERS ARISING FROM OR IN ANY MANNER RELATING TO THIS BASE INDENTURE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 13.11. Severability of Provisions .

If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of the Indenture shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of the Indenture and shall in no way affect the validity of enforceability of the other provisions of the Indenture or of the Notes or rights of the Noteholders thereof.

Section 13.12. Counterparts .

This Base Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Base Indenture by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in pdf format) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Base Indenture.

Section 13.13. Successors .

All agreements of the Issuer in the Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successor; provided, however , the Issuer may only assign its obligations or rights under the Indenture or any Transaction Document as expressly provided herein. All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in the Indenture shall bind its successor.

Section 13.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Base Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

65


Section 13.15. Recording of Indenture .

If the Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or to satisfy any provision of the TIA (if the Indenture is qualified thereunder).

Section 13.16. No Petition .

The Indenture Trustee, by entering into the Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Issuer or join in any institution against the Issuer of, any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Base Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

Section 13.17. Non-Recourse .

Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Indenture to the contrary, the Issuer shall not, and shall not be obligated to, pay any amounts (including, without limitation, fees, costs, indemnified amounts or expenses) due in connection with the Indenture other than in accordance with the Indenture, and any claim in respect of any such amounts shall be limited in recourse to the Collateral. Any amount which the Issuer does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim (as defined in § 101 of the Bankruptcy Code against or limited liability company obligation of the Issuer for any such insufficiency unless and until funds are available for the payment of such amounts as aforesaid. The provisions of this Section 13.17 shall survive the termination of the Indenture.

Section 13.18. Waiver of Jury Trial .

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE NOTES, THIS BASE INDENTURE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS BASE INDENTURE.

Section 13.19. Submission to Jurisdiction.

Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court in New York County or federal court of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, or for

 

66


recognition or enforcement of any judgment arising out of or relating to the Notes, this Base Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, federal court; (iii) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law; (iv) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court and any objection it may now or hereafter have that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court, and agrees not to plead or claim the same; and (v) consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 13.4 (provided that, nothing in this Base Indenture shall affect the right of any such party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law).

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

67


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer have caused, this Base Indenture to be duly executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

  ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC, as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name: Howard Katzenberg
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jason Williams

  Name: Jason Williams
  Title: Associate
By:  

/s/ Cindy Lai

  Name: Cindy Lai
  Title: Assistant Vice President

[OnDeck Base Indenture]

Exhibit 10.18

ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC,

as Issuer

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Indenture Trustee

SERIES 2014-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

dated as of May 8, 2014

to

BASE INDENTURE

dated as of May 8, 2014

$175,000,000

of

Asset Backed Notes


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1   

DESIGNATION

     1   

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

ARTICLE II ARTICLE 5 OF THE BASE INDENTURE

     17   

Section 2.1 Establishment of Series 2014-1 Accounts

     17   

Section 2.2 Series 2014-1 Reserve Account

     19   

Section 2.3 Indenture Trustee As Securities Intermediary

     20   

Section 2.4 Allocations with Respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes

     22   

Section 2.5 Monthly Application of Total Available Amount

     23   

Section 2.6 Distribution of Interest Payments

     24   

Section 2.7 Distributions of Principal Payments

     25   

ARTICLE III AMORTIZATION EVENTS; SERVICER DEFAULTS

     26   

Section 3.1 Amortization Events

     26   

Section 3.2 Servicer Defaults

     27   

ARTICLE IV OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

     28   

ARTICLE V SERVICING FEE

     28   

Section 5.1 Servicing Fee

     28   

ARTICLE VI FORM OF SERIES 2014-1 NOTES

     28   

Section 6.1 Initial Issuance of Series 2014-1 Notes

     28   

Section 6.2 Restricted Global Notes

     29   

Section 6.3 Temporary Global Class A Note and Permanent Global Class A Note

     29   

Section 6.4 Definitive Notes

     29   

Section 6.5 Transfer Restrictions

     30   

ARTICLE VII INFORMATION

     36   

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

     36   

Section 8.1 Ratification of Indenture

     36   

Section 8.2 Governing Law

     36   

Section 8.3 Further Assurances

     36   

Section 8.4 Exhibits

     37   

Section 8.5 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     37   

Section 8.6 Amendments

     37   

Section 8.7 Severability

     37   

Section 8.8 Counterparts

     37   

Section 8.9 No Bankruptcy Petition

     38   

Section 8.10 Notice to Rating Agency

     38   

 

-i-


     Page  

Section 8.11 Annual Opinion of Counsel

     38   

Section 8.12 Quarterly Financial Statements

     38   

Section 8.13 Tax Treatment

     39   

Section 8.14 Confidentiality

     39   

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1:    Form of Restricted Global Class A Note
Exhibit A-2:    Form of Temporary Global Class A Note
Exhibit A-3:    Form of Permanent Global Class A Note
Exhibit B:    Form of Restricted Global Class B Note
Exhibit C-1:    Form of Transfer Certificate
Exhibit C-2:    Form of Transfer Certificate
Exhibit C-3:    Form of Transfer Certificate
Exhibit C-4:    Form of Clearing System Certificate
Exhibit C-5:    Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
Exhibit D:    Form of Monthly Settlement Statement
Exhibit E:    Form of Withdrawal Request
Exhibit F:    Industry Codes

 

-ii-


SERIES 2014-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of May 8, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture Supplement ”) between ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC, a special purpose limited liability company established under the laws of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, in its capacity as Indenture Trustee (together with its successors in trust thereunder as provided in the Base Indenture referred to below, the “ Indenture Trustee ”), to the Base Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2014, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (as further amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Indenture Supplements creating new Series of Notes, the “ Base Indenture ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 12.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into an Indenture Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Indenture Supplement and such Series of Notes shall be designated generally as Series 2014-1 Asset Backed Notes.

The Series 2014-1 Notes shall be issued in two classes: the first of which shall be designated as Series 2014-1 Asset Backed Notes, Class A, and referred to herein as the Class A Notes, and the second of which shall be designated as the Series 2014-1 Asset Backed Notes, Class B, and referred to herein as the Class B Notes. The Class A Notes and the Class B Notes are referred to herein collectively as the “ Series 2014-1 Notes.”

The Class A Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and the Class B Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $500,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The net proceeds from the sale of the Series 2014-1 Notes shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.4(a) .

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

(a) All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Schedule 1 thereto. All Article, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Sections or Subsections of this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise provided herein. Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2014-1 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer.


(b) The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural form of such terms and to the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such terms:

Additional Servicer Default ” is defined in Section 3.2 .

Aggregate Excess Concentration Amount ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2014-1 Invested Percentage on such date and (y) the sum, without duplication, on such date of:

(a) the sum of:

(i) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which is located in California exceeds 20.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(ii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which is located in Florida exceeds 15.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(iii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which is located in New York exceeds 15.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(iv) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which is located in Texas exceeds 15.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance; and

(v) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which is located in a single state (other than California, Florida, New York or Texas) exceeds 10.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(b) the sum of:

(i) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligors of which share the Highest Concentration Industry Code exceeds 25.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance; and

(ii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which share the same Industry Code (other than the Highest Concentration Industry Code) exceeds 20.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

 

2


(c) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans having a number of Payments at origination which is more than the One Year Equivalent with respect to such Loan exceeds 20.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(d) the sum of:

(i) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans having an Outstanding Principal Balance in excess of $75,000 exceeds 30.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(ii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans having an Outstanding Principal Balance in excess of $125,000 exceeds 12.50% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance; and

(iii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans having an Outstanding Principal Balance in excess of $200,000 exceeds 3.50% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(e) the sum of:

(i) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which had an OnDeck Score at origination of less than 470 exceeds 20.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(ii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which had an OnDeck Score at origination of less than 500 exceeds 60.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance; and

(iii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which had an OnDeck Score at origination of less than 530 exceeds 80.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(f) the sum of:

(i) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which has been in business for less than two (2) years exceeds 10.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance; and

(ii) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans the Obligor of which has been in business for less than five (5) years exceeds 40.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance;

(g) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans that have been the subject of a Material Modification exceeds 5.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance; and

 

3


(h) the amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans that are not Renewal Loans exceeds 65.00% of the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance.

Amortization Event ” is defined in Article III .

Annual Backup Servicer Fee Limit ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) $200,000 over (y) the aggregate amount of the Series 2014-1 Backup Servicing Fees paid to the Backup Servicer pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.5(b) on the eleven Payment Dates preceding such Payment Date (or, such lesser number of Payment Dates as shall have occurred since the Series 2014-1 Closing Date).

Annual Custodian Fee Limit ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) $15,000 over (y) the aggregate amount of fees, expenses and indemnities paid to the Custodian pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.5(b) on the eleven Payment Dates preceding such Payment Date (or, such lesser number of Payment Dates as shall have occurred since the Series 2014-1 Closing Date).

Annual Indenture Trustee Fee Limit ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) $135,000 over (y) the aggregate amount of fees, expenses and indemnities paid to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.5(b) on the eleven Payment Dates preceding such Payment Date (or, such lesser number of Payment Dates as shall have occurred since the Series 2014-1 Closing Date).

Applicable Procedures ” is defined in Section 6.5(c) .

Cash ” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand, securities account or deposit account; provided, however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Cash” shall exclude any amounts that would not be considered “cash” under GAAP or “cash” as recorded on the books of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means, as of any day, (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such day; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such day and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such day and issued or accepted by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000 and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

 

4


Class A Adjusted Invested Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Class A Invested Amount on such date over (b) the amount of cash and Permitted Investments on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account (after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date pursuant to Section 2.4(c) ) on such date.

Class A Initial Invested Amount ” means the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A Notes, which is $156,680,000.

Class A Interest Payment ” means (a) for the initial Payment Date after the Series 2014-1 Closing Date, the product of (i) 1/360 of the Class A Note Rate, (ii) the number of days from and including the Series 2014-1 Closing Date to and excluding the 17th day of the calendar month in which the initial Payment Date occurs (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) and (iii) the Initial Class A Invested Amount and (b) for any subsequent Payment Date, the sum of (i) the product of (x) one-twelfth of the Class A Note Rate and (y) the Class A Invested Amount on the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal of the Class A Notes on such immediately preceding Payment Date) and (ii) the portion, if any, of the Class A Interest Payment for the immediately preceding Payment that was not paid on such Payment Date, together with interest thereon (to the extent permitted by law) at the Class A Note Rate.

Class A Invested Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class A Noteholders on or prior to such date.

Class A Note Owner ” means, with respect to the Series 2014-1 Global Note that is a Class A Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest in such Series 2014-1 Global Note, as reflected on the books of DTC, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with DTC (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of DTC).

Class A Note Rate ” means 3.15% per annum.

Class A Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class A Note is registered in the Note Register.

Class A Notes ” means any one of the Series 2014-1 Asset Backed Notes, Class A, executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, A-2 or A-3. Definitive Class A Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

 

5


Class A Required Enhancement Amount ” means, on any date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Class A Required Enhancement Percentage and (b) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such date; provided , however , that, after the declaration or occurrence of an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, the Class A Required Enhancement Amount shall equal the Class A Required Enhancement Amount on the date of the declaration or occurrence of such Amortization Event.

Class A Required Enhancement Percentage ” means 16.96%.

Class B Adjusted Invested Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Class B Invested Amount on such date over (b) the excess, if any, of (x) the amount of cash and Permitted Investments on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account (after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date pursuant to Section 2.3(c) ) on such date over (y) the Class A Invested Amount on such date.

Class B Initial Invested Amount ” means the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class B Notes, which is $18,320,000.

Class B Interest Payment ” means (a) for the initial Payment Date after the Series 2014-1 Closing Date, the product of (i) 1/360 of the Class B Note Rate, (ii) the number of days from and including the Series 2014-1 Closing Date to and excluding the 17th day of the calendar month in which the initial Payment Date occurs (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) and (iii) the Initial Class B Invested Amount and (b) for any subsequent Payment Date, the sum of (i) the product of (x) one-twelfth of the Class B Note Rate and (y) the Class B Invested Amount on the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal of the Class B Notes on such immediately preceding Payment Date) and (ii) the portion, if any, of the Class B Interest Payment for the immediately preceding Payment Date that was not paid on such Payment Date, together with interest thereon (to the extent permitted by law) at the Class B Note Rate.

Class B Invested Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class B Noteholders on or prior to such date.

Class B Note Owner ” means, with respect to a Series 2014-1 Global Note that is a Class B Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest in such Series 2014-1 Global Note, as reflected on the books of DTC, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with DTC (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of DTC).

Class B Note Rate ” means 5.68% per annum.

Class B Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

6


Class B Notes ” means any one of the Series 2014-1 Asset Backed Notes, Class B, executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1, B-2 or B-3. Definitive Class B Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

Class B Required Enhancement Amount ” means, on any date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Class B Required Enhancement Percentage and (b) the Series 2014-1 Adjusted Invested Amount on such date; provided , however , that, after the declaration or occurrence of an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, the Class B Required Enhancement Amount shall equal the Class B Required Enhancement Amount on the date of the declaration or occurrence of such Amortization Event.

Class B Required Enhancement Percentage ” means 4.71%.

Clearstream ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

Confidential Information ” means information delivered to the Indenture Trustee or any Series 2014-1 Noteholder by or on behalf of the Issuer or OnDeck in connection with and relating to the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to the Indenture and the Transaction Documents, but will not include information that: (i) was publicly known or otherwise known to the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2014-1 Noteholder prior to the time of such disclosure; (ii) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by the Indenture Trustee, any Series 2014-1 Noteholder or any Person acting on behalf of the Indenture Trustee or any Series 2014-1 Noteholder; (iii) otherwise is known or becomes known to the Indenture Trustee or any Series 2014-1 Noteholder other than (x) through disclosure by the Issuer or OnDeck or (y) as a result of a breach of fiduciary duty to the Issuer or a contractual duty to the Issuer; or (iv) is allowed to be treated as non-confidential by consent of the Issuer and OnDeck.

Consolidated Liquidity” means, as of any day, an amount determined for OnDeck and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, equal to the sum of (i) unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries, as of such day, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all unused and available credit commitments under any credit facilities of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries, as of such day; provided , that, as of such day, all of the conditions to funding such amounts have been fully satisfied (other than delivery of prior notice of funding and pre-funding notices, opinions and certificates that are reasonably capable of delivery as of such day) and no lender under such credit facilities shall have refused to make a loan or other advance thereunder at any time after a request for a loan was made thereunder.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any day, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including all accrued and unpaid interest on the foregoing, provided , that accounts payable, accrued expenses, liabilities for leasehold improvements and deferred revenue of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries shall not be included in any determination of Consolidated Total Debt.

 

7


Convertible Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of OnDeck that (a) is convertible to equity, including convertible preferred stock, (b) requires no payment of principal thereof or interest thereon and (c) is fully subordinated to all indebtedness for borrowed money of OnDeck, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such indebtedness for borrowed money.

DBRS ” means DBRS, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Deficiency ” is defined in Section 2.2(c)(i) .

Delinquency Ratio ” means, as of any Determination Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans that had a Missed Payment Factor of 15 or higher as of such Determination Date and (b) the denominator of which is the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance as of such Determination Date.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company or its successor, as the Clearing Agency for the Series 2014-1 Notes.

DTC Custodian ” means the Indenture Trustee, in its capacity as custodian for DTC and any successor thereto in such capacity.

Euroclear ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

Financial Assets ” is defined in Section 2.3(b)(i) .

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

Highest Concentration Industry Code ” means, on any date of determination, the Industry Code shared by Obligors of Pooled Loans having the highest aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance.

Industry Code ” means, with respect to any Obligor of a Pooled Loan, the industry code listed on Exhibit F under which the business of such Obligor has been classified by OnDeck.

Intangible Assets ” means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

 

8


Interest and Expense Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Interest Payment for such Payment Date and (y) the amounts to be distributed from the Series 2014-1 Settlement Collection Account pursuant to paragraphs (i) through (iii) of Section 2.5(b) on such Payment Date.

Interest Payment ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Interest Payment and the Class B Interest Payment for such Payment Date.

Legal Final Payment Date ” means the May 2018 Payment Date.

Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of any day of (a) Consolidated Total Debt, excluding Subordinated Debt and Convertible Debt, as of such day, to (b) the sum of (i) OnDeck’s total stockholders’ equity as of such day, (ii) Warranty Liability as of such day and (iii) the sum of Subordinated Debt and Convertible Debt as of such day.

Majority in Interest ” means (a) so long as the Class A Notes are Outstanding, Class A Noteholders holding more than 50% of the Class A Invested Amount (excluding any Class A Notes held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer) and (b) so long as the Class B Notes are Outstanding and no Class A Notes are Outstanding, Class B Noteholders holding more than 50% of the Class B Invested Amount (excluding any Class B Notes held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer).

Material Modification ” means, with respect to any Loan, a temporary extension of the term, a temporary reduction in, or change in frequency of, any required Payment or a temporary extension of a Loan Payment Date.

New York UCC ” is defined in Section 2.3(b)(i) .

Note Rate ” means the Class A Note Rate or the Class B Note Rate, as the context may require.

One Year Equivalent ” means with respect to (a) any Loan originated prior to July 1, 2013, 257 Payments and (b) any Loan originated on or after July 1, 2013, 252 Payments.

Outstanding ” means, with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, all Series 2014-1 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture, except (a) Series 2014-1 Notes theretofore canceled or delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for cancellation, (b) Series 2014-1 Notes which have not been presented for payment but funds for the payment of which are on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2014-1 Notes, and Series 2014-1 Notes which are considered paid pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture, or (c) Series 2014-1 Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Series 2014-1 Notes which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such Series 2014-1 Notes are held by a purchaser for value.

Outstanding Principal Balance Decline ” means, for any Payment Date, (a) with respect to any Pooled Loan that became a Charged-Off Loan during the related Monthly Period, the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Pooled Loan on the date such Pooled Loan became a Charged-Off Loan, (b) with respect to any Pooled Loan that became a Warranty Repurchase Loan during the related Monthly Period, the Outstanding Principal

 

9


Balance of such Pooled Loan on the date such Pooled Loan became a Warranty Repurchase Loan, and (c) with respect to any other Pooled Loan, an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Pooled Loan as of the first day of the related Monthly Period (or, if the Transfer Date for such Pooled Loan was after such day, as of such Transfer Date) exceeded the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Pooled Loan as of the first day of the Monthly Period immediately succeeding the related Monthly Period.

Payment Date ” means the 17th day of each month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing June 17, 2014.

Permanent Global Class A Note ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

Prepayment Date ” is defined in Article IV .

Principal Payment Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of the Outstanding Principal Balance Declines with respect to each Pooled Loan for such Payment Date.

QIBs ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes with respect to any action subject to such condition, the delivery by the Issuer of written (including in the form of e-mail) notice of the proposed action to each Rating Agency with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of such action (or such shorter notice period if specified in the Base Indenture or this Indenture Supplement with respect to any specific action, or if ten (10) Business Days prior notice is impractical, such advance notice as is practicable).

Rating Agencies ” means, with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, DBRS and any other nationally recognized rating agency rating the Series 2014-1 Notes at the request of the Issuer.

Record Date ” means, with respect to each Payment Date, the immediately preceding Business Day.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Renewal Loan ” means a Loan the proceeds of which were used to satisfy in full an existing Loan.

Restricted Global Class A Note ” is defined in Section 6.2 .

Restricted Global Class B Note ” is defined in Section 6.2 .

Restricted Global Notes ” is defined in Section 6.2 .

 

10


Restricted Notes ” means the Restricted Global Notes and all other Series 2014-1 Notes evidencing the obligations, or any portion of the obligations, initially evidenced by the Restricted Global Notes, other than certificates transferred or exchanged upon certification as provided in Section 6.5 .

Restricted Period ” means the period commencing on the Series 2014-1 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2014-1 Closing Date.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Securities Intermediary ” is defined in Section 2.3(a) .

Series 2014-1 ” means Series 2014-1, the Principal Terms of which are set forth in this Indenture Supplement.

Series 2014-1 Adjusted Invested Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount and the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount.

Series 2014-1 Amortization Period ” means the period beginning at the earlier of (a) the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which an Amortization Event is deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes and (b) the close of business on April 30, 2016, and ending on the date when the Series 2014-1 Notes are fully paid.

Series 2014-1 Asset Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the product of (a) the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance and (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount on such date and the denominator of which is the sum of (x) the Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount and (y) the aggregate Required Asset Amounts with respect to each other Series of Notes on such date.

Series 2014-1 Asset Amount Deficiency ” means, on any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2014-1 Asset Amount is less than the Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount on such date.

Series 2014-1 Average Balance Maximum Amount ” means $40,000.

Series 2014-1 Backup Servicing Fee ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Percentage on the immediately preceding Payment Date of the Backup Servicing Fee payable by the Issuer to the Backup Servicer pursuant to the Backup Servicing Agreement on such Payment Date.

Series 2014-1 Charged-Off Loan Percentage ” means, with respect to any Business Day, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used to determine the Charged-Off Loan Percentages for all Series of Notes on such Business Day.

 

11


Series 2014-1 Closing Date ” means May 8, 2014.

Series 2014-1 Collateral ” means the Collateral and the Series 2014-1 Series Account Collateral.

Series 2014-1 Collection Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Series 2014-1 Global Notes ” means the Temporary Global Class A Note, a Restricted Global Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note.

Series 2014-1 Hot Backup Servicer Trigger Event ” means the occurrence of either of the following events on any Payment Date:

(a) the Two-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread on such Payment Date is less than 15.00%; or

(b) the Two-Month Average Delinquency Ratio on such Payment Date is greater than 12.50%.

Series 2014-1 Initial Invested Amount ” means the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount and the Class B Initial Invested Amount.

Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Series 2014-1 Invested Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount.

Series 2014-1 Invested Percentage ” means, with respect to any Business Day (i) during the Series 2014-1 Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used to determine the Invested Percentages for allocations for all Series of Notes as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day or (ii) during the Series 2014-1 Amortization Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount as of the end of the Series 2014-1 Revolving Period, and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used to determine the Invested Percentages for allocations for all Series of Notes as of the end of the immediately preceding Business Day.

Series 2014-1 Loan Determination Date ” means, for any Transfer Date, at least two Business Days prior to such Transfer Date.

Series 2014-1 Maximum Original Term ” means eighteen (18) months.

Series 2014-1 Maximum Outstanding Principal Balance ” means $250,000.

 

12


Series 2014-1 Minimum Payment Percentage ” means 45%.

Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Series 2014-1 Note Owners ” means, collectively, the Class A Note Owners and the Class B Note Owners.

Series 2014-1 Noteholders ” means, collectively, the Class A Noteholders and the Class B Noteholders.

Series 2014-1 Notes ” means, collectively, the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes.

Series 2014-1 Percentage ” means, as of any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount as of such date and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Invested Amount as of such date.

Series 2014-1 Prepayment Amount ” is defined in Article IV .

Series 2014-1 Principal Payment Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, sum of (a) the product of (i) the average daily Series 2014-1 Invested Percentage during the related Monthly Period and (ii) the Principal Payment Amount for such Payment Date plus , (b) in the case of the Payment Date on June 17, 2016, the amount described in clause (b) of the definition of Total Available Collections Amount for such Payment Date; provided, however , that, if an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes shall have occurred or been declared on or prior to such Payment Date, the Series 2014-1 Principal Payment Amount for such Payment Date will equal the lesser of (x) the portion of the Total Available Amount remaining after the distributions described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 2.5(b) and (y) the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount on such Payment Date; provided, further , that, if, during the Series 2014-1 Amortization Period, the sum of (A) the Total Available Collections Amount for a Payment Date and (B) the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount on such Payment Date is greater than or equal to the sum of (x) the Interest Payment for such Payment Date, (y) all fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Custodian, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on such Payment Date and (z) the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount (before any payments of principal of the Series 2014-1 Notes on such Payment Date), the Series 2014-1 Principal Payment Amount shall equal the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount (before any payments of principal of the Series 2014-1 Notes on that Payment Date).

Series 2014-1 Required Asset Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of (a) the greater of (x) sum of (i) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such date and (ii) the Class A Required Enhancement Amount on such date and (y) the sum of (i) the Series 2014-1 Adjusted Invested Amount on such date and (ii) the Class B Required Enhancement Amount on such date and (b) the Aggregate Excess Concentration Amount on such date.

Series 2014-1 Required Reserve Account Amount ” means $916,230.39.

 

13


Series 2014-1 Reserve Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(a).

Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and available for withdrawal therefrom.

Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Deficiency ” means, on any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount is less than the Series 2014-1 Required Reserve Account Amount.

Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Surplus ” means, on any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount exceeds the Series 2014-1 Required Reserve Account Amount.

Series 2014-1 Revolving Period ” means the period from and including the Series 2014-1 Closing Date to but excluding the commencement of the Series 2014-1 Amortization Period.

Series 2014-1 Series Account Collateral ” is defined in Section 2.1(c) .

Series 2014-1 Series Accounts ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee ” is defined in Section 5.1 .

Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee Percentage ” is defined in Section 5.1 .

Series 2014-1 Settlement Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

Series 2014-1 Termination Date ” means the date on which the Series 2014-1 Notes are fully paid.

Series 2014-1 Warm Backup Servicer Trigger Event ” means the occurrence of both of the following events on any Payment Date:

(a) the Three-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread on such Payment Date is greater than 19.00%; and

(b) the Three-Month Average Delinquency Ratio on such Payment Date is less than 10.50%.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of OnDeck that is fully subordinated to all senior indebtedness for borrowed money of OnDeck, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such senior indebtedness for borrowed money.

 

14


Tangible Net Worth ” means, as of any day, the total of (a) OnDeck’s total stockholders’ equity, minus (b) all Intangible Assets of OnDeck, minus (c) all amounts due to OnDeck from its Affiliates, plus (d) any Convertible Indebtedness, plus (e) any Warranty Liability.

Temporary Global Class A Note ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

Three-Month Average Delinquency Ratio ” means, on any Payment Date, the average of the Delinquency Ratios as of the three Determination Dates immediately preceding such Payment Date.

Three-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread ” means, on any Payment Date, the average of the Weighted Average Excess Spreads as of the three Determination Dates immediately preceding such Payment Date.

Three-Month Weighted Average Loan Yield ” means, on any Payment Date, the average of the Weighted Average Loan Yields as of the three Determination Dates immediately preceding such Payment Date.

Total Available Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Total Available Collections Amount for such Payment Date and (b) the amount to be withdrawn from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and deposited into the 2014-1 Settlement Account pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(i) or (d)  on such Payment Date.

Total Available Collections Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to the Series 2014-1 Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.4(b) during the related Monthly Period, (B) the investment income on amounts on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account during such Monthly Period and (C) the investment income on amounts on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account during such Monthly Period transferred to the Series 2014-1 Collection Account on such Payment Date pursuant to Section 2.1(b) over (ii) the amount withdrawn from the Series 2014-1 Collection Account during such Monthly Period pursuant to Section 2.4(c) , plus , (b) in the case of the earlier of (x) the Payment Date on June 17, 2016 or (y) the first Payment Date following the occurrence of an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, the amount, if any, by which the amount on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account at the close of business on the last day of the related Monthly Period was greater than the amount described in clause (a) above.

Trigger Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events on any Payment Date:

(a) the Three-Month Weighted Average Loan Yield on such Payment Date is less than 45.00%;

(b) the Three-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread on such Payment Date is less than 10.00%; or

 

15


(c) the Three-Month Average Delinquency Ratio on such Payment Date is greater than 16.00%.

Two-Month Average Delinquency Ratio ” means, on any Payment Date, the average of the Delinquency Ratios as of the two Determination Dates immediately preceding such Payment Date.

Two-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread ” means, on any Payment Date, the average of the Weighted Average Excess Spreads as of the two Determination Dates immediately preceding such Payment Date.

Warranty Liability ” means, as of any day, the aggregate stated balance sheet fair value of all outstanding warrants exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred shares of OnDeck determined in accordance with GAAP.

Weighted Average Excess Spread ” means, as of any Determination Date, an amount equal to 12 times the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

(a) the numerator of which is the excess, if any, of

(i) all Collections received during the related Monthly Period that were not applied by the Servicer to reduce the Outstanding Principal Balances of the Pooled Loans in accordance with Section 2(a)(i) of the Servicing Agreement, including all recoveries with respect to Charged-Off Loans (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent) allocated to the Series 2014-1 Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.4(b) ,

over

(ii) the sum of:

(A) the Interest Payment for the Payment Date immediately succeeding such Determination Date;

(B) the sum of the Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(ii) and the portion of the Series 2014-1 Backup Servicing Fee payable to the Backup Servicer pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(iii) , in each case, on the Payment Date immediately succeeding such Determination Date;

(C) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities due and payable to the Indenture Trustee and the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(i) on the Payment Date immediately succeeding such Determination Date; and

 

16


(D) the product of (x) the daily average of the Series 2014-1 Charged-Off Loan Percentage with respect to each Business Day during the related Monthly Period and (y) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pooled Loans that became Charged-Off Loans during such Monthly Period;

and

(b) the denominator of which is the average daily Series 2014-1 Asset Amount during such Monthly Period.

Weighted Average Loan Yield ” means, as of any Determination Date, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing (a) the sum, for all Pooled Loans, of the product of (i) the Loan Yield for each Pooled Loan multiplied by (ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Loan as of such Determination Date, by (b) the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance as of such Determination Date.

Withdrawal Request ” means a written request, substantially in the form of Exhibit E , from an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, requesting the withdrawal of an amount set forth therein from the Series 2014-1 Collection Account and certifying that no Series 2014-1 Asset Amount Deficiency or other Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes will result from such withdrawal or will be existing immediately thereafter.

ARTICLE II

ARTICLE 5 OF THE BASE INDENTURE

Sections 5.1 through 5.3 of the Base Indenture and each other Section of Article 5 of the Indenture relating to another Series shall read in their entirety as provided in the Base Indenture or any applicable Indenture Supplement. Article 5 of the Indenture (except for Sections 5.1 through 5.3 thereof and any portion thereof relating to another Series) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be exclusively applicable to the Series 2014-1 Notes:

Section 2.1 Establishment of Series 2014-1 Accounts .

(a) The Issuer shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders five securities accounts: (i) the Series 2014-1 Collection Account (such account, the “ Series 2014-1 Collection Account ”); (ii) the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account (such account, the “ Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account ”); (iii) the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account (such account, the “ Series 2014-1 Settlement Account ”); (iv) the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account (such account, the “Series 2014-1 Reserve Account”) and (v) the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account (such account, the “ Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account ” and, together with the Series 2014-1 Collection Account, the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account, the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account and the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account, the “ Series 2014-1 Series Accounts ”). Each Series 2014-1 Account shall bear a designation indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders. Each Series 2014-1 Series Account shall be an Eligible Account. If a Series 2014-1 Series Account is at any time no longer an Eligible Account, the Issuer shall, within ten (10) Business Days of obtaining knowledge that such Series 2014-1 Series Account is no

 

17


longer an Eligible Account, establish a new Series 2014-1 Series Account that is an Eligible Account. If a new Series 2014-1 Series Account is established, the Issuer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from the non-qualifying Series 2014-1 Series Account into the new Series 2014-1 Series Account. Initially, each of the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts will be established with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

(b) The Issuer may instruct (by standing instructions or otherwise) the institution maintaining each of the Series 2014-1 Collection Account, the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account and the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account to invest funds on deposit in such Series 2014-1 Series Account from time to time in Permitted Investments; provided, however , that (x) any such investment in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account shall mature, or be payable or redeemable upon demand of the holder thereof, not later than (1) in the case of any such investment made during the Series 2014-1 Revolving Period, the Business Day following the date on which such funds were received (including funds received upon a payment in respect of a Permitted Investment made with funds on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account) or (2) in the case of any such investment made during the Series 2014-1 Amortization Period, the Business Day prior to the first Payment Date following the date on which such funds were received (including funds received upon a payment in respect of a Permitted Investment made with funds on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account), unless any such Permitted Investment is held with the Indenture Trustee, then such investment may mature on such Payment Date so long as such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to such Payment Date and (y) any such investment in the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account and the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account shall mature, or be payable or redeemable upon demand of the holder thereof, not later than the Business Day prior to the first Payment Date following the date on which such funds were received (including funds received upon a payment in respect of a Permitted Investment made with funds on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account or the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account), unless any such Permitted Investment is held with the Indenture Trustee, then such investment may mature on such Payment Date so long as such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to such Payment Date. The Issuer shall not direct the Indenture Trustee to dispose of (or permit the disposal of) any Permitted Investments prior to the maturity thereof to the extent such disposal would result in a loss of the initial purchase price of such Permitted Investment. Funds on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account and the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account shall remain uninvested. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account, the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account and the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account shall remain uninvested. On each Payment Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds deposited in the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account shall be deposited in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account and the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account shall be deemed to be on deposit therein and available for distribution.

(c) In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Issuer Obligations with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts, including any security entitlement thereto; (ii) all funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all

 

18


certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i)  through (vi)  are referred to, collectively, as the “ Series 2014-1 Series Account Collateral ”).

Section 2.2 Series 2014-1 Reserve Account

(a) On any Business Day on which there is a Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Deficiency, the Issuer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing by 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on such Business Day to withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Collection Account and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account an amount equal to the lesser of such Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Deficiency and the amount then on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account.

(b) If there is a Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Surplus on any Payment Date, the Issuer may direct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and pay to the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and pay to the Issuer, the lesser of (i) such Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Surplus on such Payment Date and (ii) the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount on such Payment Date so long as, after giving effect to such withdrawal, no Series 2014-1 Asset Amount Deficiency would result therefrom.

(c) (i) If the Issuer determines that the aggregate amount distributable from the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account pursuant to paragraphs (i) through (iv) of Section 2.5(b) on any Payment Date exceeds the Total Available Collections Amount for such Payment Date (the “ Deficiency ”), the Issuer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing at or before 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with such direction, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Payment Date, withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Deficiency and (y) the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount.

(ii) If the Issuer determines that the amount to be deposited in the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account pursuant to paragraph (v) of Section 2.5(b) and paid to the Series 2014-1 Noteholders pursuant to Section 2.7 on the Legal Final Payment Date is less than the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount, the Issuer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing at or before Noon, New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Legal Final Payment Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with such direction, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Payment Date, withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account an amount equal to the lesser of such insufficiency and the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount (after giving effect to any withdrawal therefrom pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(i) on such Payment Date).

 

19


(d) If the Issuer determines during the Series 2014-1 Amortization Period that the sum of (i) the Total Available Amount for a Payment Date and (ii) the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount on such Payment Date is greater than or equal to the sum of (x) the Interest Payment for such Payment Date, (y) all fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Custodian, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on such Payment Date and (z) the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount (before any payments of principal of the Series 2014-1 Notes on such Payment Date), the Issuer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing at or before 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with such direction, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Payment Date, withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Amount on such Payment Date.

(e) On any date on or after the Series 2014-1 Termination Date, the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer shall withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account all amounts on deposit therein and pay them to the Issuer.

Section 2.3 Indenture Trustee As Securities Intermediary .

(a) The Indenture Trustee or other Person holding a Series 2014-1 Series Account shall be the “ Securities Intermediary ”. If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2014-1 Series Account is not the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 2.3 .

(b) The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) The Series 2014-1 Series Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“ Financial Assets ”) of the UCC in effect in the State of New York (the “ New York UCC ”) will be credited;

(ii) All securities or other property underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2014-1 Series Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2014-1 Series Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially endorsed to the Issuer;

(iii) All property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Indenture Supplement will be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2014-1 Series Account;

(iv) Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Series 2014-1 Series Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

 

20


(v) If at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any order from the Indenture Trustee directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset relating to the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer;

(vi) The Series 2014-1 Series Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(vii) The Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Indenture Supplement, will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Indenture Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 2.3(b)(v) of this Indenture Supplement; and

(viii) Except for the claims and interest of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer in the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts, the Securities Intermediary knows of no claim to, or interest, in the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts or in any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Securities Intermediary has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any lien, encumbrance, or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2014-1 Series Account or in any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer thereof.

 

21


(c) The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall be the only person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts.

(d) The Securities Intermediary will promptly send copies of all statements for each of the Series 2014-1 Series Accounts, which statements shall reflect any financial assets credited thereto, simultaneously to each of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee at the addresses set forth in Section 13.4 of the Base Indenture.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.3 to the contrary, with respect to any Series 2014-1 Series Account and any credit balances not constituting Financial Assets credited thereto, the Securities Intermediary shall be acting as a bank (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) if such Series 2014-1 Series Account is deemed not to constitute a securities account.

Section 2.4 Allocations with Respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes .

(a) On the Series 2014-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause $171,904,131.61, the net proceeds from the sale of the Series 2014-1 Notes, to be deposited into the Series 2014-1 Collection Account and the Indenture Trustee shall, at the written direction of the Issuer, apply such net proceeds as follows: (i) deposit $916,230.39 in the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and (ii) pay the remainder to or at the written direction of the Seller in satisfaction of the Issuer’s payment obligation (as of the Series 2014-1 Closing Date) to the Seller under Section 2.01(c) of the Loan Purchase Agreement.

(b) Prior to 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on each Deposit Date during a Monthly Period, the Issuer shall direct in writing the Indenture Trustee to allocate to the Series 2014-1 Noteholders and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account an amount equal to the product of the Series 2014-1 Invested Percentage on such Deposit Date and the Collections deposited into the Collection Account on such Deposit Date and thereafter to deposit into the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account the lesser of such amount and the amount necessary to cause the aggregate amount so deposited into the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account during such Monthly Period to equal the Interest and Expense Amount for the related Payment Date.

(c) During the Series 2014-1 Revolving Period, the Issuer may direct the Indenture Trustee by delivering a Withdrawal Request to the Indenture Trustee by 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on any Business Day to withdraw amounts then on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account (after giving effect to any withdrawal therefrom on such Business Day pursuant to Section 2.2(a)) for either of the following purposes:

(i) if such Business Day is a Transfer Date, to fund all or a portion of the purchase price of Loans being acquired by the Issuer on such Transfer Date pursuant to the Loan Purchase Agreement; or

(ii) to reduce the Invested Amount of any other Series of Outstanding Notes;

 

22


provided , however , that such application of funds may only be made if no Series 2014-1 Asset Amount Deficiency or other Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes would result therefrom or exist immediately thereafter.

(d) The Issuer may direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to allocate to the Series 2014-1 Noteholders and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account on any Payment Date that is also the Prepayment Date any amounts allocated to another Series of Notes that are available under the applicable Indenture Supplement that the Issuer has elected to apply to pay a portion of the Series 2014-1 Prepayment Amount on such Prepayment Date.

Section 2.5 Monthly Application of Total Available Amount .

(a) Prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on each Monthly Reporting Date, the Issuer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to (i) withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Interest and Expense Account and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account, on the immediately succeeding Payment Date, the Interest and Expense Amount for such Payment Date, and (ii) withdraw from the Series 2014-1 Collection Account and deposit in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account, on the immediately succeeding Payment Date, the Total Available Collections Amount (less the Interest and Expense Amount for such Payment Date) for such Payment Date.

(b) On each Payment Date, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to Series 2014-1 Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall apply the Total Available Amount for such Payment Date on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account in the following order of priority:

(i) first, on a pro rata basis, to the extent of the Total Available Amount, (A) to the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of (1) all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities then due to it that relate directly to the Series 2014-1 Notes and (2) the Series 2014-1 Percentage on the immediately preceding Payment Date of all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities then due to it that do not relate directly to any Series of Notes, but, so long as no Event of Default has occurred, and the maturity of the Series 2014-1 Notes has not been accelerated, only to the extent that, after giving effect thereto, the Annual Indenture Trustee Fee Limit for such Payment Date shall have not been exceeded, and (B) to the Custodian, an amount equal to the sum of (1) any accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities then due to it that relate directly to the Series 2014-1 Notes and (2) the Series 2014-1 Percentage on the immediately preceding Payment Date of any accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities then due to it that do not relate directly to any Series of Notes, but, so long as no Event of Default has occurred, and the maturity of the Series 2014-1 Notes has not been accelerated, only to the extent that after giving effect thereto the Annual Custodian Fee Limit for such Payment Date shall have not been exceeded;

(ii) second, to the Servicer, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distribution described in clause (i) above), an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period;

 

23


(iii) third, to the Backup Servicer, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distributions described in clauses (i) and (ii) above), an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Backup Servicing Fee for such Payment Date but only to the extent that after giving effect thereto the Annual Backup Servicer Fee Limit for such Payment Date shall have not been exceeded;

(iv) fourth, to the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distributions described in clauses (i) through (iii) above), an amount equal to the Interest Payment for such Payment Date;

(v) fifth, (A) on any Payment Date immediately succeeding a Monthly Period falling in the Series 2014-1 Revolving Period, to the Series 2014-1 Collection Account, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distributions described in clauses (i) through (iv) above), an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Asset Amount Deficiency, if any, on such Payment Date, and (B) on the earlier of (x) June 17, 2016 or (y) the first Payment Date following the occurrence of an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, to the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distributions described in clauses (i) through (iv) above), an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Principal Payment Amount for such Payment Date;

(vi) sixth, to the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distributions described in clauses (i) through (v) above), an amount equal to the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Deficiency, if any, on such Payment Date;

(vii) seventh, on a pro rata basis, to the extent of the Total Available Amount (as such amount has been reduced by the distributions described in clauses (i) through (vi) above), to (A) the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the fees, expenses and indemnities not otherwise paid to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to clause (i) above due to the operation of the Annual Indenture Trustee Fee Limit, (B) the Custodian, an amount equal to the fees, expenses and indemnities not otherwise paid to the Custodian pursuant to clause (i) above due to the operation of the Annual Custodian Fee Limit and (C) the Backup Servicer, any portion of the Series 2014-1 Backup Servicing Fee for such Payment Date not otherwise paid to the Backup Servicer pursuant to clause (iii) above due to the operation of the Annual Backup Servicer Fee Limit; and

(viii) eight, to, or at the written direction of, the Issuer, an amount equal to the balance remaining in the Series 2014-1 Settlement Account.

Section 2.6 Distribution of Interest Payments .

On each Payment Date, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, distribute from the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account the Interest Payment for such Payment Date in the following order of priority to the extent of the amount deposited in the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account for the payment of interest pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(iv) on such Payment Date:

 

24


(a) pro rata to each Class A Noteholder, an amount equal to the Class A Interest Payment for such Payment Date; and

(b) pro rata to each Class B Noteholder, an amount equal to the Class B Interest Payment for such Payment Date.

Section 2.7 Distributions of Principal Payments .

(a) The principal amount of the Series 2014-1 Notes shall be due and payable on the Legal Final Payment Date.

(b) On the earlier of (x) June 17, 2016 or (y) the first Payment Date following the date of the occurrence of an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes and on each Payment Date thereafter, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, distribute from the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account the amount deposited therein pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(v) and any amounts withdrawn from the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and deposited therein pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) on such Payment Date in the following order of priority:

(i) pro rata to each Class A Noteholder until the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero; and

(ii) pro rata to each Class B Noteholder until the Class B Invested Amount is reduced to zero.

(c) The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Series 2014-1 Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Series 2014-1 Note will be paid. Such notice shall be made at the expense of the Issuer and shall be mailed within three (3) Business Days of receipt of a Monthly Settlement Statement indicating that such final payment will be made and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Series 2014-1 Note and shall specify the place where such Series 2014-1 Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment. Notices in connection with payments of Series 2014-1 Notes shall be (i) transmitted by facsimile to Series 2014-1 Noteholders holding Global Notes and (ii) sent by registered mail to Series 2014-1 Noteholders holding Definitive Notes and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Series 2014-1 Note and shall specify the place where such Series 2014-1 Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment.

 

25


ARTICLE III

AMORTIZATION EVENTS; SERVICER DEFAULTS

Section 3.1 Amortization Events . If any one of the following events shall occur with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes:

(a) any Trigger Event shall occur;

(b) a Series 2014-1 Reserve Account Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least three Business Days;

(c) a Series 2014-1 Asset Amount Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least three Business Days;

(d) an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the Seller or the Servicer;

(e) any Servicer Default shall occur;

(f) any Event of Default with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes shall occur;

(g) the aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments on deposit in the Series 2014-1 Collection Account, the Series 2014-1 Reserve Account and any other Series Accounts on any Payment Date, after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals to be made therein or therefrom on such Payment Date in accordance with this Indenture Supplement or the applicable Indenture Supplement, shall exceed the Pool Outstanding Principal Balance on such Payment Date;

(h) failure on the part of the Issuer (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the terms of the Base Indenture or this Indenture Supplement which failure continues unremedied for at least five (5) Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) duly to observe or perform any covenants or agreements of the Issuer set forth in the Base Indenture or this Indenture Supplement, which failure materially and adversely affects the interests of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders, and which failure shall continue or not be cured for a period of thirty (30) days after there shall have been given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by a Majority in Interest, written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied;

(i) any representation or warranty made by the Issuer in the Base Indenture or this Indenture Supplement, or any information required to be delivered by the Issuer thereunder or hereunder to the Indenture Trustee shall prove to have been incorrect when made or when delivered, which incorrect representation or warranty or information materially and adversely affects the interests of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders and continues to be incorrect for a period of thirty (30) days after there shall have been given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by a Majority in Interest, written notice thereof;

 

26


(j) failure on the part of the Seller (i) to make any payment required by the terms of the Loan Purchase Agreement (or within the applicable grace period which shall not exceed five (5) Business Days after the date such payment is required to be made) or (ii) duly to observe or perform any covenants or agreements of the Seller in the Loan Purchase Agreement, which failure materially and adversely affects the interests of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders, and which failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after there shall have been given to the Seller by the Indenture Trustee or the Seller and the Indenture Trustee by a Majority in Interest, written notice specifying such failure and requiring it to be remedied;

(k) any representation or warranty made by the Seller in the Loan Purchase Agreement, or any information required to be delivered by the Seller thereunder to the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall prove to have been incorrect when made or when delivered, which incorrect representation or warranty or information materially and adversely affects the interests of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders and continues to be incorrect for a period of thirty (30) days after there shall have been given to the Seller by the Indenture Trustee or the Seller and the Indenture Trustee by a Majority in Interest, written notice thereof;

(l) the Indenture Trustee shall for any reason fail to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any material portion of the Collateral and such failure continues for at least two (2) Business Days or any of the Seller, the Issuer or any Affiliate of either thereof shall assert that the Indenture Trustee does not have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any material portion of the Collateral; or

(m) any of the Transaction Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with its terms;

then, in the case of any event described in clause (h) through (m) of this Section 3.1 , an Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes only, if after the applicable grace period, either the Indenture Trustee or the Majority in Interest, declare that an Amortization Event has occurred with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes . In the case of any event described in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section 3.1 , an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes will be deemed to have occurred without notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2014-1 Noteholders.

Section 3.2 Servicer Defaults . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Additional Servicer Default” with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes:

(a) Consolidated Liquidity as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter is less than $12,000,000;

(b) Tangible Net Worth as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter is less than $50,000,000;

(c) The Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter is greater than 8:1; or

(d) Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of OnDeck and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of Fiscal Quarter is less than $8,000,000.

 

27


ARTICLE IV

OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

The Issuer shall have the option to prepay the Series 2014-1 Notes in full on any Payment Date during the Series 2014-1 Amortization Period. The Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice of the Payment Date on which the Issuer intends to exercise such option to prepay (the “ Prepayment Date ”), and the Indenture Trustee shall (at the direction and expense of the Issuer) give the Series 2014-1 Noteholders written notice of the Prepayment Date within three Business Days of its receipt of such notice. The prepayment price for the Series 2014-1 Notes (the “ Prepayment Amount ”) shall equal the Series 2014-1 Invested Amount (determined after giving effect to any payments of principal and interest on such Payment Date), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Prepayment Date, the Issuer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.4(d) or otherwise, in the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account an amount sufficient together with the funds deposited into the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(iv) and Section 2.5(b)(v) on such Prepayment Date to pay the Prepayment Amount in immediately available funds. The funds deposited into the Series 2014-1 Note Distribution Account will be paid by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2014-1 Noteholders on such Prepayment Date.

ARTICLE V

SERVICING FEE

Section 5.1 Servicing Fee .

A portion of the Servicing Fee payable to the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement shall be payable to the Servicer on each Payment Date for the related Monthly Period in an amount (the “ Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee ”) equal to the product of (a) one-twelfth of 3.00% (the “ Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee Percentage ”) times (b) the daily average of the Series 2014-1 Asset Amount on each day during such Monthly Period; provided, however , that, the Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee on the first Payment Date following the Series 2014-1 Closing Date will equal the product of (i) 1/360 of the Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee Percentage, (ii) the number of days in the period from and including the Series 2014-1 Closing Date to and including May 30, 2014 and (iii) the daily average of the Series 2014-1 Asset Amount on each day during the period described in clause (ii). The Series 2014-1 Servicing Fee shall be payable to the Servicer on each Payment Date pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(ii) .

ARTICLE VI

FORM OF SERIES 2014-1 NOTES

Section 6.1 Initial Issuance of Series 2014-1 Notes .

The Series 2014-1 Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated April 30, 2014, among the Issuer, OnDeck and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. The Series 2014-1 Notes will be resold initially only to (1) qualified institutional

 

28


buyers (as defined in Rule 144A) (“ QIBs ”) in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) in the case of offers of the Class A Notes outside the United States, to Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act) in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S.

Section 6.2 Restricted Global Notes .

The Class A Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A will be issued in the form of a Global Note in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 , registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the DTC Custodian (the “ Restricted Global Class A Note ”). The initial principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the DTC Custodian in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the initial principal amount of the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note, as hereinafter provided. The Class B Notes will be issued in the form of a Global Note in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B , registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the DTC Custodian (the “ Restricted Global Class B Note ”; together with the Restricted Global Class A Note, collectively, the “ Restricted Global Notes ”).

Section 6.3 Temporary Global Class A Note and Permanent Global Class A Note .

The Class A Notes offered and sold on the Series 2014-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S will be issued in the form of a Global Note in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 , which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Class A Notes represented thereby with a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC, for the account of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) or for Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme (“ Clearstream ”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, such Global Note shall be referred to herein as the “ Temporary Global Class A Note ”. After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, such Class A Notes, as to which the Indenture Trustee has received from Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 to the effect that Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-5 , shall be exchanged, in whole or in part, for interests in a permanent global note in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 as hereinafter provided (the “ Permanent Global Class A Note ”). The principal amount of the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the DTC Custodian in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note, as hereinafter provided.

Section 6.4 Definitive Notes .

No Series 2014-1 Note Owner will receive a Definitive Note representing such Series 2014-1 Note Owner’s interest in the Series 2014-1 Notes other than in accordance with Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.

 

29


Section 6.5 Transfer Restrictions .

(a) A Series 2014-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however , that this Section 6.5(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2014-1 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2014-1 Global Note but is not itself a Series 2014-1 Global Note and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2014-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 6.5 .

(b) The transfer by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c) If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note for an interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream (the “ Applicable Procedures ”), only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(c) . Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar, at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C-1 given by the holder of such beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if it is not the Indenture Trustee, shall instruct the DTC Custodian to reduce the principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Global Class A Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

30


(d) If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note for an interest in the Permanent Global Class A Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Global Class A Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(d) . Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar, at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, of (A) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Global Class A Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 given by the holder of such beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if it is not the Indenture Trustee, shall instruct the DTC Custodian to reduce the principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Global Class A Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Global Class A Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e) If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note for an interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(e) . Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar, at the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note (but not the Permanent Global Class A Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C-3 given by the holder of such beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, if it is not the Indenture Trustee, shall instruct the DTC Custodian to reduce the principal amount of the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A

 

31


Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Restricted Global Class A Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Class A Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the Temporary Global Class A Note or the Permanent Global Class A Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f) In the event that a Series 2014-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2014-1 Notes other than Series 2014-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2014-1 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2014-1 Notes that are not Series 2014-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2014-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 6.5(a) through Section 6.5(e) and Section 6.5(g) (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2014-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or, in the case of the Class A Notes, Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures, as may be adopted from time to time by the Issuer and the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

(g) Until the termination of the Restricted Period, interests in the Temporary Global Class A Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 6.5(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 6.5(e) . After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Global Class A Note may be transferred without requiring any certifications.

(h) The Series 2014-1 Notes shall bear the following legends to the extent indicated:

(i) The Restricted Notes shall bear the following legend:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE ONLY (A) TO ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC (THE “ISSUER”), (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A (A “QIB”) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS A NOTES ONLY, PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES

 

32


ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE ISSUER, PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT.

BY YOUR ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU ARE NOT ACQUIRING OR HOLDING AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WITH THE ASSETS OF (I) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) AN ENTITY THAT IS DEEMED TO HOLD THE “ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA, OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA), OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH OF (I)-(IV) REFERRED TO AS A “PLAN”), OR (II) THE PLAN’S ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.”

(ii) The Restricted Global Class B Note shall bear the following legend:

“BY YOUR ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT ON YOUR OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH YOU ARE PURCHASING THIS NOTE THAT (A) EITHER (I) THE BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE IS NOT AND WILL NOT BECOME FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES A PARTNERSHIP, SUBCHAPTER S CORPORATION OR GRANTOR TRUST (EACH SUCH ENTITY, A “FLOW-THROUGH ENTITY”) OR (II) IF SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER IS OR BECOMES A FLOW-THROUGH ENTITY, THEN (X) NONE OF THE DIRECT OR INDIRECT BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF ANY OF THE INTERESTS IN SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE HAS OR EVER WILL HAVE MORE THAN 50% OF THE VALUE OF ITS INTEREST IN SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE INTEREST OF SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER IN THIS NOTE, ANY OTHER NOTES, OTHER INTEREST (DIRECT OR INDIRECT) IN THE ISSUER, OR ANY INTEREST CREATED UNDER THE INDENTURE AND (Y) IT IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE A PRINCIPAL PURPOSE OF THE ARRANGEMENT INVOLVING THE INVESTMENT OF SUCH

 

33


BENEFICIAL OWNER IN THIS NOTE TO PERMIT ANY PARTNERSHIP TO SATISFY THE 100 PARTNER LIMITATION OF SECTION 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) OF THE U.S. TREASURY REGULATIONS NECESSARY FOR SUCH PARTNERSHIP NOT TO BE CLASSIFIED AS A PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP UNDER THE CODE, (B) SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL NOT SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE CONVEY ANY PARTIAL INTEREST OR PARTICIPATING INTEREST IN ANY NOTE, OR PURCHASE OR ENTER INTO ANY FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT OR CONTRACT THE VALUE OF WHICH IS DETERMINED BY REFERENCE IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO ANY NOTE, (C) SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER IS NOT ACQUIRING AND WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PARTICIPATE, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THIS NOTE (OR INTEREST THEREIN) OR CAUSE THIS NOTE (OR INTEREST THEREIN) TO BE MARKETED ON OR THROUGH AN “ESTABLISHED SECURITIES MARKET” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7704(b) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN INTERDEALER QUOTATION SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR SELL QUOTATIONS, AND (D) SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.”

(iii) The Temporary Global Class A Note shall bear the following legend:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES. UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING AND THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES AND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST LLC (THE “ISSUER”) THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (1) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO THE ISSUER.

 

34


BY YOUR ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU ARE NOT ACQUIRING OR HOLDING AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WITH THE ASSETS OF (I) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) AN ENTITY THAT IS DEEMED TO HOLD THE “ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA, OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA), OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH OF (I)-(IV) REFERRED TO AS A “PLAN”), OR (II) THE PLAN’S ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.”

(iii) The Series 2014-1 Global Notes shall bear the following legends:

“THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iv) The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2014-1 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Restricted Note may be removed from such Restricted Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Transfer Agent and Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel as may be reasonably required by the Issuer, the Transfer Agent or

 

35


the Registrar that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2014-1 Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Indenture Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Restricted Note a Series 2014-1 Note or Series 2014-1 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend.

ARTICLE VII

INFORMATION

The Issuer hereby agrees to provide to the Indenture Trustee, by Noon, New York City time, on each Monthly Reporting Date, a Monthly Settlement Statement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , setting forth as of the immediately preceding Determination Date and for the related Monthly Period the information set forth therein, and, on and after the immediately succeeding Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall provide to the Series 2014-1 Note Owners copies of such Monthly Settlement Statement. The Indenture Trustee shall make each Monthly Settlement Statement available each month (as described above) to the Series 2014-1 Note Owners via the Indenture Trustee’s internet website. The Indenture Trustee’s internet website shall initially be located at https://tss.sfs.db.com/investpublic,which may be accessed by the Note Owners with the use of an assigned password.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Ratification of Indenture . As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 8.2 Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

Section 8.3 Further Assurances . The Issuer agrees, at the Issuer’s expense, from time to time, to do and perform any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Indenture Trustee or the Majority in Interest to more fully effect the purposes of this Indenture Supplement and the sale of the Series 2014-1 Notes hereunder. The Issuer hereby authorizes the Indenture Trustee (without obligation) to file any financing statements or similar documents or notices or continuation statements in order to perfect the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Series 2014-1 Collateral under the provisions of the UCC or similar legislation of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

36


Section 8.4 Exhibits . The following exhibits attached hereto supplement the exhibits included in the Base Indenture:

 

Exhibit A-1:    Form of Restricted Global Class A Note
Exhibit A-2:    Form of Temporary Global Class A Note
Exhibit A-3:    Form of Permanent Global Class A Note
Exhibit B:    Form of Restricted Global Class B Note
Exhibit C-1:    Form of Transfer Certificate
Exhibit C-2:    Form of Transfer Certificate
Exhibit C-3:    Form of Transfer Certificate
Exhibit C-4:    Form of Clearing System Certificate
Exhibit C-5:    Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
Exhibit D:    Form of Monthly Settlement Statement
Exhibit E:    Form of Withdrawal Request
Exhibit F:    Industry Codes

Section 8.5 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Indenture Trustee, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Section 8.6 Amendments .

Except as provided in Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture, and subject to Section 12.6 of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture Supplement may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if (i) such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and is consented to in writing by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Majority in Interest and (ii) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment, modification, or waiver; provided, however , that the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, without consent of any of the Series 2014-1 Noteholders, amend, modify or waive the provisions of Section 3.2 provided that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to such amendment, modification or waiver shall have been satisfied.

Section 8.7 Severability . If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such voidness or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of (i) such provision in any other jurisdiction or (ii) any other provision hereof in such or any other jurisdiction.

Section 8.8 Counterparts . This Indenture Supplement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Indenture Supplement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in pdf format) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture Supplement.

 

37


Section 8.9 No Bankruptcy Petition . (a) By acquiring a Series 2014-1 Note or an interest therein, each Series 2014-1 Noteholder and each Series 2014-1 Note Owner hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other similar proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

(b) This covenant shall survive the termination of this Indenture Supplement and the Base Indenture and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder.

Section 8.10 Notice to Rating Agency . The Indenture Trustee shall provide to DBRS a copy of each notice delivered to, or required to be provided by, the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture Supplement or any other Transaction Document. Notice to DBRS Inc. shall be sent to:

DBRS Inc.

Attention Surveillance

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005

Section 8.11 Annual Opinion of Counsel .

On or before March 31 of each calendar year, commencing with March 31, 2015, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture Supplement or any Supplement hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the authorization and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Indenture Supplement and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture Supplement, any Supplement hereto, and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest of this Indenture Supplement and any until March 31 in the following calendar year. For the avoidance of doubt, any Opinion of Counsel furnished in connection with this Section 8.11 may be combined with other Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the other Transaction Documents.

Section 8.12 Quarterly Financial Statements .

Commencing with the second Fiscal Quarter of 2014, the Issuer shall furnish to DBRS, as soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter) of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated balance sheet of OnDeck as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of OnDeck for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail.

 

38


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 8.12 may be satisfied by furnishing, at the option of the Issuer, the applicable financial statements as described above or a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for OnDeck for any Fiscal Quarter, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 8.13 Tax Treatment .

The Series 2014-1 Notes are being issued with the intention that they qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness and any entity acquiring any direct or indirect interest in any Series 2014-1 Note by acceptance of its Series 2014-1 Notes (or, in the case of a Note Owner, by virtue of such Note Owner’s acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) agrees to treat the Series 2014-1 Notes (or its beneficial interest therein) for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income as indebtedness.

Section 8.14 Confidentiality .

Each Series 2014-1 Note Owner, by its acceptance and holding of a beneficial interest in a Series 2014-1 Note, hereby agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Series 2014-1 Note Owner in good faith to protect Confidential Information of third parties delivered to such Person; provided that such Person may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to: (i) such Person’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, independent or internal auditors and affiliates who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information; (ii) such Person’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information; (iii) any other Series 2014-1 Note Owner; (iv) any Person of the type that would be, to such Person’s knowledge, permitted to acquire an interest in the Series 2014-1 Notes in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture Supplement pursuant to which such Person sells or offers to sell any such interest in the Series 2014-1 Notes or any part thereof and that agrees to hold confidential the Confidential Information in accordance with this Indenture Supplement; (v) any federal or state or other regulatory, governmental or judicial authority having jurisdiction over such Person; (vi) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally-recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the investment portfolio or such Person; (vii) any reinsurers or liquidity or credit providers that agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information; (viii) any other Person with the consent of the Issuer or (ix) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (A) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation, statute or order applicable to such Series 2014-1 Noteholder, (B) in response to any subpoena or other legal process upon prior notice delivered to the Issuer (unless prohibited by applicable law or other requirement having the force of law), (C) in connection with any litigation to which such Person is a party upon prior notice delivered to the Issuer (unless prohibited by applicable law or other requirement having the force of law) or (D) if an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2014-1 Notes or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Person may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies offered under the Series 2014-1 Notes, the Indenture or any other document relating to

 

39


the Series 2014-1 Notes. Each Series 2014-1 Note Owner, by its acceptance of a beneficial interest in the Series 2014-1 Notes, hereby agrees, except as set forth in clauses (v), (vi) and (ix) above, that it will use the Confidential Information for the sole purpose of making an investment in the Series 2014-1 Notes or administering its investment in the Series 2014-1 Notes. In the event of any required disclosure of the Confidential Information by such Series 2014-1 Noteholder, such Series 2014-1 Noteholder shall agree to use reasonably efforts to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

ONDECK ASSET SECURITIZATION TRUST

        LLC, as Issuer

By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name: Howard Katzenberg
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

        AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

By:  

/s/ Jason Williams

  Name: Jason Williams
  Title: Associate
By:  

/s/ Cindy Lai

  Name: Cindy Lai
  Title: Assistant Vice President

 

41

Exhibit 10.19

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of August 15, 2014

among

ONDECK ASSET POOL, LLC,

as Borrower

VARIOUS LENDERS,

and

JEFFERIES MORTGAGE FUNDING, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

$75,000,000 Credit Facility

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
SECTION 1.      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   
1.1        Definitions      1   
1.2        Accounting Terms      30   
1.3        Interpretation, etc.      30   
SECTION 2.      LOANS      31   
2.1        Revolving Loans      31   
2.2        Pro Rata Shares      32   
2.3        Use of Proceeds      32   
2.4        Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes      33   
2.5        Interest on Loans      33   
2.6        Default Interest      34   
2.7        [Reserved]      34   
2.8        Amortization Period End Date      34   
2.9        Voluntary Commitment Reductions      34   
2.10      Borrowing Base Deficiency      34   
2.11      Controlled Accounts      35   
2.12      Application of Proceeds      38   
2.13      General Provisions Regarding Payments      40   
2.14      Ratable Sharing      41   
2.15      Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy      42   
2.16      Taxes; Withholding, etc      44   
2.17      Obligation to Mitigate      46   
2.18      Defaulting Lenders      46   
2.19      Removal or Replacement of a Lender      47   
2.20      The Paying Agent      48   
2.21      Duties of Paying Agent      52   
2.22      Collateral Agent      54   
2.23      Intention of Parties      56   
SECTION 3.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      56   
3.1        Closing Date      56   
3.2        Conditions to Each Credit Extension      59   
SECTION 4.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      60   
4.1        Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification; Other Names      60   
4.2        Capital Stock and Ownership      61   
4.3        Due Authorization      61   
4.4        No Conflict      61   
4.5        Governmental Consents      61   
4.6        Binding Obligation      61   
4.7        Eligible Receivables      61   

 

i


4.8        Historical Financial Statements      62   
4.9        No Material Adverse Effect.      62   
4.10      Adverse Proceedings, etc.      62   
4.11      Payment of Taxes      62   
4.12      Title to Assets.      62   
4.13      No Indebtedness.      62   
4.14      No Defaults.      63   
4.15      Material Contracts.      63   
4.16      Government Contracts.      63   
4.17      Governmental Regulation.      63   
4.18      Margin Stock.      63   
4.19      Employee Benefit Plans.      63   
4.20      Certain Fees.      63   
4.21      Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance.      63   
4.22      Compliance with Statutes, etc.      63   
4.23      Matters Pertaining to Related Agreements      64   
4.24      Disclosure      64   
4.25      Patriot Act      64   
4.26      Remittance of Collections.      65   
SECTION 5.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      65   
5.1        Financial Statements and Other Reports.      65   
5.2        Existence      68   
5.3        Payment of Taxes and Claims      68   
5.4        Insurance      68   
5.5        Inspections; Compliance Audits      69   
5.6        Compliance with Laws      70   
5.7        Separateness      70   
5.8        Further Assurances      70   
5.9        Communication with Accountants      70   
5.10      Acquisition of Receivables from Holdings      70   
SECTION 6.      NEGATIVE COVENANTS      71   
6.1        Indebtedness      71   
6.2        Liens      71   
6.3        Equitable Lien      71   
6.4        No Further Negative Pledges      71   
6.5        Restricted Junior Payments      71   
6.6        Subsidiaries      71   
6.7        Investments      71   
6.8        Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions      72   
6.9        Sales and Lease-Backs      72   
6.10      Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates      72   
6.11      Conduct of Business      72   
6.12      Fiscal Year      72   

6.13

     Servicer; Backup Servicer; Custodian      72   

 

ii


6.14      Acquisitions of Receivables      72   
6.15      Independent Manager      73   
6.16      Organizational Agreements      74   
6.17      Changes in Underwriting or Other Policies      74   
6.18      Receivable Program Agreements      75   
SECTION 7.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT      75   
7.1        Events of Default      75   
SECTION 8.      AGENTS      79   
8.1        Appointment of Agents      79   
8.2        Powers and Duties      79   
8.3        General Immunity      80   
8.4        Agents Entitled to Act as Lender      80   
8.5        Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment      81   
8.6        Right to Indemnity      81   
8.7        Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent      82   
8.8        Collateral Documents      83   
SECTION 9.      MISCELLANEOUS      84   
9.1        Notices      84   
9.2        Expenses.      84   
9.3        Indemnity      85   
9.4        Reserved      86   
9.5        Amendments and Waivers      86   
9.6        Successors and Assigns; Participations      88   
9.7        Independence of Covenants      91   
9.8        Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements      91   
9.9        No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative      91   
9.10      Marshalling; Payments Set Aside      92   
9.11      Severability      92   
9.12      Obligations Several; Actions in Concert      92   
9.13      Headings      92   
9.14      APPLICABLE LAW      92   
9.15      CONSENT TO JURISDICTION      92   
9.16      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      93   
9.17      Confidentiality      94   
9.18      Usury Savings Clause      95   
9.19      Counterparts      96   
9.20      Effectiveness      96   
9.21      Patriot Act      96   
APPENDICES:     

A      

     Revolving Commitments
    

B      

     Notice Addresses
    

C      

     Eligibility Criteria

 

iii


     D      Excess Concentration Amounts
     E      Portfolio Performance Covenants
SCHEDULES:      1.1      Financial Covenants
     4.1      Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification; Trade Names
     4.2      Capital Stock and Ownership
     6.8      Increases in Applicable Margin
     6.10      Certain Affiliate Transactions
EXHIBITS:      A-1      Form of Funding Notice
     B      Form of Revolving Loan Note
     C-1      Form of Compliance Certificate
     C-2      Form of Borrowing Base Report and Certificate
     D      Form of Opinions of Counsel
     E      Form of Assignment Agreement
     F      Form of Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status
     G-1      Form of Closing Date Certificate
     G-2      Form of Solvency Certificate
     H      Form of Security Agreement
     I      Form of Servicing Agreement
     J      Form of Backup Servicing Agreement
     K      Form of Controlled Account Voluntary Payment Notice
     L      Form of Receivables Purchase Agreement
     M      Form of Custodial Agreement

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of August 15, 2014, is entered into by and among ONDECK ASSET POOL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company ( “Company” ), the Lenders party hereto from time to time and JEFFERIES MORTGAGE FUNDING, LLC , as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, “Administrative Agent” ) and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Paying Agent (in such capacity, “Paying Agent” ) and as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent” ).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.1 hereof;

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to extend revolving credit facilities to Company consisting of up to $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments, the proceeds of which will be used to (a) acquire Eligible Receivables, (b) purchase Subsidiary Receivables from Holdings, and (c) pay Transaction Costs related to the foregoing;

WHEREAS , Company has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on all of its assets;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions . The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

“10-20 Day Delinquent Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable with a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, more than ten (10) but less than twenty-one (21) and a Payment has been received on such Receivable on at least one of the last three Payment Dates, and (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, more than two (2) but less than or equal to four (4), and a Payment has been received on such Receivable on the last Payment Date.

“Accrued Interest Amount” means, as of any day, the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans payable hereunder.

“ACH Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

“ACH Receivable” means each Receivable with respect to which the underlying Receivables Obligor has entered into an ACH Agreement.

“Act” as defined in Section 4.25 .


“Adjusted EPOB” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of (a) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date over (b) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate Excess Concentration Amounts as of such date and (ii) the product of 70% and the aggregate Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance of all 10-20 Day Delinquent Receivables as of such date.

“Adjusted Interest Collections” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the product of (i) the sum of (x) all Collections received during such Monthly Period that were not applied by the Servicer to reduce the Outstanding Principal Balances of the Pledged Receivables in accordance with Section 2(a)(i) of the Servicing Agreement and (y) all Collections received during such Monthly Period that were recoveries with respect to Charged-Off Receivables (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent) and (ii) the quotient of 21 divided by the number of Business Days in such Monthly Period minus (b) the aggregate amount paid by Company on the related Interest Payment Date pursuant to clauses (a)(i) , (a)(ii) , (a)(iii) and (a)(v) of Section 2.12 .

“Administrative Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Adverse Effect” means, with respect to any action, that such action will (a) result in the occurrence of an Event of Default or (b) materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of payments to be made to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

“Adverse Proceeding” means any action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Company or Holdings) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign, whether pending or, to the knowledge of Company or Holdings, threatened in writing against or affecting Company or Holdings, or any of their respective property.

“Affected Party” means any Lender, Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and, with respect to each of the foregoing, the parent company or holding company that controls such Person.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” means the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agent” means each of the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent.

“Aggregate Amounts Due” as defined in Section 2.14 .

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2014, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2


“Amortization Period” means the period from the Revolving Commitment Termination Date to and including the Amortization Period End Date.

“Amortization Period End Date” means the date that is twelve (12) months after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Applicable Advance Rate” means 90%.

“Applicable Margin” means 4.00% per annum.

“Approved Fund” means any Person that, in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit that generally have an original par amount in excess of $10,000,000 and that is administered or managed by an entity that is not included in the list of entities set forth in clause (b) of the definition of Direct Competitor or any Affiliate thereof.

“Approved State” shall mean each of the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and between Company, as Purchaser, and the Seller, whereby the Seller has agreed to sell and Company has agreed to purchase Eligible Receivables from time to time.

“Asset Sale” means a sale, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer, license or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of Holdings’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E , with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Administrative Agent.

“Authorized Officer” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, general counsel, treasurer, corporate secretary or controller (or, in each case, the equivalent thereof).

“Backup Servicer” means Portfolio Financial Servicing Company or any replacement thereof appointed pursuant to the Backup Servicing Agreement.

“Backup Servicing Agreement” means one or more agreements entered into from time to time between Company, the Administrative Agent and Backup Servicer, initially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J , as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

3


“Backup Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Backup Servicing Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “ Bankruptcy ,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Blocked Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any day, an amount equal to the lesser of:

(a) (i) the Applicable Advance Rate multiplied by the Adjusted EPOB at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections in the Lockbox Account and the Collection Account to the extent such Collections and other funds have already been applied to reduce the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance, minus (iii) 105% of the sum of the Accrued Interest Amount as of such day and the aggregate amount of all accrued and unpaid fees and expenses due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement; and

(b) the Revolving Commitments on such day.

With respect to any calculation of the Borrowing Base with respect to any Credit Date solely for the purpose of determining Revolving Availability for a requested Revolving Loan, the Borrowing Base will be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Eligible Receivables to be purchased with the proceeds of such Revolving Loan. With respect to any calculation of the Borrowing Base for any other purpose, the Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , executed by an Authorized Officer of Company and delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender, which sets forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each component thereof.

“Borrowing Base Deficiency” means, as of any day, the amount, if any, by which the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceeds the Borrowing Base.

“Borrowing Base Report” means a report substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , executed by an Authorized Officer of Company and delivered to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender, which attaches a Borrowing Base Certificate.

“Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

“Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person (i) as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is

 

4


or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person or (ii) as lessee which is a transaction of a type commonly known as a “synthetic lease” (i.e., a transaction that is treated as an operating lease for accounting purposes but with respect to which payments of rent are intended to be treated as payments of principal and interest on a loan for Federal income tax purposes).

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

“Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand, securities account or deposit account; provided, however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Cash” shall exclude any amounts that would not be considered “cash” under GAAP or “cash” as recorded on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means, as of any day, (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such day; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such day and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such day and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000 and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

“Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

“Change of Control” means, at any time, (a) prior to the initial Public Equity Offering, the equity owners of Holdings as of the Closing Date shall cease to beneficially own and control at least a majority on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests (including the right to elect directors or similar representatives) in the Capital Stock of Holdings; (b) at any time during any consecutive two-year period after an initial Public Equity Offering, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of Holdings (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by the board of directors of Holdings or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of Holdings was approved by a

 

5


vote of a majority of the directors of Holdings then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election, appointment or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of Holdings then in office; or (c) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of Company free and clear of any Lien (other than any Lien as to which the holder thereof (such holder, an “ Equity Lienholder ”) has provided the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a Protective Undertakings Certification).

“Charged-Off Receivable ” means a Receivable which, in each case, consistent with the Underwriting Policies, has or should have been written off Company’s books as uncollectable.

“Chattel Paper” means any “chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC, including electronic chattel paper, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Closing Date Certificate” means a Closing Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 .

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Capital Stock) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Collateral Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Control Agreements and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by, or on behalf or at the request of, Company or Holdings pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, as the case may be, in order to grant to, or perfect in favor of, Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of Company as security for the Obligations or to protect or preserve the interests of Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties therein.

“Collateral Receipt and Exception Report” shall mean the “Trust Receipt” as defined in the Custodial Agreement.

“Collection Account” means a Securities Account with account number OD1402.1 at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in the name of Company.

“Collections” means, with respect to each Pledged Receivable, any and all cash collections and other cash proceeds of such Pledged Receivable (whether in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, electronic transfers or any other form of cash payment), including, without limitation, all prepayments, all overdue payments, all prepayment penalties and early termination penalties, all finance charges, if any, all amounts collected as interest, fees (including, without limitation, any servicing fees, any origination fees, any loan guaranty fees and, any platform fees), or charges for late payments with respect to such Pledged Receivable, all

 

6


recoveries with respect to each Charged-Off Receivable (net of amounts, if any, retained by any third party collection agent), all investment proceeds and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on Collections as a result of the investment thereof pursuant to Section 6.7 , all proceeds of any sale, transfer or other disposition of any Pledged Receivable by Company and all deposits, payments or recoveries made in respect of any Pledged Receivable to any Controlled Account, or received by Company in respect of a Pledged Receivable, and all payments representing a disposition of any Pledged Receivable.

“Company” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

“Compliance Review” as defined in Section 5.5(b) .

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Consolidated Liquidity” means, as of any day, an amount determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, equal to the sum of (i) unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of such day, (ii) amounts (if any) in the Reserve Account as of such date, (iii) the Revolving Availability as of such day and (iv) the aggregate amount of all unused and available credit commitments under any credit facilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of such day; provided , that, as of such day, all of the conditions to funding such amounts have been fully satisfied (other than delivery of prior notice of funding and pre-funding notices, opinions and certificates that are reasonably capable of delivery as of such day) and no lender under such credit facilities shall have refused to make a loan or other advance thereunder at any time after a request for a loan was made thereunder.

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including all accrued and unpaid interest on the foregoing, provided, that accounts payable, accrued expenses, liabilities for leasehold improvements and deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not be included in any determination of Consolidated Total Debt.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

“Control Agreements” means collectively, the Lockbox Account Control Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Blocked Account Control Agreement.

“Controlled Account” means each of the Reserve Account, the Collection Account and the Lockbox Account, and the “Controlled Accounts” means all of such accounts.

 

7


“Controlled Account Bank” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

“Convertible Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings that (a) is convertible to equity, including convertible preferred stock, (b) requires no payment of principal thereof or interest thereon and (c) is fully subordinated to all indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Credit Date” means the date of a Credit Extension.

“Credit Document” means any of this Agreement, the Revolving Loan Notes, if any, the Collateral Documents, the Asset Purchase Agreement, any Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by Company or Holdings for the benefit of any Agent or any Lender in connection herewith.

“Credit Extension” means the making of a Revolving Loan.

“Custodial Agreement” mean the Custodial Services Agreement to be executed by Company, Servicer, Custodian and Collateral Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit M , as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Custodian” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as the provider of services under the Custodial Agreement, or any successor thereto in such capacity appointed in accordance with the Custodial Agreement.

“Daily Pay Receivable” means any Receivable for which a Payment is generally due on every Business Day.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Excess” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans of all Lenders (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders (other than such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their respective Defaulted Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender.

“Default Interest Rate” as defined in Section 2.6 .

 

8


“Default Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date of the applicable Funding Default, and ending on the earliest of the following dates: (i) the date on which all Revolving Commitments are cancelled or terminated and/or the Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (ii) the date on which (a) the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or by the non-pro rata application of any payments of the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), and (b) such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered to Company and Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder with respect to its Revolving Commitments, and (iii) the date on which Company, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender in writing.

“Defaulted Loan” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Defaulted Receivable” means, with respect to any date of determination, a Receivable which (i) is a Charged-Off Receivable or (ii) has a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, sixty (60) or higher or (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, twelve (12) or higher.

“Defaulting Lender” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Delinquent Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable with a Missed Payment Factor of one (1) or higher as of such date.

“Delinquency Ratio” means, as of any Determination Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Defaulted Receivables) that had a Missed Payment Factor of (x) with respect to Daily Pay Receivables, fifteen (15) or higher, or (y) with respect to Weekly Pay Receivables, three (3) or higher, in each case, as of such Determination Date, and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables (that are not Defaulted Receivables) as of such Determination Date.

“Deposit Account” means a “deposit account” (as defined in the UCC), including a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

“Designated Officer” means, with respect to Company, any Person with the title of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel.

“Determination Date” means the last day of each Monthly Period.

“Direct Competitor” means (a) any Person engaged in the same or similar line of business as Holdings, (b) any Person that is a direct competitor of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings and is identified as such by the Company to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date (as such list is updated by the Company from time to time, and acknowledged in writing by the Administrative Agent (such acknowledgment not to be unreasonably withheld)) or

 

9


(c) any Affiliate of any such Person; provided that, any Person (other than any Person listed in clause (b) and their Affiliates) that either (i) both (A) has a market capitalization equal to or greater than $5 billion and (B) that is in the business of investing in commercial loans that generally have an original par amount in excess of $10,000,000 or (ii) that is an Approved Fund, shall in either case not be deemed a “Direct Competitor” hereunder.

“Document Checklist” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the lawful money of the United States.

“E-Sign Receivable” means any Receivable for which the signature or record of agreement of the Receivables Obligor is obtained through the use and capture of electronic signatures, click-through consents or other electronically recorded assents.

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) any Lender or any Lender Affiliate (other than a natural person), and (ii) any other Person (other than a natural Person) approved by Company, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and Administrative Agent (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld); provided , that (y) neither Holdings nor any Affiliate of Holdings shall, in any event, be an Eligible Assignee, and (z) no Direct Competitor shall be an Eligible Assignee so long as no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

“Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Outstanding Principal Balance for all Eligible Receivables as of such date.

“Eligible Receivable” means a Receivable with respect to which the Eligibility Criteria are satisfied as of the applicable date of determination.

“Eligible Receivables Obligor” means a Receivables Obligor that satisfies the criteria specified in Appendix C hereto under the definition of “Eligible Receivables Obligor”, subject to any changes agreed to by the Requisite Lenders and Company from time to time after the Closing Date.

“Eligibility Criteria” means the criteria specified in Appendix C hereto under the definition of Eligibility Criteria , subject to any changes agreed to by the Requisite Lenders and Company from time to time after the Closing Date.

“Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

“Equity Lienholder” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change of Control”.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

 

10


“ERISA Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA Affiliate of a Person shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of such Person within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of such Person and with respect to liabilities arising after such period, but only to the extent that such Person could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA as a result of its relationship with such former ERISA Affiliate.

“ERISA Event” means (i) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for thirty (30) day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, or, with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, or the assets thereof, or against Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or, with respect to any Pension Plan or

 

11


Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to Section 303(k) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

“Event of Default” means each of the events set forth in Section 7.1 .

“Excess Concentration Amounts” means the amounts set forth on Appendix D hereto.

“Excess Spread” means, with respect to any Determination Date for any Monthly Period, the product of (a) 12 times (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the excess, if any, of (x) the Adjusted Interest Collections for such Monthly Period over (y) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Pledged Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such Monthly Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the average daily Outstanding Principal Balance of Pledged Receivables for such Monthly Period.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Lender, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16(b) , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(d)(i ) or Section 2.16(d)(ii) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as of the date of this agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantially comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.

 

12


“Financial Covenants means the financial covenants set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

“Financial Officer Certification” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of Holdings that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is perfected and is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject.

“Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

“Funding Default” as defined in Section 2.18 .

“Funding Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a) .

“Funding Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

“GAAP” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2 , United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

“Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

“Historical Financial Statements” means as of the Closing Date, (i) the audited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, for the Fiscal Year ended 2013, consisting of balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and

 

13


cash flows for such Fiscal Year, and (ii) for the interim period from January 1, 2014 to the Closing Date, internally prepared, unaudited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, consisting of a balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each quarterly period completed prior to forty-six (46) days before the Closing Date, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), certified by the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of Holdings that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject, if applicable, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“Holdings” means On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Increased-Cost Lenders” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Indebtedness” as applied to any Person, means, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP; (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business that are unsecured and not overdue by more than six (6) months unless being contested in good faith and any such obligations incurred under ERISA); (v) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; (vi) the face amount of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (vii) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another; (viii) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that the obligation of the obligor thereof will be paid or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof; (ix) any liability of such Person for an obligation of another through any Contractual Obligation (contingent or otherwise) (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (b) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (ix), the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (viii) above; and (x) all obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes.

“Indemnified Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (excluding any amounts not otherwise payable by Company under Section 2.16(b)(iii) but including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial

 

14


proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any reasonable and documented fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, any Related Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Credit Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral)).

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Credit Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Indemnitee” as defined in Section 9.3 .

“Indemnitee Agent Party” as defined in Section 8.6 .

“Independent Manager” as defined in Section 6.15 .

“Intangible Assets” means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

“Interest Payment Date” means the fifteenth calendar day after the end of each Monthly Period, and if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

“Interest Period” means an interest period (i) initially, commencing on and including the Closing Date and ending on but excluding the initial Interest Payment Date; and (ii) thereafter, commencing on and including each Interest Payment Date and ending on and excluding the immediately succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , that no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Amortization Period End Date.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is four (4) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date.

“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

“Investment” means (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by Company of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person; (ii) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, from any Person, of any Capital Stock of such Person; and (iii) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts

 

15


and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by Company to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

“Lender” means each provider of financing listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

“Lender Affiliate” means, as applied to any Lender or Agent, any Related Fund and any Person directly or indirectly controlling (including any member of senior management of such Person), controlled by, or under common control with, such Lender or Agent. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio as of any day of (a) Consolidated Total Debt, excluding Subordinated Debt and Convertible Indebtedness, as of such day, to (b) the sum of (i) Holdings’ total stockholders’ equity as of such day, (ii) Warranty Liability as of such day and (iii) the sum of Subordinated Debt and Convertible Indebtedness as of such day.

“LIBO Rate” means, for any Revolving Loan (or portion thereof) for any Interest Period, the greater of (a) the rate per annum determined by the Paying Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second Business Day before the first day of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate (or any successor thereto) for deposits in dollars for a period of one month (as set forth by the Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by the Paying Agent in its sole discretion); provided , that if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” shall be the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) listed in The Wall Street Journal, “Money Rates” table at or about 10:00 a.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period (or, if no such rate is listed two Business Days prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period, the rate listed on the Business Day on which such rate was last listed) and (b) 1.00%.

“Lien” means (i) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

 

16


“Limited Liability Company Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of August 13, 2014.

“Lockbox Account” means a Deposit Account with account number 1830041238 at MB Financial Bank, N.A. in the name of Company.

“Lockbox Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Lockbox System” as defined in Section 2.11(d) .

“Margin Stock” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

“Master Record” as defined in the Custodial Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to any event or circumstance and any Person, a material adverse effect on: (i) the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of such Person to perform its material obligations under the Credit Documents; (iii) the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document to which such Person is a party; or (iv) the existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of any security interest in a material amount of the Pledged Receivables taken as a whole or in any material part.

“Material Contract” means any contract or other arrangement to which Company is a party (other than the Credit Documents or the Related Agreements) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Materials” as defined in Section 5.5(b) .

“Maximum Upfront Fee” means, with respect to each Receivable, the greater of (a) $695 and (b) 3.5% of the original aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Receivable.

“Missed Payment Factor” means, in respect of any Receivable, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount equal to (i) the total past due amount of Payments in respect of such Receivable, divided by (ii) the required periodic Payment in respect of such Receivable as set forth in the related Receivables Agreement and (b) the number of Payment Dates, if any, past the Receivable maturity date on which a Payment was due but not received.

“Monthly Period” means the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of such calendar month, provided , however , that the initial Monthly Period will commence on the date hereof and end on the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurred.

 

17


“Monthly Reporting Date” means the third Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date.

“Monthly Servicing Report” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

“NAIC” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

“Net Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Permitted Asset Sale, an amount equal to: (i) Cash payments received by, or on behalf of, Company from such Permitted Asset Sale, minus (ii) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale to the extent paid or payable to non-Affiliates, including (a) income or gains taxes payable by the seller as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale during the tax period the sale occurs and (b) a reasonable reserve for any recourse for a breach of the representations and warranties made by Company to the purchaser in connection with such Permitted Asset Sale; provided that upon release of any such reserve, the amount released shall be considered Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean with respect to any equity issuance, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and reasonable investment banker’s fees, underwriting discounts or commissions, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

“Non-Consenting Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Non-Creditworthy Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Non-US Lender” as defined in Section 2.16(d)(i) .

“Obligations” means all obligations of every nature of Company from time to time owed to the Agents (including former Agents), the Lenders or any of them, in each case under any Credit Document, whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to Company, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against Company for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

“On Deck Express Product” has the meaning given to the term “ODX” product as described in the underwriting guidelines portion of the Underwriting Policies (as such guidelines are in effect as of the Closing Date unless changes to such guidelines are made with the written consent of the Administrative Agent).

 

18


“On Deck Score” means that numerical value that represents Holdings’ evaluation of the creditworthiness of a business and its likelihood of default on a commercial loan or other similar credit arrangement generated by a proprietary methodology developed and maintained by Holdings, as such methodology is applied in accordance with the other aspects of the Underwriting Policies, as such methodology may be revised and updated from time to time in accordance with Section 6.17 .

“Online Document Checklist” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Custodial Agreement.

“Online Product” or “On Deck Online” has the meaning given to the term “ODO” product as described in the underwriting guidelines portion of the Underwriting Policies (as such guidelines are in effect as of the Closing Date unless changes to such guidelines are made with the written consent of the Administrative Agent).

“Organizational Documents” means (i) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, as amended, and its by-laws, as amended, (ii) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (iii) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, and (iv) with respect to any limited liability company, its articles of organization or certificate of formation, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

“Original Borrowing Base Certificate” as defined in Section 2.1(c)(ii) .

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Revolving Loan or Credit Document).

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19 ).

“Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date with respect to any Receivable, the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable as set forth on the Servicer’s books and records as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, however , that the Outstanding Principal Balance of any Pledged Receivable that has become a Charged-Off Loan will be zero.

 

19


“Participant Register” as defined in Section 9.6(h) .

“Paying Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Payment” means, with respect to any Receivable, the required scheduled loan payment in respect of such Receivable, as set forth in the applicable Receivable Agreement.

“Payment Dates” means, with respect to any Receivable, the date a payment is due in accordance with the Receivable Agreement with respect to such Receivable as in effect as of the date of determination.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

“Permitted Asset Sale” means so long as all Net Asset Sale Proceeds are contemporaneously remitted to the Collection Account, (a) the sale by Company of Receivables to Holdings pursuant to any repurchase obligations of Holdings under the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) the sale by the Servicer on behalf of Company of Charged-Off Receivables to any third party in accordance with the Servicing Standard, provided , that such sales are made without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Company (other than customary representations regarding title and absence of liens on the Charged-Off Receivables, and the status of Company, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), (c) the sale by Company of Receivables to Holdings who immediately thereafter sells such Receivables to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with a term securitization transaction involving the issuance of securities, so long as, (i) the amount received by Company therefore and deposited into the Collection Account is no less than the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balances of such Receivables, (ii) such sale is made without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by Company (other than customary representations regarding title, absence of liens on the Receivables, status of Company, due authorization, enforceability, no conflict and no required consents in respect of such sale), (iii) the manner in which such Receivables were selected by Company does not adversely affect the Lenders and (iv) the agreement pursuant to which such Receivables were sold to Holdings or such special-purpose Subsidiary, as the case may be, contains an obligation on the part of Holdings or such special-purpose Subsidiary to not file or join in filing any involuntary bankruptcy petition against Company prior to the end of the period that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all Obligations of Company under this Agreement and not to cooperate with or encourage others to file involuntary bankruptcy petitions against Company during the same period, and provided , that, if any such sale by Holdings to a special-purpose Subsidiary of Holdings involves Online Products and/or On Deck Express Products, and is in connection with a term securitization transaction, in which the Receivables eligible for purchase by the issuer under such securitization transaction from Holdings shall be Online Products and/or On Deck Express Products, then the Administrative Agent or one of its Affiliates shall have the right to be the lead underwriter of such transaction (provided the fees and expenses proposed to be charged by the Administrative Agent or such Affiliate(s) in connection with such role are

 

20


consistent with those then prevailing in the market for similar transactions available to Holdings, provided, further, that the Administrative Agent shall have promptly accepted such opportunity to act as the lead underwriter of such transaction on terms that are consistent with those then prevailing in the market for similar transactions and shall not be at such time, in breach of its obligations under this Agreement) and (d) the sale by Company of Receivables with the written consent of the Lenders.

“Permitted Discretion” means, with respect to any Person, a determination or judgment made by such Person in good faith in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured lender) credit or business judgment.

“Permitted Investments” means the following, subject to qualifications hereinafter set forth: (i) obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, when such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; (ii) federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit and time deposits of any bank, the short-term debt obligations of which are rated A-1+ (or the equivalent) by each of the rating agencies and, if it has a term in excess of three months, the long-term debt obligations of which are rated AAA (or the equivalent) by each of the Moody’s and S&P; (iii) deposits that are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. (FDIC); (iv) only to the extent permitted by Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (iii) above that are rated in the highest rating category by Moody’s or S&P; and (v) such other investments as to which the Administrative Agent consent in its sole discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Investments” (i) shall exclude any security with the S&P’s “r” symbol (or any other rating agency’s corresponding symbol) attached to the rating (indicating high volatility or dramatic fluctuations in their expected returns because of market risk), as well as any mortgage-backed securities and any security of the type commonly known as “strips”; (ii) shall not have maturities in excess of one year; (iii) shall be limited to those instruments that have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change; and (iv) shall exclude any investment where the right to receive principal and interest derived from the underlying investment provides a yield to maturity in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment. Interest may either be fixed or variable, and any variable interest must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a single fixed spread (if any), and move proportionately with that index. No investment shall be made which requires a payment above par for an obligation if the obligation may be prepaid at the option of the issuer thereof prior to its maturity. All investments shall mature or be redeemable upon the option of the holder thereof on or prior to the earlier of (x) three months from the date of their purchase or (y) the Business Day preceding the day before the date such amounts are required to be applied hereunder.

“Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

 

21


“Pledged Receivables shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Portfolio” means the Receivables purchased by Company from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Portfolio Performance Covenant” means the portfolio performance covenants specified in Appendix E .

“Portfolio Weighted Average Receivable Yield” means as of any date of determination, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing (a) the sum, for all Eligible Receivables, of the product of (i) the Receivable Yield for each such Receivable multiplied by (ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable as of such date, by (b) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance as of such date.

“Prime Rate” means, as of any day, the rate of interest per annum equal to the prime rate publicly announced by the majority of the eleven largest commercial banks chartered under United States Federal or State banking law as its prime rate (or similar base rate) in effect at its principal office. The determination of such eleven largest commercial banks shall be based upon deposits as of the prior year-end, as reported in the American Banker or such other source as may be reasonably selected by the Paying Agent.

“Principal Office” means, for Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B , or such other office as Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender; provided , however , that for the purpose of making any payment on the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, the Principal Office of Administrative Agent shall be as set forth on Appendix B (or such other location within the City and State of New York as Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender).

“Pro Rata Share” means with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

“Protective Undertaking Certification” means a certification provided by an Equity Lienholder to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, whereby such Equity Lienholder certifies that such Equity Lienholder will not (a) cause the Company to commence a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (b) in connection with any such proceeding, challenge the “true sale” characterization of any sale of Receivables by Holdings to the Company, or (c) in connection with any such proceeding, attempt to cause the Company to be “substantively consolidated” with Holdings or any other Person.

“Public Equity Offering” shall mean an underwritten public offering of common shares of, and by, Holdings pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which yields not less than $50,000,000 in Net Cash Proceeds to Holdings.

 

22


“Re-Aged” means returning a delinquent, open-end account to current status without collecting the total amount of principal, interest, and fees that are contractually due.

“Receivable Agreements” means, collectively, with respect to any Receivable, a Business Loan and Security Agreement, a Business Loan and Security Agreement Supplement or Loan Summary, the Authorization Agreement for Direct Deposit (ACH Credit) and Direct Payments (ACH Debit), in each case, in substantially the form provided to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other documents related thereto to which the Receivables Obligor is a party.

“Receivable File” means, with respect to any Receivable, (i) copies of each applicable document listed in the definition of “Receivable Agreements,” (ii) the UCC financing statement, if any, filed against the Receivables Obligor in connection with the origination of such Receivable and (iii) copies of each of the documents required by, and listed in, the Document Checklist attached to the Custodial Agreement, each of which may be in electronic form.

“Receivable Yield” means, with respect to any Receivable, the imputed interest rate that is calculated on the basis of the expected aggregate annualized rate of return (calculated inclusive of all interest and fees (other than any Upfront Fees)) of such Receivable over the life of such Receivable.

Such calculation shall assume:

(a) 52 Payment Dates per annum, for Weekly Pay Receivables; and

(b) 252 Payment Dates per annum, for Daily Pay Receivables.

“Receivables” means any loan or similar contract with a Receivables Obligor pursuant to which Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank extends credit to such Receivables Obligor including all rights under any and all security documents or supporting obligations related thereto, including the applicable Receivable Agreements.

“Receivables Account Bank” means, with respect to any Receivable, (i) BofI Federal Bank, a federal savings institution, or (ii) upon notice to the Administrative Agent, any other institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that originates and owns Loans for the Seller pursuant to a Receivables Program Agreement.

“Receivables Guarantor” means with respect to any Receivables Obligor, (a) each holder of the Capital Stock (or equivalent ownership or beneficial interest) of such Receivables Obligor in the case of a Receivables Obligor which is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or equivalent entity, who has agreed to unconditionally guarantee all of the obligations of the related Receivables Obligor under the related Receivable Agreements or (b) the natural person operating as the Receivables Obligor, if the Receivables Obligor is a sole proprietor.

 

23


“Receivables Obligor” means with respect to any Receivable, the Person or Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such Receivable, excluding any Receivables Guarantor referred to in clause (a) of the definition of “Receivables Guarantor.”

“Receivables Program Agreement” means the (i) Master Business Loan Marketing Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2012, between Holdings and BofI Federal Bank, a federal savings institution (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) and (ii) any other agreement between Holdings and a Receivables Account Bank pursuant to which Holdings may refer applicants for small business loans conforming to the Underwriting Policies to such Receivables Account Bank and such Receivables Account Bank has the discretion to fund or not fund a loan to such applicant based on its own evaluation of such applicant and containing those provisions as are reasonably necessary to ensure that the transfer of small business loans by such Receivables Account Bank to Holdings thereunder are treated as absolute sales.

“Receivables Purchase Agreement” means a Bill of Sale and Assignment of Assets, by and between Holdings and any Subsidiary of Holdings, in substantially the form of Exhibit L hereto.

“Register” as defined in Section 2.4(b) .

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

“Related Agreements” means, collectively the Organizational Documents of Company and each Receivables Program Agreement.

“Related Fund” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

“Related Security” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate” as defined in Section 2.1(c)(ii) .

“Replacement Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

“Requirements of Law” means as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule, ordinance, order, judgment, Governmental Authorization, or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

“Requisite Lenders” means one or more Lenders having or holding Revolving Exposure and representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

 

24


Reserve Account ” means a Deposit Account with account number OD1402.2 at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in the name of Company.

“Reserve Account Funding Amount” means, on any day during a Reserve Account Funding Period, the excess, if any, of the product of (a) 0.50% and (b) the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance, over the amount then on deposit in the Reserve Account.

“Reserve Account Funding Event” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the two Monthly Periods most recently ended, that the Two-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread was less than 20.0%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reserve Account Funding Event shall be deemed to no longer exist from and after any date upon which the Reserve Account Funding Event Cure has occurred (provided that only one Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder).

“Reserve Account Funding Event Cure” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the three Monthly Periods most recently ended, that each of the following conditions has been satisfied after the occurrence of a Reserve Account Funding Event: (a) the Three-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread was greater than 25.0% and (b) no Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall have previously occurred.

“Reserve Account Funding Period” means the period commencing on the first day after the Closing Date on which a Reserve Account Funding Event shall occur and ending on the first day thereafter on which the Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall occur, and the period commencing on the first day thereafter on which another Reserve Account Funding Event shall occur and ending on the Termination Date.

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of Capital Stock to the holders of that class; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding; and (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding.

“Revolving Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments.

“Revolving Commitment” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and “Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $75,000,000. The Revolving Commitment of each Lender will be equal to zero on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

25


“Revolving Commitment Period” means the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is one year after the Closing Date; (ii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.9(b) ; and (iii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 7.1 .

“Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

“Revolving Loan” means a Revolving Loan made by a Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.1 .

“Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and its permitted successors and assigns.

“Secured Parties” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“Securities Account” means a “securities account” (as defined in the UCC).

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Security Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Company and the Collateral Agent in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

26


“Servicer” means Holdings, in its capacity as the “Servicer” under the Servicing Agreement, and, after any removal or resignation of Holdings as the “Servicer” in accordance with the Servicing Agreement, any Successor Servicer.

“Servicer Default” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Servicing Agreement” means that certain Servicing Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Company, Holdings and the Administrative Agent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I , as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and, after the appointment of any Successor Servicer, the Successor Servicing Agreement to which such Successor Servicer is a party, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Servicing Fees” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement; provided, however that, after the appointment of any Successor Servicer, the Servicing Fees shall mean the Successor Servicer Fees payable to such Successor Servicer.

“Servicing Reports” means the Servicing Reports delivered pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, including the Monthly Servicing Report.

“Servicing Standard” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

Servicing Transition Expenses ” means all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by the Successor Servicer in connection with the assumption of servicing of the Pledged Receivables by a Successor Servicer after the delivery of a Termination Notice to the Servicer.

Servicing Transition Period ” means the period commencing on the giving of a Termination Notice and ending such number of days thereafter as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

“Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer (or the equivalent thereof) of each of Holdings and Company substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 .

“Solvent” means, with respect to Company or Holdings, that as of the date of determination, both (i) (a) the sum of such entity’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such entity’s present assets; (b) such entity’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date; and (c) such entity has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (ii) such entity is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under laws applicable to it relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

27


“Specified Event of Default” means any Event of Default occurring under Sections 7.1(a) , (g)  or (h) .

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings that is fully subordinated to all senior indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder, including, an agreement on the part of the holders of such Indebtedness that the maturity of such Indebtedness cannot be accelerated prior to the maturity date of such senior indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding.

“Subsidiary Receivables” means certain Receivables (i) owned by any Subsidiary of Holdings, and (ii) sold by such Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement, and immediately thereafter sold by Holdings to Company, in each case, on one or more Transfer Dates.

“Successor Servicer” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicer Fees” means the servicing fees payable to a Successor Servicer pursuant to a Successor Servicing Agreement.

“Tangible Net Worth” means, as of any day, the total of (a) Holdings’ total stockholders’ equity, minus (b) all Intangible Assets of Holdings, minus (c) all amounts due to Holdings from its Affiliates, plus (d) any Convertible Indebtedness, plus (e) any Warranty Liability.

“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Terminated Lender” as defined in Section 2.19 .

 

28


Termination Date ” means the date on, and as of, which (a) all Revolving Loans have been repaid in full in cash, (b) all other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made) under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents have been paid in full in cash or otherwise completely discharged, and (c) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall have occurred.

“Termination Notice” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

“Three-Month Weighted Average Delinquency Ratio” means, on any Interest Payment Date, the average of the Delinquency Ratios as of the three Determination Dates immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Three-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread” means, on any Interest Payment Date, the weighted average of the Excess Spreads as of the three Determination Dates immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Three-Month Weighted Average Receivable Yield” means, on any Interest Payment Date, the average of the Portfolio Weighted Average Receivable Yields as of the three Determination Dates immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings or Company on or within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents.

“Transfer Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Two-Month Weighted Average Excess Spread ” means, on any Interest Payment Date, the weighted average of the Excess Spreads as of the two Determination Dates immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“UCC Agent” means Corporation Service Company, a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as agent for Holdings or other entity providing secured party representation services for Holdings from time to time.

“Underwriting Policies” means the credit policies and procedures of Holdings, including the underwriting guidelines and OnDeck Score methodology, and the collection policies and procedures of Holdings, in each case in effect as of the Closing Date and in substantially the form provided to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date, as such policies, procedures, guidelines and methodologies may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.17 .

 

29


“Upfront Fees” means, with respect to any Receivable, the sum of any fees charged by Holdings or the Receivables Account Bank, as the case may be, to a Receivables Obligor in connection with the disbursement of a loan, as set forth in the Receivables Agreement related to such Receivable, which are deducted from the initial amount disbursed to such Receivables Obligor, including the “Origination Fee” set forth on the applicable Receivable Agreement.

“Warranty Liability” means, as of any day, the aggregate stated balance sheet fair value of all outstanding warrants exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred shares of Holdings determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Weekly Pay Receivable” means any Receivable for which a Payment is generally due once per week.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Company to Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(b ) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.1(d) , if applicable). If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either Company, the Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP and accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements and (b) Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent and each Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. If Administrative Agent, Company and the Administrative Agent cannot agree upon the required amendments within thirty (30) days following the date of implementation of any applicable change in GAAP, then all financial statements delivered and all calculations of financial covenants and other standards and terms in accordance with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be prepared, delivered and made without regard to the underlying change in GAAP.

1.3 Interpretation, etc. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not no limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

 

30


SECTION 2. LOANS

2.1 Revolving Loans .

(a) Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including, without limitation delivery of an updated Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(i) , each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to Company in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that no Lender shall make any such Revolving Loan or portion thereof to the extent that, after giving effect to such Revolving Loan:

(i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceeds the Borrowing Base; or

(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans funded by such Lender hereunder shall exceed its Revolving Commitment.

(b) Amounts borrowed pursuant to Section 2.1(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period, and any repayment of the Revolving Loans (other than (i) pursuant to Section 2.10 (which circumstance shall be governed by Section 2.10 ), (ii) on any Interest Payment Date upon which no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which circumstance shall be governed by Section 2.12(a) ) or (iii) on a date during the Amortization Period or upon which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which circumstances shall be governed by Section 2.12(b) )) shall be applied as directed by Company, provided that the Company may not repay the Revolving Loans more than one (1) time per week. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. All Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than the Amortization Period End Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may also at any time or from time to time during the Amortization Period voluntarily prepay the Revolving Loans in whole or in part.

(c) Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

(i) Revolving Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $50,000.

(ii) Whenever Company desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Custodian a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date; provided , that (x) the Company shall review such Funding Notice on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed Credit Date and (y) if following such review it has determined that a Receivable would not qualify as an Eligible Receivable by virtue of clause (h) of the Eligibility Criteria not being satisfied then (1) such Receivable shall be deemed to be excluded from the Borrowing Base Certificate included in such Funding Notice (each, an “ Original Borrowing Base Certificate ”) (and any certification related thereto contained

 

31


therein or in the Credit Documents) and (2) the Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent, the Custodian and the Paying Agent a revised Funding Notice no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least one (1) Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date and such revised Funding Notice (and the corresponding Borrowing Base Certificate) (each, a “ Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate ”) shall be modified solely to make adjustments necessary to exclude any such Receivable that would not qualify as an Eligible Receivable by virtue of clause (h) of the Eligibility Criteria including any reductions due to any resulting Excess Concentration Amounts, if any. Each such Funding Notice shall be delivered with a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting sufficient Revolving Availability for the requested Revolving Loans and a Borrowing Base Report.

(iii) Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Paying Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, and the Paying Agent shall remit such funds to the Company not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars to the account of Company designated in the related Funding Notice.

(iv) Company may borrow Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1, purchase Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) and/or repay Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) no more than three (3) times per week.

(d) Deemed Requests for Revolving Loans to Pay Required Payments . All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable to Lenders under this Agreement or any Credit Document may be paid from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, made pursuant to a Funding Notice from Company pursuant to Section 2.1(c) .

2.2 Pro Rata Shares . All Revolving Loans shall be made by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan requested hereunder nor shall any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan requested hereunder.

2.3 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of Revolving Loans, if any, made on the Closing Date shall be applied by Company to (a) acquire Eligible Receivables from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement and (b) pay Transaction Costs. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans made after the Closing Date shall be applied by Company to (a) finance the acquisition of Eligible Receivables from Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) pay Transaction Costs and ongoing fees and expenses of Company hereunder and (c) make other payments in accordance with Section 2.12 . No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

 

32


2.4 Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes .

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt . Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of Company to such Lender, including the amounts of the Revolving Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Revolving Loans; and provided further , in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern absent manifest error.

(b) Register . The Paying Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Company, shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “Register” ). The Register shall be available for inspection by Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Paying Agent shall record in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Revolving Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided , failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any Revolving Loan. Company hereby designates the entity serving as the Paying Agent to serve as Company’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.4 , and Company hereby agrees that, to the extent such entity serves in such capacity, the entity serving as the Paying Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees .”

(c) Revolving Loan Notes . If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or at any time thereafter, Company shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 9.6 ) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after Company’s receipt of such notice) a Revolving Loan Note to evidence such Lender’s Revolving Loans.

2.5 Interest on Loans .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Revolving Loans shall accrue interest daily in an amount equal to the product of (A) the unpaid principal amount thereof as of such day and (B) the LIBO Rate for such period plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.5(a) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Revolving Loan, the date of the making of such Revolving Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Loan shall be included, and the date of payment of such Revolving Loan or the expiration date of an Interest

 

33


Period applicable to such Revolving Loan shall be excluded; provided , if a Revolving Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one (1) day’s interest shall be paid on that Revolving Loan.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Revolving Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on and to each Interest Payment Date; (ii) upon any prepayment of that Revolving Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) at maturity.

2.6 Default Interest . Subject to Section 9.18 , upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments on the Revolving Loans not paid on the Interest Payment Date for the Interest Period in which such interest accrued or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable in accordance with Section 2.12(b) at a rate that is 3.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Revolving Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 3.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder) (the “ Default Interest Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.6 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

2.7 [Reserved] .

2.8 Amortization Period End Date . Company shall repay the Revolving Loans in full on or before the Amortization Period End Date.

2.9 Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Company may, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to Administrative Agent, at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(c) Company’s notice shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in Company’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its applicable Pro Rata Share thereof.

2.10 Borrowing Base Deficiency . Company shall prepay the Revolving Loans within two (2) Business Day of the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer or the Chief Financial Officer (or

 

34


in each case, the equivalent thereof) of Company becoming aware that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists and (ii) receipt by Company of notice from any Agent or any Lender that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, in each case in an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency, which shall be applied to prepay the Revolving Loans as necessary to cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency.

2.11 Controlled Accounts .

(a) Company shall establish and maintain cash management systems reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, with respect to blocked account arrangements. Other than a cash management deposit account (the “ Funding Account ”) maintained at the Paying Agent into which proceeds of Revolving Loans may be funded at the direction of Company, Company shall not establish or maintain a Deposit Account or Securities Account other than a Controlled Account and Company shall not, and shall cause Servicer not to deposit Collections or proceeds thereof in a Securities Account or Deposit Account which is not a Controlled Account ( provided , that, inadvertent and non-reoccurring errors by Servicer in applying such Collections or proceeds that are promptly, and in any event within two (2) Business Days after Servicer or Company has (or should have had in the exercise of reasonable diligence) knowledge thereof, cured shall not be considered a breach of this covenant). All Collections and proceeds of Collateral shall be subject to an express trust for the benefit of Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and shall be delivered to Lenders for application to the Obligations or any other amount due under any other Credit Document as set forth in this Agreement.

(b) On or prior to the date hereof, Company shall cause to be established and maintained, (i) a trust account (or sub-accounts) in the name of Company and under the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent designated as the “ Collection Account ” in each case bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and subject to the applicable Securities Account Control Agreement and (ii) a Deposit Account into which the proceeds of all Pledged Receivables, including by automatic debit from Receivables Obligors’ operating accounts, shall be deposited in the name of Company designated as the “ Lockbox Account ” as to which the Collateral Agent has sole dominion and control over such account for the benefit of the Secured Parties within the meaning of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC pursuant to the Lockbox Account Control Agreement. The Lockbox Account Control Agreement will provide that all funds in the Lockbox Account will be swept daily into the Collection Account.

(c) Lockbox System.

(i) Company has established pursuant to the Lockbox Account Control Agreement and the other Control Agreements for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a system of lockboxes and related accounts or deposit accounts as described in Sections 2.11(a) and (b)  (the “ Lockbox System ”) into which (subject to the proviso in Section 2.11(a) ) all Collections shall be deposited.

(ii) Company shall have identified a method reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent to grant Backup Servicer (and its delegates) access to the Lockbox

 

35


Account when the Backup Servicer has become the Successor Servicer in accordance with the Credit Documents, for purposes of initiating ACH transfers from Receivables Obligors’ operating accounts after the date hereof.

(iii) Company shall not establish any lockbox or lockbox arrangement without the consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, and prior to establishing any such lockbox or lockbox arrangement, Company shall cause each bank or financial institution with which it seeks to establish such a lockbox or lockbox arrangement, to enter into a control agreement with respect thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

(iv) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, Company shall not (A) change the general instructions given to the Servicer in respect of payments on account of Pledged Receivables to be deposited in the Lockbox System or (B) change any instructions given to any bank or financial institution which in any manner redirects any Collections or proceeds thereof in the Lockbox System to any account which is not a Controlled Account.

(v) Company acknowledges and agrees that (A) the funds on deposit in the Lockbox System shall continue to be collateral security for the Obligations secured thereby, and (B) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the election of the Requisite Lenders, the funds on deposit in the Lockbox System may be applied as provided in Section 2.12(b) .

(vi) Company has directed, and will at all times hereafter direct, the Servicer to direct payment from each of the Receivables Obligors on account of Pledged Receivables directly to the Lockbox System. Company agrees (A) to instruct the Servicer to instruct each Receivables Obligor to make all payments with respect to Pledged Receivables directly to the Lockbox System and (B) promptly (and, except as set forth in the proviso to this Section 2.11(c)(vi) , in no event later than two (2) Business Days following receipt) to deposit all payments received by it on account of Pledged Receivables, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, money orders or otherwise, in the Lockbox System in precisely the form in which they are received (but with any endorsements of Company necessary for deposit or collection), and until they are so deposited to hold such payments in trust for and as the property of the Collateral Agent; provided , however , that with respect to any payment received that does not contain sufficient identification of the account number to which such payment relates or cannot be processed due to an act beyond the control of the Servicer, such deposit shall be made no later than the second Business Day following the date on which such account number is identified or such payment can be processed, as applicable.

(vii) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and shall be continuing, Company or its designee shall be permitted to direct the investment of the funds from time to time held in the Controlled Accounts (A) in Permitted Investments and to sell or liquidate such Permitted Investments and reinvest proceeds from such sale or liquidation in other Permitted Investments (but none of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall have liability whatsoever in respect of any

 

36


failure by the Controlled Account Bank to do so), with all such proceeds and reinvestments to be held in the applicable Controlled Account; provided , however , that the maturity of the Permitted Investments on deposit in the Controlled Accounts shall be no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which such funds are required to be withdrawn therefrom pursuant to this Agreement, (B) to repay the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.1(b) , provided , however , that (w) in order to effect any such repayment from a Controlled Account, Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and Paying Agent, a Controlled Account Voluntary Payment Notice in substantially the form of Exhibit K hereto no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the date of any such repayment specifying the date of prepayment, the amount to be repaid and the Controlled Account from which such repayment shall be made, (x) no more than three (3) borrowings of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 may be made in any calendar week, (y) the minimum amount of any such repayment on the Revolving Loans shall be $50,000, and (z) after giving effect to each such repayment, an amount equal to not less than the sum of (i) during any Reserve Account Funding Period, any Reserve Account Funding Amount and (ii) the aggregate of 105% of the aggregate pro forma amount of interest, fees and expenses projected to be due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing Agreement, if any, for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period, based on the Accrued Interest Amount on such date and a projection of the interest to accrue on the Revolving Loans during the remainder of the applicable Interest Period using the same assumptions as are contained in the calculation of the Accrued Interest Amount, and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments on such date (after giving effect to such repayments), shall remain in the Controlled Accounts, or (C) to purchase additional Eligible Receivables pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, provided, that a Borrowing Base Certificate (evidencing sufficient Revolving Availability after giving effect to the release of Collections and the making of any Revolving Loan being made on such date and that after giving effect to the release of Collections, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes, or would result from such release that would constitute, a Borrowing Base Deficiency, Default or Event of Default) and a Borrowing Base Report shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent and the Custodian no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (2) Business Days in advance of any such proposed purchase or release, (x) if such purchase of Eligible Receivables were being funded with Revolving Loans, the conditions for making such Revolving Loans on such date contained in Section 3.2(a)(iii) and Section 3.2(a)(vi) would be satisfied as of such date, and provided further, that if such withdrawal from the Collection Account does not occur simultaneously with the making of a Revolving Loan by the Lenders hereunder pursuant to the delivery of a Funding Notice, such withdrawal shall be considered a “Revolving Loan” solely for purposes of Section 2.1(c)(iv) (y) no more than three (3) borrowings of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 may be made in any calendar week and (z) after giving effect to such release, an amount equal to not less than the sum of (i) during any Reserve Account Funding Period, any Reserve Account Funding Amount and (ii) the aggregate of 105% of the aggregate pro forma amount of interest, fees and expenses projected to be due hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Successor Servicing

 

37


Agreement, if any, for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period, based on the Accrued Interest Amount on such date and a projection of the interest to accrue on the Revolving Loans during the remainder of the applicable Interest Period using the same assumptions as are contained in the calculation of the Accrued Interest Amount, and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments on such date shall remain in the Controlled Accounts.

(viii) All income and gains from the investment of funds in the Controlled Accounts shall be retained in the respective Controlled Account from which they were derived, until each Interest Payment Date, at which time such income and gains shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.12(a) or (b)  (or, if sooner, until utilized for a repayment pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or a purchase of additional Eligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) ), as the case may be. As between Company and Collateral Agent, Company shall treat all income, gains and losses from the investment of amounts in the Controlled Accounts as its income or loss for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

(d) Reserve Account . On or prior to the date hereof, Company shall cause to be established and maintained a Deposit Account in the name of Company designated as the “Reserve Account” as to which the Collateral Agent has control over such account for the benefit of the Lenders within the meaning of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC pursuant to the Blocked Account Control Agreement. The Reserve Account will be funded during a Reserve Account Funding Period with funds available therefor pursuant to Section 2.12(a). At any time after the giving of a Termination Notice by the Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall at the written direction of the Administrative Agent withdraw from time to time up to an aggregate amount of $100,000 from the Reserve Account to pay Servicing Transition Expenses during the Servicing Transition Period. On the first Interest Payment Date after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Paying Agent shall at the written direction of the Administrative Agent transfer into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(b) the amount by which the amount in the Reserve Account exceeds the excess, if any, of $100,000 over the aggregate amount previously withdrawn from the Reserve Account to pay Servicing Transition Expenses. If the first Interest Payment Date after the end of a Servicing Transition Period is during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Paying Agent shall at the written direction of the Administrative Agent transfer into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(b) all amounts in the Reserve Account. If, after the first Reserve Account Funding Event to occur hereunder, a Reserve Account Funding Event Cure occurs, on the next Interest Payment Date after the occurrence of such Reserve Account Funding Event Cure the Paying Agent shall, at the direction of Company, transfer all amounts in the Reserve Account into the Collection Account for application on such Interest Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.12(a). For the avoidance of doubt, only one Reserve Account Funding Event Cure shall be permitted hereunder.

2.12 Application of Proceeds .

(a) Application of Amounts in the Collection Account . So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (after giving effect to the application of funds in

 

38


accordance herewith on the relevant date) and the Revolving Commitment Termination Date has not yet occurred, on each Interest Payment Date, all amounts in the Controlled Accounts (other than the Reserve Account) shall be applied by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report as follows:

(i) first, to Company, on a pari passu basis, (A) amounts sufficient for Company to maintain its limited liability company existence and to pay similar expenses up to an amount not to exceed $1,000 in any Fiscal Year, and only to the extent not previously distributed to Company during such Fiscal Year pursuant to clause (ix) below, and (B) to pay any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(ii) second, on a pari passu basis, (A) to Company to pay any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Custodian and the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts), (B) to Administrative Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents; (C) to Collateral Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents; and (D) to Paying Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Paying Agent under the Credit Documents; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of costs, fees or indemnities payable to Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts) pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed $450,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(iii) third, on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders to pay costs, fees, and accrued interest on the Revolving Loans and expenses and interest thereon payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(iv) fourth , on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders in an amount necessary to reduce any Borrowing Base Deficiency to zero;

(v) fifth , to pay to Administrative Agent, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent and the Controlled Account Bank any costs, fees or indemnities not paid in accordance with clause (ii) above;

(vi) sixth , during a Reserve Account Funding Period, to the Reserve Account an amount equal to any Reserve Account Funding Amount;

(vii) seventh , to pay all other Obligations or any other amount then due and payable hereunder;

(viii) eighth , at the election of Company, on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders, as applicable, to repay the principal of the Revolving Loans; and

(ix) ninth , prior to the Amortization Period End Date, and provided that no Borrowing Base Deficiency would occur after giving effect to such distribution, any remainder to Company or as Company shall direct consistent with Section 6.5 .

 

39


(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and during the Amortization Period, on each Interest Payment Date, all amounts in the Controlled Accounts shall be applied by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report as follows:

(i) first, to Company, on a pari passu basis, (A) amounts sufficient for Company to maintain its limited liability company existence and to pay similar expenses up to an amount not to exceed $1,000 in any Fiscal Year, and only to the extent not previously distributed to Company during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(i) or 2.12(a)(ix) above, and (B) to pay any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(ii) second, on a pari passu basis, (A) to Company to pay any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Custodian and the Controlled Account Bank (in respect of the Controlled Accounts), (B) to Administrative Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents (C) to Collateral Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents and (D) to Paying Agent to pay any costs, fees or indemnities then due and owing to Paying Agent under the Credit Documents;

(iii) third, on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders to pay costs, fees, and accrued interest (including any additional interest accruing under Section 2.6 ) on the Revolving Loans and expenses and interest thereon payable pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(iv) fourth , on a pro rata basis, to the Lenders until the Revolving Loans are paid in full;

(v) fifth, to pay all other Obligations or any other amount then due and payable hereunder; and

(vi) sixth, any remainder to Company.

2.13 General Provisions Regarding Payments .

(a) All payments by Company of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds, without defense, recoupment, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and paid not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due via wire transfer of immediately available funds. Funds received after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by Company on the next Business Day (provided, that any repayment made pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or any application of funds by Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.12 on any Interest Payment Date shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made in accordance with the deadlines and payment requirements described in this Section 2.13 ).

(b) All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Revolving Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans or payments pursuant to Section 2.10 ) shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid.

 

40


(c) Paying Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, the applicable Pro Rata Share of each Lender of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due with respect thereto, including, without limitation, all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by Paying Agent.

(d) Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder.

(e) Except as set forth in the proviso to Section 2.13(a) , Paying Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of Company hereunder to them that is not made in same day funds prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment. Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Paying Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day. Paying Agent shall give prompt notice via electronic mail to Company and Administrative Agent if any payment is non-conforming. Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1(a) . Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Interest Rate determined pursuant to Section 2.6 from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

2.14 Ratable Sharing . Lenders hereby agree among themselves that, except as otherwise provided in the Collateral Documents with respect to amounts realized from the exercise of rights with respect to Liens on the Collateral, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Revolving Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “Aggregate Amounts Due” to such Lender) which is greater than such Lender would be entitled pursuant to this Agreement, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and each Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that the recovery of such Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by the applicable Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them pursuant to this Agreement; provided , if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the

 

41


bankruptcy or reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

2.15 Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy.

(a) Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.16 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Affected Party shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by such Affected Party with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date hereof (or with respect to any Lender which becomes a Lender after the date hereof, effective after such date) by any central bank or other Governmental Authority or quasi-Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) subjects such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) to any additional Tax (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC or other insurance or charge or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Party; or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Affected Party of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, if such Affected Party deems such change to be material, Company shall promptly pay to such Affected Party, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Affected Party in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Affected Party for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder and any reasonable expenses related thereto. Such Affected Party shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Affected Party under this Section 2.15(a) , which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

42


(b) Capital Adequacy Adjustment . In the event that any Affected Party shall have determined in its sole discretion (which determination shall, absent manifest effort, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that (i) the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by any Affected Party (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling such Affected Party with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, in each case after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Affected Party or any company controlling such Affected Party as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Affected Party’s Loans or Revolving Commitments, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans to a level below that which such Affected Party or such controlling company could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Affected Party or such controlling company with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Company from such Affected Party of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Company shall pay to such Affected Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Party or such controlling company on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Affected Party shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Affected Party under this Section 2.15(b) , which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.15 shall apply, without limitation, to all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued by any Governmental Authority (x) under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute and (y) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.

(c) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Affected Party to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Affected Party’s right to demand such compensation, provided that Company shall not be required to compensate an Affected Party pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than thirty (30) days prior to the date that such Affected Party notifies Company of the matters giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Affected Party’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.15 , with respect to any Affected Party that is not a bank or a broker-dealer, the Company shall not be required to pay any increased costs under this Section 2.15 if the payment of such increased cost would cause the Company’s all-in cost of borrowing hereunder, for the applicable period to be in excess of the LIBO Rate plus 7.5%.

 

43


2.16 Taxes; Withholding, etc.

(a) Payments to Be Free and Clear . Subject to Section 2.16(b) , all sums payable by Company hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within the United States or any political subdivision in or of the United States or any other jurisdiction from or to which a payment is made by or on behalf of Company or by any federation or organization of which the United States or any such jurisdiction is a member at the time of payment.

(b) Withholding of Taxes . If Company or any other Person is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any such Tax from any sum paid or payable by Company to an Affected Party under any of the Credit Documents: (i) Company shall notify Paying Agent of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Company becomes aware of it; (ii) Company or the Paying Agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay any such Tax to the relevant Governmental Authority before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on Company) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Paying Agent or such Affected Party, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Paying Agent or such Affected Party; (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by Company in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment (and any withholdings imposed on additional amounts payable under this paragraph), such Affected Party receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; and (iv) within thirty (30) days after paying any sum from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, Company shall deliver to Paying Agent evidence satisfactory to the other Affected Parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority.

(c) Indemnification by Company . Company shall indemnify each Affected Party, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes payable or paid by such Affected Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Affected Party and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Company by an Affected Party (with a copy to the Paying Agent), or by the Paying Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of an Affected Party, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Exemption or Reduced Rate From U.S. Withholding Tax .

(i) Each Lender that is not a United States Person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax

 

44


purposes (a “Non-US Lender” ) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Paying Agent for transmission to Company, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof on the Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Company or Paying Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable (with appropriate attachments) (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Lender is not subject to, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents, or (B) if such Lender is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot deliver Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY or W-8ECI pursuant to clause (A) above and is relying on the so called “portfolio interest exception”, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status together with two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Lender is not subject, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of interest payable under any of the Credit Documents. Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.16(d)(i) or Section 2.16(d)(ii) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to Paying Agent for transmission to Company two new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8IMY, or W-8ECI, or, if relying on the “portfolio interest exception”, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form), as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company to confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to, or is eligible for a reduction in the rate of, deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to payments to such Lender under the Credit Documents, or notify Paying Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence.

(ii) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Company and the Paying Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement on the Closing Date or pursuant to an Assignment Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Company or the Paying Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is a U.S. Person and exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

 

45


(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Company and the Paying Agent at the time or times reasonably requested by Company or the Paying Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Company or the Paying Agent as may be necessary for Company and the Paying Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(d)(iii) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(e) Payment of Other Taxes by the Company . The Company shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

2.17 Obligation to Mitigate . Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Revolving Loans becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.15 and/or Section 2.16 , it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions through another office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to 2.15 and/or 2.16 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided , such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.17 unless Company agrees to pay all reasonable and incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Company pursuant to this Section 2.17 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.18 Defaulting Lenders . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that other than at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority, any Lender defaults (in each case, a “Defaulting Lender” ) in its obligation to fund (a “Funding Default” ) any Revolving Loan (in each case, a “Defaulted Loan” ), then (a) during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Credit Documents; (b) to the extent permitted by applicable

 

46


law, until such time as the Default Excess, if any, with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, (i) any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Revolving Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (ii) any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender) as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender, it being understood and agreed that Company shall be entitled to retain any portion of any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans that is not paid to such Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the operation of the provisions of this clause (b); and (c) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments, as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender. No Revolving Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.18 , performance by Company of its obligations hereunder and the other Credit Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of any Funding Default or the operation of this Section 2.18 . The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.18 are in addition to other rights and remedies which Company may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default and which Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default or violation of Section 8.5(c) .

2.19 Removal or Replacement of a Lender . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that: (a) (i) any Lender (an “Increased-Cost Lender” ) shall give notice to Company that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.15 and/or Section 2.16 , (ii) the circumstances which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Default Period for such Defaulting Lender shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 9.5(b) , the consent of Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender” ) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; or (d) (i) any Lender fails to be a creditworthy entity (in terms of its remaining funding obligations under this Agreement) (a “Non-Creditworthy Lender” ) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender, Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Creditworthy Lender (the “Terminated Lender” ), Company may, by giving written notice to any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, each other such Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Revolving Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees identified by Company (each a “Replacement Lender” ) in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 ; provided , (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Revolving Loans of the Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, and (B) an

 

47


amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.7 ; (2) on the date of such assignment, Company shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.15 and/or Section 2.16 and any other amounts due to such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders; and (3) in the event such Terminated Lender is an Increased-Cost Lender, such assignment will result in a reduction in any claims for payments under Section 2.15 and/or Section 2.16 , as applicable, and (4) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender. Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments and, if applicable, the Revolving Commitments of such other Lenders, such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , any rights of such Terminated Lender and, if applicable, such other Lenders to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender and such other Lenders.

2.20 The Paying Agent.

(a) The Lenders hereby appoint Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the initial Paying Agent. All payments of amounts due and payable in respect of the Obligations that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be made by the Paying Agent based on the Monthly Servicing Report.

(b) The Paying Agent hereby agrees that, subject to the provisions of this Section, it shall:

(i) hold any sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Obligations in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Administrative Agent and each Lender notice of any default by the Company in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Obligations of which it has actual knowledge;

(iii) comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable State law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it in respect of any Obligations of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith; and

(iv) provide to the Agents such information as is required to be delivered under the Internal Revenue Code or any State law applicable to the particular Paying Agent, relating to payments made by the Paying Agent under this Agreement.

(c) Each Paying Agent (other than the initial Paying Agent) shall be appointed by the Lenders with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

48


(d) The Company shall indemnify the Paying Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred, other than in connection with the willful misconduct, fraud, gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Paying Agent, arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations under and in accordance with this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Agreement. All such amounts shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.12 and such indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Paying Agent.

(e) The Paying Agent undertakes to perform such duties, and only such duties, as are expressly set forth in this Agreement. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Paying Agent. The Paying Agent may conclusively rely on the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed in any certificates or opinions furnished to the Paying Agent pursuant to and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement.

(f) The Paying Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the direction or request of Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent, or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review.

(g) The Paying Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless an authorized officer of the Paying Agent obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Paying Agent receives written notice of such event from the Company, the Servicer, any Secured Party or any Agent, as the case may be. The receipt and/or delivery of reports and other information under this Agreement by the Paying Agent shall not constitute notice or actual or constructive knowledge of any Default or Event of Default contained therein.

(h) The Paying Agent shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability shall not be reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Paying Agent to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(i) The Paying Agent may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate of an Authorized Officer, any Monthly Servicing Report, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(j) The Paying Agent may consult with counsel of its choice with regard to legal questions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the advice or opinion of such counsel, selected with due care, shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by the Paying Agent in good faith and in accordance therewith.

 

49


(k) The Paying Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies vested in it by this Agreement or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or in relation to this Agreement, at the request, order or direction of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, such Lender or such Agent shall have offered to the Paying Agent security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.

(l) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 2.21 , the Paying Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by a Lender or the Administrative Agent; provided, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Paying Agent of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation shall be, in the opinion of the Paying Agent, not reasonably assured by the Company, the Paying Agent may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Paying Agent, shall be reimbursed by the Company to the extent of funds available therefor pursuant to Section 2.12 .

(m) The Paying Agent shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent, the Company, the Servicer, any Agent, any Lender or any other Person.

(n) Any Person into which the Paying Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which to Paying Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Paying Agent, shall be the successor of the Paying Agent under this Agreement, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

(o) The Paying Agent does not assume and shall have no responsibility for, and makes no representation as to, monitoring the value of any Collateral.

(p) If the Paying Agent shall at any time receive conflicting instructions from the Administrative Agent and the Company or the Servicer or any other party to this Agreement and the conflict between such instructions cannot be resolved by reference to the terms of this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the instructions of the Administrative Agent. The Paying Agent may rely upon the validity of documents delivered to it, without investigation as to their authenticity or legal effectiveness, and the parties to this Agreement will hold the Paying Agent harmless from any claims that may arise or be asserted against the Paying Agent because of the invalidity of any such documents or their failure to fulfill their intended purpose.

 

50


(q) The Paying Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to disregard any and all notices or instructions given by any other party hereto or by any other person, firm or corporation, except only such notices or instructions as are herein provided for and orders or process of any court entered or issued with or without jurisdiction. If any property subject hereto is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any court order, or in case any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court affecting such property or any part hereof, then and in any of such events the Paying Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to rely upon and comply with any such order, writ, judgment or decree, and if it complies with any such order, writ, judgment or decree it shall not be liable to any other party hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance even though such order, writ, judgment or decree maybe subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

(r) The Paying Agent may: (i) terminate its obligations as Paying Agent under this Agreement (subject to the terms set forth herein) upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Paying Agent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and Company shall have accepted appointment by the Lenders as Paying Agent, pursuant hereto and shall have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; or (ii) be removed at any time by written demand, of the Requisite Lenders, delivered to the Paying Agent, the Company and the Servicer. In the event of such termination or removal, the Lenders with the consent of the Company shall appoint a successor paying. If, however, a successor paying agent is not appointed by the Lenders within ninety (90) days after the giving of notice of resignation, the Paying Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Paying Agent.

(s) Any successor Paying Agent appointed pursuant hereto shall (i) execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, and to the predecessor Paying Agent an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the predecessor Paying Agent shall become effective and such successor Paying Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor as Paying Agent under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Paying Agent. The predecessor Paying Agent shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Paying Agent all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Company and the predecessor Paying Agent shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be requested for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Paying Agent all such rights, powers, duties, and obligations.

(t) The Company shall reimburse the Paying Agent for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Paying Agent actually incurred in connection with the succession of any successor Paying Agent including in transferring any funds in its possession to the successor Paying Agent.

(u) The Paying Agent shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the Controlled Accounts or any other moneys held by the Paying Agent pursuant to this

 

51


Agreement in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from Company. In no event shall the Paying Agent be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Paying Agent shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Company to provide timely written investment direction.

(v) If the Paying Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder or shall receive instructions from any of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement which, in the reasonable opinion of the Paying Agent, are in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall be entitled (without incurring any liability therefor to the Company or any other Person) to (i) consult with outside counsel of its choosing and act or refrain from acting based on the advice of such counsel and (ii) refrain from taking any action until it shall be directed otherwise in writing by all of the parties hereto or by final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(w) The Paying Agent shall incur no liability nor be responsible to Company or any other Person for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control that significantly and adversely affect the Paying Agent’s ability to perform with respect to this Agreement. Such acts shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God, strikes, work stoppages, acts of terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility.

(x) The Paying Agent may execute any of its powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Paying Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

2.21 Duties of Paying Agent.

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Upon receipt of any Borrowing Base Report and the related Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(d)(ii) , Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , Paying Agent shall, on the Business Day following receipt of such Borrowing Base Report, to the extent that Paying Agent has access to all information necessary to perform the duties set forth herein:

(i) compare the beginning Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance set forth in such Borrowing Base Report with the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables listed in the Master Record and identify any discrepancy;

(ii) compare the number of Pledged Receivables listed in the Master Record with the number of Pledged Receivables provided to the Paying Agent by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Custodial Agreement as the number of Pledged Receivables for which the Custodian holds a Receivables File pursuant to the Custodial Agreement and identify any discrepancy;

 

52


(iii) confirm that each Pledged Receivable listed in the Master Record has a unique loan identification number;

(iv) compare the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Report as the amount on deposit in the Collection Account with the amount shown on deposit in the Collection Account and identify any discrepancy;

(v) in the case of a Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) or Section 2.11(c)(vii)(C) , recalculate the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Report as the amount that will be on deposit in the Collection Account after giving effect to the related repayment of Loans or the related purchase of Eligible Receivables set forth therein and identify any discrepancy;

(vi) confirm that the Accrued Interest Amount and an estimate of accrued fees as of the date of repayment or the Transfer Date, as the case may be, multiplied by 105%, is the amount set forth in such Borrowing Base Request as 105% of the estimated amount of accrued interest and fees and identify any discrepancy;

(vii) recalculate the Revolving Availability based on the Borrowing Base set forth in such Borrowing Base Report and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments set forth in the Paying Agent’s records and identify any discrepancies;

(viii) in the case of a Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(i) , (A) confirm that the Revolving Loans requested in the related Funding Request are not greater than the Revolving Availability and (B) confirm that, after giving effect to such Revolving Loans, the Total Utilization of Revolving Loans will not exceed the Revolving Commitment; and

(ix) notify the Lenders of the results of such review.

(b) Monthly Servicing Reports . Upon receipt of any Monthly Servicing Report delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(f) , Paying Agent shall, to the extent that Paying Agent has access to all information necessary to perform the duties set forth herein:

(i) compare the Eligible Portfolio Outstanding Principal Balance set forth therein with the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables listed in the Master Record and identify any discrepancy;

(ii) confirm the aggregate repayments of Revolving Loans during the period covered by the Monthly Servicing Report set forth therein with the Borrowing Base Reports delivered to Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.11(c)(vii)(B) during such period and identify any discrepancies;

(iii) compare the amount set forth therein as the amount on deposit in the Collection Account with the amount shown on deposit in the Collection Account and identify any discrepancy;

 

53


(iv) compare the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and unused fees payable to the Revolving Lenders set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoices received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancies;

(v) compare the amount of Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer set forth therein to the amount set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(vi) compare the amount of Backup Servicing Fees and expenses payable to the Backup Servicer set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(vii) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Custodian set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(viii) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Collateral Agent set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice received by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(ix) compare the amount of fees and expenses payable to the Paying Agent set forth therein to the amounts set forth in the related invoice submitted by Paying Agent and identify any discrepancy;

(x) recalculate the Revolving Availability based on the Borrowing Base set forth therein and the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments set forth in the Paying Agent’s records and identify any discrepancies; and

(xi) notify the Lenders of the results of such review.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, Paying Agent’s sole responsibility with respect to the obligations set forth in Section 2.21 is to compare or confirm information in the Borrowing Base Report or Monthly Servicing Report, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.21 based on the information indicated therein received by Paying Agent from Company, the Servicer or the Custodian, as the case may be.

2.22 Collateral Agent.

(a) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, indemnities and immunities as the Paying Agent hereunder.

(b) In addition to Section 2.22(a) , the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the following additional protections:

(i) The Collateral Agent shall have no duty (A) to see to any recording, filing, or depositing of this Agreement or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, re-

 

54


filing or re-depositing of any thereof, (B) to see to any insurance, or (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the Collateral;

(ii) The Collateral Agent shall be authorized to, but shall not be responsible for, filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting any security interest in the Collateral. It is expressly agreed, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, that the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for (A) monitoring the perfection, continuation of perfection or the sufficiency or validity of any security interest in or related to the Collateral, (B) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral, or (C) taking any action to protect against any diminution in value of the Collateral;

(iii) The Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement and any other Credit Document (A) if such action would, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, in good faith (which may be based on the advice or opinion of counsel), be contrary to applicable law, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (B) if such action is not provided for in this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (C) if, in connection with the taking of any such action hereunder, under any other Credit Document that would constitute an exercise of remedies, it shall not first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders against any and all risk of nonpayment, liability and expense that may be incurred by it, its agents or its counsel by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action, or (D) if the Collateral Agent would be required to make payments on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to its obligations as Collateral Agent hereunder, it does not first receive from the Lenders sufficient funds for such payment;

(iv) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action under this or any other Credit Document if taking such action (A) would subject the Collateral Agent to a tax in any jurisdiction where it is not then subject to a tax, or (B) would require the Collateral Agent to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified;

(v) Neither the Collateral Agent nor its respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

55


2.23 Intention of Parties.

It is the intention of the parties that the Revolving Loans be characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. The terms of the Revolving Loans shall be interpreted to further this intention and neither the Lenders nor Company will take an inconsistent position on any federal, state or local tax return.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1 Closing Date . The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.5 , of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:

(a) Credit Documents and Related Agreements . The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each Credit Document, originally executed and delivered by each applicable Person and copies of each Related Agreement.

(b) Formation of Company . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it in its reasonable discretion that Company was formed as a bankruptcy remote, special purpose entity in the state of Delaware as a limited liability company.

(c) Organizational Documents; Incumbency . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by Company and Holdings, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, (x) certified as of the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate governmental official and (y) certified by its secretary or an assistant secretary as of the Closing Date, in each case as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each of Company and Holdings approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each of Company and Holdings’ jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and, with respect to Company, in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date; and (v) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(d) Organizational and Capital Structure . The organizational structure and capital structure of Holdings and the Company, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.2 .

(e) Transaction Costs . On or prior to the Closing Date, Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, Company’s reasonable best estimate of the Transaction Costs (other than fees payable to any Agent).

 

56


(f) Governmental Authorizations and Consents . Company and Holdings shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary or advisable to be obtained by them, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or the financing thereof and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

(g) Collateral . In order to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid, perfected First Priority security interest in the Collateral, Company shall deliver:

(i) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the compliance by Company of its obligations under the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, its obligations to authorize or execute, as the case may be, and deliver UCC financing statements, originals of securities, instruments and chattel paper and any agreements governing deposit and/or securities accounts as provided therein);

(ii) the results of a recent search, by a Person satisfactory to Administrative Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) made with respect to any personal or mixed property of Company in the jurisdictions specified by Administrative Agent, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and UCC termination statements (or similar documents) duly authorized by all applicable Persons for filing in all applicable jurisdictions as may be necessary to terminate any effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) disclosed in such search;

(iii) opinions of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) with respect to the creation and perfection of the security interests in favor of Collateral Agent in such Collateral and such other matters governed by the laws of each jurisdiction in which Company or any personal property Collateral is located as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iv) opinions of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) with respect to the creation and perfection of the security interest in favor of Purchaser in the Pledged Receivables and Related Security under the Asset Purchase Agreement, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(v) evidence that Company and Holdings shall have each taken or caused to be taken any other action, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and

 

57


delivered any other agreement, document and instrument and made or caused to be made any other filing and recording (other than as set forth herein) reasonably required by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

(h) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent shall have received from Company the Historical Financial Statements.

(i) Evidence of Insurance . Collateral Agent shall have received a certificate from Holdings’ insurance broker, or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all insurance required to be maintained under the Servicing Agreement and Section 5.4 is in full force and effect.

(j) Opinions of Counsel to Company and Holdings . The Administrative Agent and counsel to Administrative Agent shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of DLA Piper LLP, counsel for Company and Holdings, in the form of Exhibit D and as to such other matters (including the true sale of Pledged Receivables and bankruptcy remote nature of Company) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, dated as of the Closing Date and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and Company hereby instructs, and Holdings shall instruct, such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agents and Lenders). The Administrative Agent and counsel to the Administrative Agent shall have received an originally executed copy of a favorable written opinion of counsel to Holdings acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the effect that the Receivables Agreements governed by the law of Virginia are valid and enforceable obligations under the laws of Virginia in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and Company hereby instructs, and Holdings shall instruct, such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Administrative Agent and Lenders).

(k) Solvency Certificate . On the Closing Date, Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate from Holdings and Company dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent, and in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate attachments and demonstrating that after giving effect to the consummation of the Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date, Holdings and Company are and will be Solvent.

(l) Closing Date Certificate . Holdings and Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an originally executed Closing Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto.

(m) No Litigation . There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs any of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

58


(n) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2013, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Completion of Proceedings . All partnership, corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incidental thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and counsel to Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent, and counsel to Administrative Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

(p) Independent Manager . On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that Company has appointed an Independent Manager who is acceptable to it in its sole discretion.

The Administrative Agent and each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by the Administrative Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date.

3.2 Conditions to Each Credit Extension.

(a) Conditions Precedent . The obligation of each Lender to make any Revolving Loan on any Credit Date, including if applicable the Closing Date, is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.5 , of the following conditions precedent:

(i) Administrative Agent, Paying Agent and Custodian shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice together with a Borrowing Base Certificate, evidencing sufficient Revolving Availability with respect to the requested Revolving Loans, and a Borrowing Base Report;

(ii) both before and after making any Revolving Loans requested on such Credit Date, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Borrowing Base;

(iii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, other than those representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of that Credit Date, except, in each case, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct in all respects, as the case may be on and as of such earlier date, provided , that the representations and warranties in any Original Borrowing Base Certificate shall be excluded from the certification in this Section 3.2(a)(iii) to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(ii) ;

 

59


(iv) as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default;

(v) the Administrative Agent and Paying Agent shall have received the Borrowing Base Report for the Business Day prior to the Credit Date which shall be delivered on a pro forma basis for the first Credit Date hereunder;

(vi) in accordance with the terms of the Custodial Agreement, Company has delivered, or caused to be delivered to the Custodian, the Receivable File related to each Receivable that is, on such Credit Date, being transferred and delivered to Company pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, and the Collateral Agent has received a Collateral Receipt and Exception Report from the Custodian, which Collateral Receipt and Exception Report is acceptable to the Collateral Agent in its Permitted Discretion; and

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Paying Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible or liable for determining whether any conditions precedent to making a Loan have been satisfied.

(b) Notices . Any Funding Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer in a writing delivered to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent. In lieu of delivering a Notice, Company may give Administrative Agent and Paying Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing or conversion/continuation, as the case may be; provided each such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent before the applicable date of borrowing. None of the Administrative Agent, Paying Agent or any Lender shall incur any liability to Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that Administrative Agent or Paying Agent, as applicable, believes in good faith to have been given by a duly Authorized Officer or other person authorized on behalf of Company or for otherwise acting in good faith.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Agents and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, Company represents and warrants to each Agent and Lender, on the Closing Date, on each Credit Date and on each Transfer Date, that the following statements are true and correct:

4.1 Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification; Other Names . Company (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation as identified in Schedule 4.1 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company does not operate or do business under any assumed, trade or fictitious name. Company has no Subsidiaries.

 

60


4.2 Capital Stock and Ownership . The Capital Stock of Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. As of the date hereof, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Company is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Capital Stock of Company outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Company of any additional membership interests or other Capital Stock of Company or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Capital Stock of Company. Schedule 4.2 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of Company as of the Closing Date.

4.3 Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which Company is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Company.

4.4 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Credit Documents to which it is party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not (a) violate in any material respect any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Company, any of the Organizational Documents of Company, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Company; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Company; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Company (other than any Liens created under any of the Credit Documents in favor of Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Company, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5 Governmental Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Credit Documents to which Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Collateral Agent for filing and/or recordation, as of the Closing Date other than (a) those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, or (b) any consents or approvals the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Binding Obligation . Each Credit Document to which Company is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Company and is the legally valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4.7 Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable that is identified by Company as an Eligible Receivable in a Borrowing Base Certificate satisfies all of the criteria set forth in the

 

61


definition of Eligibility Criteria (other than any Receivable identified as an Eligible Receivable in any Original Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(ii) ).

4.8 Historical Financial Statements . The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

4.9 No Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2013, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.10 Adverse Proceedings, etc . There are no Adverse Proceedings (other than counter claims relating to ordinary course collection actions by or on behalf of Company) pending against Company that challenges Company’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is a party or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company is not (a) in violation of any applicable laws in any material respect, or (b) subject to or in default with respect to any judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other Governmental Authority, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.3 , all material tax returns and reports of Company required to be filed by it have been timely filed, and all material taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Company and upon its properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. Company knows of no proposed tax assessment against Company which is not being actively contested by Company in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

4.12 Title to Assets . Company has no fee, leasehold or other property interests in any real property assets. Company has good and valid title to all of its assets reflected in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 . Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens. All Liens purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document in favor of Collateral Agent are First Priority Liens.

4.13 No Indebtedness . Company has no Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness incurred under (or contemplated by) the terms of this Agreement or otherwise permitted hereunder.

 

62


4.14 No Defaults . Company is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.15 Material Contracts . Company is not a party to any Material Contracts.

4.16 Government Contracts . Company is not a party to any contract or agreement with any Governmental Authority, and the Pledged Receivables are not subject to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3727) or any similar state or local law.

4.17 Governmental Regulation . Company is not subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 (without reliance on the exemptions provided under Sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) thereof) or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. Company is not a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4.18 Margin Stock . Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans made to Company will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

4.19 Employee Benefit Plans . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company does not maintain or contribute to any Employee Benefit Plan.

4.20 Certain Fees . Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.20 , no broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect hereto or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.21 Solvency; Fraudulent Conveyance . Company is and, upon the incurrence of any Credit Extension by Company on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, will be, Solvent. Company is not transferring any Collateral with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors. Company shall not use the proceeds from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to give preference to any class of creditors. Company has given fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the sale of the Receivables by Holdings under the Asset Purchase Agreement.

4.22 Compliance with Statutes, etc . Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions

 

63


imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.23 Matters Pertaining to Related Agreements.

(a) Delivery . Company has delivered, or caused to be delivered, to each Agent and each Lender complete and correct copies of (i) each Related Agreement and of all exhibits and schedules thereto as of the Closing Date, and (ii) copies of any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to or waiver of each Related Agreement entered into after the date hereof.

(b) The Asset Purchase Agreement creates a valid transfer and assignment to Company of all right, title and interest of Holdings in and to all Pledged Receivables and all Related Security conveyed to Company thereunder and Company has a First Priority perfected security interest therein. Company has given reasonably equivalent value to Holdings in consideration for the transfer to Company by Holdings of the Pledged Receivables and Related Security pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

(c) Each Receivables Program Agreement creates a valid transfer and assignment to Holdings of all right, title and interest of the Receivables Account Bank in and to all Receivables and Related Security conveyed or purported to be conveyed to Holdings thereunder. Holdings has given reasonably equivalent value to the Receivables Account Bank in consideration for the transfer to Holdings by the Receivables Account Bank of the Receivables and Related Security pursuant to the applicable Receivables Program Agreement.

4.24 Disclosure . No documents, certificates, written statements or other written information furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Holdings or Company for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or taken as a whole, omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Company, in the case of any document not furnished by either of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made, provided , that , projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials were prepared based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.

4.25 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, Company and Holdings are in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “Act” ). No part of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for

 

64


political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

4.26 Remittance of Collections.

Company represents and warrants that each remittance of Collections by it hereunder to any Agent or any Lender hereunder will have been (a) in payment of a debt incurred by Company in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of Company and (b) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs.

4.27 Tax Status.

(a) Company is, and shall at all relevant times continue to be, a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3.

(b) Company is not and will not at any relevant time become an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Company covenants and agrees that until the Termination Date, Company shall perform (or cause to be performed, as applicable) all covenants in this Section 5 .

5.1 Financial Statements and Other Reports . Unless otherwise provided below, Company or its designee will deliver to each Agent and each Lender:

(a) Quarterly Financial Statements . Promptly after becoming available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter) of each Fiscal Year, the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto;

(b) Annual Financial Statements . Promptly after becoming available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings

 

65


as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards);

(c) Compliance Certificates . Together with each delivery of financial statements of Holdings pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) , a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate;

(d) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements of (i) Holdings and (ii) Company delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(e) Public Reporting . The obligations in Sections 5.1(a) and (b) may be satisfied by furnishing, at the option of Holdings, the applicable financial statements as described above or an Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for Holdings for any Fiscal Year, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(f) Collateral Reporting .

(i) On each Monthly Reporting Date, with each Funding Notice, and at such other times as any Agent or Lender shall request in its Permitted Discretion, a Borrowing Base Certificate (calculated as of the close of business of the previous Monthly Period or as of a date no later than three (3) Business Days prior to such request), together with a reconciliation to the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate and Borrowing Base Report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent. Each Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent shall bear a signed statement by an Authorized Officer certifying the accuracy and completeness in all material respects of all information included therein. The execution and delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate (other than any Original Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent a Replacement Borrowing Base Certificate has been delivered in substitute thereof in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(ii)) shall in each instance constitute a representation and warranty by Company to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent that each Receivable included therein as an “Eligible Receivable” is, in fact, an Eligible Receivable. In the event any request for a Revolving Loan, or a Borrowing Base Certificate or other information required by this Section 5.1(f) is delivered to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent by Company electronically or otherwise without signature, such request, or

 

66


such Borrowing Base Certificate or other information shall, upon such delivery, be deemed to be signed and certified on behalf of Company by an Authorized Officer and constitute a representation to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent as to the authenticity thereof. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to review and adjust any such calculation of the Borrowing Base to reflect exclusions from Eligible Receivables or such other matters as are necessary to determine the Borrowing Base, but in each case only to the extent the Administrative Agent is expressly provided such discretion by this Agreement.

(ii) On each Monthly Reporting Date, the Master Record and the Monthly Servicing Report to Administrative Agent and Paying Agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

(g) Notice of Default . Promptly upon an Authorized Officer of Company obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to Holdings or Company with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or Company or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) ; or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of its Authorized Officers specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, default, event or condition, and what action Holdings or Company, as applicable, has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(h) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon any Authorized Officer of Company obtaining knowledge of an Adverse Proceeding that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to Company or Holdings to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(i) ERISA . (i) Promptly upon any Authorized Officer of Company becoming aware of the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of (1) each Schedule SB (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each affected Pension Plan; (2) all notices received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any affected Employee Benefit Plan of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries thereof, or, with respect to any affected Pension Plan or affected Multiemployer Plan, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (with respect to an affected Multiemployer Plan, to the extent that Holdings or the Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate, as applicable, has rights to access such documents, reports or filings), as any Agent or Lender shall reasonably request;

 

67


(j) Information Regarding Collateral . Prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any change (i) in Company’s corporate name, (ii) in Company’s identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization, or (iii) in Company’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Company agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral and for the Collateral at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest as contemplated in the Collateral Documents;

(k) Other Information .

(i) not later than Friday of each week (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) in which a Borrowing Base Report has not otherwise been delivered hereunder, a Borrowing Base Report; and

(ii) such material information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any Agent or Lender, in each case, which relate to Company’s or Holdings’ financial or business condition or the Collateral.

5.2 Existence . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8 , Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business.

5.3 Payment of Taxes and Claims . Company will pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. Company will not file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries). In addition, Company agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Credit Document.

5.4 Insurance . Company shall cause Holdings to maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, (a) all insurance required to be maintained under the Servicing Agreement, (b) business interruption insurance reasonably satisfactory to

 

68


Administrative Agent, and (c) casualty insurance, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Each Agent and Lender hereby agrees and acknowledges that the insurance maintained by Holdings on the Closing Date satisfies the requirements set forth in this Section 5.4 .

5.5 Inspections; Compliance Audits.

(a) Company will permit or cause to be permitted, as applicable, one or more authorized representatives designated by the Agent to visit and inspect any of the properties of Company or Holdings to (i) inspect, copy and take extracts from its financial and accounting records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any Person, including, without limitation, employees of Company or Holdings and independent public accountants and (ii) verify the compliance by Company or Holdings with the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and/or the Underwriting Policies, as applicable. Such visit and inspection may occur at any time during the existence of an Event of Default and otherwise up to one (1) time in any calendar year upon reasonable advance notice and during normal working hours, provided Company shall not be obligated to pay more than $25,000 in the aggregate during any twelve-month period in connection with any such inspection under this Section 5.5(a) or any Compliance Review pursuant to Section 5.5(b) .

(b) At any time during the existence of an Event of Default and otherwise not more than one (1) time per Fiscal Year, the Administrative Agent or its designee, may, at Company’s expense (subject to the reimbursement limitation set forth in the last sentence of Section 5.5(a) ), perform a compliance review (a “ Compliance Review ”) with five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to verify the compliance by Company and Holdings with Requirements of Law related to the Pledged Receivables. Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, cooperate with all reasonable requests and provide the Administrative Agent with all necessary assistance and information in connection with each such Compliance Review. In connection with any such Compliance Review, Company will permit any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to review Company’s form of Receivable Agreements, Underwriting Policies, information processes and controls, compliance practices and procedures and marketing materials (“ Materials ”). Such authorized representatives may make written recommendations regarding Company’s compliance with applicable Requirements of Law, and Company shall consult in good faith with the Administrative Agent regarding such recommendations. In connection with any Compliance Review pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) , the Administrative Agent agrees to use a single regulatory counsel.

(c) In connection with a Compliance Review, the Administrative Agent or its designee may contact a Receivables Obligor as reasonably necessary to perform such inspection or Compliance Review, as the case may be, provided , however , such contact shall be made in the name of, and in cooperation with, Holdings and Company.

 

69


5.6 Compliance with Laws . Company shall, and shall cause Holdings to, comply with the Requirements of Law, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 Separateness . The Company shall at all times comply with the separateness covenants set forth in the Company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement.

5.8 Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time upon the request of any Agent or Lender, Company will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as such Agent or Lender may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Credit Documents, including providing Lenders with any information reasonably requested pursuant to Section 9.21 . In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Company shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are secured by substantially all of the assets of Company.

5.9 Communication with Accountants .

(a) At any time during the existence of an Event of Default, Company authorizes Administrative Agent to communicate directly with Company’s independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct such accountants to communicate directly with Administrative Agent and authorizes such accountants to (and, upon Administrative Agent’s request therefor (at the request of any Agent), shall request that such accountants) communicate to Administrative Agent information relating to Company with respect to the business, results of operations and financial condition of Company (including the delivery of audit drafts and letters to management), provided that advance notice of such communication is given to Company, and Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cause an officer to be present during any such communication.

(b) If the independent certified public accountants report delivered in connection with Section 5.1(b) is qualified, then the Company authorizes the Administrative Agent to communicate directly with the Company’s independent certified public accountants with respect to such qualification, provided that advance notice of such communication is given to the Company, and the Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cause an officer to be present during any such communication.

(c) The failure of the Company to be present during any communication permitted under Section 5.9(a) and/or Section 5.9(b) after the Company has been given a reasonable opportunity to cause an officer to be present shall in no way impair the rights of the Administrative Agent under Section 5.9(a) and/or Section 5.9(b) .

5.10 Acquisition of Receivables from Holdings . With respect to each Pledged Receivable, Company shall (a) acquire such Receivable pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, (b) take all actions necessary to perfect, protect and more fully evidence Company’s ownership of such Receivable, including, without limitation, executing or causing to be executed (or filing or causing to be filed) such other instruments or notices as may be necessary or appropriate and (c) take all additional action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to perfect, protect and more fully evidence the respective interests of Company, the Agents and the Lenders.

 

70


SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Company covenants and agrees that, until the Termination Date, Company shall perform (or cause to be performed, as applicable) all covenants in this Section 6 .

6.1 Indebtedness . Company shall not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except the Obligations.

6.2 Liens . Company shall not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit the filing of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income or profits under the UCC of any State or under any similar recording or notice statute, except Liens in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties granted pursuant to any Credit Document.

6.3 Equitable Lien . If Company shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Liens created under the Credit Documents, it shall make or cause to be made effective provisions whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided , notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall not be construed as a consent by Requisite Lenders to the creation or assumption of any such Lien not otherwise permitted hereby.

6.4 No Further Negative Pledges . Except pursuant to the Credit Documents Company shall not enter into any Contractual Obligation prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

6.5 Restricted Junior Payments . Company shall not through any manner or means or through any other Person to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart, or agree to declare, order, pay, make or set apart, any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment except that, Restricted Junior Payments may be made by Company from time to time with respect to any amounts distributed to Company in accordance with Section 2.12(a)(viii) .

6.6 Subsidiaries . Company shall not form, create, organize, incorporate or otherwise have any Subsidiaries.

6.7 Investments . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including without limitation any Joint Venture, except Investments in Cash, Permitted Investments and Receivables (and property received from time to time in connection with the workout or insolvency of any Receivables Obligor), and Permitted Investments in the Controlled Accounts.

 

71


6.8 Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions . Company shall not enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or sub lease (as lessor or sublessor), exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than, provided no Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.1(a) , 7.1(g) , 7.1(h) or 7.1(p) has occurred and is continuing, Permitted Asset Sales, provided , that Permitted Asset Sales under clause (d) of the definition thereof shall be permitted at all times subject to receipt of the consent required therein), or acquire by purchase or otherwise (other than acquisitions of Eligible Receivables, or Permitted Investments in a Controlled Account (and property received from time to time in connection with the workout or insolvency of any Receivables Obligor)) the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any Person.

6.9 Sales and Lease-Backs . Company shall not, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which Company (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person, or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Company to any Person in connection with such lease.

6.10 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates . Except as set forth on Schedule 6.10 , Company shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any holder of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or with any Affiliate of Holdings or of any such holder other than the transactions contemplated or permitted by the Credit Documents and the Related Agreements.

6.11 Conduct of Business . From and after the Closing Date, Company shall not engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Company on the Closing Date.

6.12 Fiscal Year . Company shall not change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 st .

6.13 Servicer; Backup Servicer; Custodian . Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Servicer, the Backup Servicer and the Custodian respectively, to comply at all times with the applicable terms of the Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement and the Custodial Agreement respectively. The Company may not (i) terminate, remove, replace Servicer, Backup Servicer or the Custodian or (ii) subcontract out any portion of the servicing or permit third party servicing other than the Backup Servicer, except, in each case, as expressly set forth in the applicable Credit Document and subject to satisfaction of the related requirements therein. The Administrative Agent may not terminate, remove, replace Servicer, Backup Servicer or the Custodian except as expressly set forth in the applicable Credit Document and subject to satisfaction of the related requirements therein.

6.14 Acquisitions of Receivables . Company may not acquire Receivables from any Person other than Holdings pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

72


6.15 Independent Manager . Company shall not fail at any time to have at least one independent manager (an “ Independent Manager ”) who:

(a) is provided by a nationally recognized provider of independent directors;

(b) is not and has not been employed by Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates as an officer, director, partner, manager, member (other than as a special member in the case of single member Delaware limited liability companies), employee, attorney or counsel of, Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to any person who serves as an independent director or an independent manager for any Affiliate of any of Company or Holdings;

(c) is not, and has not been within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a customer or creditor of, or supplier to, Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates who derives any of its purchases or revenue from its activities with Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates thereof (other than a de minimis amount);

(d) is not, and has not been within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a person who controls or is under common control with any Person described by clause (b) or (c) above;

(e) does not have, and has not had within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager, a personal services contract with Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, from which fees and other compensation received by the person pursuant to such personal services contract would exceed 5% of his or her gross revenues during the preceding calendar year;

(f) is not affiliated with a tax-exempt entity that receives, or has received within the five years prior to such appointment as an Independent Manager, contributions from Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in excess of the lesser of (i) 3% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year and (ii) 5% of the contributions received by the tax-exempt entity during such fiscal year;

(g) is not and has not been a shareholder (or other equity owner) of any of Company or Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates within the five years immediately prior to such individual’s appointment as an Independent Manager;

(h) is not a member of the immediate family of any Person described by clause (b) through (g) above;

(i) is not, and was not within the five years prior to such appointment as an Independent Manager, a financial institution to which Company or Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates owes outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money in a sum exceeding more than 5% of Holdings’ total consolidated assets;

 

73


(j) has prior experience as an independent director or manager for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy; and

(k) has at least three (3) years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.

Upon Company learning of the death or incapacity of an Independent Manager, Company shall have ten (10) Business Days following such death or incapacity to appoint a replacement Independent Manager. Any replacement of an Independent Manager will be permitted only upon (a) two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to each Agent and Lender, (b) Company’s certification that any replacement manager will satisfy the criteria set forth in clauses (a)-(i) of this Section 6.15 and (c) the Administrative Agent’ written consent to the appointment of such replacement manager. For the avoidance of doubt, other than in the event of the death or incapacity of an Independent Manager, Company shall at all times have an Independent Manager and may not terminate any Independent Manager without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent the Administrative Agent may withhold in its sole discretion.

6.16 Organizational Agreements . Except as otherwise expressly permitted by other provisions of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, Company shall not (a) amend, restate, supplement or modify, or permit any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to, its Organizational Documents, without obtaining the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification, as the case may be; (b) agree to any termination, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, or permit any termination, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waivers of, any of the provisions of any Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Requisite Lenders; or (c) amend, restate, supplement or modify in any material respect, or permit any amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications in any material respect, to any Receivables Program Agreement in a manner that could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Lenders.

6.17 Changes in Underwriting or Other Policies . Company shall not agree to, and shall cause Holdings not to, make any change to (a) the Underwriting Policies, (b) the forms of Business Loan and Security Agreement, Business Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Loan Summary used to originate Receivables from those attached, respectively, in substantially the form provided to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date or (c) the form of Authorization Agreement for Direct Deposit (ACH Credit) and Direct Payments (ACH Debit ) used in connection with the origination of Loans in substantially the form provided to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date that, in any such case, would reasonably be expected to result in an Adverse Effect.

 

74


6.18 Receivable Program Agreements . The Company shall (a) perform and comply with its obligations under the Receivables Program Agreements and (b) enforce the rights and remedies afforded to it against the Receivables Account Bank under the Receivables Program Agreements, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Events of Default . If any one or more of the following conditions or events shall occur.

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Other than with respect to a Borrowing Base Deficiency, failure by Company to pay (i) when due, the principal on any Revolving Loan whether at stated maturity (including on the Amortization Period End Date), by acceleration or otherwise; (ii) within two (2) Business Days after its due date, any interest on any Revolving Loan or any fee due hereunder; or (iii) within thirty (30) days after its due date, any other amount due hereunder; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements .

(i) Failure of Company to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in Section 7.1(a) ), in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by Company with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above, or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefore, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, that Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be;

(ii) (A) Failure of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Company) to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness for borrowed money with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000; or (B) breach or default by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Company) with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness for borrowed money with a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness for borrowed money, and, in each case, such failure, breach or default, as the case may be, results in the acceleration of amounts owed thereunder, provided that any such failure, breach or default, as the case may be, and acceleration shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder only after the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to Company that such failure, breach or default constitutes an Event of Default hereunder; or

 

75


(c) Breach of Certain Covenants. Failure of Company to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.3 , Section 2.11 , Section 5.1(h) , Section 5.1(j) , Section 5.2 , Section 5.7 or Section 6 , or failure to distribute Collections in accordance with Section 2.12 ; or

(d) Breach of Representations, etc. Any representation or warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by Company or Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by Company or Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect, other than any representation, warranty, certification or other statement which is qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representation, warranty, certification or other statement shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case, as of the date made or deemed made and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of Company or Holdings becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company of notice from any Agent or Lender of such default; or

(e) Other Defaults Under Credit Documents . Company or Holdings shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Credit Documents other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 7.1 and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of Company or Holdings becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company or Holdings of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(f) Breach of Portfolio Performance Covenants . A breach of any Portfolio Performance Covenant shall have occurred and the Administrative Agent shall have provided written notice to the Company that a Default under this Section 7.1(f) has occurred and is continuing; or

(g) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Company or Holdings in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Company or Holdings under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Company or Holdings, or over all or a substantial part of its respective property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Company or Holdings for all or a substantial part of its respective property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of Company or Holdings, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for sixty (60) days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

 

76


(h) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc . (i) Company or Holdings shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its respective property; or Company or Holdings shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Company or Holdings shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Company or Holdings (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 7.1(g) ; or

(i) Judgments and Attachments .

(i) Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process (to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Company or any of its assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(ii) Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving (i) in any individual case an amount in excess of $2,000,000 or (ii) in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $5,000,000 (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Holdings (or Holdings as Servicer) or any of its assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(iii) Any tax lien or lien of the PBGC shall be entered or filed against Company or Holdings (involving, with respect to Holdings only, an amount in excess of $1,000,000) or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days;

(j) Dissolution . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Company or Holdings decreeing the dissolution or split up of Company or Holdings, as the case may be, and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or

(k) Employee Benefit Plans . (i) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect during the term hereof or result in a Lien being imposed on the Collateral; or (ii) Company shall establish or contribute to any Employee Benefit Plan; or

(l) Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; or

(m) Collateral Documents and other Credit Documents . Company or Holdings shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Credit Document to which it is a party; or

 

77


(n) Servicing Agreement . A Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(o) Backup Servicer Default . The Backup Servicing Agreement shall terminate for any reason and, provided that the Administrative Agent shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to timely engage a replacement Backup Servicer following such termination, within ninety (90) days of such termination no replacement agreement with an alternative backup servicer shall be effective; or

(p) Borrowing Base Deficiency; Repurchase Failure. (i) Failure by Company to cure any Borrowing Base Deficiency within two (2) Business Days after the due date thereof, or (ii) failure of Holdings to repurchase any Receivable as and when required under the Asset Purchase Agreement; or

(q) Collateral Documents and other Credit Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) this Agreement or any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect or shall be declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or the enforceability thereof shall be impaired in any material respect, or the Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document (in each case, other than (A) by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or (B) the satisfaction in full of the Obligations and any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document in accordance with the terms hereof); or (ii) any of the Credit Documents for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations and any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made), shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or a party thereto, as the case may be, shall repudiate its obligations thereunder or shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing; or

(r) Breach of Financial Covenants . A breach of any Financial Covenant shall have occurred; or

(s) Investment Company Act . Holdings or Company become subject to any federal or state statute or regulation which may render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable, or Company becomes a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940;

THEN , upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and shall, at the written request of the Requisite Lenders, take any of the following actions: (w) upon notice to the Company, terminate the Revolving Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Revolving Commitments, (x) upon notice to the Company, declare the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations immediately

 

78


due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Company; (y) direct the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and (z) take any and all other actions and exercise any and all other rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents; provided that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(g) or 7.1(h) , the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, and the Revolving Commitments shall automatically and immediately terminate, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Company.

SECTION 8. AGENTS

8.1 Appointment of Agents . Each Lender hereby authorizes Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC to act as Administrative Agent to the Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC, in such capacity, to act as its agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Each Lender hereby authorizes Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, to act as the Collateral Agent on its behalf under the Credit Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Credit Documents, as applicable. The provisions of this Section 8 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and neither Company or Holdings shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent (other than Administrative Agent) shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

8.2 Powers and Duties . Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent (other than Administrative Agent) to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender irrevocably authorizes Administrative Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Credit Documents. Each such Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. No such Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Credit Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing herein or any of the other Credit Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any such Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Credit Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

79


8.3 General Immunity.

(a) No Responsibility for Certain Matters . No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Credit Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of Company or Holdings to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of Company or Holdings or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Credit Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Paying Agent nor the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans or the component amounts thereof.

(b) Exculpatory Provisions Relating to Agents . No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. Each such Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Credit Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each such Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and Company), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any such Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Credit Documents in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.5 ).

8.4 Agents Entitled to Act as Lender . Any agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Revolving Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates,

 

80


include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Holdings or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Company for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

8.5 Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment.

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and Company in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and Company. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Revolving Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date.

8.6 Right to Indemnity . Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents of each Agent (each, an “Indemnitee Agent Party” ), to the extent that such Indemnitee Agent Party shall not have been reimbursed by Company or Holdings, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee Agent Party in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Indemnitee Agent Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE AGENT PARTY ; provided , no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Indemnitee Agent Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. If any indemnity furnished to any Indemnitee Agent Party for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Indemnitee Agent Party, be insufficient or become impaired, such Indemnitee Agent Party may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided further , this

 

81


sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

8.7 Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

(a) Administrative Agent .

(i) Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent provided , that the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of such successor Administrative Agent, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Administrative Agent may assign its rights and duties as Administrative Agent hereunder to one of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Revolving Lenders; provided that Company and the Lenders may deem and treat such assigning Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Administrative Agent provides written notice to Company and the Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

(b) Collateral Agent .

(i) Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Collateral Agent provided , that the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent shall require (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Upon the acceptance of any

 

82


appointment as Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent and the retiring Collateral Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held under the Collateral Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of such successor Collateral Agent and the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, whereupon such retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Collateral Agent may assign its rights and duties as Collateral Agent hereunder to one of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Lenders; provided that Company and the Lenders may deem and treat such assigning Collateral Agent as Collateral Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Collateral Agent provides written notice to Company and the Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

8.8 Collateral Documents.

(a) Collateral Agent under Collateral Documents . Each Lender hereby further authorizes Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of Lenders, to be the agent for and representative of Lenders with respect to the Collateral and the Collateral Documents. Subject to Section 9.5 , without further written consent or authorization from Lenders, Collateral Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of a sale or other disposition of assets permitted hereby or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.5 ) have otherwise consented. Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Company, the Agents and each Lender hereby agree that (i) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the

 

83


Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by Collateral Agent at such sale.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to Company, Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Appendix B or in the other relevant Credit Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Appendix B or otherwise indicated to Administrative Agent in writing. Each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent, provided , however, that Company may deliver, or cause to be delivered, the Borrowing Base Certificate, Borrowing Base Report and any financial statements or reports (including the Financial Plan and any collateral performance tests) by electronic mail pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent until any Agent or Lender notifies Company that it can no longer receive such documents using electronic mail. Any Borrowing Base Certificate, Borrowing Base Report or financial statements or reports sent to an electronic mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, if available, return electronic mail or other written acknowledgement), provided , that if such document is sent after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard time, such document shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day.

9.2 Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Company agrees to pay promptly (a) (i) all the Administrative Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and customary fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent of negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents in an amount not to exceed $75,000 and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and (ii) reasonable and customary fees and expenses of a single counsel to the Lenders in connection with any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to the Credit Documents; (b) all the actual, documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of creating, perfecting and enforcing Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of a single counsel for all Agents; (c) subject to the terms of this Agreement (including any limitations set forth in Section 5.5 ), all the Administrative Agent’s actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable fees, expenses for, and disbursements of any of Administrative Agent’s, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers incurred by Administrative Agent; (d) subject to the terms of this Agreement, all the actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or

 

84


retained by Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (e) subject in all cases to any express limitations set forth in any Credit Document, all other actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Revolving Loans and Commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (f) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, all documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and costs of settlement, incurred by any Agent or any Lender in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from Company or Holdings hereunder or under the other Credit Documents by reason of such Default or Event of Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

9.3 Indemnity.

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 9.2 , whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Company agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Affected Party and each Agent, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnitee” ), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE excluding any amounts not otherwise payable by Company under Section 2.16(b)(iii) ; provided , Company shall not have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order of that Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 9.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Company shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and all parties hereto hereby waive, any claim against any other parties and their respective Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Revolving Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and all parties hereto hereby waive, release and agree not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

 

85


9.4 Reserved.

9.5 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Requisite Lenders’ Consent . Subject to Sections 9.5(b) and 9.5(c) , no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by Company or Holdings therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Company, Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

(b) Affected Lenders’ Consent . Without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) that would be affected thereby, no amendment, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) extend the scheduled final maturity of any Revolving Loan or Revolving Loan Note;

(ii) waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment);

(iii) reduce the rate of interest on any Revolving Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.8 ) or any fee payable hereunder;

(iv) extend the time for payment of any such interest or fees;

(v) reduce the principal amount of any Revolving Loan;

(vi)(x) amend the definition of “Borrowing Base” or (y) amend, modify, terminate or waive Section 2.12 , Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 or any provision of this Section 9.5(b) or Section 9.5(c) ;

(vii) amend the definition of “Requisite Lenders”, “Revolving Exposure,” “Pro Rata Share,” “Applicable Advance Rate,” “Revolving Availability,” or any definition used therein ; provided , with the consent of Administrative Agent, Company and the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Requisite Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date;

(viii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents; or

(ix) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company or Holdings of any of its respective rights and obligations under any Credit Document.

 

86


(c) Other Consents . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by Company or Holdings therefrom, shall:

(i) increase any Revolving Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender; provided , no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender;

(ii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 3.2(a) with regard to any Credit Extension without the consent of the Requisite Lenders;

(iii) amend the definitions of “Eligibility Criteria” or “Eligible Receivables Obligor” or amend any portion of Appendix C without the consent of the Requisite Lenders;

(iv) amend or modify any provision of Sections 2.11 , other than Sections 2.11(c)(vii) and 2.11(d) , without the consent of the Requisite Lenders; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such amendment or modification during the continuance of any Hot Backup Servicer Event (as such term is defined in the Backup Servicer Agreement), Event of Default or Servicer Default shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders;

(v) amend or modify any provision of Section 7.1 without the consent of the Requisite Lenders; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default shall only require the consent of the Requisite Lenders; or

(vi) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 8 as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent.

(d) Execution of Amendments, etc. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of the Requisite Lenders or any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of the Requisite Lenders or such Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Company or Holdings in any case shall entitle Company or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 9.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Company, on Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.5 , if the Administrative Agent and Company shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case that is immaterial (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), in any provision of the Credit Documents, then the Administrative Agent (as applicable, and in its respective capacity thereunder, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent) and Company shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent by the Requisite Lenders if the same is not objected to in writing by the Requisite Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

 

87


9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations.

(a) Generally . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders. Neither Company’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by it without the prior written consent of all Lenders. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, Indemnitee Agent Parties under Section 8.6 , Indemnitees under Section 9.3 , their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Register . Company, the Paying Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Revolving Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been delivered to and accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in Section 9.6(e) . Prior to such recordation, all amounts owed with respect to the applicable Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in the Register as the owner thereof, and any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans.

(c) Right to Assign . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , however , that each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any Revolving Loan and any related Revolving Commitments) to any Person constituting an Eligible Assignee. Each such assignment pursuant to this Section 9.6(c) (other than an assignment to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (i) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee”) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans.

(d) Mechanics . The assigning Lender and the assignee thereof shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement, together with such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.16(d) .

(e) Notice of Assignment . Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt and acceptance of a duly executed and completed Assignment Agreement and any forms, certificates or other evidence required by this Agreement in connection therewith,

 

88


Administrative Agent shall (i) provide Paying Agent with written notice of such assignment, and shall record the information contained in such notice in the Register, (ii) give prompt notice thereof to Company, and (iii) maintain a copy of such Assignment Agreement.

(f) Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon executing and delivering an Assignment Agreement, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the applicable Effective Date (as defined in the applicable Assignment Agreement) that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it will make or invest in, as the case may be, its Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.6 , the disposition of such Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

(g) Effect of Assignment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 9.6 , as of the “Effective Date” specified in the applicable Assignment Agreement: (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent such rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned thereby pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof under Section 9.8 ) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided , anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising prior to the effective date of such assignment; (iii) the Revolving Commitments shall be modified to reflect the Revolving Commitment of such assignee and any Revolving Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Revolving Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Revolving Loan Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon Company shall issue and deliver new Revolving Loan Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Revolving Commitments and/or outstanding Revolving Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(h) Participations . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or a Direct Competitor) in all or any part of its Revolving Commitments, Revolving Loans or in any other Obligation. The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Revolving Loan or Revolving

 

89


Loan Note in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Revolving Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents (except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents) supporting the Revolving Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating. Company agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 or 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (c) of this Section; provided , (i) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation, unless the sale of the participation to such participant is made with Company’s prior written consent, and (ii) a participant that would be a Non-US Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless Company (through a Designated Officer) is notified of the participation at the time it is sold to such participant and such participant agrees, for the benefit of Company, to comply with Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender. Any Lender that sells such a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in such participation and other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person other than Company (through a Designated Officer), including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest or obligations under any Credit Document, except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent (in its capacity as Paying Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by Company at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent (in its capacity as Paying Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Designated Officer of Company at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Company shall not disclose the identity of any Participant of any Lender or any information relating to such Participant’s interest or obligation to any Person, provided that

 

90


Company may make (1) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender and to their agents and advisors provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and will be instructed to keep such information confidential, and (2) disclosures required or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or other legal proceeding; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, Company shall make reasonable efforts to notify the applicable Lender of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of Company by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

(i) Certain Other Assignments . In addition to any other assignment permitted pursuant to this Section 9.6 any Lender may assign, pledge and/or grant a security interest in, all or any portion of its Revolving Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Revolving Loan Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided , no Lender, as between Company and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge, and provided further , in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

9.7 Independence of Covenants . All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

9.8 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of Company set forth in Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 9.2 , 9.3 and 9.10 , the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.14 and 8.6 shall survive the payment of the Revolving Loans and the termination hereof.

9.9 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Credit Documents. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

 

91


9.10 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside . Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Company or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder. To the extent that Company makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

9.11 Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or any Revolving Loan Note or other Credit Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9.12 Obligations Several; Actions in Concer t. The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. Anything in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or any Revolving Loan Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations without first obtaining the prior written consent of the applicable Agent (other than the Paying Agent) or Requisite Lenders (as applicable), it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and any Revolving Loan Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders (as applicable).

9.13 Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

9.14 APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

9.15 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

(A) ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST COMPANY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT,

 

92


OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY (a) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (b) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (c) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9.1 AND TO ANY PROCESS AGENT SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.1 ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER COMPANY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (d) AGREES THAT AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST COMPANY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B) COMPANY HEREBY AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED ON IT BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE ADDRESSES PERTAINING TO IT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 9.1 OR ON CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, 1180 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, SUITE 120, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036 AND HEREBY APPOINTS CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS. ANY AND ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ANY OTHER NOTICE IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AGAINST COMPANY IF GIVEN BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, OR BY ANY OTHER MEANS OR MAIL WHICH REQUIRES A SIGNED RECEIPT, POSTAGE PREPAID, MAILED AS PROVIDED ABOVE. IN THE EVENT CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS AS AFORESAID AND IF COMPANY SHALL NOT MAINTAIN AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK CITY, COMPANY SHALL PROMPTLY APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT QUALIFIED TO ACT AS AN AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS WITH RESPECT TO THE COURTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 9.15 ABOVE, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, AS COMPANY’S AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON COMPANY’S BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

9.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE

 

93


ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 9.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REVOLVING LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

9.17 Confidentiality . Each Agent and Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding Holdings and its Affiliates and their businesses obtained by such Lender or Agent confidential and shall not disclose information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by Company that, in any event, a Lender or Agent may make (a) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender or Agent and to their agents, auditors, attorneys and advisors (and to other persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 9.17 ) provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to keep, or with respect to the Collateral Agent and Paying Agent will be instructed to keep, such information confidential, provided , further that no disclosure shall be made to any Person that is a Direct Competitor or, with respect to the Collateral Agent and Paying Agent only, any Person that the Collateral Agent and/or Paying Agent has actual knowledge is a Direct Competitor, (b) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation by such Lender of any Revolving Loans or any participations therein, provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to keep such information confidential pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement, (c) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it provided that such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to keep, or with respect to the Collateral Agent and Paying Agent will be instructed to keep, such information confidential, (d) disclosures required by any applicable statute, law, rule or regulation or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by any regulatory body or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or other legal proceeding; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender or Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify Company of any request by any

 

94


Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender or Agent by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and (e) any other disclosure authorized by the Company in writing in advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the disclosure of any information that is or becomes publicly known or information obtained by a Lender or Agent from sources other than the Company other than as a result of a disclosure by an Agent or Lender in violation of this Section 9.17 , and (ii) on or after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may, at its own expense issue news releases and publish “tombstone” advertisements and other announcements generally describing this transaction in newspapers, trade journals and other appropriate media (which may include use of logos of Company or Holdings) (collectively, “ Trade Announcements ”). Company shall not issue, and shall cause Holdings not to issue, any Trade Announcement using the name of any Agent or Lender, or their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereunder except (x) disclosures required by applicable law, regulation, legal process or the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or (y) with the prior approval of Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

9.18 Usury Savings Clause . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged or agreed to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Revolving Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Company shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Company to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans made hereunder or be refunded to Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest, throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

95


9.19 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.20 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Company and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.

9.21 Patriot Act . Each Lender and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Company that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Company, which information includes the name and address of Company and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Company in accordance with the Act.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

96


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

ONDECK ASSET POOL, LLC , as Company
By:  

/s/ Howard Katzenberg

  Name: Howard Katzenberg
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

JEFFERIES MORTGAGE FUNDING, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Johan Eveland

  Name: Johan Eveland
  Title: Co-Head of Fixed Income

JEFFERIES MORTGAGE FUNDING, LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Johan Eveland

  Name: Johan Eveland
  Title: Co-Head of Fixed Income

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent and Collateral Agent

By:  

/s/ Lucy Hsieh

  Name: Lucy Hsieh
  Title: Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ Waseem A. Chaudhry

  Name: Waseem A. Chaudhry
  Title: Assistant Vice President

Exhibit 10.20

MANAGED APPLICANT COMMISSION AGREEMENT

This Managed Applicant Commission Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the date set forth below, (“ Effective Date ”) by and between On Deck Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation located at 1400 Broadway, New York, NY 10018 (“ On Deck ”) and the Applicant Manager (defined below) (each may be referred to herein as a “ Party ” or collectively as “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms as set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement. In consideration of the mutual promises and the terms and conditions set forth below, the Parties agree as follows:

Effective Date:

Applicant Manager ” shall mean the entity listed below:

Name:

Legal Entity:

State of Incorporation:

Primary Business Address:

SECTION 1 – OPERATING THE LOAN PROGRAM

1.1 Applicant Manager’s Duty to Identify Merchants and Collect Documentation . Applicant Manager shall identify prospective Merchants that Applicant Manager believes will meet the Loan Program Standards. Applicant Manager shall obtain and provide On Deck with all information and documentation required by the Loan Program Standards and any other information that On Deck or its third-party funding sources may reasonably require. Applicant Manager acknowledges and agrees that the complete collection of all such information reasonably requested is a critical element of Applicant Manager’s performance of this Agreement, and that any failure to collect all such information or any partial performance of the collection of such information shall not justify, or qualify the Applicant Manager for, the payment of the Commission Fee set forth in Section 2. Applicant Manager shall apply the Loan Program Standards to all prospective Merchants and Loan Agreements, and acknowledges that On Deck may, at any time, amend the Loan Program Standards to ensure the financial safety and soundness of the Loan Program, as determined in On Deck’s sole discretion. Applicant Manager agrees to abide by all such amendments.

1.2 On Deck’s Control Over Loan Program, Approvals and Loan Agreement . Applicant Manager acknowledges and agrees that On Deck has sole and exclusive control over all aspects of the Loan Program. On Deck may, at its sole discretion, approve or deny a prospective Merchant for a loan product or service. Applicant Manager shall not advise a prospective Merchant that the prospective Merchant has been approved for a loan product or service prior to On Deck’s review and approval. Applicant Manager acknowledges that all aspects of the Loan Program are subject to the management and approval of On Deck and Applicant Manager shall make no representations to the contrary. For every prospective Merchant, Applicant Manager shall use the form of Loan Agreement that has been approved in writing by On Deck for Applicant Manager’s use with the Loan Program. Applicant Manager shall not change or modify any Loan Agreement without the prior written consent of On Deck. On Deck reserves the right, at any time and in its sole discretion, to amend the Loan Agreement to be used by Applicant Manager.

1.3 On Deck’s Control Over Marketing Material . Applicant Manager shall use only those marketing and promotional materials that have received On Deck’s prior written approval. Applicant Manager shall not misrepresent or mischaracterize the Loan Program or its availability in any written or oral communications, nor shall Applicant Manager alter or in any way modify any marketing materials provided by On Deck without On Deck’s prior written approval. Applicant Manager hereby grants to On Deck a limited non-exclusive license to use the Applicant Manager’s name, logo and other intellectual property used in any disclosures made in connection with any Loan Agreement or the Loan Program. The logo, trademarks and other intellectual property of On Deck and of any of On Deck’s third party relationships (including, without limitation, BofI Federal Bank) are copyrighted materials and shall not be used except as authorized in writing by the appropriate copyright holder.

1.4 Applicant Manager’s Duty to Train and Oversee Agents . Applicant Manager shall train each employee, independent contractor and/or agent of Applicant Manager that are in any way involved in or exposed to the Loan Program (collectively, the “ Manager Agents ”) in accordance with the Training Materials. Applicant Manager acknowledges and agrees that each Manager Agent

 

1


that has any duties with respect to the obligations of Applicant Manager hereunder will be required to comply in all respects with the Training Materials, the Loan Program Standards and this Agreement. Applicant Manager agrees to provide the oversight of each Manager Agent that is reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with the terms hereof. Applicant Manager shall promptly (but in any event within two business days) notify On Deck in writing of any breach of any of the provisions of the Training Materials, the Loan Program Standards or this Agreement that occurs. Applicant Manager shall be responsible for the compliance of each Manager Agent with Applicable Law and with the Loan Program Standards and Applicant Manager shall use Applicant Manager’s reasonable best efforts to ensure that all of its Manager Agents comply with the terms and intent of this Agreement and the Training Materials. Applicant Manager shall be liable to remedy any failures to so comply by any such Manager Agent and Applicant Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless On Deck for any losses arising out of any such failures.

1.5 Applicant Manager’s Limitations on Sub-Contracting and Delegation . During the term of this Agreement, Applicant Manager shall not enter into any contract, whether written or oral, with any other person, organization or entity (other than the employees of Applicant Manager who are contractually obligated to observe the terms of this Agreement) to market the Loan Program without On Deck’s prior written consent. Applicant Manager agrees that Applicant Manager shall not sub-contract or delegate (i) any of the duties or obligations of Applicant Manager arising hereunder or (ii) any of the activities that would be reasonably be expected to be performed by Applicant Manager in connection with the fulfillment of the intent of this Agreement, in each case, without the express written consent of On Deck.

1.6 Applicant Manager’s Duty to Report Adverse Information . Applicant Manager shall market the Loan Program only to bona fide and lawful businesses in accordance with the Loan Program Standards and this Agreement. During the application process and so long as any amount of any loan to a Merchant remains outstanding, Applicant Manager shall promptly notify On Deck in writing if Applicant Manager becomes aware of any adverse and/or negative information relating to such Merchant that would reasonably be expected to have a material effect on such Merchant’s ability to observe and adhere to the terms of its Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2 – OWNERSHIP AND COMMISSIONS

2.1 Applicant Manager’s Disclaimer of Ownership . The Parties understand and agree that Applicant Manager shall have no right, title or interest in any loans, loan proceeds, or Loan Agreements. Applicant Manager hereby disclaims any such ownership in favor of On Deck and covenants and agrees to refrain from making any claim of such ownership at any time in the future on behalf of itself or any other party. Applicant Manager hereby waives any and all claims against On Deck other than with respect to a claim for the payment of a Commission Fee as set forth in Section 2.2. On Deck may alter the mix of loan products and services that are offered in connection with the Loan Program at its sole discretion. Applicant Manager acknowledges and agrees that On Deck may, from time to time, alter such product mix in a manner that restricts or otherwise prevents Applicant Manager from having certain Merchants approved and/or booked for certain loan products and Applicant Manager agrees to respect and comply with (i) any concentration limits identified by On Deck and (ii) the terms of the On Deck Credit Policy.

2.2 On Deck’s Obligation to Pay Commissions . With respect to a Merchant that (i) is first submitted to On Deck by Applicant Manager, (ii) is approved for a loan and accepts all the loan terms, (iii) has such loan successfully closed and funded consistent with the Credit Policy and Loan Program Standards, and (iv) has had all material information and documentation required in connection with a Loan Agreement and the Loan Program collected and submitted by Applicant Manager, On Deck shall compensate Applicant Manager as set forth in Exhibit A (the “ Compensation Plan ”) in an amount calculated by multiplying (x) the relevant percentage applicable as set by Applicant Manager in accordance with Exhibit A by (y) the Merchant Loan Amount approved and advanced for such loan (such compensation, the “ Commission Fee ”); it being understood that if Applicant Manager fails to fully perform its obligations with respect to a Merchant or knowingly submits any fraudulent material on behalf of a Merchant then Applicant Manager shall receive no Commission Fee for such Merchant. For the initial loan to a qualifying Merchant submitted by and attributable to Applicant Manager consistent with the terms hereof, payment pursuant to the Compensation Plan shall be made by On Deck on the same day that On Deck pays other similarly situated entities (which, consistent with past practice, is anticipated to be on or before the tenth day of the month immediately following the month in which the funding of such initial loan occurred). For any renewal loan to a qualifying Merchant submitted by and attributable to Applicant Manager consistent with the terms hereof solely during the time period that the underlying loan is outstanding and ninety (90) days from the date that such loan to such Merchant is paid off (the “ Renewal Period ”), the calculation of any payment to be made to Applicant Manager with respect to such renewal loan shall take into account a Merchant Loan Amount for such renewal loan that is reduced by the sum of (x) any unpaid loan amounts from the applicable Merchant and (y) the amount of interest forgiven on such loan related to its early payoff, in each case, it being understood that Applicant Manager

 

2


must have submitted a Loan Application that is closed and funded in the ninety (90) calendar days prior to the funding of such renewal loan in order for Applicant Manager to be eligible to be compensated on such renewal loan. For the avoidance of doubt, any compensation derived from a renewal loan shall take into consideration only the net new dollars actually received by the Merchant and only if Applicant Manager has closed a loan in the prior ninety (90) calendar days. Applicant Manager shall only be compensated on a renewal loan during the Renewal Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, On Deck shall have no liability of any kind to Applicant Manager other than with respect to Commission Fees properly earned consistent with the terms hereof and due in connection with the Compensation Plan.

2.3 On Deck’s Ability to Change the Compensation Plan . On Deck may, in its sole discretion, charge or otherwise deduct from any Commission Fees owed to Agent (a) any amount of Commission Fee paid as an advance and (b) a two percent (2%) processing fee (of the entire approved loan amount) with respect to any Loan Application that is not submitted through On Deck’s Partner Portal. On Deck may change the Compensation Plan at any time in its sole discretion and Applicant Manager accepts and agrees that On Deck shall have no obligation to notify Applicant Manager of any change to the Compensation Plan unless such change impacts Applicant Manager in a disproportionate manner from other similarly situated entities. Any change to the Compensation Plan shall not affect the compensation owing with respect to any Merchant that was placed by Applicant Manager with On Deck prior to the effective date of such change. Applicant Manager agrees and warrants that On Deck shall never have any obligation to make any payment of any amount for any reason to any Manager Agent, and Applicant Manager agrees to indemnify On Deck from any claims made by any Manager Agent for any remuneration or fees of any kind.

2.4 Strict and Absolute Prohibition on Additional Merchant Fees . Other than as explicitly set forth herein, neither Applicant Manager nor any of its Manager Agents shall collect any compensation of any kind, in fees or otherwise, directly from any prospective Merchant or approved Merchant for assisting the prospective Merchant or approved Merchant in obtaining a loan from On Deck (it being understood that this shall not include fees for services that are entirely distinct and unrelated in any way to the marketing of or the application for any On Deck loan product). Applicant Manager agrees that Applicant Manager’s sole compensation for providing services to Merchants arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Loan Program shall consist only of the Commission Fee consistent with the requirements set forth above. Applicant Manager acknowledges that all funds to be paid to or by Merchants in connection with the Loan Program shall be under the sole control of On Deck. If any such funds are sent to Applicant Manager or any of its Manager Agents, Applicant Manager shall be deemed to have received such funds in trust for the benefit of On Deck and shall immediately remit such funds to On Deck. Applicant Manager warrants that it shall not, and it shall cause its Manager Agents not to, charge any fees or require any payments from Merchants except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein.

2.5 Applicant Manager’s Responsibility for Expenses . Applicant Manager shall be responsible for payment of all expenses relating to its performance of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the expenses related to the performance of this Agreement by any of its Manager Agents). Applicant Manager agrees and warrants that On Deck shall have no liability for any expenses of any Manager Agent at any time for any reason.

SECTION 3 – PROTECTIVE COVENANTS

3.1 Non-Solicitation Protection . Without On Deck’s prior written consent, Applicant Manager shall not, and shall not directly or indirectly cause or permit any Manager Agent or third-party to, solicit or contract with a Merchant for alternative business funding programs that (i) would result in an “all assets lien” against the Merchant’s business assets that supersedes On Deck’s position or (ii) in any way could reasonably be expected to compromise the repayment of the On Deck loan, in each case, only for as long as the Merchant has any outstanding balance or other obligations owing to On Deck under the Loan Program. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, neither Party shall encourage, solicit, or induce, or in any manner attempt to encourage, solicit, or induce, any individual employed by, or individual or entity providing consulting services to, such other Party or any of its subsidiaries to terminate such employment or consulting services.

3.2 Confidential Information Protection . The Parties acknowledge that, in their performance of their duties hereunder, either party (or its designees) may communicate to the other party (or its designees) certain confidential and proprietary information, including without limitation information concerning Merchants, the Loan Program or any technology, techniques, or business plans related to On Deck’s operation and development of the Loan Program (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”) all of which are confidential and proprietary to, and trade secrets of, the disclosing party. Confidential Information does not include information that: (i) is public knowledge at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party; (ii) becomes public knowledge or known to the receiving party after

 

3


disclosure by the disclosing party other than by breach of the receiving party’s obligations under this section or by breach of a third party’s confidentiality obligations; (iii) was known by the receiving party prior to disclosure by the disclosing party other than by breach of a third party’s confidentiality obligations; or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party without knowledge of, use of, exposure to or reference to any Confidential Information. As a condition to the receipt of the Confidential Information from the disclosing party, the receiving party shall: (i) not disclose in any manner, directly or indirectly, to any third party any portion of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; (ii) not use the disclosing party’s Confidential Information in any fashion except to perform its duties hereunder or with the disclosing party’s express prior written consent; (iii) disclose the disclosing party’s Confidential Information, in whole or in part, only to its Manager Agents, officers, directors, employees, shareholders, partners, members, affiliates, accountants, attorneys, financial advisors, consultants, other agents or representatives and financing sources (collectively, “ Representatives ”) who need to have access thereto for the receiving party’s internal business purposes; (iv) take all necessary steps to ensure that its Representatives are informed of, observe and fully comply with the confidentiality restrictions contained in this Agreement as if they were parties hereto; and (v) take all necessary precautions to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information received hereunder and exercise at least the same degree of care in safeguarding the Confidential Information as it would with its own confidential information, and in no event shall apply less than a reasonable standard of care to prevent disclosure. The receiving party shall promptly notify the disclosing party of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information. The receiving party shall cooperate and assist the disclosing party in preventing or remedying any such unauthorized use or disclosure. Upon termination of this Agreement, Applicant Manager shall, and cause its Representatives to, return or destroy all Confidential Information received in connection with this Agreement and/or the Loan Program and certify in writing to On Deck that Applicant Manager and its Representatives have complied with this provision and have not retained any copies of such Confidential Information.

3.3 Mutual Protection through Indemnification . Applicant Manager agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless On Deck and its employees, officers, investors and agents from and against any loss, liability, damage, penalty or expense (including attorneys’ fees and cost of defense) they may suffer or incur as a result of: (i) any failure by Applicant Manager or any of its Manager Agents to comply with, or fulfill the obligations of, or otherwise breach the terms of this Agreement; (ii) acts of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct or (iii) any promise, warranty or representation made by Applicant Manager to On Deck being unfulfilled, false or misleading. On Deck agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Applicant Manager and its employees and Managing Agents from and against any loss, liability, damage, penalty or expense (including attorneys’ fees and cost of defense) they may suffer or incur as a result any third-party claim that (a) On Deck violated Applicable Law or (b) On Deck does not own any intellectual property contained in any marketing material. Each party shall promptly notify the other of any claim or threat of claim of which such party becomes aware and that may give rise to a request for indemnification under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Applicant Manager agrees to pay to On Deck the amount owing on any loan that is not collected by On Deck (after collection is attempted in accordance with On Deck’s standard procedures for the collection of such loans) if such failure to collect is the result of willful misconduct or fraud by Applicant Manager or any of its Representatives.

3.4 Applicant Manager’s Prohibition on Public Comment . Applicant Manager shall not publicly discuss (in any form whatsoever, including without limitation in writing, through electronic transmission and orally) the Loan Program or any other information relating to this Agreement or On Deck, including in blogs and on websites, in each case, unless otherwise explicitly and specifically approved in writing by On Deck, in its sole and absolute discretion.

3.5 Injunctive Relief and Specific Performance as Available Remedies . Each Party agrees that, without prejudice to the rights and remedies otherwise available to each Party, in the event of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement, each Party shall be entitled, without the requirement of a posting of a bond or other security, to equitable relief, including an injunction or specific performance, and the costs thereof in all respects shall be borne by the party responsible for such breach.

SECTION 4 – REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

4.1 Applicant Manager’s Compliance Obligations . Applicant Manager shall comply in all respects with On Deck’s Loan Program Standards, the Training Materials, Applicable Law and any reasonable instructions provided by On Deck relating to the Loan Program, in each case, as may be in place and amended or otherwise modified or updated from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) Applicant Manager shall comply with all applicable state and local licensing requirements relating to Applicant Manager’s performance of its obligations hereunder and (ii) Applicant Manager shall not engage in any unacceptable practices, including but not limited to the following: discouraging a Merchant from applying for a loan based on such Merchant’s sex, marital status, age, race, national origin or other basis prohibited by the Equal Credit Opportunity Act; charging fees in excess of the fees allowed by Applicable Law and this

 

4


Agreement or fees unrelated to the Loan Program; failing to provide Merchants with any loan disclosures required under Applicable Law or this Agreement; requiring a Merchant to sign an application for a loan before allowing such Merchant to review the related loan disclosures; intentionally misrepresenting any material fact concerning the Loan Program including pricing or timing of disbursements; or intentionally attempting to induce a Merchant to participate in the Loan Program or to obtain certain loan terms when such is not in the interests of such Merchant or such Merchant has expressed a desire for a different product or different loan terms. Applicant Manager acknowledges and agrees that On Deck may amend the Loan Program Standards and the Training Materials from time to time at the sole and exclusive discretion of On Deck.

4.2 Applicant Manager’s Preservation of Complaints Records . Applicant Manager shall use its best efforts to maintain a log of all written Merchant complaints submitted to Applicant Manager relating to the Loan Program and the marketing thereof, which log shall include the following information: (a) name and address of the complaining party, (b) a brief summary of the complaint, (c) the source of the third party complaint (if applicable), (d) the date the complaint was received, and (e) a brief summary of the resolution. Such log shall be submitted quarterly to On Deck in the event that there are any such complaints. Applicant Manager further agrees to promptly report to On Deck all written Merchant complaints filed with any regulatory authority that it or its Manager Agents receive relating to the Loan Program or the marketing thereof. Such report shall include the complainant’s name and address and a brief summary of the complaint and a copy of the complaint (if available). In the event On Deck determines that a complaint warrants an On Deck response, Applicant Manager will cooperate with On Deck in the preparation of such response. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, Applicant Manager will deliver to On Deck, within two (2) days of the date of receipt, any notice of actual or threatened adverse action issued by a Regulatory Authority, unless Applicant Manager is legally prohibited by the Regulatory Authority from sharing such notice.

SECTION 5 – REPRESENTATIONS AND DISCLOSURES

5.1 Applicant Manager Representations . Applicant Manager represents and warrants to On Deck that on the Effective Date and throughout the term of this Agreement:

 

  (a)   AUTHORITY. Applicant Manager has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against Applicant Manager in accordance with its terms and no provision requiring Applicant Manager’s performance is in conflict with Applicant Manager’s obligations under any charter or bylaws or any other agreement, provisions or document to which Applicant Manager is a party or by which it is bound. Applicant Manager authorizes On Deck to obtain and investigate individual credit bureau reports on any person affiliated with Applicant Manager who controls an ownership interest in Applicant Manager of greater than ten percent (10%); provided, however, that in each case On Deck shall its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and investigate such reports in a manner that will minimize any impact on any such person’s credit report.

 

  (b)   GOOD STANDING. Applicant Manager is duly organized, authorized and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and to the best of its knowledge is duly authorized or licensed to do business in each state in which Applicant Manager’s business, including marketing of the Loan Program, make such authorization or license required.

 

  (c)   RED FLAGS. Neither Applicant Manager nor any of its principals has been or is subject to any: (i) criminal conviction (excluding traffic misdemeanors or petty offenses); (ii) bankruptcy filings; (iii) Internal Revenue Service liens; (iv) federal or state regulatory administrative or enforcement proceedings relating to fraud; or (v) restraining order, decree, injunction or judgment in any proceeding or lawsuit alleging fraud or deceptive practices. Applicant Manager will inform On Deck in writing if Applicant Manager or any of its principals has been or becomes subject to any such event.

 

  (d)   MERCHANT CONSENT. For any Loan Application submitted to On Deck, Applicant Manager has the consent and proper authority from the Merchant connected to such Loan Application to submit all information, including any “non-public personal information” or “personally identifiable financial information” as defined in federal regulations implementing the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as amended from time to time (any such information, “ Nonpublic Information ”) and documentation contained in such Loan Application, to receive loan performance information and other Nonpublic Information to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to contact such Merchant using the information provided in such Loan Application, and to represent the interests of such Merchant in connection with such Loan Application. Applicant Manager warrants that it will maintain and update all required authorizations from each Merchant so that On Deck shall at all times be in a position to reasonably rely on, and accept as properly authorized, any submitted Loan Application and provide Nonpublic Information to Applicant Manager about a Merchant’s loan. Applicant Manager certifies and warrants that all information and documentation directly or indirectly transmitted or otherwise sent to On Deck by Applicant Manager in connection with any Loan Application is true, correct and complete in all respects.

 

5


  (e)   INDEPENDENCE. Applicant Manager is independent from On Deck and no Manager Agent is affiliated with On Deck or has any family or other close relationship with any employee, stockholder or director of On Deck which has not been disclosed in writing to On Deck prior to the date hereof.

5.2 Mutual Disclosure of Impact or Impairment . Each Party shall notify the other within two business days of any proceeding, litigation or investigation (including, without limitation, by or before any Regulatory Authority) that is threatened and would reasonably be expected to impact the subject matter of this Agreement or the ability of such Party to fulfill its respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Each party shall also give prompt written notice to the other of any adverse change in its business, properties, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) that may impair its ability to comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Loan Program Standards, the Training Materials or Applicable Law.

SECTION 6 – TERM AND TERMINATION

6.1 One Year Renewable Term and Termination . The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of one year, commencing on the Effective Date. This Agreement shall automatically renew for additional one year periods unless either Party provides the other Party with written notice stating such Party’s intention that this Agreement not automatically renew in which case this Agreement shall terminate on the last day of the one year period in which such notice was received. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, either Party may terminate this Agreement for convenience with thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other Party.

6.2 Events of Default and Ability to Terminate . A Party shall be deemed in default and the other Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time if the initial party: (i) becomes insolvent; (ii) fails to pay its debts or perform its obligations in the ordinary course of business as they mature; (iii) becomes the subject of any voluntary or involuntary proceeding in bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, receivership, attachment or composition for the benefit of creditors and/or (iv) breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within five (5) days after the earlier of (X) the breaching party becoming aware of the breach or (Y) written notice has been sent by the non-breaching party. Applicant Manager shall be deemed to be in default if Applicant Manager fails to comply with Applicable Law, the Training Materials, the Loan Program Standards or the obligation to report breaches, and upon any such default, On Deck may immediately terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to Applicant Manager. If any federal or state regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the subject matter of this Agreement makes a demand that On Deck discontinue or substantially modify the Loan Program, either party in its sole discretion may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other, in which case neither party shall be deemed to be in default by reason of such termination. On Deck may immediately terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to Applicant Manager if On Deck, in its sole discretion, calculates that the default rate of loans to Merchants submitted by Applicant Manager is greater than ten percent (10%).

6.3 Applicant Manager’s Right to Compensation Following Termination . Unless this Agreement is terminated because of the default of Applicant Manager relating to or arising out of a breach of this Agreement or by reason of regulatory demand, On Deck shall compensate Applicant Manager for its services as provided in this Agreement for all Merchants submitted to On Deck prior to the applicable date of termination. If Applicant Manager violates Sections 2.4, 3 or 4 with respect to any Merchant or otherwise, On Deck shall have no obligation to compensate Agent for providing any services with respect to any Merchants notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

6.4 Provisions Surviving Termination . Sections 1.2, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3, 4.2, 6.4 and 7 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

7.1 Independent Contractor Status Between the Parties . On Deck and Applicant Manager will be deemed to be independent contractors and will not be considered to be employer/employee, agent, servant, joint venturer or partner of the other. Applicant Manager covenants that Applicant Manager will not take any action that would allow a potential Merchant to reasonably conclude that Applicant Manager is an agent of On Deck with any form of apparent authority. Applicant Manager understands and agrees that Applicant Manager shall have no ability to bind On Deck in any manner to any agreement, representation or promise.

 

6


7.2 Limitations on Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived except by a written agreement signed by both Parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that right, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right preclude any further exercise of that right. Neither Party will be liable to the other for any failure or delay in its performance of this Agreement if such failure or delay arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of such party.

7.3 Limitations on Assignment . Neither party shall assign, delegate, subcontract, license, franchise, or in any manner attempt to extend to any third party any right or obligation under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. On Deck may assign this Agreement and its rights hereunder to a purchaser of all or part of the Loan Program or in the event of a change in control of On Deck but only if the assignee agrees to compensate Applicant Manager as provided under this Agreement.

7.4 Addresses for all Legal Notices . All notices and other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and given by personal delivery, facsimile (confirmed by a mailed copy) or first class mail, postage prepaid and shall be deemed received on the third business day after mailing to the address listed on the signature page hereto beneath the applicable Party’s signature. Each Party agrees that the address for notice may be updated by providing the other Party with written notice. On Deck may provide notice to Applicant Manager by posting any document or communication to the Partner Portal or by email to the email address provided to On Deck by Applicant Manager and listed in On Deck’s records, it being understood that any such posting or email shall be effective notice for purposes of this Agreement.

7.5 Guidance on Interpretation and Severability . The headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect the interpretation of any provision. The language used will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. If any provision of this Agreement is illegal, the invalidity of such provision will not affect any of the remaining provisions, and this Agreement will be construed as if the illegal provision is not contained in the Agreement. In such instance, this Agreement shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render enforceable the remaining provisions.

7.6 Binding Effect on the Parties . This Agreement, including all addendums, schedules, exhibits and attachments thereto, and any Confidentiality Agreement executed between the Parties prior to the date hereof embodies the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of and will be binding upon the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer or shall be deemed to confer upon any persons or entities not parties to this Agreement, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

7.7 Applicable Jurisdiction and Governing Law . This Agreement will be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of Virginia, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of Virginia without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Any claim arising out of this Agreement shall be litigated in the appropriate State or Federal court located in Virginia. The Parties waive any right to a trial by jury in any litigation based upon or arising out of this Agreement.

7.8 Acceptable Execution of Counterparts . Provided that all parties execute a copy of this Agreement, this Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Parties acknowledge that delivery of executed copies of this Agreement may be affected by facsimile, pdf or other comparable electronic means, as well as by delivery of manually signed copies.

7.9 Applicable Definitions . The following terms when used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

  (a)   Applicable Law ” means any federal, state, and local laws, statutes, regulations, rules and orders applicable to the Parties’ performance of this Agreement.

 

  (b)   Loan Agreement ” means any loan agreement in effect between On Deck and a Merchant and shall include any application submitted by a Merchant.

 

7


  (c)   Loan Program ” means the operations, policies and procedures as established by On Deck for the origination and servicing of business loans to Merchants.

 

  (d)   Loan Program Standards ” means the written policies and procedures that may be established, from time to time, by On Deck to govern the operations of the Loan Program, including, without limitation, credit standards to be used by Applicant Manager in soliciting prospective Merchants and policies and procedures to ensure that relationships with Merchants are satisfactory to On Deck and that the Loan Program is maintained in a financially safe and sound manner.

 

  (e)   Merchant ” means each business solicited by Applicant Manager and to whom On Deck evaluates the provision of a small business loan.

 

  (f)   Merchant Loan Amount ” means, with respect to any Merchant, the principal dollar value of the loan extended by On Deck to such Merchant and actually received by such Merchant, not including any fees or interest, as documented in an executed Loan Agreement with such Merchant.

 

  (g)   Partner Portal ” means the webpages and content therein found at the following url address: https://loans.ondeckcapital.com/partnerportal/

 

  (h)   Regulatory Authority ” means any federal, state or regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

  (i)   Training Materials ” means the training materials, as such may be updated and/or revised from time to time by On Deck, with respect to the Loan Program that are provided by On Deck to Applicant Manager or made available through Partner Portal.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


On Deck and Applicant Manager have caused this Agreement to be executed below by their duly authorized representatives.

 

ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.      
Signature:  

 

    Signature:  

 

Printed Name:  

 

    Printed Name:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:     ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:
1400 Broadway, 25 th Floor      
New York, NY 10018    
Fax: 646-417-6376    

 

9

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF ON DECK CAPITAL, INC.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

ODCS, LLC    Delaware
On Deck Asset Company, LLC    Delaware
On Deck Capital, Inc.    British Columbia
OnDeck Account Receivables Trust 2013-1 LLC    Delaware
OnDeck Asset Pool, LLC    Delaware
OnDeck Asset Securitization Trust LLC    Delaware
Small Business Asset Fund 2009 LLC    Delaware
Small Business Funding Trust    Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 29, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of On Deck Capital, Inc. dated November 10, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

November 10, 2014